'HE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LiNNEnri Society OF New South Wales I'OR I'HK VKAR 1916 Vol. XLI. jL "ft.^****- ■^^\ WITH FIFTY-NINE PLATES. SYDNEY: PRINTKD ANIJ PUBLISHED FOR THK SOCIETY BY \V. A. PEPPERDAV 1- CO., 119a Pin" STREET SOLD i;V THE SOCIETY I9i(;-i7. /^ /((' [CoJiEoi'TKKA] from the Upper ^Villiam.s River, N.S.W. By Thumas G. Sloane 1 96-208 Descriptions of a new Genus, and three new (Species of Australian Teiiehrlonidii' [Coleopteka] fi'om Harrington Tops, N.S.W. %H. J. Carter, B.A., F.E.S. (With three Text-figs.) ... 209-214 A Mew Scale-Insect [CocciD^] affecting Sugar-Cane in New (luinea. By the late Dr. A. Rutherford : with a Note by K. Jarvis 215-216 Studies in Australian Nenropfera. No. iii. The Wing-Venation of the Chryxopldii. By R. J. Tili.yard, M.A.. B..Sc.. F.L.S., F.E.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Plates X., X.///.X, xi.; and eight Text-figs.) 221-248 A Tliird Contribution to a Knowledge of the Lepidopterous Fauna of El)or Scrub, N.S.W. By A. Jkfferis Turner, M.D., F.E.S 249-260 i'drologicul Notes. No. ii. The Relations between some \V^estern Austialian (ilneissicand (hanitic Rocks. I5y M. Aurousseau, B.Sc. 261-266 Studies in Australian Neuroptera. No. iv. The Families Itholudif, Heme roll! idn', Si.'y H. J. Tillvard, ]\I.A., IJ.Sc, F.L.S., F.E.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of tlie Society in Z(X)I(>g\-. (Plates xii.-xix.. and ten Text-figs.) 269-332 Studies in Australian Mkrolepkloptera. IJy A. -Iekfekis Turner, M.D., F.E.S 333-376 Some Cryptogamic Notes, frdin the IJotauic (hardens, Sydney. By the Rev. W. Walter Watts. (Plate xx.") 377-386 Further Observations on the P]mergence of Dragonfly-Larvae from the Egg, with special Reference to the Problem of Respira- tion. By R. J. Tilly ARi). M.A., B.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Five Text-figs.) 388-416 Elections and Announcements ... ... 217,267,387 Notes and Exhibits 193-195,217-220,267-268 * Plate XX. was issued Mith Part iii. CONTENTS. V. PART II. (Contiimed). pages Cunectioii in Dr. Turner's Paper (p.'2.")4). (Jiiiil iiiiiiie and description of Capua crypstrytlira, n.sp., and substitute Capua leucostacta. CdpiKi Ic.ncoMacta ^Nleyr., I'roe. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1910, p."20"2. One 9 example. Alsu fioiii N.S.\V'. : Lawson. — Vic. : Beaconsfield. Page 241:), line 8 — -for six, read seven. — line !l, for 12, read 11. — line 22, I'or 7. riidl <). PART III. (No. 163). ( Issued 0th December, HUd). pa(;es Notes from the Botanic Gardens, Sydney: Parthenogenesis in Aquatic Phanerogams. By A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.iSc. ... 417-421 Pve\ision of the Ainycterides. Part v. Mo/och/iis and Cnhirorrliyii- rlms. By EU.STACE W. Fkikjcson, M.B., Ch.M 422-4.52 A Revision of the Genera with Mieroscleres included, in- ])ro- visioiuilly included, in the Family AxineUidd': with Descrip- tions of some Australian Species [Porifeka]. Part i. By K. F. Kallmann, B.Sc. , Linnean Maoleay Fellow of tlie Society in Zoology. (Plates xxi.-xxx., figs. 1-2; also xxxix., tigs.(;-7; and Text-figs. 1-9) 4.53-491 A Revision of tlie (ienera with Microscleres included, uv ]no- visionally included, in tlic Family A.r'nii'llidl\.s W'niTioj.EooL, Medallist of the Royal Society of New South Wales, 1899. (Plate xlv.) .■).5.3-.iH8 Contril)uti(jns to a Knowledge of Australian ('ii/ieidd' 1])ii'TKHa]. No. iii. By Frank K. Tavlok, F.E.S. .")tj4-.j74 Descriptions of some new Species of Australian, Tasmauian, and New Zealand Mo.sses. vi. By Dk. V. K. Bkotherus ... r)7o-,")9() New Australian Species of C(trahkly E. F. Haij.mann, B.Sc, Limiean Macleay Fellow of llic Society in Zooloj;}-. (Plates xxix., tiy (jekaj.u F. Hill, F.E.S., (iovernmcnt Entomologist, Northern Territory of Austi'alia. (Plate liii.) 7(>S-7(JS Description ai Aphanlophrynt, a new Batrachian (jJenus from New (iuinca: with Comparative Notes on the Pectoral Muscula- ture. By Dene B. Fry. (Plates liv.-lv.) 77tl-7N.'i The Change (jf Composition of Alveolar Air after the St(jp|)agc of Normal Breathing. By H. S. Haecko Warheaw, D.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Physiology. [With two Text-ligures] 7.S(i-S14 The Chemical Investigation of some I'ois(Hious Plants in the N.O. So/anaceo'. Part iii. The Occurrence of Nor-Hyosoyaminc in Solaudra lonyi flora. By James M. Petrie, D.Sc, F.I.C, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the J^ociety in Biochemistry ... 81.')-822 Australian Freshwater PhytoplanUton [Prolocofcoidcji}. By (i. I. Pj.aykaik, Science Research Scholar of the University of Sydney. (Plates Ivi.-lix.) ,S23-8r)2 Records of Australian Fungi. No. i. 1>3' J. Burton C'lelano, M.D., and Edwin Cheel, Botanical Assistant, Botanic Gardens, Sydney 8,53-870 CONTENTS. VU. PART IV. (Continned). Fuitlier Researches upon the Problems of tlie Radial and Zygop- terid Sectors in the Wings of Odonata, and upon the Forma- tion of Bridges. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S., F.E.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology (With six Text-figures) Announcements Donations and P^xchanges, 1915-16 Notes and Exhibits ... ... ... Title-page Contents Corrigenda List of new (Teneric Names... List of Plates Index ... P.\(iES . 871-887 im . 888-905 . 633, 769 1. iii. vii. viii. viii. . .^.-xxxii. CORRIGENDA. Page 17. line '23 — for Tcrinna rapeii^e, read Tcconxt capcnK/.'i. Page '249, line 8 — -J'or six, rfcul seven. — line '.). for 12, rratl 11. — line 22, for 7, reacl 6. Page "254, lines 26-36 — omit name and description of Caprn rri/pAf-rythrn, n.sp., and substitute Caita leucostacta. Capua /e.Hco/itactaMeyi: , Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 191(1, p. 202. One y example. Also from N.S.W : Law.son. — Vic. : Beaconstield. Page 267, line 2 — for Miss M. Hinder, nitd Miss K. M. Hinder. Page 275, line 14— ;/b/- Stenop.ikli.a, n.sji., read Stenobtei.la, ii.g. Page 498, line 22 — for Trago-va, i-ead Aii/eftn. Page 546, line 2 — for palmate, read veins of a palmate. Page 551, lines 7 and 10 — for Fig. 3, rearl Fig. 4, and rice rerMi. Page 598, line 22 — for Ameiican species, read American genus. Page 633, line 9 — for (A'. Lamarkiaua, read (E. lAtinarrkianu. Page 637, line 25 — for /fa/irnemia (s.str. ), read Paratiinea (g. n.). Page 658, line 25 — for //. inaaaaliA, I'ead //. coralloidesi. Vlll. CONTENTS LIST OF NEW GENERIC NAMES PROPOSED THIS V0LUI\1E(1916). Allantclla [Poriferal ... Ajjliautophrynf [ l^atrachia] Atrihafiia [Lepiflnptera] Axidrafima [Porifera] ... Bej'nardia [Alga^] Brachyleon [Neuvopteia | I'opriodes [Lepicloptera] Cryptoherii* [Diptera) ... Deiimo.i-j/n [Porifeiva] ... Dragmacidon [Porifera] Dragmatella [Porifei'a] J)ra(/ma.ria [I'orifera] ... Drepnnarra \ Neuroptera] Drepunoin'nia [Neiii'optera] EchiiHi.fin [Poi'ifera] ... Elaphroinijiii [Diptera] EUttAOina [ 1 )i ptera j Eiipori-wiii>^ [Neuroptera] (Icranopiis [Diptera] ... Hoplomorplia [Lepidoptera] Ldonttnld [Porifei'al r.\(iE . 67.-) Lrpidozanrhi [Lepidopteia] Lijel liana [ Lepicloptera] Oj)h)odeAmn [Diptera] ... ().rt/lii(//a I Ntnii'opteia] Pa/iinniere-<< [Lepidoptera] Parafit/ifa [Porifera] ... /'rnfo/ypa [Lepidoptera] R/iahdof*i{/mt( [ Porifera] Iih(tjilin.i)ji( I I'orifera] ... Rliymeara [( 'oleoptera] S/oaiiea, [Coleo])tera] ... SpcriDOpltorclla \ Nonropteia] Sti iiohlclla [Neuroptera | St( iiohoii [Neuroptera |... Stroiiiiyhtnniia [I'orifera | To.ctiiuia [Porifera] Trirhoina [Neurftptera] Xaiif /inherits [Diptera] ... Xiintlioleon [Neuroptera] •^73 ; .V^/o;/?//«r-('f.v [Lepido]itera I 67.') 34S 1)87 S47 .IS T^ 040 f)39 (i4() .143 •29;? .•{02 .H.S 749 m 84 IN r.V( i K 2.j2 ss ;?<».-) 338 07.-) 2.1I .->2(» fUl ()97 2t>9 :!I7 .V2ti (io (i4.S (!7.S 32.1 7.1 t;i 2.1t) LIST OF PLATES. PR0CEEDIN(4.S, 191(5. Plates i.-vi. — Australian Neuroptera. Plates vii.-ix. — Oocy-iti.'i and Ere)nospli'er/i. I'lates X., X. hi.% xi. — The ^Ving-venatio^ of the Chrysojildn-. Plates xii.-xix. — Australian Neuroptera. Plate XX. — Athyrium humile, sp.n. ; EUmlen..eckers( Dicceidff ). In New Zealand, are the Meliphagid(e and a few parrots. But there is no doubt that other birds, at times, pollinate flowers. Whether they visit the flowers in search of insects, or nectar, is not quite apparent. Moseley(6) gives an account of Artamus lencopyg talis being shot, and found to have the bases of their bills clogged with pollen, which, he thinks, they got in searching flowers for insects. But Mr. Musson, in a letter to Mr. Fletcher, i-ecords that numbers of Arfamus personatus, and A. superciliosus visited the flowers of a Beefwood (Grevillea robusta) and fed on the nectar. When some starlings visited the tree, the wood-swallows left, and the starlings began to feed on the nectar in just the same way. I have also been informed by several observers that sparrows probe the flowers of the Coral- tree (Eri/thrina) in the same way that the honey-eaters do. It is probable that closer inquiry into the habits of our birds will result in the discovery that many of them, while not professional president's address. 19 pollinatoi's, yet do a good deal of that work as amateui-s. Mr. North informs me that Black Cockatoos visit the heads of Bank- sia-flowers in search of honey, and, no doubt, often pollinate some of the flowers in doing so. All the special pollinating birds have some peculiarities of structure, which fit them for the special work they have to do. The huiuming-birds are capable of poising on the wing before the flowers they frequent, their beaks are either long or short, slender, curved, and, in some cases, at least, specially adapted to pollen- carrying. In a paper by J. L. Hancock(7), he describes and figures the beak of a humming-bird, showing what he calls a "pollen repository" — a groove in the ventral surface of the bill, and gi'ooves at the angle of the mouth, from the nostril on the upper side. He also describes feathers about the head apparently adapted for holding pollen. These have barbules with barbicels. The pollen-grains are held between two barbules, or the barbs spread apart, and hold pollen like a pair of forceps. In a paper by Robert Ridgway(9), he describes the tongue of the hunnning-bird as follows: "The tongue of this species (and doubtless others have a similar conformation) presents, when recent, the appearance of two tubes laid side by side, united for lialf their length, but separate for the remainder. Their sub- stance is transparent in the same degree as a good quill, which they much resemble. Each tube is formed by a lamina rolled up, yet not so as to bring the edges into actual contact, for there is a longitudinal fissure in the outer side running up considerably higher than the junction of the tubes; into this fissure, the point of a pin may be inserted and moved up and down. Near the tip, the outer edge of each lamina ceases to be convolute, but is spread out, and split at the margin into irregular fimbria- which point backward like the vane of a feather. These are not barbs, however, but simply soft and flexible points, such as might be produced by snipping diagonally the edges of a strip of paper. I conjecture that the nectar of flowers is pumped up the tubes, and that minute insects are caught, when in the flowers, in these spoon-like tips, their mimite limbs being perhaps entangled in 20 president's address. the fimbrije, when the tongue is i*etracted into the beak, and the insects swallowed by the ordinary process, as doubtless those are which are captured by the beak when in iiight." Prof. Beal(ll) gives the results of the investigations of some students into bird-pollination by humming-biixls. They visit flowers for at least two objects, for insects and for nectar. Pollen-grains have been found on the bills and on the heads of the birds. They were seen to frequent pelargoniums, fuchsias, trumpet-creeper, phloxes, verbenas, catmint, milkweed, tropoeo- lums, honeysuckles, lilacs, morning-glories, cherries, and wild balsam. In the latter, the anthers form a covering to the pistil. Tf the flowers are covered up, no seed is produced. Humming-birds visited all the open flowei's. Every time one plunged his beak in, the head, a little above the beak, became dusted with pollen. Where the anthers were removed, the birds left pollen on the stigma. All the flowers in one cluster were visited twice in 15 minutes. Impaticns fidva is cross-fertilised mainly, if not entirely, by humming-birds. Trelease, in a note supplementary to Prof. Beal'slU), says the Ruby-throat is often seen to get nectar from both glands at the base of the cotton flowers. It was constantly seen at the flowers of Oenothera smuata, very often about those of the may- pop {Passlflora incarnata), the white-flowered buckeye (Aescidus parviflora), the wild and cultivated morning-glories, yellow day- lily, white oleander, several sorts of pelargonium, lemon, fuchsia, larkspur, malaviscus, zinnia, sage-bush, osier-willow. One was seen at the flowers of gourd, and several times at flowers of Lobelia eardinalis, where they usually acted as the one spoken of in American Naturalist, 1S79, p. 431. Flowers of Erythrina herhacea were often visited, and they appear to be adapted for fertilisation by them like the Palosabre in Belt. According to Gould, to number all the flowers visited by them would be equivalent to repeating the names of half the plants of North America. The same author also gives an account(ll) of the fertilisation of Salvia sphndeuft. One of the flowers visited had t'RESIDENX's ADDRESS. 2l the stigma closed. The lever of the connective was nearly an inch long. In "The Fauna Hawaiiensis"(10), Perkins gives a long account of the pollination of endemic flowers by native birds belonging to the Families Drepanidid(e and Meliphayidc. The former contains thirty-five species in seventeen genera, and the latter five species in two very distinct genera. The birds of the first family vary from entirely honey-eating to entirely insect-eating, and the Meliphagid(H appear to be entirely honey-eating. All the Dre- paiiididoi have the tubular tongue, which shows descent from a common ancestor; and the author considers that that ancestor was a honey-eater, but that, as insects became more common, the characters of some of the birds gradually altered. He states that nectar is absolutely necessary to the existence of five of the genera, and that these can be kept alive on nectai- ami sugar- cane juice. The nectar-feeding birds ai-e characterised by a slender beak, as well as the tubular tongue. "All, or practically all, the plants visited by these liirds for food had bell-shaped or tubular blossoms, in which nectar was more or less hard to reach. Of these tubular-rtowered plants, there are several predominant genera, some of which are themselves restricted to the islands, and belong to various families, comprising hosts of peculiar species. Most striking of all are the arborescent Lobeliacete, not closely related to forms found in other countries. The mul- tiplicity of these plants, and their isolation from foreign forms bears a striking i^esemblance to that of the Drepanid birds them- selves, indicating likewise an extremely ancient occupation of the island." This seems to me to show that the flowers (Jjobe- liacea) anfl the birds developed in dejjendence upon each other, and the author holds the same view, for he says: — "How easily the extraordinary lengthening of the bill may have taken place, side by side with the increasing length of the tubular flowers, is apparent from tht; fact that, even now, in some of the bii'ds, tlierc is iiuHvidual \ai"iation in this respect. ... A series of observatiims made on one of the most superb of the Lobelias showed that it could only be fertilised by these highly specialised 22 president's address. birds." It is much to be regretted that \Mr. Perkins does not give full particulars of these observations. Just as in many other cases, we have no information beyond the fact that the birds visit the flowers. A note of interest is to be found in the method cniplo3'ed by the hunters in the old days for taking Drepanis pacifica — the Mamo — the bird from which the yellow feathers used in the ancient feather-work was procured. The hunter covered himself with the branches and leaves of a tubular-flowered plant, and held, between finger and thumb, one of the flowers. AVhen tlie bird inserted its bill, he closed his finger and thumb together, and thus captured it. The birds and flowei's of Hawaii offer a unique opportunity to a field-naturalist to enrich our knowledge of bird-pollination. Scott Elliott has published two papers on bird-pollination in South Africa(12). He mentions Protea incompta, P. mellifera, P. lepidocarjxi, P. longifolia, P. grmidifioi-a, P. cordata, P. SGolyvius, Leucospertnum conocarpiis, and L. nutans as being fertilised by the birds Promerops cafer and Nectarinia chalyhea. Bertha Stoneman, in her bright little book on South African plants and their ways, mentions the pollination of Gladiolus and Loranthus by the Nectarinia?. But no details as to method are given. A good deal of observational work has been done in New- Zealand on pollination by birds. l)arwin(14) quotes Potts (Trans. N.Z. Inst.) as follows: "In New Zealand, many specimens of the Anthoi'nis me/anura had their heads coloured with pollen from the flowers of an endemic species of Fuchsia." Wallace gives a list of Australian and New Zealand flowers pollinated by birds(l5), and says, "The great extent to which insect and bird agency is necessary to flowers is well shown by the case of New Zealand. The entire counti-y is comparatively poor in species of insects, especially in bees and butterflies, which are the chief flowei*- fertilisers; yet, according to the researches of local botanists, no less than one-fourth of all the flowering plants are incapable of self-fertilisation, and, therefore, wholly dependent on insect and bird agency for the continuance of the species. ' PRESIDENT S ADDRESS. 2^ Thonison(l6) gives a good account of the pollination of the Glory-pea {Clianfhus punicpus). The birds concerned are the Tui, and the Korimako. The calyx of the flower contains a large drop of honey. Birds, in inserting their beaks, push back the carina, and this retains its hold of the style for a consider- able time, till the pressure becomes too great, when the latter is jerked forward by its own elasticity, and throws out the accumu- lated pollen on the intruder's head. Of Fuchsia excorticata, F. Colensoi, and F. procumbent, he says that each species is dimor- phic. The larger forms are green and purple, with exserted anthers. Both forms are scentless, but contain much honey. They appear to be fertilised by Tuis and honey-birds. The flowers are pendulous, affording no resting-place for insects, and have so large a quantity of honey that any insects, except long-tongued forms, would be drowned. Kirk(17) says F. excorticata and anothei' species which he does not name, are trimorphic, and that, in the latter species under cultivation, the mid- and short-styled forms ai'e certainly self-fertilised. But in F. excoi'ticata, "the entire work of fertilisation is effected by two forms only; the long-styled can exercise no influence on the fertilisation of other flowers; it is a female flower, and, there- fore, must receive pollen from the mid- or short-styled form, or from both. It is, therefore, remarkable, that long-styled flowers produce fruit in greater profusion than the mid- or short-styled. In the absence of experiments, it would be rash to assert that the short- and mid-styled forms are incapable of fertilisation, but there can be no doubt that the application of pollen of either form to the stigma of thfe other would result in the formation of lai'ge numbers of seeds The short-styled form may occa- sionally be self-fertilised, as detached pollen falling from its stamens may come in contact with the sides of its stigma. Birds are the usual agents for the transfer of pollen from one plant to another. It is interesting to watch them poising on the wing and dexterously inserting their beaks into the slender tube of the flower." Thomson also enumerates, as bird -pollinated, the following — Sophora tetraptera, chiefly visited by honey-birds 2.4: president's address. (another visitor will be mentioned later); Metrosidcros lucida, probably fertilised by Tuis and honey-birds, which, in great numbers, frequent them; J/, hy per ici folia, sometimes visited by birds; LoranthuH cohnsol, scarlet tlowers, no scent or honey, but this is probably developed at some period of growth, and it then attracts Tuis and honey-birds; Phcn-miuin tenax is chiefly ferti- lised by birds. Insects may visit the flowers, but they depend upon Tuis and honey-birds. Kakas and parakeets also aid sometimes. Petrie(18) gives an account of the pollination of Vitex lucens. "There is no doubt pollination is effected exclusively by small birds. These constantly visit the flowers, hanging on the rigid leaf-stalk or flower-stalks, and insert their bills into the corolla- tube to suck the nectar. In sucking the sweet juice, the Tui may be seen grasping the flower in one foot and turning it i-ound into a more convenient position. In passing from flower to flower, the birds cannot avoid bringing pollen from young flowers to older ones." In an earlier volume(18), he refers to the pollina- tion of Rhahdothamnus Solandri as being effected by birds, and notes that the flowers are orange striped with red. Kirk(17) quotes a description of Colenso's of the pollination of Suplwra tetraptera by the New Zealand parrot {Nestur nieridiuu- alis) as follows: — "Close to the village, and even within its fence, were several large Kowhai trees; these were covered with their golden flowers, and mostly witliout leaves The parrots flocked screaming to the Sophora blossoms. It was a strange sight to see them; how deftly they managed to go (^)ut to the end of a long, lithe branch, preferring to walk parrot-fashion, and there swing backwards and forwards, lick out the honey with their big tongues without liijurliuj the yoittuj fruit. ... I found that all the fvilly expanded flowers had had the upper parts of calyces and the uppermost petal (vexillum) torn out; this the pari'ots had done to get at the honey. As the flowers are pro duced in lai'ge, thick bunches, some are necessarily twisted or turned upside down; still it is always that peculiai' petal and that part of the calyx (though often in such cases underneath) PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 25 which have been torn away. Through this, no injury was done to the young enclosed fruit, which would, in all probability, have been the case if any of the other j^etals had l)een bitten off." Laing and Blackwell(19) refer to a number of plants already mentioned, and add Knlghtia excelna as much visited by Tuis and bell birds. North's "Catalogue of the Nests and Eggs of Australian and Tasmanian Birds" gives a total of 67 species of honey-eaters and brush-tongued lories, but the author informs me that live species have been added to the honey-eaters since that section of his cata- logue was completed. Add to these tlie Black Cockatoo, already referred to as visiting Banksia-heads, and we have 74 species, in 26 genera (though Matthews puts the Honey-eaters in 42 genera), all iiower-frequenting in tlieir habits. Both the Honey-eaters and the Lorikeets have their tongues markedly adapted to their nectar- feeding habits. Von Mueller's "Second Census of Australian I'lants" contains 8,581 species of Howering plants — a number which is now some- what too small; but the records of new species are so scattered, that I have not attempted to arri\e at the correct total. I have gone through the Census, and tind that there are, at least. 649 species adapted to bird-pollination. This is no doubt under the real number; many of tlie plants are unknown to me; and I have also omitted the Styplielias, most of wliich are ornithophilous, because von iMueller has lumped several genera, such as Leuco- pogon, not oi-nithophilous, in tliat genus. But evi 'n so, this shows that about 7*4^ of oar flowering plants are ornithophilous. Of the 649 species mentioned, :i8."), or a uood deal more than half, are Proteads, wliich are peculiarly adapted for biid-visitors. Taking a smaller area, 1 am tolerably familiar with the plants and birds of the Mudgee district. In that district, there are 401 flowering plants, and of tliese oii are ornithophilous, 14 being Proteads. Thus 13"2//of the flowering plants are adapted to l)irds. There are 194 species of birds, of wliich 23 are honey- feeders (13*3%), a rather curious coincidence. It can be seen, 26 president's address. then, that tlie birds and flowers whicli are dependent on each otlier form a large percentage of the avifauna and the tiora. We hardly expect to find references to bird-pollination in Gould's "Birds of Australia." But we do iind numerous allusions to the nectar-feeding habits of the honey-eaters; and he also re- peatedly states that they eat pollen, giving instances of pollen being found in their stomachs. The earliest reference, which I can tind, to the pollination of Australian Howers by birds, is in an article on Eucalyptus by Dr. WooUs(l). Speaking of hybridisation in E. tereticornis, he says, "With regard to hybridisation in this genus, the flowers of which are probably fertilised before the operculum is cast off, Dr. Mueller does not think that it is impossible, but that all ordinary chances are against it. 'Still,' he continues, 'as Mr. W. S. Macleay remarked, parrots and other birds occasionally bite off the flower- buds, and may accidentally uncover a stigma, and remove the anthers; and, again, insects may then flnish oft' their work, and carry pollen across from another species." A correspondent, Mr. S. T. Turner, in a letter, mentions that, at the time of writing, parrots were very busy biting off' the oper- cula of Eucalypt-buds. I do not thilik that there is any foundation for the opinion that Eucalypt-flowers are fertilised in the bud. They are conspicuous flowers when open, scented, and contain a large amount of nectar, all of whicli would point to pollination by insects or birds. I ha\e not been al)le to trace any further allusion to bird-polli- nation in Australia until 1895, when a couple of short notes by myself were read at a Meeting of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science(20). These recorded the visits of Acanthorhynchus, and a species of Ptilotis to Erythrina indica, and of Acantliorhynchus to Telopea. In neither was the jDrocess described, but it was in a later paper(21). In Erythrina, the flowers are curved towards the left, and the bird sits on the riglit- hand-side, and inserts its beak into the other side. The pressure forces the stamens and style out, so that they brush on the side of the bird's neck, leaving a deposit of pollen. Sliould tlie bird then PRESIDENT'S ADDRESS. 27 visit a flower in which the stigma is receptive, some pulleii would uudoiibtedly reach it. I captured a bird while feeding, and found a considerable smear of pollen 'on the neck. As a rule, birds feeding on nectar allow a much closer approach, and it seems also as if they lost some of their fear of man ; for when I held a blos- som to the bird in my hand, it inserted its bill, and fed on the nectar. 1 have seen a note on honey-eating birds stating that they may become intoxicated with the honey, and even drop to the ground at times, but, unfortunately, I omitted to record the refer- ence. There is no doubt, however, that some flowers produce nec- tar which is more or less intoxicating. That of Banksia ericifolia is so, and is apt to produce, a severe headache in some people. Although the birds were most assiduous in their attentions to the trees I hail under observation, no fruits were produced. I care- fully pollinated a large number of flowers, and found that the fruit developed till it was four inches in length, and as thick as a knitting needle, but at this stage it invariably dropped oft'. Her- mann Muller(2) says that Darwin states, on the autliority of MacArthur's Observations tliat, in New South Wales, Erythrina does not produce good fruit unless the flowers are shaken. But the late Mr. G. H. Cox told me that it bore seed freely at Mulgoa. And I have been told that it seeds plentifully on the Northern Rivers and in Queensland. The Note on Teloj^ea states : "The flowers produce very large quantities of nectar at certain stages, so that if a head is shaken, a shoAver of drops is thrown ott'. They are nuich visited by Acan- thorhynchus and other honey-eating birds, j^et they rarely produce fruits; but when a plant does, it usually develops a large num- ber. In one instance, I observed a head wliich was nuich damaged by some larvae, and this head afterwardjs developed several capsules." Later I was able to watch one of these birds at a head, which was in the nectar-bearing stage. 1 could not get close enough to see just where the pollen was deposited on the bird, but I marked the plant, and afterwards found eleven capsules on it. Ho]tze{22) gives tlie following account of the pollination of Grevillea chrysodendron: — "The showy flowers of this species are 28 president's address. closely packed into the form of a brush, aud abound iu nectar. Before maturity, the long pistil is curved, so that the stigmatic pomt is inserted between the anijiiers at its foot. At maturity, the pistil becomes erect, bearing on its head the pollen deposited there by the anthers. The tree is visited by a small bird for the nectar in the flowers, and the pollen is taken from tree to tree on its breast and head, which come into contact with the stigma in prob- ing for the nectar. Cross-fertilisation, therefore, is facilitated, aud the existence of the provision for the pollen being deposited natur- ally on each stigma would lead one to expect that, in the ancestral form, this was to insure fertilisation should the floAver not receive pollen from elsewhere. However, in the species under notice, the flowers appear to be incapable of fertilisation with their own pol- len," The writer makes the common mistake of supposing that the whole of the disc on the end of the style is stigmatic, but this is not so. The stigma is a minute, nipple-like point in the centre, and in no species of Protead have 1 ever seen pollen on this. Dr. Shirley, in the same volunie{23), has a paper on "Pecu- liarities of the Flowers of the Order Proteacese,'" in wliich he says, speaking of Grevillea : "The lowest have styles with a true stigmatic surface. The central ones have immature styles coated with pollen. The apical ones are still hooked in the perianths, and, where the style-end is adherent to the petals, are clothed round the line of attachment with a copious supply of honey. Parrots and honey-eaters frequent the plants at this and earlier stages, clinging below the flowers, and reaching to the apex of the inflorescence where most honey lies. In doing so, they brush the pollen from the central flowers on their feathers, and, visiting the next branch, attach the grains to the lower stigmas of the next inflorescence, thus fertilising them." He also notes the small proportion of fruits that are sometimes found : "That this apparatus often fails is seen in the few perfect fruits on Hakea and Macadamia bushes which have borne masses of blossoms, and by there being seldom a dozen fruits on a Banksia-cone, which carried a thousand perfect flowers." With the assistance of some students, I investigated a bush of president's address. 29 Banksia erictfolia. We found that the average number of flowers on a head was 900. Then, takinu' :ill tlie heads more than one year old, we fonnd that only 001 per t-ent. of tlie flowers had developed fruits. Usually one finds a large number of old cones without a single fruit, and then one with from twelve, up to twenty. In one instance, we found forty fruits on a single head. I attribute this to the fact that, wlien tlie birds find a liead with plenty of nectar, they worlc over it again and again. In West Australia, I noticed that the Banksias al)out Perth bore comparatively few fruits, while those round about Albany fruited very freely. This arises, I tliink, from the fact that the honey-eaters are much more plentiful at the latter place, and perhaps also from the presence of Tarsipes, which is still found in that neighbourhood. Mr. Musson and Mr. Carne have been good enough to supply me with some interesting observations on bird-pollination, but, unfor- tunately, I ha\e mislaid their very accurate series of notes on tlie pollination of Grerillea rohnsta, illustrated Avitli photographs. The notes showed that the flowers, at different stages, took up different j^ositions. and that these changes were related to the habits of the birds in visiting the blossoms. I hope Messrs. Musson and Cai-ne have copies of these notes, as they certainly should be ]iublished, and would form a notable addition to our knowledge of bird-pollination in Australia. In one of Mr. Musson's notes, he says the Silver-eyes come to the underside of the horizontal spike of flowers by swinging the l)ody round to get at the nectar. He also mentions tlie bees, and a motli, apparently a species of AgTostis, frequenting the flowers. Another interesting observation was made at Lindfield. An Acacia, probably .1. suaveolens, Avas in- fested with numbers of the Berry-scale {Lecaninm haccatum), and these excreted large drops of honeydew. Two individuals of the tufted honey-eater, FtUntis (niricfnnis, were seen feeding on the drops of sweet fluid. None of the scales were damaged ; the birds were undoubtedly after the honeydew. This is an interesting observation, as it shows that the Meliphagidae will go to any sweet fluid they detect. It is tolerably certain, therefore, that they will visit nectar-bearing flowers whicli tliey cannot pollinate. 30 president's address. While on tlie subject of the Proteads, I may mention that, as long ago as 1882, Trelease(24) made out, from the examination of plants growing' in the Botanic Garden in Cambridge, Mass., the structure and mode of pollination of Hakea nodosa, and of Gre- villea Thelemanniana. He notes that both flowers are incapable of self-pollination, and that the Hakea is probably pollinated by birds or insects, and the Grevillea l)y birds. He also refers to Kerner's guess as to Dryandra being pollinated by kangaroos. Mr. 0. Sargent has published a paper, "Biological Notes on Acacia cefastrifolia{25). This plant (which Bentham considers a varietv of A. mi/rtifolia), when the racemes open, secretes from the gland on the phyllode at the base of the raceme, a drop of nectar, and continues to do so all tlirough the time of flowering. The Silver-eyes feed upon this. -'Careful examination of a flower- ing-branch shows it to be well adapted for bird-pollination. No hindrance is offered to the bird, as the saucer of nectar stands open beside the inflorescence; yet in sipping the sweet fluid the bird is sure to l)rush against the fluffy blossoms, and have its featliers dusted with pollen. The next flower brushed against will receive some of this pollen on its stigmas." Mr. Sargent has also been good enough to send me a copy of liis MS. of a paper entitled, "Fragments of Westralian Plant- Biology," which has been accepted for publication by a Botanical Journal. The first part of this paper is concerned with ornitho- phylly. He thinks it probable that the flowers suited for birds have been evolved from entomophilous flowers. The Honey-eaters are aggressive feeders; if the nectar is not easy to get at, they rip the flower open. In that way, the flowers which were best suited to birds may have persisted, and developed, while the others retro- graded. He sets forth certain types of flowers as being suited for bird-pollination, beginning with simple open flowers like those of Nuytsia; the flowers are open, and grow in masses; and birds feed- ing on them, as they do, cannot fail to pollinate the stigmas. Another flower of this type is Xanthorrhcea Preissii, and he has frequently seen small birds drinking the nectar. My son has seen the New Holland Honey-eater feeding on X. haStilis, following the president's address. 31 spiral of flowers round the spike. But as Mr. Sargent remarks, many insects also visit these. Indeed they are of a type visiteollinators. In Beauforlia sparsa, he sees another type, more specialised for birds; and he lias observed that the anthers rub against cheeks, foreheads, and throats. This type reaches furtlier specialisation in Calothaynniis sang'tvineus. In this, the anthers are arranged in bundles, so placed that they press against the heads of the birds (Glyciphila and Zosterops) visiting it. Other flowers mentioned as ornithophilous are AstroJoma diiiaricnta and Bhincoa cdiiescens. Anigozanthos humilis and A. Manglesii, he has not personally seen visited by birds, but his brothers have seen thi?m at the former, and some friends have seen small birds at the latter. I may say that I have repeatedly seen Acanthorhynchus feeding on A. Manglesii in the King's Park in Peith, and I noted their black heads covered with yellow pollen. Mr. Sargent names three of the Papilionacese as ornithophilous — Tenipletouin retusa, Crotalaria Ctiwidnghtimii, and Clianthns Dampieri. His last type embraces the Proteaceae, and he mentions Ade- nanthos cuneata, Baiiksi't attenuatn^ B. MeAiziesii, Dryandra fioribunda, and D. carduacea. Miss Brewster lately read a paper(26) before this Society on bird-pollination in Darwinia fascicular Is. The paper is now 32 president's address. available to Members, so I need not quote from it. Miss Brewster has done an excellent piece of work, and left little, if anything, for others to glean, except to extend her observations to the other species of the genus. A little book by Mr. C. Miidd(27) contains a good deal about pollination, some of it very extraordinary, too extraordinary to he taken seriously — as for example the pollination of Dryaiidra !)>■ kangaroos, said to have been observed on the Bine Mountains; and of an orchid by frogs. In a paper by E. W. Berry(28), on " The Affinities and Dis- tribution of the Lower Eocene Flora of South-Eastern North America, he gives a list of plants, among which are six Proteads in four genera- Palaeodendron, Proteoides, Knightopliyllum, and f^anksia. He also mentions Banksia and Drvandra as l)ein£r found in abundance in the European Tertiary, and that the family enjoyed a nu)re or less cosmopolitan range in the Early Tertiary. The ani;estors of the family, he thinks, probably entered the Australian Region during the Upper Cretaceous, before the country had become entirely separated from Asia, becoming adapted to the peculiar soils and climate of Australia: while the stock in the Northern Hemisphere appears to have been unable to stand the climatic changes, and thus became extinct. Von Ettingsliausen, in his Memoir, republished by the Department of Mines, Sydney(29), described a number of Pro- teads from the Tertiary of Australia. Incidentally, I would like to place upon record my feeling that it is unsafe to identify plants from mere impressions of their leaves. The more plants I know, the more I find that leaves very similar occur in plants belonging to widely separated families, while, on the other hand, plants belonging to the same family, or even the same genus, may have leaves so utterly dissimilar, that T should hesitate, without having seen flowers or fruits, to tliink thev were allied. The differincr types of leaf in Banksia and Hakea are examples of this. But Mr. Deane expressed similar opinions frcmi this Chair long ago, in mucli more convincing terms. The point I wished to draw attention to is this : that the majority of recent Proteads are bird-pollinated, and specially president's address. 33 adapted to that. Now were these old Proteads (and notwith- standing what I have said above, I believe that there were archaic Proteads) bird-pollinated, and if so, what were the birds concerned? If an inflorescence of a fossil Banksia is known, it might be easy to say whether it was likely to have been so pollinated. And, in that case, I should like to ask the palieon- tologists whether there ai-e any Tertiary birds known, which would be likely to have been the ancestors of any of the three great groups of pollinators— Humming-birds, Sun-birds, and the Honey-eaters of Australia? I have said enough to show that the bird-pollination of Aus- tralian flowers is a large and interesting problem awaiting solu- tion in detail. Some of the questions that need answering are the following. Are the colours of the flowers adapted to attract birds? It is generally taken for granted that bird-pollinated flowers are of brilliant colours, mostly reds. But closer acquaint- ance with the habits of the birds leads one to think that the brilliant colours may not be necessary to attract them. Our honey-eaters seem to visit any flower that ofters them a plenti- tude of honey. Again, are the tubular flowers specially adapted to birds with long bills like the Meliphagidae? Here, T think the answer will incline towards the afiirmative, but nevertheless the fact that they go to shallow flowers, like Eucalyptus and Xanthorrhcea, seems to point to the same conclusion— that the shapes of flowers do not matter greatly, if there is abundance of nectar. Are there any other factors that are significant— scent, for example ? These questions can only be finally settled by long- continued observation of the birds and the flowers they frequent. The next point (or perhaps it should be the first) to be settled is the actual method of pollination. Knuth(8) says: — "It must be the aim of research in pollination to make out the adaptation of all flowers and their pollinators, and this can only be ap- proached if such investigations are systematically carried out, and in as many small and clearly demarcated areas as possible." Now the points regarding adaptation wJiich have to be observed are many. The shape and colour of the corolla, the presence and amount of nectar, the scent, the length and position of the stamens and style, at various stages of anthesis, the time of 3 34 president's address. maturation of anthers and stigma, and the relation of these stages to the changes of position in those organs. And, in the case of the birds, the presence of grooves on the beak as pollen- receptacles, the presence of modified feathers for the purpose of retaining pollen-grains, the position the bird takes on approach- ing the flower, and on what part of the body it receives and carries pollen; all these points must be made out before it can be said that we know how a flower is pollinated by birds. To succeed in such an inquiry, the observer must have un- limited time and patience. He may have to sit motionless for a long period near the plant being investigated, till the birds gain confidence and approach the flowers; he must have keen sight and a good pair of field-glasses. He needs to camp out in a selected spot, and to be abroad at dawn, when the birds are beginning to feed; and, in addition, since the most precise in- formation is necessaiy with regard to the bird's size, shape of head and beak, and their relation to the parts of the flower, and can only be seen in the bird in the hand, which is proverbially worth two in the bush, he must, repugnant as it may be to a bird-lover, be prepared to sacrifice the lives of some of the pollinators to settle these questions accurately. Jt is a big piece of work, but it is worth the trouble; and a few earnest investi- gators with suflicient time at their disposal would soon produce results which would be of far greater value than the vague state- ments to be found in most of the papers on bird-pollination. It is not that the interest and importance of the subject are un- recognised, but that favourable conditions for carrying out the necessary investigations have been wanting. BIBLIOGRAPHY. (l).WooLLS, Dr. W. — A Contribution to the Flora of Australia. (2). Mueller, H. — The Fertilisation of Flowers, pp. 15, 215. (3).SCHIMPER, A. F. W. — Plant Geography, p. 120. (4). Bates, H. W. — The Naturalist on the River Amazons, p. 97. (5).Kerner — The Natural History of Plants, p. 225. (6).MosELEY, H. N. — Notes by a Naturalist on the "Challenger," pp.305, 469, 605. (7). Hancock — American Naturalist, xxviii., p.679. (8).Knuth, p. — Handbook of Flower Pollination, i., p.73. (9).Rii)()WAY — "The Humming Birds," in Smithsonian Report, 1890, (10). Perkins — -Fauna Hawaiiensis, i., p.368 et seq. (11 (12 (13 (14 (15 (16 (17 (18 (19 (20 (21 (22 (23 (24 (25 (26 (27 (28 (29 president's address. 35 .Beal, W. J.— American Naturalist, xiv.,p. 12; pp. 362-3(33; xv.,p.26o. .Scott, Elliot— Ann. Bot., 1890-91. .Stoneman, Bertha — South African Plants and their Ways. .Darwin, C. — Cross and .Self Fertilisation of Plants, p. 371. .Wallace, A. R. — Darwinism, p. 321. .Thomson, G. M. — Trans. N.Z. Inst., xiii., p.258. .Kirk, T. — Forest Flora of New Zealand, pp.54, 302. .Petrie — Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxv., xxxvii., p.409. .Lainc; and Blackwell — Plants of New Zealand. .Hamilton, A. G. — Report Aust. Asscn. Adv. Sci., vii. , Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxxiii. .HoLTZE, N. — Report Aust. Asscn. Adv. Sci., vii., p. 566. .Shirley, J. — Report Aust. Asscn. Adv. Sci., vii., p. 569. .Trelease, W. — Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xxi., p.416. .Sargent, 0.— Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. W.A., 1907. .Brewster, A. A. — Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xl. .MuDD, C. — Whys and Ways of the Bush. .Berry, E. W. — Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, liii. .Von Ettingshausen, C. — Contributions to the Tertiary Flora of Australia. Mr. J. H. Campbell, Hon. Treasurer, presented the balance sheet for the year 1915, duly signed by the Auditor, Mr. F. H. Rayment, F.C.P.A., Incorporated Accountant; and he moved that it be received and adopted, which was carried unanimously. Abstract: General Account, Balance from 1914, £531 13s. 4d.; income, £1,164 8s. 8d.; expenditure, £912 8s. lOd.; transfer to Bookbinding account, £5 5s. Od.; balance to 1916, £778 8s. 2d. Bacteriology Account, Income, £527 17s. 6d.; expenditure, £535 7s. 2d.; debit balance to 1916, £25 19s. 9d. Linnean Macleay Fellowships Account, Income, £2,027 15s. 3d.; ex- penditure, £1,598 17s. Od. (nicluding £97 2s. Od. for publication of Fellows' contributions to the Proceedings) ; transfer to Capital account, £428 18s. 3d. No valid nominations of other Candidates having been received, the President declared the following elections for the Current Session to be duly made: — President: Mr. A. G. Hamilton. Members of Council (to fill six vacancies): — Messrs. R. H. Cambage, F.L.8., J. H. Campbell, H. G. Chapman, M.D., B.Sc, J. B. Cleland, M.l)., T. Storie Dixson, M.B., Ch.M., and A. F. Basset Hull. Auditor: Mr. F. H. Rayment, F.C.P.A. On the motion of Dr. S. J. Johnston, a very cordial vote of thanks to the President, was carried by acclamation. 36 ir ^i Oi 3 0) tJ &^ ^ 2; o o p O D <1 ■p CQ J CO =y« <1 +3 +-» -p o 0) CQ m 0) a «^ pq J55 V $: j: o o = o O in Ov ' IN ■TJ o o o o O o rH rH rH sa ' o o o o o •^ o W 1 o o o o o CO OJ >a to O O «D l> CO lO «5 . !25 ClQ «H «M o aj o X 03 !/ ! 6 o a *5l be 03 IS) be |C cS • 1-1 'c CO S pq 02 ■a ; i§ 1 — 1 +5 4 • • G u 4^ > 03 c 4J War Loa N.S.W. T Loans on 'S 4. £ 1-^ B > 4 'Z a; to ^ o C c c cS a ! h— 1 O nS o o O c C\ ! M M o o o o o o o «: ) rH tj I- ;£ : Crt r— ( '^§ 7- m c !i a a t? ^ S- Eh M be 4 a >'E • Q F n ■ 3 t: 4 t-H Hi 'a c 4 41 4 4 +■ . 4> ^ 4 1— c < ■*-♦- p < U Sum 0, le b < • iH 6 ■=> 'C il 5 ;h o ;: 5 =« 4 +- c ^ fH c c 7 3 3 c C ; H p: ►^ II u 4) 03 0) Ed CQ < o W 1-5 '73 4) U T3 O U 03 O 3 ^ v> 'O tS 6 S 2 P^ S o o rt H ^ ;h H cs ;g ? w .o ■«i 41 4J Ph c3 ;» 25 37 at to a a o o o Q ■p to CO -d d « ei O >> O O o o o -a -^i c c Ci »-l c o tH CO CO »0 1/5 Oi 00 O w r-( r-l rH iH O »0 tH r-l to «o «« CO CO o O t-( 05 Irt ^ C. r-t r-T 'O o c o . . 1 m . . =« o o . (M 01 50 !£> C>1 c^*^ • 1-1 tH =« o . T-l ^ CO °o ■ Crt w th I-l «^ * o,-^ : 0 "^ \ • S 2 *< < Oi « fcc-c o ^ 1 tap .2 nee from ;criptions- 1 r. . . . . 7 a < -J « ,•/■ aj CC 0; -*- O Mm lil^o!} M >5 - - :: • pq - ' ' • T^ O ^ 7> 05 O 5M c r-i 01 Ol r-l t> O O OC ?! uo O i-l •^ to oc ^ ert o «n CO to t^ o> -*< CO t- 'T3 o in O Oi o c c o «o -f rt c • crt 1—1 to »n o OS t- c 0-5 c «n i^ ■* O C tH i-l iH iH r-l iH OO CO t- 1—1 ?>. r-» rH eo *** iH « «« «> t- (M 07 ,H (M ' • : a : : : ■ EC S «! . o • . o • cc • o • c3 (In -^ iL, 01 : ^ C T, aj »I fi 7^ 0. c c 6 < >- ■CCr- ^^s e 01 u ? >^'~^+- . i ..5 w-t- 5 ce oj 2 2i ^ 1- ••: r -5 ? rt a ^ - T3 ^ cs^s ^c c ^ »5 ~*^ 0; c3 .■;: O Oj 03^^ ^-1 p., P, <, .- II ss T3 o a> to o o =rt o w 05 CO CO H 02 OQ o • m ^ CO ^^ S^^ s« o o o o o o o o o o to 05 CO M H M M (In ; rQ CO • 'zi ^ ■ vs • •^ o . "S ^^ • O) ^ &=« 4> ' • ,0 >J • C3 Q di O +J — ys 3 o 01 CO o o ->- o 0; U li 0 01 05 0 05 05 i-( iH 0 10 >o 0 a CQ 05 O) CO co" r-l tH =« «rt io « a o o o Q +s CQ iH CO -d o •d fl o u ci o a: & o o o o o 'O N «! •* CO Oi CO t3 CO o o 00 O CO . . O U tc • Oh C (D . m 0 -^^ -2 ..S2 01 o "5 cM ^_ .r-| a) a P 0) OQ o u o OS o a ^t-iOOI-Ct-i050000 »JOOOOt001t'-C5o>^0 0DO;DOr-la0r-IOO'-l=0 ^ i-t Tfi rH lO i CO o C CO o y; ;, O C3 a; CC _ CC ^ ?-( n^ ^ i2 J5 w .2 be a s <^ J3 .fi f^ cC G CO i£ '* S cS c3 ^ as c a o •42 i^i o ft o ft o 39 -^ o o o i> ■f) o o o •■*l O '.-5 n 1-. T-! l- (7> or.: CO H m CO o CJD 0) CX) 'E O i2 IS r^ £ ^ ^ O 5 m X <• ^ -r-^ ■f. CI o o o CO CO to ci' 01 2i fo .rt o ." O 00 w 0^ '■T -— C3 ■Ji s ^ O i> 'oc C3 " O a: o>: cs i i = t; i^ -^ z-^ •/. S, — t> O t- M fO tH to O O O O o 00 0* c t: M M 2J T— 1 l- O « id «-i 0) M -^J *S s »4 0) a ,Q X a 9 r" d> a Q o •p CO a; l-t ^1 CO •0 o -a d) • ^ 'U o c c fO CO a « C« C (M ir 00 o t»» r- iH 7— i ^ O l- T— 00 t- woo CI M LO -t O iH N t3 OJ . ert o fe ■ . o < m ^."^ -*^ o c ^ re o o iz; c +- M +- ^^ ^ ot (U i p ^ 'H r " 0- 5 5 c r- tc •fH-e ^ ' ?^ a T O 4- re -1- *^ c , s c ;; ^ a« X -^ ■- u K r— W re c r^ - o 1^ OJ fQ re K 00 n t r-i a 1^ C ;^ E ^ re -t: y. ^ K -^ 40 ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. March 29th, 1916. Mr. A. G. Hamilton, President, in the Chair. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (24th November, 1915), amounting to 28 Vols., 231 Parts or Nos., 40 Bulletins, 9 Reports, and 25 Pamphlets, received from 89 Societies, etc., and four private donors, were laid upon the table. 41 STUDIE8 IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA. No. ii. Descriptions of new Genera and .Species of the Families Osmylid.h, MvmtELEONTiD.i-:, and Ascalapiiida:. By R. J. TiLLYARD, M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S., F.E.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoolooy. (Plates i.-vi., and three Text-figs.) The material on which this paper is based is mainly drawn from my own collection, but has been gathered together by the kindness and energy of many correspondents rather than by myself. These larger Neuroptera are not generally to be taken in ".ny numbers, as are the Odonata; and the gathering together of the material necessary for their study must be spread over a large number of years and carried on by a number of collectors. Particularly must this be so when, as in the case of the Myrrae- leontidoi, the majority of species are not to be found in the well- watered coastal regions, but are confined to the more arid regions of the interior. Thus it would seem that Broken Hill, N.S.W., with a rainfall of less than ten inches, is particularly rich in these insects, and the largest number of new species must be credited to the energy of Mr. O. B. Lower, F.E.S., my valued correspondent in this locality. Almost equally rich is the dry, sandy region of Western Australia, and even the coastal portion of that State po.ssesses a large number of fine species. From Mr. W. B. Alexander, F.E.S., Keeper of Biology in the W.A. Museum, Perth, I have received, for study, a small collection of Neuroptera containing some fine species; the types of the new- species of this collection are in the West Australian Museum, and the descriptions are included in this paper. Other small collections of Neuroptera have been sent to me by Mr. G. F. Berthoud, of Waroona, W.A., Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.E , B.Sc, 42 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, ii., F.E S., of Sydney, Mr. E. Allen, of Emerald, Q., Dr. A. J. Turner, F.E.S., of Sherwood, Brisbane, Q., and Mr. Rowland E. Turner, of London, (from Yallingup, W.A.). To all of these, I offer my sincere thanks for the valuable specimens received, without which my collection would still be a very poor one indeed. Id this paper, eighteen species are proposed as new. One of these belongs to the family Osmylidoi, one to the Ascalaphidce, and the remaining seventeen to the Myrmeleonlid'e. This latter family offers considerable difficulty to the Australian systematist, chieHy because of the paucity of literature, the inaccessibility of the types of the species already described (mostly by Walker, Gerstaecker, and Banks), and also partly because of the close resemblance between many of the forms. I desire, therefore, to express my thanks to my friend, Mr. Esben Petersen, of SilUe- borg, Denmark, for giving me his valuable opinion on a number of the forms described in this paper, and also for his excellent generic table, recently published in these Proceedings (1915, Vol. xl., Part 1, pp.56-57), which I found of the greatest help, particularly in assigning positions to a number of new genera. Four genera are proposed as new. No attempt has been made to break up the complex genera Glenoleon, FonnicaUou, or Acan- thaclisis, though Alloformicaleoii Esb.-Pet., has been accepted as a valid genus. A new division of the subfamily Dendroleontince into three tribes has been proposed, based on venational and phylogenetic considerations. The following is a list of the genera and species dealt with in this paper : — Family OSMYLID^. EuPORiSMUS, n.g. (Type, E. albatrox, n.sp.) 1. Etiporisrmis albatrox, n.sp. Family MYRMELEONTID^. Subfamily DENDROLEONTIN.E. Tribe ProtopIectPini, trib.nov. 2. Protoplectron longitudinale, n.sp. 3. Protoplectron ereniitx^ n.sp. BY R. J. TILLYAKD. 43 Tribe UendPOleontini, tiih.nov. 4. Peridystus aureo/afus, n.sp. 5. Dendroleoa lambda^ n.sp. 6. Dendroleon dwuiyaui, n.sp. 7. Gleiioleoii bertnoii'li, n.sp. 8. Glenoleoii aurora, n.sp. 9. Glenoleoii roseipewiis, n.sp. Tribe Distoleontini, trib.nov. 10. Gi/mnocueniia macnlata, n.sp. Brachyleon, n.g. [Type, B. darnnni (Banks)]. 11. Brachyleon darwini (Banks). Stevoleon, n.g. (Type, S. fieldi, n.sp.). 12. Stenoleo7i fleldi, n.sp. Xantholeon, n.g. (Type, X. helmsi, n.sp.). 13. Xantholeon hehnsi, n.sp. 14. Allofo7'micaleon hyalitius, n.sp. 15. Alio for micaleon. walerhousei, n.sp. 16. Distoleon nigrosignatus, n.sp. Subfamily MYRMELEONTIN.E. 17. Myrmeleon loweri, n.sp. 18. Acanthaclisis peterseni, n.sp. . Family ASCALAPHID^. Subfamily PROTASCALAPHIN.E. 19. Stilbopteryx dromedaria, n.sp. Family OSMYLID^. EupoRisMUS, n.g. Allied to Porismus, from which it differs as follows : wings longer, narrower in proportion, with the tips not broadly rounded but somewhat pointed, slightly falcate. Colour-pattern black and white. Rs close to and parallel with R (in Porismus, Rs diverges from R for about two-fifths of the wing-length, and then converges towards it apically). Branches of Rs very numerous^ closely arranged, almost straight, and nearly parallel (in Porismus 44 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTKRA, ii. they are fewer, wider apart, and less regular). Towards apex of wing, a set of cross-veins forms a distinct, curved line running across the wing from M to pterostigma, separating off an internal "disc" from a distinct apical portion, which carries only closely parallel, longitudinal veins (cf. Psi/chopsis); in Porismns, this line is absent. Four anal veins present, as in Porismus. hut 2A and 3A stand further from the posterior border, and the cross- veins arising from them are longer and more numerous than in Porismus. Genotype, Euporisnius albatrox, u sp. This genus may be placed as intermediate between Porismns and Oedosmylas; for, while it resembles the former in the strong branching of Ou, and in the dense wing-pigmentation, it ap- proaches the latter in the shape of the wings, and in the pos- session of the apical line of cross-veins. It is interesting to note that a fossil insect-wing, closely re- sembling the hind- wing of F. albatro.c, has recently been dis- covered in sandstone-rock at Goodna, near Ipswich, Q This rock is supposed to have come from a Tertiary deposit (? Eocene) overlying the Trias-Jura rocks of the Ipswich Coal- Measures. I.EUPORISMUS ALBATROX, n.Sp. (PI i., fig.l). Total length 16'5, abdomen 9'5, forewing 30, hindwing "iSmra. Head very small, 25 mm. wide; e^yes dark olive-brown; the three ocelli large, black, the median one very distinctly double; epicranium black, antennce 11 mm., slender, black, basal joint twice as long and thick as the second; lahnim and moiUhparts shiny brown. Thorax : prothorax Iwmm., elongate, slender, orange-brown. Pterothorax orange brown, marked with black in the sutures, especially along the middle line; wing-bases blackish. Legs black, fore- and middle-legs short, hind-legs long. Abdomen short, of medium width, dark grey above, marked with numerous, orange-brown spots; underside orange-brown, especially at apex. Wings: venation very close and abundant. Costal border of forewing strongly arched near base; costal space wide near BY R. J. TILLYARD. 46 base, gradually tapering towards pterostigraa. All four wings strongly curved towards tips, which end in a slight point; the posterior margin being very slightly hollowed out towards the tip, the wings have a slightly falcate appearance. Colouration : forewing richly mottled with black and white, the former colour due to pigment, the latter to a very close arrangement of numerous, parallel, white veins. Costal space irregularly blotched with black patches, separated by hyaline spaces crossed by white veins. In the pterostigmatic region, and extending nearly to tip of wing, is a large, subtri- angular, white patch, the curved wing-border forming its base, while its apex is directed pusteriad and forms an angle a little greater than a right-angle. On this patch, two small black spots interrupt the white wing-border. The rest of the wing is very irregularly and heavily marked with black. Hindwing nearly all hyaline in its basal half; then follows a large, irregular, black blotch right across the wing before the level of the pterostigma, but somewhat interrupted between M and Cu distally; beyond this, covering the pterostigma and all the apical part of the wing except the extreme tip, is a whitish patch, larger and more irregular than the corresponding patch in the forewing. [In the dead insect, the black wing-pigment fades gradually to a dark, semi-transparent brownish, as in Poristmis strigatus\. Hah. — Head of Condamine lliver, near Killarney, Q. Very rare. Mr. E. J. Dumigan captured, in January, 1914, four specimens sitting on the large rocks of the river-bed. Type in Coll. Tillyard. (E. J. Dumigan; January 8th, 1914). Of the remaining three, one has been placed in Mr. Esben Petersen's collection, another in that of Mr Nathan Banks, and the third remains in my collection. Family MYHMELEONTIDiE. Subfamily DENDROLEONTIN.E. This sul)fainily was formed by N. Banks to include all those genera in which there is only a single cross-vein in the radial space of die hindwing, before the origin of the radial sector. As 46 STUDIES m AUSTRALIAN KEUROPTERA, ii., this character is based essentially on the archaic position of Rs, viz., originating from R close to the wing-base, it seems to me an excellent character for tlie main subdivision of the family, and marks off the large complex of forms included in the Deiidroleon- tiiKH (to which the great majority of our Australian species belong) as definitely more archaic than the My rmeleontince, in which the radial sector of the hindwing has progressed much further along R. In subdividing the mass of forms in the Dendrn/eontinrc, it seems to me that too much stress has been laid on the presence or absence of tibial spines. In the dichotomous tallies so far published by Banks and Petersen, this character is used for effecting the main dichotomy, and only later are venational characters brought into play. Now, I would urge an alteration of this procedure for two reasons; firstly, because it seems pro- bable that some forms, at least, that lack spurs (if not all) did originally possess them,* and are really closely related to those forms (e.g., Glenoleon) which possess very short spurs, hut which, on the present method of dichotomy, are driven right to the other end of the table; and secondly, because the wing-venation, particularly of the forewing, offers us more important and better understood characters, and a far better chance of making natural divisions. I would propose that, in no ca.se, sh(juld the absence, or (if present) the size of the spurs be used for divisions greater than of generic value, since we cannot ignore the strong pro- bability of convergent reductions of these organs in widely separated groups. Turning, then, to the venation of the forewing, we can select, without hesitation, as a natural group, those peculiar genera in which Cuj runs parallel with Cuj -I- h\., for a considerable distance. This is clearly an archaic character, carried over without change from Nyniphid-sLUcestors. These genera form a distinct tribe, which I propose to name I'rotoplectrini. This tribe is represented * The presence of these spurs almost universally in the Neuroptera, Triflioptera. Lepidoptera. and Meeopteia is a fact that cannot lie ignored in our attempts at classification. BY R. J. TILLYARD. i f in Australia by the two genera, Protoplectron and Pseudo/ormica- leon, two genera which may be compared respectively with Acanthadisis and Myrmeleon in the subfamily Myrmeleontinm. The African genus Creagis would also appear to belong to this ancient group. It appears that the position of the cubital fork has remained fixed, throughout the evolutionary development of the subfamily, at a point about one fourth of the wing-length from the base. This is, therefore, a satisfactory Jixed level from which we can observe the evolution of the radial sector in the forewing. This, as might be expected, has followed the same lines as in the hind- wing, i.e., gradual removal of its point of origin on R, from a point close to the base of the wing to a position further and further distad. Thus, just as the DendroJeontAnn' are, as a whole, more archaic than the Myrmeleont'm(t>, on account of the position of the origin of Rs in the hindiving, so we may now select, from amongst the Dendrohontince themselves, those more archaic genera in which the same holds good for the forenjing. This tribe, to which I give the name Dendroleontini, includes, then, all genera in which Cu., does not run parallel with Cu, -f M., and having the origin of Rs in the forewing before the level of the cubital fork. This tribe contains a large number of genera, of which the Australian representatives are Dendroleov, Ghnoleon, Froggattisca (an asthenic offshoot of Glenoleon), Peridystus, and Chrysohon. Finally, we may group together those genera in which the origin of Rs, in the forewing, has become shifted to a level either exactly above, or distad from, that of the cubital fork, as the tribe Disfoleontini. The connecting-link with the Dendroleon- tini is not wanting, since the genus Gymnocnemia has the origin of Rs exactly above the cubital fork. But as, in other respects, this genus appears to belong rather to the Disfoleontini than the Dendroleontini, it seems advisable to include it here rather than to separate it out as an intermediate tribe. The Dendroleontini^ then, also contain a large number of genera, of which the Aus- tralian representatives are Gymnocnemia, Jh-achyleon, n.g.,>Steno- lean, n.g., Xantholeou, n.g., Macronemnrus, Formlcaleon, Alio- 48 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, 11., formicaleon, and Distoleon. The phylogeny of these three tribes may be exhibited thus : — Myrnieleontinje 2^ l/niph id -like Ancestor. Piotoplectrini Dendroleontini a o C Uistoleontini J Q In this diagram, I have not attempted to show the ramifica- tions of the subfamily MyrmeleoutiiuH, whose headquarters lie quite outside Australia. Tribe Ppotopleetplnl. In forewing, Cu runs parallel with Cu, + M„ for some distance. Genus P r o t o p l e c t r o n Gerst. 2. Pkotoplectron longitudinale, n.sp. (PI. ii., fig. 5). Total length 30, abdomen 23'5, forewing 41oxl05 wide, hind wing 39 5 x 9 mm wide. Head: epicranium blackish, with two, small, brown spots on occipital ridge near eyes; eyes black, touched with grey above; antenufP 9 mm., greyish-brown, ringed with black; face and mouth-parts pale, shiny orange-brown. Thorax: prothorax short, 3'5 x 2*5 mm., downy, grey, with two, longitudinal, dorsal, blackish stripes. Frothorax grey, downy, with darker markings, a small but distinct, white spot close to base of each forewing; underside with soft, pale grey hairs. Lecostal space: pterostigma l)lackish, covering 7-8 veinlets, all but three of them forked dis- tallv. Along Cuj + M^ runs a thick, somewhat sinuous, longi- tudinal, black band, continued distally across M, to tip of wing. Hind wing without markings, pterostigma weakly indicated by a brownish patch. Hab. —Western Australia; also Broken Hill, N.S.W. (O. Lower). Type in Coll. West Australian Museum. Label " H. 22," indicating that it was collected by Mr. G. H. Hardy, now of the Tasmanian Museum, Hobart. No date or locality-label. The Broken Hill specimen was unfortunately badly damaged in the post; only a small piece of the thorax, and the two wings of tiie right side, hanging by a thread, remain. This rare species superficially resembles the commoner Dislo- leoii nigrosu/natns, irom which, however, it can be distinguished at sight bv the fact that the lonoitudinal, black mark is single and continuous, whereas, in Z>. niyrosignatus, it is bi'oken into two. parts. The venations of the two species are, of course, quite distinct. It is somewhat remarkable that there should be, in a small collection of Western Australian forms, representatives of three genera {Protoplectron, Distoleoti, Glenoleon) having this unique development of a longitudinal, black line in the forewing, while, in a fourth {Duadroleon), there is also a considerable development of black pigment. 3. Photoplectrox eremi^, n.sp. (PI. ii.. fig. 4). Total length 19, abdomen 13, forewing 24*5, hiudwing 23mm. Head: epicranium grey, with black markings behind and a touch of brown in front; eyes dark grey; antennve 6mm., grejush; face orange-brown, mouth-parts blackish. Thorax grey-brown with blackish markings; on prothorax, two, parallel, longitudinal, blackish bands. Leys greyish, very short and thick, hairy. 50 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUflOPTERA, ii., Abdomen grey-black, smooth above, sides with numerous, fine, grey hairs; a fine, transverse, brown line at apex of seg- ments 4-8. Wings rather narrow and pointed. Venation of forewing speckled black and white, likewise Sc in hindwing, rest of vena- tion of that wing blackish. In forewing, the pterostigma has a strongly-marked, black, proximal patch: in hindwing, only a very slight touch of black along R. Hindwing hyaline, forewing much marked with small, blackish spots and patches, especially along R, Cuj -f Mo and the branch of Rs next but one above M^: many cross-veins and dichotomous forkings also touched with black. //a6. — Broken Hill, N.S.W. A single specimen taken by Mr. O. Lower; November 11th, 1902. Type in Coll. Tillyard. Unique. Closely allied to Pr. venustnm Gerst., from which it can be at once distinguished by its shorter wings, shorter and stouter abdomen, and by the lack of the strikingly beautiful effect of the pattern of the forewing, from which Gerstaecker's species re- ceived its name Pr. erem'u^'iH possibly a dwarfed, inland species geminate with P. venustnm, \Vhich appears to be confined to the coastal strip and eastern river- valleys. Tribe Dendpoleontinl. In forewing, Cu., bends sharply away from Cu, -|- Mj. Ks arises at a level proximal to that of the cubital fork. Genus Periclystus Gerst. 4. Periclystus aureolatus, n.sp. (PI. ii., fig. 3). Total length about 19 (tip of abdomen bent under), forewing 26'5 by 7"5 wide, hindwing 24'5 x 5nnn. Head orange-brown, except for a black area between the eyes, isolating two orange spots, one at base of each antenna; eyes black, shining; antenna', short, 3 mm., brownish at base, shading to I'eddish at tips. Thorax orange-brown above, with black marks in the suture, and touches of black near the wing-bases: underside BY R. J. TILLYARD. 51 shining black, with small, but conspicuous, orange-brown spots. Legs : fore and middle moderate, hind very long, black, spotted with orange as follows base and apex of femora, base of tibife and a small spot about Imm.distad from it; basal joint of tarsus orange, second brownish, third blackish, fourth brownish, fifth orange-brown, blackish distally, claws brownish; tibial spurs as long as first two tarsal joints. Abdomen (somewhat shrivelled and bent) fairly slender, banded transversely with alternate orange and black, the black predominating distally, the orange being reduced to small spots; tip broadly truncate, orange, with short, black, hairy appendages. Wings: posterior border of forewing twice angulated, onqe near middle of wing, very obtusely [middle posterior anyle) and once more distally (angle of the falcate border); the part of the border between this angle and the apex (falcate border) is very slio-htly hollowed out, so that the wing is slightly falcate. In the hind wing, there is only one posterior angle, the border between it and the apex being irregularly waved. Costa pale brownish, all other veins whitish. Forewing beautifully marked with numerous, irregular spots, some .serai- transparent orange, some dark brown or black, and others dark brown with golden centres; base slightly saffroned for about 3 mm. These spots are arranged as follows— along 8c and R, nine spots, three, small, basal ones, then a larger, blackish, sub- rectangular one 6 ram. from base; 3 mm. further on, a similar but slightly smaller spot; 2 mm. further on, a slightly larger spot, dark brown with orange-gold centre; 2-5 mm. further on, a similar but narrower spot; a similar but more rounded spot sur- rounding the radial brace; between these two last, a small rect- angular spot with golden centre. All these spots just touch 8c from below, but they lie, on the whole, well below R. Ptero- stigma marked by an opaque, whitish, oval area surrounding a small dark brown spot, also a somewhat concentric, blackish spot between this and the last of tlie I'ow of radial spots. Between R and Rs near apex, there are two, small, dark, squarish spots, with orange-gold centres. Along Cuj + M.,, touching M, from below, are four, orange-gold spots touched posteriorly with brown, 52 STUDIES IK AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, ii., followed by a dark brown spot, above which, slightly proxiraad, lies a small, brown spot. In the cubital space, there are four, elongated, narrow, blackish spots. At the apex of the wing, is a large, irregular, transparent, orange blotch: a smaller blotch runs in from the wing-border between this and the pterostigma, and below it is a small, squarish, brown spot with a pale orange centre-point. From the apex towards the angle of the falcate border, lie four, transparent, orange blotches, with three, irregularly placed, brownish spots lying proximad to them. Along posterior margin of wing, a large, irregular, trapezoidal, orange blotch occupies the middle, posterior angle, and is touched above by black; half-way between this and the wing-base, is a smaller, oval spot of the same colour. The hind wing shows very few markings, all distally placed, and of a uniform brown, except for three, minute spots along Sc + R. A large, reniform spot overlies R and Rs at level of the angle of the falcate border, which itself is filled with a larger and more irregular blotch. Pterostigma whitish, opaque, with two, small spots near it. A rounded spot at apex, and two, elongated marks on the falcate border complete the markings. Hah. — Cunderdin, W.A. A unique specimen, apparently a male, but the abdomen is somewhat shrivelled. Type in Coll. West Australian Museum, Perth. Museum label No. 6972; no date. This very beautiful insect is at once distinguished from the other two spt^cies of the genus by its small size, and by the beautiful and bizarre effect of its colouration, which suggests a stained-glass window in old gold. It appears to be more closely related to P. laceratus Gerst., than to the better known /*. circidter Walker, owing to a closer similarity in the scheme of wing-markings. From both these species, it differs in having the forewing much less falcate. (ilenus D K N I) R o L E o N Brauer. 5. Dexdrolron lambda, n.sp. (Pl.iii., fig.7). Total length (ab<}. It has sometimes been used to indicate a dull brick -red, i.e.., tile-colour. The Latin word admits of both meanings. BY R. J. TILLYARD. 55 Genus H l k n o L K o n Banks. 7. Glknoleon berthoudi, n.sp. (PI. iii., fig 8). Total length 21, abdomen 13, forewing 29'5, hindwing 26 mm. Head: ei/es blackish; occipuf brownisti, with three, black spots, and an irregular, transverse, black line above; from the middle of this, a short, median line runs up on to the occipital ridge, and is Hanked on either side bv a transverse, black bar; rest of epicranium shiny black; ntUennce 6 mm.; face straw- coloured, mouth-parts pale, spotted with brown. T h o r a X : prolhorax fairly wide, dull grey-black with l)rown- ish markings. P^i^ro/Ao^-ax greyish-black, with numerous, brownish markings; in particular, a fine, mid-longitudinal line, a pair of curved bands on mesonotum, and a pair of oblique stripes on metanotum. Legs: fore- and middle-legs with dull brown femoi-a tipped with black, til)ije brown, with three, black patches, tarsi blackish; hindlegs with brown femur, pale brownish tibia just tipped with black, tarsus pale at base, brown beyond. * Abdomen greyish-black, with numerous, small, brown markings on segments 3-8. Wings rather long and pointed, venation brownish. Ptero- stigma blackish in forewing, covering only 4-5 veinlets, but the black is continued obliquely inwards on to Rs; in hindwing, the pterostigma is small, opaque, and whitish, covering 3-4 veinlets, and touched with black proximally. In forewing, Sc and R, and the space between, are speckled with black; in the median space, from base almost to tip, there runs a conspicuous, black, longitudinal streak, which turns upwards at about two-thirds of its length to run obliquely parallel to, and beneath, the black, pterostigraatic patch, and ending 3 mm. from tip; the bent por- tion of the streak is brownish. On posterior border of forewing are two, small, oblique patches; one at about one-third fi'om the base slants upwards and outwards, blackish; the other, more distally placed, is pale brown, and runs upwards and inwards; around these, and also near apex, are many brown specks on cross-veins. In hindwing, a large, round, dark brown blotch occupies the region of M, and M., at about two-thirds of the 56 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTRRA, ii., wing-length from base; there is also a small, black mark on the radial brace. ffab.— Wavooua,, W.A. Taken by Mr. G. F. Berthoud, to whom T dedicate the species, on February 23rd, 1911. Unique. Type in Coll. Tillyard. 8. Glenoleon aurora, n.sp. (PI. i v., fig. 9). (J. Total length 19, abdomen lO'O, forewing 24, hindwing 21-5 mm. Head : fii/es olive-grey; epicraniiim reddiHU-hvown, with three, small, black spots on occiput; in front, a transverse band of shining black, passing between the eyes and enclosing ba.ses of aiitennje; these latter 4*5 mm., brownish, tipped with bWickish; face and mouth-parts yellowish-brown. T h o rax dull reddish-brown, marked with dark grey. Leys: femora orange-brown tipped with dark grey, tibia? and tarsi greyish-brown. •Abdomen alternately banded, very irregularly, with orange- brown and dark grey; on the orange-brown portion of 3-6 are some blackish spots or lines. Wings with a delicate, pinkish sheen on the nearly hyaline membrane; venation of forewing blackish along costa, speckled pink and black on Sc, R, and Rs, the rest brownish specked with black. In hindwing, costa paler and veins less speckled. Pterostiyma in both wings distinct, about 1-5 mm., mostly pink, but touched proxiraally with brown. Hindwing with a small, brown blotch at distal end of Mj and Cuj. 9. Differs from ^ in having less black on epicranium, the wings less speckled, somewhat pinker, and without the brown blotch on the hindwing. Wings considerably wider, less pointed, and altogether larger than in ^. Hah. -Broken Hill, N.S.W. .Several specimens taken by Mr. O. Lower, in 1900 and 1902. Types, (^9, in Coll. Tillyard;((J, December 4th, 1900; $, No- vember 10th, 1902; Broken Hill; O. Lower). This species and the succeeding one are very distinct from all other species of the genus by the beautiful, pink sheen of the BY R. J. TILLYAKD. 57 wings, and by their peculiar facies, which comes closest to that of G. anmdicornls Esb.-Pet. The sexual dimorphism, which is more or less noticeable in all species of this genus, is, in G. aurora (and probably also in G. roseipennis) extremely marked. 9. Glenoleon roseipennis, n.sp. 5. Unique. Closely allied to the preceding, but differing from it by its much greater size, duller colouration, very large head, and roseate pterostigma. Total length 19, abdomen 10, forewing 33, hindwing 30 mm. Head very large, 3-6 mm. wide, dull greyish-brown Thorax greyish, touched with brown on sides and on notum. Abdomen with alternating, fairly regular bands of orange- brown and blackish, [much faded]. Wings much as in G. aurora, more rounded at tips, costa brownish. Sc, Pt, and Rs very little speckled with black; the wing-membrane lightly washed with rose-pink in places. Ptero- stiyma of forewing 1-8 mm., rich orange-pink, surrounded by rose-pink, which extends to tip of wing; of hindwing, 1-3 mm., orange-pink, with less rose-pink beneath it, and very little towards wing-tip. No brown blotch on hindwing. Hab. — Winton, Q. A unique $, taken by Mr. R. L. Higgins, in 1912. Type in Coll. Tillyard. Tribe Distoleontlni. In forewing, Cu, bends sharply away from Cuj -f M., Rs arises at a level distal from that of the cubital fork (in Gymnocnemia, exactly above it). Genus Gymnocnemia Schneider. 10. Gymnocnemia maculata, n.sp. (PI. iv., fig. 11). Total length 16-5, abdomen 10, forewing 23, hindwing 195 mm. Head: eyes olive-grey; epicranium dull yellowish-brown, with a fine iZ-'mark in black on the occiput; two, black, trans- verse lines run, one on either side of the top of this mark in front; a black, shiny patch between bases of antennae, which are 5 mm. long, dark brown, with blackish tips; face yellowish-brown, shiny; mandibles and maxillary palps blackish. 5 58 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, ii., T li o 1' a X : prothorax yellowish-brown, with a broad , longi- tudinal, median, dorsal, grey-brown stripe, divided down the middle by a fine, pale line. Pterothorax pale straw-colour, with a similar, median, dorsal stripe, and a greyish-hlack mark on each side just above the wing-bases. Legs dull brown; femora with a blackish, apical spot, tibiae with three, black spots, tarsi partly blackish. Abdomen rather short, grey-black with dull, brownish markings, in the form of an irregular patch covering most of each segment, on either side of the median line, and isolating a median, longitudinal band of greyish-black, which is divided, as in the thorax, by a fine, pale, median, longitudinal line: sutures o^revish-black. W in gs mostly hyaline, well-pointed; venation brownish. R, Rs, and Cui-1-M.j speckled with black. Pterostigma strongly marked as a pale brown area bordered proximally with black; total length about 2 mm., covering some seven veinlets, some of these l)eing branched In forewing, the origin of Rs and of some of the cross-veins from R to Rs strongly blackened: a short, oblique, dark brown mark runs upwards from near end of M, (below level of pterostigma) through five cells, ending just beneath the Banksian line, which is well-marked; a somewhat similar mark overlies the ends of Cu, and A, on the posterior border. In the hindwing, there is an irregular, dark brown blotch below R and Rs, just before pterostigma, a smaller blotch at distal end of hypostigmatic space, and a rather large, irregular splash of dark brown above the posterior border, at the level of the radial brace. Hab.—Bvoken Hill, N.S.W. Four specimens taken by Mr. O. Lower (undated). Type in Coll. Til]\'ard. Genus Brachyleon, n.g. In forewing, Rs arises about one cell distad from level of cubital fork; the oblique vein lies directly under origin of Rs. No Banksian line present. Mj and Cuj+Moin forewing unite before the wing-margin. In forewing, lA is a straight line to BY R. J. TILLYARD. 59 wing-border. Tn hind wing, there is no distinct Cu._,: Cu, is straight, not arched concavely to posterior border. Five cross- veins before origin of Fls in forewing. Hindwing narrower, and slightly longer than forewing, very pointed. Legs short; tarsus with first joint moderately long, 2nd-4tli verv short, fifth long; spurs present, nearly as long as first two joints of tarsus. Abdomen short. Genotype, Brachyleon darwini (Banks). This genus may be placed next to Gymnocnemia on account of the position of the origin of Rs in forewing, but differs strongly from it in possessing spurs, and in lacking the Banksian line. It differs from Macronemurus Costa, in its short abdomen, and short legs, with long, stiff hairs. 11. Bkachyleon darwini Banks. (PI. iv., fig.lO). Macronemurus darwini Banks, Pi-oc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, 1914, p.619 (issued 1915). Head dark brown above; two, pale spots on occiput near eyes, which are very dark brown; antennce fulvous at base [the rest missing]; face brownish, shading to fulvous on labrum : mouth-parts fulvous. Thorax: prothorax pale brown, with two, broad, longi- tudinal stripes of darker brown. Pterothorax and leys shiny brown. Abdomen short, slender, rich brown without any markings. Wings venation brown; in forewings, Sc, Rs, M, and Cu speckled. Costal cross-veins very numerous, especially in fore- wing. Pterostigmain forewing clouded with brown, in hind wing clear. Apical cross- veins in all wings marked with brown specks. In all wings, an irregular, brown streak runs obliquely up from near the end of Mj to near apex; this streak is longer and more diffuse in hindwing than in forewing. In hindwing, Cu, i.sdark, M pale. Only five branches of Rs before radial brace. f{ab. — Darwin, N.T One specimen, taken on x\pril 6tli, 1913, by Mr. G. F. Hill, Government Entomologist. Type in Coll. Banks, 60 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTEKA, ii., Genus S T E N o L E o N, n.g. Wings excessively narrow, pointed; in forewing, lis arises well beyond brace of cubital fork, and is somewhat bent at the origin of its first descending branch; 5-6 cross-veins in radial space in forewing; oblique vein lying about under level of origin of Rs. No Banksian line present. Costal space very narrow in fore- wing, but widened near base in hind wing by the upward arching of C. Legs moderately long; first and fifth tarsal joints about equal; 2nd- 1th very short; spurs present, short, about as long as first tarsal joint. Abdomen slender, rather sliort. Genotype, St. fieldi, n.sp. This genus, which appears to have no near allies except, perhaps, the African .Vemoleon, is a highly reduced off'shoot from the main Distoleontine stock, easily distinguished from all other Australian genera known to me by the combination of characters given above. 12.Stenoleon fikldi, n.sp. (PI. v., fig.13). Total length 19-5, abdomen 13'5, forewing 20*5 by 4 wide, hind wing 19 by 3 mm. wide. fi e a d : epicranium dull brownish; antennce evidently long [tips lost], dark brown, strongly marked with pale rings; bases of antennse, whole of face, and mouth-parts testaceous. T li o r a X : prothorax subcylindrical, the anterior third marked off by a transverse groove; grey-brown, with a paler, median, longitudinal line, and two, parallel, lateral bands. Pterothorax grey-brown with paler markings; underside grey. Legs : coxae, trochanters, and bases of femora pale testaceous; femora blackish, tibise brown, with a black spot one-third from base and another at apex; tax'si with first joint pale brown, 2-4 dark, 5 pale, with black apical third. Abdomen narrow, cylindrical, dull grey, with transverse, ochreous lines on apices of segments 3-8. Wings: venation mostly whitish, costa grey in both wings, also Cu in hindwing. Sc speckled. A conspicuous, dark spot proximal to pterostigma in both wings. Forewing much spotted BY R. J. TILLYARD. 6l with brown, as follows — on two or three of the cross-veins in the cubital space, also at the origin of Rs, on the third and fifth cross-veins beyond it, and on the radial brace; on the 4:th-6th cross-veins in median space, and on the first four cross-veins in the cubital space. A larger blotch above the posterior margin just before half-way, crossing Cua and running up to M^; near apex, several, small, cloudy patches. In hindwing, a cloudy patch over ends of M and Cuj, extending as a faint smokiness almost to apex. Hab. — Tennant's (Jreek, Central Australia. Taken in Novem- ber, 1 906, by Mr. J. F. Field, to whom I dedicate the species. Type in Coll. Tillyard. Unique. A very distinct and peculiar little species. Genus Xanthol eon, n.g. Insect of very slender build. In forewing, Rs arises about two cells' width distad from level of cubital fork, and is rather irregular in form; ol)lique vein close to the fork (within one cell's distance). No Banksian line present. The cells below Cui -f- M., in forewing, and below Cuj in hindwing, are very regularly arranged, and separated into oblique rows by numerous, parallel sectors descending from the main vein. Hindwing slightly longer than forewing Antennje long and slender, with weak, elongated club. Legs of median length, slender; tarsi with tirst joint a little longer than fifth, 2nd-4th very short; spurs present, longer than first tarsal joint Abdomen slender. Genotype, X helmsi, n.sp. A very distinct and clearl}^ marked off genus, whose affinities appear to be somewhat doubtful In the delicacy of its structure it appears to hold about the same relationship to Distuleoii that Froyyattisca does to Glenoleon. IS.Xantholkon helmsi, n.sp. (PI. v., fig. 12). Total length 24-5, alxlomen 17"5, forewing 29, hindwing 30mm. Head pale yellowish all (jver, except for the black eyes. Antennae yellowish, slender, 7 mm. long. 62 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, ii , Thorax pale yellowish; leys straw-colour with a dark patch at apex of femur, anotlier near base of tibia, a third at apex of same; tarsal joints brownish apically, claws dark. Abdomen rather short, slender; 1 yellowish, 2 pale brown, 3 yellowish at base, shading to dull brown; the rest dull brownish touched with pale brown on apices of 7-9. Wings with very pale, straw-coloured venation, abundantly speckled with brownish, especially along R, M, and Cu. Fteru- st'igma large in all four wings, 2 mm., pale straw-coloured, cover- ing about 8 cruss-veins, and touched with brown at the inner angle. Four cross-veins in radial space of forewing; 5-6 descend- ing branches of Ks before radial brace. Hah. — Sydney, N.S.W. Two specimens, collected in October, 1909, by the late Mr. Helms, to whom I dedicate the species. Type in Coll. Tillyard; cotype in Coll. Petersen. This delicate and almost ghost-like species is quite distinct from anv other M ynaeleoidd known to me. Genus A L L O F O R M I C A L E o N Esb.-Pet. Di tiers from Formicaieon Brauer. by the absence of the Bank- sian line. 14 Al.I.OFORMlCALEON HYALINUS, n.sp. (PI. vi., fig. 16). Total length 22, abdomen 16, forewing 25*5, hindwing 24mm. Head dark grey above, a pale, transverse line across occiput; atdeume. long, 6"5 mm., slender, black, strongly clubbed; face blackish, orbits ed'^ed with pale cream, genre and labium yellowish. Thorax: prothorax short, dull greyish above, yellowish beneath. Plerothorax dull greyish-brown above, mottled with paler grey; underside grey, with some yellow markings. Leys greyish; hind femora very pale at bases, touched with black in middle and at apex; hind tibife pale, with a touch of black at apex. Abdomen slender, subcylindrical, uniform grey-black; ap- pendages touched with straw-colour. Wings: venafAon blacki.sh, Sc speckled in both wings: wings quite hyaline except for a slight touch of black basally on ptero- BV 1{. J. TILLYAKD. 63 stigma of forewing; the veinlets of the pterostignia whitish. In forewiiig, only five branches of lis before radial brace. Oblique veins very clearly marked, very close to cubital fork (less than one cell's length distant). In forewing, lA black, forming a straight line to wing-border. Ci'oss- veins in cubital space of forewing fairly numerous and close. //^t6. — Stradbroke Island, Q. Two specimens, bred in Novem- ber, 1915, from large larvje, which do not form pits, but hide in loose soil at the bases of trees. Tvpe in Coll. Tillyard (bred November, 1915). This species superficially resembles Mynne/eon luiiseriatus Gerst., in colour and facies, but has narrower and less pointed wings. Its nearest ally is AUqformicaleou australis Esb.-Pet., (Sydney), from which it can be at once distinguished l)y its smaller size, shorter wings, the hindwing not being as long as the fore, and by the completely different, and much darker colour-scheme. 15. Alloformicaleon waterhousei, n.sp. (PI. v., fig. 14). Total length 19-5, abdomen 13, forewing 25, hindwing 24mm. Closely allied to the preceding species, but distinguished as follows. On all four wings, a black mark on the stigma, and a smaller mark at same level on Mi(this mark is a mere speck in hindwing); in forewing, a larger, oblique, black streak arises from just before middle of posterior border, and runs up across Cu„ to bend parallel to Cuj + Mo at one cell's distance below it. In forewing, lA speckled, not quite a straight line; cross-veins in the cubital space of forewing very few and wide apart; also Cui 4- Mo arches up more strongly than in A. hyalinus. Antennce bordered by a pale line in front of bases; face pale straw-colour. Hind femora black, except for the very pale bases. Abdomen somewhat stouter than in A. hyaUnus, similarly coloured, but with pale, transverse lines across apices of segments 2-S. //at. —Woodford, Blue .Mountains, N.8.W.(2,000feet). Three specimens taken in February, 1909. by Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, to whom I dedicate the species. A single specimen, somewhat more heavily marked on wings, bred from a larva indistinguish- 64 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTKEA, ii., able from that of A. hyalinus, on November 5th, 1915, from Stradbroke Island, Q. Type in Coll. Tillyard (Woodford; G. A. Waterhouse; Febru- ary 12th, 1909) Genus Distoleon Banks. 16. DiSTOLEON NIGROSIGNATUS, n.Sp. (PI. vi., fi". 1 7 ). Total length, ^ 25, 9 26; forewing, ^ 30, 9 32; hindwing, ^ 29, 932 mm Head dark grey above, with a small, oval, brownish spot on occiput near each eye; a black band just in front of, and between, bases of anteimre, which are 8 mm. long, grey ringed with black bases slightly brownish; /ace pale bi'ownish. Thorax downy, greyish, a touch of brown at wing-bases. Legs rather short, hairy, coxae of forelegs brownish; femora grey, tibiae and tarsi pale brownish with blackish markings. Abdomen uniformly dull greyish. Wings very long and narrow; veins mostly greyish; So speckled with black, Rs and Cu also blackish. Pterostigma in forewing greyish-white, with a black, basal patch covering about nine veinlets, five of which are forked: in hindwing, pterostigma is only a slight darkening on 5-6 veinlets. Forewing marked with long, black stripes as follows— a straight stripe runnin" parallel to, and below Rs distally, slightly waved as it crosses each branch of Rs; a long and slightly curved stripe along the main stem of Cu to the fork, where it is thickened, and thence along Cui-f M2, gradually tapering to a fine streak, and finally bending slightly up to cross Mj, and to run wavily for 3 mm. up across two branches of Us; also a short, curved stripe placed concavely to the posterior border, about midwav along the winff, arising from the end of Cu., and arching up towards the middle of Cu, -t- Mo. In hindwing, only a slight, double smudge of brown placed distally on JVl and (Juj and also on two branches of Rs above them; also a touch or two of black near apex. All the above marks are very complete and definite in 9, but, in ^, they are narrower, paler, and more or less reduced. [{7?'aS-iil)J'ain'tlies of Sfrafionit/idn-. l.Abdi)men with seven, visible segments; scutellai- spines, if present, four ov mute in mxnil)cr; winj^s with either tluee or four, posterior veins BEKiNi*;. Abdomen with only five or six, visible segments 2. 2. Wings with four, posterior veins or traces of them 3. Wings witii only three, posterior veins 6. 8.Tlie four, posterior veins all arise from the discal cell 4. The fourth, pcjsterior vein is separated from tlie discal cell, and arises from the second, basal cell 5. 4. Metallic species; scutellar spines, if present, four oi' more in number AntissiNj^. Non-metallic species; scutellar spines two in number Clitellarin.!-:. 5. Antennfe with or without a short style, never with an arista Stratiom YIN^,. Antennas with a long, thread-like arista Sargin^-. 6. Antennae with a long, thread-like arista Pachygastrin^:. In dividing the genei'a of Stratiomyidcc into their respective subfamilies, some doubt may occasionally occur relative to the position of the posterior veins, because, in a few genera, the fourth posterior vein seems to arise from the exact junction of the discal cell and the second basal cell, and so might be con- sidered to arise from either. In such cases, the relationship seems to be nearest to the Clitellarince, and such genera are usually considered as belonging to that subfamily, whilst onlj' those in which the fourth posterior vein is distinctly separated from the discal cell, are placed in the Stratiomyin(e or Saryince. Subfamily BERIN.'E. The species belonging to this subfamily are readily recognised by their narrow abdomen, with seven, visible segments; the scutellar spines, if present, are never less than four in number. The lierinte occur all over Europe, North and South America, Australia and New Zealand. In all, about a dozen genera have been described. In .Australia, five genera aie known to occur. Talilc of Ihf AnMralian Genera of Berime. l.Scutellum without spines 2. Scutellum with spines 3. 2. Wings with three, posterior veins Cryptoberis, gen.nov. Wings with four, posterior veins METOroxiA ilacq. BY ARTHUR WHITE. 73 3. AnteiuKL' thrice the length of the head Xanthobkris, gen.nov. Antennse about the same lengtli as the head 4. 4. Eyes hairy; thorax metallic; wings not banded Actina Meig. Eyes bare; thorax not metallic; wings banded. ..Neoexaireta Ost.-Sack. Of the above genera, Metoponia is unknown to me; Kertesz places the species named by Macquart, Xenomorpha australis, in this genus: if this is correct, its position should be that given above. 1. C R Y p T o B K R I s, gen.nov. (Fig.l). Non-metallic flies; scutellum without spines; eyes bare, joined in the male; antennae a little longer than the head, third joint annulated, but without any style or arista; discal cell of wings almost pentagonal, with three, issuing veinlets; cubital vein f(}rked. Fig. 1 — Wing of Cryptoheris hebescens. Head short and not produced. Eyes bare, joined in the male. Antennae set close together, situated towards the lower part of the head in profile, a little longer than the head; first joint about twice the length of the second, the third slightly swollen and annulated, nearly twice the length of the first two joints together. Thorax with small shoulder-tubercles; scutellum without spines. Abdomen long and slender, with seven, visible segments. The thorax, scutellum, and abdomen covered with short, depressed pubescence. Legs simple, slender. Wings without any distinct stigma; costal margin minutely bristly, cubital vein forked; discal cell almost pentagonal, with three, issuing veinlets (pos- terior veins); anal cell closed at some distance above the wing- margin. This genus seems to be most nearly allied to the North Amer- ican genus Chiromyza, from which it is distinguished by tha 74 REVISION OF THK STHATIOMYID^ OF AUSTRALIA, forked, cubital vein. It also agrees with the European and North American genus AUognosta in having the scutellum un- armedj and in possessing only three, posterior veins, but differs from that genus in the very different form of the discal cell. Fi'om the Australian genus Metoponia, it is distinguished by possessing three, instead of four, posterior veins. Cryptoberis hebescens, sp.nov. (Fig.l). Antennae, thorax, scutellum, and abdomen dark brown; legs entirely yellow; wings tinged with brown. Length, (J, 7 '5 mm. Hab. — New South Wales (Sydney). Male. — Face brown, receding. Eyes bare, joined for a long distance, the front being reduced to a very small patch at the vertex, and a small, frontal triangle directly adjoining the antennae. Antennae a little longer than the head, first joint about twice the length of second, the third swollen and annu- lated, and nearly twice the length of the first two joints together. Thorax, scutellum, and abdomen dark brown, the whole covered with short, white, depressed pubescence; sides of abdomen with a little longer, white pubescence; genitalia prominent, yellow- brown. Legs with femora and tibiae clear yellow; tarsi yellow, a little browned towards the tips. Wings tinged with brown. This species is known only from a single specimen, which was taken by Dr. Ferguson at Sydney, on November 12, 1914; it occurred settled on the wall of a building. 2. Metoponia Macq. Non-metallic flies; scutellum without spines Antennae in- serted towards base of head; first joint a little elongated, second short, third annulated with eight divisions. Wings with four, posterior veins, all arising from the discal cell, first, second, and fourth complete, third incomplete; cubital vein forked. This genus is unknown to me, the above characters being taken from Macquart's description of the genus, and from his figure and description of Xenomorpha australis, which Kertesz, in his Catalogue, ascribes to this genus. BY ARTHUR WHITE. 75 Table of the Australian Species of Metoponia. 1 . Thorax and abdomen black ; legs black rubriceps Macq. 2. Thorax and abdomen testaceous ; legs red australis Macq. Metoponia rubricrps Macq. Described by Macquart as having the head red, thorax dull black; abdomen shining black; legs black. Length, J, 6 mm. Hab. — " Tasmania." Metoponia australis Macq. Syn., Xenomorpha australis Macq. Described by Macquart as having the thorax and abdomen testaceous, the former, in the male, with a curved, black stripe on each side; antennae and legs red; posterior tibise bowed in the male. Length, ^(^, 7-8 mm. .ffa6. — "Australia." 3. Xanthoberis, gen.nov. (Fig. 2). Antennae thrice the length of the head, first two joints short, and of almost equal length, third about four times the length of the first and second together, consisting of four segments of almost equal length, and a shorter style; scutellum with four, marginal spines; abdomen long and slender, with the posterior femora slightly swollen; neuration of wings as in Neoexaireta. Fig. 2. — Head of Xanthoberis siliacea, ? . Head short, and not produced. Eyes(9) bare and separated. Antennae set close together, and situated about the middle of the head in profile, about thrice the length of the head, first two joints short, and of almost equal length, third about four times the length of the first and second together, consisting of four 7() HKVISION OF THK STRATIOMYID^. OF AUSTRALIA, segments aud a style, the first segment being the longest, and distinctly longer than the first two antennal joints together, the second, third, and fourth segments of nearly equal length, the style about one-half the length of either of these segments. Thorax narrow; scutellum with four, slender, marginal spines. Abdomen long and unusually slender. T-egs lonsf and slender, posterior femora slightly swollen. Wings with the venation of Neoexaireta spinigera: cubital vein forked and much curved: discal cell with four, issuing veinlets, first, second, and fourth complete, third incomplete; anal cell closed blunth' at some distance above the wing-margin. This genus is proposed for a New South Wales species, repre- sented by a single specimen in the collection of the Adelaide Museum. 'I'he form of the antennae distinguishes it from any other irenus of the Berhue. o^ Xanthoberis siliacea, sp.nov. (Fig. 2). Front black; antennae brown, with the base yellow; thorax, .scutellum, and scutellar spines light yellow-brown; abdomen light yellow-brown, with apex black; legs yellow: wings hyaline, with a dark brown stigma. Length, ^i 9 mm. Hah. — New South Wales (Dorrigo). Female. — Face and portion of front adjoining base of antennte covered with silvery hairs. Front black. Proboscis oiange. Antennae brown above, except the short, first and second joints, and a portion of first segment of third joint, which are yellow: beneath, the antennae are yellow for nearly two-thirds of their length, the remainder light brown, with the style black. Thorax and scutellum light yellow-brown, with an orange tinge: scutellar spines yellow. Abdomen with first five segments light yellow- brown, sixth, seventh, and genitalia brownish-black. Legs with anterior and middle pairs entirely yellow; posterior femora bright yellow-brown, with base pale yellow; posterior tibiae yellow-brown; posterior tarsi yellow. Wings hyaline, with a dark brown stigma. This species is known from only a single specimen, labelled " Dorrigo, N. S. Wales," in the Adelaide Museum. It may be by'arthuk white. 77 recognised without difficulty by its slender shape, four-spined scutellum, long antennje, and uniform, ligiit yellow-brown colouration. 4. A c T I N A Meig. Slender tlies, with a metallic-green thorax, six-spined scutellum, and orange or brown abdomen; eyes hairy ((J) or sparsely hairy (9), separated in both sexes; discal cell with four, issuing veinlets, first, second, and fourth complete, third incomplete; tibiae in the male considerably inflated. This genus occurs in Europe, North America, and Australia. In Australia, two species are known. Tah/e of Australian Specie-s of Actina. l.ScutcUar spines long, partlj"^ or altogether yellow; abdomen, in female, bright orange-brown, with black segmentations inciaurcdi-s Macq. 2.Scutellar spines short, entirely metallie-green; abdomen, in female, uniform blackish-broMii coMatu White. Actina incisuralis Macq. Syn., Beris incisuralis Macq.; Beris Jilipalpis Macq. Thorax emerald-green((J), or bronze-green(5); abdomen brown ((J), or bright orange-brown(2), with black segmentations; scu- tellar spines yellow, with the base dark metallic-green; posterior femora black((J), or orange, with the apical third or half black (5); wings with a conspicuous, black stigma. Length, (J 7, 96mm. Hab. — New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania, Queensland. This is one of the commonest and most widely distributed of the Australian Stratiomyidcf . It usually occurs settled on low vegetation, but may sometimes be found on windows. It is subject to some variation, both as regards size, and colouring of the abdomen and legs. '»'- Actina costata White. Thorax emerald-green, and abdomen blackish-brown in both sexes; .scutellar spines short, entirely dark metallic-green; liind femora black, with an orange band towards the apex (J"), or entirely yellow(5); wings with the costal margin mucli inure 78 REVISION OF THE STRATI05IYID.E OF AUSTRALIA, sinuated than in A. incisuralis, and with a smaller stigma. Length, (J 6, 9 4*5 mm. Hab. — Tasmania. This species frequents pools in the beds of mountain-streams; it seems to occur very sparingly. 5.NE0EXAIRETA Ost.-Sack. {Exaireta Schin.) Slender flies, with thorax non-metallic; eyes bare, separated in both sexes; scutellum with four spines; wings banded. This genus contains only one Australian representative. Neoexaireta spinigera Walk. Syn., Beris Servillei Macq. Thorax black; scutellar spines brown, with the base black; abdomen purple; posterior femora black, with the base white; wings with basal half hyaline, apical half dark brown, with a hyaline spot on the costal margin towards the tips. Length, 10 mm. Hab. —New South Wales, Victoria, and Queensland. This is a common species. It may be easily recognised by its banded wings. Subfamily ANTISSIN.E. This subfamily is nearly allied to the Berince, but is distin- guished by possessing only five or six, instead of seven, visible, abdominal segments; the abdomen is always short and broad, and of bright metallic colouring; the wings have frequently the basal half of the costal margin inflated; the scutellar spines, if present, are four or more in number. Four Australian genera are at present known. Tahh of the Australian Genera of Antissina'. 1 . Abdomen very broad ; metallic blue in colour 2. Abdomen not very broad; not metallic blue in colour 3. 2. Scutellum with spines: costa of wings in male greatly inflated. LECOGASTEK White. Scutellum without spines anacanthella Macq. 3. Scutellum with rudimentary spines 4. 4. Antennse much shorter than head antissa Walk. Antennffi about twice the length of head antissella White. BY ARTHUR WHITE. 79 6. Lecogaster White. (Fig. 3). When this genus was proposed, only the male was known; specimens of the females of two species are now, however, to hand. The eyes of the male are densely hairy, widely separated at vertex, but almost joined at base of antennae; of the female, only sparsely pubescent, and well separated throughout. An- tennae about the same length as the head, third joint annulated, and provided with a blunt, in-turned style. Scutellum with, normally, six spines, but two of these may be difficult to dis- tinguish. Abdomen short, but extremely broad. Wings with the basal half of the costal margin greatly inflated in the male, to a less extent in the female; cubital vein witli a long fork; discal cell with four, issuing veinlets, the first, second, and fourth complete, the third incomplete. The species belonging to this genus may be easily recognised by their extremely broad, metallic-blue abdomen, and spined scutellum. Two species are at present known. Table of the Species of Lecogaster. 1 . Wings hyaline ; thorax blue ; sciitelluni flat can-idea White. 2. Wings with a black spot on the middle of the costal margin; thorax black; scutellum much upraised cyanea, sp.nov. Lecogaster CiERULEA White. Thorax, scutellum, and abdomen bright metallic-blue; scu- tellum not upraised; antennae and legs black; wings hyaline. Length, ^, 8 mm. /fa6.— Victoria and Tasmania. This species, though of somewhat wide distribution, seems to occur very sparingly. There are two specimens in the collection of the Melbourne Museum. Lecogaster ctanea, sp.nov. (Fig.3). Thorax black; abdomen bright metallic-blue; scutellum much upraised; femora and tibiae black, with the knees and tarsi white; wings with a black spot occupying the apex of the first basal cell and reaching to the costal region. Length, 5, 7 mm. Hah. — New South Wales (Milson Island). Female. ^¥a,..- widely separated in female. i^,- Antenna? situated a little be- low the middle of head in pro- file, about twice the length of .^'^■*: „. . , , ,. . . . ^ ^ • ,1 Head of Neqritomyia albitarsu, 6 . the head: farst joint twice the length of second, which is closely approximated to the third: third consisting of a bare, cylindrical, basal portion, and a very long, densely fringed style, which is slightly longer than the BY ARTHUR WHITE. 83 basal portion, the total length, including the style, being about thrice the length of the first and second joints together. Thoi'ax with a stout spine on each side, just before the base of the wings; scutellum with two spines. Abdomen longer than, and about equal in breadth to, the thoi'ax. Legs rather long. Wings with the four, posterior veins complete, all arising from the discal cell. This remarkable genus agrees with Ephippium in having a stout spine on each side of the thorax, but is distinguished from that genus by the very different antennae. The form of the style bears some resemblance to that of Hermetia, but Negritomyia is distinguished from that genus by its thoracic spines. Negritomyia albitarsis Bigot. (Fig. 4). Syn., Ephippium albitarsis Bigot. Face, thorax, scutellum, and abdomen black, scutellar spines light yellow-brown, with base black; tarsi yellow; wings brownish, with a dark cloud towards the tip. Length, (J, 11 mm. Hab. — Queensland (Mackay). Male. — Face black, with silvery- white hairs at sides. Front, owing to the joined eyes, reduced to a small, frontal triangle and an ocellar tubercle, which are black, the former with silvery- white hairs above; vertex with long, black hairs. Eyes covered with dense, but short, white pubescence. Antennae brownish- black, of the form described under the generic characters. Thorax black, with silvery-white pubescence, the spines at sides black and shining; scutellum black, bordered with white pubes- cence, and a few, long, black hairs, and bearing two, long, stout, diverging, marginal spines, which are yellow-brown with the base black, and which bear long, white and black hairs. Abdomen black, with white pubescence. Legs with femora and tibiae black, the knees brown; tarsi yellow, brownish towards the tips. Wings brownish, the veins surrounding the anal cell strongly suffused with dark brown, and with a dark brown cloud occupy- ing the greater part of the wing-tips. The above description is taken from a specimen kindly sent to me bv Mr. Froggatt. ^--cnm I 84 REVISION OF THE STRATIOMYID.E OF AUSTRALIA, II.Geranopus, gen.nov. (Figs. 5 and 6). Antenni« with third joint consisting of four, closely united segments, produced terminally into a long, thickened arista; eyes bare in both sexes, joined in the male, widely separated in the female; scutellum with two spines; abdomen slightly broader than the thorax, with a constricted base; legs remarkably long, the first joint of posterior tarsi longer than the posterior tibiie, wings with the four, posterior veins arising from the discal cell, and reaching to the wing-margin, or almost so. Head larger in male than ^-^-^^ in female, wider than the front part of the thorax, and excavated behind; face round- ed. Eyes bare in both sexes, joined in the male, widely \,^^ / separated in female. Antenna^ ^*^>mrJlv rather lunger than the head, Fig.o. r; , • • , . • .1 1 ,1 p Head of iiermiopUH pm-purutiiii, 9 ■ first joint twice the length or i^ j j^ > ^ second, third twice the length of first and second together, com- posed of four, closely united segments, the fourth pointed, and produced terminally into a slightly thickened arista, which is about the same lengtli as the rest of the antenna*. Thorax long and almost parallel-sided, the scutellum with two spines. Ab- domen slightly broader than thorax, the base constricted. Legs remarkably long, first joint of posterior tarsi longer than the hind tibiae. Wings with the costal vein extended considerably beyond the tip of the cubital; cuWital vein forked; discal cell with four, issuing veinlets, although the fourth may sometimes issue only from the extreme corner; they are complete, and reach the wing-margin or almost so; anal cell closed at some distance from the wing-margin. This genus bears some resemblance to the Saryinca, but is separated from that sul)family on account of all the four, pos- terior veins arising from the discal cell, and because the arista is thickened, and not thread-like. The genus of the Clitel/arina', to whicli it seems to bear most I'esemblance, is the Mexican and Cuban genus Chrysochlora, but it is distinguished from that BY ARTHUH WHITE. 85 genus bv the scutelluin being armed, and bv the third, antennal joint consisting of four, instead of six segments. Geranopus may be easily distinguished from all the other Aus- tralian genera by the extremely long, posterior tarsi, the first joint of which is longer than the whole of the posterior tibia>, in conjuTiction with the antennal arista. This genus is proposed for a species which, up to the present, has been taken only in Victoria. Geranopus purpuratus, sp.nov. (Figs. 5 and 6). Front, thorax, and scutellum black; scutellar spines, and margin of scutellum, between the spines, light brown; abdomen dark purple; femora black; tibia? and first joint of tarsi white, with apices black; remaining tarsal joints black: wings light brown, witlx base and apex clear. Length, ^, 11; 5, 10-11 mm. Hab. — -Victoria. Fig. 6. — Wing of Geranopus purpuratus. Male. - Face and front black, the latter, owing to the joined eyes, being reduced to a small, triangular strip adjoining the vertex. Eyes bare, and, unlike the female, without any posterior rim. Thorax black, shining, minutely punctate, with fairly long, whitish pubescence at sides; scutellum black, with the two spines, and margin between the spines, light brown. Abdomen dark purple, minutely punctate, with white pubescence on sides. Legs with femora black; tibife and first joint of tarsi white, with apices black; remaining tarsal joints black. Wings light brown, with base and apex clear. Halteres pale yellow. Female resembles the male, but the head is much smaller, the eyes widely separated, front broad and wrinkled longitudinally. 86 Specimens of the larva have been found under a log at Fern Tree Gully, by Mr. F. P. Spry, who succeeded in breeding a specimen. The pupa-case resembles that of Pachygaster very closely. The empty case consists of ten segments, the head, and apparently first segment, being missing; it is flat, black, and bears yellow bristles, second and third segments each with six dorsal bristles, fourth to ninth each with four dorsal bristles, tenth and eleventh each with two dorsal bristles; in addition, each segment bears a pair of lateral bristles on each side, and the last segment also a pair of unusually long, converging bristles. G. purpiiratus is, at present, known to occur only in Victoria, where several specimens have been obtained. One of these wall be found in the collection of the Melbourne Museum. 12. Elissoma, gen.nov. Slender, brightly coloured, but not metallic flies. Antennae extremely long and slender, about five times the length of head; scutellum with two spines; abdomen twice as long as broad, narrow at the base, and broadening posteriorly, with a rounded apex; legs long and slender; wings large, cubital vein forked, fourth, posterior vein arising from the junction of the discal cell and second, basal cell. Head slightly broader than the front of the thorax. Antennse extremely long and slender, about five times the length of the head, first two joints short, first about twice the length of second, third about four and one-half times the length of first and second together; the three joints are of almost equal breadth, but the short, second joint is slightly the broadest; the third joint in its basal portion, for a length slightly exceeding the first and second joints together, is apparently without annulations, then come four or five, obscure, closely approximated annulations, after which the remainder of the third joint, amounting to about two-thirds of its complete length, is without annulations. Eyes bare, touching, in the male, at a point a short way above the antennse. Vertex with an elevated, scutellar tubercle. Head connected with the thorax by a distinct neck. Thorax almost BY ARTHUR WHITE. 87 bare, narrower in front than at the base of the wings, and bear- ing distinct shoulder-tubercles. Scutellum with two spines. Abdomen nearlv bare, about twice as long as broad, narrow at the base and broadening posteriorly, with a rounded apex. Legs long and slender, with the tarsi greatly lengthened. Wings large, veins distinct and not crowded anteriorly; cubital vein forked; four, posterior veins present, the fourth arising from the junction of the discal cell and the second basal cell. This genus is proposed for a very remarkable, Victorian species, which apparently mimicks one of the Hymenoptera. It may be easily distinguished by the extremely long antennae, variegated colouring, and greatly lengthened tarsi. It seems to come nearest to the Mexican genus Compeprosopa in the subfamily Stratio- myince; it bears no resemblance to any other Australian genus, although, in the venation and formation of the legs, it seems to show certain affinities to Geranopus. Elissoma lauta, sp.nov. Eyes carmine-red; back of head and front of thorax orange; dorsum of thorax black, with two, lengthened, triangular, white spots adjoining the scutellum; scutellum white, with two, small, white spines; abdomen with the first three segments and the outer margins of the remaining segments pale yellow, fourth seg- ment black, with a pale yellow hind-margin, fifth and sixth black; femora black; anterior and middle tibife and tarsi yellow; posterior tibije and tarsi black; wings brown. Length, (J, 11 mm. Hah.— Y\ctov\& (Fern Tree Gully). Male. — Face orange, receding. Eyes carmine-red, bare, occu- pying the greater part of the head, joined at a short distance above the base of the antennae. Antennae as described under the generic characters, first joint black, second orange, third black. Front orange, ocellar tubercle black. Back of head, neck, and front of thorax, including the shoulder-tubercles, orange; dorsum of thorax black, with two, lengthened, triangular, white spots, their bases resting against the scutellum, and their length about equal to that of the scutellum; scutellum white, with two, very small, white spines. Abdomen bare, the first 88 REVISION OP THE STRATIOMYIDiE OF AUSTRALIA, three segments, and outer margins of the remaining segments, shining, pale yellow; fourth segment black, with a pale yellow hind-margin: fifth and sixtli black; genitalia black: first three, abdominal segments with a few, yellow hairs at sides, f-egs with all femora black, anterior and middle tibife and tarsi pale yellow, posterior tibise and tarsi black. Wings brown, the venation closely resembling that of (y'eranopns piwpuratus (See Fig.6). Halteres purplish-white. This interesting species may be easily recognised by its very variegated colouring, in conjunction with the extremely long antennpe. Two specimens are, at present, known. One of these is in the collection of the Melbourne Museum; the other was taken by Mr. F. P. Spry, at Fern Tree Gully, in December, 1913. In Mr. Spry's opinion, this species mimicks one of the £raconid(e. 13. O p H I o D E s M A, gen.nov. (Fig.7). Antennse almost twice the length of head, first two segments short, the first being twice the length of second, third about six times the length of first and second together, composed of eight, closely united segments; scutellum with two, small spines; ab- domen rounded, distinctly longer than broad; wings with four, postei'ior veins, which all issue from the discal cell; cubital vein forked. Fig.7. — Head of Ophiodesma Jlainpalpis, ?. Head rounded in front. Eyes in female (the only sex known) bare and separated, but not very widely. Antennse situated about the middle of the head in profile, almost twice the length BY ARTHUR WHITE. 89 of head, first joint twice the lengtli of second, which is excep- tionally short, third Hagelliforrn, about six times the length of first and second together, composed of eight, closely united seg- ments, the last narrowed, and rather styliform in appearance. Thorax narrower anteriorly than posteriorly, with small shoulder- tubercles; scutellum with two, small spines. Abdomen distinctly longer than broad, rounded posteriorly. Wings with four, pos- terior veins, which all arise from the discai cell; cubital vein forked, and running directly from the discai cell to the costal margin, the anterior cross-vein being apparently wanting. This genus is proposed for the species described by Macquart under the name of Odontornyiafiavipalpis. It somewhat resem- bles Odontomyia in general appearance, but, as shown by the venation, it belongs to the Clitellm-iiue, and not to the Stratio- niyiiKe. It is further distinguished from Odontomyia by the antennae, which have the third joint composed of eight, instead of five,or six, segments. It does not seem to resemble any of the described genera of the Clitellarincf. Ophiodksma flavipalpis Macq. (Fig. 7). Syn., Odontomyia flainpalpis Macq. Face, front, and antennas black, front with a protuberance midway between vertex and antennae. Thorax and scutellum deep black, with very short, scattered, depressed, yellowish pubescence; scutellar spines small, brown. Abdomen blue-black, minutely punctate. Legs with femora and tibiae black, tarsi white, with tips darkened. Wings hyaline, with anterior veins and stigma dark brown. Length, 5, 5-6 mm. Hah. — New South Wales and Victoria. This species is easily recognised by its general, black coloura- tion, with white tarsi. It seems to occur fairly commonly both in New South Wales and Victoria. Subfamily STRATIOM YIN.^. In this subfamily, four, posterior veins are present, the first, second, and third arising from the discai cell, the fourth dis- tinctly separated from it, and arising from the second, basal cell. 7 90 REVISION OF THE STRATIOMYID.E OP AUSTRALIA, The antennae are either with or without a style, but never with an arista. The Slratiomyince are represented in Australia by the im- portant genus Odontomyia, which is of world-wide distribution. 14. Odontomyia Meig. (ExochostomaM.aiCC[.; Opseogymiius O. -Costa,; Psellidotus ^ond.; EulaHa Kert.) Eyes either bare or hairy, practically touching in male, widely separated in female. Antennae with the two, basal joints almost equally long, or, at the utmost, with the first joint twice the length of second; third joint with from four to six, closely united segments, of which the last two may form a terminal style. Scutellum with two spines. Abdomen almost quadrate in male, ovate in female. Wings with the anterior veins much crowded; cubital vein either forked or simple; four, posterior veins present, the first to third arising from the discal cell, the fourth from the second basal cell, but two of those from the discal cell are fre- quently abortive, and, as a rule, none reach the wing-margin. Sixteen species have, so far, been described from Australia, but several of these cannot be considered as really distinct. 0. Jlavipalpis Macq., I have placed in a new genus^ Ophiodesma, in the subfamily CliteUarince. Of the remaining species, 0. slylata Macq., and 0. ialemus Walk., are identical with 0. amyris Walk., and 0. hunteri King. 0. ritfifacies Macq., and 0. carinata Macq., are also apparently merely varieties of the same species. 0. annu- lipes Macq., cannot be satisfactorily distinguished from 0. sw6- dentata Macq., and, until further evidence is obtainable, can be considered only as a variety of that species. 0. regis-georgii Macq., was described from a specimen without a head, and, therefore, does not admit of identification; it should be deleted. The same applies to 0. picea Walk., the type, in the British Museum, being in too bad condition for identification. 0. stricta Erichs., cannot probably be identified from the description, and the locality of the type is unknown. The only other species that calls for mention is Stratiomys badhis Walk.; this is probably an Odontomyia, but I have been unable to trace it. BY ARTHUR WHITE, 91 TrOih' of the Australian Specie.'^ of Odontomyia. 1 . Abdomen entiielj' black 2. Abdomen black, witii green or yellow side-margins 3. Abdomen black, witli three pairs of green or yellow side-spots. 5. 2. Legs entirely black scutellata Macq. 3. Femora black; tibiie yellow, with a black ring marginella Macq. Femora and tibiie yellow i. 4. Face fulvous; scutellum with a yellow margin; cubital vein forked amyris Walk. Face black ( 6 ) or yellow, with a black keel ( ? ), scutellum with a yellow margin suhdentafa Macq. Face and scutellum entirely black, cubital vein not forked opertanea, sp.nov. 5. Abdomen with three pairs of small, widely separated side-spots; antennas with a long, thin style carinifacies Macq. Abdomen with three pairs of side-spots, first and second pairs large, and usually confluent; antennas with a very short, thick style lateremaculata Macq. In using the above table, it should be borne in mind that the face is only that part of the head below the antennae; the part above the antenna? is the Jro7it. The species 0. subdentata Macq., and 0. marginella Macq., are unknown to me, and, for the particulars given, I depend on Macquart's descriptions. Odontomyia scutellata Macq. Thorax and abdomen black; scutellum brown, scutellar spines long, brown, with tips black; legs, including the tarsi, entirely black. Length, ^, 12 mm.; 5, 10 mm. Hab. — Tasmania. This is a scarce species. The male is remarkable for the fact that, in life, the eyes are a brilliant blue, which gives the insect a most splendid appearance. Odontomyia amyris Walk. Syn., Odontomyia ialemus Walk.; 0. stylata Macq.; 0. ruji- facies Macq.; 0. carinata Macq.; 0. hnnUri King. Face entirely fulvous in both sexes. Front(5) fulvous below, black above (in ^, owing to the joined eyes, the front is reduced 92 RKViaiON OF THK STRATIOMYID^ OF AUSTRALIA, to a very small, black patch at the vertex). Thorax, in life, brilliant green, in dried specimens, black; scutellum black, with outer margin yellow, and with two, yellow spines Abdomen black with green or yellow side- margins, whicli vary greatly in size and shape. Legs entirely yellow, or, at the most, with the hind tarsi a little darkened. Wings with the cubital vein forked. Length, (J9, 9-11 mm. Hub. Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania, South Australia, and Western Australia. This is, by far, the commonest, Australian species of Odonto- tnyia, and is very widely distributed. Much variation is shown in the extent of the green or yellow, abdominal side-margins, which mav be narrow and almost straight, or broad and con- siderably bowed in the middle. The type of 0. amyris, in the British Museum, is a small variety, with narrow side-margins; that of 0. ialemus has the side-margins broad and bowed in the middle, but b(->th belong to the same species. 0. hunteri was apparently described from a rather rare variety, in which the green side-margins are reduced to large, basal spots. There is also considerable variation in the colouring of the front in the female; this has, normally, the upper tw^o-thirds black, the lower third fulvous, but the fulvous portion may be reduced to a couple of spots directly above the antennae; whilst, on the other hand, a variety from South Australia, which may represent a distingt species, has only the upper half black, and the lower half pale yellow. In any case, however, 0. amyris may be distinguished by the entirely fulvous or yellow face, and the entirely yellow legs. Odontomyia subdp:ntata Maccj. Face black((J) or yellow with a black keel(2); thorax black; scutellum black, with a yellow margin and two very small spines; abdomen black, with yellow side-margins; legs entirely 3'ellow. Length, (^^5 ^ mm. This species was described by Macquart from "Australia." 0. anniilipen Macq., according to Macquart's description, differs from 0. snhdentata only in the colouring of the tibia'. BY authuh whitk. 93 which have a black riiig,iiistea(i of beiiiii; entirely yellow. The distinction is an unsatisfactoiy one, and it cannot be considered as distinct until more evidence is fcjrthconiing. Odontomvia mahginella Macq. Face, front, and antennte black; abdomen black, with narrow, green side-margins; femora lilack; tibia' yellow, with a black ring. Length, 5 mm. llab. — " Tasmania." This species, which is unknown to me, should be distinguislied, without difficulty, by its black femora. Odontomyia opertanea, sp.nov. Face in female entireh' black; antennte, front, thorax, and scutellum entirely black; scutellum with two, very short, brown spines; abdomen black, with narrow, yellow side-margins; legs entirely yellow; wings with the cubital vein not forked. Length, ^, 9 mm. Ildb. — Victoria (Healesville). Female. — Face projecting forwards, entirely black. Front shining black, with a median furrow. Antennie about the length of the head, black, first two joints of almost equal length, third nearly twice the length of first and second together, and ter- minated by a very short, blunt style. Thorax entirely black, beneath as well as above; scutellum entirely black, with two, very small, brown spines. Abdomen black, with narrow, yellow side-margins; lower surface bright yellow. Legs entirely bright yellow. Wings with the cubital vein short, and not forked; anterior veins suffused with brown. This is the only known, Australian species of Odontomyia which has the cubital vein unforked; it is also distinguished from all the other, yellow-legged species by the wholly black scutellum, and by the black face of the female. 0. opertanea is known from only a single species, which was taken at Healesville, Victoria, by Mr. J. Fiench, Junr., on -No vember 7th, 1909. 94 REVISION OF THE STRATIOMYIDiE OF AUSTRALIA, Odontomyia carinifacies Macq. Abdomen black, Avith three pairs of small, yellow, separated side-spots; antennae with a long, thin style: face, in female, black, with a narrow, fulvous margin. (The male appears to be unknown). Length, <^, 8 mm. Hab. — Victoria and Tasmania. This species seems to be generally scarce. Odontomyia lateremaculata Macq. Abdomen black, with three pairs of green or yellow side-spots, the first and second pairs large, and usually confluent; antennae with a short, blunt style; face, in male, black, in female fulvous. Length, (J, 12 mm.; ^, 9 mm. Hab. — Victoria and Tasmania. This species is more often met with than 0. carinifacies, but can hardly be described as common. Siibfamily SARGIN^. In this subfamily, four, posterior veins are present, the fourth being separated from the discal cell, and arising from the second, basal cell, as in the Stratiomyince. It is distinguished from the Stratiomyince by the long, thread-like, antennal arista. Only two genera are, at present, known to occur in Australia; one of these, Sargus, a genus of almost world-wide distribution, is now recorded for the first time from the Australian region. Table of the Australian Genera of Sarghuv. 1. Sen tellum without spines; bright, metallic species Sargus Fabr. 2. Scutellum with spines; black species Acanthasargus White. 1 5. S A r G u s Fabr. {Ghrysonolus Lw.; Chrysochrvma Willist.; Chrysonotomyia Hunter; Geosargus Bezzi.) Antennae with a long arista, eyes bare, separated in both sexes; scutellum without spines; abdomen long and slender; wings large, fourth, posterior vein distinctly separated from the discal cell, and arising from the second, basal cell; colouring of thorax and abdomen metallic. BY ARTHUR WHITE. 95 This genus is very widely distributed throughout the Palse- arctic Region, Ceylon, the East Indies, North, Central, and South America, and the West Indies, but it has not previously been recorded from Australia. Those species in which the ocelli are equidistant, have been placed in a separate genus (Chryso- iiohis, Chrysochroma, or Chrysonotomyia), but it is doubtful if the distinction is more than a specific one. The name Geosanjns has been proposed in lieu of Saryus, on account of a fancied preoccupation. Sargus meridionalis, sp.nov. Thorax metallic green; abdomen metallic golden-brown; legs yellow ; wings with costal half brown, remainder hyaline. Length, (^, 8 mm. Hab.—l^ew South Wales (Milson Island). Male. — Eyes bare, almost joined on the middle of the front; anterior ocellus widely separated from the two, posterior ocelli, which are close together. Face shining brown. Front coppery- green, very narrow, posteriorly constricted in the middle by the approximated eyes. Thorax bright metallic-green, with brownish pubescence. Abdomen metallic-brown, with a golden tint, and bearing a little, similarly coloured pubescence. Legs entirely yellow. Wings with the costal half tinged with brown, re- mainder hyaline; stigma brown; the four, posterior veins are practically complete, though a little indistinct as they reach the wing-margin. This striking species is, at present, known only from a single specimen, which was taken by Dr. Ferguson, at Milson Island, on January 30th, 1915. 16. Acanthasargus White. Black or purple-black flies, with a two-spined scutellum. When this genus was proposed, only the female was known; since then, however, .sevex'al specimens of the male have been taken by Mr. Hardy and myself. The eyes are bare in both sexes, joined in the male, widely separated in the female. Antennae with the first two joints of almost equal length, third 96 REVISION OF THE STKATlOMYID.E OF AUSTRALIA, about the same lengtli as first and second together, thickened, annulated, and provided with a long, thread-like arista. Scu- tellum with two spines. Abdomen about the length of head and thorax together, constricted at base, and widening gradually towards apex. Legs short and slender. Wings with the discal cell small, four, posterior veins all incomplete and indistinct, fourth arising from the second, basal cell. Of this genus, only one species has been described, but a second species, distinguished by the yellow, scutellar spines, is represented by a single specimen, in the collection of the Mel- bourne Museum. ACANTHASARGUS PALUSTRIS White. Thorax and scutellum dull black, the latter with two, long, black, marginal spines; abdomen purple-black; legs yellow, the posterior tibiae frequently with a dark ring; tarsi yellow or brownish; wings tinged with brown, and with a brown stigma, which is distinct in the male, indistinct in the female. Lentrth, (J$, 6 mm. Uab. — Tasmania. This species frequents rock-pools in the beds of mountain- streams. It occurred not uncommonly in the early summer of 1914, but is usually scarce. Specimens will be found in the collection of the Melbourne Museum. Subfamily PACHYGASTRIN.E. In this subfamily, the wings possess only three, posterior veins, which all arise from the discal cell; the antennse bear a long, thread-like arista. The Australian species are small, black dies, with a short, ovate abdomen. Table of tht Aiixtraliaii, Genera of Pac/ipya.sf)-inti'. 1 . Scutellum rounded PACHYOASTiiK Mei^'. 2. Seutellum piodueed liaekwardn in a spine-like prolongation LONCHEGASTEK White. IT.Pachygaster Meig. Eyes bare, touching in the male, widely separated in the female; antennae short, third joint orbicular, with four, slight BY AHTHUK WHITK. 97 annulations, and a long, subtermiiial arista: scutelluni rounded behind, without any sign of spines; abdomen very short, broader than long, and ovate. This genus is widely distributed through North America, Europe, Asia, and New Guinea. No .species has, so far, been described from Australia, but there is a specimen belonging to this genus in the collection of the Melbourne Museum. t3^ 18. L O N C H E G A S T E K White. This genus resembles Pachyyaster, but is distinguished by the form of the scutellum, which rises from the thorax at an angle of about 45°, and is produced backwards centrally, in a thin, spine-like prolongation, this spine being about the same length as the rest of the scutellum. Only one species is known. LONCHEUASTER ARMATA White. Thorax and scutellum dull black; abdomen blue-black; lees pale yellow; wings hyaline, with anterior veins light brown, posterior veins very faint. Length, ^<^, 3 mm. Hab. — Tasmania. Of this species, four specimens are known, all of which occurred on the Avindows of my house at Mangalore, Tasmania, during the summer of 1911-12. One of these specimens is now in the col- lection of the Melbourne Museum. Species of doubtful position. The three following species, Beris quinquecella, Beris nitidi- thorax, and Berts Jusciventris, all described by Macquart from Tasmania, are unknown to me; they may belong either to the Beriiice or to the Antissittcf.. Addendum. Mr. F. P. Spry has been good enough to send me two speci- mens of the undescribed species of Acanthasargus referred to previously (antea, p. 96), so that I am now able to describe it. Lj L I B R a R 98 REVISION OF THE STRATlOMYIDiE OF AUSTRALIA, ACANTHASARGUS GRACILIS, Sp nOV. Face yellow above, black below; front and thorax black; scu- tellum black, with the two spines and margin between the spines yellow; abdomen purple-black, legs yellow; wings with a brownish cloud across the discal cell. Length, ^, 6'5mm. Hab, — Victoria (Gippsland). Female. —Head less produced than in A. palustris, with ^ yellow rim behind the eyes. Face with the upper part imme- diately adjoining the antennfe yellow, the remainder black. Antennse black. Front black. Thorax deep black, minutely punctate; scutellum black, with the two spines, and margin be- tween the spines, yellow. Abdomen purple-black, broader than in A. palustris, with a little, white pubescence at sides. Legs yellow, the tarsi a little brownish towards the tips. Wings with the four, posterior veins somewhat indistinct, but nearly reaching the wing-margin; stigma brown, and a slight brownish cloud covering the region of the discal cell. This species bears a close resemblance to A. pahimti'is, but may be distinguished without difficulty by the yellow, instead of black, scutellar spines. It seems to be generally scarce. Systematic List of the Stratiomyidoi of Atistralia. STRATIOMYID.^. B E R I N iE. Cryptoberis, gen.nov. hebescens, sp.nov. ... ... New South Wales. Metoponia Macq. rubriceps Macq. ... ... Tasmania. australis Macq. ... ... "Australia." Xanthoberis, gen.nov. siliacea, sp.nov. ... ... New South Wales. AcTiNA Meig. incisuralis Macq., (filipalpis New South Wales, Victoria, Macq.) Tasmania, Queensland. costata White ... ... Tasmania. BY ARTHUR WHITE. 99 Neoexaireta Ost.-Sack. spinigera Walk., {servUlei Macq.) New South Wales, Victoria, Queensland. A N T I s s I N ^. Lecogaster White. ccerulea White cyanea, sp.nov. Anacanthella Macq. spleiidens Macq. Antissa Walk. cuprea Walk. Antissklla White. parvidentata Macq. C L I T E L L A Negritomtia Bigot. albitarsis Bigot. Geranopus, gen.nov. purpuratus, sp.nov. Elissoma, gen.nov. lauta, sp.nov. Ophiodesma, gen.nov. ftavipalpis Macq. ... S TR A T I O M Odontomyia Meig., {Exochostoma Macq.; Opseogymnus O. -Costa; PseUidotus Rond.; Etdalia Kert.). scutellata Macq. amyris Walk., {ia/emus Walk., slylata Macq., rii^- facies Macq., caririata Macq., hunteri King. ) subdeidata Macq. ... opertanea, sp.nov. ... marginella Macq. ... Tasmania. New South Wales. South Australia. Western Australia. New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania. R I N iE. Queensland. Victoria. Victoria. New South Wales, Victoria. Y I N ^. Tasmania. Queensld, New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia, Tasmania, Western Aus tralia. "Australia." Victoria. Tasmania. 100 REVISION OF THE STRATlOMYIDiE OF AUSTRALIA. Odontomyia, contd. carinifacies Macq. ... ... Victoria, Tasmania. latereniacuJ ata Macq. ... Victoria, Tasmania. S A RG I N iE. Sargus Fabr., {Chrysonot.us L\v.; Chi-ysochfoma VVillist.; Chryso- iiotomyia Hunter ; Geosargus Bezzi. ) meridionalis, sp nov. . . . New South Wales. Acanthasargus White. palustris White ... ... Tasmania. gracilis, sp.n. ... ... Victoria. PACHYGASTRINiE. Pachygaster Meig. sp. ... ... ... ... Victoria. LONCHEGASTER White. armata White ... ... Tasmania. Species dubi.e aut incert.*; sedis. Odontomyia Meig. aimulipes Macq. ... ... Tasmania. Bkris Latr. quinquecella Macq ... Tasmania. nitidithorax ^\.&i^<\ ... Tasmania. fusciveiitris Macq. ... ... Tasmania. Species expurgat^e. Odontomyia Meig. regis-geurgii Maccj ... "Australia." joicea Walk.... ... ... "Australia." stricta Erichs. ... ... "Australia." Stratyomys Geoff r. 6ac?ms Walk. ... ... "Australia." 101 ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. April 26th, 1916. Mr. C. Hedley, F.L.8., Vice-President, in the Chair. Mr. Alfred L. Bennett, The Oaks, near Camden ; Miss Margaret Deer, B.A., B.8c., Cremorne, Sj^dney; Mr. William Welch, F.R.Ct.S., Mosman, Sydney; aiid Mr. Cyril T. White, Brisbane, were elected Oixlinar}^ Members of the Society. The Chairman announced that tlie Council had elected Messrs. A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc, C. Hedley, F.L.S., W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S., and W. S. Dun to be Vice-Presidents; and Mr. J. H. Campbell, [Royal Mint, Macquarie Street] to be Hon. Trea- surer, for the current Session. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (29th March, 1916), amounting to 3 Vols., 96 Parts or Nos., 19 Bulletins, 4 Reports, and 9 Pamphlets, re- ceived fi*om 37 Societies, etc., were laid upon the table. notes and exhibits. Mr. Fred Turner exhibited specimens of, and offered observa- tions on, the following plants: — (\) Sideroxylon arnhemicum Benth. et Hook., Syn. Achras arnhemica F.v. M. The specimens were gathered in Northern Queensland by Mr. A H. Cooper, who forwarded them to the Honorable Dr. J. M. Creed, M.L.C., with a request that he should hand them to Mr. Turner for accu- rate botanical determination. Mr. Cooper says that the foliage of this tree has proved valuable feed for cattle and horses during the recent disastrous drought in the northern State. In fairly open country, this species of Sideroxylon grows into a very beauti- ful and umbrageous tree, and for its highly ornamental appearance 102 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. alone is well worth extensively planting for shade about home- steads in the warmer parts of Australia — (2) Loranthus longi- florus Desr. This parasitic plant was growing on a lemon-tree at Lindfield, and was forwarded by Mr. Warwick Lloyd to the exhibitor for identification and report. Mr. Turner had not hitherto known this species of Loranthus to grow on any exotic tree or plant. In Mr. Fred Turner's paper " On Exotic Trees and Shrubs affected by Australian Loranths and Viscums " (the Society's Proceedings, 1895), only three species of the in- digenous Loranthacece were recorded as growing on exotic vegeta- tion, viz., L. celastroides Sieb., L pendulus Sieb., and Viscum articulatum Burm., the first two being much more common than the last. — (3) Polygonum orientale Linn., var. pilosu77i Meissn., Syn. P. pilosum Roxb. The specimen was forwarded by Mr. K. M. 'N'iall, Buckunguy Station, Nyngan district, to the exhibitor for its botanical name. Mr. Turner has never hitherto known this species to occur west of the Blue Mountains, N.S.W. Mr. Niall says that " it grows four or five feet high, and that certain horses eat it greedily, whilst others will not look at it." This species is recorded in Turner's " Botanical Survey of North-East New South Wales." Mr. T. Whitelegge exhibited a series of mounted slides illus- trating the sexual generation of Psilotum triquetr^im. The spores were grown on the living rhizomes of Davallia pyxidata, in a small Wardian case. The spores of Psilotum, although isosporous, are strictly dioecious. The male gametophyte consists of about eight cells. These are unequal in size, with clear, thin walls, enclosing very many extremely minute antherozooids. The cells are distinct, being only slightly adherent to each other, easily detached, and often float free when placed in water. The larger cells are equal to the diameter of the spore, the smaller to that of the nucleus. Spores destined to produce the female gameto- phyte contain an indefinite number of small cells. A single dome-shaped body emerges from the centre of the spore, and is about equal to its diameter. The structure consists of many irregular cells, apparently held together by gum; some project on NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 103 the sides either near the summit or base; the latter, at its junc- tion with tlie spore, exhibits a well defined ring of brown cells, encircling an opening leading from the interior of the spore into the hollow part of the dome. The projecting cells may represent the tips of the archegonia. Sections will be required to settle the question. Failing to secure ripe spores of Tmesipteris, old synangia were dissected. Traces of both male and female gameto- phytes were found, proving that the spores often germinate in the capsules. After this discovery, further examinations of the old synangia of Psilotum were made. Many contained self- germinated spores, and afforded a better supply of material for study than by cultivation. Mr. Bassett Hull exhibited a mounted specimen of the Flutter- ing Petrel [Cinathisma cyaneoleuca) recently discovered by him near Ulladulla, N.S.W., and described as new ("Emu," Vol. xv., p.205, 1916). Mr. North, by the permission of the Curator of the Australian Museum, exhibited a skin of the White Nutmeg, or Torres Strait Pigeon, {Myristicivora spilorrhoa) from Port Denison, Queensland, its hitherto known southern limit. Also a wing of a bird, forwarded to the Curator of the Australian Museum, for identification, by Mr. Ralph C. Blacket, of the Forestry Department, South Grafton, Clarence River, with a letter under date 26th March, 1916, from which the following extract is made: — "I did not myself see the whole bird, but the wing sent belonged to one of four birds seen at Urunga (at the mouth of the Bellingen River) all in one small tree. Two were shot, and one was eaten as a pigeon, but no one seems to have noticed this bird in the district before." Mr. North stated that, so far as he was aware, it was the first record of Myristicivora spilorrhoa G. B. Gray, being obtained in New South Wales. Dr. J. B. Cleland exhibited a young plant of Hakea leucoptera, grown in Sydney, from seeds obtained at Overland Coi'ner, Mur- ray River, S.A. The leaves of the adult shrub ai*e terete, pungent-pointed, and slightly hirsute. The cotyledons of the 104 NOTKS AND KXHIBITS. seedling resemble those of other Hakeas, being broad and rather wedge-shaped, about | in. long by {\ in. broad. The first leaves to appear are broad Uuear-lanceolate, about l^in. long. A number of these appeared, representing a growth of about 2 inches, when they became narrower, and were then succeeded by terete leaves, like those of the adult 1)ut more slendei\ Ocoa- sionally later, some of these became furcate, a condition tJiat was not noted on the adult shrub, though it might have been present occasionally. Still later, a second batch of lanceolate to linear- lanceolate leaves were developed, succeeded again by terete ones. After struggling for about 20 months against the adverse con- ditions of a Sydney soil, the seedling suddenly wilted and died. Other seeds were planted on November 9th, 1916, and one came up on November 24th. This has likewise developed at first narrow-lanceolate leaves, to be succeeded later by terete ones. So far, a second crop of flattened leaves has not developed, but, as their occurrence is probably partly dependent upon conditions of moisture, it may perliaps be expected later. In the Sydney district, there are four common terete-leaved Hakeas, none of which, in the seedling-stage, show any flattening of the initial leaves following the broad cotyledons. It was, therefore, a matter of considerable surprise to find that the seedling-leaves of a terete-leaved Hakea from the dry interior differed from those of similar-leaved Hakeas of the East Coast in being flattened. This occurrence would suggest a closer relationship of H. leucop- tera to the broad-leaved Hakeas than to the terete-leaved Sydney species. Dr. J. B. Cleland and Mr. E. Cheel exhibited specimens of the larger fungi collected by the former, at the beginning of April, between Byron Bay and Tweed Heads, in northern New South Wales. Late, heavy, monsoonal rain fell during the early part of the trip, causing a number of species of Lepiotes to flourish. Lepiota do/icf atda, which has appeared in the Sydney district for the last two years, was abundant throughout the area visited, viz., Byron Bay to Murwillumbah, and thence to Tweed Heads, and for some distance north into Queensland. The caps NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 105 of some of the plants must have been as large as tea-plates, and stood out like white sauceFs, or, in places, like isolated masses of snow on the hillsides. L. suhclypeolaria was met with for the first time. The figure given in Grevillea (xix., PI. 180, fig. A) is a good representation, by which it can be easily recognised. The plants grew abundantly in fields in groups, from Byron Bay to Tweed Heads. The stems are rather shoi't, the cap slightly striate, the whole plant soft to the touch and, a featvu'e not mentioned in the original description, the flesh turns reddisli when cut. The delicate, filmy L. licmophora was found in brush at Murwilhnnbah; also L.felina, or a .species close to it, on the roots of a fern in a shade-house. The Lepiote figured as pro- bably a dark form of L. crisfata (Agric. Gaz. of N. S. Wales, Feb. 1916, PI. iii., f.-t) was also met with, growing amongst grass; its spores were 7 to 9 x 4"2/x in size. The finding of tliis form at two such sundered districts as Sydney and Murwillumbah shows its constancy, and suggests that it is not a form of L. cristata, but a distinct species. Two other Lepiotes, at present unidenti- fied, were also met with, viz., a delicate white one flecked with brown scales, and a golden one with an elongated cap. The typical, white-capped mushroom, Psalliota campestris, was seen at Byron Bay and Murwillumbah; at the latter place also P. sp. (gills remaining j^allid, and not tui^ning rich pink). The follow- ing were also noted: — Coprinus micaceus (Byron Bay, Mur- willumbah), Coins hiruditiosus (Byron Bay), Panceolus ovatus (Byron Bay), Schiziqyhyllum commune (Murwillumbah), and Cantharcllns foliolum (Murwillumbah). — They also exhibited specimens of a Psalliota common in the Sydney district, with a remarkably strong smell resembling that of iodoform, and which they have provisionally called P. iodoform,is. Mr. E. Cheel reported that, since recording the various forms of Hardenbergia (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. xL, 1915, p.722), specimens of H. monophylla Benth., var. alba, a trailing variety with pure white flowers, had been found in the Jamieson Valley by Mr. A. L. Bennett, this being a third locality, widely separated from the two previously known. He also exhibited a cux'ious 106 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. abnormal form of Polysaccum pisocarphini va,v. crassipes from Gladesville, having five distinct peridia consolidated on a foot- stalk, somewhat resembling a deformed hand. Dr. H. G. Chapman communicated a note on the condition of a living specimen of a frog (Hyla aurea), received at the Physio- logical Laboratory of the University of Sydney, which appeared to be distended with fluid. The limbs were globular, with con- strictions at the joints. The abdomen was swollen, and the flanks bulged outwai'ds. A marked swelling was present beneath the lower jaw. The frog weighed 131 grms. On puncturing the skin and abdomen, the fluid escaped, and was collected. After draining for some minutes, the frog weighed 51 grms. Twenty-four hours afterwards, it weighed 41 grms. The fluid clotted in a few minutes after its removal from the frog. Its freezing-point was 0'488°C. The fluid was lying in the s»ib- cutaneous lymph-spaces, and in the peritoneal cavity. 107 OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPH.ERA. ' Bv G. I. Playfair, Science Research Scholar of the Uni- versity OF Sydney. (Plates vii.-ix., and 28 Text-figs.) During the past eight years, 1907-1915, a considerable niunber of gatherings of freshwater algfe, from Sydney and suburbs, and from the neighbourhood of Lismore, on the Richmond, have accumulated in my hands. In going through these samples on various occasions, I noted the presence of forms of Oocystis and Eremosphcera in such numbers and variety, that it seemed to me worth while to give a particular account of the two genera, as found in this country. To this end, I have made a thorough examination of my gatherings, to the number of 256, in 52 of which forms of Oocystis and Eremosphcera occur more or less plentifully. It is somewhat unfortunate that I had to work from preserved material, as, for this reason, the disposition of the cell- contents could not, in many cases, be recorded with certainty. This, however, may be discounted by the fact, that the chloro- plasts are of the same character in almost all forms of Oocystis and Eremosphcera, and, for the rest, I had the advantage of a fair number of notes and figures made from the same material when it was just freshly gathered. Samples. — The localities from which each form is reported are mentioned in the notes on the various species; the following list gives all the samples referred to in this paper, classified accord- ing to the habitat from which they were derived. The numbers refer to gatherings preserved in formalin, in the National Her- barium, Sydney. Nos.49, 56, 59, 67, 79, 104, 105, 107, 118, 119, 124, 135, 138, 139, 140, 148, 149, 159, 163, 164, 171, 174, 185, 240, from 108 OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPH^RA, swampy grass-lands, periodically dry, where rainwater collects; 23, 45, 57, 60, 70, 74, 84, SS, 91, 92, 95, 106, 1 U, 128, 146, from pond-edges and weeds in pools; 112 from weeds in creek-pools; 4, 13, 58, 93, from Sphagnum-bog. Plankton: 63, 65, 100, filter- sci'eens, Sydney Water-supply; 136, from several gallons of lake- water passed through filter-papers; 272, 273, 274, 281, from weed-beds in river. When we consider, in the light of this classification, the habitats from which the various species and forms have been obtained, a very interesting and instructive fact becomes apparent. Certain species and their forms are found here almost exclusively in pools (or river), while others are just as strongly devoted to swamps. Thus, all the species in my notes, from 0. Ndgelii to 0. suhhex- af/oiia, viz. : — 0. Nagelii, 0. Nov(t Semlue, 0. siibmarina, 0. n'assa, 0. lacustris, 0. jyarva, 0. nodulosa, 0. solitaria, 0. rotula, 0. snb- sphcm'ica, 0. apiculata, and 0. suhhexagona, with almost all their forms, are pond-, river-, and plankton-types; whilst 0. Nordstedt- iana, 0. Choda/A, 0. aitstraliensis, 0. jmndrcriformis, and 0. oiialis, along with all forms of Eremosphri^ra,* are swamp-dwellers. The constant association of this group of Oocysfis-iorms with Ere/mo- sjihrcra is noteworthy, as there are good reasons for- believing them to be closely connected biologically. Of Emyiospho'ra viridis in the Biitish Isles, G. S. West, Brit. Frw. Alga?, p.229, remarks that it is found "more especially in Sphagnum-bogs." This, however, is not the case here. Out of seven gatherings from the only piece of Sphagnum-bog that I know, the type alone is present in three, and var. ovalis by itself in two others, in all cases very sjiarsely distributed indeed. Scope. — The object of this paper is threefold: — (l)to give an account of all forms of Oocystis and Eremo»phcera met with in New South Wales; (2) to direct attention to the polymorphism of Eremosphcera, and to its connection with Oocystis; (3) to supply the original descriptions and figures, as far as possible, of all published species and forms of the two genera. * Out of 46 records of Er-emospho'ra, only 5 are out of pools, and, even in these eases, its cells are very little in evidence. BY G. I. PLAVFAIR. 109 1. Synopsis of Australimi fypes. The various species and variations found locally are fully dis- cussed in the body of the paper; hence it is not necessary for me to do more here than add a brief summary. Representatives of 17 species have been observed, but, in two cases, 0. crai-sa Wittr., and 0. nodulosa W. West, the types themselves have not been noted. Tlie total number of local forms, therefoi'e, amounts to 15 specific types, 14 variations, and 3 forms — 32 in all. Of these, 19 (including nom. nov.) are here described as new, viz., 6 species, 11 variations, and 2 forms. Species. — These new species are established principally on the basis of the shape of the vegetative cell, or autospore, and, in this, they are in line with all those published hitherto. 1 do not, however, consider any of the species of Oocystis to be biologi- cally distinct, but merely polymorphic forms of one organism. It may be argued that the various types always retain their specific characteristics. They do, and they do not. It is true that any specified form gathered from many different localities in a country, or even from many different parts of the world, always exhibits the same shape, peculiai-ities, and range of dimensions. But, on the other hand, the same form, when closely observed in any given locality, will l>e found to be by no means as fixed and unalterable as it seemed. It may be noted mixed with variations of the same type, and even with forms of a different type, yet obviously connected with it. A goofl illustration of this is found in 0. apiculata West. This species in its size, shape, and apiculus (found in no other type) possesses a group of characteristics which make it very distinct. It has also what, as far as my observa- tion goes, is not found in any other species, viz., a broad, mucous lining to the membrane, such as may l)e observed on a larger scale in forms of Eremosphcfiva. Specimens of the type are plenti- ful in sample No. 88, but mixed with them are others moi-e slender and more elliptic, and also another type without an apiculus, and approximating in shape to 0. laciistris. Nevertheless, this var. simplicior has the same nuicous lining characteristic of the type, and its dimensions connect it with the smaller forms of the 110 OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPH.ERA, latter. Similarly, if Chodat's figures of 0. lacustris be consulted (Etudes de biologie lacustre, in Bull, de I'herbier Boissier, T. v., Pl.lO), apiculate (not merely acuminate) forms may be noted, approximating to 0. ajricidata (cf. Text-figs. 5, 13). A form, then, may be characteristic of one "species," and yet biologically connected with another. 0. hexago7ta mihi, has also this mucous lining, and is biologi- cally a variant of 0. apiculaia, the connecting link being 0. apiddata var. obesa; it is often very difiicult to say exactly to which of them a specimen belongs. 0. hexoffona, however, is of so distinct a shape, and so widespread, that it has seemed best to make it a new type. 0. c7-assa, 0. lacustris, and 0. ^jarva seem to me to form but one species; they are only very slightly different, and are all plankton-forms. 0. australieiisis mihi shows the same shape, repeating itself, but in a swamp-form. Again, 0. ovalis, though its chloroplasts are of a type found in no other species, yet reproduces, on a large scale, the same set of forms as are found in 0. Nagelii {elliptica West). And further, the figui'es in Bull, de I'herbier Boissier (on 0. Iacust7'is), and in Wille's study of 0. siibniarina, show that, in both these species, the smaller, reduced forms are 0. Novce Semlice pure and simple. The nearest approach to a fixed type is, perhaps, 0. solitaria Witti'., of which only a f. niajvr and var. maxima have been noted, these being merely a reproduction of the type, with greater dimensions. Yet even so, 0. apiculata has a form (var. majvr mihi) which counterfeits 0. solitaria very closely.* Indeed, one might say that we keep our types distinct by arranging inter- mediate forms as variations. Just as reduction-forms are produced in the Desmidiacece by rapidly repeated subdivision, so also, in the Antosporacea', they are brought about by the rapidly repeated formation of * O. solitaria var. notabile West, .also approximates very closelj^ in out- line to 0. apiculata. c BY G. I. PLATPAIR. Ill autospores. There is no need for the cell to be mature or even free, and the customary inflation very often does not take place. Mother-cells. — It is to be deplored that comparatively little attention is given in descriptions to the exact shape of the vege- tative cell and of the apex, and so much to the details of the mother-cell and the number of autospores. With regard to the latter, it appears to me quite certain that any species may have either 1, 2, 4, 8, or 16 autospores according to circumstances. As for the mother-cell, I think that its shape should not be considered at all in the descrip- tion or identification of an Oocystis. It is generally pro- duced by greater or less infla- tion of the vegetative cell, and the direction in which this takes place is not necessarily always the same. No doubt the resultant shape depends largely on the equality or inequality of the membrane, cf. Eichler, Materyaly do flory wodorostow okolic Miedzyrzeca, 1894, T. ii., i.b,(fi,g. nostr.l) where a mother-cell of Eremosphrera is shown with (S small but typical autospores. The original cell had an incrassate membrane, and the inflation has obviously blown out one side of the cell. It should be noted in passing also that, whatever it was, the original cell was not a typical Eremospha>ra\ towards the right-hand side, the relics of a slight papilla or apiculus can be distinctly seen. Again, the apex of the vegetative cell is often incrassate within, or there is an incrassate band round the extreme tip; and when inflation takes place, this incrassation may be tough enough to permit the apex to remain as a small papilla. This would explain why the apical tubercle is so much more common in the mother-cells than in the vegetative cells or autospores. Further, the mother-cell of any given species is not the same shape as the vegetative cell, nor has each species a mother-cell of Text-fig. 1. E. r'iridis De Bary; mother-cell, ( X 150); after Eichler. 112 OOCTSTIS AND EREMOSPH.ERA, characteristic form or size. Indeed, as a general rule, there may be said to be only three types — the globose or subglobose, the oval or oblong, and the tuberculate. It is the free vegetative cell, rather than the mother-cell or autospore, that is distinctive of the type. Chloroplasts. — In the following notes, many variations will be found, which are established on differences in the chloroplasts. These should not be looked upon as distinct varieties, but as forms brought about by development. There seems to be no doubt that the small, discoid chloroplasts are produced from the simple, parietal lamina by a process of division into 2, 4, 8, 16, etc. While it is true that the two forms of chloroplast, the discoid and the laminar, are rarely found in the same species, this is because they ai'e the products of different environments, the former being characteristic of swamp-forms, and the latter of plankton- or pond-life. It is probable that both are found in 0. Ncigelii, which seems to occupy an intermediate position. 2. Polymorphism of EremospJuera. This was first demonstrated by Chodat, in Bot. Zeitung, liii., l895(Ueber die Entwickelung der Eretnospfucra viridis De By.), where a numbei- of polymorphic forms and reduction-forms, Glceocysf/is-, Falmella-, and C entrosphcer a-iMndiiiomi are repro- duced.* The most distinctive of the polymorphic forms, I.e., T. v., f. 10, will be found described and figured in my notes on the species. Physiological. — The Palmella- and Centrosphfera-st'AteH, I have not yet met with, nor even the Glwocystis-iorma till just lately. These last were present, however, in a gathering from Woy Woy kindly sent to me by Mr. A. H. S. Lucas. Some of them will be found in Text-fig. 2. They measure from 80-100/* long, the breadth being somewhat less. The envelopes, of which there may * This important contribution is a study in itself; there are too many points brought forward for me to do more than touch upon one lieie and there; (jut of a large number of interesting figures also, I can only repro- duce one or two in suppcjit or illustration of my own observations. BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 113 be from 5 to 10 or so, are obviously membranous, some thinner, some stouter, the spaces between them being probably filled with the mucilaginous substance generally found in the mother-cells of EremosphcEva and Oocyst is. This Gluiocystis-iMnditwn seems to be brought about by the repeated formation of a single autospore, with the resulting accumulation of mothercell-membranes. The innermost cell is (diam. 40-60 /^) the usual size for the smallest forms of Eremospha'.ra, while the whole, if spherical, would be about the dimensions of a normal cell. Text-fig. 2. — Ghtocystis-iovma of E. riridi'<,{ x 335). Morphological. — But besides this physiological polymorphism, EremosphcKva can boast also a polymorphistn of outward configu- ration. Four other forms beside the type are wide-spread here, one of which, var. ovalis, is almost as common in oui- waters as the type itself. 1 1 would be impossible to overlook these varieties even in quite a cursory examination of uiy gatherings. Nor can there be any mistake about their connection with Eremosjjhmra; as autospores, var. avails and var. acuminata, at any rate, have the same kind of mother-cell as the type (the other two I have not observed as autospores), the range of dimensions is markedly identical, and though they may not be found always in the same gathering, a majority of these forms has been noted from all the principal habitats for Ereniosph(Hra. Thus, including the type in every case, at Auburn A and B* all 5 are found; at Potts Hill* 4; at Canley Vale* and Rookwood 3 each. Also 4 out of 5 are found in company at Lismore*, in an entirely dift'erent part of the country. * All in the same gathering too. 114 OOCTSTIS AND EREMOSPH^RA, Cwtnection with Oocyst is. — In Eremosjyhffra, as in Oocystis, the cell generally becomes greatly distended in the production of autospores; sometimes, however, this inflation does not, or can- not, take place. Under these circumstances (and perhaps under ordinary conditions also) especially in small cells, J^7-emosphrpra will give rise to Ooc^s^is-autospores. Chodat, Lc, has already figured such cases,* (see fig. 196, under 0. rotula), and, in Text- fig. 3, I reproduce two that have come under my own notice. In Text-fig. 3. — Eremospluvra mother-cells with Ooi-yf!ti» autospoies; (a)(_)ocy.-i, lat. 71-8, 8-10, 11-lli/x. My 120 OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPHiERA, records nearly cover the same ground, viz., 17-25 x 8-14/Jt. Kirch- ner (for 0. rupestris) extends West's figures a little both ways, long. 1.3-27, lat. 6-12/i,. In all cases, it will be noted that the length is just about twice the breadth; in the 14 Australian specimens whose dimensions are given above, the axial ratio varies from l'7-2"5:l-0, the average being nearly 2:1. Eichler, Flory Wodor. ok. Miedzyrzeca, 1892, T. x., £.25, has figured what he identifies as 0. JVagdii, cell. long. 30-44, lat. 17- 25 /x, but is probably J\'ephrocytiuni Agardhiannm var. majui^ Nag., Gatt. Einz. Alg., T. iii., c, fig.i, k, p,( = X Ndgelii Grun., = N. ohesum W. West). The cells are too broad for 0. Ndyplii, and one also is distinctly reniform. If considered an Oocystis, it would fall better undei' my 0. Chodati, infra. I include three forms in the type, which are generally found intermingled, viz., (l)eniptic-oblong with broadly rounded ends, the sides and ends meeting in one even curve, (2)oblong with subtruncately rounded ends, (3) cylindrical: ridpVl. vii., f. 1, 2, 3, i-espectively. Var. Africana (G. S. West) mihi. (Text-fig. 1 2c). "Var. minima; autosporis 4 vel 8, dense compactis; chromato- phoris multe-lobatis parietalibus singulis vel binis." G. S. West, I.e. Syn., 0. elliptica var. Africana G. S. West, Frw. Algie, Ann. South Afr. Mus., Vol. ix., 1912, p.76, f.l4, 17. I have not yet noted this form, which G. S. West has described from Angola. It differs from the type only in having a lobed, or fragmented, chloroplast. The corresponding form of 0. Novce Spmlice, how- ever, is described here under that species. G. S. West gives long. cell. 8-1 3/x; lat. cell. 4"5-7/x. Var. macrospora (Turner) mihi. (Text-fig. 1 Of). Cellulse oblongje vel oblongo-elliptica?, quam f. typica circa duplo majores. Syn., Hydrocytiuni macrospo7'iim Turner, Alg. E. Ind., 1892, p. 154, T. XX., f.32; 0. sphaivica Turn., ibid., p. 155, no figure. This cannot, of course, be a species of Hydrocytium (Characium), as that propagates by zoospores, not autospores. Turner's dimen- BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 121 sions are: Cell, inatric. long. 50-65, lat. 39-52, autosp. long. 39, lat. 19/x. The autospores, however, are wrongly delineated. As drawn, they work out at 61 x 19 instead of 39 x 19. Turner says: '^spcyi'is .... loitge ovaUhns,'^ bnt his drawing them cylindrical makes it certain that tliey were really oblong. The ratio of length to breadth also (at 39 X 19) is just 2:1, as in O. NacieJll. W. ct G. S. West, Frw. Alg. Madagascai; Text-fit/ 1 1 p.82, identify this form (but doubtfully) Oocysfis elUpfk-a i. mivor with O. eUijJtica West {= O. Ndyelii). W. We.st, ( x 520) ; after The shape of the mother-cell is of no im- ^^'- & <^- S. West, portance, cf. W. cfe G. S. West, /.o.,P1.5,f. 13-14 (Text-fig. nostr 11). Nordstedt's Sandwich Island specimens of O. JVdgelii should probably be placed under this variation. He gives long. 30-32, lat. 14-15//, Alg. aq. dulc. Sandvich., p.8. I have not come across this form in my gatherings yet. Var. OBESA, n.var. (PL vii., f.7). Prte longitudine crassior. Cell. long. 20-25, lat. 13-16/i. Guildford (146). Var. CURTA, n.var. (PI. vii., f.8). Late-ovalis vel brevissime oblonga. Cell. long. 17. lat. 13/x. Guildford (146) cum priori rarius. Syn., O. Ndgelii in Lemm., Plankt. Schwed. Gewass., p. 107, where he remarks : " Zellen breit-oblong, 15-17 : 1 1-13/x." Both forms quite common in No. 146, from a pond at Guildford; the one is evidently a reduced form of the other. The ratio of length to breadth in var. obesa is from 1 "4 to 1 "7 : 1 '0 as compared with 2:1 in the type. In var. curta, it is 1 -3 to 1 0. Chloroplasts not noted, the contents deranged. OocYSTis NoViE SEMLiiE Wille. (PI. vii., f.9, 10). "O. cellulis homogeneis('?) singulis 1. in familias e 4-8 cellulis formatas consociatis, familiis nonnunquam in massa gelatinosa 2-4 consociatis; membrana crassa, non tuberculo apicali instructa." Wille, I.e. /v - LIBRARY I 00 OOCYSTIS AND EREM0SPH.?:RA, Cell, inuti-ic-. x 20, 40 x 2;"), 12 x 1); autosp. (i x :'), 7 x 4, 7 x f), 8 X 1, SJ. X ')},, S X ()//.. Parraniatta Park (1 :)(;)•, Aviltunr, Lisniorc, nvci',(272, 27:>). ('/. Willc, Fcrsk. fra Novaja Semlja, 1N7'J, p/JIn T. xii., f.:'.. Syn., 6>. N^iiifelii ft Xor(r Semljm (Wille) Chodat, Alg. vertes, p. 189; O. Xf'itjf'Hivar. mi7Wi^i*-6'/?>ia Bernard, Prott)cocc. et Desm., 1908, p. 172, f.;^55, 356. I cannot consider this a variety of O. Xaijclir. no doubt there is a very close biological connection, but, typically, tliey are entirely different shapes, the latter being oblong or oblong-elliptical with broadly I'ounded ends, while O. Nov(K Semlio' is elliptical with acutely rounded ends. No shape, curiously enough, is mentioned in the description, but the figure, I.e., is distinct. Text-fig. 12. —(a) Oocy.<^t!>i Xonv Sem/i Wille, ( x 400); after Wille. (/>) 0. Xont- Sem/i(i' var. ma.rima W. West, ( x 520) ; after West. {c) O. e//!j>tira var. Africana (4. S. West,( x 1000); after (J. S. West. Also the ratio of length to breadth is different; in Australian specimens of O. X'ovcf, Semlio', it varies from 1 '4 to 1 7 : 1 "0 as against 2:1 in O. Xdgplii. Moreover, the latter tends to be cylindrical, while the larger sizes of the former are oval, but still retaining a tendency to be pointed at the ends, cf. var. maxima W. West, and var. ausfralica mihi (infra). O. X''iyehi var. minutissima Bernard (cells 5-7 x 4 fi) is a size of this species too close to the type to be separated from it; indeed, even f. major Wille, might well be included. Wille's original record for the type is 8 x 5/x. The chloroplast is a single, very thin, parietal lamina. Forma ma.ior Wille. (PI. vii., f.l 1, 1 2). Cell, niatric. diam. 20, 24, 40; long. 24, lat. 14; autosp. 10 x 6, 10x7, 12x6, 12x7, 12 x S/i. BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 123 Potts Hill (138); Pan-amatta Park (136), cum f. typica. Wille, /.(•., p. 27, T. xii., t'.4, ffives diineiisioiis 1 I x (I/;,; W. West, for British spt^cimens, loiii;-. ll'l 1'2-r), lat. T-T'D/t; W. iV: (J. S. West, WelwitselTs Afric Fi'w. Al,-., i«.l'3S, record Ki x Di-iO// for African ones. The ratio of length to breadth, as shown In- these records, agrees very well with that given above for Australian specimens. The f. major figured by W. West, New Brit. Frw. Alga^, PL ii., f.24, does not agree in outline with Wille's type, hut belongs to O. Nmjelii. Forma. Cellul* chloroplastidibus medio in transversuin divisis. Cell, matric. spher. x 20; autosp. 10x7/^. Parramatta Park (1 30), cmn f. tvpica. Var. MAXIMA W\ West. (Text-lig.l 2/>). "A^ar. cellulis 2-3-plo major (|uam forma typiea." W. West,/.r. Cell, matric. 34 x 30; autosp. 18 x 12//. Botany. (y. W. West, New Brit. Frw. Alg., p. 13, f.25, 1894, where he gives long. 19-23, lat. 1 2-1;") /i as dimensions of the cells. W. it G. S. West, AN'elwitsch's Afr. Alg., p. 238, record 33 x 23 for African specimens. Dift'ers from the succeeding fcuiu onlv in its undivided chloroplasts and larger size. Var. AUSTRALICA, n.var. (PI. vii., f. 13-17). Cellulie ellipticje vel ovales, plei-umque ad apices modice atten- uat:e; chloroplastidibus singulis parietalibus lobatis, vel chloro- plastidibus plus minusve distinctis 2-4, interdum 2:)yrenoides singulos ferentibus. Cell, matric. diam. 30-40; autosp. vel cell. veg. 13 x 10, 14 x 11, 16 xll, 16 X 12, 20 X 14/7.. Parramatta Park (13()); Lismore, rivei", (273, 274); cum formal typiea. Corresponds to var. Africana G. S. West, in O. Naydii. The chloroplast is lobed or fragmented (the intermediate stage of development between a simple lamina and parietal lozenges), or sometimes there are 2-4 chloroplasts more or less distinctly visi- 124 OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPHiERA, ble, occasionally with a pyrenoid apiece. This form is very close to O. crassa Wittrock, as figured by Osteiifeld, Proc. R. 8oc. Edin., 1904-5, p. 1113, PI. i., f.<^, q.v. Var. ausfralica and var. maximd, which are practically one, differ somewhat in shape from the type, being more oval (broader in comparison with the length) and with less pointed ends. OocYSTis CRASSA Wittrock. (Text-fig. 1 3ffl). In Wittrock at Nordstedt, Alg. dulc. exsicc. No.355; Bot. Notiser, ISSO, p. 11 7. C/. G. S. West, Brit. Frw. Alga^, p. 227, f.97C,D. Text-fig. 13. — (a)Ooci/8tis crassa Wittrock, ( x485); after C4. S. West. (6) Var. Osten/eldii mihi; after Ostenfeld. Syn., O. Marssonii Lemm., Bot. Centralblatt, 1898, p. 151; Ploner Forsch., 7, 1894, p. 24, T. i., f. 15-1 9. I have not met with any form that I could identify with O. crassa. It is referred to by G. S. West as a distinctly plankton-species. In W. & G. S. West, Frw. Alg. N. Ireland, p. 6 8, the dimensions are given as long. 18-3-24, lat. 13-15-5/i.. Chodat, I.e., p.l90, records long. 14-23, lat. 10-18/x for Swiss specimens. The ratio of length to breadth in this species seems to be 1"3 to 1'4:1"0. Var. OsTENFELDii, nom.nov. (PL vii., f.l8, 19). Cellulse lateribus sequaliter arcuatis, in medio baud subangu- latis; apicibus acuminatis baud incrassatis. Chloroplastides 2-4, interdum pyrenoidibus singulis instructte. Cell. long. 16, lat. 11/x. Lismore, river (274, 281). BY G. I. PLAYPAIR. 125 Ostenfeld and Wescnberg-Lund, Plankt. u£ two Icelandic lakes, Prof. R. Soc. Edin., xxv., 1906, p.lll3, PI. i., f.8. Syn., O. ^acMs^ris Ostenfeld, /.f., p. 235 (sec. auvfor. ipsnm). Ostenfeld remarks: "The species .... has one pyrenoid in each chloroplast; the chloroplasts are two or four in each cell, often tetrahedrally arranged; the cells are four (rarely two) in a globular mucilage; their shape is ellipsoid or ovate with subacute apices; length 22- 2(5 /*, breadth lG-20/tt." I noted, in river-gatherings, mother-cells of this form in company with others of 0. Novce Semliiti var. ans- tralica mihi. It is probably intermediate between the latter and O. crassa. Var. Ostenfeldii differs from the type in being more regularly elliptical, not so rhomboid, with sides regularly arched, not bent in the middle, the apices not incrassate. It has fewer chlox'oplasts also. OocYSTis LACUSTRis Chodat. (PL vii., f.20). "Cellulis binis vel quaternis in familiis consociatis, membrana gelatinosa crassa, utroque fine cellulie leviter incrassata, late f usi- formibus utroque acutis, chlo- rophoro laminam formante sa^pe dimidiato, pyrenoide munito vel carente. Contentus ssepe oleo- sus." Chodat, I.e. Cell, matric. 24 x 22, 30 x 22, autosp. 9x.5, 14x9, 18x8, 18X9/X. Dunedin, N.Z., Northern Reservoir. Chodat, Etudes de biologie lacustre. Bull, de I'herb. Boissier, 1897, p.296, Pl.lO, f.1-7, 13; Alg. vertes, p. 190, f.l05. The authoi-, by a strange oversight, has given no dimensions in either publication. W. & G. S. West, Plankton of some Irish Lakes, p. 107, record long, colon. 43-60, long. cell. 14-22, lat. cell. 8-15; and G. 8. West, Third Tangan- yika Exp., p. 141, long, colon. 39-54, long. cell. 12-20, lat. cell. 7-13//.; both agree very well with Australian specimens, except that the colonies are larger. The type has either a single, Text-fig. 14. (a) 0. lacvxtris Chod. ; after Chodat. {h) OocyMella natanx Lemni.,( x 7oO); after Lenniiermanii. 126 OOCYSTIS AND EliEMOSPHiERA, laminar chloroplast, or one in each half of the cell; pyrenoids are often present. Var. NATANS (Lemm.) mihi. (PI. vii., f.i'l). Cell. veg. long. 1 6, lat. 1 1 /'.. Auburn. Syn., OocysteUa natans Lemm., Zeitschr. f. Fischerei, 11)03; Plankt. 8chwed. Gewass., p. 156, T. i., f.ll, 12. A form of O. lacustris with a lobed or fragmented chloroplast. No size is given by the author in the latter publication, but his fig. 12 works out at 19 X 12//.. Var. PALUDEXSis, n.var. (PI. vii., f.22-24). Formse typicye consimilis, chloroplastidibus autem fractis, in laminis minutis radiantibus vel in massis digitatis ordinatis. Cell, matric. long. 1 1 0, lat. Sf) ; autosp. 1 7 x 1 2, 20 x 1 2, 22 x 1 1 //.. Canley Vale (128); Guildford (U6). These forms were found in small pools fed by surface-water. They differ from the type and var. nntmis only in the character of the • chloroplasts. In PI. vii., f.23, the original chloroplasts seem to have broken u}) into small, radiating laminie, while in PI. vii., f.24, the chloroplasts are small, digitate masses, as in O. ovalis, pointing away from the centre, and towards the pole in each half. A pyrenoid(]) is present in the centre of each half, sometimes pale green, sometimes pale brick-red in colour. Com- paie remarks under O. oralis, infra. OocvsTis PARVA W. tt G. S. West. (PI. vii., f.25, 26). "(). miimta cellulis plerumque oblique ellipsoideis, 1^-lf-plo longioribus quam latioribus, apicibus subacutis et non incrassatis; membrana firma. Contentum chlorophyllosum cellularum in massis pari- etalibus 2-3." W. & G. S. West, Lc. Cell, matric. spher. diam. 12, 18, 24, 4-8 ; O. pJmW^&!i S. oval. 30 X 22,54 x 42:autosp. 10 x 8,12 x 8/., We.st,( X .-)2<)): after Sydney Water (63, 65); Guildford (84). (;. S. West. Qj-_ ^^Y. & G. S. West, Notes on Fresh- water Algie, i., Journ. Bot., 1898, p.335; G. .S. West, Alga-Hora BY G. I. PLAYPAIR. 127 of Cambridgeshire, Juuru. Bot, 1.S09, Pl.oOl, f.U-17. Dimen- sions given are long. cell. 6-12, lat. cell. 4-7.; long. teg. 13-5-29, lat. 10'5-l(S/x. O. jmrva might very well be arranged as a varia- tion of O. lacustris. OocYSTis NODULOSA W. West. (Text-fig. 16). "O. mediocris; cellulis solitariis vel in familiis e 2 cellulis formatis consociatis, cellulis oblongo-ellipticLs, 1^-plo longioribus quam latioribus, apicibus late-rotundatis et nodulis incrassatis." W. West., I.e. Cf. West, New Brit. Frw. Alg., p.l5, PI. ii., f.:U, 189-1. Syn., 0. crassa y nodnlosa Chodat, Alg. vertes, p. 190. I have not found the type. Yai'. AUSTRALis, n.var. (PI. vii., f.27, 28). Forma paullo magis oblonga; membrana ad polos introrsum tantum incrassata. Cell. veg. 21 X 12, 2:^ x 13, 25 x 15, 26 X Ujj.. Botany Bay (91); Auburn (57). This is a very rare foi-m; a few spe- cimens were noted in No. 91 among quantities of free cells of O. Ndgelii. Our specimens differ somewhat from Text-fig. 16. the type; they area little more oblong, ^""y'''' "«*''«•*« W. We.st, , , , . . . . f (X 520); after West. and the polar mcrasvsation is entirely on the inner side of the membrane. West gives long. 25-26, lat. 16-17/x as the dimensions of the type. OocYSTis SOLITARIA Wittrock. (PI. vii., f.29). Cell. veg. 18 X 11, 18x 12, 20 x 10, 21 x 11, 21 x 12, 22 x 1 1, 22 X 13, 23 X 1.5, 24X15/X. Guildford (146); Auburn (57); Duck Creek, Clyde (71). In Wittrock et Nordstedt, Alg. iu[. dulc. cxsicc, No.241, IS79: Bot. Notiser, 1S79, p. 24; G. S. West, P.i'it. Frw. Algu>, p. 227, f.97A, B. Very rare in this country, though "undoubtedly tli<' commonest species" (G. S. West, /.<•.) in Bi'itain. The Hguic in 128 OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPHiERA, British Frw. Alg?e is narrowly elliptic, with acutely rounded ends, the membrane at the poles being incrassate on the inner side only. The chloroplasts are discoid. From all accounts, the ratio of length to breadth varies from 1"5 to 2*1 : 1*0, with which our specimens agree; 1 "74: 1*00 average of 9. Text-fig. 17.— («) O. -so/lfarki Wittrock,( x 48.5); after G. S. West. (h) Forma major Wille,( x520); after W. West. {<:) Var. maxima Go- mont, ( X 30()) ; ((/) apex ( x 580); after (ionioiit. {e)Vsii: notabileW. West,( X 520), after West. Forma ma.tor Wille. (Text-fig. 176). Ferskvandsalg. fra Novaja Semblia, 1('^79, p.26. A larger form, the same shape as the type. Wille gives 40 x 22/x as the dimensions, and exactly the same size is recorded by W. & G. S. West, Welwitsch's Afr. Alg., p. 238, for African specimens. I have not noted this form yet. Var. MAXIMA Gomont. (Text-fig. 17c, rf). "Celluhe ambitu elliptica?, solitariaj, vel 2-4 in familias con- sociata^, 50 ad 6 5 /a longfe, 26 ad 40/x crassse, membrana tenui, ad polos incrassata." Gomont, I.e. Flore algolog, de la Haute- Auvergne, Bull, de la 8oc. botan. de France, tom.43, 1896, p..386, PI. x., f. 13. From the text-figure, it will be seen that this form is the same shape as the type in Brit. Frw. Alga?. Borge, Siissw. Ohlor. v. Feuerland u. Isla Uesolacion, p. 23, records ven: maxima at long. 47-51, lat. 26-29/*. BT G. I. PLAYFAIR. 129 The ratio of length to breadth varies from 1'6 to 19 ill), as far as can be determined from the figures given, lying evenly, there- fore, within the generally observed limits for the species. I have not come across this form. Var. NOTABILE W. West. (Text-fig. 17^). "Cellulis lateribus subrectis et incrassatis; membrana irregu- lariter punctata. Long. 29/x, lat. 16-5/x." W. West. Journ. R. Micr. 8oc., 1894, p. 15, PI. ii., f.29. I have not met with this form. OocYSTis SUBMARINA Lagerh. (PL vii., f.30). Lagerheim, Bot. Notiser, 1886, p.45, f.l; W^ittr. it Nordst., Alg. aq. dulc. exsicc. No. 7 26; Wille, Zur Entwickl. d. Gatt. Oocystis, Deutsch. Bot. Gesells., 1908, T. xv., the last being a thorough investigation of this species, with a large number of excellent figures. Lemmermann, Nord. Plankt., xxi,, p.l5, f.54, 55 (after Lagerheim). Cell. veg. 24 x 8, 25 x 12, 28 x 10//. Sydney Water-Supply (100). The cells vary from elliptic to linear-elliptic, with acutely rounded ends. The chloroplast is a laminar, parietal band, very narrow for the length of the cell (often one in each half of the cell). Wille, I.e., pp.813, 820, gives two, long lists of sizes (in eMenso) which may be summarised as long. 7-20, lat. 3^-9//, the ratio of length to breadth being Iw to 2-1 :rO (averages of 9 and 10 records re- spectively). It will be seen that, in this respect, O. submaj-ma begins where O. Xovce SeniHfn leaves off. G. S. West reports it from the Yan Yean Reservoir, Text-tig. is. Melbourne (Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot., Vol. ^^- ^^'^'"narinaJ^gevh., ^_, , , -v.T ".tr 1 . »- 1 o after Lagerheim. xxxix., p.75) at long.23-25, lat. 7|-8/x. ^ The axial ratio is nu)re than 3:1 in the Victorian specimens, and in some of ours, indeed, the linear-elliptic form should be con- sidered typical, the shorter and broader cells being practically identical with O. Nov : 1 •(). Tt lias the iutei'iial, mucous lining com- mon to forms of O. apicidata, but tlie shape is of a different type, and the apex, though pointed, is not apiculate. I have, tlierefore, kept it separate. OocYSTis NoRDSTEDTiANA (De Toni) mihi. (PI. ix., f.l3). "Celhilse (binje aut quaternte) ellipticje vel fere circulari-ellip- ticae, membrana in utroque fine tuberculo insti'ucta (ut in omnibus speciebus hujus generis plus minus evidenter ])." Nordstedt, I.e. Cell. veg. long. 28, lat. 18/^. Lismore(185). Text-fig.'21.— (a)0. a.ii/mmefrica W. West,(x520); after W. West. (h)0. spec, Schni.,( X 600); after 8chmiclle. (c) 0. rotunda Sehm. ; after 8chmidle. Syn., O. Ndgelii forma, Nordstedt, Frw. Alg. N.Z., 1888, p.21; O. Noyelii forma Nordstedtiana De Toni, Sylloge Alg. i., 1889, p.664:; O spec, Schmidle, Alg. aus dem Nyassasee, 1902, p.79, T. iii., f.5. In the first place, it seems to me impossible to place Nordstedt's specimens under O. Ndgelii. The latter is an oblong type verging on the cylindrical, while these are described as ranging from elliptical to almost circular-elliptic. There is also the question of the apical tubercle. From his remarks in paren- thesis, .^upra, Nordstedt seems to have considered its presence as of little importance. Nevertheless (apart from mother-cells; the only published type with an apical papilla is Schmidle's unnamed species from Lake Nyassa. And, in my experience, the apical papilla is exceedingly uncommon; out of 170 specimens of Oocystis measured for these notes, only two showed a papilla; and, of those that showed a slight apiculation, all, without exception, 134 OOCYSTIK AKD ER EMOSPHiERA, appei'tainecl to O. apiculata West, of which species the apicuhxs is characteristic. Nor is the papilla more cominoii in Ercmo- sphosra viridis {which, from my j^oint of view, is an Oocystis). Out of 70 specimens measured, it occurred in no more than two. The only forms in which the tubercle seems to be indifferently present or absent are O. panduriformis West, and Erem. viridis v. doliformis mihi. 1 have never noted either tubercle or apiculus in any form which is generally non-tuberculate or non-apiculate. Var. ROTUNDA (Schm.) mihi. (Text-fig. 2 Ic). Cell, rotundfe, 10-lI/x latse, utroque polo tuberculatpe." Schmidle, I.e. Schmidle, Beitr. z. Alpinen Algenfi., p.8, T.14, f.7a, ^ 1895. I have not noted the occurrence here of this form, which seems to me to be a more globose variation of O. Nordstedtiana. Nord- stedt's smallest size is 16 x 10/>i. Oocystis Chodati, nom.nov. (PI. viii., f.8-11). Cellulse ovales vel ovali-oblonga?, ubique sequaliter rotundatse; lateribus arcuatis, apicibus late-rotundatis nee apiculatis, nee incrassatis. Chloroplastides pulviniformes. Cell, matric. sphfer. diam. 3.3-40, oval. long. 30-47, lat. 25-40; cell. veg. vel autosp. 16x 12, 18x 12, 20x 12, 24 x 10, 24 xl8, 28 X 22, 30 X 20, 34 x 25, 40 x 30/x. Auburn (49, 56, 135); Guildfoi-d (60, 124, 146); Fairfield(l 12). Syn., 0. solitaria, pro parte, in Chodat, Alg. vertes, p. 189, f.l04F, autospores. This species is regularly oval or oval-oblong, rounded everywhere. It differs from 0. solitaria especiall}- in the broadly rounded ends without papilla or internal incrassation. Also, the cells being broader, the axial ratio is smaller. The latter varies, in the examples given above, from 1'3 to 1'6:1"0, the average being 1 "4 : 1 '0. In 0. solitaria, the ratio is greater, the cells being proportionately longer and more pointed. Some of the smaller sizes of 0. Chodati come very near to 0. Ndyelii; the cells, however, are broader in proportion and more oval. This form is generally found on swampy ground, especially the larger sizes. BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 135 OOC'YSTIS AUSTKALIEXSI^, 11. Sp. (PI. viii., f.12,1.")). Celluke late elliptico-laneeolatai; lateribus sequaliter arcuatis usque ad polos seiisini sensiuKjue convergentibus; apiculis acu- niiiiatis liaucl incrassatis. Chloroplastides pulvinifonnes. Cell, matric. sphser. diani. 4(i, lanceol. 45 x. "^8; cell. veg. vel autosp. 20 X 1 2, 20 X 1 4, 2 1 X 1 :\ 2:'. x 1 7, 24 x 1 4, 24 x 1 5, 27 x 1 8, :'.0 X 17, :W x 20, :^0 x21/7.. Auburn (49, 57, 104, 105, 1:^5, 139); Collector; Lismore (185). Cy. Chodat, /.r., p. 189, f. 104G, H, for somewhat similar but irregular forms. This species is another of our swamp-forms. The cells are the shape of 0. lacustris Chod., but have discoid chloroplasts, and a different habitat, 0. lacnstris being a plank- ton-form. In optical section, there are nearly always five chloro- plasts each side, and one at each end. The dimensions are much the same as in 0. Chodati; in both also the axial ratio is approximately 3:2. As autospores, they are generally found in thin-walled, oval or lanceolate mother-cells, but I have noted them produced by undoubted, uninflated specimens of Eremosphd'va viridis, easily recognised by the irregular, mucilaginous, inner cell- wall. See text-figure 3 in the introduction, and compare Chodat, Bot. Zeit., 1895, PI. v., f.9. OOCYSTIS PANDURIFORMIS W. West. "O. magna; cellulis solitariis vel in famil- iis e 4-8 cellulis formatis consociatis, cellu- lis 2-2^-plo-longioribus quam latioribus, ovatis, lateribus leviter concavis, apicibus incrassatis et subacutis." W. West, I.e. Cell. veg. long. 82, lat. max. 30 /x. Rookwood (107). W. West, New Brit. Frw. Alg., J.R.M. 8oc., 1894, p.l5, PI. ii., f.33-35. A rare form, of which I have seen only one speci- men; the shape, however, is too charac- teristic to be mistaken. West's dimen- sions are 50-6 1^ long, by 23-25^ broad. A forma ma/ar West, is distinguished by him in the same place, size: "long. cell. 77 [j.; lat. (PL viii., f.l4). Text-fig. 22. 0. 2)andurifonni>< W. West,( xfyiO); after W. We.st. 136 OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPH^RA, medio 29/t; lat. max. 32'5/x." Considering the variation in dimensions, which is general in these forms, this might very well be included in the type along with that given above. Chodat considers that this species is biologically a form of Eremosphcera viridis, and with this I entirely agree. It is, however, a character which 0. pand'urifotinis shares with all the other "species" of Oocyst is. A var. pachyderma West, I.e., p-16, PI. ii., f.36, is also re- corded, differing only in the very thick cell-wall ("membrana cellularum 2 •5-2 "8 /x ci*assa," West. OocYSTis ovALis (Turner) W. k G. S. West. (PI. viii., f.l5, 16). "Mediocris, 2-2i-plo longiorquam lata; cellulis ovalibus, lateri- bus ventricosis, apicibus rotundatis. Membrana crassa, glabra." Turner, Ix. Cell. veg. 50 x 26, 62 x 32/x. Rookwood(107). Syn., Cylindrocysfis ovalis Turner, Frw. Alg. E. Ind., 1892, p. 16, T. i., f.5 (fig. sinistr.). About this form, W. 6: G. S. West, .Some recently published Desmidiete, Journ. Bot., 1895, No. 387, p. 6 6, remark: "From the perfectly elliptical form and smooth, thick membrane, this appears to us to be a species of Oocystis." Their opinion is con- firmed by my finding it here in the form of autospores, PI. viii., f.17. It is not surprising, however, that Turner should have considered Text fiff *>.3 ^^ ^ Cyfindrocystis, as the generally prevailing Cylindro€yxtii< ora/i.s character of the chloroplasts is unlike that of Turner; after any other species of Oocystis, and, in some Turner. specimens, the contents are disposed almost exactly as in that genus, PI. viii., f.l5. The chloroplasts are minute, fusiform or digitate masses, disposed longitudinally, and radiating somewhat from the nucleus to the apices. The same type of chloroplast is found also in Eremosphcera occasionally. Turner's specimens were smaller than ours; he gives long. 40-42, lat. 17-20/x. BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 137 Var. SUBTRUNCATA, n.vai'. (PI. viii., f.17-19). Celluke oblongae interdum pjene cylindraceaj, lateribus minus arcuatis, apicibus subtruncato-rotundatis. Cell, matric. elliptic. 80 x 40; cell. veg. vel autosp. 50 x 20, 50 X 26, 54 X 24, 60 x 32, 61 x 32, 62 x 26, 62 x 32, 70 x 32/x. Rookwood (107); Lismore ( 240). Cylindrocystis oralis Turn., I.e., T. i., f.5 (fig. dextr.). Turner gives two different forms for his Ci/l. ovalis, the right-hand one one of which can hardly be described as oval. I have sepaiated this form, therefore, as var. snbtruncafa. It is more common than the type, and is distinctly oblong, verging sometimes on subcylindrical, with subtruncately rounded ends. In specimens found with the type in sample No. 107, the chloi'oplasts were digitate, but I have noted others at Lismore with chloroplasts of the usual discoid character. Forma. Apicibus late-rotundatis nee subtruncatis. Cell. veg. 70 x 32/x. Auburn (140). Var. CYLiNDRACEA, n.vax\ (PI. viii., f. 20-22). Cellulae plus minusve distincte cylindracese; lateribus levissime arcuatis subparallelis; apicibus late-rotundatis vel subtruncatis. Cell veg. vel autosp. 52 x 28, 66 x 28, 67 x 40, 86 x 32//. Rookwood (107). In this foi'm, the sides are nearly parallel, and only slightly arched. Slender specimens are quite cylindrical, the broader more oblong. I have noted that, in this variation, it may, per- haps, occur also in the other forms, the cell is provided with what appear to be two, large, pale reddish-brown pyrenoids, one in either half of the cell. In this condition, the cell simulates a CyHndrocystis very closely indeed. The same occurs in 0. lacustris var. 2^'^^^densis mihi, in which form this presumed pyrenoid is sometimes pale brown and sometimes pale green. I am inclined to believe, however, that these bodies are not pyre- noids, but nuclei with a layer of chlorophyll or oil-drops surround- ing them. Pyrenoids, when they occur, are found, one in each 10 138 OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPHiERA, chloroplast, not occupying the centre of the semicell. Moreover, the chloroplasts in such cells radiate from this central body to the ends and to the centre. Again, this form of cell always develops a pair of spherical autospores; we may take it, therefore, I think, that such are temporarily binucleated, prior to forma- tion of autospores. We have here also a case of an Ooci/.-tfifi giving rise to the smaller sizes of Eremosphcera; cf. PI. viii., f.20, and Chodat, Bot. Zeit. 1895., T. v., f.8. Species unknown to me. OoCYSTIS GEMINATA Nag. "Familiis e cellulis geminis formatis, cellulis ovoideis, nonnun- quam singulis intra cellulse matricalis membranam vesiculo ampli- atam." De Toni, I.e. In Rabenhorst, Fl. Eur. Algarum, iii., p.53 (1868); De Toni, Sylloge Alg., i., p. 664. Syn., Oocystis minor {micrococca) Itzig. 0. geminata, in my opinion, is a nomevt delendum. Without figure or dimensions, the expression "cellulis ovoideis^' applies equally well to any number of forms. Every species, also, is capable of developing two autospores to the family. Oocystis gigas Archer. "Familiis (cellulis initialibus) late ellipticis, subinde quasi globosis, amplis, 60-70 X 50-60 /x, plerumque cellulas 2 includentibus." De Toni, I.e. "O. magna; cellulis solitariis vel in familiis e 2 cellulis formatis consociatis; cellulis late ellipticis, 1 j-plo longioribus quam latioribus, apicibus latissime ro- tundatis et non-incrassatis; contentum chlorophyllosum cellularum granulosum Isete viride." W. West, I.e. Cf. Archer, in Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., 1877, p. 105 (no fig.), De Toni, Sylloge i., 1889, p.665. W. West, New Brit. Frw. Alg., 1894, p. 14; the last-named gives long. cell.40-50-5/x, lat. cell.32-5-40/x; diam. fam. 1 cell. 67 x 52/i. Text-fig. 24. O. gigas i. minor W. West, (x520); after W. West. BY G. I. PLAYPAIR. 139 Forma minor W. West. (Text-fig.24). " F. cellulis minoribus, If-plo longioribus qiiam latioribus, singula vel in familiis e 4 ceUulis compositis." West, I.e., p. 14, Pl.ii., i.2S. The author records the dimensions as Fam. 4 cell. 7Gx63/j.; long. cell. 36-2-40, lat. cell. 26-28-5/-1. Var. INCRASSATA W. West. (Text-fig. 25). "Var. membraua cellularum in- crassata et apicibus incrassatis et subprotuberantibus." W. West, I.e., p.l4, Pl.ii., f.37. The dimensions given are, long. cell. 56 fi, lat. cell. 39 /x. Quite a different shape from that figured as the type; it would be better placed ^ ^ ,. ""^ ^ Text-fig. 2o. as a variation of 0. nodulosa W. q gi,j^g ^^r. incrassata W. West, West, I.e., PI. ii., f .31 . ( x 520); after W. West. OocYSTis PUSiLLA Hansgirg. Mentioned by W. ifc G. S. West, in Notes on Frw. Alg., Journ. Bot., 1899, p. 335, where it is compared with O. jmrva W. & G. S. West. I do not know in what publication it is described. OocY'STisC?) BRUNNBA Turn. (Text-fig. 26a). " Cell with pale brown mucous contents, of an oblong form, contained in a proper membrane, having two orbicular cells placed in the direction of its long axis, which nearly fill up the entire length, and are pressed closely together at the centre. These cells appear filled with perfectly clear colourless fluid or mucus, and have at their inner mai-gins each a reddish-brown granular nucleus. Outer cell-membrane punctated. Long. 3S, lat. 27 /x." Turner, I.e. (Wallich MS. No. 348). Cy. Turner, Alg. E. Ind., 1892, p. 156, T. xxi., f.7. Both figure and description are taken from Wallich's manuscript. The 140 OOCVSTIS AND EREMOSPH^RA, note of interrogation in the name is Turner's, and, indeed, from the description ("pale brown mucous contents," &c.), it is ex- tremely unlikely that the specimen figured was an Oocystis, or any other species of freshwater algie. The name may well be set aside. cu Text-fig.'26.— (a) t>.(?) hnmnea Turner, ( x (iOO) ; after Turner. (/') C».(?) wia?)«H?7/ato Turn., ( X 1500); after Turner, (c) Hyalotheca hians, a form, ( X 550), original. OocYSTis(?) MAMMiLLATA Turn. (Text-fig.266). "O. sub-circularis, paullo longior quam lata, apicibus paullo depressis, apice in centro rutundata vel distincte mamniillata; divisio verticalis; a vertice visa perfecte circularis. Long. 18, lat. 15-2 fi" Turner, I.e. Cf. Turner, Frw. Alg. E. Ind., 1892, p.l55, T. xxi., f.U. The (juery again is Turner's. This form might have been accepted without question as a genuine Oocystis but for the vertical line from pole to pole. Such a thing, I have never noted in any specimen of Oocystis whatever.* In empty cells of Ere7nosph(fra, it is true, faint lines, 2-4 or so in number, may often be seen radiating out from the poles, but even these do not stretch dis- tinctly fi'om pole to pole. I figure here a form of Hyalotheca hians Nord., with prosilient suture, which, both in size and appearance, comes very close to Turner's specimen. The dimen- sions of the cells are 21x31/i, suture 37 /x. Solitary cells of Hyal. hians are not at all uncommon in my gatherings. * On this point, however, the figures of (''.)GlaucocyiSVc. W. A: (J. S. West, Frw. Alg. N. Ireland, p. 68; and Chodat, Alg. vertes, p. 190. 0. gigds var. Borgei Lemm. = (9. Ndgelii v. liorgei (Lemm.) i^^ilii. — "Zellen langlich cyUndrisch, 8-14:3-5/x," Lemmermann, BY G. I. PLAYPAIR 143 Plankt. Schwed. Gewass., p. 107; in O. Borge, Bot. Notiser, 1900, T. i., f.3. It is impossible to iiiidei'stand why this form has been placed under 0. gigoK, which is a very large form, and broadly oval or oblong. Tlie cylindrical is one of the regular type-forms of 0. Ndgdii, and Lemmermann himself, Lc, classifies it with that species. I have not seen the figure. 0. pelayica Lemni. = 0. Nagdii K.^v. — "Zellen zu 4-8 von der weiten, gallertartigen Mutterzellhaut umschlossen, elliptisch, mit zahlreichen wandstandigen Chromatophoren, ohne Pyrenoide, 1 2/i. lang und 7/i, breit, Hiille 66:77/>i." Lemmermann, Nord. Plankt., xxi., p. 16, f.56. The author himself classes this with 0. Niigelii; and the very large mother-cell, on whicli he relies, is of no value as a specific characteristic. 0. sjiec, Schmidle = 0. Nordstedtiana (De Toni) mihi. — "Zellen stets einzeln, beiderseits mit je einem Tuberkel, breit elliptisch, 40/x lang, 32 breit." 8chmidle, Alg. aus d. Nyassasee, p.79. 0. Ndgelii ft Novcp. Setnlice = 0. Novce SemlUe Wille. 0. ci'assa y nodulosa (West) Chodat = 0. twdulosa W. West. Oocystella nalans Lemm. = 0. lacustris var. naia7is(Lemm.)mihi. 0. gloeocystiformis Borge =0. apiculata W. West. — "Cellulae ellipsoidese in utroque fine tuberculo parvo instructse, 2-mult£e in familias tegumento generali crasso ut in Gloeocystide involutas congests; contentus guttulas 2 oleosas fovens.'' Borge, Siissw. Clilor. V. Feuerland, p. 25, T. ii., f.l. 0. Niigelii v. m'uiutissiuia Bernard = 0. JVovce Semlice Wille. 0. elliptica var. Africana G. 8. West = (9. Ndgelii v. Africana (G. S. West) mihi. Genus Eremosph;era De Bary. Syn., Chlorosphcera Henfrey, 1859, spc. G. 8. West, Brit. Frw. Algse, p.229. Eremosph^.ra viridis De Bary. (PI. ix., f.l, 2). Cell, matric. diam. 104, 118, 230, 250, 280, 285, 290, 306, 330/x. Cell. veg. vel autosp. diam. 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 60, 65, 70, 74, 76, 78, 80, 86, 90, 94, 95, 100, 105, 110, 133/^. Membr. crass. 1-4 /x. Corp. centr. diam. ca. 16ju. 144 OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPHiERA, S-a^ jtf 9^mo'^ VuJ Auburn (57, 59, 67, 118, 119, 135, 140, 148, 149); Rookwood (107, 171); Potts Hill (138); Guildford (70, 124); Canley Vale (128); Lismore (240); Coogee (4, 13, 24). Cf. Be Bary, Conjugatse, 1858, pp.55, 56, T. viii., f.26, 27; Chodat, Entwickelung der Eremo- *^Cj^^ sphcBva viridis, Bot. Zeit., liii., T. v.; Eichler, Matery. do flory Miedzyrzeca, 1894, T. ii., f.5; G. S. West, Brit. Frw. Algffi, p. 229, f.99. De Bary's figures work out at diam. 82-84/x. Eichler, I.e., p. 123, gives 40/x, if I read aright his note ("w kazdej do 40 /x srednicy"), but his figure shows diam. 65 /x. G. S. West furnishes 55- 200/x, and Chodat 25-200/x. I have never observed any vegetative speci- men or auto&pore smaller than diam. 42/x. The much greater size of the mother-cells, compared with that oi even the largest vegetative cell, shows Text-fig. 27. that the formation of autospores is E. riridi.^ Be By. (a) x 300, generally accompanied by inflation of (/;) X ;390; after De Bary. * • • i i, the ongmal cell. Var. ACUMINATA, n.var. (PI. ix., f.3-6). Cellulse liberie subglobosse vel ellipticje, ad polos plus minusve acuminatte, interdum apicibus papilla humillima instructis. Cell. veg. 63 x 57, 70 x64, 70 x 67, 72 x 64, 74 x 70, 78x67, 80x65, 80x74, 80x75, 82x74, 82x76, 95x87, 100x90, 106 X 95, 120 X 114/x. Membr. crass. 1-4/x. Auburn (67, 106, 140, 148, 149, 159); Potts Hill (138); Rook- wood (163); Lismore (240). This variety is not uncommon wherever the type is found. With the two following, it shows distinctly the polarity of Etp- mosphcera, which is very little noticeable in spherical specimens. Every degree of inflation can be observed, connecting this form with the type, but the apices are more or less acuminate in all. BY G. I. PLAYFAIK. 145 The membrane is often somewhat incrassate at the poles, and occasionally, but very rarely, a slight papilla is present. Axial ratio varies from 1'05 to 1'23: 1-00, the average of twelve records being M to 1-0. Var. ovALis, n.var. (PI. ix., f.7, 8). Cellulse late-ovales; apicibus late-rotundatis nee acuminatis; membrana interdum utroque polo introrsum incrassata. Chloro- plastides ut in forma typica. Cell. veg. 54x48,80x66, 80x70, 80x74, 84x70,84x74, 85x75, 90x82, 92x82, 94x88, 96x86, 98x86, 98x88, 100x86, 100x88, 104x94, 110x93, 110x100, 110x104, 120 X 110/M. Membr. crass. 1^-6/x. Coogee(58, 93); Auburn (67, 119, 140, 148, 149, 164); Rook- wood (107); Canley Vale (128); Potts Hill (138); Guildford(146). Almost as common here as the type, in company with which it is generally found. The apices in this form are rounded off, not acuminate as in var. acuminata. Occasionally, they are flattened somewhat, showing a tendency to pass over into var. doliformis. The inner mucous layer of the membrane, when present, is nearly always longitudinally corrugate. The ratio of the axes varies from about Tl to 1*2: TO, the average of the twenty specimens given above being l*12:r00. Quite plentiful in some gatherings, e.g., Nos.67 and 107. Var. DOLIFORMIS, n.var. (PI. ix., f.9, 10). Cellulse liberse oblongse, doliformes; lateribus plus minusve arcuatis; apicibus truncatis interdum papilla instructis; angulis obtuse-rotundatis. Cellulas matrices non vidi. Cell. veg. 86x72, 88x70; 114 x 100 ap. 30; 120x 97 ap. 30; 120 X 105, 142 X 118/x. Auburn (118, 140, 174); Fairfield (79); Canley Vale (128); Lismore (240). Rarer than the preceding forms, it nevertheless generally turns up in any habitat where the type is found. Chloroplasts are of the usual irregular lozenge-shape. Sometimes thei'e is a slight apical incrassation on the inner side of the membrane, and, more rarely, a tubercle outside. a 146 OOCYSTIS AND KREMOSPHiERA, Var, NODOSA, n.var. (PI. ix., f.ll, 12). Cellulse sphfericae, membrana utroque polointrorsum incrassata. Cell. diam. 40, 42, 50, 52, 56; membr. crass. 2-3/x. Potts Hill (138); Auburn (140, 148, 149); Lismore (240). Var. Chodati, noin.nov. (Text-fig. 28). Cellulse late-ellipticai, ovales; lateribus arcuatis; apicibus late- rotundatis, utroque polo interdum introrsuni incrassatis. Chloroplastides in laminis radian- tibus ordinatae. Gf. Chodat, Bot. Zeit., 1895, T. v., f.lO; no dimensions given, nor magnification. I have not met with this form, which is somewhat like var. ovalis but more elliptic, not so sub- globose. The chloroplasts also are diffei'ent, E. virklis var. Cho- ^^^"S small, radiating laminae, instead of the dati mihi; after usual parietal discs. The large, central body Chodat. indicates that it is a form of EremospJuera. EXPLANATION OF PLATES VII. -IX. Plate vii. Figs. 1-4. — Oocystis NiigeVii A.Br., three form.s of the type; (1-3), x 1000; (4), X 1330. Figs. 5. 6. ,, ,, mother-cells; (5), X r)00; (6), X 665. Fig.7. ,, ., var. obesa, n.var.,{ x 1330). Fig. 8. ,, ,, var. c?t»Va, n.var., ( X 1.3.30). Figs.9, 10.— 0. Xovct Semi ice Wille; (9), mother-cell, ( x 665); (10), one of the autospores,( x 1330). Figs. 11, 12. „ „ f. majw Wille; (11), mother-cell,(x500); (12), an autospore,( x 1330). Figs. 13-17. ,, ,, var. australica, n.var., (13-15), from Parra- matta; (13, 14), x 665; (15), x 1000; (16, 17), from Lismore, ( x 1330). Figs. 18, 19. — 0. vrassayar. Osten/e/dii, nom.nov., (18), mother-cell,( x 665); (19), one of the autospores,( x 1000). Fig.20. — O. laniMri^ Chodat, with two generations of aiitospores, ( x 1000). Fig.21. ,, var. natans (Lemm.) mihi,( x 1000). Figs. 22, 23. ,, var. paludensis, n.var. ; (22), mother-cell, ( x 330); (23), one of the autospores,( x 1330). Fig. 24. ,, the same, with diiferent chloroplasts, ( x 1000). Figs.25, 26.— O. parva W. & G. S. West,( x 1000). BY G. 1. PLAYFAIR. 147 Figs.27, 28.— 0. uoduhsa var. audrafli<, n.var.; (27), x 1830; (28), x 900. Fig.29.— 0. soHfaria Wittrock,( x 1330). Fig.30.— 0. gtihmarina Lagerh.,( x 1330). Fig.31.— 0. romfa, n.sp.; (»), nucleus,( x 1000). Figs.32, 33.— O. mhtiphf erica, n.sp.; (u), nucleus; (32), x 665; (33), x 1000. Plate viii. Figs.l, 2.—0cystis apkulala W. West,( x 1330). Fig.3. ,, ,, var. o6esa, n.var., ( X 1330). Figs. 4-6. ,, ,, var. si'mp/tCTor, n.var., ( X 1330). Fig. 7. ,, mtJ)hexago7ia, n.sii.,(x \-iW). Figs.8-10. ,, Ghodatl, noni.nov. ; (8, 9), free, vegetative cells, (8) X 1330, (9) x665; (10), mother-cell, ( x 1000). Fig. 11. — Eremosphoera viridis with autospores of 0. Chodati( x .500). Figs. 12, 13. — 0. amtraliemis, n.sp.; (12) mother-cell, ( x 800); (13), free, vegetative cell,( x 1000). Fig. 14. — O. pandurij'ovmh W. West,( x 500). Figs. 15, 16. — 0. ovalis Turner; (15), with digitate chloroplasts, ( x 665); (16) with discoid chloroplasts, ( x 500). Fig.s. 17-19. — 0. ocali'< var. mhtruncata, n.var.; (17) mother-cell ( x 665); (18, 19) free, vegetative cells,( x 665). Figs. 20-22. — 0. oralis wax. cylindracea, n.var.; (20) as mother-cell to two autospores of E. viridis,( x 570); (21, 22) x 665; (o) red oil-globules. Fig. 23. — 0. apicidata var. splendida, n.var.; ( x 900). Plate ix. Figs.l, 2. — Eremovphiera riridis De Eary; mother-cells with small-sized autospores (diam. 60/x); (1) much inflated ( x 135), (2) very little in- flated, the membrane closely swathed round the four autospores ( X 335); 8-celled specimens in the same condition were also noted. Figs. 3-6. — E. riridis var. acuminata, n.var.; (3,5) free, vegetative cells ( X 360), (4) mother-cell ( x 135), (6) one of the autospores ( x 400). Figs.7-8. — E. riridis vnv. oralis, n.var.; (7) x 335, (8) showing longitudinal and horizontal sulcte (indicated by dotted lines) in the inner mem- brane ( X 500). Figs. 9, 10.— £J. riridis var. doliformis, n.var.; (9) x 270, (10) with apical papilla ( X 380). Figs. II, 12.— ii". riridi'< var. nodosa, n.var.; (12) showing inner membrane pitted with shallow scrobicuhi; interiorly, ( x 665). Fig. 13. — Oocystis Nordstedtiana; n.sp., ( x 665). 148 THE CHEMICAL INVESTIGATION OF SOME POISON- OUS PLANTS IN THE N.O. SOLANACE^. Part ii. Xicotiana suaveolens, and the Identification OF its Alkaloid. By James M. Petrie, D.Sc, F.I.C, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Biochemistry. (From the Physiological Laboratory of the University of Sydney.) Nicotiana suaveolens Lelim., the " native tobacco " of Austra- lia, and tlie only endemic species, is plentiful in the interior of this State. It grows about three feet high, and is often a troublesome weed in the stock country. It is a drought-resistant plant, and spreads over large tracts of land in the dry seasons. Hence it is that, when grass and other fodder plants are withered or overrun by this weed, it is often the only green plant left available to starving animals. It is then readily eaten by stock, and, according to the reports of the owners and Inspectors, the results are variable. Though in many cases no apparent harm has followed, there is still a consensus of opinion among stock- men, that many of their losses must be attributed to this plant. The only record of tests having been made on this species, is a paper by Dr. Bancroft (Proc. Roy. Soc. Queens., iv., 1887, p. 9), in which he states that the physiological effect of the extracts on animals resembled that of extracts of true tobacco and of pituri. The following is the account of a chemical investigation of this plant, which was undertaken to decide definitely the nature of its active principle, and also to determine whether this con- stituent is present in quantity sufficient to cause death. Extraction of active principle:— For this purpose, plants were collected in the midsummers of 1911, 1912, and 1913, chiefly from the dry North-West. Through Chief Inspector Symons, of the Stock Department, a sample was received from Narrabri. This, on its arrival, contained 37 par cent, of moisture, and con- sisted of leaves, stalks, and roots. The whole sample was ex- tracted with alcohol, and the solvent afterwards removed by BY J. M. PETRIE. 149 distillation under diminished pressure. The extract gave all the general alkaloid reactions, and smelt strongly of tobacco. The alkaloid was completely removed from this extract by petroleum spirit (b.p. under 45°C) after making alkaline with sodium hydroxide. From this coloured solution, the alkaloid was care- fully purified without loss, by shaking it into water and petro- leum spirit successively, many times, and finally obtained as a colourless, aqueous solution. This solution was slightly alkaline and possessed the odour of nicotine. It was then titrated with tenth-normal acid and alkali, and gave an equivalent of 2 c.c. of acid neutralised by the alkaloid. If this quantity be calculated as nicotine, it represents 0-0324 gm., and is 0'124 per cent, of the plant (dried at 100°). A second sample, from the Castlereagh River, in the Coonam- ble district, was obtained from Mr. Breakwell, of the Department of Agriculture. This sample had been spread out to dry in the air to avoid mould in transit, and when received it contained only 9 per cent, of moisture. The whole of the material, con- sisting of leaves and stalks, in this case was subjected to dis tillation in a current of steam, the powdered plant being first mixed with 0*5 per cent, sodium hydroxide in solution, and a large excess of milk of lime. The whole of the alkaloid passed into the distillate; and the residue in the still being free from alkaloid, showed that no non-volatile alkaloid existed in the plant. The voluminous distillate contained much ammonia, which is derived from the cleavage of amido compounds, and this free ammonia was eliminated by passing a current of air through the solution for many hours. The alkaloid was next converted into oxalate, and the fiuid concentrated at a low temperature to about 300 c.c. From this solution ether removed the alkaloid, and the ether extract was cai'efully purified and dried. The ether was then slowly removed, and the residue dried to constant weight; 0'07 gm. was obtained, which represented O'Oll per cent, of the plant-material dried at 100°C. Another quantity was collected for me, near Picton, about 50 miles from Sydnes', by Mr. E. Cheel, of tlie National Herbarium. This consisted of fresh, green leaves and stalks, with 72 per cent. 150 SOME POISONOUS PLANTS IN N.O. SOLANACEiE, 11., of moisture. The whole was distilled as before, in a current of steam, until the alkaloid was completely volatilised. The alka- loid was isolated and purified as in the last case, neutralised with excess of tenth-normal oxalic acid, and the excess deter- mined by titration, using cochineal indicator. The result in this case gave 0*01 78 gm. of alkaloid, or 0015 per cent, of the plant (dried at 100°). If we regard the above sample containing 7'2 per cent, of water as a fair average specimen of fresh material, we can express these results also in terms of the green plant, and thereby form a better idea of the amount of alkaloid in the original plant as eaten by stock. The results may then be stated : — Amount of Alkaloid expressed as Nicotine. (1) (2) (3) 0-035% of fresh plant. 0-003% of fresh plant. 0-004% of fresh plant. 0-124% of plant dried at 100°C. 0-011% of plant dried at KKfC. 0-015% of plant dried at lOO'C. Examination of the Alkaloid, — The aqueous solution is alkaline to litmus, and possesses a burning taste, and the characteristic tobacco odour. The pale yellow substance, when exposed to the air, oxidises, and turns dark brown; it then possesses the nause- ating odour of nicotine. Of the salts of nicotine, the most characteristic, and the one best adapted for the identification of the alkaloid, is the picrate. Accordingly, the picrate was prepared from the aqueous solution by the addition of excess of picric acid. The dense yellow pre- cipitate, amorphous at first, gradually assumed, on standing, the characteristic, thin, yellow, needle-shaped crystals. At the same time, pure nicotine picrate was prepared under similar conditions, and the crystals compared. Under the microscope, they were pre- cisely alike. The crystals were washed conipletely with distilled water, and recrystallised three times from water, then finally dried at iOO°C. The melting-points were then determined together: — Picrate of N. sua veolens alkaloid — ni.p. 218°C. (corrected). Picrate of pure nicotine 218 The two mixed together 218 The melting-point of nicotine picrate has been determined by Pinner and Wolffenstein as 218°C.(Ber.24, 1891, 66). BY J. M. PETRI E. 151 The alkaloid of Nicotiana suaveolens is therefore nicotine. For the purpose of comparison, pure nicotine tartrate (B.W.) was decomposed, and the nicotine distilled from it in a current of purified hydrogen gas. It was collected and at once sealed up in the receivers. From this colourless liquid, the nicotine picrate was prepared. Toxicity of the plant : — Nicotine is probably the most violent poison known. Wynter Blyth gives the lethal dose for a human adult as about 6 mgs. In Abderhalden's " Biochemisches Hand- lexikon," it is stated that 5 mgs. sufl&ce to kill a medium-sized dog in three minutes. It is evident from these data, taking even the lowest value of nicotine in the above results, that there is enough contained in one half pound of the green plant, to poison an ordinary sized sheep. lleferences to the plant as a stock poison : - Of the 80 or more species of Nicotiana, only a few are known to contain nicotine. Nicotiana suaveolens being limited to the Australian continent, the recjords of fatalities are all local. But it is referred to, also, by European authorities, such as DragendorfF in "Die Heilpflan- zen,"(1898) as a poisonous plant; by Greshoff in his " Mono- graphia de plantis venenatis " as poisonous for cattle; and by Pammel ("Poisonous Plants," 1911) as poisonous to stock. It is described by F. M. Bailey, as a stock poison in Queensland, and by Professor Ewart as a feebly poisonous plant in Victoria. Mr. J. H. Maiden states that it is very deadly to all stock, and refers to many instances of poisoning of cattle, sheep, pigs, and rabbits. In his "Plants reputed poisonous to Stock," Mr. Maiden describes a sudden fatality, in 1891, of 300 healthy cattle, travelling on the great stock route through Milparinka. Summary. — The results of this paper prove that A'icotiana suaveolens contains the extremely poisonous alkaloid nicotine, and that the nicotine is present in sufficient quantity to poison stock. I express my thanks to Professor Sir Thomas Anderson Stuart, in whose laboi'atory the work was done. 152 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MORPHOLOGY IN ITS RELATION TO TAXONOMIC BOTANY. By a. a. Hamilton. In the ordinary routine-work of the Sydney National Her- barium, parcels of specimens are received from horticultural, agri- cultural, arboricultural, pastoral, and dairying districts accom- panied by requests for information from the consignors. Farmers, Stock-Inspectors, Shire Clerks (administering the "Noxious Weeds Act"), Foresters, Secretaries of Agricultural Bureaux, School-Teachers, and other correspondents who do not profess any knowledge of systematic botany. As a consequence, the speci- mens forwarded, in many cases, are examples in leaf only; and the difficulty in determining such specimens, arising from the absence of the definite characters exhibited by the flowers and fruits, especially in the case of economic plants or those suspected of poisoning stock, to which considerable responsibility attaches, attracted the attention of the writer to the extensive range of leaf-variation found within the limits of a species, and a corres- ponding similarity in the leaves of distantly related plants. While engaged collecting a series of specimens to illustrate the ecology and xerophily of the strand-flora of Lady Robinson's Beach, a change in the leaves of Senecio Unttus Forst., from flaccid, thin, and entire, at a distance from the beach, to crass, firm, succulent, and pinnatisect as the beach was approached (13; 1913, p. 396), together with examples of Clematis ylycinoides DC, exhibiting a gradual reduction of the normal trifoliate leaf, to a simple one, occurring on an individual plant, {loc, cit.) accentuated the impression already created. Attention was directed to the subject in the field, and collections made, demon- strating, for the greater part, the variation of leaves within a species, and exhiV)ited from time to time at the Meetings of this Society. A series of examples, chiefly Australian, most of them familiar to local workers and readily available, together with BV A. A. HAMILTON. 153 references from the works of Australian botanists, illustrating the leaf-characters affected, is now submitted, and, in certain cases, evidence is offered as to the conditions operating in the production of leaf-variation. For exotic examples and more detailed causation, see Schimper(23) and Warming(25) The factors affecting leaf-morphology, examples of which are given, may be briefly summarised. Edaphic. — 'J'he preference shown by certain plant-associations of our indigenous flora for a particular soil-formation has been demonstrated by local botanists and geologists (though further data on this interesting subject are desirable), and this influence is largely contributory to leaf -variation: the growth on a rich basaltic soil, compared with that inhabiting a poor sandstone formation, needs no comment, so obvious is the effect on the size and shape of the leaves in plants capable of adaption to both situations. Climatic. — The degree of heat or cold encountered largely regulates the size, pilosity, texture, and glaucousness of leaves. The occurrence of similar forms of leaf in some species of alpine and desert plants, due to the climatic conditions obtaining in such regions, is noted in all ecological text-books; and plants approaching these inhospitable regions from stations in which the conditions are more temperate, exhibit variation, which, in some instances, may be traced by well marked gradations. Exposure v. Shelter. — The adaptable, dry ridge, or elevated plateau habitue, alters its foliar characters in cojiformity with the conditions obtaining in the valley, or sheltered slope, when changing its habitat. The close association of plants (growing in exposed situations) for mutual protection and shelter, modifies the size of the leaf. Elevation. — The measure of elevation is seen to affect leaves in size, pilosity, and texture. Examples of hairiness in alpine plants growing under xerophytic conditions, and glabrous forms growing as hygrophytes are givendS; p 34). Phenological. — Irregularity of rainfall is the principal agent in phenological leaf -change; a sudden, copious rain after a prolonged period of drought, accelerates the production of foliage which 12 154 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MOKPHOLOGY, cannot be maintained, when the supply of water is exhausted, the leafage, as a consequence, becoming attenuated. Hetero- phylly, and dimorphism, may (in part) be attributed to this cause. llydrophyUy. — The degree of permanence of the watei'-supply (river, creek, lagoon, waterhole, &c. ) necessitates elasticity in the leaf-characters of the individuals, or associations of plants fre- quenting these stations. Instability of foothold. - One of the devices adapted as a pro- tection against uprooting, by plants growing in the shallow pockets of soil in alpine situations, and exposed to fierce storm- blasts, is the resetted form of basal leaf (16; p. 3 3). This char- acter is simulated by several swamp-dwellers, notably members of the Orders Goodeniacese and Droseracese, as a supporting agency in maintaining an upright position, and to counteract the laxity of the soil-conditions obtaining in a bog. An instance of a plant {Goodenia dimor-pha Maiden &. Betche) which had been prostrated by a storm, growing an extra, basal rosette on a branch which touched the ground, and rooting it to secure an anchorage, was given (13; 1914, p. 470). The muddy, insecure environment of the saline estuary has imposed on its plant-guests the task of making provision for repelling tidal invasion; and similarity of leaf-characters has been brought about, througli the use of the same protective devices, by Zoysia pungens Willd., and Sporo- bolus virgirdcus Humb. . anemonifoUa A. Cunn., the leaflets in the latter showing a gradual change as the plants attain a more luxuriant station(13; 1914, p. 648). The hetero- 158 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MOHPHOLOGY, phyllous leaves of B. ledifolia Gay, a species well known to local botanists for its leaf-variation, are described(4; Vol. i., p. 314) as simple, trifoliate, or rarely 5-, or even 7-foliate. Specimens from French's Forest (Coil. E. A. Holden; 8ept., 1906), exhibited before this Society by Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., on behalf of Mr. T. Steel, F.L.S., with reference to a case of assumed hybrid- ism, B. Jloribunday. Z>. serrulata Sm., (These Proceedings, 1906, p. 566) showed an interchange of leaf-characters between these two species, which was accentuated by further variation, in another example from Deewhy,(T. D. Mutch; August, 1915) exhibited for Mr. Maiden(13; 1915, p. 41 9). A series of specimens of Erlostemon hispidulus Sieb., from Springwood, illustrating leaf- variation in size, shape, margin, and length of petiole, was exhibited(13; 1915, p. 415) taken from bushes growing under apparently similar, environmental condi- tions; and an additional series is here noted, from plants of E. salicifoliusHm., also growing under similar conditions, on a sandy flat at Woy Woy(A. A. Hamilton; June, 1915), ranging from broad lanceolate, 2x | inch, to narrow linear, 2x |^ inch, and from i to 3 inches long. Specimens of Phebaliiim squaraidosum Vent., in the National Herbarium, show a considerable range of variation in the dimensions of the leaves of this widely dis- tributed species, in several instances obviously due to environ- ment; the scurfy scales vary in colour from red to black, the margins are from barely recurved to almost revolute, and the apices are from acuminate to broadly obtuse, truncate, or emarginate. MELIACE.E. Mr. Bentham's description of Flindersia maculosa F.v.M.,(Fl. Aust. i., p.389) is elastic. SAPINDACEiE. The botanical description given by Mr. Maiden of Atalaya hemiglauca F v.M.,(19; ii., p. 122, PI. 60) shows that the leaves of this species may be simple or pinnate, from 2-8 inches long, the petiole terete or winged, or the leaflets decurrent on the petiole, forming a large 2- or 3-lobed leaf, such a leaf being depicted as a BY A. A. HAMILTON. 159 detail, in the carefully executed plate by Miss M. Flockton, illustrating this species. A series of leaves of Dodonoia tri- quetra Wendl., showing a considerable range of variation within this species, was exhibited before this Society(13; 1915, p. 628). LEGUMINOSiE. In this Order, the genus Acacia has presented many problems in leaf-variation to the systematist, the exceptionally wide range of habitat of many species of the genus necessitating consider- able alterations in the structure of the foliage, to meet the re- quirements of the varied environmental conditions encountered within the sphere of their acr.ivities. An example of this elasticity is found in the alteration of the texture of its phyllodes, by A. suaveole7is Willd., during its passage from the lower to the liigher elevations on the Blue Mountains(12; 1915, p. 389) In a footnote to his description of A rustelli/era, Bentham, (*; ii , p. 368) who has reduced A. subbinervia Meissn., to a synonym of his species, writes— "The second nerve of the phyllodia, from whence Meissner derived his name, very seldom occurs, and was therefore in some measure exceptional in the specimen described by him." Discussing the .4. (fec?<.n*e?is Willd., group of "Wattles," Mr. J. H. Maiden(19; iii., p 40) draws attention to the following points : — The pinnules of all vary more or less in each variety in length, breadth, and insertion A decurrence of leaf-stalks is common to all The indumentum is variable The number of glands varies in each variety in the same tree. Further remarks by the author accentuate the wide range of variation within this group. Under /I immila Maiden tt Baker, (20; p. 87) is the following note by Messrs. Maiden &, Betche : — "Since publication of this species, many additional localities have been discovered and the additional material necessi- tates some modification of the description. The phyllodia are described as G lines long and 1 line broad; it should read instead, phyllodia from i to nearly H inches long, 1 line broad in the short-leaved forms, considerably narrower in the long-leaved specimens." Mr. R. H. Cambage, F.L.S.,15) illustrates some of the difficulties in discriminating between several members of this 160 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MORPHOLOGY, genus on foliar characters, with special leference to venation and texture. In (S; 1900, p. 595) he applies the test of brittle- iiess to the phyllodes as a differentiating character between two closely allied species, incidentally mentioning that this test is of no value in dried specimens. In a later paper,(5; 1900, Mr. Cambage returns to this subject, and notes (p.7l9) that the species A. homalophylla A. Cunn., "Yarran," whose foliage was, by its clean break, separated from A. Cambayei R. T. Baker, " Gidgea," shares this character with A. pendula A. Cunn., "Myall," similarity in phyllodic texture between them being also noted. In his description of A. drfformis, the author, Mr. R. T. Baker, F.L.S., (3; 1897, p. 154) con- siders it necessary to explain, at some length, the differences in foliar characters between his species and A. penniiiervis Sieb., to avoid confusion between them, referring also to the variability in foliage found in the latter species and its vars. Examples of the pinnate-leaved A. discolor Willd. (13- 1915, p. 209) collected from a series of plants growing in company on the slope of a hill at Cook's River, emphasised the irregularity of the number of pinnae, relied upon by Bentham (4; ii., p. 318) to differentiate two groups, the range of the size of tlie leaflets as given in the description of this species {I.e., p. 4 14) also display- ing insufficient elasticity. A. implexa Benth., (13; 1915, p.415) furnished evidence, by means of a series of phyllodes taken from a small colony of some half-dozen plants, evidently with a com- mon parentage, growing on a sandstone-hill at Glenbrook, of morphological, foliar divergence within this species, more pro- nounced than that differentiating it from A. Maideni F.v.M. the texture, and venation of the foliage of these two species showing similarity. Dimorphic foliage, the result, in some instances, of seasonal growth, is not infrequent in this genus. Examples showing the lower phyllodes larger than the upper ones, others again with the larger phyllodes uppermost, and a specimen with two, opposing branches on a single stem wliose phyllodes showed a considerable divergence, wei'e noted (13; 1914, p. 6 48). Variation was also noted in the phyllodia of A. elon'gata Sieb., (13; 1914, p. 397) and those of A. suaveoleiis Willd., of which BY A. A. HAMILTON. 161 measurements were given (13; 1914, p.471); examples of this species were also exhibited to illustrate leaf-twisting (13; 1 915, p.418) The phyllodia of the A.falcata VVilld., A. pe'iminervis Sieb., and A. pycnantha Benth., group are not easily separated on the characters of shape, size, texture, and venation, each of these species liaviug a fairly wide range of these characters within itself. Specimens of A. binervata DC, in the National Herbarium, collected at Stanwell Park, by Mr. J. H. Maiden, have the following field-note by the collector — "Twigs from a young tree, phyllodes very wide, and tripleveined." Mr. Maiden's leaves are from 3 to above 4 inches long, and from 1 i to 2 inches broad. A further series of this species collected in the same locality by the writer (August, 1915), from an old tree, are narrow and normally two-veined, ranging in size from 2 x ^ to 6 X f inch, and in shape from straight to falcate, with a long, acuminate apex. The description of Acacia-seedlings given by Mr. R. H. Cambage(7; p. 97) discloses variation in shape, size, number of leaflets, degree of pilosity, colour, venation, length and dilation of petiole, and distance of internodes, in the seed- ling-plants. In a concluding note, Mr. Cambage says (p.ll8) — " In all the above descriptions the measurements quoted of the various parts of the seedlings are either the average lengths or the extremes so far met with, but in some cases the variation is so considerable that it seems likely further investigation may show that the greatest extremes of length have not yet been recorded." The spiny leaves of Daviesia acicularis Sm., 1). idicina 8m., and D genist'ifolia A.Cunn., are progressively merged, and those of D. latifolvi R.Br., and D. corymbosa Sm., are, in many in- stances, inseparable. Of the latter, Mr. Maiden (15; p.8), notes the commingling of glaucous and non-glaucous forms; and a series of leaves of this species illustrating variation was noted by the writer (13; 1914, p.254). Local botanical collectors have, pro- bably witiiout exception, noticed the variability in the foliage of Dillmyniaerlcifolia Sm., and the similarity in the leaves of other species within the genus. Mr. R. H. Cambage (5; 1900, p.GOO) records some very marked features in the foliage of Cassia eremo- 162 THE INSTABILITY OP LEAF-MORPHOLOGY, phila A. Cunn., showing gradations from flat to cylindrical, under varying climatic conditions. The influence of xerophytic or hygrophytic conditions on leaf- variation was illustrated by a series of examples, e.xhibited before this 8ociety(13; 1915, p.418), of Bossicea heterophylla Vent., (a species whose foliar instability is intimated by its specific name) in which the transition from a degree of aphylly, in the elevated, dry- ridge xerophyte, and harsh, diminutive foliage of its fellow of the dry claypan, to the broad, soft leaves of plants of this species living under hygro- phytic conditions, was demonstrated; in these latter examples, to which under normal conditions a regular supply of water is assured, the flattened stems, and the persistence of the narrow, linear leaves in company with the broader ones (heterophylly), disclose a provision for a return, when necessary, to xerophytic conditions, as it was noted that the broad leaves exhibit extreme sensitiveness to drought-conditions, and respond by becoming deciduous. A series of specimens of Platylohium formosum 8ra., exhibited before this Society (13; 1915, p. 4 15) showed alterations in the size of leaf brought about by xerophytic versus hvf'ro- phytic conditions. It is noted tliat several genera of Western Australian Leguminosai are exceptionally liable to marginal leaf- variation. « Saxifrages. The alternation of seasons favourable or deterrent to plant- growth, has caused considerable leaf-variation in Ceratopetalum gihitimiferum Sm. In some examples from Cowan (Cull. A. A. Hamilton; May, 1915), the larger leaves are found on the tips of the branches; in others, the smaller leaves are so placed, and there is a third stage showing a branch on which the leaves are all small, and closely packed. Droseuaces. The leaves of Drosera peltnta Sm., and D. anriculata Backh., are identical, and those of some of the rosetted forms are barely separable. BY A. A. HAMILTON. 163 HALORAGE.E. Variation in the emerjced and submer2;ed leaves occurs in the genus Myriophylhim. In both Haloragis ceratuphi/Jla Endl., and //. heterophylla Brongn , leaf-division occurs, varying from almost entire, to coarsely-toothed, and pinnatifid; and both are irregular in the alternation of their leaves. MTRTACEiE. In the N.O. Myrtaceie, the genus Eucalyptus provides many instances of leaf- variation. The attention concentrated on the genus by leading .\ustralian botanists, who have specialised in this syl vatic group, has resulted in a searching investigation of their structure, from the cotyledon to the mature tree, and has incidentally disclosed many examples of the difficulty of dis- criminating between some of its members on leaf-characterisa- tion. Bentham(4; iii , p.l86) says:— "The old division of the genus according to the opposite or alternate leaves is now found to be quite fallacious," and, loc. cit., " The extraordinary differ- ences in the foliage of many species at different periods of their growth add much to the oi'dinary difficulties arising from the gradual transition of varieties, races or species, one into the other." Again, (p. 187) " It appeared quite useless in any manner to describe these sapling leaves in the several species where they have been observed, for they present at once the greatest similarity in the corresponding leaves of different species, and the greatest dissimilarity in the different leaves of the same species or specimens." J^aron von Mueller(22) notes several instances, in his specific descriptions, of members of this genus exemplifying the instability of leaf-morpholog}' as a termino- logical factor. In his preface to (18), the author, considering V^ariation in the Genus(p.6), offers some generalisations on the modification of leaf-characters, and, in the already published portion of this comprehensive work, has cited numerous in- stances of similarity of leaves in opposing, and variation within the compass of species, accompanied l)y plates showing difliering forms of leaves. Modification of leaf-characters in £J. coricea A. Cunn., referable to elevation (16; p. 35) are noted by the author, 164 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MORPHOLOGY, who writes, "The case of E. coriacea is a notable instance of the decreasing size, increased succulence, and glaucousness of the leaves, as the higher elevations ai'e reached." Mr. Maiden also writes at some length on the question of the specific rank of E. pulverulenta Sims, on the validity of which species some doubt had been expressed by previous writers, chiefly in respect of the variabiHty of leaf -characters (These Proceedings, 1901, p. 547). In (20a), Mr. J. H. Maiden, referring to " A species in the making," — akin to K. vielaiiophloia F.v.M.,(p.233), says: — "We have been of course aware for many years how variable is the foliage of E. melauophloia, lanceolate-leaved forms being well known. Particulars may be found in (18; Part 12, p.71) Owing to changes of environment, it is very often the case that we have breaks, and in the present case we may have a break from E melauophloia in the direction of narrower, more petio- late leaves, with other minor differences." In (20b), Mr. Maiden, under E. Risdoni Hook. f.,(p.28) says : — " Perusal of p. 175, and of Plate 32 of my work (18) vvill show that I had already con- firmed Bentham's observation by noting 'lanceolate leaves are common on the tops of branches of E. /^isdoid,' and Mr. Deane and T compared them with a similar phenomenon in E. pidvern- lenta (cinerea).' In a paper (20d, MS.), (extracts from which I have, by the courtesy of the author, been permitted to quote) Mr. Maiden, under Homoplasy, writes : — " In Eucalyptus, so often do organs (particularly leaves) simulate each other, that it is usually necessary to demand specimens exhibiting a full suite of organs, in order that species may be determined"'; and he gives the following quotation from Daydon Jackson's "Life of Ben- tham" (p.217), "On 27th April, 1870, Mr. Wilson Saunders airaiii contributed to the Linnean Society, a set of mimetic plants, as the President phrased it, "a very interesting exhibi- tion of pairs of plants with almost identical foliage from very different natural orders .... very much alike when in leaf only, so as in many cases to be quite indistinguishable, eighteen pairs of them" (p. 220;. A further reference is given (loe. cit.) to " Nature," iv., p. 11. In a Chapter on Provisional Species, the author, when considering Mature Leaves (Eucalyptus) says : — BY A. A. HAMILTON. 165 "There is infinite variation here." In a reference to "Hybrid- ism in the Genus," the author (loc. cit.) refers to a personal ex- perience in a Eucalyptus-plantation in Algeria, where interme- diate forms of planted species, displaying pronounced, morpho- logical characters, were obtained from spontaneous seedling trees. Variation of leaf-characters within, and resemblance without a species, is recorded by Messrs. Baker and Smith (2). E. dextro- pinea R. T. Baker, is noted(p.38) to have leaves almost identical with those of E. Uevoplnea (of this work), and resembling also those of E. ohiiqua L'Her.; and(p.41) E. Icevopinea " sucker-leaves alternate or rarely opposite mature leaves varying in size and shape, petiole varying from ^ inch to 1 inch long." Mr. R. H. Cambage has devoted a considerable portion of his Presi- dential Address (6) to an exhaustive summary of the morpho- logical characters of the leaves of Eucalypts, showing extensive variation brought about by the necessity for modifications of structure, position, and other characters, to enable them to meet the varying requirements occasioned by the conditions of soil, climate, and other ecological and xerophytic factors, affecting the functional organisms of the members of this difficult genus, in their varied habitats. This writer has also drawn attention to similarity in the texture of the leaves of E. stricta and E. viridis (5 ; 1900, p 602), and {I.e. p. 203) great similarity in the leaves of E. dumosa and E. oleosa Further references bearing on this subject will be found in a series of botanical papers by Mr. Cam- bage (5). The question of hybridism in Eucalypts has been exhaust- ively treated in (18) and other publications by Mr. Maiden, and other specialists in the genus; and the evidence adduced contains examples of similarity in the leaves of apparently distinct species brought about (presumably) by this agency. The similarity in foliage resultant from xerophytic conditions in the small-leaved group of the Myrtacete, is well exemplified in the allied genera, Micromyrtus and Bmckea, the diminutive, triquetrous, more or less decussate leaves of M. microphylla Benth., being, with difficulty, separated from those of B. brevi/olia DC. Succulence, due to a halophilous environment, has enlarged the leaves ef Bceckea crenulata R.Br., when growing on the coast or saline estuary, to 166 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MORPHOLOGY, such an extent that the leaves of plants of this species, growing in a habitat unaffected l^y salinity, show as much variation relatively to the succulent form, as that obtaining between the leaves of two distinct species of this genus, e.g., B. Gunniana Schau., and B diosmifolia Rudge. The growth which oppeared on some bushes of the latter at Valley Heights, after a fire bad run tbrougii theui, presented a marked difference from that obtaining in the foliage of the un- scathed plants. B. deasifolia 8m., exhibits a foliar difference in examples growing in a sheltered position at Valley Heights, and those growing at Newnes Junction (3500 feet) exposed to the bleak " Westerlies" (13: 1914, p.254). The leaves of the xero- phytic, coastal swamp-form of Darwinia taxifolia A. Cunn., are inferior in luxuriance to those of the same species growing on the poor but well drained sandstone-hills at Cowan. An example of leaf-variation within a species, is given in Anyo- phora melanoxylon R. T. Baker. In his description of this species, the author writes: — "The rare shape of some of the leaves (the lanceolate form) connect it with A. inter-media, whilst the rounded, auricular base of the predominant shaped leaf gives it some aftinity to A. subvehitina" (These Proceedings, 1900, p. 85). A series of leaves of A. cordifolia Cav., showing varia- tion within this species was noted (13: 1915, p. 487). Specimens showing leaf- variation in the suckers of a form of A. intermedia DC, taken from a series of young trees (over which a fire had passed), growing on the Wianamatta Shale, near Clyde Rail- way-Station, are here noted. Example 1 : two, lower whorls of sucker-leaves ternate, the remainder gradually passing into the adult stage, and all opposite. Example 2 : two, upper whorls of adult leaves ternate, with a pair of opposite, adult leaves imme- diately below, merging into the sucker-leaves, which are all, from these downwards, alternate. Example 3 : juvenile and adult leaves, all opposite. Example 4 : lower whorl of sucker-leaves, ternate, those above opposite. Example 5 : three, lower whorls ternate, and one pair above, opposite (all juvenile). Example 6 : all sucker-leaves ternate. An exceptional range in size, shape (basal and apical), length of petiole, etc., is shown in both the BY A. A. HAMILTON. 167 juvenile and adult foliage. On example 1, a pair of leaves are seen coherent by their margins; the fusion exists along the greater part of their length, and they are, together, little broader than an individual normal leaf; the well-developed midrib of each leaf, and the deeply notched apex, disclose the unity. In the hvgrophytic group of this family, the leaf-characters show similarity as a result of the conditions of shade, shelter, moisture, and rich soil, found in the Brush Forest. The pendu- lous leaf, with its long, acuminate, dripping point, a device to throw off superfluous water, which, by remaining too long on the leaf, would interfere with transpiration (23; pi 7) is found in the «' Brush-Myrtles " of the allied genera, Myrtus and Eugenia, and the more distantly related Syncarpia leptopetala F.v.M. The similarity in the case of the "Myrtles'' is enhanced by the glossy coating of the leaves, another factor engaged in expediting the exit of surplus moisture {loo. cit.). The inconstancy of the op- posite versus alternate arrangement of the leaves in the genus Melaleuca, used by lientham in his key to the species (4; iii., pp. 125, 126), as a differentiating sectional character, is a not infrequent source of difficulty to the systematist; and leaf-twist- ing, in certain members of the genus, is not an invariably reli- able character. FiCOIDEiE. Similarity in the effect produced by the xerophytie conditions obtaining on the beach, is exemplified in the case of the heavy, triangular, succulent leaves of Mesernbryanthemum cequilaterale Haw., and those of the introduced M. edule L., a resemblance doubtless responsible for the deferred detection of the latter species, until quite recently ( 13; 1913, p.396). Both plants are of the carpet-forming type, their heavy, succulent leaves emi- nently fitting them for existence on the shifting sand-dune. TJmbellifer.e. Examples of some forms of Siebera Billardieri Benth., from Leura (A. A. Hamilton; January, 1915) with leaves from rotundate and \ inch to ^ inch long, to nari'ow lanceolate and 168 THE INSTABILITY OF LKAF-MOKPHOLOGY, 2^ inches long, witli intermediate examples showing an extensive range of variation in form and size, are now exhibited. Speci- mens of Xan^Aosia /^i^os-a Rudge, (Cook's River; A. A. Hamilton; April, 1915) show variation in the leaves from ^ inch to 1| inches in length, and from 2 lines to | inch in width; thev are almost sessile, or on petioles up to | inch long, and have a tomencum ranging from pale grey to dull brown. Two specimens of the well known Actiiiotu.s Helkmthi Labill., are exhibited, to illustrate the effects, on the foliage, of bad drainage. COMPOSITiE. The leaves of Brachycome diversifolia Fisch., ife Mey., and those of B. stricta DC, both range from simple to pinnatifid, many examples of these species being inseparable on the foliar characters. The radical and cauline leaves of most of the Brachy- comes, and many other herbaceous composites, are differently shaped. The minute, clustered leaves of Olearia Jiorihunda Benth., and 0. lepidophyUa Benth., sliow similarity; while their ubiquitous congener, 0. ramulosa Benth., has numerous forms. Of the latter, Bentham (4; iii., p. 477) says, "There are two principal forms, which are often distinguished as species, but only differ in the shape of the leaves." Specimens of 0. myrsin- oides F.V.M., were exhibited before this Society (13; 1914, p. 159) showing leaf- variation due to environment, in dimensions, tex- ture, and length of petiole; and it is now noted that the toraen- tum varies within this species, from dull red to silvery-white. Leaf-variation resultant from seasonal growth, was illustrated in a series of specimens of Cassinia aculeata R.Br., (13; 1915, p. 209); and three forms of C. longifolia R.Br., from Blue Mountain localities, showing leaf-variation, were exhibited (13; 1915, p. 722). A change in the xerophytic, protective character from hairiness to viscidity, adopted by an old bush of Helichry- sara semipapposum DC, was noted (13; 1915, p. 289), young plants in its vicinity, evidently its progeny, retaining the pilose character. Mr. J. H. Maiden (15; p. 18) notes three forms of Heli- chrysum rosmarhiifolium Less., var. thyi'soideiim, at different elevations on Mt. Kosciusko, the leaves vai'ying in size, thick- BY A. A. HAMILTON. 169 ness, and density of wool; and presents (16; p.34), under Piloism, instances in Compositse, and other families, of an increased vestiture assumed by plants on the higher elevations, growing under xerophytic conditions. Plants of Helipterum incanum DC.., growing in the Hartley Valley, near the banks of the Lett, show alterations in the leaves from short and broad, to narrow- linear, yellow, white, and variegated flowers being found among this series. Examples of this species in the National Herbarium, from Mt. Kosciusko (Coll. J. H. Maiden), have basal, obovate- spathulate leaves, i inch long; and there are examples from various localities with elongated, thread-like leaves reaching 4 • inches in length. The adaptability of the weedy Helichrysum apiculatum DC, has given rise to a large series of forms, only equalled, perhaps, by the ubiquitous " Cudweed," Gnaphalium iaponicum Thunb. GoODENIACEiE. Specimens of Scaet^ola suai^eolens R.Br., and S. microcarpa Cav., were noted (13; 1914, p.397), exemplifying an insuflicient range of herbarium-material, or field-experience, necessary for a reliable description, one of the characters depended upon to separate these two species (size of leaf) being shown to be inac- curately applied. A difference in size and texture is here noted, characterising the leaves of old and young plants of Goodenia ovata Sm., from Stan well Park (A. A. Hamilton; August, 1915). G. heterophyUa Sm., and G. hederacea Sm., can, with difficulty, be separated on the leaf-characters. EPACRIDEiE. The sheathing-leaves of Sprengelia ponceletia F.v.M., are similar to those of the short-leaved forms of S. incarnata Sm., the latter showing a considerable range in length of leaf. The genus Leucopogon has several species which cannot be separated on leaf-characters. Acrotriche divaricata R.Br., and .4. aggregata R.Br., are inconstant in the leaf-characters separating them, viz., hirsuteness, and shade of colour on the underside of the leaves (4; iv., p.226). Of Epacris crassifolia R.Br., it is noted 13 170 THE INSTABILITY OP LEAF-MORPHOLOGY, {i; iv., p. 237) that specimens from Port Jackson (near the sea) have large leaves, and others (summit of the Blue Mountains) have smaller leaves. The latter statement must be qualified by due regard for environmental conditions, as examples from the higher elevations on the Blue Mountains, growing under different conditions, also have large leaves, which approach in size and shape those of E. obtusifolia Sm.(13, 1915, p. 721). Similar environmental conditions were noted (13; 1914, p. 544) in the case of E. reclinata A. Cunn., and a transition in the foliase from flaccid and pilose to rigid and glabrous, was observed. MYRSINACEiE. Irregular, marginal toothing occurs in Myrsine variabilis R.Br.; the presence of teeth on the young growth, and their absence on the leaves of adult branches, have frequently been noted. ' OLEACEiE. The leaves of J^otelcea ovata R.Br., and those of N. hngifolia Vent., approach each other, and are finally merged; leaves of the latter, exhibiting extensive variation, were noted(l3; 1914,p.326). In a footnote to N. longifolia, Bentham (i; iv., p.299) says, "The northern and southern specimens belong almost entirely to the glabrous form, the pubescent one is chiefly about Port Jackson, and in the Blue Mountains, to New England, some of C. Stuart's specimens from the latter station being densely and softly pubescent all over." Venation, the leaf-character chiefly relied upon by Bentham (4; iv., p. 300) to separate N. microcarpa R.Br., N. lignstrina Vent., and iV. linearis Benth., is variable in each of these species, occasionally on the same specimen; and all three are beset with more or less conspicuous dots, a character ascribed by Bentham to N. punctata R.Br., onl};- {l..c.). CONVOLVULACEiE. Specimens of Ipomiea Pes-Caprce Roth., (Stanwell Park; Aug., 1915; A. A. Hamilton) showing variation in the length of the petiole of the leaves, in an individual plant, ranging from 1 inch to 4 inches, is here noted. BY A. A. HAMILTON. 171 SOLANE^. Under the genus Solatium, Bentham (4; iv., p. 443) says : — " The distinction and determination of the numerous species of this genus is attended with peculiar difficulties, the chief characters being derived from the very variable ones, of foliage, armature, and indumentum " Examples of the small, red-fruited, S. stelligerum Sm., are not infrequently found with some leaves armed with spines, and others without any, on the same plant. S. vescum F.v.M., and S. aviculare Forst., are inseparable on leaf-characters, both having simple, and variously divided leaves, occasionally on the same branch, each species exhibiting within itself a degree of foliar variability, equal to that existing between the two species. BiGNONIACEiE. Specimens of Tecorna austndis R.Br., were noted (13; 1914, p. 39 7) showing variation in the size, and number of leaflets, and marginal division. MyOPORINEjE. Spencer le M. Moore (21; p. 258) writes : — "Pholidia gibhifulia F.V.M., is a very singular plant The chief peculiarity resides in the leaves, which are much reduced, appressed to the stem, and curiously tuberculated. Had the specimens described by me in this memoir as P. homophistica, not been in flower when they were gathered, I should have concluded without hesitation that they must be referred to Mueller's species, for in habit, as in leaf, the two seem absolute counterparts." IjABIATEiE. Bentham, in his key to the genus Prostanthera, {i; v., p. 92) says of P. denticulata R.Br., "Leaves from \ inch and ovate to 1 inch and linear, entire, sometimes echinate. Plant pubescent or nearly glabrous." P. incisa R.Br., and P. Sieberi Benth., approach each other in leaf-characters, the latter merging into P. violacea R.Br. PROTKACEiE. This largely xerophilous Order is probably (among phanero- gams) the worst offender against regularity in its leaf-system. 172 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAP-MORPHOLOGY, Of heterophylly within a species, and homoplasy in opposing species, and the gradual metamorphosis of the leaves of one species into those of another, this well named Order provides numerous examples. Members present at the Meeting of this Society in July, 1910, will recollect the remarkable series of examples illustrating interchangeable leaf-characters between three Gre- villeas, viz., G. Gaudichaudii R.Br., G acanthifolia A. Cunn., and G lauri/olia Sieb., exhibited by Mr. J. J. Fletcher, which he presented as evidence of reciprocal hybridism within these species (These Proceedings, 1910, p.433). The leaves of Grevillea linearh R.Br., and those of G. sericea R.Br., overlap, and, in .some of the narrower forms, are not easily separated; the foliar characters dividing G. sphacelata R.Br., and G. phylicoides R.Br., are not strong. In all four of these Grevilleas, the tomentum — one of the characters relied on by Bentham (4; v., p. 464) to separate the two latter -is subject to considerable interchange- able variation, both in colour (silvery to ferrugineous), and tiocculence, as opposed to appression. A series of examples of G. oleoides Sieb., are here noted, showing variation from narrow- linear, with revolute margins, to broad lanceolate, the margins but slightly recurved, and ranging from 3 x /g to 3 x f inch (Heathcote; October, 1915; A. A. Hamilton). Spencer Moore (21; p.259) says, "some Proteacea;, Grevilleas and Ilakeas especially, can scarcely be distinguished from Acacias when not in Hower or fruit.'' The terete-leaved Hakeas, which exhibit, within the limits of a species (13; 1915, p. 289, //. puyioni- formis Cav.), as great a variation as is found in opposing species, are gradually altered via the dimorphic-leaved H. microcarpa R.Br., into the flat-leaved section of which the variable H. dactyloides {iZ; 1914, p. 88) is a representative. The leaf-varia- tion in H. daclyloides has been noted by Mr. J. H. Maiden (19; v., p.l47, PI. 179), and several forms of leaf are depicted in the admirable plate by Miss M. Flockton, illustrating this species. A xerophytic condition inducing similarity in the leaves of certain members of a species, and causing variation between them and their congeners of the same species, which are not subjected to similar treatment, is exemplified in Isopogon atie- BY A. A. HAMILTON. 173 moni/olius R.Br., (13; 1915, p. 118), and Hakea puyioni/'ormis Cav., (I.e., p. 289) the latter species being also used to illustrate ecological, varietal effects (/.c). The leaves of Petrophila pulchella R.Br., P. pednncidata R.Br. and P. sessUis 8ieb., are difficult to separate, and similarity exists between the leaves of all three, and Isupocjon, anethij'olius R.Br. (13; 1915, p. 4 19). The genus Persoonia provides a foliar range from the acicular leaves of P. piuifolia R.Br., to those of the exceptionally large, broad, flat leaves of P. salicino, Pers. The latter species offers a wide range of leaf- variation (13; 1914, p. 648, as opposed to the similarity existing in the foliage of P. 'media R.Br., and P. curiiifolia A. Cunn, the length and venation of the leaves, (char- acters used to separate the two latter, 4; v., pp. 391-392) showing inconstancy. The Banksias exhibit a transformation in leaves from B. ericifolia L., to B. spinulosa Sm., and B. maryinata Ca,v . , leaving the systematist occasionally in doubt as to which species he should refer contiguous examples, the marginal toothing, and size of the leaves showing many irregularities. A series of leaves of B. marginata is figured on the plate illustrating that species (10; ii., p-12) showing a number of form.s, with a con- siderable range of variation. Similarity, on the other hand, between the leaves of B. serrata L., and those of ^. ceynula R.Br., is very pronounced. Examples of Conospermum taxifolium Sm., and C. ericifolium Sm.,(13; 1914, p. 325) demonstrated the difficulty of separating these two species on leaf-characters. The two species of Syni- jjhyonema (endemic in New South Wales) are separated chiefly on the foliage, which is largely influenced by environment, the swamp-form of S. montmium R.Br., on the Blue Mountains, fre- quently pi'oducing leaves the counterpart of those of the swamp- dwelling, coastal Ki. paludos^im R.Br. Attention is drawn to the similarity between the leaves of certain .species of the Order ProteaceiB, and others of the Sapindacese (9; 1900, p. 586) by Mr. H. Deane; and the writer has shown examples of variation within a species in Lomatia silaifolia R.Br., (13; 1914, p.l59). 174 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MORPHOLOGY, L. ImigifoUa R. Br.,(?.c.;l 915, p.487), Telojyea speciosissima R.Br., (I.e.; 1908, p. 286, and l.c ,1914, p. 325), and Xyloynehtm pyriforme Sm.,(^.f., 1915, p. 289) [the latter also illustrating the well known diversity in marginal toothing, between the juvenile and mature foliage], from time to time, at the Meetings of this Society. As is the case with the Urder Leguminosse, many genera of Western Australian Proteaceae are exceptionally liable to variation in marginal leaf-division, and dimorphism. THYMELEiE. Many specimens of Pimelea are uncertain in the alternation of the leaves, and the venation is also variable. P. liiiifulia Sra., an exceptionally adaptable species, and consequently wideh' dis- tributed, has altered its foliar characters to meet the exigencies of its varied environment. One of its forms is inseparable from P. glauca R.Br., on leaf-characters. CASUARINEiE. Examples of Gasuaritia ylauca 8ieb., were exhibited ( 13; 1915, p. 288) to illustrate the dislocation of the symmetry of the whorls of teetll (leaves), caused by larval attack CONIFERiE. Leaf-twisting, due to mechanical injury, was demonstrated in specimens of Podocarpu^ spiiitdosd R.Br, exhibited before this Society (13; 1915, p. 418). This character (leaf -twisting) is occa- sionally used to separate closely allied species, e.g., Conospermum taxifolium Sm., v. C. ericij'olmm Sm., and Xyris comi^Ianata R.Br., v. X. yracUis R.Br. In both cases cited, the character is interchangeable. ORCHIDEiE. The cylindrical leaves of Dendrobium teretifolium R.Br., (ex- amples of which from Tuggerah Lakes, April, 1914; Coll. A. A. Hamilton, are exhibited) range from H to 18 inches long, and are so similar to those of D. striolahim Reichb., that the smaller plants of each species appear identical when not in flower. Similarity in the leafage is found in the members of the opposing Orders, Iridete, and Amaryllidese, in respect of sca- bridity, texture, and marginal toothing, the two former char- BY A. A. HAMILTON. 175 acters varying considerably with the degree of moisture avail- able. The succulent, cylindrical leaves of many Liliaceous plants are almost identical, and are equally like the leaves of some terrestrial orchids. Triglochin procera R.Br., when grow- ing in mid-stream, and subject to a strong current, has flat leaves, which are permanently bent, and lie on the surface of the water, while the leaves of plants growing near the bank, or in the still watei-s of a lagoon, are upright and almost terete. In the Orders Juncacese, Restiacese, and Cyperacese, the leaves of many species are so similar, that they afford very little assistance to the taxo- nomist. The rigid, convolute, pungent-pointed leaves of Zoysia fungensWiWd., are very similar to those of Sporoholus virginiciis Kunth, when these plants are growing associated in a saline estuary, both having adopted the same xerophytic, protective agency against the natural forces operating against them, in their exposed habitat. Schedonorus littoralis Beauv., has rigid, pungent-pointed leaves, simulating those of a J uncus. Conclusion. A consideration of the varied influences brought to bear on the modification of the morphology of leaves, as demonstrated by the foregoing examples (which might be indefinitely multi- plied), discloses, it is submitted, suilicient evidence to warrant the assertion that the foliar characters in herbarium-specimens should be cautiously advanced in the determination of a species. It has been shown that a specimen taken from an individual shrub may differ as much in its leaf-character from other ex- amples taken from the same plant, or from a neighbouring shrub of the same species, as it would from one taken from a distinct species. The examples cited in this paper (p. 157) referring to the inaccurate description of the position of the simple and trifoliate leaves in Zieria involucrata, and the relative size of the leaves, in Scosvola suaveolens and ^S'. microcarpa,{pAQ9) are instances which show the necessity for extensive field-work, and the ex- amination of a large quantity of botanical material in respect of leaf-characters, before describing a species, or proposing a new variety, the elasticity of the plant frequently showing disregard 176 THE INSTABILITY OP LEAF-MORPHOLOGY for the rigidity of the description. In following a botanical de- scription with herbarium-material, frequently limited in quantity, and from few, and often obscure localities, the variations in foliage brought about by local conditions must, in the absence of such information, be lai'gely speculative. Nor does the pos- session of a type-specimen entirely remove the difficulty, unless the environmental conditions under whieh the type existed are available. The most valuable assistant to the taxonomic botanist is personal observation of his flora in situ, but as this is fre- quently impracticable, the carefully compiled field-notes of com- petent observers, with a knowledge of the factors liable to affect the morphology of leaves, are extremely helpful. In this direc- tion, the value of the numerous references embodied in the writings of local botanists (who are, without exception, field- botanists) to the influences at work on the alteration, in our native vegetation, of the characters relied upon by the systemat- ist, cannot be overstated. The following expressions of opinion may be quoted. Bentham (4; iii., p. 186), in his remarks on the genus Eucalyptus, says : " but to the botanist who is unable to compare them in a living state, the due limitation and classifica- tion of their species presents almost insupei'able obstacles." In his Presidential Address to this Society (8; 1915, p. 649), Mr. Henry Deane refers to the determination of plants from leaves, and quotes a Presidential Address to the Linnean Societ)^ in 1870, by Bentham, who points out the unreliability of determina- tions made on leaves only, and mentions that De Candolle had been in error as to Natural Orders of species of which he pos- sessed leaves alone. Later (9; 1900, p. 581) Mr. Deane stigma- tises as ridiculous the case of a botanist who would attempt a classification and description of a hitherto unexplored flora on a collection of leaves, and notes (p. 588), that Ettingshausen points out in his paper the impossibility of carrying out any system of classification on leaf-characters, offering examples of similarity in widely separated, and heterogeny in more closely allied plants. Mr. Deane in his paper(9), also tabulated a number of species, and supplied figures of leaves, instituting comparisons as to their similarity in opposing, and variation in allied plants, with special .BY A. A. HAMILTON. 177 1-eference to venation. In a paper published in the Botanical Gazette, University of Chicago Press (Vol.59, 1915, p. 484) on "Tiie Origin and Distribution of the Faniilv Mvrtacese," Mr. Edward M. Berry, referring to a paper on tliis subject by Mr. E. C Andrews, published in these Pi-oceedings (1913, p. 529), says (p. 486), "for althougli in accordance with paleo-botanical usage I have identified numerous forms of Eucalyptus in the N. American Upper Cretaceous, I have long thought that these leaves represented ancestial forms of Eugenia or Myrica. but have hesitated suggesting any change based merely on personal opinion, and also from a consideration that such change in nomenclature is undesirable at the present time from the stand- point of stratigraphic paleobotany." Mr. J. H. Maiden(17; pl"7) says : — " Except in the case of very characterrstic material botanists who deal with the existing flora usually ask to be excused from determining a plant on a leaf only." In (20c, p. 326), the author says: — "Other characters of Eucalyptus leaves we require to know more about, are their size, texture, and prominence of venation. They ai-e minor characters, and some species present much variation in this respect": and in (18; Part viii., p. 247) Mr. Maiden says: — " I attach great importance to studying the trees in the field In these researches I maj' be pardoned for saying that I have travelled moi'e or less in every State of the Commonwealth, covering thousands of miles on foot in pursuit of this study alone, in contradistinction to mere herbarium work." Mr. E. C. Andrews(l), discussing "The Age of Dicotyledons," gives (p. 360) examples of the difficulty of determining the correct botanical classification of existing plants on leaf -characters, showing differences of opinion among our greatest .systematists, as to the family in which certain trifoliate- leaved plants should be placed. Sir J. I). Hooker (14; p. 13), says:— "The result of my observations is that differences of habit, colour, hairiness, and outline of leaves .... are generally fallacious as specific marks, being attributable to external causes and easily obliterated under cultivation." Specimens of the examples cited in this paper will be incor- porated in the National Herbarium. 14 178 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MORPHOLOGY, Since the foregoing was written, my attention has been drawn by Mr. Maiden to a reference on this subject in "A Text-Book of Botany," by Professors Coulter, Barnes, and Cowles, members of the Botanical Staff of the University of Chicago (1910-1911). In Vol. ii. of this work, which treats of Ecology, a chapter is devoted to " Variation in Leaf-Forms," (p. 589) in which the authors note the value of the determination of the causes under- lying leaf-forms, in relation to specific distinctions, and {Joe cit.) offer an hypothesis founded on species with an ancestral plas- ticity and fixed descendants, or possibly (pp. 590-591) that some forms have always been rigid and others always plastic. "Form Variation in Amphibious Plants" is discussed (p. 593), and ex- amples given, showing the wide range of variation obtaining in the structure" of the aerial and water-leaves of this aquatic group. Juvenile and adult leaves are considered (pp. 596-597) in relation to ancestry, and the phenomenon of rejuvenescence, the latter being regarded as an indication of a sudden shock which causes the plant to return to a youthful stage. [An example of rejuven- escence in Acacia florihxmda Willd., attributable to mechanical injury, is given by the writer(13; 1914, p. 159), and a further ex- ample in A.melanoxylon R.Br., in which the cause of the change is not apparent (13; 1914, p.254)j. BIBLIOGRAPHY. I.Andrews, E. C. — "Development and Distribution of the Natural Order Legiiminosfe. Journ. Proe. Roy. See. N. S. Wales, xlviii., p. 333, 1914. 2. Baker, R. T., & Smith, H. G. — Research on the Genus Eucalyptus, 1902. 3. Baker, R. T. — Description of Acacia diformis. These Proceedings, 1897, p. 154. 4. Bentham, G. — Flora Australiensis, 1886. 5. Cambaoe, R. H. — Series of Papers on the Geographical Distribution of the Plants of N. S. Wales. These Proceedings, 1900-1913. P). " Development and Distribution of the Genus Eu- calyptus." Presidential Address, Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1913. 7. "Acacia Seedlings." Part i. Journ. Proe. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xlix., p.81, 1915. BY A. A. HAMILTON. 179 S. Deaxe, H. — Presidential Address, Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales. Tliese Proceedings, 1895, p.649. 9. "Observations on the Tertiary Flora of Australia with special reference to Ettingshausen's Theory of the Tertiary Cos- mopolitan rh)ra." Part ii. These Proceedings, 19U0, p.581. 1(». EwART, A. J. — Plants indigenous to Victoria. Vol. ii., p. 12, 191(». 11. Fletcher, J. J. — Hybridism in (4revilleas. These Proceedings, 1910, p. 433. 12. Hamilton, A. A. — "Topographical and Ecological Notes on tlie Flora of the Blue Mountains." These Proceedings, 191.), p.3Sfi. 13. Miscellaneous Notes. These Proceedings, 1913-1915 14. Hooker, Sir J. 1). — Introductory Essay to the Flora of New Zealanil. 18.j3, p. 13. 15. jNIaidkx, J. H. — " A Contribution towards a Flora of Mount Kosci- usko."" Agi'icultural Gazette of N. H. Wales, July, 1898. 10. "A Second Contriliution towards a Flora of Mount Kosciusko." Op. at., October, 1899. 17. Australian Vegetation. Federal Handbook on Aus- tralia. British Association for the Advancement of Science, p. 163, 1914. 18. A Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus. 19U3- 1915. 19. Forest Flora of N. S. Wales. 1904-1915. 20. Wattles and Wattle Barks. Third Edition. 1900. 20a. "Notes on Eucalyptus (with descriptions of new species)." No.2. Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xlvii., p.217, 1913. 20b. " Notes on some Tasmanian Eucalypts." Papers and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1914, p.20. 20c. "Is Eucalyptus variable?"' Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxxvi., p. 315, 1902. 20d. The " Species Concept," with special reference to Eucalyptus, (MS.) read at the Sydney Meeting of the Brit. Assn. for the Advancement of Science. 1914. 21. Moore, Spencer le M. — " Flora of the Interior of Western Australia.'" Journ. Linn. Soc, Botany, xxxiv., p. 171, 1898-1900. 22. Mueller, Baron F. von. — Eucalyptographia. 1884-1897. 23. Schimper, A. F. W.— Plant Geography upon a Physiological Basis. 1903. 24. Stirlin(!, J.—" Notes on the Rutacere of the Australian Alps."" These Proceedings, 1886, p. 1052. 25. Warming, Euu.—Oecology of Plants. 19(19. 180 ON BRACHYCHITON POPULNEO-ACERIFOLIUS F.v.M. (The Crimson-flowered Kurra.tong). By J. H. Maiden, F.R.S., F.L.8. Allow me to invite your attention to a paper by the late Baron von Mueller, " Notes on Hybridism in the genus Brachy- chiton," in these Proceedings, ix., 379, 1884. I was present at the presentation of the paper, which was read by the late Dr. J. C. Cox, who had drawn Mueller's attention to the Mulgoa tree described. It was, and is growing at " Fern Hill," his birthplace; and I remember asking him what was the history of the tree, but he did not know it for certain, although Mueller says it "arose" in his brother's garden ("Fern Hill"). When I took charge of the Botanic Gardens, my attention was drawn to a smaller but similar tree then in the Garden Palace Grounds, but the history of that tree was also uncertain. Some years since, I visited the Mulgoa tree, and have a complete suite of specimens. By means of the newspapers, I got into touch with owners of similar or closely allied trees in various parts of the State. Although Mueller did not publish a strictly formal descrip- tion, he admitted, and I think rightly, as a matter of con- venience, the species Bvachychiton populneo-acerifoluis F.v.M., formally into the New South Wales flora (Second Census, 1889). The type (Mulgoa) tree was, in 1908, about 40 feet high, and 3 feet in diameter at a foot from the ground. Its spread of brandies is fully 40 feet. The leaves are strictly simple; no ap- pearance of lobes could be detected. The only Bvachychiton in the vicinity is B. aceri/olius; there is some B. populneus in the district, though not at Fern Hill. The rhachises in B. populneo-acerifolius are greenish-yellow to creamy- white; and wholly scarlet, except in an occasional streak or strip, in B. aceri/oliiis. BY J. H. MAlDESf. IHI The panicles are simple in />'. popidneo-acerifoUus, mach branched in B. acerifolius. The riower-buds of />'. poptdneo-acerifolius are, when unex- panded, long-pointed, tiowers 4-6 lobed, the lobes recurved. Jn /). acerifolius, the shape of the buds is more turbinate and, when unexpanded, nearly Hat-topped, giving the bud the aspect of a peai*, but, in rare cases, the bud is somewhat pointed. The flowers appear to be much more numerous than in 7>. Sicerfolius. "The colour of the calyces holds the middle between that of the respective organ of the parent-plants; it is pale yellowish outside, much as in B. populnemn, but inside crimson and not sprinkled as in B. acerifolium " (Original descrip- tion). This requires some correction. The flower of B. popul- neo-aceri/olius is usually self rose-pink and not pale yellowish, although some flowers may be a little pale yellowish outside; but inside, sprinkled rose-pink, giving the general impression of greyish-rose, except at the base of the throat where it is greenish- vellow. The outside is Salmon Old Rose No. 143, shade 1, and inside Madder Carmine, No.241, shade 4, of Rep. de Couleurs, to speak with precision. The flower of B. acerifolius is not "sprinkled"; it is quite a self scarlet. It is No.85 (shades 1 and 2) or scarlet, of Rep. de Couleurs. (2). The tree which many knew as the Garden Palace one, is strictly typical B. popiilneo-acerij'oliiis; it was removed in con- sequence of the widening of Macquarie Street to Bed No. 9, Middle Garden, in 1912, where it is now about 18 ft. high, 2 ft. in girth 3 ft. from the ground, and it flowers every year, usually in November-December, but sometimes January. Its origin is unknown. (3). There are some typical trees of B. populneo-aceri/olius in o-ardens at Parramatta. of considerable age. I first receiveu specimens from JVlr. Fred. Williams. (4). Mr. J. A. T. Kochfort, Inspector of Stock, Jerilderie, .sent me some specimens from a tree growing at the Public School, which are quite typical of B. popiiliieo-acerifolius. Mr. llochfort sent pods, which are rather larger than those of JJ. populneus, and smaller than the pods of B. acerifolius. 182 ON BRACHYCHITON POPULNEO-ACEKIFOLIUS, All the following trees are also of the crirason-flowered strain, and are usually described as Howering freely in November or December. It is only known from New South Wales at present. (5). At Wentworth, in a public street, there is a tree, perhaps 25 feet high, and there is no other like it in the town. I have received specimens at different times from the Mayor, Mr. R. J. P. Long, the Head Teacher (whose name I have lost), His Honor Judge Bevan, Sergeant J. Mc. A. Clark, and Miss Louise Buck- ridge, of the Public School. They vary from typical B. populneo- acerifolius to with slightly lobed leaves. Some years ago it was believed that this tree came from the Botanic Gardens at Melbourne, but INTr. (Juilfoyle, to whom I spoke on the subject, had no recollection of the matter. Judge Bevan says there is a similar tree in the Public Garden, North Adelaide. (6). Mr. Joseph Stevens, Manly, sends a specimen with leaves of the B. acerifoliiis type. (7). Mr. Edward Bowman, Skellatar, Muswellbrook, sent specimens which grew in the mountains about 12 miles due east of Muswellbrook, between Ravensworth and Muswellbrook Some replanted by him about 1903 at Skellatar. Known as " Mountain Kurrajong.'" Scrub since totally destroyed. These plants (only two survived) are natural hybrids. Grew amongst Cedar, Nettle-trees, »fec. Very close to B. acerifolius as far as leaves are concerned. (8). Mr. Thomas H. H. Goodwin, "Ruvigne," Gunnedah, sends twigs from a tree growing in Gunnedah, but slightly lobed, but obviously showing affinity to B. acerifolms in the leaves Fruits freely. Mr. James Muffett, Ulamambri, Coonabarabran, sends twigs with leaves pointed and lobed; crimson flowers; ordinary light Howers (pojndnens ) were growing on the same tree Of all these trees, those of Mr. Edward Bowman are the only ones of which we are certain we know the origin, and that the origin, at least in those cases, is spScar]et- or Crimson-flowering indiscriminately, using the terms scarlet and crimson as if they were interchangeable, just as they are said to be both "red." As one to whom flowers of various kinds are often sent I find that, as often as not, when a man writes "scarlet," he means " crim- son," and vice versa. In the case of trees like Eucalypts and Kurrajongs, which include both scarlet and crimson flowers, the confusion may be inconvenient. Colo^ir of Jloivers (fiJaments). The colour of the filaments of E.Jicifolia F.v.M., is not given in Mueller's original description, but is stated to be "crimson" in " Eucalyptographia," in the first half of the formal descrip- tion, but in the second half it is described as " beautifully cinnabar-red, occasionally varying to a lighter colouration, but never very pale." Further down, in contrasting E .Jicifolia with E. calophylla, he says, "the filaments {oi E. Jici/olia) are of a splendid crimson." This may be carelessness, but it probably arises from a not very clear knowledge of English terms for the colours concerned. I have received from Dr. G. P. U. Prior, Mental Hospital, Rydalmere, near Sydney, flowers which are true E. ficifolia. They are bright scarlet in colour or, in the language of Plate No. 79 of Rep. de Couleurs, bright fiery-red or russet-orange. 186 ON A EUCALTPT HYBRID, The filaments do not contrast with the whitish anthers for the pollen-masses are scarlet too. The calvx-tubes are suffused with scarlet, and so the whole inflorescence is of a uniform tone of colour. Dr. Prior's No. 2 is a shrub at present: it is the E. fici/olia alba of nurserymen: it has white filaments, with a suspicion of colour at the base, arising from the coloured rim. Calyx-tube green. A little colour on the operculum. In E. cahphylla R.Br., the filaments are white or creamy, and I saw the trees in flower over large areas in their native habitats. Mr. W. V. Ftzgerald states that the filaments are " rarely pink " ; this indicates a tendency. The muddle that Mueller got into as regards the filaments of E.^ficifolia is continued by the nurserymen. Largi numbers of plants are sold; indeed, the demand exceeds the supply. I need scarcely observe that precision is desirable, and sometimes neces- sary, in speaking of the colours of flowers; the following is a useful work of reference. " Repertoire de Couleurs (quoted as Rep. de Couleurs) public par la Societe Francaise des Chrysan- themistes," ifcc. (Rennes and Paris, 1905). Two portfolios of plates and a handbook. i In Vilniorin's (Paris) Catologue of Plants, the colour of the flowers of E ficifolia is given as "rouge carmin," which is not a colour admitted, as such, into Rep. de Couleurs. The firm is evidently following the late M. Naudin, a great French authority on the genus, wiio, Mem. Eucal., i., 555, says - "i/. ficifolia qui les a d'un rouge carmin tres brillant, au moins dans une de ses varietes." In examining the catalogues of good Australian firms, I find the following given under E. ficifolia. 1. " Red-flowering Gum," 20 feet. This colour may mean any. thing. 2. Scarlet, 15 feet; "Scarlet-flowering Gum" 15 feet. Scarlet is cori'ect. 3. Crimson, 20 feet; Crimson-flowered Gum, 20 feet; " Bright Crimson "" 15-20 feet. This may or may not be a confusion with BY J. H. MAIDEN. 187 .scarlet, as begun by Mueller: I shall have something to say al)Out a Crimson-riowering Gum presently. Then one firm has :— 6. "Scarlet flowering Gum, 15 feet, literally a blaze of beauti- ful ricli crimson shade." In examining the catologues of Australian nurserymen, I cannot find one which describes the colour of E calophylla cor- rectly. It should be white. One firm calls it "rich pink." Several firms, however, have E calophylla rosea in their lists, either without comment, or " Bright pink, 30 feet," or "Similar to E.Jici/olia but rosy pink flowers." I think this view of the case is correct; the rose- or crimson- flowering forms, which are large-growing (getting size from their calophylla parent, and their colour more or less from their Jici- J'olia parent). The habit of these trees reminds me more strongly of E. calophylla than of E. Jici/olia, and, as to colour, we have them of all shades of the faintest blush-pink (almost white) to deep crimson. The flowers of E . Jici/olia aiiid E. calophylla ai'e honey-smelling, the perfume heavy and oppressive in a room. They flower mostly in December and January, and the climatic conditions in Sydney, during the last season, have induced an exceptionally fine display of bloom. I have received from Dr. Prior, flowers, fruits, and seeds of what I call No.l. The flowers are Tyrian Hose in colour; see Plate No. 155 of Rep. de Couleurs. There is a short, white attachment to the anther, which is creamy-white in colour, with a line of Tyrian rose running round the back, and this colour is sometimes blurred. When old, the anther-cells inside take a pinkish shade. The pollen is creamy-white. In Proc. Roy. Soc. Qsld., x., 17 (1893), the late F. M. Bailey described " what is probably an accidental sport " in the Mel- bourne Botanic Gardens, with flowers of a "deep rose" as E. /cifolia var. Gnilfoylei "It proved to be only a form of E.ficifolia differing from the normal plant in its smaller foliage, more compact inflorescence, different colour of flowers, witli prominent umbo to the operculum and slight difference of seed- 188 ON A EUCALYPT HYBRID, wing. I have received specimens of this form both from the late Mr. Guilfoyle and from Mr. J. Cronin. The yellow anthers contrast well with the filaments. The'calvx-tubes are urceolate and apple-green, and both on account of the contrast of filaments with anthers and calyx-tubes, the effect in the mass is most charming. The Rydalmere tree is 40 feet high, and flourishing. In every respect that I can see, it is identical with E.jicifolia var Gidlfoylei and E. calophylla var. rosea Hort., and T am inclined to think that the more reasonable view is to look upon it as a form of E. calophylhi. The habit and size of the hybrid incline to those of E. calophylhi^ while the pink or purple tinge (in con- tradistinction to the scarlet of E . fici. folia), naturally occurs in E. calophylla. Size and habit. E. calophylla is a huge tree, with gnarled trunk and scrambling, umbrageous branches, the counterpart of the Apple {Angophora intermedia), of Eastern Australia. The size is given as up to 150 feet, with a stem-diameter of 10 feet (" Eucalyptographia ") and I am certain this is not exaggerated. E. ficifolia, on the other hand, is a small tree; I think it rarely exceeds thirty feet in height, and it is usually erect, and not scrambling'. The hybrid may be fairly stated as intermediate in size. Seeds. Those of E. calophylla are large, ovate, black, flat, and with a raised angle on one face, the edges acute but scarcely winced, the hilum large on the inner face. Those of E.jicifolia are of a pale colour, testa expanded at one end, or round one side into a broad, variously-shaped vving(B.ri., iii., 256). The hilum is towards the end of the seed, and furthest from the wins^. The seeds of the E. calophylla x E. ficifolia hybrid are flatter than those of E. ficifolia, and also paler in colour. As compared with those of E. ticifolia, thev are a little darker and less winded, but the hilum is more remote from the wing In other words, BY .1. H. MAIDEN. 189 they are intermediate between the two species. Most of the seeds are, however, sterile, and these are pale reddish-brown in colour, shining, and mostly boomerang-shaped. Tiie sterile seeds of E calophylla are similar in shape, perhaps a little darker in colour. It seems to me that, in this rose-crimson series, we have in- controvertible evidence of hybridisation, the two most obvious factors being colour and size; and T, therefore, add E. calophylla and E. fici/olia to the very long list of pairs of species of which the evidence that they hybridise appears to be sufficiently clear. I have touched on the general question of hybridisation in the genus in Report Aust Assoc. Adv. Science, 1904, p.'297, in the Proceedings of this Society, xxx., p. 492 (1905), and on many other occasions. 190 ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. May 31st, 1916. Mi\ A. G. Hamilton, President, in the Chair. Miss Vera Irwin Smith, B.8c., Woolwich, Pavraniatta River, was elected an Ordinary Member of the Society. The President aTinounced that, in consequence of the limita tions of paper-supply, and the increased cost of what is available, due to war-conditions, it had become necessary to consider the question of economising space in the matter of printing. Follow- ing the example of British Journals, &c., therefore, the Council appeals to Members wiio propose to offer Papers to the Society, to condense them, and to limit them as far as possible to the description of new results. [Vidp "Nature," March 23rd, 1916, p.85; British Medical Journal, Api'il 1st, 1916, p.496;and recent Nos. of the Abstract of Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London]. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (26th April, 1916), amounting to 9 Vols., 57 Parts or Nos., 11 Bulletins, 1 Report, and 14 Pamphlets, re- ceived from 40 Societies, etc., and three private donors, were laid upon the table. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. Fred Turner exhibited specimens of, and offered observa- tions on: — (X) Polygonum orientaJp JAww., var. pUosum Meissn., Syn. P. pilosnm Pvoxb., collected by Mr. K. M. Niall, Buckiin- guy Station, Nyngan district, on the Macquarie Marshes, Mac- quarie River, N.S.W., which is another westeni locality for this interesting species. — (2) Leptospermnin scoparinm Forst., a form with bright pink flowers, collected at Midtlle Harbour b}' Miss A. Gowland, who described the shrub as being " like a peach tree in full bloom, and a most attractive sight." — (3) Phytolacca octandra NOTES AND KXHIBITS. 191 Linn. An abnormal growth, characteristic of the plant from which it was gathered, which was growing amongst a number of normally developed ones at Chatswood. Mr. Froggatt showed entomological specimens, including (1) Examples of Chalcis, n.sp., a new parasite upon the maggots of the Sheep Blowflies. A description and figures of this handsome little Chalcid are being prepared for publication. — (2) Larvae of one of the large click-beetles, Petrolobu.s f'ortnumi Hope, (Fam. Elatcrido'). These ai^e very curious, obese, white grubs, with a small head and thoi^ax, a large, rounded abdomen, with the terminal segment ending in a trident-shaped appendage, the whole larva covered with reddish hairs. They ai'e very active, live in dead wood, and form a stiff', papery-like cell when ready to pupate. Specimens received from Mr. Geo. Turner, school- teacher, Bourke. — (3) A new species of Mealy Bug, Pahfococcus, sp., {Coccid(c) received from Miss M. Dymock, Hughenden, North Queensland. The members of this genus ai*e closely allied to the Icerya-group, but differ in forming no ovisac, and in giving birth to living larvaj. — (4) A series of galls and female coccids of Apiomorpha Jfpfcheri Fuller, from near Hay, N.S.W., upon the Box-gum, Eucalyptus bicolor, showing the I'emai'kable structure of the upper half of the gall in the bark and the lower half in the wood. Mr. W. S. Dun exhibited a piece of stalactite from the Ettrema Cave showing, in a cavity, portion of a Myriapod calcified. Dr. J. B. Cleland exhibited some webbing of gossamer spiders, kindly forwarded by Mr. W. C. Grasby, of Perth, together with newspaper extracts detailing the extent of the fall of this inter- estinii' material in that State. The material and extracts were submitted to Mr. W. J. Rainbow, of the Australian Museum, who identified the webbing as that of gossamer spiders, and has summarised the data connected with the fall as follows : — The gossamer-silk fell during the month of October, 1915, at the following localities. October 5th : Capel River, Bedfordale, Gingering (near York), Pinjara, Lower Kalgan River, and 192 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Takenup (via Albany), Mt. Barker to Toolbinup (Salt River), Porongorups (King River), and an area between Boyup Brook and Bunbury. October 6th-7th: Carrolup (via Katanning). October 10th: Lowdun, Preston Valley. October 25tli : Dwell- ingup. October 29th: Tenterden, Preston Valley. Other local- ities, for which no specific date was given, were Serpentine and Kirrup. In some areas, it is stated, the ground looked as though covered with a light fall of snow. It is not possible to say what species was responsible for this so-called "phenomenon," as the web contained only fragments of the tiny aeronauts. No official records are known from Australia of such "falls," but such incidents are not unknown in other parts of the world, in support of which thei-e are the writings of Darwin, Blackwall, McCook, and White ("Natural History of Selborne"). Mr. R. H. Cambage exhibited a Cowrie shell {Cyprcpa vitelhis Linne), from Murramarang, about 16 miles south of Ulladulla. This species is common in tropical waters, and occvirs on the New South Wales coast, rare at Port Jackson, which is its pre- vious southernmost recorded limit. Mr. Maiden showed specimens of the hybrid Crimson-flowered Kiu'rajong {Binchychiton populnpo-acerifolhis F.v.M.); and of a hybrid Eucalypt (JE. calophi/lla x F. Jicifolia) to illusti'ate two papers read at last Meeting. Mr. E. Cheel exhibited an interesting series of seeds of "French Bean" {Fhaaeolus vulgaris) showing considerable variation in the colour of the seed-coats, without any artificial aid in the pollina- tion, thus supplementing the notes published in these Proceed- ings, 1914, xxxix., pp.160-161. The results are briefly as follows. "Black Wax" (Yates), a dwarf plant having purplish flowei's, waxy-yellow pods, and black seeds. Seeds of this were sown; all, with the exception of one, produced plants similar to the parent- stock. The one exception was a tall semitrailer, having purplish flowers, green pods, and rather smaller seeds with splashes of dark and light brown markings mingled with a purplish-black back- ground. This has been provisionally named "Mutant." Seeds [Printed off. 12th June, 1916.] P.U.S.Hb.W. 191S. R.J.T.dd. 1. Euporismus albalrox, s-ot sp.n. 2. .-i™/,//»«7m« p,ters,m, n.sp. P.L.s.N.s.w. mis. RJ. Tdfl 3. PerUlystus aureolatus, n.sp. 4. Protopkctror, eremu,; n.sp. T,. Protoplevtron longitudinalc , n.sp. P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916. (i. Dvndioleon dumiyani, n.sp. 7. Dendrolcon lambda, u sp. 8. GIrnolron b,rlh.„idi, iLsp. P.L.S.N S W. 1918. R.J. Tdel 9. Glenolcoii aurora, n.sp. 10. Brachyleon Darwini (Banks). 11. Gymnocnemia marulala, ii.sp. P.L.^.N S.W. 19TS. 12. Xaallioleon helmsi, g.et sp.n. 13. Ulenolcon ficldi. g.et sp.n. 14. Altiifiiriiilt. P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916. ,«a^ R J T.del. 15. Myrmrlcon loireri, n.sp. HV MU'l<>rmicahui„ lij/ulinii.'i. M.sp. 17. I>isl„h„„ ),/arothrocrepis corticalis Fabi'., var. injuscata, n.var,(4); S. suavis Blkb., (4); Celcenephes parallelus Schmidt-Goeb. (6); Philophlceus obtusus Chaud. ,(0); Ph. luculentus Newm.,(6); Ago- noch'la ruficollis SI., (4); A. g uttata{^. ) Cha,nd.,{&); A. madeayi SI. ,(4); A. fenestrata ^\kh.,(i); A. plag lata, n.sp. ii); Silj^ho- morpha oralis Cast. ,(6): ^. discoidalis Cast., (4). No definite conclusions can be drawn from the small number of Carabidae which can be collected in any district during one short visit; at most, a fair idea of the species to be found at one period of the year can be gained. Fifteen species are definitely recorded as having been found below the level of 4,000 feet; and to these may be added three, widely distributed species which are without exact locality, but whicli undoubtedly do inhabit the lower ground; these eighteen species are all known species, which are found in various parts of the coastal districts of New South Wales between Sydney and the Clraence River. Twenty-eight species were collected above the altitude of 4,100 feet; these are of far more interest than those from the lower country, no less than eight of them l)eing undescribed species. One of these, Tri- chosfernns{l) ansfralirxs SI., is a remarkable and interesting species, evidently an ancient type, which is more allied to New Zealand than to existing Australian species. Another is Agono- chila rujicollis SI., hitherto only known to inhabit the forests of South-Western Australia, but which is closely allied to a Tasmanian species, and to A. binotata White, of New Zealand: the other species are members of typical genera of Eastern Aus- tralia. Altogether, the Carabidw of the Barrington Tops show a general affinity to those of eastern New South Wales, with some indications of a connection with the south. BY T. G. SLOANE. l99 EURYLTCHNUS TYLINDRICUS, n.sp. Elongate-oval, subcylindrical ; liead stout, one supraorbital seta on each side; prothorax cordate; elytra o\-al, lightly S-striate. Black. Head convex (3-7 mm. across eyes); \ertex transversely im- pressed; frontal impressions strong, cur\'ed, diverging backwards; eyes round, prominent. Prothorax broader than long (4"6 x 5 mm.), widest before middle, wider at apex (4 mm.) than base (3 mm.); sides rounded; anterior angles wide, rounded; basal angles rounded: lateral border thick, merging with surface of prothorax at basal angles; a short, deep, foveiform, basal im- pression connected with posterior extremity of lateral channel on each side; one, setigerous, marginal puncture on each sifle at about one-half the length of prothoiax; median line not strongly impressed. El3'tra convex ( lO'S X .5 8 nnn.) ; strife shallow, simple, distinct on disc, faint on sides; interstices depressed. Apex of abdomen with one seta on each side in both sexes. Prosternum bordered along anterioi- margin. Anterior tarsi similar in l)i»tli sexes; outer angle of two basal joints })r(jmiuent. Length 17-"_M), breadth 5'4-(i nun. Rah. — Mount Tloyal Range, N.8.W. Common under logs in the Fagus-brushes, from 4,500 to 5,000 feel. A distinct species allied to R. rpciHlarh SI., but narrower (especially prothorax) and more cylindrical; prothorax smallei-, narrower at apex, less ampliate at widest part, anterior angles less distant from head and less marked; elytra far more lightly striate. Meonis semi.striatus, n.sp. Elongate-oval, convex, i^lack. Head ordinary (2-7 nun. across eyes). Prothorax truncate- cordate (4 X 3-S unn.), of nearly equal width at apex (2-75 mm.) and base(2-Smm.): sides lightly rounfled, lightly sinuate to base; base truncate, sloping forward to basal angles, these sharply marked. Elytra oval (8-5 x 5-1 mm.), lightly 3-striate on disc; sides and ai)ical declivity lajvigate; humeral angles marked, sub- dentate. Length L5-5, breadth 5-1 nun. 200 CARABIDi® FROM THE UPPER WILLIAMS RIVER, N.S.W., Hah. — Mount Royal Range, N.S.W. Five specimens were found under logs in the Fagus-brush along the Williams River, at 4,500 feet. A distinct species, diifering from all the species hitherto de- scribed by having only the three inner strife on each elytron present; these stripe ai-e only marked before the apical declivity, which is lajvigate, as is also the lateral part of each elytron out- side the third interstice; in these respects, it agrees with the small species, M. nunw described below. Meonis minor, n.sp. Elongate-oval, convex. Black. Head ordinary (TT mm. across eyes). Prothorax truncate- cordate, about as long as broad (2-4 x 2-5 mm.), of equal width at apex and base (1-8 mm.); sides lightly rounded, strongly sinu- ate to base; base truncate; basal angles sharply marked. Elytra oval (4-7 X 3 mm.), lightly 3-striate on disc; sides and apical de- clivity laivigate; humeral angles marked, subdentate. Length 8 "5-9, breadth 3 mm. Hah. — Mount Royal Range, N.S.W. Three specimens in brushes at the source of the Barrington River, 5,000 feet. Allied to M. semistriafus SI., but the great diiference in size (which is constant in the five specimens of J/, semistriatus, and the three specimens of Jf. minor, which I have seen), constrains me to regard it as a distinct species. In the case of M. an the fifth or sixth interstice on each elytron, is divided posteriorly l)V a toi-ward pi-olongation of the ante-apical black area, and extends along the first interstice to the base. Tlie dark basal part of tlie elytra is infuscate, not nearly as black as the ante- apical patch. The abdomen is slightly more setulose than in »S'. cortu'dlis, but less so than in »S'. sptiilosa SI. As in S. corticalia, the hitei'stices are non-setulose, but have minute punctures along the coui'se of the fifth as in 8. cvrtiralis (these piuictures being- most noticeable towards the apex). Ijength 9-10-3, breatlth 4f) f) lum. //rt6. -Mount Royal Kange, N.S.W. Common under loose bark on the trunks of Kitcali/jjfiis cui-iarfd, at 5,000 feet. I have specimens of tliis variety from >Sydnev, \'ictoria, and Tasmania. Agonochila plai^ata, n.sp. Depressed: elytra wide in propoi'tion to prothorax; head finely shagreened, sparsely punctulate: prothorax transverse, apex lightly emarginate, base strongly bisinuate, posterior angles marked, but obtuse, one or two marginal set;e mi anteinor half; elytra broad, densely and rather coarsely punctate, striae and interstices indis- tinct, third interstice 3-punctate. Legs, antennae, mouth-parts, lateral margins of prothorax, a wide posthumeral plaga on each elytron, and undersurface testaceous (sides of abdomen fuscous); head and disc of prothorax usually brownish; elytra brownish with a variable pattern — usually a wide, testaceous, posthumeral plaga on each elytron and an indefinite apical patch; sometimes the posthumeral plaga? join the apical patch by a narrow, ill- defined extension along the fourth interstice. Head stout (1-3 mm. across eyes), minutely shagreened, and sparse 1}' piuictate under a lens; eyes prominent. Prothorax wide (1-2x2 mm.), widest before middle, a little narrower at apex (1-4 mm.) than base (1 -5 mm.), finely setulose-punctate under a 208 CARABIDiE FROM THE UPPER WILLIAMS RIVER, N.S.W. lens; disc rather convex; margins wide, depressed ; sides I'ounded anterioi"ly, narrowed and subsinuate posterioi'ly; apex lightly emarginate, anterior angles rounded ; base shortly lobed in middle, basal angles obtuse, median line strongly impressed. Elytra broad (4 x 3 mm.), widest about posterior third, a little narrowed to base, rounded on sides; humeral angles widely rounded. Length 7-7-5, lireadth 3-3-5 nun. Hab. — Mount Royal Range, N.kS.W. Common under loose hark on trunks of K. coriacea, at 5,000 feet. This is one of the largest species which has been attributed to the genus Ayonochila. Tts distinguishing characters are its broad elytra, with a wide, posthumeral, testaceous plaga on each elytx'on. The pattern of the elytra varies a good deal : — taking the ground- colour as pitchy-brown, there is usually a wide, testaceous, post- humeral plaga on each elytron, and an apical, duller-coloured pat<"h (more or less common to both elj-tra); sometimes the post- humeral and apical markings are wiflely separated by the brown ground-pattern; sometimes the plagae extend backwards and join the apical mark, so that the brown parts of the elytra become arranged in three, irregular stripes, viz., a sutural stripe and one near each side, these stripes being wide and near together about the apical third of the elytra. Compared with A. corticalis Erichs., A. playiata is larger and differently marked; prothorax with sides more strongly narrowed to base, elyti"a more strongly punctate. It is lemarkable to find, in this species, the prothorax with either one or two, anterior, marginal seta^ on each side; where there are two setse, these are wide apart, the posterior one situated as usual, the anterior one a little less than half-way between it and the anterior angle. Twenty-six specimens have been examined; of these, seventeen had one seta, and nine two sette. Specimens of both sexes occurred with one and two setae. 209 (uj; LIBRARY r)K8CRIPTTON8 OF A NEW GENU8 AND THREE NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONID.E FROM BARRINGTON TOPS, NEW SOI^IH WALES. By H. J. Carter, B.A., F.E.S. A week's visit at Christmas, 1915, to a region new to the collector, and Httle known to the tourist — Barrington Tops — revealed a mountain-district of above 5,000 feet altitude, that combines many of the characters of Kosciusko and Dorrigo. Situated some thirty-seven miles north-west of Dungog, this highland should prove an interesting field to the naturalist. Of volcanic origin, the I'ich soil possesses a magnificent forest, in parts approaching jungle, the higher slopes containing a rich brush, mainly composed of the beautiful Fagus Moure i. While the general collecting was a little meagre, due to the long pre- ceding dry weather, the results were specially rich in Carabidfe, while three new species of TenebrionidtB were taken, including one which requires a new genus for its reception. Sloanea, n.gen. Tenebrioninarum. Wide, depressed, with the facies of Cryptodus. Labrum emarginate and ciliate; mentum cordate, last joint of all palpi securiform; mandibles grooved, forked at apex. Eyes small and transverse. Antennte with the last four joints flattened and suc- cessively wider, the three penultimate joints transverse, last joint subcircular. Prosternum convex, its process arched down- wards at apex, and received into a triangular receptacle of the mesosternum; mesosternum short, body apterous; elytra costate, widely rounded behind, epipleura^ wide and horizontal; precoxse globose, middle coxse rounded. Legs short and stout; tibise much enlarged at apex, fore- and midtibite serrated externally. In the 3", the tibial, especially the foretibise, strongly bent inward Itj 210 AUSTRALIAN TKNPIBRIONIDiE, at apex. Tarsi tomentose, the claw-joint nearly as long as the rest combined, the first- longer than the second, intercoxal pro- cess wide, rounded in front and carinate at margins. A genus not very near any existing Australian genus of the Tenehiionidfe. The head and thorax are somewhat as in Asphn/n.-i Pasc, but with a very different structure of leg, and elytra! sculpture. Sloanka costata, n.sp. Ovate, depressed, glabrous, opaque brownish-black above, nitid beneath; palpi, tarsi, and apical joints of antenna' reddish, the tarsi clothed with red tomentmn. //i^«c^trapeziform, densely and finely punctate, the sides slightly raised behind and arcuate; epistoma convex, straight in front and limited 1)eliind by a straight, obscure depression; antennse with basal joints nitid and bead-like, third joint slightU' longer tlum fourth, the last four opacjue and hairy. Pro- tJiorax 6"5 x 7 nmi., widest in front of middle, trisinuate at apex, the middle with a wide triangular insertion, an- terior angles widely rounded and feebly produced, sides slightly rounded on an- terior half, sinuately narrowed behind, posterior angles acute, a little deflexed and produced, base bisinuate; foliate margins concave within, extreme bor- der narrowly raised, contiruied on apex, widened at the posterior angles, obsolete at base, surface finely and closely punctate on disc, the punctures subobsolete in the middle, coarser on sides and base, the foliate margins and regions near posterior angles coarsely rugose, a fine medial line sometimes traceable. Scutellum forming a strongly transverse, smooth ridge. Elytra wider than prothorax at base and not quite twice as long; shoulders prominent, squarely rounded and formed by the reflexed epipleural fold, sides feebly widened Text-fig. 1. iS'. costata, n.sp. BY H. .1. CARTER. 211 behind, apex widely rounded: each elytron with seven, shiniiii,', very slightly crenulate costye, the first (sutural), third, fifth, and seventh wider than the others, terminating before the ajjex, the second, fourth, and sixth narrow er and terminating considerably in front of these, the first, third, and seventh only extending to base, the sutural costse bifurcating some distance behind the scutellum to meet the third costse, but also narrowly extending in a straight line to the middle of the scutellum; on the wide interval between the seventh costfe and the margin a further, short, ill-defined ridge; all intervals opaque and rugo.se-punctate. Underside glabrous, submentum and prostei'num coarsely, abdomen more finely but densely punctate. Femora stout, finely punctate, tibiie rugose. In the J", the fore- tibite bent at right angles inwards near apex, with a triangular external emargination, all tibiae sulcate externally, and with two short spines at apex. Tibije of 9 nearly straight. Dimensions: (J, 17 x 8; $,20 x 9mm. Hah. — Barrington Tops, 37 miles north-west of Dungog; alti- tude, 1,000-5,000 feet. Seven specimens of this interesting insect taken by Messrs. Sloanc, Musgrave, and myself in the beautiful beech-forests (^rf'/".s- Moorei) that clothe the basalt mountain. In occurred in com- pany with PamJwrus p7-adierl Chaud., and Lissapterns pelorides Westw., in or inider the rotten logs of the Fagus; and seems to be peculiar to this district. I know nothing very near it, and place it with some diffidence in this subfamily. I have much pleasure in giving the generic name in honour of my friend and fre(i[uent companion on entomological quests, who found the first specimen. Type in the author's Coll. CAEiDIOTHORAX INTERSTITIAUS, n.sp. Elongate-ovate ; head and thorax subopaipie bronze-black; elytra dark bronze, underside and legs nitid-l)lack, tarsi and apex of tibi* with short, red hairs. Head wide, sm(X)th; epistoma rounded in front, its suture straight, the usual frontal impression well marked; widened and raised in front of eyes, antennae very stout, joints pear-shaped, 212 AUSTRALIAN TETfEBRIONlDvE, 8-10 gradually wider and rounded, eleventh ovate, acumina.te. Prothorax 5x7 mm., cordate and flat, widest at middle; apex semicircularly emarginate, anterior angles strongly produced and rounded ; sides well rounded, strongly narrowed behind and sinuate before the dentate postei'ior angles, these deflexed and outwardly directed, base arcuate; foliate margins wide and a little upturned, with a wide, shallow, sepai-ating sulcus on anterior half, extreme border narrow and reflexed throughout; disc smooth, with four small fovej^e, two on each side of the thin, well defined, medial channel; some- times with other irregular impressions. SGutellum triangular, smooth. Elytra considerably wider than prothorax at base, and nearly thrice as long, shoulders rather squarely rounded, the epipleural fold well raised in this region, extreme margin sharply raised, with an irregular row of large punctures within this; sulcate, each elytron with nine sub- costate intervals, continuous to and sharply ridged on apex, the sixth interval always broken near the middle, eithei' flattened, with a few large punctures, or with a chain of irregular ocellate pits formed, the seventh and eighth intervals narrower than the rest. Prosteruum transversel37^ wrinkled, abdomen and femora quite smooth, tibite strongly punctate near apex, legs without sexual differentiation. Dimensions: 19-21 x 6 '5-8 mm. //rt&.__Barrington Tops, N.S.W. (Messrs. T. 0. Sloane, Mus- grave, and the author). A species occurring very commonly in this region above the 4,000 feet level. I have 30 specimens before me, all of which have the peculiar elytral sculpture noted above, e.g., strongly sulcate, with the sixth interval broken. The species forms a link between some of the more nitid species, like C. cerijjennis Text-fig. 2. C. intetstitialis, n.sp. BY H. J. CARTER. 213 Blackb., and the subopaque species like C. Haagl Bates, with the prothorax similar to the latter, and the elytra more like the former; but it is very distinct from any described species, and is one of the largest in the genus. Types in the author's Coll. Cardiothorax asperatus, n.sp. Elongate-ovate, brownish-black, opaque. Head and thorax densely rugosely shagreened; labrum pro- minent, epistoma incurved in the middle, oblique on sides; suture straight ; frontal impression obscure (only indicated by basal ridge); antennae with joint 3 nearly as long as 4-5 combined, 3-7 subconic, 8-10 oval, 11 very large, ovoid. Prothorao- b ■x.^vam.., scutiform, widest in front of middle, bisinuate at apex, anterior angles moderately produced and rather sharply rounded, sides slightly rounded anteriorly, then widely sinuately narrowed behind, posterior angles acutely dentate and pointing obliquely out- wai'd, base truncate, much narrower than apex, disc with two, wide, shallow depres- sions and a depi'essed middle line, the sculp- ture somewhat reticulate rugose, coarsely so at sides and base. Scutelhun triangular. Elytra ovate, wider than prothorax at base and twice as long, shoulders rounded, epi- pleural fold reflexed in this region and form- ing a sharply defined border throughout; punctate-striate, five alternate intervals (in- cluding the sutural) finely costate, the edge of costse very finely ci-enulate or subnodulose, the latter structure evident in the two sutural costse, the second, fourth, sixth, and eighth intervals also slightly raised, more divstinctly so on apical half, the interspaces filled with rather large, close, transverse punctures; submentum and prosterna very coarsely punctate, the latter bearing scattei-ed sets;, abdomen finely and sparsely granu- lose and opaque, legs with shoi't, dense hairs, tibia? scarcely enlarged at apex, with short terminal spines. Dimensions: 14-18 X 5-6 "5 mm. Text-fig. 3. C. asptratxiif, u.sp. 214 AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDiE. Hah. — Barrington Tops, N.S.W. (Messrs. Sloane, Musgrave, and the author). Sixteen specimens taken by the above, belong to the sub- squamose group, C. egerius Pasc, C. mimus Cax't., C. nndidatus Cart. In form, it is nearest the last of these (from an adjacent region), but it is at once separated from it by the coarsely rugose pi-othorax and punctate elytra. In the latter character, it is near C. mimus Cart., which differs widely in size, form, and pro- thoracic structure. Types in the author's Coll. Meneristes proximtis Cart. — In these Proceedings for 1914 (p.75), I described this as a possible variety of J/, tibialis Cart. With a number of fresh specimens from Barrington Tops before me, I am convinced that this is a good species, clearly separated from M. tibialis by the nitid, impunctate prothorax and elytrnl intervals besides the distinctions noted in the description. 215 A NEW SCALE-INSECT AFFECTING SUGAR-CANE IN NEW GUINEA. By the latk Dr. A. Rutherford: with a Note by Edmund Jarvis, Entomologist. (Communicated I >j/ W. \V. Froyyatt, F.L.S.) AULACASPIS MAJOR, U.Sp. Female scale thin, greyish-white, soniewliat uniform, large (longer diameter ."j-.'i'^.^ mm). Exii\'i:v pale yellow, the first pro- jecting, the second snbmarginal. Adult female broadest in tlie cephalo-thoraci<; region. CephaUc end broadly rounded, sometimes with a slight median notch. Pygidiuin hyaline wdth several strands of chitin running cephalad from the apical margin. Antenna : a small tubercle of ii-regular shape, and beai'ing a stovit, curved seta. All stigmata with parastigmatic pores in a compact group. Three pairs of prominent, hyaline lobes. Median lobes not sunk, slightly expanded distally, apex broadly rounded, about one- quarter of their own wddth apart. A prominent chitinous area of the pygidiinn between the lobes. Second lobes duplex, the mesal half expanded distally, broadly rounded at apex; lateral half with the mesal side straight, the lateral side oblique. Third lobes of mucli the same shape, and quite as broad as the second. Laterad of the third group of plates are several broad, serrated projections associated w4th marginal gland-pores. Plates: none between median lubes; thei'eafter in the usual positions 1, 1-2, 1-2, 2, 6-10. The penultimate segment bears 7-11, and the antepenultimate 5-8 similar plates. All plates stout, tapering, a few slightly pectinate at apex. 216 A NEW SCALE-INSECT AFFECTING SUGAR-CANE. A seta on the base of the median lobes latei'ally, one between the halves of the 2nd and of the 3rd lobes, and one mesad of each of the fourth and fifth groups of plates. Dorsal jtores in three longitudinal rows, the row immediately laterad of the level of the circumgenital pores of some 7-9 pores, and not reaching to the margin of the pygidium. A few, small, ventral pores. Anus cii'cidar, situated at the level of the caudo- lateral groups of circumgenital pores. Circmngenital pores in 5 compact groups. Pores numerous; approximately 33 (49 and 52) (42 and 45). Hab. — New Guinea; on stems of Sugai'-cane. The specific name has reference to the size of the female scale. Xofe by E. Jarvis. — Whilst inspecting sugai'-cane procured from New Guinea, [ noticed several sticks infested with a scale- insect, and forwai'ded specimens of them to the Botanic Gardens, Ceylon, foi- determination. The coccid was examined by the late Dr. A. Rutherford, who referred it to, the genus Aulacasjns, and, believing it to be a new species, named it A. major. In a letter enclosing the description given above, Dr. Rutherford said : — "I think there can be no doubt that the insect falls in the genus Aulacasjns. It does not agree with any species known to me. Perhaps it might be described under the genus Chionasjns, though it would not fall into that genus as at present understood, Froggatt, in his review of the Australian Coccidje (Agric. Gazette N. 8. Wales) refers to two species only of Aulacasjns, viz., A. pentayona Tai'g., and A. rosece Bouche. Yours is neither of these. Quite possibly it is a new species. I append a technical descrip- tion, which you are quite at liberty to publish." 217 ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. June 28th, 191fi. Mr. C. Hedley, F.L.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (31st May, 1916), amounting to 15 Vols., 112 Parts or Nos., 61 P>ulletins, 2 Reports, and 8 Pamphlets, re- ceived from 47 Societies, etc., and one private donoi', were laid upon the table. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. T. Steel exhibited the femur of an ox showing natural knitting of a very severe sliding fracture, the reunited bone being much shortened and thickened by deposit of fresh bone. Mr. Fred Turner exhibited the following indigenous grasses, being portion of a remarkably fine collection made on Kilmorey Station, Maranoa district, Queensland, by Mr. J. B. Thomson, who forwarded them to Messrs. Anderson &. Company, Seedsmen and Plant Merchants, Sydney, with a request that they should be sent to Mr. Turner for accurate botanical determiuation, and for reliable information as to their economic importance: Andropogon erianthoides F.v.M. ; A. intermedius R.Br. ; A. sericeus R Br. ; Anthistiria ciliata Linn. ; Chloris divaricata R.Br. ; Eriochloa pu7ictata Hamilt. ; Panicum decompositum R.Br. ; P. divaricatissirmim R.Br. ; P. flavidum Retz. ; P. leucophceum H.B. et K. ; P. trachyrhachis Benth. ; Pappo]>ho- rum nigricans R.Br. ; Perotis vara R.Br. ; Setaria glauca Beau v.; Triraphis mollis R.Br. Owing to the prolonged and disastrous drought in the northern State, the country where the grasses had been collected was absolutely destitute of pasture- herbage for months until the bountiful rainfall of December last. Since the beginning of this year, the country has made wonderful recovery, and grasses and herbage are now abundant, giving a verdant appearance to innnense tracts of country. The 17 218 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. grasses exhibited were an excellent illustration of the remark- able recuperative properties of the herbage composing Austra- lian pastures. No other vegetation, of an equal eeonomic value, in the world could have recovered in a shorter space of time than those indigenous grasses. Mr. Turner also showed 18 photographs, taken last month by Mr. Thomson on different parts of Kilmorey Station, showing the luxuriant grasses and forage pUuits now growing there, Mr. A. A. Hamilton exhibited specimens from the National Herbarium, and contributed notes thereon, comprising a series of examples of the fruits of Angopliora cordifolia Cav., Killara (A. A. Hamilton; December, 1915), showing divergence in shape and size, apical and basal, together with variation in the degree of pilosity and calycal ribbing. The capsules range from quad- rangular to orbicular at the apex, and from broadly turbinate to attenuate at the base, the vestiture of the fruit-calyces varying from smootii to hispid, or rough and bristly. The rim of the capsule is seen, in some examples, to be more or less deeply sunk; in another group it is parallel to the border of the calyx-tube; while a further series shows a broad, conspicuous rim, recurved and folded outwards, overlapping the sides of the calyx-tube. The primary ribs of the fruit-calyx are 4 or 5 in number, in conformity with the angularity or degree of rotundity of the fruit, and they exhibit a marked variation in the measure of prominence attained. A range of dimension from 1-2 cm. in diameter occurs at the apex of the fruit, with a similar variation in length from apex to base. The pedicels vary in length from l-3i cm.; they are stout, slender, terete, angular, or more or less dilated. The series was gathered from a clump of apparently healthy plants growing in a sheltered position on a rocky (sand- stone) hill-side, under normal conditions (as far as could be ascertained). — Lambertia formosa Sm., Leura (A. A. Hamilton; November, 1915), showing variation in the fruit-appendages. The follicles vary from 1-lA cm. in length, with a similar range in breadth; the horn on the dorsal margin varies from broadly obtuse and 3 mm. long, to narrow-linear and 2 cm. long, straight or curved; that on the upper angle of the valve is from barely NOTES AND KXHIBITS. 219 produced to 5 mm. long. Both young and old fruits were ex- hibited for comparison.— /S'^efte^'a Stephensoni Benth., La Perouse (A. A. Hamilton; January, 1916), showing aphylly due to environment. The specimens exhibited were taken from a shrub about 1 m. high, which had shed its leaves to within some 15 cm. of the tips of the flowering branches. The shrub was growing on flat, rocky country, subject to direct insolation, and it also suffei'ed from the effects of bad drainase. Mr. E. Cheel exhibited fresh flowering specimens, together with coloured drawings of Callisiemon, raised from seed received from a European firm of seedsmen, under the name of C. lanceo- latus var. lilacina. From the same batch of seedlings, the plants show two distinct shades of colour, (a) Filaments deep carmine- violet to reddish-violet or pure mauve, anthers light reddish- brown. (6) Filaments reddish-purple, anthers a shade darker than the filaments. The general habit of the plants, and the shading of the colours seem to indicate that they are intermediate forms between C. rngulostis DC, (C coccineus F.v.M.) and C. lanceolatus DC, both of which are frequently cultivated in Europe, the former having prawn-reddish filaments, and yellowish anthers, and the latter reddish-purple filaments and anthers. C . rtigulosus is common in the interior of this State, and South Australia, but rare in the Sydney district [vide Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales 1903, xxviii., p.884); and C. lanceolatus is very com- mon along the coastal districts of this State. He showed also a branch from another plant of the same batch of seedlings, having solitary flowers in the axils of the leaves, an extreme departure from the normal, dense, cylindrical spike usually seen in this genus. Mr. North, with the sanction of the Curator of the Australian Museum, exhibited four specimens of the Regent Bower-bird (Sericulus melinus), showing the various stages of the young male, from youth to maturity. The young male, as is so fre- quently the case in birds, closely resembles the adult female. One received in the flesh from the Council of the Royal Zoologi- cal Society of New South Wales on the 30th May, 1916, which the Director, Mr. A. S. Le Souef reported as received from 220 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Brisbane in October, 1913, among others, had lived in the aviary ever since — a period of two years and seven months, or there- abouts—precise date not given. This specimen exhibits the first indications of its approach towards maturity, having the feathers of the nape and hind-neck distinctly shaded with yellow on tlie apical portions, and around the tip with black; a few feathers on the centre of the throat also being black. A further advance towards maturity is shown in a specimen presented by Mr. J. T. Cockerell, and procured by him at Lismore, Richmond River, N.S.W., on the 2nd August, 1899, which has the general plumage black; the base of the forehead, a patch of feathers on the hind-neck, some on the centre of the nape, and the central portion of the secondaries and innermost primaries orange-yellow, the patch of feathers on the hind-neck having blackish tips. The only trace of the plumage of the adult female is exhibited in the feathers of the centre of the breast, the abdomen and the under wing, and under tail-coverts. A still closer approach to the fully adult plumage, in the amount of orange-yellow on the top of the head, centre of nape and hind-neck, is seen in a third speci- men, collected by Mr. Robert Grant in November-, 1895, in the Bellingen district, further indications of the adult female also being exhibited in the lesser and median upper wing-coverts, and the; feathers of the lower back and rump. The fourth specimen, a fine, old, fully adult male, with its rich and strikingly con- trasted velvety-black and orange-yellow plumage, was procured by Mr. J. Beveridge on the Richmond River, and was received from him in December, 1886. It will be noted that the fulh' adult, male plumage of the Regent Bower-bird is fir^t assumed, not by a moult, but by a gradual change in the colour of the feathers. The Secretary called attention to a very interesting portrait of tile late Sir Richard Owen, for many years an Honorary Member of the Society, kindly presented by Mr. C. Hedley, on behalf of Mr. G. F. Bennett, of Brisbane, whose father, the late Dr. George Bennett, of Sydney, received the original portrait from his friend. Sir Hichard, many years ago. 221 .STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUHOPTEHA. Nu.;3. The Wing-venation of the Chrysopidj^,. By R. J. TiLLYARD, M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S., F.E.8, Linnean Macleay Felloav of the Society in Zoology. [Plates X., x. />/.s (Transpai-ency), xi.; and eight Text-figures.] Next to the Mi/rmfi/rf this paper. Two broods of this species were reared from eggs laid in Brisbane. But owing to the extreme drought, I failed to find enough aphis to keep them ali\e, and only three pupatetl. From one of these, the photomicrograph in Plate xi., fig. -5, was obtained. An exceedingly small species, (Jhrysopn B, pupated in numbers. But the cocoons were so small (diameter 1'4 nun.), and the pupje so delicate, that onlv moderate results were obtained with them. These results helped materially in the successful solution of the problem in hand, but none of the j^hotographs taken were good enough to publish. 224 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN VEUROPTERA, iii., Finally, I had a large suppl}' of larv?e and pup?e of a connnon species whose larva is found in all citrus-orchards around Sydney, as well as on rose-bushes. The cocoons were smaller than I could have wished, and the pupa? delicate enough to give me much trouble and many failures before good results could be obtained. But I was able to breed a number out, so as to obtain an imaginal venation-scheme exactly corresponding with the pupal wing-tra- cheation studied; this was, indeed, an c-ssential condition for a successful result. This species proved to be one which had pre- viously been determined for me by Mr. Esben Petersen as C. sujnata Walker. It turned out, therefore, very fortunately, that I am able, after the comparative failure of the work done on the unnamed species, to offer a result based in almost every detail of completeness upon the venation of a single, common, named species. Methods of Study. The problem was first attacked along the exact lines already laid down for the study of the tracheation of the pupal wing in the Mynneleuntidie.. First of all, the exact date of the spinning- up of each larva was recorded, and the cocoons arranged accord- ing to date. Here, at the very start, an attempt to use the knowledge gained in the case of the Myrm.elmntid(t' led to disaster. It will be recalled that the Ant-lion larva does not j^upate at once after spinning its cocoon, but remains tpiiescent within it for seven or eight days. I thei'efore kept a number of cocoons of the large Nothochrysa for several days, examining them care- fully in a strong light each day. After four or fi\-e days (by which time the cocoons must have been seven or eight days old, since they had spun up before Mr. Gallard jjosted them to me), the contents began to darken in colour. The larva Ijeing covered with a white powdery bloom, I concluded that pupation liad taken place. This was, alas, not the case; the darkening was due, not to the pupation of the larva, but to the pujjation of half-a-dozen or more ichneumon-grubs within it. Thus several valuable days were lost; so that, when at last a cocoon was opened which revealed a Chrysopid pupa, it was much too far advanced BT R. J. TlLLYAlil). 225 towards the imaginal stage to Ije of any use. In this way the most promising cocoons (i.e., the largest) were all wasted. By this time both Chri/iiopa A and Chrysopa B were spinning up, so I turned my attention to the larger of the two (A). Here an additional difficulty presented itself in the smallness and greater delicacy of the cocoon, and the activity of the pupa Avithin it. The cocoon could not be cut open with fine scissors, owing to the fact that the pupa would keep wriggling round so as to face the cut, and thus sooner or later the delicate wing- cases became damaged, either by pressure or by the lower point of the scissors. I next tried to open a cocoon by means of a fine sharp needle, and was delighted to find that this could be done without damaging the wings of the pupa, if certain rules were adhered to. Firstly, owing to the method of spinning the cocoon, it appeared that the silken envelope does not tear unevenly in all directions, but can be made to split exactly along any parallel of latitude (taking the ends of the Icmgest axis as the poles) if the point of the needle is exerted in that direction. Secondly, if the point selected to ,„ , . 1 .1 ifXt-fig. 1." start on is at about the level of the lid of the cocoon when opened by the pupa itself naturally, the split comes \ er\' readily, and the point of the needle is not likely to touch the wings of the Avrigglesome pujia. This position is about the same as that selected when "topping" a boiled egg at breakfast, and is shown in Text-fig. 1 . Having solved the problem of how to open the cocoon without damaging the pupal wings, the next difficulty wa;^ to extract the })upa, which, as soon as the lid of the cocoon was lifted, became very actiAe, and kept wriggling round from sifle to side, so as always to face the point of the needle. I found the best plan was to continue the cut until the lid could be either taken com- pletely off, or turned over backwards, so as to expose the head of the pupa. If now the pupa, as it generally did, resolutely re- * Cocoon of L'hr>/-^opa xiijiuifa Walk., cofiectlj- opened: ( - (i). rp- 226 STUDIBS IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, lii., fused to leave the cocoon, T took a pair of fine forceps, seized it uickly just below each projecting eye, anil so lifted it out bodily. This (operation may flatten one or both eyes, but it will not damage the wings. Piipje of Chrysopa A wei-e extracted fi'oin cocoons seven or eight days old. The wings were pale whitish, and appeared at the first glance to be in every way suited for my purpose. But, under a lens, it was seen that the imaginal wings were, in nearly all cases, strongly rucked or crumpled within the wing-sheath, so that the tracheation could not be properly followed out. Hence the whole of this batch of valuable larvje and pupi« had to be sacrificed, in order to discover, firstly, how long the larva re- mained in the cocoon before pupating, and secondly, how long it was before rucking of the imaginal wing in the pupal wing-sheath began to occur. In the course of these trials, I was fortunate in obtaining a photograph of the hind wing of a pupa of this species which T determined as being nearly three days old (the cocoon was over six days old, and the average duration of larval life, bef(jre pupation occurred, had been determined as three and a half days in the case of this species). In this photograph the rucking had just begun (Plate xi., fig. 3), and this condition helped to' elucidate a knotty question of venation, as I have ex- plained below on p. 240. By this time I had hopes that my ditticulties were at an end, as I now had left over only material of the two smallest species, ijhrijsupa B and C . sujnata. The larva; of Chrymjm B fed up at a great rate, and spun up well ahead of those of C. xignatjt^ althovigh most of the eggs of both species hatched at about the same time. The weather was very hot and dry, and this may have been orte cause of their activity. One larva actually spini its cocoon on the ei(/hfh day after hatching from the egg, and emerged as an imago six days later! I found the cocoons and pupie of Chrysopa B most difficult tf» handle, since they were so small and delicate. However, one was extracted just after the act of pupation (the larval skin being even not fully cast oft"). This was killed by being dropped into a tube of water, in which BY R. J. TILLYARD. 227 a drop of chloroform had been shaken up, and A\a,s then placed on a slide on its side, so that its \yings could be examined. A further crop of new ditHculties now arose. The hiudwing could not be examined because the forewing co\'ered it almost completely, Iving obliquely across it; while the forewing ii\ its turn was partly covered by the large spiral coil of the immensely long antenna, which was pressed down Hat upon it. (see Text-fig. 2). Moreover, both antenna and wings were sticky, and could not be persuaded to separate, except by in- ni _^-"^^^ serting the point of a needle between them — \fir\ \ a a proceeding which seemed bound to cause ® L^ XX. some dislocation of the delicate tracheal plan. j/V\ \\ After this separation had been effected, the ^ //^ ^'j ] long antenna was cut off close to the base, N^Y^^y-n '^^ and removed. The two wings were then y ^^Q^- ■..a.c dissected away with fine scissors, and floated z<\ \ 7 off on to a glass slide. They were then ex- ^<^l \ \y amined under a low power, when it was seen that considerable displacement of the tra- "'"' cheation had taken place. Enough of the main plan, however, could be made out to show how remarkably specialised it was, and how important it would be to obtain an absolutely perfect record of it. By this time I was reduced to a single source of suitply. viz. Chrysopa Huinafn. Fortunately my own larvie were supplemented by two batches of larv?e received frtjm Mr. Gallard, so that, in all, I still had some two dozen larvie available. These began to spin up about the middle of Noxember, and had all completed their cocoons within a few days of one another. After waiting three days, 1 opened two cocoons, and found that they still I'oii tained larvte. These cocoons were closed up again, the lids being held in place by cotton-wool. The following day, one of the larvje pupated. This pupa was taken when less than one day "Pupa of Chrysopa siijnata Walk., after extraction from cocoon; ( x 9). a, antenna: ac, its spiral coil adhering to the forewing; e, eye; Fir, fore- wing; //('•, hinilwing; in, pupal niandihle.s. 228 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN KEUROPTERA, iii., old, and was treated as explained for the pupa of Chrysopa B above. The dissection was carried out with the greatest care. But though tliere was scarcely any displacement of the trachea- tion, it was found that a certain amount of blood-plasma, and some fatty tissue, had found their way into the bases of the wings, rendering them too opaque for observation. Further pupte were now taken, all about one day old, since it appeared that only on the first day or two were the wings free fi-om rucking within the wing-sheath. The wings were carefully dissected off, but in no case could T obtain a satisfactory result. The wing-sheaths were so delicate that the use of a cover-slip completely upset the tracheation; also it seemed quite hopeless to use the scissors without causing some alteration in the positions of the main tracheal stems. I now tried the following plan, which 1 am glad to say proved entirely successful, and enabled me to obtain the results shown in this paper. Having determined that the tracheation must be studied without the use of any dissecting methods, I took a pupa of (J. sufnata about one day old, and killed it in the usual manner. I then took two glass slides, and moistened them so as to make them cling firmly together. The upper slide was selected so as to be as near as possible of a thickness e<(ual to the height of the [)iipal thorax up to the wing-base. This slide was then slipped back along the lower one, so as to leave nearly an inch of the latter exposed. T then took hold of the pupa by the legs with a fine forceps, cut off and removed the right anteinia, and carefully .Separated the two wings on the right side, with the point of a fine needle. (The mark made by the needle can be seen as an obli([ue depression ruiuiing in from near the middle of the pos- terior border of the hinflwing in Plate xi., fig. 1). The i)Upa was tlien i)laced carefully down, dorsum upwards, on the free portion of tlic lowei- slide, the right pair of wings being raised up so as to })roject at right angles to the body-axis, supported upon the upper slide. The pupa and its wings were kept thoroughly wet with water during this operation. Finally, the body of the pupa was gently pressed until it came to lie close up to and parallel BY R. J. TILLYARD. 229 with the free edge of the upper slide, no tlmt the whole ni tlio two wings lay flatly out over this slide (Text-fig. 3). No cover- slip was used. (This same operation was afterwards performed on other pupa?, with the addition of a cover-slip let down gently upon tlie wings; but tliis was found to cause displacement of some of the trachea?). The wings were then photographed by njeansc^ Keichert's photo-micrographic apparatus, and the results obtained which are shown in Plate xi., figs. 1-2. Tm- Miediately afterwai'ds, the camera- lucida drawing of the traclieation, shown in Text-fig.5, was obtained from this same pupa. Thus at last success was obtained. T may add that photographs and th*a wings were made from several other pujja' of C. Hiynata, and that all of theses agi^eed practically in ever}- single detailf ^^'ith tlie one figured. Thus the results do not rest upon a single observation, but ai-e hasefl up(ni a Toxt-fig.3." considerable mass of evidence Critical Htndij of the Wiiuf-Ycnation of Chrysopa signata Walker. We can now pass to the study of the traclieation of the pupal wing, with a view to elucidating the venation of the imaginal wing. This latter is shown in Textfig.4 (p.230), with the usually accepted nomenclatui'e of the veins, according to the Comstock- Needham notation. This nomenclatiu-e has been employed b}- Banks, Petersen, Navas, and other systematists for the past ten years or moi-e. As far as I can gather, nobody has yet doubted * Diagram to show method of studying the pvipal wings of Chrysopa; ( x8) : «. coil of left antenna; a , cut end of right antenna; Fir, forewing; Hw, hindwing: L, lower glass slide; m, pupal mandibles; l\ upper glass slide. tin some specimens, there may be a small fork at tlie extreme tip uf Rs or Sj. 230 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUKOPTERA, ill., its general accuracy. Petersen, liowever, has recently stated to me (in litt.) his conviction that the venation of the Chrysojndcf is "the most abnormal of all the families" — a statement which certainl}' implies a strong suspicion that this venation is not quite as simple as the accepted scheme would make it appear to he. Text-fig.4. — Wings of C/t /•//■■^o^xt su/nnta Walk.; imagi), ( x 9), with the generally accepted notation: cui-cii^, the three "cubital cells'" of Banks; dr, "divisoiy veinlet" of Bank.s; . to Sjq'? The answer is supplied by a glance at Text-fig.5, followed by a reference to the ti-ansparency overlying Plate x. These four branches are, in fact, bent in their middle portions so as to ruii lonyitudinally, and thus give rise to a continuous Banksian Li7ie, homologous with that already shown to exist in a number of Myrmeleontid genera.* For this reason, I propose to call these four branches the four Banksian sectors, Bj to B^. Thus * See No. 1 of the.se Studie.s, in these Proceedings, 1915, pp. 734-752, Vol. xl. , Part 4. Navas has termed this line in Myrmeleontidce the "linea plicata," a singularly inappropriate term, it seems to me, for a formation which, though of composite origin, is in its highest expression an absolutely straight line without any folding in its composition. 18 yf^ LIBRARY 234 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iii., Bi = S-, Bn^Sg, B, = 89, and B4— -Sk,. It will be seen at once that the Banksian Line formed by the middle longitudinal por- tion of these four sectors is the distal portioti of the pseiidu media. The importance of these four Banksian sectors does not, how- ever, end here. Three of them, viz., B., to B4, after dropping below the level of the pseudo-media, again become bent longi- tudinally to form a second Banksian Line. This is clearlv seen to 1)6 the distal portion of the pseiido-cubit^is. (2) The true Media (M). —In the tracheation, the stem of M is distinct from R; in the venation, the two are fused basally for a short distance. The true media then divei-ges slightly from R, and runs to a point called the median fork (mf), lying imme diately below the radial fork in the hindwing, but a little proximad to it in the forewing. From here onwards, the course of M in the venation is so disguised that it is necessary to turn to the tracheation for elucidation. Then we see at once that M has two branches, Mj and M.,, arising at 7uf — a fact which could never have been proved from the imaginal venation alone. The problem is also complicated by the very different behaviour of these two branches in fore and hindwing respectively; so that it will be necessary to trace them out in each wing separately. In the forewing, Mj on leaving m/ arches slightly upward, but does not come into contact with Rs, from which it remains separated by a full cell's width. It then runs longitudinally towards the down-curving portion of B4, and passes close under the sector for a short distance, before it (MJ turns downwards in a second bend. It then turns to run longitudinally again for a second short distance, and again approaches and runs alongside B4 Finally, it breaks up into two small branches descending to the wing-border. Thus we see that M, performs the part of another Banksian sector, and helps in turn to form both the pseudo-media and the pseudo-cubitus. The lower branch, Mo, on leaving m/, runs concavely to Mj, and then approaches it again, so as to isolate between Mj and itself a small oval area, which can be recognised at once in the imaginal venation as the cell lying just above the "divisory BY H. J. TILLY-ARD. 235 veinlet"— the latter, of course, being a portion of M^ itself. After running close below Mj for a short distance, M„ drops down to the level of the pseudo-cubitus, and plays a part, in helping to form that vein, exactly similar to the part played by Ml. Finally, it branches into two, and drops to the wing- border. It will be seen that, owing to the fact that M, and Mg in the forewing twice recede from and approach towards one another, two curved areas are isolated off between them. In the imaginal venation, owing to the fusion of Mj with Mg for about half a cell's-length along the pseudo-media, these two cells are widely separated. The first is the small cell above the "divisory veinlet " ; the second is the large hexagonal cell lying next distad from the so-called third cubital-cell of Banks (cti^ in Text- fig. 4). These two cells being enclosed by both branches of the true media, I propose to name them the Jii'st and second intra-median cells respectively, with the notation im^, im,, so as to distinguish them clearly from the three median cells, ni^, m^, and m^, which are of course the "cubital-cells" of Banks. As regards the term "divisory veinlet," this is obviously a most misleading and inaccurate term, since it is, firstly, not a veinlet at all, but a portion of the main vein Mg, and, secondly, it does not divide anything, since the true third median cell ("thii'd cubital" of Banks) lies entirely outside it. I propose, therefore, to term this small portion of M„ the median loop, with the notation m.1. It should not be lost sight of, also, that the upper part of the cross- vein from which rtil appears to arise is also a portion of Mo, and is therefore analogous with the upper part of the well-known formation in the Dragonfly wing, called the arculus. It is not homologous with it, however, since in the Dragonfly wing it is the main stem of M which drops from R to form the arculus, whereas in the present case it is Mj dropping from M at mf. Th§ term rnedvin arculus (ma) is suggested as a suitable name for this formation. In the hindwing, the behaviour of the true media is different. The main stem M is very short, so that the median fork mf comes directly under the radial fork rj\ not far from the base of 236 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NRUROPTEKA, iii., the wing. Thus Mj, on arching up from mf^ conies at once close up under Rs. There follows an extraordinary adaptation on the part of this latter trachea and its most proximal branch 1^4. By means of an upward curving of Rs below a?, and a bending of B4 convexly to Mj, the triangular area between the thiee trachefe Rs, Mj, and B4 is reduced to a minimum. This area is represented in the imaginal venation by the minute triangle /. Several consequences arise at once from this, which can l)e best noticed by comparing the venation of the hindwing with tliat of the forewing. Firstly, the portion of B4 descending from Rs is almost completely obliterated. Consequently, the place of B4 in bounding the cell marked h is taken by the obliquely ascending portion of Rs, which meets the cross- vein below x. As a further consequence of this arrangement, the cross-vein from x appears to be the real basal part of Rs, and x appears to be the radial fork. It is, indeed, no slur on tlie intelligence of all those who have hitherto worked on this family, that they assumed this to be so without any doubt; for who could possibly have supposed otherwise, unless he had the pupal tracheation before him as convincing proof % A second consequence to be noted is that the true basal portion of Rs, being fused with Mj for almost its whole length, takes on the appearance of being actually the stem of the media; and this appearance is even more definite when we note how closelv the true stem of the media in the forewing resembles this. Thirdly, M, itself, being fused with Rs for such a great part of its length, becomes quite lost in the imaginal venation, except indeed for the small vein ascending from mf to Rs, which is, of course, its extreme basal portion. Fourthly, the true main stem of the media in the hindwing (as will be more fully seen below) comes into line with the pseudo-cubitus, and forms the basal portion of that extraordinarily complex \ ein. The course of M, in the hindwing, after it leaves B4, is similar to that in the forewing, and need not be further discussed. M., however, from its origin at mt\ follows a considerably simpler course than it does in the forewing. There is no median arculus, and no median loop. Indeed, M.j simply runs parallel to and below Mj for a considerable distance, finally meeting Mj where it BY R. J. TILLTAkt). 237 drops upon the pseudo-cubitus, and dividing to send" two branches to the wing-bordei'. Thus, instead of two isolated separate cells being enclosed between Mj and Mn, as in the forewing, only one elongated cell lies between them. In the imaginal venation, this long cell is divided across the middle by a cross-vein. The two portions may be called the frst and second intra-mediau cells, with the notation im-^ and im„, as in the forewing. It will be noticed that Mo in the hindwing forms about twice as large a portion of the pseudo-cubitus as it does in the forewing. (3) The true Cubitus (Cu).— The course of this trachea, and of the resulting veins in the imaginal wing, is so different in fore and hindwings that these must be dealt with separately. In the forewing, trachea Cu bends sharply up towards M, quite close to the base. It then runs almost straight to the cubital fork, cw/; which lies at a level half way between the base and mf. From cuj\ Cuj runs almost straight on until it meets M„ dropping on to the pseudo-cubitus; it then gives ofi" two descend- ing branches, and finally drops to the wing-border. In the venation, the basal approach towards M becomes a fusion, the bend being excessive. Then follows a nearly straight portion, which expands laterally so as to appear almost like two veins running side by side for some distance from cw/" (shown in Plate X., by a thickening of Cuj). I do not know the reason for this, and have not been able to detect any thing but the single trachea Cu, in this region of the pupal wing. The rest of the vein Cu, forms a portion of the pseudo-cubitus, together witli the three transverse veins descending to the wing-border. Cuo diverges slightly from Cu,, and runs in a gentle curve to the wing-border, ending up just before the most proximal branch of Cu,. In the venation, two cross-veins connect it with Cu,, and a short, strong cross- vein descends from it on to lA, just distad iromcuj'. In the hindwing, Cu is not fused basally with M. The main stem of Cu is shortened, so that cu/ comes to lie very close to the base, at a level proximad to that of m/! From cuf, Cu, runs straight on until it gives off its most proximal branch, when it performs the extraordinary evolution of arching up to meet M.^, and so reaches the level of the pseudo-cubitus, of which it now 238 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTKRA, iii., forms apart. I have called the point where the arching begins the second cubital fork (cuf). It is clear that we have in the hind wing a more specialised condition of Cuj than is shown in the forewing, and that it is correlated with what we may call the shifting of the levels of the basal portions of Ks and M downwards in this wing. In other words, the distal portion of Cuj still plays its part in helping to form the pseudo-cubitus, even though the basal part of that vein is no longer formed from Cu (as in the forewing), but from M. Finally, Cu„ in the hind- wing is a simple vein leaving Cu at cuf, and connected with lA basally by a cross-vein. Its actual appearance is rather as if it belonged to lA than to Cu. Just as intra-median cells are formed between the two branches of M, so intra-cnhital cells are formed between Cuj and C\x„. There are three of these in the forewing, viz., icrti, icu^, icu^, owing to the development of two cross-veins. In the hind- wing, there is only one narrow undivided cell, icu. The cubital cell (cu) is simple, and lies between the main stems of Cu and 1 A. Having completed our study of the radial sector, the true media, and the true cubitus, we are now in a position to analyse the complex veins which I have called the pseudo-media and pseudo-cubitus respectively. These may be tiaced out with the aid of Plate x., and the overlying transparency. 7'^e Pseudo-media (M'). — ^In the forewing, this vein arises from R near the base. Up to 7nf, it is formed by M; beyond mf, it is formed by Mj above im^, then by Mj and M, united for half a cell's length, then by Mj, B^, B3, B2, and B, overlapping each other in turn, and finally by Bj alone. This last vein forks just before reaching the wing-border. In the hindwing, the pseudo- media likewise arises from R close to the base, but it is formed first of all by Rs for a short distance, then by Rs and M, united, then by B^ and M, united, then by B4, Bg, Bo, and Bj overlapping each other in turn, and finally by Bj alone, with a distal forking as in the forewing. The cells formed above the pseudo-media between the descend- ing Manksian sectors are four in number in the forewing, three in the hind (omitting the minute triangle t, which is the remnant BY R. J. tlLLYARi). 230 of the fourth). These may be termed the upper series of Banksian cells (6). The cells formed below the pseudo-media between these same sectors are four in number in each wing, and may be called the lomer series of Banksian cells (b'). They lie distad from im„. The Pseudo-cuhitus (Cu'). - In the forewing, this vein is formed basaJly by the main stem of Cu up to cuf. It is then continued by Cui, Mo, Ml, B4, Bj,, and Bo overlapping each other in turn, and finally ends on Bj alone, with a small distal forking. In the hindwing, the pseudo-cubitus arises from R, proximad to the origin of M'. It is formed basal ly by the main stem of M as far as mf, then by M2 alone, then by M., and Cuj fused for two cells' length, then by M„ alone again for a cell's length, then by M2, Ml, B4, B3, and Bo overlapping each other in turn, and finally by B„ alone, with a distal forking as in the forewing. The cells between it and the posterior wing-border may be termed the posterior series of cells (p). We are now able to realise how exceedingly complex these two apparently simple longitudinal veins really are, and how impossible it would be, by any protracted studies in the com- parative venation of the imagines of the family and its allies, to arrive at the solution which was all the time ready to our hands, for anyone who cared to take the trouble to obtain the pupae in the right stage. That solution shows us, indeed, that the wing-venation of the Chrysopidte is not only, as Petersen suspected, " the most abnormal of all the families," but that it is indeed one of the most abnormal and highly specialised vena- tions to be found within the Insecta. Judged from this stand- point, the (Jhrysopidcp stand far and away above all other Neu- roptera in the effect and extent of their wing-specialisation. One point remains to be mentioned in connection with the complex veins M' and Cu'. If we compare Text-fig.5 and Plate xi , figs. 1-2, with the transparency overlying Plate x., we see that, in order to achieve the imaginal result, the overlappiny of the Banksian sectors, one upon another, needs to be much greater than it is in the pupal wing. In fact, as seen in Text-fig.5, these do not overlap at all, but barely meet. How can we explain thisi The answer is that the overlapping is not present in the 240 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPlERA. iii. freshly formed pupal wing, but is formed during the subsequent rucking of the wing, which begins on the second or third day of pupal life. In Plate xi., fig. 3, I photographed the hindwing of a pupa of Chryso'pa A, nearly three days old. Here tlie trans- verse rucking is plainly to be seen beginning, and the overlapping is already very considerable. In a pupa four or five days old, the rucks are so great that a photograph is useless. However, the final amount of overlapping is easily determined by working back from Rs at the apex of the wing, and counting the number of distal forks {df). Thus in both wings of C . ^^gnata there ai'e no forks on Sj to 84; Sg and Sg are forked; Bj, Bo, and IJg are simi- larly forked; B4 has a branch as well as a small fork: Mj and M2 each send two veins to the border, and Cuj three. Counting backwards, therefore, these can all be correctly placed. As the positions of Bj to B4 on Rs are known also, it follows that the amount of overlapping of, say, B3 on B4, in order to carry each of tliese veins from its original level on Rs to its final level on the posterior wing-border, must be as shown in the transparency. The result might also have been deduced, with very little doubt, from a study of Plate xi., Hg.3, alone. The Forviation of the PterosfAgyna. —This peculiar, thickened, green patch on the wing is not present in all species. Its forma- tion is rather striking. Instead of running along under the pterostigma to form its base, as we might expect, 8c only penetrates a very short way from the pi'oximal end of tlie patch. Beyond that, a series of small tracheas arises from R, and their ends bend over so as to continue roughly the line which we should have expected Sc to follow. This accounts for the pre- sence of the cross-veins between Sc and R in the imaginal vena- tion. It also probably explains why the pterostigma descends to R in the hindwing, since there is no continuous trachea 8c inter- posed between R and the costal margin. The Anal Veins. — ^In the pupal tracheation there are three distinct anal veins arising somewhat in a bunch below Cu. In the forewing, lAis branched; likewise 2A, but the proximal branch descends upon 3 A, and appears as a cross-vein in the imaginal venation; 3 A is unbranched, but undergoes a double BY R. J. TILLY AHL). 241 curvature which brings it into contact with the wing-border between the base and the anal angle. In the hindwing, the anal veins are smaller, and quite inconspicuous; lA and 2A are simple; 3A is short, but sends a small branch to the wing- border above the anal angle. In both wings, lA is connected with ("Uo by a cross- vein close to its origin; in the forewing, in addition, a short cross-vein connects lA with 2 A. It seems probable that very satisfactory, constant, specific characters could, in many cases, be obtained from comparative studies of the anal veins in closely allied species. I5ut the differences in the regions of Rs, M', and Cu' are so numerous and striking that they should always be given preference over the differences in the anal region. The following appear to be the venational differences on which sound species of Chrysopa may be based. (1) General shape of wing (breadth, acuteness or roundness of apex, etc.). (2) Form of the costa and costal area, especially in forewing, where the costa is often arched upwards, as seen in C. sirpiata. Number of costal cross- veins. (3) Presence or absence of pterostigma; if present, its extent and density; also the number and position of the hypostiymatic cross-veins between Sc and R. (4) Number of free sectors {e.g., Sj to Sg in C. signata) and of fused or Banksian sectors (e.g., B, to B4 in C. signata) given oft' bv Rs. Dependent upon this would be also the number of cells between 11 and Rs, and the number of upper Banksian cells (6). (5) Number of gradate veins in both inner and outer series. (6) Form of the median "loop and arculus; position of distal end of ml upon M', in relation with the foot of the cross-vein depending from Rs. (7) Number of closed cells beyond arculus, in space between M' and Cu' in forewing; number of same beyond mf in hindwing. (8) Number of distal forks (rf/'); number of simple posterior cells ip) before the first (most proximalj distal forl<. (9) Differences in the comparative lengths and widths of the three median cells {m^, m^, Wg) in the forewing. Amount of separation of im^ from ini._,. 242 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iii., (10) Differences in the form of the three intra-cubital cells (icitj, ic?t.,, iciCg) in the forewing. (11) Differences in the anal region: in particular, the curvature of 3A, and its relationship with the wing-boider. It is possible that a careful study of these points might reveal a satisfactory method of subdividing the genus. No characters which are correlated merely with size (e.g., greater or less num- ber of branches from Rs) can legitimately be used in this con- nection, since species of different sizes are often most closely related. Phytogeny of the Chrysopidcp,. The results obtained in this paper appear to me to be suffi- ciently striking and suggestive to enable us to understand the phylogeny of the Chrysopidce along fairly broad lines, if not in every minute detail. We are still unable to make the full com- parisons between the scheme of venation in Chrysopa aiid that of allied groups, because we have not yet obtained the scheme of the pupal tracheation in those groups. For example, it would be very instructive to compare theChrysopid venation with that of the Apochjysidfe. But the pnpal tracheation of the latter is not known, and indeed is never likely to be discovered, since no larva of this family has yet been found. All we can do is to compare the imaginal venations, using them with the greatest care, and applying stringent tests to our conclusions. The same holds good if we desire to compare the venation of Chrysopa itself with that of other genera of Chrysopidce. The nearer the relationship, the closer will be the comparison: but we have to remember that, so far, no other genus except Chrysojm has had its scheme of tracheation worked out, so that this final court of appeal is denied to us. It seems safe to lay down the following rule to enable us to distinguish at sight a true media from a pseudo-media, in what- ever wing it might occur: — The apparent median vein, is a true viedia if the branches of Rs nearest the base of the wiiiy do not descend directly on to it, but run long iludu tally above and more or less parallel to it. If, hotvever, one or more of these branches BY U. J. TlLLYARD. 243 descend upon the apparent meiHan vein, then that vein must be considered to he a pseudo-media. The same test cannot, of course, be applied to the pseudo- cubitus, the only sure arbiter in this case being the pupal tra- cheation. It seems, however, inherently probable that the two formations - pseudo-media and pseudo-cubitus— must go together: since, if the true media is displaced and reduced sufficiently to allow of the formation of a pseudo-media, it seems almost essen- tial that the true cubitus must suffer displacement and reduction as well. Text-fig.6. — Forewing and basal portion of hindwing of an Apochiysid, OUgochry)dpos, with hidden red. ^.17 mm. [Head and thorax rubbed. Palpi broken]. An- tenniB whitish, upper surface finely barred with dark fuscous. [Thorax rubbedj. Abdomen pale grey. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior tibioe and all tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings broad, posteriorly dilated, costa strongly arched, apex rectangular, termen slightly sinuate, rounded towards tornus; dark grey ob- scurely reticulated with reddish-orange; costa finely strigulated with dark fuscous; a semilunar, whitish blotch on dorsum, not extending to base or tornus, on this the reddish-orange reticula- BY A. .tEFFERtS TURNEK. ^55 tions are conspicuous; cilia fuscous, with an obscure, median, reddish line, apices whitish. Hindwings with termen strongly sinuate: grey-whitish obscurely strigulated with grey; cilia grey- whitish. One example. Subf am. C o s M o p x K K y g i N ^ . ,MlCROCOLONA CELiENGSPILA, n.sp. K€A,an'oo"7riAos, dark-spotted- ^2- 9-10 ™"^ Head pale fuscous Palpi whitish; second joint dark fuscous anteriorly exeept at apex; terminal joint with basal, median, and apical dark fuscous rings. Antennae fuscous. Thorax dark fuscous, with a posterior whitish spot. Abdomen dark fuscous. Legs fuscous, inferior surface and tarsal annula- tions whitish. Forewings narrow; whitish suffused with grey, especially towards costa, and with scanty, dark fuscous irrora- tion; a blackish discal dot narrowly ringed with whitish at |, a second preceding first on fold, a third similar to first in disc at ^: a blackish, apical dot surrounded with whitish; cilia dark grey. Hindwings narrowly lanceolate; grey; cilia grey. Three examples, two ^ in good condition, and a wasted $. H0PL0PHANES(?) LITHOCOLLETA, n.Sp. XidoKoXXifTos, inlaid with precious stones. ^. 9 mm. Head and palpi ochreous-whitish. Antennae grey; basal joint ochreous-whitish. Thorax whitish-ochreous. Abdo- men grey. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior tibiae and tarsi fuscous anteriorly; posterior tibiae grey on upper surface. Fore- wings rather broadly lanceolate; ochreous, suffused with whitish towards base and before apex; a lustrous, opaline, median streak from base to .^, edged with fuscous; a similar and nearly parallel streak from costa near base extending an equal distance; a short, transverse, opaline mark on midcosta; an opaline spot on dorsum before tornus, and another on tornus, the former thickly edged with blackish; a transverse, dark fuscous line from beneath | costa extending | across disc; a large, apical, fuscous spot; cilia fuscous, on costa, beneath apex, and on tornus whitish-ochreous. Hindwings lanceolate, acute; grey; cilia grey. 256 LEPIDOPTERA OF EBOR SCRUB, N.S.W., iii., I doubt whether this is a true Hoplophanes, but think it best included in this genus provisionally. One example, taken flying in the sunshine. Subfani. Xyloryctin^. Gen. Xylomimetes, n.gen. ^vAo/xtjLiT/TT/s, an imitator of wood. Palpi moderately long, ascending, recurved; second joint long, reaching base of antennje, thickened with closely appressed scales, rather strongly expanded at apex; terminal joint about | second, more slender, smooth, acute. Antennse of ^ slightly serrate, shortly ciliated. Thorax not crested. Forewings with tufts of raised scales in disc on upper surface; 2 from |, 7 absent, 8 and 9 short-stalked, or closely approximated at base and for some distance. Hind wings with 3 and 4 connate, 5 weakly developed, 6 and 7 connate. Anterior tibia? expanded with dense hair-scales. Type Pilustibes Irachyptera Turn., (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1900, p. 6). A very distinct genus, most nearly allied to Filostibes Meyr. Xylomimetes scholastis, n.sp. o-\oA(/.crTis, .sluggish. (J. 40 mm. Head white, base of sidetufts and face brownish. Palpi brownish, terminal joint and apex of .second joint white. Antennse brown-whitish; ciliations in ^ |. "Thorax whitish, posteriorly brownish-tinged. Abdomen whitish; second segment and bases of succeeding segments on dorsum ferruginous irrorated with whitish. Legs brown- whitish; posterior pair whitish. Forewings oblong, somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa moder- ately arched near base and apex, in middle nearly straight, apex rounded, termen slightly oblique, rounded beneath; four, strong tufts of raised scales, one at base of dorsum, one on fold about middle, and one at each posterior angle of cell; pale whitish- brown; a broad, suffused, white, costal streak, narrow at base, and not reaching apex; a fine, blackish, longitudinal streak from ^ to middle along upper edge of cell; two or three, fine, short, similar streaks on veins beyond middle; cilia pale brownish BY A. .TEFFRRIS TURKER.' f2P)7 barred with whitish. Hind wings considerably Iji'oader than forewings; ochreous-whitish; cilia ochreous-whitisli. Closely allied to A', trachyptera. which is also a scrub-species. One example, beaten from undeigrowth. It fell to the ground and remained motionless, exactly resembling a fragment of dead wood. Subfam. Q^coPHORiN.i:. EULACHNA XAXTHOSPILA, n.sp. ^avdou-TTiXos., jellow-ypotted. (J. 9 12 mm. Head blackish, lower edge of face ochreous. Palpi ochreous; terminal joint dark fuscous. Antennfe blackisli; ciliations in (J 1-i. Thorax and abdomen blackish. Legs black- ish; coxse and femora ochreous; tibiae and tarsi annulated with ochreous. Forewings narrow, posteriorly somewhat dilated, costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, terraen very obliquely rounded; blackish; markings ochreous-yellow, a narrow, oblique, sub-basal fascia from base of costa gradually expanding towards dorsum; a costal spot just beyond I, and another just beyond g; a larger spot on | dorsum, with an acute apex reaching mid-disc; cilia blackish. Hind wings ovate-lanceolate; dark fuscous; cilia dark fuscous. Two (J examples. OCYSTOLA OXYTONA, n.sp. d^'iToi'os, sharp. (J. lJ-14mm. Head and thorax yellow. Palpi ochreous, terminal joint and a broad subapical ring on second joint dark fuscous. Antennae pale yellow annulated with blackish; cilia- tions in (J 6. Abdomen grey. Legs grey; anterior coxae, middle, and posterior femora ochreous-wliitish; anterior tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish. Forewings narrow, costa gently arched, apex acute, termen very obliquely rounded; yellow; a broad, fuscous, terminal band; a transverse, dark fuscous, discal mark at §, confluent with terminal band; cilia yellow, on tornus fus- cous. Hindwings ovate-lanceolate; dark grey; cilia dark grey. Two (J examples. 258 LEPIDOPTERA OF EBOK SCRUB, X.S.AV., iii., CfESYRA BASILICA Meyr. Ctesyra basilica Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1884 p.770. One 9 example in poor condition, probably referable to tliis species. Also from N.S.W. : Sydney, Kiama.— Vic. : Melbourne. — Tasm.: Hobart. — S.A.: Wallaroo. Philobota anarkecta Meyr. Philohota anarrecta Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales. 1888, p.l620. Antennal ciliations of ^ 6. Two examples, one of each sex. Also from N.S.W.: Mt. Kosciusko(4,000 ft.).- Vic: Melbourne, (jisborne. EULECHRIA EMBOLOGRAMMA, n.Sp. €/Lt^oAoy/3a/x//,os, wedge-marked. (J. 12-14 ram. Head vvhitisli-ochreous. Palpi dark fuscous; terminal joint and apex of second joint wliitish-ochreous. An- tennie fuscous, ciliations of J" 1. Thorax wliitish-ochreous; patagiadark fuscous. Abdomen grey, apices of segments whitish, tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs fuscous; posterior pair wliitish- ochreous. Forewings moderate, not dilated, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded, terraen obliquely rounded; whitish-och- reous; markings blackish-fuscous; a broad, wedge-shaped, basal fascia, produced on costa to f; a triangular spot on costa beyond middle; an oblique streak from tornus towards but not reaching costal spot; a triangular, costal spot before apex giving rise to a subterrainal series of dots, which reaches tornus; several terminal dots; cilia whitish-ochreous with a few fuscous scales, on costa before apex fuscous. Hindwings grey-whitish; cilia ochreous- whitish. Two ^ examples. EuLECHRIA STRAMENTARIA, n.Sp. Stramentarius, straw-coloured. 9.18 mm. Head whitish-ochreous. Palpi whitish-ochreous; external surface of second joint dark fuscous except at apex. Antennae grey. Thorax whitish-ochreous. Abdomen ochreous- whitish, bases of segments ochreous-brown. Legs fuscous; pos- BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 259 terior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings moderate, not dilated, costa gently arched, apex rounded, ternien obliquely rounded; whitish-ochreous; markings blackish-fuscous, a large spot on base of costa; a spot on costa at j giving off a fine oblique line to near base of dorsum, a spot on midcosta; a minute discal dot at I, a second beneath it on fold, and a larger transverse mark at I; a spot on ;] costa giving off a curved, subterminal line to tornus; this is preceded and followed by more or less fuscous suffusion; some indistinct terminal dots; cilia whitish-ochreous, with indications of a median fuscous line. Hindwings grey; cilia whitish-ochreous. Two 9 examples. EULECHRIA EXIGUA, n.sp. Kviguus, little. (J. 10-11 mm. Head and thorax grey-whitish. Palpi grey- whitish ; external surface of second joint fuscous. Antennae dark fuscous; ciliations in ^ 3. Abdomen ferruginous-ochreous, apices of segments and tuft grey-whitish. Legs fuscous, tarsi with whitish annulations ; posterior pair, except tarsi, grey- whitish. Forewings narrow, costa gently arched, apex round- pointed, termen very obliquely rounded; grey-whitish; base of costa dark fuscous; some dark fuscous irroration toward dorsum and termen, and a dark fuscous discal dot at |; cilia grey-whitish, with a few fuscous scales. Hindwings narrow-ovate; pale grey; cilia pale grey. Three J" examples. Barea pasteodes Compsotropha pasteodes Turn., Proc. Linn. boc. N. S. Wales, 1914, p.559. Nine ^ examples, mostly in very good condition, in addition to the pair originally taken. This is a true Barea (Phlceojoola), in spite of vein 7 of forewings running beneath apex. It comes near B. nympldca Turn. Subfam. L y o N e t i a N .E. Bedellia somnulentella. Beddlia somnulentella Zel., Tsis, 1847, p. 894; Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1880, p. 170. 260 LEPIDOPTERA OF EBOR SCRUB, X.S.W., ill. One example. Also from Q.: Duariiiga, Brisbane, Coolangatta, Warwick. — N.S.W.: Murwillumbali, Glen Innes, Sydney, Bulli, Batliurst. — Vic: Warragul. -Tasm.: Hobart.— S. A.: Pt. Lincoln. — W.A.: Geraldton. Also from New Zealand, Europe, and North America. This insignificant species is one of the most generally distributed. Subfam. T i n e i N ^.. Narycia nemorivaga, n.sp. Nemori raijn'<, wandering in tiie woods, 9.15 mm. Head white. Palpi very short: fuscous. Antennae fuscous; basal joint white. Thorax dark fuscous. Abdomen grey; tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs fuscous: tarsi annulated with whitish-ochreous, posterior pair wholly whitish-ochreous. Fore- wings elongate-oval, not dilated, costa rather strongly arched, apex round-pointed, termeii very obliquely rounded; 7 absent; white, on costa ochreous-tinged; markings dark fuscous; a narrow, basal fascia slightly prolonged on costa; a broad, slightly oblique fascia from \ costa to mid-dorsum, edges slightly irregular but approximately straight and parallel; a triangular, subapical fascia, very broad on costa where it is interrupted by a white dot before middle, narrowing to tornus; a triangular, apical blotch containing a subapical, white dot on costa; cilia fuscous, twice interrupted by ochreous-whitish on costa, on lower half of termen and tornus ochreous-whitisli. Hindwings and cilia grey. One 9 example. 261 PETROLOGICAL NOTES. No. ii. The Relations between some Western Australian Gneissic and Granitic Hocks. By M. Aurousseau, B.Sc. The following notes are the results of three visits to Roelands and one to Albany. As I may not be able to resume the work, it is given here as it stands. Detailed mapping was begun at Roelands, but was not carried far enough to be of value. Prac- tically no laboratory-work was done, therefore all rock-names must be interpreted as field-names only. The Geology op the Roelands District. Roelands, 11 3| miles from Fremantle, on the South- West Railway, stands at the foot of the Darling Range (fault-scarp), east of Bunbury. The surrounding country was examined by a number of traverses between the Collie and Brunswick Rivers, as far east as Shenton Elbow on the former, and Olive Hill Siding on the latter. The formations met with are, in order of increasing age- Alluvials. Laterite. Conglomerate. Basic dykes. Pegmatites. Gneiss. Porphyritic granodiorite. The Alluvials occur all along the foot of the range, and in the Brunswick River Valley, where they are stratified. Laterite is sparingly distributed as a capping on the highest hills, about two miles east of the foot of the range. An outcrop of Conglomerate, to be correlated tentatively with the Donnybrook Series, occui's as a low hill between tlie railway and the foot of the range, but separated from the range by 262 PETROLOGICAL NOTES, ii., alluvials, about a mile north of Roelands. The matrix is a fine- grained, reddish-brown grit, and contains well rounded pebbles and boulders of pegmatite, aplite, light quartzite, dark sandstone, and decomposed, basic, igneous rocks, from |" to 2' in diameter. The granodiorite, gneiss, basic dykes, and pegmatites form all the high land east of the railway, except where capped by laterite. They are intimately associated in the field. The basic dykes intrude the acid rocks, forming a plexus, with only occasional approaches to parallelism. They show no distinct trend, and vary in width from mere veins to 50 feet and more. They are coarsely holocrystalline, variable in grainsize and basicity, and appear in most cases to be amphibolitic. They are often gneissic, sometimes passing from a granitoid texture in the middle, through a gneissic or schistose phase, to biotite- schist on the edges. They are generally associated with gneiss, rather than granodiorite. The Granodiorite-Porphyry forms a number of sporadic out- crops, some of which are of large dimensions, and are fairly free from basic dykes. It is well developed just north of the Collie River, half-way between Shenton Elbow and the railway, also around Olive Hill Siding, and between Brunswick Junction and the Roelands quarry. It is a coarse, granitic rock, with very numerous felspar-phenocrysts, up to 2" long, distributed entirely without arrangement in the most characteristic outcrops, where it weathers into small, rough tors. In the neighboui'hood of the gneiss, it is rudely fluidal. The Gneiss is most varied in character, and outcrops as irregu- larly as the granodiorite, but shows no definite boundarv-rela- tions to it. It is very well exposed along the Collie Tramway. There is not the slightest evidence that the granodiorite intruded it. All varieties, from fine, even-grained gneiss to coarse augen- gneiss occur, some of the latter bearing a suspicious resemblance to the fluidal modification of the granodiorite. The foliation follows no constant direction; on the other hand, it is best developed in the neighbourhood of basic dykes, and runs parallel to them. The more intense the foliation in the basic dykes, the more perfect are the neighbouring gneisses. In places, it is much BY M. AUROUSSEAU. 2ff3 contorted; it is then often associated with pegmatites, and may be intruded lit par-lit by amphibolite. The contortion is well shown in some cliffs on tlie north side of the Brunswick River Valley, near post 1997 on the Narrogin railway. A zone of con- tortion seems to run S.W. through this point, as it is met in several places south of the river too. l^he Pegmatites are widely distributed, but are not abundant. In the hills south-east of Olive Hill Siding, they are associated with masses of a green, actinolitic mineral, and an earlier, talcose mineral, both as yet undetermined, the latter probably being a pseudomorph. These minerals also occur in the pegmatite-out- crops on the south side of the small valley beyond Flaherty Brook, S.E. of Roelands quarry. The relations between the granodiorite, gneiss, and basic dykes, were most clearly shown in the Roelands quarry. Numer- ous dykes were exposed, some of which wei'e foliated. In many places, in the main quarry, the granodiorite Was seen to pass, in the direction of a basic dyke, by imperceptible gradations, into a fine-grained gneiss bordering the dyke, its foliations running parallel to the dyke, which was also slightly foliated, the edges being biotite-schist. Undoubtedly the gneiss is derived locally from the granodiorite, and its formation is connected with the basic dykes. At the south end of the quarry, a section was ex- posed showing three parallel dykes; between the first and second from the east, the granodiorite was unaltered, but between the second and third was a highly contorted gneiss, with a few felspar- phenocrysts. The change from porphyritic granodiorite to fine-grained gneiss is very definitely shown by the felspar-phenocrysts, in the follow- ing; arbitrary stages in the transition : — 1. Unaltered, porphyritic granodiorite; phenocrysts not oriented. 2. Phenocrysts fluidally oriented. 3. Phenocrysts fiuidally oriented, and crushed peripherally. 4. Phenocrysts fluidally oriented, elongated and distorted. 5. Phenocrysts dragged out, and crushed into long streaks of granular felspar. 264 PETROLOGICAL NOTES, ii., 6. Fine-grained gneiss, without phenocrysts. Perfect series of specimens can be collected in the quai'ry. The above facts lead me to advance the following hypothesis. The gneisses of the Roelands District were produced from the porphvritic granodiorite by uneven shearing processes, which accompanied the injection of basic dykes, under intense pressure. Earth-movement was prolonged after the intrusion of the dykes. The pegmatites appear to belong not to the granodiorite, but to some neighbouring intrusive, perhaps the Collie granite, an entirely.different rock. Physiogi'aphy. — The Darling Fault-Scarp has a more dissected and mature aspect in the Roelands District than near Perth. This is also expressed by the scarcity of laterite, and its retire- ment from the edge of the range. This greater maturity is pro- bably due to the heavier rainfall of the South-West. There is a marked contrast between the valley of the Collie River west of Shenton Elbow, and that of the Brunswick. The latter is more mature, meandering, and well filled with alluvial; whereas, though the two are only three to five miles apart, the former, though the larger, is a straight, V-shaped trench, with more tributary gullies on the south than on the north. This sugforests that the Collie follows a fault from Shenton Elbow to the west, where it takes a sudden turn from its former course. The material from the Roelands quarry is being used for the breakwater at Jiunbury, the quarry having been recently re- opened. The quarry-face has now a very difiierent appearance from what it had when I saw it last. The Crystalline Rocks of Albany. Previous observers have recorded only granites and basic dykes from the old crystalline complex of Albany. A number of different rocks occur there, however, and their relations are clearly shown in many fine exposures. The following types have been distinguished, and are arranged in order of increasing age — Basic dykes (two series). Pegmatites (two series). Aplite. BY M. AUROUSSEAU. 265' Miciogranite. Porphyritic granodiorite. Gneiss. They comprise, in all, a fundamental gneiss, and igneous rocks belonging to at least two, perhaps to three periods of activity. The gneiss and granodiorite are very much alike in appearance, especially when weathered, which is probably the cause of their not having been separated before. Their boundary, likewise, appears to be a very complicated and irregular one. The Gneiss is variable, but generally coarse, and porphyritic with felspar. It forms part of the mass of Mt. Clarence, and Mt. Adelaide. At the south end of Middleton Beach, the folia strike at 272° prismatic, a trend which is maintained elsewhere. Between Mts. Clarence and Adelaide is a contorted zone, where it becomes garnetiferous, finer in grain, more irregular in com- position, and contains dark schlieren. This zone is well exposed at the timber-yai'd between the deepwater- and town-jetties. Further south, near the entrance-beacon, a junction with grano- diorite is exposed. The Porphyritic Granodiorite forms the bulk of Mt. Melville, and part of Mt. Clarence, and occurs also as dykes in the gneiss. It is remarkably like the Roelands rock, but its large felspar- phenocrysts are generally fluidally arranged along different directions. It weathers into large, characteristic tors, which are a feature in the scenery of the district. Two very fresh dykes, exactly like the main rock, cut the gneiss on the coast, about one-quarter of a mile south of the south end of Middleton Beach. They are each a foot wide, and ultimately run together. They are cut and faulted by a small vein of microgranite. The Alicrog rani te occurs as dykes and veins in the granodiorite and gneiss. It is well exposed on the bare Hanks of Mt. Melville, and one large dyke runs from the summit of Mt. Clarence down through the reservoir. It sometimes contains large felspar- xenocrvsts. At a quarry on a bend of the Middleton Road, it is closely associated with a coarse, epidotic biotite-pegmatite, and is elsewhere bordered by pegmatite. •2U 268 PETROLOGICAL NOTES, 11. The Pegmatites occur in two series of veins and dykes, one set ■closely associated with microgranite, the other cutting it. The older can be seen occurring as irregular blebs, in a microgranite- dyke near the deepwater-jetty, where it also forms a border to the dyke at intervals. The younger occurs intersecting micro- granite in the railway-cutting south of the town-jetty. Both sets are exposed on the shore, north of the deepwater-jetty, where a N.W.-S.E. series cuts and faults a N.E.-S.W. set. Aplite occurs only rarely, and its age is doubtful. It is older than the pegmatites, as the old one cuts it at the deepwater- jetty, but its relation to the microgranite has not been observed. It has intruded the gneiss, both transgressively and concordantly, on the coast, where the contorted zone appears, between Mts. Clarence and Adelaide. Darwin recorded two series of basic dykes on the south side of the harbour. They cannot be distinguished on the north, as only a few dykes and veins occur. One dyke, near the deep- water-jetty, can be traced some distance seawards; it cuts gneiss, microgranite, and pegmatite, and is crammed with corroded xenoliths of acid rocks and xenocrysts of felspar. The smaller fragments are often associated with patches of sulphides. Some basic veins are to be seen in the railway-cutting, and on the shore, near the baths. They are marginally chilled, and cut microgranite and pegmatite. A slide of the junction of one of these veins with the gneiss, shows the cataclastic structure of the gneiss very well, while the basic rock is exactly like the so-callt^d andesites of the goldfields. The microgranite, aplite, and pegmatites seem to be related, but there is nothing to show whether they are directly connected with the granodiorite or not. There are numerous examples of miniature faulting in the district. For Roelands District, see N0.II6A of 40 chain Maps, Lands Survey Department, West Australia. 267 ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. July 26th, 1916. Mr. A. G. Hamilton, President, in the Chair. Miss M. Hinder, B.Sc, Mosman; Miss E. M. Hindmarsh, B.Sc, Sydney; Miss E. C. Pinkerton, B.Sc, Ashfield; Miss M. RosEBY, B.A., Neutral Bay; and Mr. C. E. Tilley, B.Sc, Syd- ney, were elected Members of the Society. The President announced — That the Council had decided to suspend the publication of the Abstract of Proceedings while the prevailing conditions of shortage and increased cost of paper continue. Also that Members were requested to curtail the notices of their exhibits, and to omit details not directly bearing on the scientific significance of the objects exhibited. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previj^us Monthly Meeting (28th June, 1916), amounting to 5 Vols., 70 Parts or Nos., 7 Bulletins, 3 Reports, and 21 Pamphlets, re- ceived from 43 Societies, etc., and three private donors, were laid upon the table NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. E. Cheel exhibited, on behalf of Mr. Hugh Dixson, fresh flowering-specimens of Kennedya nigricans Lindl., and K. Stirlingii Lindl., two West Australian species in cultivation at "Abergeldie/' Summer Hill. Mr. Dixson reports that both species are in a healthy condition; but although K. nigricans is an old plant, it does not mature its seed; while A'. Stirlingii seeds freely. Mr. A. A. Hamilton showed a series of the fruits of Tribulus ■terestris Linn., ("Caltrops") [ZYGOPHYLLEiE] exhibiting much 268 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. variability in shape, and in the length of their spiny appendages; also an example of Notelcea ovata R.Br.,[N.O. Jasmine^e] exhibit- ing polyphylly, apparently due rather to multiplication, than to division of one or more ordinary leaves. Mr. A. G. Hamilton exhibited five specimens of "Vegetable Caterpillars," Cordyceps Gumiii, collected near Albury, by the District Forest Ranger. The catei'pillais concerned probably belong to the Hejnaliikf. They burrow in the soil, and line the tubes with web. One of the specimens is surrounded by the silken tube. The type of the species showed no stipes to the fructification; but it is more usual to find a stipes varying in thickness. The specimens shown included both forms. 269 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA. No. iv. The Families Ituonida:, IIrmkrobud.e, Si yhid^, • Berothid^e, and the new Family Trichomatid.e; with A Discussion of their Characters and Relationships, AND Descriptions of new and little-known Genera and Species. By R. J. TiLLYARD, M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S., F.E.S., Linnean Maclbay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Plates xii.-xix., and ten Text-figs.) Introduction. In No. 2 of this series of Studies,* I dealt with the families Osmylidft', 3fyrmeleotttidce, and Ascalaphidce. There remained over for study a large number of tlie smaller and more generalised Neuroptera, usually included more or less loosely in the family HemerohiidcB. The working-out of this material, contained chiefly in my own collection, but augmented by the loan of specimens from the Queensland Museum, Brisbane, and from Mr. Froggatt's collection, has proved a difficult and protracted task. It would not, indeed, have been difficult to ofier merely descriptions of new species, for the great majority of the species studied were new to science. The problem lay rather in attempt- ing to form a conception of the true positions occupied by the smaller " Lacewings" within the Order Neuroptera. I was faced, at the start, with the fact that the family Hemerohiidoi had never been clearly defined from the very outset; that, as limb after limb had been chopped off from the old Hemerobiid tree (which originally embraced the whole of the Order Neuroptera, as we now accept it), the old hollow stump had become more and more the receptacle for any remnants which would not fit cleai-ly into * These Proceedings, 1916, xli., pp.41-70, 31 270 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, IV., any of the numerous well-defined families cut off from it. I found, everywhere, that there seemed to exist no scientific con- ception of what the family Henierohiid(e meant; no attempt has been made to study its venation thoroughly; and the authors, who used the family, either offered short, non-committal defini- tions, which utterly ignored the fundamental characters of wing- venation [see, for instance, Sharp(13), p.465], or merely used* the name as a headline under which various genera might be placed, without troubling themselves why or wherefore. It was> therefore, of the utmost importance to carry out a thorough in- vestigation of the venation of the genus Hemerohius and its true allies, and to discover a clear and comprehensive definition for the family Hemerubiidfe, which should not only embrace all the members of one natural group, but should also exclude the extraneous material that had, for so long a time, been allowed to drift in and out of the family, with no apparent reason, other than neglect of the fundamental principles of classification. The results of a close study of all the forms available to me were originally collected together with a view to publication as an extended introduction to this paper. I found, however, that it would be necessary to refer back continually to the general discussion, when I came to deal with the separate families. In order, then, to save much repetition, I have decided to give the main arguments under each separate family, where they will now be found. Those who desire to trace the fate of the family Hemerobiidce, its gradual narrowing down, and my own attempt to give it definite form and function, as a unit embracing only genera having true phyletic relationship with the type-genus Hemerohius, will find their information under this particular family, on pp. 282-293. Similarly, the vagaries suffered by Ithone and Sisyra will be found under Ithonidre (pp.274-279) and Sisyridcei^^.312-3U), together with analyses of the types of wing- venation found in these families. In dealing with Spermoj^hor- ella, gen.nov., I had to choose between forming a new family for it, or including it within the Holarctic Berothidce. I chose the latter, for the reasons given on pp. 3 15-3 16. No apology is needed for the formation of the new family Trichomatido' (pp.324-32f)), bV R. i. TILLYAKD. 271 since the two new genera forming it difier most strikingly from all known Neuroptera. The forms studied included also the beautiful genus Psi/chopsis, usually placed in the Hemerobiidce, but already recognised by N. Banks and Handlirsch as entitled to at least subfamily rank. The discovery of the complete life-history of one species of this genus, and the opportunity of examining the habits of the living larvae, pupje, and imagines, has so sti'engthened the conviction (which I had already gained from a study of the venation), that this group has nothing whatever to do with the Hemerobiidce, that I have cut it out of this paper, preferring to deal with it as a separate family, PsycJiopsidce, in a monograph to follow later. The only true allies of the Hemerobiidce, as restricted by me, are the Ithonidce and Dilaridce, the latter not found in Australia. These three families might well be placed together as constituting the Sub-Order Hemerobioptera, constituting the only remains of a single phyletic line of descent, defined by the exceedingly ancient character of the possession of more than one radial sector in the forewing. This character, though it may have occurred more frequently in the past, in groups now extinct (as, for example, in the Protodonata), appears to be quite lost in other recent Insecta, a reduction to a single radial sector being the almost universal rule. Its persistence in the Hemerobioptei'a is correlated with the retention of an ancient wing form and venational scheme. Narrowing or lengthening of the wing would require the elimination of the extra sectors; but the Hemerobioptera on the whole, though undergoing, through the course of ages, extreme reduction in size, have retained a very uniform and unspecialised venational pattern. Distinguished from these by the possession of a single radial sector in the forewing, the whole of the rest of the Order Neu- roptera stand out as an Osmyloid stock, and might fittingly form a Sub-Order Osmyloptera. These insects, though probably not in the main aquatic in their life-histories, have been continually throwing off aquatic or semi-aquatic remnants, while the great mass of forms progressed rapidly onwards along the more suc- cessful lines ofFei'ed by the rapacious, terrestrial, carnivorous. 272 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTKRA, IV., larval habit. Thus we have, as semi-aquatic offshoots, the Liassic and Jurassic Proheynerobiidce, the recent Osmylidce. ( some semi-aquatic, some terrestrial), and the highly-reduced Suyridce, whose larvae dwell in freshwater sponges. From the first of these, our Australian Psycliopsidce undoubtedly arose, by a unique specialisation of the wing-venation, and by the adoption of a larval habit closely resembling that of the Raphidians in the Northern Hemisphere. From the Osmylidce, a small, terres- trial side-branch, the Nymphidce, favoured by an exceptionally fortunate larval development, started out on the upward patVi which led to the great dominant groups of the Myrmeleontidce and Ascalaphidce. A small side-branch of the Prohemer-obiidce, the Jurassic Mesochrysopidce, probably gave rise to the modern Apoclirysidce and Chrysopidce. The highly-reduced remnant of the main stem, after throwing off the aquatic Sisyridce, reached the extreme limits of reduction in the Coniopterygidce. The positions of the Nemopteridce and Mantispidce are uncertain, but the former are probably allied to the Nymjjhidce, the latter to the Chrysopidce. We see, then, that of the five families dealt with in this paper, only two are of the true Hemerobioid stock, while the other three possess Osmyloid affinities. The resemblance between Hemero- biidce and Sisyridce is purely due to convergent reduction, both these families being specialised in comparison with the other three, though generalised enough when contrasted with the more dominant groups, such as the Clirysopidce. Of the three most ancient families, the Ithonidce appear to possess traces of Sialoid affinities, while the Bervth^dce and Trichomatidai must not only stand very close to the base of the Neuropteroid stem, but may even lie not far off from the more specialised line which led to the Micropterygidce in the Lepidoptera. Lepidopterists cannot, indeed, afford to ignore the growing importance of the Neurop- tera in helping them to a true view of the phylogeny of their Order. In this connection, the scales on the wings of Berothidce, the fringe of long hairs in this family and in the TnchovicUidce, the very obvious resemblance between the venation of the Mici opteryy'dct and the most highly reduced Neuroptera {Coniop- feV R. J. TlLLYARb. 273 tenjijidoi), and the persistence of a coupling apparatus for the wings, homologous with that of the Frenate Lepidoptera, in all but the most reduced forms of these archaic families, ought to be sufficient to attract their attention from the more humdrum duties of classifying and describing an immense mass of new forms. The following is a list of the families, genera, and species dealt with in this paper : — Family ITHONIJ)^; fam.nov. Genus Ithone Newman. (Type, I.fusca iSewm.). \ . lihone fusca Newman. 2. Ithoiie fuliia, n.sp. Family HEMEROBTTDyE (a mc restricta). Genus Drepanepteryx Burm. (Type, D. phalcandides Linn.). [Z). phalcendides Linn.] Genus Drepanacra, n.g. (Type, D)-epane/>teryxhuviUis McLach). 3. Drepanacra Ji-amilis McLach. 4. Drepanacra instabilis McLach. 5. Drepanacra hiitooda Newman. 6. Drepanacra hardy i, n.sp. 7. Drepanacra froggatti, n.sp. Genus Drepanomina, n.g. (Type, D. gibbosa, n.sp.). 8. Drepanomina gibbosa, n.sp. Genus Megalomina Banks. (Type, M. acutninata Banks). 9. Megalomina acuminata Banks. Genus Oxybiella, n.g. (Type, 0. bridwelli, n.sp.). 10. Oxybiella bridwelli, n sp. Genus Psychobiella Banks. (Type, Ps. sordnia Hanks). 11. Psychobiella J'usca, n.HTp. Genus Mickomus Rambur. (Type, M. variegatus Fabr.). 12. Microm,us tasmanue Walker, Genus Notiobiei.la Banks. (Type, N. unita Banks). 13. N otiobiella viridis, n.sp. 14. Notiobiella multifurcata, n.sp. 274 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv., Genus Carobius Banks. (Type, C. pulchellus Banks). 15. Carohiiis subfasciatus, n.sp. Family SISYRID^. Genus Sisyka Burin. (Type, S.fuscata Fabr.). 16. Sisyra turneri, n.sp. J 7. Sisyra rujlstignia, n.sp. Family BEROTHIl)^. Genus Spermophorej^la, n.g. (Type, Sp. disseminata, n.sp.). 18. Spermophorella disseminata, n.sp. (also egg and larva). 19. SpermojjJiorella maculatisshna, n.sp. Family TRICHOMATID^, fam.nov. Genus Trichoma, n.g. (Type, T. yracilipennis, n.sp.). 20. Trichoma gracilipeniie, n.sp. Genus Stenobiklla, n.sp. (Type, St. hirsutissima, n.sp.). 21. Stenohielln hirsutissima, n.sp. 22. Stenobiella gaUardi, n.sp. A list of all publications referred to during the writing of this paper is placed at the end in the form of a Bibliography. Re- ferences to this are printed in thick type. I desire to thank Dr. A. J. Turner, F.E.S., of Sherwood, Bris- bane, Mr. G. Hardy, F.E.8., of the Tasraanian Museum, Hobart, Mr. O. Lower, F.E.S., of Broken Hill, and Air. J. C. Bridwell, of Honolulu, for rare specimens dealt with in this paper, and received from them either by gift or by exchange; also Dr. R. Hamlyn-Harris, Director of the Queensland Museum, Brisbane, and Mr. W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S., F.E.S., New South Wales Government Entomologist, for the loan of material for study. Family ITHONIDvE, fam.no\'. (Plate xii.) Rather large insects, expanse 45-50 mm., with stout body, broad, short, sessile prothorax, and small head closely united with it; antennoi of moderate length and stoutness, tapering, very finely pectinate, with numerous close-set cylindrical joints; ocelli absent. Wings smooth, membranous, semitrans BY R. .T. TILLYARD. 275 parent, the hairs on the veins very minute; surface of forewing not a plane, Sc being sunk in a deep furrow, and R raised up on a high ridge above it; M lying in a deep furrow, and Cuj raised on a high ridge, which is partly continued by Mo. The same ridges and furrows on the hindwing, but the ridge of Cu, straighter, and not continued by Mg. Sc and R not fused dis- tally. Three radial sectors in forewing, two arising close to base, unbranched, a third arising a little distad from these, running parallel to and under R, and giving off numerous branches. In hindwing, only one radial sector, with numerous branches. M branching into two at a level about one-third of the wing-length in both wings Cu branching into two close up to base in both wings. Numerous irregularly placed cross-veins present. Costal area of forewing slightly enlarged, a recurrent veinlet present, the other crossveins seldom forked. A coupling apparatus well developed, but without a specialised frenulum on the jugal process. A well-developed false origin to Rs in the hindwing. I propose this new family for the reception of the very isolated and peculiar, archaic, Australian genus Itlione, whose relation- ships have long been a puzzle to entomologists. Two of the most striking characteristics of this genus are (1) its resemblance, when alive, both in general appearance and behaviour, to a Hepialid moth, the mode of flight (especially when attracted to a light), the resting position, and the form of the head and body all contributing to heighten this similarity; and (2) its un- deniable similarity to the SiaUdce, the family in which Walker placed it. As the life-history is quite unknown, we cannot even guess what the larva may be like; but, as will be seen below, I have collected evidence tending to show that it may be aquatic or semi-aquatic. The strong ridging of the wings along R and Cu is most certainly a Sialoid character; and it must be confessed that the term Planipennia is quite unsuited to the Order which contains this genus. But a study of the venation will convince us that Ithone belongs to the Neuroptera, s.str., and not to the Megaloptera {Sialidce), since the arrangement of all the main veins and their branches is typically Neuropterous, I should 276 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv., like, however, to point out that, in my opinion, Ithone stands not very far from the point at which the Megaloptera may be supposed to have diverged from tlie main Neuropteroid stem, and that it is quite possible that the larva may be of a general- ised type, and not possessing the sucking mandibles of the true Neuroptera. Tf this be so, we must perhaps consider the separa- tion of the Order Megaloptera from the true Neuroptera to be unwarranted. The character which seems to me to be of the greatest import- ance in this family is the peculiar generalised condition of the radius and its branches in the forewing. Naming the three radial sectors Rg, B3, and R4, respectively, from the most distal backwards towards the base, there can be little doubt that it is Rj, with its course laid parallel to and beneath Rj (the main stem of the radius), and with its numerous subparallel branches, which is the true homologue of the single lis, found in all Neu- roptera except the HeTnerohiidce, DiJaridce, and lihowdcu. The two sectors, R3 and R4, arising closer to the base of R, are strongly suggestive of an archaic formation, which we know occurred in the forewing of the great Protodonate Meganeura (Upper Carboniferous), and which was once probably of frequent occurrence in archaic unreduced types with dense venation. Not a trace of these two sectors exists in recent Odonata, in which the specialisation of the wing-venation appears to have set in earlier, and to have been of a far more drastic character, than we find in the Neuroptera. In the Odonata, the wing is essentially utilitarian, the last word in the development of a magnificent flying type. Tn the Neuroptera, on the other hand, the wing is, if I may say so, purely artistic, a beautiful expres- sion of the development of a symmetrical plan, which conserAcs almost all the archaic features of the insect-wing, and, as a result, is of little value for strong flight. How the two sectors, R3 and R4, have been eliminated in the newer forms, we are not in a position to determine. Either they have been simply sup- pressed during progressive simplification of the venation, or they have passed distad on to the base of Rg. where they would take on the character of branches of the radial sector. In either case, BY R. J. TILLYARD. 277 it is clear that Comstock and Needhain's proposition(3), unsup- ported, as far as I can see, by any evidence, cannot be accepted. This proposition was to the effect that additional sectors of R had been added, one after another, from the distal end, and had thus progressed gradually basad. Now the whole study of Neu- ropterous venation emphasises the fact that the tendency of branches of R (and of M and Cu likewise) is to move progressively distad, as we pass fi'om the older to the newer forms. Again, if Comstock and Needham were correct, the old original Es, with its many branches, would have to be the most basally placed, whereas it is actually the most distally placed in all three families where more than one sector exists. Thirdly, Comstock and Needham's proposition would necessitate a recognition of the smallest simplified Hemerobiida', with only two sectors, as archaic types, from which, by progressive elaboration of the venation, the forms with many sectors (such as Drepanepteryx, ' Megalomus) have been built up; whereas it must be obvious, to the most superficial student of the Order, that the very opposite is the case. The only argument in favour of Comstock and Needham's proposition is the fact that fossil Neuroptera, so far as they are known, all have a single Rs in the forewing. But the only fossils known, other than those of Tertiary age, are a a small group of forms from the Upper Lias and Upper Jurassic (the Prohemerohiidce of Handlirsch, together with one or two other forms) which are clearly allied to our Osmylidce and Psychopsidcf, and show already, in the Lias, a degree of special- isation which places them very far from the beginning of the Neuropteroid stock. Nobody would claim, I suppose, that such an admittedly archaic group as the Neuroptera arose in the Lias, or even in the Trias. It must have been already in existence alongside the Carboniferous Protodonata, these latter being, in fact, a very vigorous side-branch of the main stem, specialising in the assumption of an aquatic larval life-history. Why, then, have we so small a recoi'd of fossil Neuroptera ? The answer is obvious, viz , that they have all along been essentially a non-aquatic group, with a preference for dry climates. We cannot hope, then, to find their record written completely in freshwater beds, 22 278 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv., nor can we ever expect that the ancestry of any part of them is preserved for us in fossils, except that of the semi-aquatic Osmylidce and their nearest allies. As for the Hemerobiida', essentially a forest-dwelling group, we should expect to find them in Baltic amber (where several species do occur), but to look for their ancestors in freshwater or estuarine deposits, such as those at Solenhofen, is unreasonable, since they were neither aquatic, semi-aquatic, nor strong-Hying, as far as we are able to judge. I conclude, therefore, that the Ithonidce are an exceedingly archaic I'emnant of the old Neuropteroid stock, from which, later on, the Dilaridce (with only two sectors) branched oiF, and whose main stem is represented to-day in the more highly reduced Hemerobiidce. Apart from these three families, all the rest of the Neuroptera, with their single radial sector, must 1)6 con- sidered as a more recent and highly specialised stock, of which the Osmylidce and their near allies stand closest to the ancestral form, and from which the Myrineleontida', A seal aphid ce, Chryso- pidce, and Maittispidce arose, as the most vigorous and dominant offshoots. The nearest relatives of the Ithonido' are undoubtedly the Dilaridce (not found in Australia), which may be distinguished by their smaller size, slenderer build, the strongly pectinate antennee of the male, the presence of a lai'ge ovipositor in the female; and, in the venation, the lack of strong ridging of R and Cuj, the possession of only two radial sectors in the forewing, and the presence of fewer unspecialised crossveins. Genus Ithone Newman. (Plate xii.). Newman, Ent. Mag., v., 1838, p.l81. Characters as given above for the family, with the following additions : — No setse or fine hairs on any of the crossveins except the costals. Foreteys placed close under the head, with the coxae much enlarged and close together (Plate xii., tig.2). Tibice of all legs with a pair of short spurs. Tarsi five-jointed, the basal joint very long, a large bilobed empodiiom between tlie claws. Anal appendages of male strongly forcipate. Genotype, Ithone /nsca Newman. BY R. J. TILLYARD. 27'J The two known species of the genus may be separated as follows : — Larger and darker species, expanse 50 mm. or more, colouration fus- cous; antennw about half as long as forewing; appendages of male enormous I. fiisca Newman. Smaller, less robust and paler species, expanse 45 nmi. , colouration dull fulvous; antenna? two-thirds as long as forewing; ap- pendages of male of moderate size /. fu/ra, n. sp. 1. Ithone pusca Newman. (Plate xii., tigs. 7-9). Newman, loc. cii., p. 181. This species appears to be well known, and represented in a number of collections, but I have not seen any good description or figure of it published. Newman's description of it is very short, but quite to the point : — " Fusca, setosa, subtus dilutior et paullo flavescens, alae fuscescentes, venae longitudinales setis tecta?, transversfe nisi supracostales nudse.'' The general appear- ance is much like that of I./ulva, n.sp., as figured in Plate xii., fig. 1, but the whole body is stouter, hairier, and darker, the antennje shorter, thicker, and darker in colour, the wings broader and much darker. The appendages of the male are very remarkable, being in the form of an immense pair of forceps of very peculiar shape; the dorsal, profile, and posterior views are shown in Plate xii., figs. 7, 8, and 9 respectively. }Jab. — Sydney District, N.S.W., where it appears to be at present very rare. I ha\e a male and female taken at light in my house at Hornsby, but they are the only specimens that I have seen in the course of many years collecting. I also have some torn pieces of the wings of a specimen sent from Tasmania, but almost completely destroyed in the post, which probably belong to this species. It has also been recorded from Western Australia, but I do not know whether this is really the same species. 2. Ithone fulva, n.sp. (Plate xii., figs. 1-6). ^. Total length 17, abdomen 11-5, forewing 21, hindwing 18-5, expanse 45 mm. Head : eyes button-like, shining black, wide apart; antenna' 14 mm., filiform, tapering, dull fulvous; epicranium brown, clypeus brownish, yac^ and mouth-parts dull fulvous. 280 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv., Thorax brown above, with short, blackish hairs, dull fulvous beneath; prothorax massive, wider than head. Legs dull fulvous, densely clothed with short, dark brown hairs; tibial spines straight, black, blunt, very short compared with first tarsal joint (Plate xii, fig. 3), the latter nearly as long as the other four joints put together. Between the claws is a large empodium or jmlvillus (Text-fig. 1), formed of a single projecting piece, cylindrical basally, bilobed distally, but on the dorsal side only; below the lobes is seen a somewhat irregular black mass, which appears to be the dried, gummy exudation from the lumen of the organ. There can be little doubt that the pulvillus is essentially an adhesive disc, which, with the aid of a sticky secretion, enables this heavy-bodied insect to walk safely on slippery surfaces, and to rest for long periods on the outside of foliage. «■ § b. c. Text-fig.l. — Tarsal claws and empodium of It hone Jul m, n.sp.,(x30): a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, nearly profile view. Abdomen subcylindrieal, tapering slightly towards apex; in profile, segments 3-7 somewhat swollen. Colour dull fulvous. Appendages: superior strong, forcipate, 2mm. long, pale brownish, with short hairs; inferior OS mm. wide, rounded, dark brown, hairy (Plate xii., figs. 4-6). Wings pale semi-transparent testaceous, with a tinge of mauve towards costal border. In Plate xii., fig.l, the radius and subcosta appear to be fused, but actually R stands on a high ridge, with Sc sunk far beneath it, so that the two come into line when viewed from above. (In /. fusca, R and Sc are separately visible, owing to the greater breadth of the wing). The peculiar flattened head, sessile upon the large prothorax, the crossed mandibles, short maxillaiy and labial palpi, and the BY R. J. TTLLYARD. 281 enlarged, contiguous procoxfE, are all shown in position, viewed from in front, in Plate xii., fig. 2. Type in Coll. Tillyard. {^, Stradbroke Island, September 20th, 1915). //a6.— Stradbroke Island, S. Queensland. Two males taken on September 20th, 1915; one beaten out of a cypress-tree, another found resting on reeds in a swamp. The following note on this species may help to throw some light on the question of whether Ithone is an aquatic genus or not. The town of Dunwich, on Stradbroke Island, is supjjlied with water from two large tanks, set high up on the side of a hill. Water is pumped from a perennial stream near the coast, about two miles distant, by means of a pipe-line, which discharges into tank A. Tank B is connected by a base-pipe, so that its level rises with that of A, but it receives no water direct from the pipe. When returning with Mr. H. Hacker, of the Queens- land Museum, on September 21st, 1915, on our way to Dunwich to catch the steamer for Brisbane, we took the track up the hill to the Tanks. As the day was very hot, on arriving at the Tanks we stopped for a rest, and Mr. Hacker climbed the ladder placed between the tanks, in order to drink the cool water dis- charging into tank A. On looking into tank B, he noticed a large number of Ithone lying dead on the surface of the water, and called my attention to them. I ascended the ladder, but found that the depth of water in the tanks was so low (owing to the prolonged drought) that it was quite impossible to reach any of the Ithone with ray net; also, they were all very much spoilt, and not worth securing as specimens. I noted, however, that they were of both sexes, and all appeared to be of a pale colour, as if newly emerged, while, in some cases, the wings were badly crumpled. In tank A, where the water was disturbed by the jet from the pipe, I did not notice any Ithone at all. Now the question is, did all these Ithone fall into this tank and get drowned, while flying at night-time, either by pure acci- dent, or perhaps because they are attracted by water ? Or did their larvse actually live in the still waters of tank B, and the imagines fail to escape on emerging, owing to the lack of reed- 282 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv., stems or other supports on which they could hang while their wings were drying 1 As the pumps do not work at night, when these insects fly, I think that, if the former supposition were correct, both tanks should have contained numbers of this insect. But, of course, the strong jet of water in tank A may have drowned any insects that fell into it, and rendered them invisible. The abundance of Ithone in tank B (I counted over thirty), their evident imma- turity, and the presence of both sexes, suggests the strong pro- bability that the insect is aquatic in its larval stages. Family HEMEROBIID^ (a me restricta). Original! V, the family Hemerobiidca was formed to include all those insects which had a complete metamorphosis, a larva with suctorial mouth-parts, and an imago with densely-veined wings and mandibulate mouth-parts. That is to say, the insects in- cluded in this family comprised just exactly those which now form the well-defined and almost universally admitted Order Neuroptera Planipennia Unfortunately, the old, unscientific and out-of-date treatment of the Order continues to be used in many general works on Insects, as, for example, Sharp's "Insects'' in the Cambridge Natural History, 1901(13), and Froggatt's "Australian Insects," 1907(5). The initial step forward was the recognition of the fact that the old Order Neuroptera was a composite grouping. This fact was fully accepted by both Brauer (1885) and Packard (1886), both of whom restricted the Order Neuroptera to the two families Hemerohiida' and Sialidce. The term Neuroptera Planipennia was originally used to include three families, viz., the two just mentioned, and the Panorpidce. With the elevation of this last family into a separate Order (Mecaptera or Panorpatte), and the Sialidce into a further Order Megaloptera,the Neuroptera Planipennia (or, simply, Neuroptera) was left with only those insects which went to form the old family Ilemerobiidcti. The seven subfamilies {Myrmeleontides, Ascala- phides, Nemopterides, Mantispides, Hemerobiides,Chrysopides, and Coniopterygides), into which Hagen (1866) originally divided the family Ilemerobiidce, were then elevated to the rank of separate BY R. J. TILLTARD. 283 families. Six of these families are extremely well defined, and form natural groups well marked oil" from one another. The seventh, the old Hemerohiides of Hagen, was mei'ely a common receptacle for all the archaic remnants of the Order. It was -i^A- Text-fig. 2. — Venation of Micromus tasmanue Walker, (Hemerobiida'). Notation as usual; in addition, cua, cubito-anal furrow; cii/, cubital fork; cuj", secondary ditto; ,/, jugal lobe and process; mf, median fork; rf, radial fork; rni, radio-median furrow; c, false origin of Rs in hindwing. originally subdivided into four tribes, viz., the Dilarina, Nymphina, Osmylhui, and Hemerobiiiia. The first three of these are now generally recognised as good families. Even with the removal of these, and the elevation of the fourth tribe, Hemerobiiiia, to the rank of a family, I am still unable to find any general agreement as to what constitutes a Hemerobiid ! 284 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv., Thus, N. Banks, in 1909, dealing with our Australian Hemero- biid(e{i), included both Sisyra and Psychojjsis in that family. But the same author, in 1913(2), in a more general paper, includes, in the Hemerobiidce, four separate subfamilies, viz., Dilarince., Psychopsince, Osmylince, and Hemerohiince,, without offering any diagnosis of characters common to the four. It would, indeed, be difficult to indicate any. Sisyra is here put into Osmylincf, to which it more properly belongs, but the same subfamily is made to include the whole of the Nymphidce, Myiodactyhis, Poly- stcechotes, and the exceedingly archaic and isolated Ithone 1 On the other hand, Handlirsch, in 1908(6), recognised the Sisyridcf, Polystoechof.idce, Dilaridce, Nytnphidce, and OsmylidcB as separate families, retaining, in the Hemerohiidce, only thi'ee subfamilies, viz., Berothince, Psychopsince, and Hemerobiince. There can be little doubt that Handlirsch has most nearly achieved the task of cleansing the Augean stable, though he is certainly wrong in including Berotha with the Hemerobiidce, since it is more closely allied to the Osmylidce, as Banks supposed. I have already given my reasons for separating out the Psychojy- sincE as a very distinct, archaic family. What, then, are the characters by which the family Hemerobiidce, when reduced to its correct limits, may be known ? Nowhere have I been able to find any satisfactory diagnosis— chiefly because, as we have already seen, the family has always been so cumbered with ex- traneous elements that a diagnosis was impossible. I think that the family Hemerobiidce may be very clearly defined by the combination of the following characters (Text-figs. 2-4) : — (1). I'he presence of more than one radial sector in the foretving. This character appears to me to be of the utmost importance, since it separates out the Hem,erobiidce at once from all the rest oj" the Order, except the Ithonidce and Dilaridce. (2). The absence of unsj^ecicdised cross-veins. In the Hemero- biidce, the few cross-veins left are all put to some important use, either by forming gradate series (cf. Chrysopidce) or, in single cases, as special supports or junctions for longitudinal veins. Unspecialised cross-veins are present in the Ithonidce and Dilaridce. BY R. J. TILLYARD. 285 (3). The presence of at least one false or secondary origin for the radial sector in the hindwiiiy (Text-fig. 2). At least one false origin (a?) is present in all Hemerobiidce known to me, as well as in all Chrysopidce. Owing to the true origin of Rs being placed too close to the base of the wing to afford the necessary support to the vein, the cross-vein placed next distad from it, between R and Rs, becomes strengthened and oblique, while the portion of Rs lying basad to it becomes weakened and often bent, and, in many cases, fuses basallv with M. The result can be seen Text-f5ff.3. — Venation of Hemerohius humnli Linn. very clearly in Text-fig.4. The false origin a; (originally a simple cross-vein) appears to be the real origin of Rs, while tlie small portion of Rs, lying just basad to x, takes on the form of a cross- vein. In Drepanepteryx (Plate xiii.), a second cross-vein follows suit, and we have two false origins, x and x!. In Megalomina (Text-fig. 8), we see an intermediate condition, the second cross- vein being only partly specialised, though the first has become greatly lengthened. In Hemerohius (Text-fig.3), two false origins are present, but are very short, owing to the close approximation of Rs to R basallv. 23 286 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv. A single false origin is always present in Chrysopidce, Ithonidce, and SisyridcB. (4) The presence, in all except very reduced forms, of a coupling apparatus at the base of the wings. The coupling apparatus (Text-fig.2, j: also Plates xiii.-xiv, jl, jp, fr) consists of two parts : — (a) On the forewing, a convex, pro- jecting, oval lobe, the juyal lobe (jl), occupying the extreme base of the pos- terior margin. (b) On the hindwing, a concave, pro- jecting, and somewhat angular process, the jiigal process (jp). The upturned edge of this process is fringed with fine setas, while its apex, or angle, carries one or more very strong and stiff bristles of a larger size, constituting a true frenulum ffr J directed outwards. During flight, the two wings on one side are coupled together by the pro- jecting jugal process with its frenulum of bristles, which passes beneath the base of the forewing, so as to project upwards into the concavity of the jugal lobe. These structures have frequently been remarked upon in Drepanepteryx, where they are, indeed, very conspicuous, and have been well figured by Sharp (13; p. 468). McLachlan also described them as present in Megalomus, though less conspicuous. It seems extraordinary, therefore, that nobody should have noticed their presence in other genera of this family. I have examined the Palsearctic genera £o7'iomyia, Hemerobius, Micro mus, and Sympherobius, and I find the coupling apparatus quite * Diagrams to show phylogenetic development of false origins of Rs in hindwing : a, archaic stage, crossveins unspecialised (e.g., Spermo2^horeUa, PI. xvii.); />, intermediate stage, first crossvein becoming ol)lique, Rs hitched on to M; c, false origin completed at x, second crossvein becoming oblique (e.g., Megalomina, Text-fig.8); d, two false origins completed at X and x' (e.g., Drepanepteryx, PI. xiii.). feY R. J. TILLTARb. 287 conspicuous in all of them. Tt is also present in all Australian genera: though, in extremely small and reduced forms like Carobius and Notiobiella (Plate xvi.), the jugal process is either absent or only represented by a frenulum. That the apparatus is of very archaic origin is shown, not only by its being most highly developed in the oldest and most densely-veined forms of Hemerobiida', but also because it is pre- sent and well formed in Ithone, which stands very close to the ancestral stem of those in.sects. (5). The absence of any distal fusion betiveeii So and R. This is the character relied upon by N. Banks. Unfortunately, in some of the most reduced genera (e.g., Carobius), Sc and R are so close as to be practically fused throughout their length. Also, in the Chrysopid(e, there is no fusion between Sc and R distally. How- ever, from a phvlogenetic point of view, the character is import- ant, since it shows us a point in which the Osmylido' and Fsychopsidre have undoubtedly progressed beyond the Hemero- biidce. In the Chrysopida', Sc runs into the pterostigma well above R, and ends weakly there. This appears to be most certainly a specialisation from an original Hemerobiid-like con- dition of Sc and R. Lastly, in Ithone, there is the same condi- tion of Sc as in the Hemerobiidce., but Sc is deeply sunk under the high ridge of R. (6) The archaic, unspecialised form of Rs. This character is shared with most other families of Neuroptera, but serves to enable us to distinguish the Hemerobiidoi from the Chrysopidce, in which Rs is zigzagged. (7). The retention of the archaic branchings of the veins as they approach the ivincj-horder. In the Hemerobiidce, these branchings are present, and usually numerous, for all veins from the ptero- stigma outwards to the apex, and round along the posterior border to the base. In the costal space of the hindwing, from base to pterostigma, the cross-veins are regular and unbranched. In the forewing, however, these same cross-veins are elongated and usually branched. Only in those genera, in which the costal space of the forewing is not enlarged, do we find any consider- able number of these veins unbranched. 288 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv., Phylogenetically (if we may take the venation of the Mesozoic fossils as a true guide), there can be little doubt that the most archaic condition is that in which the costal space is not undulv enlarged, and the costal cross-veins either slightly, or not at all, branched, while the veins approaching all the rest of the wing- border are freel\^ branched. Thus the costal space of the hind- wing retains the archaic form, while the great enlargement of the same space in the forewing, seen in such genera as Drepunep- teri/x, together with the formation of the rectirrent costal veinlet (Plate xiii., Cr) must be regarded as specialisations correlated with increase in wing-breadth. (8). The fusion of M with R hasally in the forewiny, and the fusion of M in the hindtving with the. weakly formed^ original^ basal portion of Es. These are distinct specialisations in the venation, which, though found in the Chrysopjidce and Dilaridoi also, offer a definite distinction from the Ithonidce and Osmylidce, where M is fused with R in both wings. (9). 'The unspecialised form of the antennae. These are formed of very numerous, small joints, the basal joint being usually slightly enlarged. The antenna; may be described as slender, moniliform, and very finely pectinate. In length, they vary from a little less than half the wing-length {Drepanepteryx), to about the full length of the wing (Oxybiella). They most closel}' resemble the antennae of Osmylidce (probably the most archaic form of these organs), but these latter have the separate joints longer and thinner by comparison. The antemise also serve to distinguish the Hemerobiidoi from the Psychopsido', in which these organs are exceedingly short; from the Chrysopidce, in which they are exceedingly long; and from the Nymp)hida', in which they are disiinctl}' thickened. (10). Position of rest: the wings completely hiding the body, and placed almost vertically to the resting-plane, with the costal margins downwards, the posterior margins meeting in a high ridge above the body; the head bent downwards, and often partly hidden by the projecting costse of the forewings. This resting-position is very like that of the Osmylidoi, and C oiiiopterygidd', in both of which, however, the head shows much BY K. .T. TILLYARD. 289 more freely in front of tlie wings, while the approximation of the two pairs of wings towards the mid-vertical plane is not so great. The Psychopsi(/a' rest quite dilierently, with the wings forming a very fiat roof over the body, the angle between each forewing and the restiug-plane being very small. The resting position of Ithone resembles that of a Hepialid moth. Having thus indicated the principal characters of this (as it seems to me) exceedingly clearly defined family, we may summa- I'ise them in the following short definition. Small, short-bodied insects with short jyrothur ax. Antennoi (yf t)ioderate length, mon- ili/orm, finely pectinate. Ocelli absent. Wings held almost vertically in repose, ivith custid ■margins downwards, completely hiding the body. Generalised form of Rs(not zig-zagged), and numerous branchings of the veins at the margins of the wings. Sc and Ji not fused distally. M fused basally vnth E in forewing, ivilh v)eak base of Rs in hindivvng At least two radial sectors in forewing; only one in hindicing, bid this one strengthened by the development of at least one false origin, formed from a cross vein placed distad from the true origiti.. Absence oj all unspecialised cross-veins; tlie feio that are present forming either gradate series or special braces between the main veins. A coupling apparatus, in the form of juyal lobe and process, nearly always present at base of icings. The Hemerobiidcc, then, are distinguished from the other families with which they are likely to be confused, as follows (the characters are numbered as above;:— From all except the Ithonido' and Dilaridif, by (1): from the Ithonidcs and DilaridcB by (2). In particular From the Psychopsida- by (1), (3j, (4), (5), (9), and (10). From the Osmylidce by (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (8;, and (9), as well as by the peculiar, elongated and upcurved mandibles of the Osmylid larvae. From the Chrysopidw by (I), (4), (6), (7), (9;, and (10). From the Sisyridct by (1), (5), and the important dilierences in larval form and life-history. From the Berothidce by (1), (3), (4), and (5), and the absence of any scales on the wings of the female. 290 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPIERA, iv., The genera, Rapisma Siud Oliarces, induded in the H einerohiidce by N. Banks(2), must be removed from that family as defined above, on account of the presence of only one radial sector, and numerous, unspecialised cross-veins. I think that a new family will be required for these two genera. They ai^e not found in Austialia. I have not attempted to divide the Uemerobiidfe into sub- families, because it seems to me that a single phyletic line of descent is clearly indicated, with all the intermediate stages still present, from the comparatively large, densely-veined, and most generalised form {Drejmnejjteryx) right down to the smallest forms (Sympher'obius, Notiohidla, etc.) in which the venation is comparatively simple, and in which all the signs of a liigh specialisation by reduction are evident. Thus, if we attempt to separate Drepanp,pteryx and its allies oif on a very important venational character (as I had hoped to do), viz., the presence of the original Cuj in the hindwing, we shall make an unnatural grouping: for a new genus ( Drepanomina) has just come to light, which is most certainly a close ally of Drepanepteryx, but lacks this important vein. Nor does the falcate form of wing justify us in elevating this same group into a subfamily, since, in other respects, Drepanoniina, Megalomus, and Megalomiita are very closely allied. Again, while we can pass in a descending scale (by reduction) from Drepanepteryx to Drepanacra, thence to Drejyauoinina, and thence directly to the pointed-winged forms Megalomina and Oxybiella, the connection with the smaller, round-winged forms is supplied by Micromns, which is clearly a specialisation from Megalomina (loss of recuirent costal vein by narrowing of costa), and in a somewhat different direction by Psychobiella (fusion of the two basal radial sectors of forewing into one). Thus we arrive, at last, at a form with only three radial sectors in the forewing. The final reduction to two radial sectors is actually accomplished, in the Paltearctic region, within the range of the type-genus Hemerobms itself; while, in Aus- tralia, the line of reduction passes on from Psychobiella to Motio- biella, with Carobius as a side-branch. In the actual practice of determining genera of HemerobiidcH BY R. J. TILLYARD. 291 from tables or keys based upon venation, it seems to me that much confusion would be avoided (especially for those whose knowledge of the group is not extensive) if two points were carefully borne in mind. Firstly, it is necessary to be able to pick up the median vein at a glance. But, owing to the basal fusion of this vein with R or Rs, how can we recognise it with certainty, except by recourse to the pupal tracheation 1 This can always be done by looking for the radio-median Jurrow (Text-fig. 2, rm), a deep groove which separates the last (most basal) branch of R in the forewing, or Rs in the hindwing, from M. This furrow runs just anteriorly to M, and, in certain lights, it shows up as a white, shining line, even more conspicuous than the veins themselves. The median vein also is always two- branched in Bemerobiidce, the fork being called the median fork (Text-fig. 2, mf). In the Plates, rm is represented as a dotted line. A similar, very distinct furrow separates Cu from A, and is designated the cubito-anal furrow (Text-fig.2, cm«). Occa- sionally, as in Z)/(Sprt«eji;adate series in both wings sti'ongl}' marked with black. Hindiriny with six branches to Rs. FenestpJla absent. Litnvhs of forewing coalesced intf) a single, long lunule. Xamher of iiradate crost^-vpins abo^■e Cu,, in foi'ewing, 9 in inner, 11 in outer series; in hindwing, '^ in inner, 10 in outer series. T y p e in Coll. Tillyard. Unique. Easily distinguished by its small size, broad and scarcely falcate forewings, dark grey-brown colouration, absence of fenestella, and fusion of lunules. 7. Drepanacra froggatti, n.sp. (Plate xiv., fig. 17). A small specimen, expanse If) -5 mm., in Mr. Froggatt's col- lection. Resembles D. hardyi in size and venation, and in the absence of fenestella; differs from it in possessing a much more falcate forewing, and a totally different colouration, this latter being variegated as in the type-form of D. instabiUfi McLach., but duller. rrround-colour of forewing pale greyish-ochreous, semi-hyaline ; an ii-regular, dull brownish cloud behind the lunules, which are separate, four in number, but not very dis- tinct; a slight brown cloud around the median fork, and five or six, faint, oblique, brown fasciie running into the wing from the costa. About five of the cross-veins of the outer gradate series, situated behind the lunule, marked wath black. Hindwing marked with greyish-brown on pterostigma, along base of hind- margin, along whole of outer gradate series, and on Cu,,,. Type in Coll. Froggatt. Unique. Not labelled, but Mr. Froggatt tells me that it was taken in Victoria. It resembles a very dwarfed D. instahilis. Genus Drepanomina, n.g. (Plate xiv., fig. 18). Characters as given above in the table. A very distinct genus, easily recognised by the costal hump on the forewings, the extreme falcation of both fore- and hind- wings, and the absence of Cuo in the hindwing. BV R. J. TILLYARD. 303 Genotype, D. (lihhosn, n.sp. Apart t'l'om tlie })eculiar shape of the wings, the venation shows this genus to be closely allied to Megalunilua Banks, with which it agrees in the number and form of the gradate veins, there being three in the forewing and two in the hindwing, though the middle series of the forewing and the inner of the hindwing are more complete than in Mcgcdomina. 8. Drepanomina gikbosa, n.sp. (Plate xiv., fig. IS). TafdJ h'nijfh 7 mm., J'(»r/rini/ 10 mm., expanse 21 "5 mm. Head brown, heavily marked with shining black on epi- cranium and face; eyes dark brown; antenncH pale brow n at base, the rest ochreous, annulated with dark brown. T h o r a x : pra- thorax blackish, with a rich orange-brown median patch on notum; rest of thorax blackish, with a paler brown border posteriorly on metathorax. A b d o m e n (shrunken) brownish; markings indistinct. W i n g s : forewiiuis with all veins alter- nately speckled with dull whitish and dark brown, the general eftect being a medium brown colour all over the wing; posterior margin fi'om apex nearly to base marked with dark brown in regular patches, isolating paler areas suggestive of the lunules of Drepanacra\ a darker brown cloud runs obliquely aci'oss the Aving not far from the falcate border, and is widest on the posterior margin, and tapering almost to a point towards the costa, not far from the apex; a number of short, dark, oblique streaks on R, and just proximally to the brown cloud. Hindivlngs with venation around the margins, and in distal half of wing, dull brown; in basal half of wing, whitish; pterostigma pale straw- colour. No fenestella. Radial formula 2-f-l-fl+l+l=6. Hindwing with tiAe branches to lis; only one false origin, but that very strongly developed, Rs being strongly looped concavely to R, and strongly bent at origin (jf its most basal branch. Type in Coll. Froggatt. Unique. Not labelled; but Mr. Froitiratt informs me that it was taken in V^ictoria. 304 STUDIES IK AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, IV , Genus Megalomina Banks. (Text-fig. 8). Bankfs, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, xi., 1909, p. 78. Wings rather broad, hmceolate. Forewiug with four radial sectors, all simple except the most distal one, which lias two posterior branches; three series of gradate cross- veins; costal space nai-row at extreme base, and then broadening considerably; recurrent costal veinlet present, but not conspicuously branched. HindnHug with no true Cuj; Cuj strongly formed, sharply branched at cuj": Rs Avith one false origin, Aery oblique and elongated, and a second cross-vein slightly oblique; between the two, Ks is curved concavely to R, and gives off sca eral branches; five branches to Rs altogether; two gradate series. Genotype, M. acuminata Banks. Text-tig.S. — Wiiijis uf Mc'jKfoiiiiiia acuminatn Banks. 9. ]Me(;al0xM1NA acuminata Banks. (Text-fig. 8). Banks( 1; p.78). Esben Peter.sen(ll; p.642, and PI. lxxi\ ., fig.9). This species appears to be very I'are. Banks' type came from Bundaberg, (^). A second specimen is in Mr. Froggatt's collec- tion (loc. Queensland), and is the one figured by Petersen. The specimen, whose venation is figured in Text-fig. 8, was taken by me at One-Tree Hill, Brisbane, on September 23rd, 1915, by BT «. J. TILLYARD. 306 sweeping the lower branches of a Hoop-Pine {Arancaria Cmi- )t,inf/haniil) with a large net. Tliis is the only species of the genus. Genus OxYBiELLA, n.g. (Plate xv., fig. 20). Antenme, nearly as long as forewing. Witu/s narrow lanceolate, \ery sharply pointed. Foreivlng with four radial sectors, all simple except the most distal; inner gradate series present, and arranged close under, and nearly parallel to R: outer series not regularly formed; no middle series; costal space very narrow at base, then somewhat broadened; recurrent costal veinlet present, but very weakly formed. llitidwhiij with no true Cu,; Cu,,j rathei' weak and curved; a single rather long and oblique false origin to Rs; Rs with four branches; jugal process very pro minent. Hind fihuH broadened, blade-like. Genotype, 0. bridwelli, n.sp. This genus is most closely allied to Megalomiita, from which it differs by the narrower and more pointed wings, and the absence of the middle gradate series in the forewing. lU. OXYBIELLA BRIDWELLl, n.sp. (Plate XV., fig. 20). Tdffd Ifiuith 4 "8, anlfumti b'f>, J'orfiviny 8, expanse 17 '5 mm. ' Head pale brownish; eijes black; anteitnai long and slender, basal joint swollen, pale yellowish-brown, rest brownish with darker annulations. T h o r a x : profhorax large, divided into three by two fine transverse furrows, brownish. Pterofhorax broad, brownish. Legs : femora brown, tibise testaceous, just touched with rose-pink, tarsi testaceous with black claws. A h- domen dark brown, apex rounded; no visible appendages. Wings : /ureicing semi-transparent bi'own, with a clear whitish streak running longitudinally through distal three-fifths of wing to tip, a less distinct and more irregular white streak belo^- it in region between M, and Cu,; also a subtriangular whitish area between Cu.j and lA. All these white areas bordered irregularly with black blotches; a number of smaller black spots along R. Venation of forewing brownish, except branches of R and M, which are rose-coloured. Hindwiiu) hyaline, shaded with brown lightly on costa, pterostigma, and hindmargin. 306 STUDIES IK AUSTRALIAN IfHUIlOPTERA, iv., T y p e in Coll. Tillyard. Unique. This very striking insect was taken by Mr. J. C. Bridwell, of Honolulu, on .September 1 2th, 1915, Avhile collecting with nie at Kedron Brook, Brisbane. It was beaten out of a small wattle- tree whose foliage was completely covered, and almost destroyed, by a small species of Psyllid. Genus PsYCHOBI^:LLA Banks. (Plate x v., fig. 21). Banks (1; p. 7 9). Atifrinui' quite two-thirds as long as forewings. U'itufs ^ell rounded at tips. Forewing with three radial sectors, two arising close together near middle of R, and the third close to the base, just distad from M; this last gives off an anterior branch, strongly arched upwards: the middle sector is simple, the most distal sector many-branched. Costal space of forewing broad near base, the recurrent veinlet present, with a number of forked branches. Two gradate series in both wings, the outer veiy long and running nearly parallel with the wing-margin, the inner with much fewer cross- veins. //Indwiug with two well-developed false origins to Hs; Cu.j absent, Cu,^ fairly well formed, but not diverging strongly from Cu,^ at en/". G e n o t y p e, Ps. sordida Banks. The genus is a \erv tlistinct one, but may be considered as a rather specialised derivative from Mcffa/omina, in which the number of radial sectors in the forewing is reduced from four to three, by the shifting i)f the origin of the second sector from the base on to the stem of the most basal one. This gives, as a fixed generic condition, the arrangement which occurs as a frequent variation in Drepaiiacra, as shown in Text-fig. 6, />. There are two closely allied species, which may be distinguished as follows: — Furewiugn bruwii. Mith reddish s(ij,'ma; liindwiii^'s with throi- branches tu Rs; middk' tihiii' fusit'oriti /*••<. iordid't Banks. Forewings fuscous, stigma dull brown ; hindwings with five branches to Rs; all the tibise slightly fusifoi'iii, those of hind- legs elongated and s(jniewhat flattened P?. J'nsca, n. sp. BY R. J. TILLYARD. 307 11. PSYCHOBIKLLA FUSCA, 11. sp. (Plate XV., fig.21). Total hmith 4'7, forewing 8"5, fxpauHP 18 mm. Head : eyt's dull black: aiitmiui' brown with darker annula- tions, basal joint semitransparent orange-brown, enlarf^ed; ep-i- craniit/m hairy, brown: facf yellowish-brown. Thorax atid Abdomen dark brown. Lp(/s : forelegs dark brown: the rest pale testaceous. W i n g s : forennmifi deep seniitranspai-ent t'lis- cous, tinged with blackish along basal half of hind-border; ptero- stigma dull lirown, with a fine yellow line passing through it just below costal margin. il'mdirmy hyaline, with brownish stigma. Type in Coll. Tillyard. A unique specimen, captured by me at One-Tree Hill, Brisbane, on September 23rd, 191.^, while sweeping the branches of the same pine-tree from which 1 (jb- tained Mft/a/omi/ia acuminata. Genus MicROMUS Rambur. (Text-fig. 2). Rambur, Hist. Nat. N<^vroptt'res, [Hi'I. irim/.s' rounded at tips. Forfu-hui with four or more radial sectors, regularly and evenly spaced off from one another, all simple except the most distal. Tw(j series of gradate cross-veins in both wings. Hlndimmj with only one false origin to Rs; Cuo absent, Cuj close to M, Cu,„ weakly formed. Ftfroat'igma strongly formed, especially in hindwing. Genotype, M. iririegattis Fabr. The two Australian species of this widely distributed genus may be separated as follows: — 'Smaller species, with only five radial sectors in forewing M. ta»mam(f (Walker). Larger species, with bi'oader wings and six ladial sectors M. vinacenf< Gerst. 12. MiCROMUS TASMANi^*(Walker). (Text-fig.2). Walker, "Characters of undescribed Neuroptera in the Col- lection of W. W. Saunders, Esq.", Trans. Ent. Soc, v., 1859.= M. austraJis Froggatt, Agricultural Gazette of N. S. Wales, * In 1852, ^^'alkel■(14) described Hemerobhis anftrali'^ from New Holland 308 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv., 1904 (nec J/, aimtralis Hagen, 1858). = ^1/. froygaffl Banks (l; p.77, 1909). In spite of the brevity and futility of Walker's desci'iption, which ignores ahnost ever}' point of real importance, there can be no doubt that he described this conunon species, for three reasons. Firstly, it is the only Hemerobiid known from Tas. mania (where it is quite common), except species of the genus Drepauacra. 8econdly, the measurements given by Walker ("length '2-^^ lines, wings 5-6 lines") agree with the size of Tas- manian specimens of this insect. Thirdly, Walker's remark "veins rather few, with brown points," indicates the speckled character of the venation, one of the most noticeable character- istics of the species. Hence the more familiar names given by Banks and Froggatt must sink as synonyms of Walker's name tasmani((i. This species is abundant, not only in Tasmania, but also in all, except the driest, parts of Australia. It varies greatly in size, as well as in the amount of speckling on the veins of the forewing, some specimens being very pale, others much darker and more variegated. A black mark covering mf and Cu, just below it, and black on the cross-veins of the outer gradate series above the lowest radial sector, appear to be constantly present in the forewing. The expanse of wing varies from 1 1 to 22mm., females being larger than males, and southern specimens gener- ally larger than northern ones. More specimens of this insect exist in collections than of all the other Australian Hfmerobiidif put together. It is one of our most beneficent insects, the larvae destroying annually immense quantities of aphides in orchards and gardens. M. vinacens Gerst., is a rarer species, confined to the N. Queensland coast-line. (p. 289); his description agrees with this species fairly well for size and colouration, but his statement "radii sector primus unifureatus, do. secundus unifureatus, do. tertius trifurcatus'' does not agree with the venation, unless his type was an anomalous specimen. BY R. .T. TILLY ARD. 309 Genus Notiobiella Banks. (Plate xvi., figs. 22, 2o). Banks (1; p..^0). Small insects, with well rounded wing-tips, forewing much ongerand wider than hindwing. Forewim/ with onl}' two radial sectors, hoth hranched, and connected by a cross-vein running from the fork of the basal one to near the base of the distal one. llindwiny with false origin of Rs strongly formed, very oblique; Cu., absent. Outer gradate .'^eries completely absent in both wings; the inner series represented by three oi' four cross-veins in forewing, only one in hindwing (connecting Mj to basal branch of lis). Costal space of forewing moi'o or less widened, with the recurrent veinlet present. G e n o t y p e, N. nnifa Banks. This genus is a highly specialised reduction from a type re- sembling Psychitbiella, by the elimination of the long, outer gradate series, and the loss of one of the two radial sectors arising from near the middle of R in the forewing. N. Banks has described five species, N. extrema, K. stigmatica, X. II II ltd, N. ohliqita, and JV. pvetiosa, the last from Fiji, the others from Middle Queensland. None of these species is known to me. Two species from S. Queensland appear to be very dis- tinct from any described by Banks. 1:5. Notiobiella viridis, n.sp. (Plate xvi., fig. 22). Total lenyth :i,/orfiwiny 6-5, hiudtving 3-8, pxpaiistp 13-5 mm. Head yellow ; pi/es black ; antennce yellowish shading to brown distally. T h o r a x and A b d o m e n binght yellow. Leys testaceous. W i n g s hyaline, with pale green venation. Forewiny with costal space only of moderate width, but all the cross-veins densely branched along costa; distal radial sector branched only once. All the veins approaching the distal border of the wing divide into two once only, and each branch divides into minute forkings at the margin. Some of the veins near the base are much thickened, particularly M in forewing; Cuj in forewing arches up after leaving cuf. T y p e in Queensland Museum Coll., Brisbane; taken at Bris- bane on June 26th, 1911, by Mr. H. Hacker. Unique. •26 310 STimiES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv., This very distinct and peculiar species might well form the type of a new genxis, since it differs from all other species of XotiobiAla by its green venation, very reduced hindwings, and by the peculiar thickening of the veins near the base of the w ing. I prefer, however, to leave it in Xofiohiplla until we know more about that genus. 14. NOTIOBIKLLA MULTIFURCATA, n.sp. (Plate xvi., fig.23). Total Ipugth 4, antennce "i'T, forewiny 0"7 bv :2"9 wide, /linfl- iriiH/ 4 '8 by 2'\ wide, pxpansc 14 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown, the last with pale creamy annuli or crescents on the segments (much shrunken). Leyx testaceous, middle anfl hiiul tibia^ strongly fusiform. W i n g s with subhyaline, rather nacreous membrane, the reflec- tions on the forewing in the fresh specimen being pink basalh-, greenish near the middle, and purplish towards the tip. Vf na- tion didl Ijrownish in forewing, paler in hindwing: cross-\eins and forks dark bro\\m, except the vein connecting the two radial sectors, which is black. The veins approaching the distal bordei- of the wing fork strongly at tiro hveh, so that the branches which fork minutelj' along the margin are veiy numerous and close together. In the forewing, M is very close to the basal radial sector, and is connected with it by a short cross-vein from mf ; the veins are not thickened near the base, and Cuj is not arched upwards. Type in Coll. Tillyard. Unique. Taken by Dr. A. J. Turner, at Coolangatta (Tweed Heads), 8. Queensland, on April 17th, 1915. This species is closely related to X. miUa Banks, from which it rliffers in the dark colouration, the broader and more closely veined costal space, and probal)ly also in the peculiar and abund- ant distal forking of the veins (not mentioned by Banks in de- scribing X. itnita). From X. oh/ujiia Banks, it differs in possess- ing narro\\ei' and more elongate forewings, the less broadened and less densely-veined costal space, the much darker general colouration, and larger size (expanse of X. ob/iqua, 12 mm.). 6T R. J. TltLTARD. 3ll Genus Carobius Bankts. (Plate xaI., fi;:»s.24, 25). Banks (1: p. 78). Small insects witli well-rounded wing-tips. Forrwhtg with only t^^'» radial sectors; the distal one arising from K neai- the middle of the wing-length, and gixing off two posterior branches; the basal one arising from R at al)out one-third distance from the base of the wing, simple, but connected with Mj (and also with R anteriorly, in the specimens examined by me) l.)y short, strong cross- veins. Iliudwittg with a single false origin to Rs; Cu.j absent, Cun, weakly formed. An outer gradate series present in both wings, complete in forewing, but with only four or five cross-veins in hindwing. No inner gradate series, but two cross- veins connect Cu, with INI in forewing, and one lies between CU( and Cu.,. In forewing, .Sc and R run exceedingly close together, so as to appear almost fused; the costal space is fairly broad, and the recurrent veinlet is present. Genotype, C. pidchellus Banks. Three species are known, which may be separated as follows: i'FuiL'wiiigs luuTuw, over twu and a half times as luiij; as bioad C'. uiiyn-ifus Banks. Foro\\iuj,'s hroadur. k'ss than two and a half times as long iiH liioad b rExpanse about 13mm. Foiewinj^s with tluee weakly iiidi- eated hrowiiisli waved faseiie C. sah/uxrlafn", n.sp. '• "j Exiianse ll-I-Jmm. Forewing.s veiy prettily marked with I irre,mdaf dark l>rf wing, the most distal one being the broadest. Venation very pale, touched with brown on the costal cross-veins; cross-veins of the gradate series mostly dark brown; a short black streak on R 312 STUt)lES IN AUSTRALIAN NtUROPTERA, iv., bet-vveen the origin of the basal sector and the connoutiug ciuss- ^ein. llindivivfi hyaline, a touch of pale brown on stigma. Type in Coll. Tillyard, received by exchange from Queens- land Agricultural Department; label "F. P. Dodd, Toowong, Brisbane, " no date. This species can lie separated from C. mujustus, not only by its broader wings, but also by the position of the brown shading of the forewings, which, in the latter species, is darkest on the hindmargin and at the apex; also the black streak on K is not present in C angudvt!. C. pidchMnti is a very distinct and clearly-marked species, which could not be mistaken, although there seems to be a considerable amount of variation in the shape and extent of the markings. I figure, in Plate xvi., fig. 25, a specimen in my Collection from Brisbane, whicli evidently belongs to this species. Family SISYKID^. (Plate xvi., tigs.26, 27; Text-fig.9). Small insects witli a general resemblance to Ifnnerubiidfe. Sc and R distinctly J'vscd distal ly. Ovly otw. radial sfclor in Jhre/vinijs. M unbranched in forewings, branched in hind wings. Original archaic Cu. present in both wings, c/(/' being close to base of wings. Hindwing with a single false origin to Us, ihe basal remnant of Rs attached to INI. A weak coupling-apiiaratus may be present. Costal space of forewings not strongly broad- ened, and not carrying either a recurrent veinlet or forked cross- veins. No unspecialised cross-veins. Larva with peculiar specialised hair-like mouth-parts; lives on freshwater sponges. As is generally recognised at present, the Sisyridc owe their resemblance to llemerobiidoi not to any close phyletic relation- ship, but rather to convergence by i-eduction. They must be regarded as a highly reduced offshoot from the ancient semi- acjuatic Osmylidre. The marks of Osmylid ancestry are the fusion of Sc and R distally, and the single radial sector in the forewing; while the peculiai- larval mouth-parts could only conceivably be BT R. t, TlLLYAHD. 315 derived from the elongated .sucking mouth-parts of the Osmi/lidcr', and In' no stretch of imagination from the form of mouth-parts foiaid in the Heiuerobiido'.. Under the n&me Branchiosfoma i^pongillm A\'e8t\\ood, the lar\a of Sini/rff was, for long, a puzzle to entomologists, and indeed to Tcxt-Hi;.!!. — Vuuation of Sisi/r<( rii/i-''. puDcfafn P>anks, also from Queensland, is distinguished by its Itl'oader hindwings, and bv the elongated basal joint of the antenna\ Family liEROTHTD^:. (Plates xvii.-xviii., fig.s. 28-33). Rather small, somewhat slenderly built in.sects; antenna* short or uioderate in length; wings variable in shape. No unspecialised cross-veins. Sc and P fused distally. A single Rs present in forewing, with four to eight, subparallel, and i-egularly arranged branches. No false origin to Rs in hind wing. M forked in both wings. Cu forked in forewing, but no true Cuo present in hindwing, where Cu,,,, however, comes oft' from Cu, not far from posterior border of wing, and runs close to, and parallel with it. Wings hairy, especially along the posterior border, which carries a fringe of long hairs. Peculiar scales, of a seed-like form, de- veloped from modified hairs, present on some part of the wing (either on the posterior fringe, or on some of the main veins). Females with long, caudate appendages. I propose to include in this family the two closely allied Holarctic genera, Jlfivotha and hoacfliptproii, together with the very remarkable, new Australian genus SpermophovfUa, described below. These may be distinguished as follows: — 316 STUDIES IN AUSTRAIJAN NEUROPTEHA, iv., 'Wings evenly rounded at tips; in the female, small, seed-like scales present on the main \eins of tiie liindwinjf, over at least tlie middle portions of M,, M„, and some of the hranches of Rs fipennoplior^lla, n.g.(Type, S. dhseminat((. n.sp). Foiewings subtriangular, with the outer margin excavated; no seed-like scales on the main veins of tiie hindwing in the female, but flattened, seed-like scales may l)e present among tlie hairs of the posterior fringe 1. j Onlj' four to five branches of Rs Berotha Walker. • ' |^]<]ight l>ranches of Rs Ixosx-elifitcrnn A. Costa. I doubt whether Berotha and Imscpli])tron are really generic- ally distinct. The relationship <^f Spprmophovella with these two genei'a may well be open to question. They represent two, isolated end-twigs of a veiy old stock, now nearl}' extinct, rathei- than two, closely-related offshoots of a single stem. However, I think that the agreement in venational scheme, the hairiness of the wings, and, above all, the very remarkable development of scaJps from some of the hairs of the wings, justifies us in placing them together, in spite of some very obvious differences in form of body and shape of wing. The excavate form of wing crops up continually at diffei-ent places within the Neuroptera, as also in the Lepifloptera, and should not l)e made a bar to the recognition of closer affinities. With regard to the development of scales, McLachlan was the first to discover them, in Jsosc:e/iptPi-on(6). He noticed that the hairs of the fringe, on the posterior margin of the wings, appeared to be very coarse and thick. On examining them with a lens, he discovered that they were, in I'eality, somewhat flattened scales, "like the seeds of certain Umbelliferous plants," but pro- bably not striated. McLachlan further remarks that all the specimens which he examined wei'e males, on account of their long, caudate appendages I Now, in Spn'mophorel/a, it is the Jhna/e.etween Sc and Pi, only one cross-vein, continued downwards on to Cu,. Rs connected to 11 by three cross-veins in the forewing (one under the pterostigma, just beyond the fusion of Sc with R), and by two only in the hindwing. Four or five branches of Rs in both wings. M fused basally with R, and with a cross-vein between it and R close to its origin. A single gradate series of cross-veins in the forewing, running parallel to R obliquely through the middle of the wing; * Greek (TTrkpjxa, seed; ^o/aa, a bearing or producing; -ella, diminutive •' the little seed-bearer," *7 318 STUniKS IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv., in the hindwing, only the lower half of the series is present, con- sisting of four cross-veins. Tibiic without spurs. Females larger and more darkly coloured than males, the latter without any scales on the hindwing. Genotype, Sp. disseminata, n.sp. The two known species may be easily distinguished as follows : Bocly-coloin-ation pale fawn, marked with brown; antennre les-s than half as loni; as fore^^ing; costal cross-veins only once forked; forewing clouded irregularly with pale fawn, and one darker brown blotch; scales on hindwing of female covering nearly the whole of the wing >^p. diniieimnaln, n.sji. Bodj'-colouration l)lackish and dark grey; antennie longer tlian half the length of the forewing ; costal cross-veins much branched ; forewing- marked all over with dark, irregular streaks and blotches; scales on hindwing of female confined to a small area along the middle portions of j\l, . M._> , and three branches of Rs ^p. mandafissima, n. sp. 18. Spkrmopiiorella disseminata, n.sp. (Plate xvii., fig.'28). Totai Jpngfh, $ 5-5, 9 6-5; ahdomiu. $ 3, 9 3-5; /ornrlvif, ^ 9, 9 11-5; exj)ansp, ^19, 9 24 mm. Head: eyes grey, head and antenn;v pale fawn, a touch of brown on epicranium. T h o r a x brownish, with paler mai'kings on notum; legs pale fawn or creamy, moflerately long, slender. Abdomen fawn-coloured, with an interrupted brown dorsal band. Appendages of 9 1-2 mm., cream}', slender, cylindrical, hairy; there are also two, pointed, triangular processes, 0-3 mm. long, closer to the base of segment 9, and nearly hidden by the long appendages. (Plate xviii., fig. 31). W i n g s with pale, almost white, venation, which, in forewing, is speckled all over with brownish dots. Several of the costal forks darkened, also cross- veins at each end of the pterostigma. Pvunning obliquely up- ward, from a point about one-third of the way along the posterior border, is a brown mark, which reaches up to M,,; many irregular fawn-coloured blotches and streaks also occupy the middle of the wing, especially below the pterostigma. All these markings vary much in intensity, and are more conspicuous in the females than i]\ the males, Hindwings without mai-kings, except a touch of Bv U. .). TiI,l,^ .\i;i). 3l9 brovn at each end of i)tei'o.stignia; in ^, IMi and the three branches of lis above it are clouded with black for a short dis- tance below the pterostigma; scales very numerous, black, causing the hind wing to appear smoky. Types, (J9, in Coll. Tillyard (Kenthurst, N.S.W., January •j;h-d, 191(5). JIab. — Rocky sandstone-clifts and gullies north and north-west of Sydney, Murphy's Creek, Kenthurst, three males and three females; Long Island, Hawkesbury River. Decembei'-February. This very peculiar insect was discovered by Mr. Luke Gallard, of Epping, in 1914, at Kenthurst. My specimens were taken A\hile on a visit to the original locality with Mr. Gallartl. The insect rests with the wings in the usual Osmylid position, on the fretted fac.es of caves and hollows in the sandstone-cliffs and escarpments. It makes no attempt to escape, its colouration rendering it absolutely invisible, unless one has previously marked the spot where one of them alights. In company with it, but less common, was the remarkable ghost-like Myrmeleontid, Xait- fhoh'on hi'Initti, whose colouration is very similar. Mr. Gallard's method of disturliing these insects was very ingenious, and I found it most etiective. Using a thick, leafy branch about a yard long, cut from some tree or bush, he rustled it ^ igorously into every hole and corner of the cave. All the lacewings, which were touched, \\ould flutter out from their hiding-places, and settle a yard or two further on, when theyAvere easily pill-boxed. Several patches of the stalked eggs were found, there being from thirty to fifty eggs in a patch, which closely resembled the fructification of a small patch of moss. The eggs are very similar to those of Chrysopa, but slightly rounder; both egg and stalk are cream-coloured. My three females, confined in pill-boxes, set to work almost at once to lay eggs, from twenty to fifty apiece. The egg is an elongate spheroid, length 0-75 nun., and breadth through middle 0-3.5 mm. (Text-fig. 10, n). It is supported on an excessively fine stalk, varying in length fiom -5 to 5 nnn.. and so delicate that it does not always support the egg firmly, but may bend with the weij^ht of it. This stalk is hollow throughout 320 STUDIKS IK AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTEE.V, IV., except at the extronc base and tip. It is stoutest at its base, where the diameter of the cross-section is O'Ol."} mm., that of the lumen being 0"005 inn). It then tapers rather rapidly until, at about one-fifth of the total length from the base, it is only U'007 mm. wide, with a lumen of about O'OO.'Jmm. It then con- tinues to taper more gradually, reaching a width of only ()"005 nmi., with a hniien of only 0*002 nun., close up to the egg. a During the embryonic period, the egg becomes curiously speckled, until it appears an absui'd- looking object. This peculiar marking is due to the early dcN elopment of a pair of dark patches of })igment on alternate segments of the embryo. As the latter is very elongated, it becomes curved round the egg, so that a double band of five pairs of dark spots is clearly visible (as shown in Text- tig. 10, b). These spots appear on the fourth day, and are followed, on the fifth, by a pair of smaller spots, marking the position of the inesothorax. The unpigmentetl prothorax and head lie curved around the anterior pole of the egg, which, there- fore, appeal's unspotted. On the eighth day, smaller mid-dorsal spots appear on all the segments. The young larva (Plate xviii., fig.'32) emerges on the tenth day after the egg is laid. It is a long, slender creature, some 2"5 mm. in length, and exceedingly active. It descends the egg-stalk at once, and moves ofi" at a rapid pace, with the loKpiiig gait of a Geometer caterpillar, using its small legs and anal clasper for walking. Unfortunately, I could find no food suital)le for these peculiar larvaj; so, after fixing and mounting a numl)er of them, I let the rest go free on the rocks at the bottom of my garden. The only food which suggests itself to me as at ■■'■ fStalked fj^ji^s of Sjieriiiophortlla diKsein'matu, n.sp. , ( x 12'5) : a, freslily laid; /*, five days old. Piotile-view, showing the five pigment-spots on one side of embryo only. Tlie sixth, smaller spot indicates the position of the mesotliorax. I'c.vl-Ji;;. 1(1. RY R. .r. TtLLYARt). 351 all likfly is tht- catcrpilljirs of the small Pyralid moths which inhabit the caM's and rocks so almndantly. These caterpillars are nut known for certain, but it is supposed that they ai-e nocturnal, and feed upon the patches of lichen on the rocks. As will be seen from the figure in Plate wiii., fig..")2, the larva of Sp)'nn(i/)/iori'//a might easily pass unnoticed amongst such cater- pillars. It is ]irobal)le that its great activity and protective colouration enable it to discover the colonies, or hiding-places, of the Pvralid hir\;e, and to dwell with them without causing them any alarm. I'liev ccjuld then be attacked and eaten at leisure. The mouth-parts of the larva^ are very peculiar, adapted for sucking, but the mandibles are neither elongated, as in Ounii/lidce,, nor cur\etl, as in Chrysopidce and Unnn'obiidte. The young larva, when hatched, has the head, prothorax, and legs cream-coloured, except for the black eye-spots, ami a touch of pale brown on the head and neck. The metathorax and the e\en segnu'nts of the abdomen, from the second to the eighth, are dee]»l\' shade*! n\ ith br(.)wii, each carrying two, very large, lateral blotches, and a smaller, central, dorsal patch. The mesothorax and the odd segments of the abdomen, from the first U) the seventh, are cream coloured, with a small, central, dorsal patch of brown. The ninth abdominal segment, carrying the anal clasper, is pure cieam-coloured. The figure in Plate xviii., fig.32, shows the larva after being fixed and mounted. In actual life, however, when at rest, it is considerably more elongated, and, m hen tra\elling quickly akmg, it extends itself to a great length. The mouth-parts (Plate x\iii.. fig. 3."]) are rather peculiar. The matidibles (md) are broad at the base, about as long as the head, and taj)ering to a point, the inner margin being strongly curved. They ai-e strongly grooved beneath, the maxilke fitting into the grooves. The nia.cUlti' {niXt) resemble the mandibles, but are less strongly chitinised, narrower at the base, and grooved on tlu! upper surface. iiie comljine' nvi (Ir) is merely a weak, slightly bifid projection betw^een, and slightly above, the mandibles. The head itself is curiously elongate, the black eye-spots being placed lateralh' close up to the anterior border. The atitrmnr {ant) are situated just in front of the eye-spots, above the man- dibles, and closely resemble the labial palpi. They are, however, longer, and four-jointed. The basal joint is short and fairly thick; the second joint is somewhat bioader and slightly fusiform as regards its distal two-thirds, but the basal third is narrower, and the outer border is slightly dentate or ridded at one-third from the base; this ridging probably repiesenting the beginning of the formation of a number of small segments from this joint. The third joint is long and \ery slender, the fourth merely a sharply-pointed, seta-like tern)i nation. The iieck or niicrothorax (nic) is very conspicuous, elongated and rather narrow. Larval Types in Coll. Tillyard. Three, mounted on one slide; hatched on February Snd, 1916, from eggs laid by tlie type 9? on January 23rd, 1916. I'J. Spekmophorklla MACULATis.siMA, n.sp. (Plate xviii., fig. 2"Jj. Total If'nijth, (J 5"3, 9 '' '; abdoni'm, (J 3, 9 3iS: Joravimj, ^ 9'5 9 11"5; r.cpaiisi', ^19-5, 2 23"5mm. Head hairy, dark grey; ei/fs blackish: antenna' brownish, more than half as long as fuicwing. Thorax dark greyish black, prothorax hairy, metathorax paler on posterior border of notum. Z>i?^^s slender, hairy, testaceous, spotted with blackish on femora, tibije, and apices of tarsal joints. Abdomen blackish, with a pair uf grey-biown spots placed latero-dorsally on each segment near its apex Appfudayes of 9 closely resem- bling those of Sp. disftnuinata 9 in size and shape. Colour testaceous. W i n g s : foretviny with venation speckled alter- nately with straw-colour and black, the black spots and mark- ing's beinu very frequent: many of the small, branching veins HY It. .r. TILr.YARI). 323 around tlie wing-border strongly outlined and thickened witli black. The whole of the forewing is heavily marked with irregular grevish-black streaks, spots, and blotclies, tending to form oblique fascia* across the wing. Ptpvostiyma well-formed in both wings, spotted with black along costa. Tip of forewing more evenly rounded than that of Sp. disseminafo, and costal area of same wing more abruptly dilated near the base; costal cross-veins more irregularly placed, and much branched. Iliiid- wimj not speckled, venation testaceous along Sc, R, and Rs, dark grey to black on the rest of the wing: in 9, M,, M„, and the three liranches of Rs above them, are provided with scales over a moderate-sized area in the middle of the wing. [Note. -In figuring tlie two species of Spermopliorella, 1 have omitted the short, bristly hairs whicli are present on all the veins, in order to show up the venation more clearly.) Types: (J9, in Coll. Tillyard ( Mrisbane; .September 23rd, 1915). Hab. -One-Tree Hill, Brisbane: two males and two females, taken on a hot afternoon, disturbed while resting on the face of a cutting about half-way along the road to the summit. Sep- tember. The four specimens captured were put separately into pill- boxes alive. The same evening, both females laid a number of stalked eggs, from twenty to thirty apiece. These were very similar to those described for Sp. disseminata, but the eggs had a slight greyish tinge. They hatched on the tenth day after being laid. During the embryonic period, the eggs darkened to a semiopaque grey, through which a double band of black markings made itself visible on the developing larva. The young larva, when hatched, resembled that of Sp. disseminata in size, shape, and actions: but it was of quite a different colour, the ground-colour being pale grey, with large blaci< .spots on alter- nate segments. It would seem, then, that this larva inhabits the darker rocks which are so common around Brisbane, and probably preys upon Lepidopterous caterpillars, which feed on the lichens of the rocks. I was unable to obtain suitable food for my larvae, and they all died. 324 STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTEI^A, iv., Family TKICHOM ATII)^,* fam.nov. (Plate xviii., tig. '34; Plate xix., fig. 3a ) Small or moderate-sized insects, with the wliole l)()dy, and the veins and margins of the wings, densely elotlied with thick hairs. Head moderately wide, the hasal joint of the anteiinje much enlarged, .sometimes hypertrophied. Wings variable in shape. Costal area of forewing narrow: recurrent veinlet at base either absent or rudimentary. lu forewing, Sc and R run close together, but remain (juite .separate thioughout their length: cross- veins between them either al).sent, or one only. Jn the hind wing, Sc and R also remain (juite separate, but are some- what further apai't. A single radial sector present in both wings, with 3-5 branches. M fused basally with K, and forked in both wings. Cu forked in forewing, simple in hindwing (original Cu., absent). No unspecialised cross-veins present, there being only a .single (distal) gradate .series in forewing, two or three cros.s-veins connecting Rs with R, and a few others placed in suitable positions for supporting the main veins: in hindwing, very few cross-veins, and no gradate series. Along posterior bojder siiii/Hn^, p.(>4J. 6, 1908. Hanuliksch, A. — Die Fossilen Insecten. [Neuroptera, Liassic pp. 473-478; Jurassic pp.604-tjl.'); also Atlas of Plates; Liassic. PI. xl.-xli. ; Jura.s.sic, PI. xlviii.]. 7, 18<)3. McLachl.vn, R. — "On some new .Species of Xeuropterous Insects from Australia and New Zealand."' Journ. Entom., Nov. IS(i3, pp. 11 1-1 1(5. [Drepanepftri/.c iri-'ilal/i/i-''. n.sj). , /J. kwmllis, n.sp.]. 8, 18f>4. "On the Existence of Scales on the Wings of the Neuro[)terous geims L^oxceUpteron Costa."" JJnt. Mo. Mag., xxii., 18(i4, p.2L"). 9, 1901. Nekdham, J. O. — "Aquatic In.sects in the .\dirondacks."" Bull. N.Y. State Museum. No. 47. Sept. 1901. pp. 383-«12. [Slsyni, pp.oo2-.-)87]. 10, 1838. Newman, E. — "Entomological Notes." Eut. Mag., v., 1838; {It hone /iisra. n.g. et sp. (p. 181); Drepanepteri/.c hinocnia, n.sp. (p.400)]. 11, 19b"). Petersen, Esren. — "Australian Neuioptcra." Part i. Proc Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1914, xxxix., pp.(J3.'>-(j4"). [Drcpaiitp/tri/.f Intini/is and jMegK/oiniiiu acifmhiafn figured, PI. Ixxiv. ]. 12, 1S42. Rambl'k, p. — "Histoire naturelle des Insectes Nevropt«res. " Suites a Buffon, 1842. [Micromn-s, n.g.]. 13, 1901. Sharp, i). — Cambridge Natural History. Vol. v. Insects, Part i. [Dre/iuiicpftri/A- (p. 408)]. 14, 18.52. Walkek, F. — Catalogue of the Specimens of Neuropterous In.sects in the Collection of the British Museum. Vol. ii.,p. 19."). [Ifhoiie /ii.vcd, placed in SiaUda-]. 15, bS")9. : "Chafacters of undesi libed Neuroptera in the Collection of W. W. Sauntlers, E.'^q. "" 'I'rans. Ent. Soc, v., I8r)9. [flcmcroliinx tttsinnnin'. n.sp.]. RV \i. .1. I'll.LV \HI). 331 KXIM.AXATTOX OF I'LAIKS XIT. XIX. Plate xii. Fig. 1. — Ithont fill rn . ii.sp. ; ( x 4). Fig.'2. — Ithont J'nlra, n.sp. ; head, prothorax, and forelegs, viewed lioin in front; ( xH); (aiit, anteima?: <•/, olypeus; cr^, coxa of foreleg; «, eye; ep, epieraniuni; ;/, gena; l)>, labial palp; //•. labruni; nid. niandiljle; in.cp, niaxillai'v palp; pr, prothorax). Fig.3. — Itlione fulra, n.sp.; tibial spines; ( ■ l.'{): .vyy, spines; //. tibia; (■■<. basal joint of tarsus. Fig.4. — Ithont fii/ra, n.sp.; appendages of male, dorsal view; ( x>S); /, in- ferior; •>•, superior. Fig..j. — Ithone fulra, n.sp.; appendages of male, pi-ofile view; ( x S); /, in- ferior; ^s superior. Fig.t). — Ithone fulra, n.sp.; appendages of male, posterior view; ( x8); /, inferior; •*. superior. Fig.7. — Ithone fusca Newman; appendages of male, dorsal view; (x 8); /. inferioi'; ■<. superior. Fig.S. — Ithone fu-'■. superior. Plate xiii. V\)i.\^).-- 1 >r< iiiiiii filiri/.v jihi\lii'iioiil( ■■^ (Linn.). W'liation; ( ■ S). I'"ig. 1 I, — Dn jiniii pli ri/.r /i/iiil«mV/-« (jMcLach.), 6. Coupling apparatus of the wings : /■/•, ficnuhim: //. jugal lobe; ///. jugal process; ( x .S*2). Plate x\-. Fig.20.— 0.*7y/>/ai'09, witli dissimilar head. (J. 1 1 mm. Head and thorax pale yellow; face ochreous- whitish. Palpi ochreous-whitish. Anteniiii' fuscous, with whitish annula- tions, towards apex whitish; ciliations in (J 1. Abdomen fuscous, beneath ochreous-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior and middle pairs somewhat infuscated. Forewings pale yellow: a fuscous basal spot bounded by a line from 1 costa to } dorsum; a large, fuscous, apical l)lotch bounded by an inwardly curved line from costa near apex to dorsum before tornus; cilia fuscous. Hind wings and cilia grey. Similar to the preceding, but with head and thorax wholly yellow. N.Q.: Innisfail; in November; one specimen. BORKHAUSENIA SPHiEROIDES. Oecophora sphcerdidi's Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S Aust., 1896, p.31. Q.: Brisbane. BoRKHAUSENIA HEMILEUCA. Oecophora hemileuca Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p.31. Q.: Brisbane I have not been able to re-examine this species, as I possess no example. BOKKIIAUSENIA NEPHEf.ELLA. Crossophora iiephelella Turn., op. cit., 1898, p.31 2. Q.: Brisbane and Coolangatta; in August and September. BOBKHAUSENIA THOLOPA, n.Sp. ^oAwTTos, muddy. (J9. 14-16 mm. Head, thorax, and palpi fuscous. Antennae fuscous; ciliations of ^ 3. Abdomen fuscous; in ^, apices of segments and tuft ochreous-whitish. legs fuscous; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings very elongate-oval, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded, termen ver}^ obliquel}' rounded; ochreous-whitish densely and evenly irrorated with fuscous; cilia fuscous. Hindwings very elongate-ovate: ochreous- t'.Y A. jiotu-'Kins tuUnkIj. 337 wliitisli, towards apex greyish-tinged, in 9 wholly grey; cilia ochreous-whitish, at apex greyish-tinged, in 5 wliolly grey. Q.: Mount Tambourine; in October: three specimens. BORKHAUSENIA PAUKOPHYLLA, n.Sp. ~u.iipocfivXXoi, small-winged. (^5. 10-12 mm. Head whitish-ochreous. Palpi wliitish-och- reous: second joint witli subapical ring and basal half of external surface fuscous ; terminal joint with base and apex fuscous. Antenn{« white, annulated with fuscous ; ciliations in ^ H. Thorax fuscous, posterior and anterior margins whitish-ochreous. Abdomen fuscous, tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs fuscous annu- lated with ochreous-whitish; posterior pair mosth' ochreous- whitish. Forewings rather narrowly elongate, not dilated ; whitish-ochreous with fuscous irroration and markings : an ochreous-yellow line along basal lialf of fold ; an ill-defined, basal patch produced along costa: a median discal dot at I, preceded by a second on fold, a third in middle at H; an ill- defined squarish blotch on midcosta and another on tornus; a series of dots on apical fourth of costa and on termen: cilia wjiitish-ochreous with fuscous irroration, on apex and tornus wholly fuscous. Hindwings ovate-lanceolate; grey; cilia pale grey. Q.: Burpengary, near Brisbane, in April; Stradbroke Island, in February; Coolangatta, in September; five specimens. BoRKHAUSENIA TETRAPILEA, n.Sp. Terp(/,<^(/.ios, four times dusky. (J. 11 mm. Head and palpi ochreous. Antenn;c fuscous; ciliations in ^ 1. Thorax and abdomen dark fuscous. Legs fuscous; anterior pair dark fuscous. Forewings moderate, not dilated ; pale ochreous-yellowisli ; markings dark fuscous ; a narrow, basal fascia somewhat produced along costa; a broad spot on dorsum from | to |, with rounded outline, extending nearly to middle of disc; an oblique fascia, slightly outwardly curved from costa beyond middle to tornus; a large, apical spot; cilia fuscous, at apex whitish-ochreous. Hindwings and cilia dark grey. 338 ' .STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN MICROLEWOOPTERA^ N.S.VV.: Mt. Kosciusko (5000 to 0000 ft.); in January; four specimens. BOKKHAUSBNIA MACHOPTEKA, n.8p. jhaKpoTTTtpoi, Ion J,'- winged. (J. 20-21 inm. Head whitish-ochreous ; face grey. Palpi fuscous: terminal joint whitish. Antennae fuscous; ciliations i^ $ i{- Thorax and abdomen fuscous. Legs fuscous, tarsi ob- scurely annulated with whitish. Forewings elongate, nut dilated, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, termen nearly straight, very strongly oblique; grey densely irrorated with whitish; a fuscous, discal spot at \, a second beneath it on fold, a third below middle, and a fourth transversely elongate at |; cilia grey, bases mixed with whitish. Hindwings and cilia grey. N.S.W.: Mt. Kosciusko (4500 to 5000 feet): in January: two specimens. BORKHAUSENIA <4YPS0PLEURA, n.sp. yvxpoirXiVpos, with chalky costa. (J9. 20-23 mm. Head grey-whitish. Palpi grey; terminal joint whitish, except anterior edge. Antennae grey-whitish ; ciliations in $ -j'. Thorax and abdomen grey-whitish. Legs grey; posterior pair whitish. Forewings narrow-elongate; costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen very obliquely round-- ed; grey rather densely irrorated with whitish; a broad, whitish, costal streak from base to 2, gradually narrowing posteriorly; a grey, subcostal streak from base to costa before apex; costal edge towards base grey; a grey dot in disc before middle, a second before it on fold, and a third in disc beyond middle; cilia whitish mixed with grey. Hindwings and cilia grey- whitish. W.A.: Cunderdin, in November and December: three speci- mens received from Mr. R. Illidcre. 'o^ Gen. P A L I M M E c E s, n.g. 7raAt/x/x>/K?;s, elongate. Palpi long; second joint exceeding base of antennie, with a tuft of loose, spreading hairs towards apex beneath: terminal joint slender. Antenna; with strong, basal pecten; ciliations in BY A. .(KFl'-KKIS TURNER. 339 ^ moderated). Forewings elongate, not dilated; veiu 7 to costa. Hind wings elongate-ovate. Readily distinguished by the tufted palpi. Palimmeces ithysticha, n.sp. ldva-Ti\os, straight-lined. (J9. 20-23 mm. Head pale fuscous, side-tufts white. Palpi white, tuft and base of second joint pale fuscous. Antenn;e fuscous: ciliations in (J 1. Thorax white, tegulre and patagia pale fuscous. Abdomen fuscous, apices of segments and tuft whiti.sh. Legs fuscous; external surface of anterior pair white; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate, not dilated; pale fuscous; a white, median streak from base to apex; more or less white irroration on termen, better marked in $; cilia pale fuscous. Hindwings ovate-lanceolate; grey ; cilia ochreous- whitisli. N.S.W.: Glen Innes; in March; five specimens. Gen. CoPRiODES, n.g. K07rpuo8y]'i, resembling excrement. Palpi moderate; second joint somewhat dilated with loose scales anteriorly towards apex; terminal joint moderately stout. Antennce of ^ with moderately long ciliations. Thorax smooth. Anterior tibiae and tarsi strongly dilated with scales. Forewings with a tuft of scales on costa at or befoi'e middle; vein 7 to costa. Type, PUoprepes aristocratica Meyr. In this species, the antennal pecten is strongly developed; in C. lophojitcra, it is absent; but the two species are certainly nearly related. Per- haps C. anassa Meyr., also belongs to this genus. COPRIODES ARISTOCRATICA. Filoprepes aristocratica Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1888, p.l598. Q.: Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine, Coolangatta. — N.S.W.: Sydney. — Vic: Fernshaw. COPRIODES LOPHOPTERA. Pi/oprepes lophojytera Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1894, p.96. Q.: Namboui', Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine, Coolangatta. 340 yiLDlES IN AL'STKALIAX it iCI.'OLKt'lDUPTERA^ Gen. A G L A o D E s . Aijhiodes Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1898, p.205. This genus is distinguislied by the very long, second joint of the palpi, and the short, terminal joint, not more than \ of the second. Aglaodes ciiionoma. xiglaodcs chionoma Turn., Trans. Roy. 8oc. S. Aust., 1898, p. 205. I have seen no second example of this species. PiLOPREPES GELIDELLA. Cryptolechia gelidella Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxix., p.766. Piloprepes Lncasii Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p. 19. Antennal ciliations in ^ 2i. N.A.: Darwin, in June (G. F. Hill). — Q : Brisbane, in January. PiLOPREPES GLAUCASPIS. Pifoprepes ylaucasjns Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., 1896, p 19. Antennal ciliations in $ 4. The type is still unique. Q.: Brisbane. Gen. B A u E A . Barea Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus. Phlmupola Meyr., Proc. Linn. 8oc. N. S. Wales, 1883, p. 34 7. Barea consign atella. Barea conshjuatella Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus. Phhmpola pyrgo- Hota Meyr., Proc. Linn. 8oc. N. S. Wales, 1888, p. 1594 ; P. mrJanospila Turn., Trans, lioy. 8oc. S. Aust., 1896, p. 17. Q.: Brisbane.— N.S.W.: Sydney.— Vic: Melbourne, Gisborne. Barea eucapnodes. Phhropola fmcapnodes Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p. 16; P. euprepes Turn., loc. cit , p. 17: P. trizyya Meyr., Exot. Microlep., i., p. 169(1914). This species varies in the presence or absence of geneial fus- cous irroration. t!Y A. jkffekis turnku, 341 N.Q.: Herbei'ton, from December to Fcbruaiy: Kuranda, near Cairns, in November.— Q.: Claynclah, Gympie, Dulony near Nam- bour, Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, and Southport; from Decem- ber to April. Barea subviuidella. Fhluiopola snbviriddla Turn , Trans Hoy. 8oc. S. Aiist., 1896, p.15. Q.: Bi'isbane, Mt. Tambourine. Barea basioramma. Phlwopola basujranima 'I'urn., Trans. Koy. Soc. S. Aust., 1806, p.16. Q : Nambour and Brisbane, in November and December. Barea leucocephala. Phheujjola leucocephala Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p.l8. N.Q.: .Stannary Hills. — Q.: Brisbane; in October, December, and January. Barea chlokeis. Pkhnopofa chlure'is Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1914, p.561. N.8.W.: Ebor. Barea panarcha. FhUcopola pauarcha Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1916, p. 193. N.S.W.: Ebor. Barea arbitra. Eulechria arbitra Meyr., Exot. Microlep., i , p.l67 (1914). Vic: Lome, Gisborne. Barka pvroka. Eulechria pyrora Meyr., Exot. Microlep., i., p. 166 (1914;. ^. 18-23 mm. Head fuscous: face dull whitish-ochreous. Palpi whitish-ochreous with some fuscous scales; terminal joint and a subapical ring on second joint fuscous. Antennie fuscous; 342 8TLTDIES l^• AL'.sTRALlAX .MlCROL-Kl'lMOPTERA in ^ slightly serrulate, ciliations 1. Thorax fuscous, tips of patagia and crest whitish-ochreous. Abdomen fuscous. Le^^s fuscous aunulated with whitish-ochreous; posterior pair most)}- whitisli-ochreous. Forewings moderate, slightly dilated poste- riorly, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; blackish-fuscous with patchy, whitish-ochreous irrora- tion; a short, blackish streak on fold; a short, blackish, median streak from I to | interrupted by two whitish-ochreous dots; cilia fuscous. Hindwings ochreous-yellow: a dark fuscous, terminal band, thickened at apex and tornus, rather narrow between; cilia dark fuscous. Easily recognised by the colour of the hindwings. I have redescribed this species, as Meyrick's type seenus to have been in pcjor condition. Mr. Lyell has lent me his (;o-type, and it is identical with my examples, but with the thorax badly rubbed. In worn examples, there appear dark streaks on veins towards termen. N.S.W.: Ebor (4000 feet), in January and February; eleven specimens, taken Hying close around the farmhouse at daybreak: Gosford. Barka bkygchhua, n.sp. ^. 15mm. Head whitish; face fuscous. Palpi fuscous; second joint white at apex, and with a longitudinal, white stripe on basal 'l of internal surface; terminal joint white, with a dark fuscous, median band. Antennse greyish, annulated with dark fuscous. Thorax greenish-fuscous, with a square, whitisli, anterior spot Abdomen dull ochreous. Legs whitish; anterior pair fuscous, with whitish annulations. Forewings moderate, not dilated, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, hindmargin obliquely rounded; whitish irrorated with greenish-fuscous scales, which form markings; a narrow, basal fascia prolonged along costa to I; a rather large spot on costa beyond middle, broadening and becoming suffused in disc to form an obscure fascia; a discal dot at ;'., and a second before | are connected with this fascia: a suffused spot on costa before apex: <;ilia gre\'ish. Hindwings and cilia pale grey. BY At JRFPEGIS TURNER. 343 From tlie other two species with greenish t'orewings, B. sitb- viridella Turn., and B. hyludroma, it may be readily distinguished by the basal fascia prolonged along costa. Q.: Mt. Tambourine (1800 ft.); two specimens, in November. Bakka uvlodroma, u.sp. ^. 18-22 mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Palpi ochreous- whitish: terminal joint with a broad, fuscous band below middle. Antennte ochreous-whitish annulated with fuscous. Thorax ochreous-whitish; base of patagia greenish-fuscous. Abdomen dull ochreous ; apices of segments whitish. Legs ochreous- whitish ; anterior and middle tibia^ and tarsi fuscous with whitish annulations. Forewings somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, hindmargin slightly oblique, rounded beneath; ochreous-whitish, markings suffused greenish- fuscous; a broad line from base of costa along fold to 1; a small suffusion on costa at |, tending to be connected with a large spot in disc above fold; a large spot on costa beyond middle, connected with a large spot in disc above and before anal angle; a small spot on costa before apex, from which an obscure series of dots proceeds to anal angle; a line along hmdniargin; cilia whitish irrorated with fuscous. Hindwings and cilia greyish. Distinguished from the other two greenish species by the basal line. It appears also to be allied to B. eacapnodes Turn. Q.: Mt. Tambourine (1800 feetj; two specimens, in iS'ovember and December. Earea nvmphica, n.sp. vvji<^)iKos, biidal. $. 12-16 mm. Head whitish. Palpi whitish mixed with pale fuscous. Antennae whitish annulated with fuscous; ciliations in (J 1. Thorax whitish, bases of patagia and a median transverse bar fuscous. Abdomen pale ochreoiis-fuscous, apices of segments and tuft ochreous-whitish. Legs whitish with some fuscous irroration. Forewings not dilated; whitish; markings fuscous; short, costal and subcostal streaks from base; a dot on base of dorsum, and two on costa at .1 and z: a discal dot before middle. .344 S'J'UDil'lS tX AUST11.VLIAN .\iI(;i;Ul>El'll>Ui'TEnA^ a second preceding it on fold, and a third in disc at H; more or l(!ss fuscous suffusion towards apex, terinen, and tornus: cilia whitish mixed with fuscous. Hindwings whitish, towards apex and termen grey; cilia Avhitish. N.Q.: Kuranda near Cairns, in June, October, and November. — Q.: Brisbane, in October; Mt. Tambourine, in September, Oc- tober, and November. Thirteen specimens. Barea anerasta, n.sp. dvepu.crro'i, unlovely. jj^. 17-"J0 mm. Head whitish-brown. Palpi with apical joint rather stout; fuscous. Antennje fuscous: ciliations in ^ 1. Thorax fuscous mixed with whitish-brown. Legs ochreous- whitish; anterior and middle tibite, and tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings not dilated ; brown- whitish with dark fuscous markings tolerably well-defined, and some dark fuscous irroration towards base; a dot on ba.se of costa, and another on base of dorsum, the former more or less produced along fold; a discal dot before middle; a second preceding it on fold and form- ing the apex of a triangular spot on mid-dorsum; a third dot at H forming the apex of a triangular spot on § costa; a subapical costal spot connected by an outwardly curved line of dots with tornus ; cilia brown-whitish. Hindwings ochreous-whitish ; towards apex pale fuscous; cilia ochreous-whitish, towards apex fuscous-tinged. Q.: Brisbane; in August and .September. — N.S.W.: Kiama. Six specimens. Bahea eusciast.a, n.sp. erirKtainoi, well-.shadcd. ^^. 16 18 mm. Head fuscous; lower edge of face ochreous- whitish. Palpi fuscous; apex of terminal and secontl joints, inner surface and a subapical band of second joint, ochreous- whitish. Palpi fuscous; ciliations in ^ I. Thorax fuscous, apices of patagiu and crest ochreous-whitish. Abdomen pale "■rev. Leirs fuscous; annulations of tibia- and tarsi, and hairs on posterior tibias ochreous-whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa BY A. JEFPERIS TURNER. 345 moderately arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded: ochreous- whitish irrorated and shaded with fuscous; a broad, basal, fuscous suffusion; a rather broad, suffused, fuscous fascia from •? costa to tornus; a second fascia from costa before apex- narrowing rapidly in disc, and joining first fascia at tornus: from this, several short streaks run parallel to veins to termen; cilia fuscous mixed with ochreous- whitish. Hind wings pale grey; cilia grey-whitish. Q.: Brisbane: in September and October: three specimens. Barea psologramma, n.sp ^oA-oypa/i/xo?, snot-niaiktMl. (5^9. -1-34 mm. Head whitish. Palpi whitish, with a few fuscous scales ; apical joint dark fuscous with a few whitish scales. Antenna* with segments triangularly dilated in apical half; whitish, witli fuscous annulations : ciliations of ^ \h- Thorax fuscous, apices of patagia and crest whitish Abdomen ochreous-fuscous, apices of segments and tuft whitish. Legs dark fuscous, with whitish annulations; posterior pair whitish, with very long, dense hairs on tibia\ Forewings not dilated: whitish, with patchy brownish suffusion and fuscous irroration: a dark fuscous discal dot at .',, a second preceding it on fold, a third in middle of disc, a fourth obliquely before and beneath third; a larger spot between second dot and dorsum; an ill- defined, fuscous spot on ?. costa; another on -i costa produced to mid-disc beyond third dot and darker at apex; a subapical, fuscous spot with a brownish suffusion between it and termen; cilia whitish, with a broad, interrupted, fuscous line. Hindwings whitish tinged with grey towards apex; cilia grey-whitish. Tas.: Hobart, in January; ten specimens, received from Mr. A. M. Lea. Barea atmophora, n.sp. drjtAOc^opos, smoky. (J. 20-25 mm. Head fuscous; face ochreous-whitish. Palpi fuscous; second joint with apex and a broad, ill-defined ring beyond middle, ochreous-whitish. Antenna* fuscous; in ^ 346 STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPinOPTERA, sliglitly serrate, ciliatiuiis I. Thorax fuscous, apices of patagia and crest ochreous-whitish. Abdomen ochreous-grey-whitisli. Legs fuscous; posterior pair ocbreous-wbitish; fore and middle tibia? and tarsi annulated witb ocbreous-wbitisb. Fore wings sHgbtly dilated, costa gently arcbed, more strongly towards base, apex rounded, terraen obliquely rounded; ocbreous-wbitisb, witli general fuscous irroration; mai-kings fuscous and dark fuscous; an oblique fascia from base of costa, gradually broadening and extending on dorsum from | to middle, its posterior edge show- ing a rounded projection above and below middle, of which the latter includes the plical dot; a discal dot at },, another at |, and another beneath middle of disc; three costal spots, first at \, second at middle connected witb second discal dot, third before apex connected with a circular blotch above tornus; an inter- rupted, terminal line; cilia ochreous-whitish mixed witli dark fuscous, apical half grey, apices whitish. Hindwings pale grey; cilia whitish, with some basal, gre}' scales. Best distinguished by the basal fascia of forewings. Vic: Gisboi-ne, in February. — Tas.: Hobart, in December and January. Seven specimens. Gen. LoPHOPRPLA. Lophopepfa Turn., Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p. 10. Perhaps allied to y'rachypepla, with which it agrees in the tufted forewings, but vein 7 runs to termen. LoPHOPRPLA IGNIFERRLLA. Hypercallia igniferelJa Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat., xxix., p. 670. Lophopepla iyniferella Turn., Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p. 10. Antennal ciliations of (J 1. N.A.: Darwin. — N.Q.: Thursday Island, Townsville. — Q.: Bris- bane, Toowoomba. LoPHOPRPLA TRISRLRNA. Eomyslis friselena Low., Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1902, p. 240. Antennal ciliations of ^ 11. N.Q.: Townsville, BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 347 LOPHOPEPLA ASTEROPA. Eomystis asteropa Low., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1900, p.410. Antennal ciliations of (J H. N.Q.: Townsville. TRACHYPEPr,A POLIOCHROA. Linosticha poliochroa Turn., Trans. R.Soc.S. Aust., 1898, p. 208. Q.: Mt. Tambourine. TrACHYPEPLA ATillSPERSA, n.sp. Atrispersiis, speckled with black. (JQ. 12-14 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi white: base of second joint, and a spot before apex on external surface, dark fuscous; terminal joint with a median, dark fuscous spot on ex- ternal surface. Antenna^ whitish. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs whitish; anterior pair fuscous anteiiorly. Forewings nar- row, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, hindmargin very obliquely rounded: white, sparsely irrorated with pale fuscous and black scales; a black dot in disc at H; cilia white mixed with pale fuscous. Hind wings and cilia whitish-grey. Q.: Brisbane; in August and September; three specimens. Trachypepla h^malea, n.sp. at^aAeos, bloocl-ied. (J^. 18-22 mm. Head and thorax reddish irrorated with dark fuscous. Palpi whitish, more or less reddish-tinged with dark fuscous irroration; terminal joint mostly dark fuscous. Antennai fuscous; ciliations in ^ 1^-. Abdomen ochi'eous-fuscous, apices of segments and tuft whitish. Legs fuscous; tarsi obscurely annulated with ochreous-whitish; posterior pairochreous-whitish. Forewings not dilated; pale reddish, with more or less general dark fuscous irroration; an irregular, dark fuscous streak from base of costa along fold, and thence through middle of disc to apex, sometimes interrupted; usually two or three, dark fuscous dots in disc above median streak; cilia pale reddish, apices ochreous-whitish, with some fuscous irroration. Hindwings pale grey; cilia whitish, with a pale grey, sub-basal line. Q.: Eidsvold; Brisbane, in August; seven specimens. 348 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA, Gen. Atribasta, n.g. ttT/3/./3a(rT05, unusual. Head with clen.se, anterior and side-tufts. Palpi with second joint exceeding base of antennae, shortly roughened with loose scales towards apex anteriorly; terminal joint short, less than half second, slender. Antennfe with strong, basal pecten; in ^, moderately ciliated. Thorax with a small, postei'ior crest. Fore- wings svith 7 and 8 coincident and running to apex, 2 and 3 connate. Hindwings with 2 and 3 connate, or short-stalked. Atribasta fulvifusa, n.sp. Fi(/ri/itsii-'<. suti'used with hrown. ^. 23 mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Palpi ochreous- whitish; outer surface of second joint brownish. Antennje whitish; cilia- tions in ^ H- Thorax whitish, patagia and a few scattered scales fuscous brown. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, on bases of segments mixed with brown. Legs fuscous- brown; [posterior pair broken]. Forewings moderately broad, posteriorly dilated, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; whitish, generally' suflPused, except on central area, with pale fuscous-brown; discal dots dark fuscous, a dot in disc at I, a second beneath it on fold, a third streak-like beyond and mid- way between these, a fourth above middle, a fifth before 5, a sixth below fifth prolonged crescentically towaids third; some fuscou.s dots on termen; cilia whitish, with faint brownish suffu- sion. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish. Of ordinary /aciVs, but cui-ious in structure. Q : Warwick, in April; one specimen. Qi^NOCHROA OCHROSOMA. OiJnoehroa ochrosoma Turn., Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p. 13. Q ; Brisbane. (Enochroa gnophodes. QJnochroa ynophodes Turn., op. cit., 1896, p. 14. (J9. 14-19 mm. Q.: Brisbane, in August and April; three specimens. Placocosma phaeina. Placocosma phaeina Turn., op. cit., 189G, p. 14. Antennal ciliations in ^ 1^. Q.: Brisbane, BY A. JEPFERIS TURNER, .'UO Gen. P H Y L L O P H A N R S . Phyllophaiies Turn., op. oif., 1896, p. "21. f am in some doubt as to tlie correct location of this genus. Phyllophanes dysrureta. Phyllophanps dyscurefa Turn., op. cit., 1896, p. 21 Q. : Brisbane. The type (^) still remains unique. "Kt.^egnoma lathr^.a, n.sp. Au^pufos, hidflen, secret. (J. 20-26mm. Head and thorax fuscou.s-brown. Palpi ochreous- whitish irrorated with dark fuscous, especially on external surface. Antennte ochreous- whitish; ciliations in ^ r! Abdo- men whitish-ochreous with some fuscous irroration towards base. Legs whitish-ochreous irrorated with fuscous. Forewings some- what dilated posteriorly; pale brownish, with some fuscous irro- ration: markings fuscous; a dot in disc at .'., a second beneath it on fold, and a third before |; abroad, inwardly oblique line from i costa, suddenlv ani^led outwards and narrow, then angled again parallel to termen and sometimes dentate to dorsum before tornus; an interrupted, terminal line not reaching tornus; cilia pale brownish, with some fuscaus irroration. Hind wings broadly ovate: ochreous-whitish greyish-tinged; cilia ochreous-whitish. Q.: Brisbane, in June, July, and August; seven specimens. ELi5;0N0MA ACROPHiEA, n.Sp. f(K/iO(^aiO'i, witli dusky apex. (J5. 14-16 mm. Head whitish-ochreuus. Palpi fuscous, in- ternal surface whitish. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in ^ 5. Thorax ochreous-whitish, bases of patagia fuscous. Abdomen fuscous, apices of segments and tuft whitish. Legs fuscous, tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish; posterior pair ochreous- whitish. Forewings not dilated; whitish; markings dark fuscous; more or less fuscous suffusion beneath costa; a discal dot at Jj, a second beneath and slightly beyond it on fold, a third before 5, a fourth above middle, and a fifth beneath and beyond third; a more or less marked, fuscous, apical blotch; a terminal series of dark fuscous dots; termen ochreous-tinged; cilia grey. Hindwings elongate-ovate; pale grey; cilia pale grey, bases ochreous-tinged. 3U 350 STFinKS TX AT^STRALTAX MICROLEPIDOPTERA, Q.: Nambour (including Euuiundi and Montviile) in August, October, and November: Bunya Mountains, in December: five specimens. Gen. E F I T ii v m e m a, Eplthiimema Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1914, p.562. Epitiivmema dlsparile. Efilhymfima disparUe Turn., op. c.it., 1914, p.562. N.S.W.: Ebor. Eulechria pacifera. Eidechriapnci/j, ^\'itl^lmt sjkjIs. (J. 20-22 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-grey-whitish. Palpi ochreous-grey-whitish ; outer surface of second joint fuscous- Antennae ochreous-grey-whitish; ciliations of ^ H. Abdomen ochreous-grey; apices of terminal .segments and tuft pale ochreous. Legs fuscous, posterior pair pale ochreous. Forewings moder- ately elongate, not dilated; ochreous-grey-whitish without mark- ings- cilia pale grey. Hindwings grey: cilia whitish-ochreous, towards apex greyish-tinged. Allied to E. coucolor, but without the brownish colouration of both fore and hind-wings. N.S.W.: Glen Innes, in March; eight specimens. EuLECHRIA SYNCHROA, n.Sp. cri'y^poos', ot one colour. ^.17 ram. Head pale ochreous; face fuscous. Palpi fuscous, apex of second joint whitish. Antennae grey; ciliations in ^ h- Thorax dark brown; teguhe pale ochreous. Abdomen brownisli, apices of segments and tuft pale ochreous. -l-^egs fuscous; pos- terior tibite and tarsi pale ochreous. Forewings not dilated, costa strongly arched, apex rounded, termen very obliquely rounded; brown; cilia fuscous, bases whitish. Hindwings grey; cilia srev, bases whitish-ochreous. Not unlike E. (■oiicofor, \)ut at once distinguished by the pale ochreous head. N.S.W.: (lien Innes, in December; one specimen. 354 STtDlES IX AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA, EULECHUIA NIPHOGRAMMA, Il.Sp. yiafiiwi, snow-maiked. ^. 18 mm. Head brownisli-fuscous, side-tufis mixed Avitli white, face whitish. Palpi whitish, external surface of second joint brownish-tinged, anterior edge of terminal joint fuscous. Antennie grey, towards base wliitish: ciliations of (J 1. Thorax brown. Abdomen ochreous- whitish; bases of segments on dorsum dull ferruginous. Legs brownish-fuscous: post» rior pair whitish- ochreous Forewings moderate, posteriorly somewhat dilated, costa gentlv arched, apex round-pointed, termen obliquely rounded; ochreous-brown; a white costal streak from base to ^•. cilia ochreous-brown. Hindwings pale grey: cilia whitish- ochreous. N.S.W.: Glen Innes, in March: one specimen. EULECHRIA CIRRHOPEPLA n.Sp. Ki.pi>oTr€ir\u^, flutliecl in yellowisli. ^.20-22 mm. Head pale ochreous. Palpi ochreous-whitish, external surface fuscous except at base. Antenna? whitish ochreous: ciliations in ^ 1. Thorax whitish-ochreous, anterior edge sometimes fuscous-tinged. Abdomen dull ferruginous on dorsum, apices of segments whitish, tuft pale ochreous. Legs pale ochreous : anterior and middle pairs fuscous anteriorly. Forewings rather narrowly oljlong, not dilated, costa gently arched, more strongly at base, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded: whitish-ochreous; cilia wliitish-ochreous. Hindwings grey; cilia whitish-ochreous. The thorax and abdomen of this species are stoutly built. N.A.: Port Darwin in November and December; four speci- mens received from Mr. G. F Hill, and Mr. F. P. Dodd. EULECHRIA LEPTOCHORDA, n.sp. XeTrTo\oi)Oos, with fine lines, f^. 25-26 mm. Head, thorax, and palpi grey-whitish. An- tenna? whitish: ciliations in ^ 2. Abdomen whitish, bases of segments dull ferruginous. Legs grey-whitish; anterior pair fuscous anteriorly: posterior pair ochreous-whitisli. Forewings elongate, not dilated, costa moderately arched, apex rounds BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 355 pointed, termen very obliquely rounded; pale grey, with numerous, fine, whitish streaks parallel to veins: cilia wliitish. Hindwings and cilia pale grey. N.Q.: Magnetic Island near Townsville, in July; three speci- mens. EULECHRIA PLAGIOSTICHA, n.sp. 7r/\'/.yto0'i, shield-shaped. Antennas without pecten, or with two or three fugitive scales only; in ^ with moderately long ciliations. Paljji rather long; second joint exceeding base of antennae, thickened with appressed scales; terminal joint hardly shorter than second, rather stout, strongly recurved. Thorax smooth. Forewings suboblong, moderately broad; 7 to apex. Hindwings somewhat narrower than forewings; 6 from cell nearly midway between 4 and 6, not curved and approximated to 4 at base. Distinguished from Machimia (lloplitica) by the structure of vein 5 of hindwings. A distinct and natural genus. Type, Crypiolechia abalienella Wlk. 374 STtJDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA, HOPLOMORPHA ABALIENELLA. Cryplolechia ahalienella Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxix., p. 762. Hoplitica colonias Meyr., Proc. Liun. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1887, p.942. N.Q.: Herberton. — Q.: Brisbane. — Vic: Bairnsdale. HoPLOMORPHA PORPHYRASPIS. Hoplitica porphyraspis Turn., Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p.8. Q.: Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine. HoPLOMORPHA CAiMELiEA. Eulechria camelcBa Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1887, p.943. Q.: Stanthorpe. — Vic: Beechworth, Gisborne. HoPLOMORPHA EPICOSMA, n.Sp. cTtK-ocr/xos, adorned. J". 14-16 mm. Head fuscous. Palpi dark fuscous; internal surface of second joint whitish. Antennae dark fuscous; cilia- tions in (J 1. Thorax dark fuscous; posterior third, including apices of patagia, whitish. Abdomen fuscous; anterior extremity and tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs whitish-ochreous; anterior pair dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin very obliquely rounded; whitish; base of costa dark fuscous; costal edge grey, with a short, oblique mark at |; a large, dark fuscous blotch on inner margin from ^ to |, attenuated anteriorly, reaching to fold, its upper edge concave, angulated at each extremity of concavity; along its posterior edge is a leaden-fuscous line, surmounted by a leaden- fuscous dot in disc at |; an outwardly curved, fuscous line from costa at I to anal angle, its anterior edge suffused with greenish- grey; along its posterior edge is a narrow, white line not reach- ing to anal angle; apical area purple fuscous irrorated with leaden-fuscous scales; cilia greenish-grey, bases purplish, irrorated with fuscous. Hindwings ochreous-whitish, apical half fuscous; cilia whitish, at apex fuscous, at anal angle ochreous-whitish. BT A. JEFfERIS TURNEK. 375 Q.: Mt. Tambourine, in November and December; two speci- mens. HOPLOMORPHA CAMINODES, H.Sp. Ka[itvw8y)<;, fiery, red-hut. (J^. 13-15 mm. Head and palpi reddish-ochreous. Antennae grey, towards base reddish-ochreous; ciliations in ^ 2. Thorax reddish-ochreous, paler posteriorly. Abdomen grey mixed with reddish-ochreous, apices of segments whitish-grey, tuft whitish- ochreous. Legs ochreous-whitish, anterior tibiae and tarsi, and base of middle tibiae, reddish anteriorly. Forewings not dilated, costa moderately arched, more strongly towards base, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded ; pale reddish-ochreous, darker towards costa, a dark i-eddish, dorsal streak, edged with whitish, from i to j, abruptly truncated posteriorly; a fuscous spot, indented posteriorly, before tornus; from this a reddish- ochreous suffusion containing two, minute, fuscous dots extends more than half across disc beyond middle, and is preceded by a whitish dot; a short, outwardly oblique, reddish-ochreous streak from I costa; an interrupted, fuscous line from beneath ^ costa to termen above tornus; a fine, fuscous, terminal line; cilia pale reddish-ochreous, on tornus grey. Hindwings dark grey; towards base ochreous-whitish; cilia grey. In this species, the usual dorsal blotcJi is reduced to a dorsal streak. The specimen from Killarney is much brighter red, the markings reduced, the dorsal streak ci'imson-red and not white- edged. Q.: Brisbane, in October; Mount Tambourine, in December and January; Southport, in December; Killarney, in November; five specimens. Gen. Lepidozancla, n.g. AeTTtSo^ayK'A.O's, with scaly sickles (palpi). Palpi long; second joint exceeding base of antennae, thickened with loosely appressed scales in front, slightly expanded at apex; terminal joint about | second, rather stout, acute. Antennae without pecten. Thorax smooth. Abdomen stout. Forewings with vein 7 to apex. Hindwings normal. 376 .STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICRDLEl'IDOfTERA. In the absence of the ^, the correct position of this genus is uncertain. It may be distinguished from Machitnia by the stouter, second joint of palpi, which is roughened with scales anteriorly. Lkpidozancla zatrephes, n.sp. ^aTpe<^7;s, fat. 9. 18-22 mm. Head, thorax, palpi, and antennae pale grey. Abdomen ochreous-grey, apices of segments grey-whitish Legs pale grey ; posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings narrow- oblong, costa straight except near base and apex, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded ; ochreous-grey-whitish ; a fuscous discal dot at 1-, and a second considerably before it on fold, both of which may be obsolete, and a third in disc beyond middle; sometimes a few fuscous scales in a median line before and after third dot; cilia concolorous. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish. Q.: Brisbane, in Fel)ruary and March. Although this species comes commonly to light at my residence, I have never seen any but female examples. 377 SOME CPvYPTOGAMIC NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY. By the Rev. W. Walter Watts. (Plate XX.) This paper deals with Ferns and Mosses. Two new species and one new variety are described. Notes are added concerning other species, including some new records. A new Tribe of the Polypodiacece is also proposed and defined. Ferns. i. DRYOPTERiDEiE : a Suggested new Tribe of the Polypodiaceff. It was long the custom to classify a large section of the Poly- podidcecp. on the basis of the presence, or absence, of a superior indusium. The species bearing such indusium were classed as the Aspidiere (do-Trt?, a shield), while those lacking such indusium were the Polypodiect. Under this classification, the genus Aspidium covered a large range of species and numerous sub- genera. But it was at length realised that, by this arrange- ment, ferns that had many natural affinities, especially in frond- formation and venation, were needlessly and unscientifically kept apart. Hence the conviction that the older classification attached undue importance to the presence, or absence, of an indusium - a conclusion that was strengthened by the discovery of exindusiate forms of indusiate species, and by the fact that, in some supposedly exindusiate species, traces had been found of a small and extremely fugacious indusium. In these circumstances, an old genus of Adanson's, dating back to 1763, was revived and expanded, viz., Dryopteris, a genus, as the name implies, consisting of ferns whose fronds showed a supposed resemblance to the oak-leaf. I have not 378 SOME CRYPTOGAMIC NOTES, access to Adanson's original description, but, judging from C Christensen's " Enumeratio,"* his Dryopteris consisted of aspidioid ferns with free veins ; i.e., it was the equivalent of Presl's ^'■Lastrcea " (1836). In recent times, Dryopteris has been used in at least two, different senses. On the one hand, it has been made to cover all the oakleaf-like ferns, whether indusiate or exindusiate; and, on the other hand, it has been limited to the indusiate ferns alone of this class. Tn the former case, the indusiate species have received the subgeneric name Eudry- opteris, while the exindusiate species have constituted the sub- genus Phegopteris. Where, on the other hand, Dryoj^teris has been limited to the indusiate species, Phegopteris has been made a separate genus. The wider signification of Dryopteris has been adopted bj' Christensen (ojo. ci^.), and K. Domin.f, Capt. van Aldewerelt van Rosenbergl has divided all the Polypodiacece into the " In- dusiatse" and the " Exindusiatee" ; and has, therefore, separated Phegopteris from Dryopteris, placing it in a new tribe, Pheyo- pteridece. Domin, with justice, calls Van Rosenberg's scheme in question^; but in following Christensen and making Phegopteris a subgenus of Dryopteris, Domin is in danger of seeming to support a classification that includes exindusiate ferns under the Aspidiece; to my mind, an undesirable arrangement, and indeed a conti'adiction in terms. It is only fair to Domin to state that he avoids this situation by carefully refraining from any use of tribal divisions under the Polypodiacece, a procedure, however, that is scarcely to be followed in dealing with a family that includes the great bulk of the ferns of the world. To avoid, (a), the unscientific separation of Phegopteris from the vicinity of Dryopteris, (b), the inclusion of exindusiate ferns * Index Filieum, 1906, p. xxi. t Pteridophyta. J Malayan Ferns, 1908. § Van Rosenberg liiniself (op. cit., p. 486) says, in a note on Phegopteria, " Its proper place is near Dryojiteris, from which it differs by the wanting indusiura only."' BY W. WALTER WATTS. 379 among the Aspidiece, and (c), the growing cumbrousness of the genus Dryopteris, as defined in Christensen's Index, I venture to suggest the separation of the supposedly oak-leaf ferns, in order to make them a new tribe, Dryopteridem. The new tribe will include Dryopteris in what appears to have been Adanson's original sense ( = Lastrcea), Nephrodium, Phcgo- pteris, Goniopteris, andMeniscium, all considered as genera. I put forward this suggestion after much hesitancy, but in the belief that it will serve the double purpose of bringing within manageable bounds the, at present, unwieldy genus Dryopteris, and of promoting the interests of a more natural classification. In accordance with the requirements of the Vienna Rules, I submit a Latin description, and an analysis, as follows : — DRYOPTERiDEiE, Trib.nov. Stipes ad rhizoma non articulatus; frondes foliorum quercus memorantes, venis solutis vel plus minusve unitis; sori indusiati vel exindusiati, reniformes vel rotundati vel plus minusve oblongi, ad venas mediales vel terminales, interdum confluentes, indusiis, si exstantibus, soris sequiformantibus. 1. Dryopteris Adans., 1763; Lastrcea Presl; Endryopteris auctt. Soi'i, for the most part, distinctly indusiate; veins free. 2. Nephrodium Schott, 1834; Aspidium^ Christ; Eunephrodium auctt. Veins more or less united, especially alongside the costa; sori indusiate. 3. Phegopteris (Presl) Fee; Euphegopteris auctt. Exindusiate, or indusium early shrivelling and disappearing; veins free. This includes Leptogramma (sori oblong or linear). 4. Goniopteris Presl, 1836; Phegopteris^ auctt. Exindusiate, or indusium early shrivelling or disappearing; sori never confluent; veins more or less as in Nephrodium. This includes Stegnogramma (sori oblong or linear). 5. Meniscium Schreb.; Phegopteris% auctt.; Dryopteris^ auctt. Veins uniting as in Goniopteris; exindusiate; soi'i often con- fluent at the junction of the transverse veinlets and "not rarely running along the excurrent veinlets." 3S0 SOME CRA'PTOGAMIC NOTES, Adopting the above arrangement, our Australian species will stand as follows : - Dryopleris decomposita (R.Br.j O. Ktze. D. glabella (A. Cunn.) C. Chr. D. acuminata (Lowe) \\'atts. D. tenera (R.Br.) 0. Chr. D. velutina (liich.) O. Ktze. D. (ilbovillosa Watts. D. Baileyana Domin. D. lanciloba (Bak.) O. Ktze. £). dissecta (Forst ) O. Ktze. Nephrodmm yonyylodes (Schkr.) Suhott; K. unitnm R.Br. iV. pteroides (Retz. ) Desv. iV^. parasiticnm (L. ) Desv. iV. truncatum (Poir.) Presl. N. decorum (Dura.) Watts. Fhegopter is punctata (Thunb.) Mett. P. setiyera (Bl.) Bak. /'. ornata{yJ&\\.) Fee. P. queenslandica (Dora.) Watts; Polt/podium asjndioides Bail. P. tropica (Dora.) Watts; P. aspidiuides var. tropica ~B-di\. P. rufescens (BL; Mett. P. wurunuran (Dom.) Watts. Goniopteris urophylla (Wall.) Presl. G. Danesiana (Dom.) VN'atts. G. Hillii (Bak.) Watts. G. pmcilopJdebia (Hook.) Bail. G. prulifera (Retz.) Pr. Meniscium tr'tphyU am Sw. ii. Athyrium humile Watts, sp.nov. (Plate XX., fig^l.) Rhizoma repens, subtenue, dense paleaoeum, paleis pallide brunneis, basi lati-ovatis, apice breviter vel longe acuminatis, cellulis diplazioideis, rhizomatulis numerosis, longis, ramosissi- inis, fuscis ad subatris, madore carnosis. Stipites approximati, subtlexuosi, ad 1 dm. longi, basi fusci, incrassati dense paleacei, BY W. WALTER WATTS. 381 paleis rhizoraaticis conformibus, deinde tenues, pallescentes, plus minusve paleacei, paleis tenuibus, longe et flexuose acuniinatis, cum glandibus articulatis pallidis intermixtis. Frons anguste ovato-lanceolata, longe acuminata, falcatula, ad 1-5 dm. longa et 5 cm. lata, facie antica fusco-viridi, postica pallido-viridi, baud nitenti, infra pinnata, delude pinnatifida, gradatim breviter lobata, apice subintegra; pititiis injimis subsessilibus, plus minusve distantibus, oppositis vel suboppositis, obovatis, squar- rosis vel deflexulis, ad 2 cm. longis et 1 cm. latis; pinnis mediis approximatis, sessilibus ad decurrentibus, alternantibus, longi- oribus (ad 3 cm. longis et 0-75 cm. latis), oblongo-lanceolatis, supra gradatim suberecto-patentibus, paullulum sursum curva- tis, lobis apicem versus gradatim abbreviatis, in summo apice evanidis; pinnis et lobis omnibus (superioribus exceptis) plus minusve crenato-lobatis, segmentis oblongo-rotundatis, apice interdum crenulatis, segmento primo acroscopico evolutiori; lobis frondis apicem versus subcrenulatis ad integris; rhachi parce hirsuta, in superior! dimidio alata; pinnis et lobis penni- nervatis, nervis ssepe indistinctis; faciebus et rhachi et costis cum glandibus articulatis pra?ditis. Sori breves, in pinnarum et loborum nervis, juxtacostales, stricti vel subarcuati; indiisio membranaceo, pallido, margine crenulato vel subcristato, in- trorsum aperienti. Texhira subcoriacea. Damp base of rock in The Rapids, Ellenborough River, the Bulga, via Wingham: leg. W. W. Watts, April, 1915. iii. Notes and Records. 1. Hymenophyllum peltatum (Poir.) Desv.; H. Wilsoni Hook.; JI. unilaterale Willd. This interesting fern was collected by Mr. J. L. Boorman, on Barrington Tops, in January, 1916. Mr. Wilson published a description, with an admirable figure, of the species in "English Botany, Suppl.,t.2686"(1831 ), as Hymenophyllum Wilsoni Hook., (Brit. Fl., i., 446, 1830). In Hooker and Baker's "Synopsis," p. 67, it is made a variety, "/?, " of //. tunbridgense Sm., but a note is added, '■'H. peltatzirn (Poir.) oldest name." Christenseni also (Index) identifies H. Wilsoiii with II. peltatum (Foir.) Desv.^ 82 382 SOME ORYPTOGAMIC NOTES, Prod., 333, 1827. Assuming this identity, the name H. peltahhm must stand. Poiret published his species, in 1808, as Tricho- manes peltatum. In 1810, Willdenow published it as Hymeno phyllum unilaterale (certainly the most appropriate name): and in 1830-31, it was, as already stated, described and figured as H. Wilsoni Hook., (specimens collected in Ireland by Mr. Wilson). It is interesting to know that we have this fern, as well as H. tnnbridyense, in Australia. I have no hesitancy in separating the two species, even on the ground of the unilateral pinna? of H. peltatum, to say nothing of its differently-shaped and entire indusium. There are specimens in the Herbarium (Sydney) collected on the Snowy River by Mr. W. Bauerlen, as also specimens from Tas- mania (Archer &, Gunn), but these have, until now, been placed in the H. tunbridgense box. Mr. Boorman's specimens are ample, quite characteristic, and in good condition. 2. Hymenophyllum rarum R.Br. This southern species was collected on Mt. Wilson by Mr. Boorman and myself, in May, 1915. Not previously recorded north of Illawarra, though Mr. Whitelegge reports having found it in Blackheath Glen. 3. Dryopteris acuminata (Lowe) Watts; Lastrcea Moore. A small, dark green, shiny Dryopteris, found here and there in New South Wales, has hitherto been identified, for the most part, with D. decomposifa (R.Br.), from all forms of wiiich it certainly differs. Mr. Thos. Whitelegge, for many years, has regarded it as luovfe^a Aspidium acuminatum (¥'\\., vi., t.ll, 1857). Lowe's description is scarcely adequate, but his accompanying figure leaves little or no doubt in my mind that Mr. Whitelegge's view is correct. Lowe's species (supposed by him, apparently, to have been Willdenow's A. acum.inatum, which is, according to Christensen, a syn. of Nephrolepis biserrata) was based on speci- mens grown at Kew, but he did not know to what country it belonged. Many years ago, Mr. Whitelegge sent specimens of our Australian fern to Mr. T. Rogers, of Manchester, who con- firmed its identification with Lowe's species. Hooker and Baker BY W. WALTER WATTS. 383 (Syn., p. 281) make Lastra'a acumhiata Moore, (1858) a syn. of Aspidium Shepherdi Ktze., (Linn., 23, 230, 1850), which Chris- tensen (Index FiL) identifies with D. decomposita. Not having access to Linniiea, I can oidy keep Lowe's nonienclatuie: but if A. Sliepherdi and A. acuminatum are identical, then Kuntze's •name must have the precedence. Dryopteris (jlabella (Cunn.), is an entirely different plant. I collected this fern (Z). acM?/ima. + Icone.s Lithoi^raphica; (1827), t.!8. 384 some cryptogamic notes, Mosses. i. FissiDENS ( AmblyolhaUla) humilis Dixon et Watts, sp.nov. (Plate XX., figs.2a-c?.) AtUoic^is, riore inasculo ad surculum brevem terminali; humilis^ dense caespitosus, pallide virens, baud nitidus; caulis 3 mm. a.d 5nim. usque altus, simplex vel subsimplex, basi radiculosus, infra laxe supra dense ioMosus; folia usque ad 18-juga, infima parva, supra sensiui majora, ligulato-lanceolata, breviter acuminata, superiora usque ad 1"0 mm. longa et 0*25 mm. lata, omnia immar- ginata, integra vel prope apicem indistincte subcrenulata, s;epe in unica triangulari hyalina cellula terminata, humida erecto- patentia, subfalcata, sicca appressa, rigida, falcatula, superiora incurva, nervo infra summum apicem evanido, in foliis inferiori- bus amoene rufo, in superioribus flavo, pellucido, subflexuoso, falcato; lamina vaginalis lamina apicali longior, in foliis infimis^ omne fere folium occupans, lamiiia dorsalis inferne angustata, ad basin nervienata; cellulis in lam. vaginanti rotundato-quadra- tis, subpellucidis, 0'005-0'007 mm. in diam., in lam. apicali et dorsali densioribus, minutioribus; perichfetium terminate; vagi- nula cylindrica, fusca, circa 0*26 mm. alta: seta ad 3-4 mm. usque alta, basi subito curvata, flavo-brunnea, deinde suhstricta, davescens; theca suberecta, symmetrica, humida ovato-oblonga, sicca ovata, sub ore constricta, fusco-viridis, e cellulis exothecii turgidis, laxe hexagonis, subrugulosa : operculum § vel ultra longitudinis thecje, rostratum, leniter curvatum, acutum basi brunneum, supra pallidum; peristomium simplex, dentes 16, basi connati, erecti (sicca valde incurvi), purpurei, dense papillosi, indistincte trabeculati, inlus appendiculati, deinde in cruribus longis duobus, filiformibus, dense papillosis dividi; spori flavo- virides, levissimi, circa 0015mm.; calyf,tra pallida, longa, mitri- formis. Surculus masculus brevis, 3-4-juga, foliis latioribus, breviori- bus, lamina vera omne fere folium occupante, cellulis laminafr apicalis et dorsalis majoribus. On silt, near the Harbour, Newcastle, N.S. W., leg. Chas. L. Burgess (ex herb. W. H. Burrell). BY W. WALTER WATTS. 385 Comparable with F. intcuerrivins Mitt., but readily distin. guislied bv its smaller size, tlie form of its leaves, and their acuter apex, the smaller and denser cells of the lamina apicalis, and other characters. ii. Notes and records. 1 . Lrptostomum inclinans R.Bi\; L. ^/lexipile CM.. This fine moss, not hitherto recorded from New South Wales, though often found in Tasmania and Victoria, was collected by Mr. Boorman on Harrington Tops in Januar}', 1916, in ample material in good condition. Our only Leptostomum, up to now, has been L. erectma li.Br. New South Wales records of L. macrocarpiim Hedw , existed formerly in the Melbourne Herba- rium, but the specimens proved, upon examination, to be L. erecHim. 2. Hampeella fallens (Lacoste) Fleischer. This unique little moss is a tropical and subti'opical species. In Australia, it was first found by Mr Thomas Wliitelegge on Cambewarra Mountain in 1885, and was regarded bj' Dr. V. F. Brotherus as a new genus, Whiteleggea (australis). It was pub- lished, however, in the first Part of Brotherus' "Some new Species of Australian Mo.sses," as Lcpidopilnm ansfrale, the de- scription being based on specimens collected at Harvey's Creek, North Queensland, by the late F. M. Baile3^ Mr. Whitelegge found it again, in 1891, at Lilyvale; and I was fortunate enough to find it at several places on the Richmond and Brunswick Rivers, N.S.W., between 1895 and 1901. When my specimens were sent to Dr. lU-otherus, he remarked on "this interesting rediscovery of Whiteleggea australis," having apparently, up to this point, ovei'looked its identity with his Lepidopilum australe. liut in his " Bryales" (Engler's Pflanzenfamilien), we have the remark (p. 963) that Lepidopilnm australe belonged to the new genus, Whiteleggea. IJefore, however, this great work was com- pleted, the distinguished author had discovered that he had been anticipated, and he desci'ibed and figured this curious moss under the name Hampeella pallens (Lac.) Fleisch. It turned 33 386 SOME CPYPTOGAMIC NOTES. out that it had been first found in Java, and published, by Lacoste, in 1872, as Cladonmioii. pallefis. In 1881, what proved later to be the same plant was published, by Dr. Carl Mueller, as a new genus, HampeeUa {II. Kurzii). The species, therefore, after a chequered career, has settled down under the name HampeeUa pallens (Lac.) Fleisch. Three years ago, I collected it at TuUy Falls, N. Queensland, and at different times I have come across it at Wyong, and even at Mt. Wilson, in New South Wales. Mr. Boorman has recently brought it from the Dorrigo, and records having seen it on Mt. Lindsay. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX. Fig. L — Athyrinm hmnile Watts, sp.n. rii^.'2. — Fi^>h came into my field of view. As this egg-shell and pronym})h were also lying on their sides, I took a fine needle, and gently pushed them so that they came to lie exactly alongside the one I was observing. Thus I had the midgut regions of two pronymphs under observation at the same time. The most important result of this was, that when the changes began in the tracheal system of the first pronymph, the tracheal system of the second, remaining filled with liquid, served as a most valuable BY R. J. TILLYARD. 397 means of gauging the extent of the change. But for this, T doubt if I should have noticed the gradual beginning of the change at all. The behaviour of the second pronymph was not exactly tlie same as that of the first. After remaining weak and inert for about two hours (by which time the first pronymph had been just disposed of), I found that it had become much more vigorous, making many attempts to burst the pronymphal sheath, all of which, unfortunately, were failures. A count of the pulse, during tlie most active of these attempts, showed 70 beats to the minute. A few minutes later, I took a fine brush, and coaxed the pi"o- nymph out from its egg-shell. It at once began to bend up 'and down vigorously, and made frantic ett'orts to break its sheath. Soon after, I noticed the pulse quicken greatly, and a count gave 120 beats to the minute. On searching for the cause of this, I found that the sheath liad l)iu'st dorsally over the sixth abdominal segment, and that the hir\ul intestine was pi-ojecting through the slit. This, of course, meant a speedy death to the larva. This second pronymph, therefore, lived just over two hours, and no gas appeared in its tracheal system during that period. Watch was continued throughout April 3i-d. On that day, two more pronymphs emerged, both, unfortunately, after dark, and at a time when I was only able to pay occasional visits to the microscope. Complete] v tired out with the four days' watching, I \\as in no mood to continue the watch far into the night, and contented mj'self with noting that the general course of events, in the cases of these two, was \ery similar to that in the first pron3"mph. The tracheal system showed no signs of gas until about three hours after hatching; and the gas, when present, did not extend beyond the limits stated in the first case. Both these nymphs were found dead in the morning, having failed to burst their sheaths. Before describing the remaining experiments made upon these eggs, it would be best to give in tabular form the full record of emergences for the Series A, B, and C, in order that references to the table may make these experiments clearer. 398 EMERGENCE OF DRAGONFLY-LARViE, Table showing hatchings of Eggs of Anax jKipuensis, March 2 8th- April 11th, 1916. Date. Series A. Series B (control upon A). Series C (control upon A and B). 28 eggs in tap- 8 eggs in tap-water 20 eggs in original water without with small pieces of stem of Water-Mil- vegetable tissues. vegetable tissues hi foil, with plenty situ around them. of water in Petri March— dish. Tues. 28th — — 2L Wed. 29th — IL 3L Thurs. 30th 2L 2L 2L Fri. 31st IL 2L 3L April- Sat. Ist — IL 4L Sun. 2nd 2P — 3L Mon. 3rd 2P — — Tues. 4th — 2L Wed. 5th IP — IL Thurs. 6th — Fri. 7th IP* IL Sat. 8th IL — Sun. 9th IL Mon. 10th 2L — Left over on April 11th 16 dead embryos nil nil Total hatched 6P + 6L 8L 20L L denotes that the emerging embryo reached the full larval stage, P that it did not succeed in getting beyond the pronyniphal stage. None of the larvte obtained from Series A lived more than two or three hours. The pronymph marked * was from the unreversed embiyo, and came out of the egg-shell backwards. Section 2. — The Composition of the Gas in the Tracheal System. The question next arose — What could be the composition of the gas which I had seen enter the tracheal system from the body of the pronymph? It seemed to me, as soon as I observed the phenomenon, that it must be one of two things, viz., {a) car- bonic acid gas, or (6) oxygen. The former would naturally appear to be the most likely solution, since C0„ is the only gas formed in large quantities within the body of a living animal. On the other hand, one naturally recoiled at the idea that such a BY R. .T. TILLYARD. 399 gas should completely fill the respiratory system of the larva. The second solution, that it might be oxygen, would require the existence of some oxygenating substance in the blood, which would act on the C0„ produced by metabolism in the developing embryo, and release oxygen therefrom, in some manner analogous to that of chlorophyll in the leaves of plants. But, though the blood of Odonata is always of a yellowish or greenish colour, we have it, on the high authority of Cuenot,* that the pigments hcemoxanthine, h(emochlorvne, and hcemojwasme, which are the only substances that might conceivably perform such a function, are quite absent from the blood of these insects. It seemed necessary, in any case, to obtain some definite result by experiment, and not to rely upon arguments alone, however conclusive they might appear. Unfortunately, by the evening of April 3rd, as the table already given will show, most of my eggs had already hatched, and I could not expect to obtain many more larvae. I was forced, therefoi-e, to limit my experiments, both in variety and in the number of larvre on which they could be performed. I decided to employ only two test-solutions, whose combined results should indicate, with considerable certainty, the composition of the gas in the tracheae. These wei*e {a) a 10% solution of caustic potash. (6) a 4% solution of Azol.f As a stand-by, I also prepared, (r) a 4% solution of caustic soda, in case solution (a) should prove too strong. Control Experiments :— As a control upon the experiments, two live larvae were taken from the Petri dish (Series C), and killed by being placed in a tube of water, in which a single drop of chloroform had been well shaken up. They were then removed to tap-water in a crystal dish, and the times taken for the tracheal system to collapse were noted. * Etudes sur le sang et les glandes lymphatiques dans la serie animale, 2'"'' partie. Invertebres. Arch. Zool. exper. 2""* serie. ix., 1801. t Azol, the proprietary name for an excellent, one-solution, photographic developer, which acts as a verj' strong reducing agent. The connect strength for use on plates is 1 part in 24 of water, or roughly 4%. 400 EMERGENCE OF DRAGONFLY-LARVii;, Result : — The rectal capillaries collapsed in from 2-3 hours, the main tracheal system (whole length of dorsal trunks) in from 5-6 hours. Experiment 1. — Two larvse, aged from one to two days old (strongly pigmented), were placed alive in 10% solution of KOH. The solution was regularly sucked into the rectum and expelled again, causing considei'able irritation to the larvae, both of which died within an hour. A close examination showed that the rectum became swollen and somewhat opaque. The rectal capil- laries remained quite unaft'ected, except where the gill-tissues became very badly damaged. The main tracheal system was not aifected in any way. Conc/vsion. — No appreciable CO.^ present in tlie tracheal system of larvae 1-2 days old. Experitnent 2. — Two larvse, which emerged from Series C on Api'il 4th, were taken before they were two houi's old, and placed alive in 10% solution of KOH. Both died within half-an-hour, after having repeatedly sucked the solution into the rectum and expelled it again. In three-quarters of an hour, the doi'sal trunks began to collapse from the region of the rectum forwards, but the i-ectal capillaries remained unaltered. At one hour, the dor.sal truidvs were very badh' collapsed. At two hours, all the trachea^ in the abdomen had collapsed, except the rectal capil- laries, which remained only partially collapsed. At three hours, tlie whole tracheal system had collapsed, including the parts in the head and thorax, but there still remained a number of the rectal capillaries only partially collapsed. At four hours, all the capillaries had collapsed {of. Control Experiment). Conehision. — The gas in the tracheal system of larva? 1-2 hours old is CO 2, except in the rectal capillaries, which are, at any rate, partially filled with some gas not extracted by KOH. Experiment 3. — Two larva? were taken from Series B and C respectively, the latter between two and three days old (sti-ongly pigmented), the former between six and twelve hours old (just beginning to become pigmented), were placed alive in 4 % solu- tion of Azol. The larvae lived for two or three hours, and ap- BY R. .1. TILLYARD. 401 pearf-d to suffer little inconvenience oi' irritation, tliouyh the liquid was repeatedly sucked into the rectum. In both larva?, the main tracheal system remained intact for fioehi' hrntrs (a very strikin,y lesult, cf. Control Experiment). In the younger larva, the rectal capillaries remained absolutely intact at the end of tNselve hours (again, <■/. Control Experiment). In the older larva, the rectal capillaries collapsed partially at tlie end of three hours. Conclnttiou. — The action of the Azol is clearly resisted by chitin, and hence, no safe conclusions can be drawn as to what gas was present in the main tracheal system. In the rectal capillaries, there was little or no oxygen present in the case of the younger larva, but enough oxygen was present in the case of tlie older larva to affect the stability of these tubes when it was withdrawn by the Azol. Experiment 4. — A moribund larva, taken fi'om Series A, soon after hatching, was placed in a solution of 4% NaOH. This larva remained inert, without sucking the solution into its rectum, and died within an hour. lifKiilt, same as stated for the larvte in the Control Experiment. Conclusion. — No guide as to composition of gas. Either the solution was too weak to penetrate the chitin, or else the fact that the larva was moi'ibund, and did not draw the solution into its rectum, prevented contact between the solution and the most permeable part of the animal {i.e., the thin, chitinous cuticle of the rectal gills). Besides the larvae used in the above experiments, a single larva emerged from Series B on April 9th, at a time when I was unable to make use of it, and two moribund larv?e emerged from Series A on April 10th, dying before I could make use of them. No more larvai emerged, and no less than sixteen dead embryos remained inside eggs of Series A until April 20th, when they were thrown away. The results of my experiments, few though tliey were in number, appear to point definitely in the following direction: — While there is no appreciable quantity of CO.^ in the tracheal 34 402 EMERGENCE OF DRAGONPLY-LARV^., system of larva; more tlian a day old (Expt.l), yet, in larvw only an hour oi- two old, the whole system is filled with COj, except the rectal capillaries, where there is a mixture of gases (Expt.2). Also, though the Azol solution appeared to be unsuitable for penetration of chitinous membranes, yet the fact that it ex- tracted some of the gas from the rectal capillaries of a 2-3 days old larva, and failed to do so in the case of a 6-12 hours old larva, suggests that the proportion of O in the gills of the former was considerably greater than that in the gills of the latter (Expt. 3). We are thus led, on all three counts, to the definite con- clusion that, (i. ) the original gas which fills the, tracheal system of the larva chiving the pvocei^s of hatching is COo, but that, (u.) the estahlishment <>/' regnlav rectal respiration sets np a process of diffusion hetween the rectal cajnllaries and the water in the rectum, ivhereby the COo in the tracheal system is gradually with- drawn, and replaced by air, or a mixture of nitrogen and oxygen not differing much from the ordhmry composition of air. It is easy to show that these results are in agreement with the physiological aspects of the problem. Firstly, the exertions of the larva to burst open both the egg and the pronymphal sheath involve a sudden and rapid increase of metabolic activity. Thus, just at the period when large quantities of CO^ are being liberated by the activities of the larva, gas replaces the liquid in the trachea;. If this gas be CO., as our experiments suggest, we have solved at once the problem of what the larva does with the large amount of CO^ liberated by its new exertions, and why it is that the gas comes into the tracheal system in the manner it does. Secondly, if we grant that this gas is CO.,, the gradual change to air, or a mixture of gases not difiering appreciably from air, is not only to be expected as a result of rectal respira- tion, but must inevitably take place, by the ordinary laws of diffusion. Eor, in the tracheal system of the newly-hatched lai'va, the pressure of COo will be 760 mm., or atmospheric pressure. But in the aerated water of the rectum, the partial pressure of O is approximately 150 mm., that of N approximately 610 nnn., and that of CO. less than 1 mm. It follows that the BY R. J. TILLYAKD. 403 CO .J in the trachea? must eventually be replaced almost completely by a mixture of O and N" closely resembling air. (As the larva must be continually using up the O, it is not necessary to assume that the total amount of gas in the trachepe at any given moment, if analysed, must have the exact composition of air). The rate at which the exchange takes place will be governed bj' the mor- phological coiulitions in the rectum. As the expanse uf the rectal chamber is limited, only a certain amount of aei'ated water can be drawn in at one time. Hence, if this water bathes an}' given length of cylindrical tracheal tubing, it is cleai- that, the smaller the bore of the tube, the quicker will the exchange of gases take place. The rate of exchange of gas may be roughly taken as inversely propoi'tional to the area of the cross-section of the tube, i.e., to the square of the diameter of the tube. Also, any increase in the length of tube exposed to the watei- will facilitate the rate of exchange. Thus the ideal conditions for a rapid e.rchatu/e are fidjilled in tlir case of a lan/e number of e.vceediuyl y Jini' tubes hatnny a c/reat portion of their lenyth bathed by the water. This is exactly the morphological condition developed in the rectal gills of Anisopterid larva\* Section 3. — The Nature and Action of the Cephalic Heart. Tn my previous study upon the larva of Anax papuensis {I.e.), T described the action of the peculiar pumping-organ of the head, and suggested for it the name of the cephalic heart. Owing to the rapidity of the act of hatching, and the fact that this organ * Note. — In a letter received from Mr. G. L. Purser, B. A., of Trinity College, Cambridge, in which he di.scusses my papei' on the Phj^siology of the Rectal Gills, lie remarks on the peculiar problem of tlie first appearance of gas in the trachea^: — "I don"t see why the gas slioald appear just where it does. My idea is this : the gas appears first in the thickest part of the embryo; it appears just when the larva is making a series of strong muscular efforts for the first time. Why, therefore, should it not be CO., ? Tiie gas appears wliere COo will be most concentrated; it appears mlien it is most concentrated." This letter was received only a few days after my expei'iments were completed, and was, therefore, written some time before them. I desire, therefore, to give Mr. Purser due credit for the first eou- ^ -^ ception of the idea stated in liis letter. — R.J.T. /vNV3' ^ A ^ Lul LI 8 R A F 404 EMERGENCE OF DRAGONFLY-LARV^, is only in action fpr about half-a-minute, it is most difficult to determine its exact nature and position. We know that it is situated above and somewhat posterior to the mouth, and below the dorsal aorta; that at first it is very small, that it increases rapidly in size and in the force of its pulsations; and then, after performing about twenty-five I'egular double-beats in half-a- minute, subsides veiy quickly. In appearance, it is two-cham- bered, but whether there are actually two pulsating chambers, or a single one constricted at some point by the tentorial structures of the head, I had not been able to determine. With Balfour Browne,*! agree that this organ pumps a pale yellowish liquid, which can be none other than the liquid part of the blood. I did not observe any corpuscles passing through the organ. Balfour-Browne states that the blood is pumped upwards and backwards. This appears to me also to be correct as regards the first few pulsations of the organ; after that, I confess that 1 could not follow a definite course of the blood, and I must hold to the opinion that most of the blood pumped into the anterior chamber (or auricle, as I previously termed it) was again pumped out into the posterior chamber (or ventricle), and served to cause the immense distension of that chamber which takes place just before the larva bursts its pronymphal sheath. What the exact nature of the organ is, and whence and whither the blood was actually pumped, I had not been able to determine. In entering upon the experiments already detailed in Section 1 of this paper, I had strong hopes that the general retardation of the process of hatching might be accompanied by a correspond- ing I'etardatioii in the action of the cephalic heart, and that thus T might be able to examine this oi-gan more minutely. It will be seen already, however, that these hopes were frustrated, since the cejahalic heart barely came into action before it subsided again, at the birth of the pronymph, and failed altogether to come into action again during the whole of the pronymphal stage, lasting over three hours. Indeed, it is very probable that ""The Life-Historj' of the Agrionicl Dragonfly." Proc. Zool. Soe. Loudon, UHKI, pp.2u3-"285. BY R. .T. TII.r.YARD 405 tlie failure of tlif larva to emerge from the pronymphal sheath was correlated with its failure to bring this strong iuini})ing apparatus into action, to aid in the required distension of the head. My one remaining hope of discovering something about this important organ lay in a study of sections of a pronymph. As already stated, the pronymph studied on p. 394 was remo\cd in a moribund condition, after it had lived for three and a half hours, and was fixed in hot water. Though it was almost dead when the hot water was poured upon it, the sudden contact with this li(|uid caused it to burst the pronymphal sheath, and flow ciili(i(ii'(il ri'(jli>it iff strongly distended with blood, in which, hotc- ever, no corpuscles are visible. A search througli the whole series of sections hkewise fails to show the presence of any special organ which might be interpreted as the collapsed cephalic heart. There is nothing to be seen except the usual organs of the head and thorax present in any insect-larva. If we combine these two facts together, the conclusion is very strong that the cephalic heart is really only (t special temjwrary developvient in the teso- phmjns, and that, therefore, the pumping of the liquid blood must take place through the month. cla ^^ cr c£v -Vll \(\^- fg... ]r- Text -fig. 2. — Nearly median, sagittal section through pronymph of Anax jinpHnnsis Biirni.. with the pronyniphal sheath removed. To show mass of blood-coaguhim, without corpuscles, distending the reso- phagus and crop. ( x l(Ml) : l>r, brain; cr. crop; da, dorsal aijrla; ffj, frontal ganglion; ,7, -.7,;, thoracic ganglia; ,'/z, gizzard; Im. labial mask (cut off); Ir. labrum; m, mouth; ;»//, muscle; >rs, (esophagus; » r, fvsophageal valve (junction of fore- and midgut); i^orf, subicso- ])hageal ganglion; 'vV, vitellophags in ^\all nf midgut. Let us now see how this conclusion agrees with the observed facts of the hatching of the egg. Before the pronymph emerges, there is a large '' head vesicle" fitting closely under the pedicel of the egg. When the cephalic heart comes into action, the liquid in this vesicle (which must obviously be a space between the bY K. J. TiLLYARt). 407 proiiymplial sheatli and the true larval head) is withdrawn, the head oi the larva swells up greatly, and, by this means, the pedicel of the egg is pushed aside, and the pronynij)!! emerges. After a short period of time (from a few seconds to half-a-minute at the most in Anax), the activity of the cephalic heart increases rapidly, the head again swells up, but this time to almost twice its previous size, and the larva escapes through the dorsal split- ting of the pronymphal sheath. . Now there is no possil)le connection between the "head- vesicle" and the interior of the embryo, except via the lai-val mouth. If the cephalic heart be merely t^ temporary formation in the ((esophagus, acting somewhat in the manner of a sucking- pharynx, it would be able to exhaust all the liquid in the "head- Text-Hj^.3. — Head and poitiuii ut' thoiax nt' [jrunjiiiph ut' Ajia,i: jjajiHeiisi,-< Buiiii., tu nhow, (a) (jouise of hlood-corpii-scles in tlit- head-rejfi(jii (single arrows), and (h) suggested course of liquid Ijlood (lymph) drawn into resophagus by action of cephalic heart (double arrows). Diagrammatic. ( x 60) : aiif. antenna; da, d(jrsal aoita; e, eye (dotted outline); It, larval liead; /ir, liead-vesicle; /c, larval cuticle; /ill, labial mask; m, mouth; my, midgut; jji^ foreleg; ^>?-.v, pro- iiymplial sheath; st, stomodteum or foregut. vesicle," by sucking it into the lumen of the oesophagus. Text- fig.3 shows, in a diagrammatic manner, how this would be done. The accumulation of all this volume of liquifl in the anterior part of the oesophagus, together with the extra pressure caused by the 408 E>tERGE?fCE OP DRAGOKFLY-LAftV.f;, fio-wanl moxenieiit of the midgut, would he quite sufficient to cause the spHttiiig uf the pronyiuphal sheath, as well as the lif ting-up of the egg-pedicel. As regards the twu-chambered structure of the cephalic heart, a reference to the section in Text-fig. 2 shows the exact position where the tentorium would cause a definite constriction in the (csophajrus, if that organ were to distend itself in anv manner. The i:>assage through this tentorial foramen, below the brain(/jr) and above the suba?sophageal ganglion (soy) is small, and the tentorial bars are hard aild rigid. Moreover, the oesophagus, both at this point and throughout its entire length, is capable of very great expansion, as may be seen in any tran.sverse section of that organ, both by reason of the longitudinal pleating or infolding of its epithelium, and the strength of it;- muscular tunic. It seems reasonable to suppose that the division into two chambers is caused by the tentorial compression. The notes and drawings that I made for my previous paper show the point of constriction placed somewhat further back than the position of the tentorium. I think, however, that too much weight nuist not be placed upon this fact, as it was manifestly impossible to make accurate drawings of all the different parts of the larva, during the single half-minute of vigorous struggle for emergence. If, howevei', future observations should confirm my original drawing's,* then there is reason to suspect the existence of a special sphincter muscle at some definite position on the (eso- phagus. Such a structure would have to be searched for in transverse .sections. Section i. — The pjf'irt of nhnonna/ coudifivu.s upov I'lnhryoiiic development. We can now turn to some problems of a moi-e general nature arising from the experiments described in Section 1. If we examine the table of results given on p. 398, we see that Series B and C gave identical results, viz., in both cases all the * These will l>e found in V\^^.2A of my hook, "The Biology of Dragon- tiles," shortly to he ]mhlishe(l hy the Camhridge University Press. BV R. .t. tlLLVARt). 409 eggs hatched, and yielded liealthy larvse. We miifst coneliide, therefore, that the restriction of the amount of water allowed to Series B, and the covering-over of the crystal dish (except on rare occasions for a few nioments) by a glass slide, to prevent free aeration of the water, liad no appreciable effect upon the course of development. The only difference between Series A and Series B was the /■'')Nt)nf/ of the vPAjetahle tissues from around the eggs of the former series. The results, as we have seen, were disastrous. Sixteen embryos died, six reached the pronymphal stage, and six just got as far as the larval stage, but were too weak to go on living. We can only conclude that ilv vexjetahle tissues play an important jxirf in the oxyyenation of the embryo. Let us nt)w consider the peculiar case of the pronymph in Series A, which emerged on April 7th (marked IP* in the Table). .Vs ahead V stated, this was the only embiyo in Series A, which, when iirst subjected tti the conditions of the experiment, had not undergone the process of reversion. The fact that it was already behind the rest of the eggs 'u\ development might suggest some inherent weakness in this particular individual; but there is no i-eason to suppose that it would not have gone on developing normally, if left to itself. That it was not parasitised is clear from the fact that it finally hatched out. Also, since the eggs were all laid together in a regular spiral, on the single piece of stem, we have no reason to believe that it was not one of the same batch of eggs as all the rest. The fact that, in Series C under normal conditions, the eggs continued to hatch over a period of nine days, shows us that considerable variations in the length of embryonic existence are to be expected. This egg merely happened to be tlie most backward of the whole set. The effect of the new conditions upon it was most marked, because it had developed less far under normal conditions. It was, however, a very unexpected and extraordinary thing, to my minfl, that the process of reversion, which should have normallv followed in this case within a dav or two, should Ix' completely pri'vented, and that the embryo should go i>n developing, as it did, liead 410 EM^:Rr;ENCH: OP DRAGONFLY-LARV^, Text-tiji.4. "■ doiLuiicarrh, and .still coutiiiuc to li\e. Yet such was the case, and the final result, which I have depicted in Text- fi,ijf. 4, is botli ludicrous and pathetic. The mature embryo emerged as a pro- nymph " tail- foremost," until it finally became caught in the egg-shell, and died while still only partially free I Section 5. — Rectal Respiratioit in newly-hatched Zygopterid larva'. In November, 1915, a large number of eggs of a counnon Zygopterid dragonfly (probably Austrolestes leda Selys, but not determined with certainty) were found in the tissues of a reed at National Park. These were kept hi fiitu in the reed, in water in a Peti'i dish. Some of them were parasitised by a small Hymenopterous insect new to science. The majority, however, hatched out about a week after they were taken. No attempt was made to observe the actual process of hatching in this case. The principal object which I had in mind was the examination of the caudal gills and tracheal system of the young larva-. The eggs were examined several times a day. Consequently, a num- ber of freshly hatched specimens, ranging from a few minutes up to two hours old, and all of them perfectly transparent, came under mv observation. The most striking discovery about these lar\;i> was that, fiuiu the time of hatching onward for half-an-hour or more, rrijidar rectal respiratioti icas carried on ivith yrcat vigour. The action is exactly like that observed in the young lar\a of Ana.r. The rectal cavity is alternately expanded and contracted, so thai water is drawn in and expelled (juite regularly. No true fraclH-al gills are to be seen, such as are visible from the first in the rectum of Ana,c; but there are two, slightly opaque, longitudinal folds, placed latero-ventrally, and evidently carrying a thickened "■' Abiiunnal hatching of pionymph P" of Anax papiitnsi-s Burm., " tail- foi-emost"" ( x3U). fiV R. .1. TILLYARD. 411 ht DT epithelium, which })n)ject into the rectiuii, i-i.siiig ami falling with a somewhat luiclulating motion. These folds are shown in Text- fig. 5. I could not detect any sign of a mid- dorsal fold, such as can he seen in older larvae No trachea? can he seen in these folds. AVhen the larva is half-an-hour old, or a little older, the regular movements of the rectum cease. Thereafter, the rectum is, for the most part, closed. But, every now and again, it is opened for a short period, during which the movements are again renewed. Larva- were watched from time to time until they were one or two days old, always with this same result. We must conclude, there- fore, that intermittent rectal respiration is carried on by young Zygopterid larva? during the Hrst day or two of their existence, but that it is only regular and viyoroKs/or a, short period directly after hatchliuj. Calvertt has given an excellent summary of the present state of our knowledge of rectal respiration in Zygopterid larvje. His own experiments on the larvae of Calopteryx macidata {l.c.,pA'SS) are of more value than all the isolated observations of previous authors. By the use of carmine-particles, he proved that this larva expels water regularly from its anal aperture, '-Vo or more times per minute. He also made similar observations on larv;e of Het(erina{l.c., p. 440), and Anjia {I.e., p.442), in both of which he proved that rhythmic pulsations of the rectum were carried Text-fiff.5.* * Last four abdominal segments of newly-hatched larva (jf Avxtrolestes I tela iSelys; ( x 100); dorsal view, U> show the paired, latero- ventral, rectal tolds(*;/"). DT, dorsal tracheal trunk; hf, heart (dotted outline); Icj, lateral caudal gill, witii single main trachea; mr. This \ iiionm.s respiration is nw-essary in oi'dei^tA'Clfeot a 5j quick exchange of the CO, in the tracheal sys^em^i-^aTy #fi'^l from the rectal water-supply. /^ V :\ '^^.^a^-Hftea-, for the first two days of ^rval ^x respiTJ' intermittent only. 'oj / \ \/ i. Xlrjs ji.tthY-atesv..that, for the rest o|^lar ti.\^.^i4 .mW f^r-^Xf^, and is regulafe^d/by ^ Vf fhte otijer Hieans of respiration \is^ -,. ^N\itme\^c\al /tracheal gilt^ar^d^^ ,.t,.Ai.f1-Vvl\li)ei^ V" M:ero-venti;#l foKJs •oniiiljetit part iJ^ ^le \ opi^nto^aai he ^. P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916. 35. Stenohiella hirsntissima, n.sp. 417 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY. PARTHENOaENKSIS IX AQUATIC PHANEROGAMS. By a. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc. Elatine triandra Schrank [ELATiNACEiE]. Plants of Elatine were brought under my notice by Mr. J Bi'ooks, who has charge of the freshwater aquaria at the Botanic Gardens, Sydney, in February last. The plants were growing submerged in a glass tank. They had grown vigorously for some months, with roots fixed in the soil at the bottom of the tank. Now, fragments were being detached freely, with rootlets grow- ing out into the water, Mr. Brooks wanted to know — " Whv are the plants breaking up in this way 1" Capsules in various stages of development were grow ing on the plants, but no flowers or flower-buds could be discovered. There were no signs of calyx- lobes, corolla, stamens, or even bracts. A few of these capsules contained apparently fully de- veloped, brown seeds presenting the characteristic sculpturing. Thinking that by modifying the conditions we might be able to induce normal flowering, I asked Mr. Brooks to plant some in earth in a flower-pot surrounded by water, and to expose these gradually to full sunlight. A few days later, I discovered the plant growing in the Lily- Pond of the Centennial Park, Sydney. Large, floating frag- ments, up to 9 inches in length, with abundant roots, bore fruits similar to those formed in the tank. At one spot, the floor of the pond was dry, owing to the prolonged drought. Here the plant was growing on firm mud. The leaves were very much shorter, and the plant altogether smaller, than in the submerged form; but it bore numerous, small flowers, with 3, broad, green sepals; 3, spreading, red pistils; and 3 stamens I brought some home, with the surrounding mud, and planted them in an ordinary flower-pot. I did not place the pot in water, but kept 35 418 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY, it well watered, and exposed it to sunlight. The plants spread, and continued to flower well into the month of May. Mr. Brooks' plants naturally took longer to accustom themselves to the greater change of conditions, but, early in April, they were in full flower. Thus, the suggested experiment had succeeded. It was plain that the condition necessary to produce flowers was exposure of the growing plant to air and sunlight. I then tried the converse experiment of placing some of the flowering plants in soil, at the bottom of a glass jar, which I filled with water. They did not resent the sudden change, but speedily grew out into the elongated form with longer leaves, and now (in May) are producing the capsules of the submerged form freely. The capsules of the submerged form closely resemble those of the flowers, and, as no stamens are present, we have a clear case of parthenogenesis. Glossostigma spathulatum Arnott [Scrophulariace^]. In another glass tank in the Gardens, were growing vigorously, a number of plants of a Glossostigma, which, while spreading freely in the water, never rose to the surface. The roots were fixed in the soil at the bottom. These plants also bore capsules of various stages, in none of which could I detect floral envelopes or stamens. The plants had been growing for years in the tank, but had never produced flowers. We experimented with these in the same way as with Elatine. Mr. Brooks placed his in a flower-pot in ordinary mould, and placed the pot in a large saucer filled with water. In about a month, the plants had quite accommodated themselves to the new habitat, and produced a number of tiny, blue, perfect flowers. I arranged my plant in a diminutive, artificial pond I had made, so that part of the creeping stem was fixed by the roots to soil at the bottom, and the other part, unsevered, ex- tended over a small bank of earth at the side of the pond. Thus, part of the plant was submerged, and part exposed to air and direct sunlight. It seemed at home at once, and both plants grew quickly. The submerged part spread far and wide over BY A. H. S. LUCAS. . 419 the bottom of the pond, and formed capsules; and, in less than a fortnight, the terrestrial portion had spread over the bank (which was now and again inundated, when the pond was filled up) and formed the fully developed, blue flowers. The number of stamens was constantly 2, and, therefore, our plant must be placed as G . s'pathulatwm Arnott. The other Australian species, G. Drumviondii Benth., and G. elatinoides Benth., have 4 stamens. It was naturally a pleasure to have thus succeeded in obtaining the normal flowers. Curiously, perhaps the only passage in the severe pages of the Flora Australiensis which is "tinged with emotion," occurs in relation with this plant. Bentham quotes a remark of O'Shanesy, who gathered this species at Rockhampton, that " the numerous little blue flowers look like tiny drops of dew." (Vol. iv., p.502). We had thus succeeded in inducing flowering in both plants. In a submerged state, they do not produce a distinct calyx, petals or stamens, but freely produce capsules. To test the fertility of the seeds produced in the submerged capsules of Glossostiyma, I asked Mr. Brooks to sow the seeds. He placed some in soil exposed to air, and dropped some on to the soil at the bottom of a tank containing water. Both sets germinated, the latter with extreme freedom. Thus habitual parthenogenesis is seen to occur in Glossostiyma spalhulatum — so long as the plant remains entirely submerged. When the plants obtain a footing on mud uncovered with water, they will develop flowers in the season, and produce ovules fertilised in the usual way. . Incidentally, we may find a reason- able answer to Mr. Brooks' original question in regard to Elatine. The submerged plant tends to break up into fragments or sections in the season proper for flowering. These fragments float, and, as we saw in the pond in the Centennial Park, under natural conditions will have a chance of reaching a mooring ground, and thus of attaining to a terrestrial habitat convenient for flowering. We have not yet experimented with the seeds of Elatine, pro- duced in the submei"ged capsules, but the mature form of the seeds found makes it nearly certain that they are fertile. 420 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDKNS, SYDNEY, These two instances of parthenogenesis in two, submerged plants of so widely separated families seem to lead up to the conception, that such a habit is likely to be very generally char- acteristic of plants growing under similar conditions. At all events, I have obtained considerable evidence in favour of this view. Further investigation is in progress, and I hope to bring further results before the Society, as opportunity occurs for experimentation. Note on the Species of Elatine. The plant experimented on is our common Elatine. The Southern species, in which Bentham includes the Australian form, has been labelled E. minima Fisch. &. Meyer, (Linnasa, x., 73), E. grat.ioloides A. Cunn., (Ann. Nat. Hist., iii., 26, on New Zealand forms), E. americana Arnott, by von Mueller, and E. am,ericana Arnott, var. australiensis by Bentham. E. triandra of Schrank was founded in 1791; and E americana Arnott, in 1814. Bentham says " The Australian species is considered b}' some as endemic, by others as identical with an American one." And aoain, " This plant, whether a distinct species or a variety of the N. American one, is very variable." He then notes various forms, those under water with elongated stems, and very few with petals. There is no doubt that the external form varies at once, as we have seen, even in the same individual, when the conditions change. Britton and Brown, in their "Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States," 1897, ii., p. 437, give descriptions and figures of both E. americana and E. triandra. Of E. americana they state, " Sepals, petals, stamens, styles 2 (rarely 3 in terrestrial forms)"; and of E. triandra, "'Sepals commonly 2; petals, stamens, and stigmas 3." In our specimens, the ti'imerism of all the parts is conspicuous. Thus Bentham writes (I c), "The N. American plant " [i.e., E. americana^ "differs chiefly in the flowers almost constantly dimerous, which does not occur in any southern specimens I have examined." Inasuiuch as the number of stamens present in the flowers is BY A. H. S. LUCAS. 42l one of the chief points relied on in the differentiation of species of Elatine, the discrepancy in the numbers seems fatal to the inclusion of our plants, with flowers almost constantly trimerous, in E. americana, with flowers almost constantly dimerous. On the other hand, there is much less reason for separating the Aus- tralian form from the older species, E. triaiidra. I have lieen able to compare our plants with specimens, in the Herbarium of the Botanic Gardens, of E. americana and E. triandra, both from the United States. The facies of the Aus- tralian form agrees well enough with either — as do the dimen- sions of parts ^but the predominance of trimerism of parts brinss it into much closer relation with E. t7-iandra. The differ- ences appear to be too small to justify the creation of a new species, and 1 propose, therefore, to include our Elatine in E. triandra Schrank. 422 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES. Part v. Mulochtus and Ctihicorrhynchtis. By Eustace W. Ferciuson, M.B., Ch.M. MoLOCHTUS Pascoe. Pascoe, Journ. Linn. Soc, xii., 1873, p. 18. Type of genus, M. gagates Pascoe. r^arge, or very large species. Head convex, separated from rostrum by a transverse impression; supraorbital crests in tbe form either of a raised ridge, or of two, dentiform tubercles. Rostrum deeply concave above, the lateral margins strongly raised. Prothorax rotundate or suliquadrate, with two, small spicules at anterior and two at posterior lateral angles, these more marked in the female; disc closely granulate. Elytra broad, flattened more or less on disc, strongly declivous; striate, the punctures often transverse, crossing interstices as a series of transverse wrinkles; interstices granulate or tuberculate. Under- surface in the male concave at base and granulate, at least at base of abdomen; in the female, convex, non-granulate. Anterior coxae contiguous. Legs stout. Tarsi broad, with claw-joint flattened above, broad and parallel-sided in greater part of its length. The position of Molochliis, in relation to other genera, has been variously regarded by different entomologists. In de- scribing the genus, Pascoe referred it to the neighbourhood of Talaurinus, at the same time noting that the type-species (J/. gagates) was not very unlike Cuhicorrhynchits niaxirmis Macl. Sloane (Trans. Roy. Soc. South Aust., 1893, p. 232), in describing Acantholophus granulatus, stated that it seemed to him the affinities of Molochtus were more to Ctcbicorrhytichus and Acan- tholophns. Lea (Die Fauna Siidwest-Australiens, ii., 1909, p. 222) regarded C. viaximus as certainly congeneric with M. gagates, and placed that species under Cuhicorrhynchns, thus deleting the genus Molochtus altogether. BY E. W. FERGUSON. . 423 To my mind, though unquestionably related to Cubicorrhyn- chus, the genus Molochius, as exemplified by Jll. gagates, seems worthy to be maintained as distinct. Also, I do not regard C . niaximus as congeneric with M. gagates; it seems to me unques- tionably congeneric with Ac. granulatus and Ac. Blackburni { = Ac. simplex Blackb.), though the position of these three species is open to question. The head, in all the species of Molochtus, is very strongly convex, the intercristal portion being feebly transversely concave, and separated from the rest of the head by a more or less distinct impression; the crests are repre- sented either by a feebly elevated ridge, or by two, small, denti- form projections. The rostrum does not differ materially from that of .4c. C?) maximus, but is decidedly more excavate than that of Cuhicorrhynchus, with the lateral margins more strongly raised. Theprothorax is quadrate or rotundate, with two, small denticles in the region of the antero-lateral angle, and two more near the postero-lateral angle. In the male, these, or some of them, may be obsolete, but they are always well marked in the female, which also has theprothorax invariably narrower. The granules on the thorax are always more or less flattened, and closely set. The elytral sculpture is fairly characteristic, though that of .4c. C?) maximus is not unlike; the interstices are granulate, the granules being generally depressed, though, in some forms of M. gagates, they become conical tubercles posteriorly and later- ally; they are separated by more or less distinct, transverse im- pressions, often extending over two or more interstices; the whole sculpture is often confused, and difficult to describe. The metasternum and ventral segments, at any rate the basal two, are strongly granulate, a feature which I have not noted in Cubicorrhyiiclius. The tarsal structure, howevei", is the feature to which I attach most importance in separating the two genera. In Molochtus, the fourth or clawjoint is broad, flattened above, with subparallel sides throughout the greater portion of its length, and not narrowed till quite close to the base. In Arait- tholophiis and Cubicorrhynchus, the clawjoint is not flattened above, and is gradually widened from base to near apex. Two species of Molochtus have, in past years, been described, 424 EEVISIOK OF THE AMYCTERIDES, V., M. gagates Pasc, {I.e., p. IS), and ^f. tibialis Sloane, (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1893, p. 229); while I have recently named a third, M. hercules, (Trans. R. Soc. IS. Aust., xxxix., p. 74, 1915). To this number, I have now to add a fourtli species, M . rol.undicollis. Geographical Distribution. — The species are all inhabitants of the western half of the continent, stretching from west of Lake Eyre in Central Australia to the seacoast of Western Australia; the genus appears to be absent from the south-west corner. The range of M. tibialis and M. hercules appears to be almost co- extensive with that of the genus. M. gagates is known princi- pally from the neighbourhood of Geraldton and the Murchison River, though inland, at Cue, its place is taken by J/, tibialis; I have also a specimen labelled Central Australia. M. rotundi- collis occurs on the Ashburton and Gascoyne Rivers. Table of lSpeciei<. l(4).vSupiaorl)ital crests represented by a slight ridge. 2(3). Anterior tibite not emarginate in the male M. gagatts Pasc. 3(2). Anterior tibia; with a subapical emargination in the male M. tibialis SI. 4(1). Supraorbital crests Ijidentate. o(6). Prothorax subquadrate, size large M. hercides Ferg. 6(5).Prothorax rotundate, size comparatively small. ..J/, rotundicollis, n.sp. MOLOCHTUS GAGATES PaSC. Pascoe, Journ. Linn. Soc , xii., 1873, p.l8, PI. ii., fig. 9. A recent visit to the British Museum has enabled me to examine the type, a female, of this species, and to confirm its identity with the species so named in Australian collections It is closely allied to J/, tibialis Sloane, but may be readily distin- ,'uished by the shorter and stouter legs, the difference being more marked in the male; this sex further differs from the male of M. tibialis in lacking the subapical emargination of the front tibiae. There are, in my collection, two forms, which I regard as belonging to this species, differing in the elytral sculpture, one form having the elytral tubercles distinctly larger than in the other, which is the typical form. ?3 BY E. ^V. FERGUSOK. 425 I have specimens of the typical form from Champion Bay and Mullewa ; and of the more strongly tuberculate form from Onslow, Murchison River, and Central Australia. MoLOCHTUS TIBIALIS Sloane. Sloane, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xvi., 1893, p. 229; Lea, ibid., 1903, p. 11 3. Tn his description, Sloane has given a number of characters differentiating M. tibialis from M. gagates Pasc; Lea, however, has pointed out that these differences will not hold, and, after examination of a number of specimens, I find that they will not, without modification. The differences in the head, rostrum, and prothorax do not appear to be constant; and I do not think that they can be made much use of in separating the species. The elytral sculpture vaiyes considerably; some of the specimens, including the types, have the sculpture flatter and more obliterate than in others, which approach closely to the less strongly sculptured form of J/, gagates (see under that species); but I have never seen specimens of M. tibialis with sculpture approach- ing that of the more strongly tuberculate form of J/, gagates. There is, however, another difference which will enable the males of the two species to be readily determined, and that is the leg- structure. In il/. tibialis, the tibiae are longer, and the anterior tibia has a subapical emargination or notch on the undersurface. The females of AI. tibialis have also longer tibiae than the females of 3f. gagates, but the difference is only really apparent when specimens of the two species are compared together. The specimens of M. tibialis in my possession include, in all probability, the tj'pes; the female type is marked as such, but there is also a male from Fraser Range (the type-locality) which agrees exactly with Sloane's description and measurements, whereas none of the South Australian Museum specimens agree exectly with Sloane's measurements. The species has a wide range, from Central Australia to the coast-board of Western Australia in the neighbourhood (at least) of the Ashburton River. 426 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES; V., MOLOCHTUS HERCULES Fei'g. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., xxxix, p. 74, 1915. Hah. — W.A.: Kookynie, Kalgoorlie, Cue. — Central Australia: Hermannsburg. MoLOCHTUS ROTUNDICOLLIS, n.sp. J". Size comparatively small; elongate-ovate. Black; without clotliing; setye light brown, for the most part absent from the upper surface. Head separated from rostrum above by a deep V-shaped im- pression, becoming indistinct towards the sides; strongly convex, the intercristal portion separated from the I'est of the head by a transverse impression ; the extreme posterior portion finely transversely strigulose, elsewiiere finely and irregularly reticu- late, intercristal puncto-granulate; supraorbital crests composed of two, small, dentiform tubercles, the posterior slightly the larger, conjoined at base. Rostrum widely and deeply concave above; the lateral margins raised, curved inwards and broadened at base: convex in profile, anterior end bluntly acuminate, less so than in M. hercules; upper surface rather coarsely punctate. Prothorax (5x6 mm.) broad, strongly rounded on sides, the anterior lateral denticles hardly traceable, the postero-lateral ones small, but evident; anterior margin without ocular lobes; disc widely depressed in centre, with a feeble, deeper, median impression traceable anteriorly ; closely set with flattened granules, separated by tine, impressed lines arranged in a con- centric manner around each half of the disc, the central impres- sions on each side running transversely; sides granulate above, the granules becoming smaller and fewer towards the coxje; with impressed lines arranged concentrically with those on disc. El3^tra(10 x 7mm.) broad, flattened on disc, sides rather strongly rounded at base, more gradually to apex; apex not acuminate; base not emarginate, humeral angles rounded; striae narrow, punctures small, the ridges between not granulate; interstices not raised, with small, obscure granules more definite on declivity and towards sides. Undersurface feebly concave over meta- BY E. W. FERGUSON. 427 sternum and base of abdomen, all the segments granulate, the granules largest on the second ventral segment, smallest on the metasternum, on the fifth interstice coalescing near apex to form a series of transverse strigse. Tibite simple, with a row of granules on undersurface; tarsi and claw-joints as in the genus. 9. Differs from the male in being more ovate. Head more obsoletely punctate; rostrum with lateral margins less widened at base. Prothorax (4 x 5 mm.) narrower, not widely dilatate, less strongly rounded on sides: disc not so widely depressed, but with a deeper, median, impressed line; granules less flattened, with the concentric impressions less definite; lateral margins with denticles more strongly developed. Elytra (11 x 7 mm.) rather longer than in the male, apex not acuminate, base with shoulders rounded; sculpture as in the male. Undersurface more convex, basal segments slightly flattened, not granulate, but with a somewhat shagreened appearance; apical segment rather feebly, transversely rugulose. Dimettsions : ^, 16 x 7 mm; 9, 16x7 mm. f/ab. — W.A.: Onslow, Ashburton River, Carnarvon (ex C. French). Type in Coll. Ferguson; cotypes in National Museum, Mel- bourne. This species is allied to J/, hercules Ferg., but differs in the strongly rounded prothorax, in the non-acuminate elytra, with the basal angles rounded, and in the more granulate undersurface, as well as in its smaller size. A second male before me has the prothorax less strongly dilatate; the head is also more obsoletely punctured. CuBicoRRHYNCHUs Lacordaire. Lacordaire, Gen. Coleopt., vi., p. 314. Size small to moderate, never very large. Head convex, separated from rostrum by a transverse impression; supraocular crests present, simple. Rostrum short, wide, flat or feebly de- pressed above, the lateral margins not strongly raised. Scape long; second joint of funicle generally longer than first. Pro- 428 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, V., thorax rounded or dentate at sides; subapical and basal trans- verse impressions well marked, the latter often hidden from above; disc granulate. Elytra suboval, basal angles generally strongly rounded; disc regularly striate-punctate ; interstices granulate, occasionally showing extraordinary sexual characters. Undersurface generally depressed at base of abdomen in the male, convex in the female. Femora and tibia? showing, in many species, marked sexual characters; tarsi with clawjoint not flattened as in Molochtus. The genus Cubicorrhy nclbus was described by Lacordaire for a group of species of which he knew of no described example, although he alluded to several known under MS. -names, as pro- bably belonging to the genus. His generic diagnosis leaves it quite clear, however, to what group of species he intended the name to belong; and Macleay has rightly claimed the name for those species which now bear it. This genus, and Molochtus, are the first of a section of the Amycterides which seems, to me, distinct from the Psalidura- Talaurinus-Sclerorinus complex; and which contains two large genera, Cubicoi-rhynrhiis and Acantholophus, as well as a number of smaller ones. I do not propose at present to define the limits and characters of the different sections of the family; as such will require much further study. I merely indicate here the existence of these sections, in passing from one to another. The essential characters of Cubicorrhytichiis, as distinguishing it from its immediate allies, lie, to my mind, in the rostral structure. In Cubicorrhyiichus, the rostrum is short and broad, and the upper surface is at most feebly concave, the lateral margins not being raised; although, in profile, they are more or or less convex. The rostrum is separated from the head, above, by a transverse, linear impression; in a few species, this line turns backwards along the inner sides of the crests. The pre- sence of supraorbital crests is constant, although these vary somewhat in direction and development. There are also two small granules present in most species, although in some they aie absent; and they are present in a few species at present re- ferred to Acantholophus. The prothorax varies in different BY E. W. FKRGUSON, 429 species; in the most typical examples of the fjenus, the prothorax is strongly and evenly rounded on the sides, whereas in others it is strongly dentate, this form reaching its highest develop- ment in (J. spinicoUis, which has been regarded by some author- ities as being generically distinct. With this, I do not agree, as the transition between the various species of Cubicoirhi/iichus is too gradual to admit of a violent separation of this species; moreover, in the females of the species with rounder prothorax, the sides are distinctly ridged as in the dentate species. The pz'esence of a subapical and a basal, transverse impression is constant, while the median line is, as a rule, impressed. The elytra are, as a rule, subovate, with the humeral angles strongly rounded, and strongly declivous posteriorly. The disc is regu- larly striate, the punctures open, and rather indefinite, never very large; the interstices are, as a rule, granulate, though the granules may be obsolescent on the disc; they are situate rather to one side of the interstice, in some cases simulating intrastrial granules. Some of the species, in addition, present extraordinary features, in the development of spines or tubercles. The under- surface is, in the male, gently concave over the metasternum and basal, ventral segments, whereas, in the female, the under- surface is convex. The front coxse are, in a few species, sepa- rated; in the others, they are contiguous. The legs, and in particular the posterior tibiae, show exti*aordinary features of specific importance. These are present in the male only, and it is impossible, in many cases, to distinguish the females from each other, although the males may be readily identified. Of the Amycterides described previouslv to the institution of the genus, only three can be referred to it. C. Bohemani Bohem., (Schonh., Gen. Cure, vii. (1), 1843) is a well known Western Australian species; while C. crenicollis Waterh., (Trans. Ent. Soc, 1854), and C. Dohrni Waterh., {I.e.) are also Western Australian species, and readily identified from their descriptions. The name C. niorosus has been in use for a species of Cuhi- corrhynchus, but incorrectly so. I have seen the type of Ainyc- terus THorosus, and it is a Sclerorinus; although the species which 430 REVISION OF THE AMTCTERIDES, V., Boheman and later entomologists identified as A.morosus Boisd., certainly is a Cubicorrliynchus. Macleay (Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1865) added five new species to the genus. Of these, I would exclude C. maxim^is from the genus, and refer it provisionally to Acantholophns; while C. sepidioides is regarded by Lea as a synonym of C. valcaratus. The other species are distinct, though C. jnceo-setosns should possibly be regarded as a variety only of C. maculalus. Subsequently, Macleay {op. cit., 1866) described three additional species, C. aiigularis, C. spinicollis, and C eximius. The first of these is a synonym of C. Bohemani, while C eximius has been referred by Lea to Acantholophns. Pascoe* described two species, C. cichlodes and C. steri/is. Sloane has made the former of these the type of a new genus, iVotonophes. Blackburn was the next entomologist to add any further species to the genus; the descriptions of these are distributed over a number of papers. C. Mussonij is a very distinct species: as is also C. taurus.\ C. dUataticeps\\ is not a species of Cnbi- corrhynchus, and I have already referred it to Notonophes. C. tortipes% is a synonym of C. Hohemani Bohem. Hyborrhynchus aurigena^ is a species of Cubicorrhynchns, and is closely allied to C. spinicellis Macl. . Sloane** described two species, C. occultus and C. modeshis. I have seen the types of these, and they are distinct species; unfortunately the type of C. modeslus is a female. Lea has added three species to the genus, besides commenting on the types of a number of Macleay 's species. C valgus\'\ is a very curious species, but may prove to be the male of C. modestus; * Journ. Linn. Soc, xii., 1873. tProc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 18ft-2, p. 124. :r Trans. R. Soo. S. Aust., 1895, p. 220. II Report Horn Exped., 1896, p.293. § Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1897, p.9r3. Hi/.f., 1899, p. 89. ■* Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1893. tt Die Fauna Siidwest-Australiens, p. 221. BY E. W. FERnUSON. 431 C. maculicollis* is closely allied to C. maculatus Macl.; while C. globicoUisf is a thoroughly distinct species. I have recently described six new species, C. strigicollis, C. quadraticollis, C. substrigos-us, C. cnrvipes, C. aureomaculatus, and C. rectipf>s;l C. quadraticollis now proves, however, to be synonymous with C. stp.rilis Pasc. In the present paper, seven new species are described, which, with the elimination of synonyms and species removed to other genera, make a total of twenty-eight species in the genus. Geographical Distribution. — The genus is almost universally distributed in Australia, but is unrecorded from Tasmania. I have never met with it in the Sydney district or on the Blue Mountains; it seems absent from the entire area of the Hawkes- bury Sandstone formation. On the western slopes and inland plains, specimens of one or more species of Cubicorrhynchus are plentiful, and are, indeed, very characteristic of the inland areas. In South and Western Australia, it seems equally common. The genus has not been recorded, however, from North Australia or North Queensland, though it probably occurs in the inland portions, but not in the jungle-areas. The dentate forms are almost exclusively western. Table of Specief^. 1(8). Anterior coxfe separated. 2(5). Anterior femora bent almost at right angles. 3(4). Third elytral interstice with a lai'ge, backwardly directed spine at declivitjf ; fifth interstice with a row of outwardly directed, spinose tubercles C. Dohrni Waterh. 4(3). Third interstice without such a tubercle; fifth interstice with a ro w of erect tubercles, extending down declivity G. BohtmaniHohem. 5(2). Anterior femora strongly, but more evenly curved. 6(7). Size moderately large ; head granulate ; posterior tibiae less strongly bent than in C. valgus C. occuHus SI. 7(6). Size small; head not granulate; posterior tibia? with lower end bent forwards, almost at right angles C. valyus Lea. 8(1). Anterior eoxse contiguous. "Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1910, p. 163. tMem. See. Ent. Belgique, 1910, p.84. :;: Trans, R. Soc. S. Aust., xxxix., pp. 76-83, 1915. 432 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, V., 9('2'2).Prothorax founded at the sides. 10(15). Prothoracic granules more or less closelj' set. 11 (12). Posterior tibite with more or less pronounced sexual characters. A. With a strong subapical spine C. caJ curat n>i Mael. B. With a strong subtriangular incrassation about the middle f • taurii-'< Blackb. C. Short, almost straight, with three rows of large granules, the outermost row most conspicuous C. Aerraflpe-% n.sp. D. Longer, with a moderateh' strong, antero-posterior curva- ture, and also incurved; granules strong, but less con- spicuous. Retfe light yellowish -brown / C. mncnlatufi Macl. ; V C macn/icol/is Lea. Setse dark C. piceoxeto.mf< Mael. 12( 11). Posterior tibi» in the male not markedly differing horn the female. 13(14). Size moderately small (11mm.); supraorbital crests very small ; 1 lase of elytra not emarginate C. mrdidn ^, n. sp. 14(13). Size smaller (8 mm.); base of elytra feebly emarginate C. Il/idi/ei, n.sp. 15(10). Prothorax with granules more or less dispersed. 10(17). Prothorax non-strigose C. (/lohico/li-i Lea. 17(16). Prothorax strigose, 18(21 ).Strigosity pronounced, the granules very small. 19(20). Prothorax strongly rounded on the sides C. sfri(/icoJli^ Ferg. 20(19). Prothorax less strongly I'ounded, with a distinct impression at middle of lateral margin C. .^terili.^ Pasc. 21(18).Strigosity less marked, obscured by granules... C. .viJtstrif/ovts Ferg. 22(9). Lateral margins of prothorax dentate, or witix at least a granu- late ridge in posterior portion. 23(40). Supraorbital crests not as in C. anriculatn^. 24(37). Lateral margins strongly dentate. 25(30). Dentation in the form of two spinose tubercles anteriorlj', and a granulate ridge in posterior half. 26(29). Prothoracic granules small; obscure; seta? small. 27(28). Small species; elytra suboval C. f<}>!niro//l.9 Mad 28(27). Somewhat larger, more parallel-sided C. aur'Kjtna Blackb. 29(26). Prothoracic granules notably larger, bearing long set* C. setofiUf<, n.sp. 30(25). Lateral margins more irregularly dentate. 31(34). Elytral granules large, nitid. 32(33). Posterior tibiaa gently, but distinctly, curved C. aureomacnlatm Ferg. r.\ K. w. PKnnusoN. 433 3;^(H'2). Posterior tibiiv straight C. rectipes Ferg. ;U(31).Elytral granules more or less obscured liy clothing. .S.")(3()). I'osterior tibia- strongly curved C. ciirriptx Ferg. H()(8.")).Posteiior tibi;f nnich less strongly curved C. (■re»iR-o///.s Waterh. 87(24). La teial margins not strongly dentate. ;W(89).With a granulate ridge posteriorly, and two minute spicules anteriorly; granules on disc remotely sepaiated. . . . C. ■•'jiarxiis, n.sp. 89(38). With a posterior, granulate ridge only; granules on disc closely set C. minor, n.sp. 40(28). Supraorbital crests laid back, with the inner surface directed forwards. 41(42). (xranules on prothorax distinct C. ann'ru/n/ii.'^, n.s\). 42(4 1). (.granules on prothorax very small, concealed by clothing, almost obsolescent C. MiiAxoni Ulacldi. Notes on the liable. The table has, of iiecessits^, been drawn up from males only, consequently C. mo'festus has been omitted. C. maculicollis Lea, may be distinct from C. maculatiis Macl., but I am not prepared to tabulate tlie difterences. CUBICORRHYNCHUS BoHEMANI iJohem. Boheman, Schtinh., Gen. Cure, vii., (1), 1843, p.83; C.anyu- laris Mac]., Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1866, p.331; C. turtipes lilackb.. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1897, p.P6. (J. Size large. Head with scattered granules; supraorbital crests small, little projecting. Prothorax (4-u x 5 mm.) strongly rounded on sides; median line impressed, carinate in depression; closelv set with regular, rounded granules. Elytra (9-5 x 6mm.) with interstices granulate; on the third and fourth, the granules more strongly raised and subacute posteriorly; fifth interstice with a row of strong tuberculiform granules, largest at edge of declivity and extending halfway down declivity. Anterior coxse separated; anterior femora with a narz-ow basal pedicle, then bent forwards almost at right angles; anterior and posterior tibise strongly falciform. ^. More ovate; third and fifth eiytral interstices with granules slightly more conspicuous ; ventral surface convex ; legs more feebly curved. Dimensions: ^, 14x6 mm.; 5, 16x7-5 mm. 36 434 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, V., Hah. —Western Australia : King George Sound, Swan River, Kellerberriii, Cue. The male of this well known species can be readily recognised b}' the projection of the fifth interstice. The bent front femora are also present in C. Dohrni; in the other species, the anterior femora are more evenly and less strongly curved. C. Dohrni differs, inter alia, in the very different elytral sculpture. C. occultus Sloane, is the species closest in general appearance, but has the fifth interstice much less strongly granulate, and the anterior femora and the tibite less strongly curved. C . valgus and C. modestus are considerably smaller species. The female is distinguished from the female of C. Dohrni by the granulate head, and by the absent e of the projections at the declivity; from the female of C. occnhns, the present species differs principally in its larger size. CuBicORRHYNCHUS DoHiiNi Waterh. G. R. Waterhouse, Trans. Ent. Soc, 1854, p.5. ^. Large. Head convex, slightly depressed in front, with two small granules on forehead, lightly strigulose; supraorbital crests short, very little prominent. Rostrum little excavate above; external margins slightly raised. Prothorax (4-5 x 5-5 mm.) rotundate, with a small spicule anterior to middle, and one at postero-lateral angle; moderately closely set with small, round, slightly umbilicate, discrete granules; sides only granulate above. Elytra (10 x 7 mm.) suboval, the upper surface almost fiat from side to side, vertically declivous behind; base not emarginate; disc with rows of small punctures, the stride rather narrow; interstices broad, with small granules, third with slightly more conspicuous granules, the last two or three larger, and the last acutely conical; with a large, backwardly-projecting tubercle, with the apex upturned, extending over the first three inter- stices, and situated on the edge of the declivity; fifth interstice with a row of outwardly-projecting tubercles, smallest near base, becoming progressively larger, acutely conical and extending to the edge of the declivity, thence turning inwards across fourth interstice; seventh interstice with a row of three spinose tuber- BY K. W. FERGUSON. 435 cles at base, followed by a row of small granules. Prosternum with an obtuse tubercle in front of coxse; ventral segments sub- nitid, with fine subobsolete punctures. Anterior coxa? separated; anterior femora strongly bent; anterior tibia? moderately strongly falciform, posterior tibiae strongly curved forwards in posterior third, intermediate tibia? with a moderately definite, subapical notch. 9. Elytra more convex; third interstice with the granules slightly more conspicuous towards the declivity, curved inwards and ending in a short, acute spine; fifth interstice with the granules somewhat larger and more conspicuous than on the other interstices, and larger posteriorly; seventh with a row of three small tubercles at shoulder; prosternal tubercles smaller than in the male; abdomen convex, with scattered punctures; anterior coxa? separated; anterior tibijB almost straight: inter- mediate tibiae not notched; posterior tibiae less strongly curved than in the male. Dimenaions : $, 17x7 mm.; 9, 16x7 mm. Hah. — Western Australia : Perth. I have given a full description of the male, as, so far as I know, only the original description, which appears to have been based on a female, has been published. I know of no other species with which this one can be compared. The spines, which are outwardly-projecting, are very different from the tuberculi- form granules on C. Bohemani, and do not extend down the declivity, but turn inwards across the base to the large tubercle at the end of the thii-d interstice. The fourth interstice thus bears a spine. In specimens from Beverley, W.A., the spines are smaller near the base, and the spine on the fourth is repre- sented by a small acute granule, the row of spines thus appear- ing interrupted. The tubercles at the base of the seventh inter- stice are also smaller. The female also difiers in having the apical spine hardly larger than the other granules. Possibly the form is distinct, but I regard it as a variety only, as the species seems to vary a good deal in the size of the spines. A specimen marked "^4. Dohrni Wat. var. B " was sent to me for examination by Mr. Blair, of the British Museum. It was a large, obese female, with the tubercles larger than usual. 436 UEVISIOX OF THE AMYCTERIDES, V., CUBICORRHYNCHUS OCCULTUS Sloane. Sloane, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., 1893, p.232. Hab. — Central Australia : Fraser Range. — W.A.: Kalgooi-lie, Coolgai'die, Ankertell. This species is most nearly allied to C. Buhemani, from which species it differs in its smaller size, much less strongl}' granulate fifth interstice, and less strongly curved anterior femora and tibiae (these structures, however, strongly curved compared with the majority of other species). CUBICORRHYNCHUS MODESTUS Sloane. Sloane, loc. cit., p. 233. Sab. — Central Australia : Barrow Range. I have examined the type of this species; it is very close to the female of C. valgus Lea, hut, until a male from the type- locality can be procured, it is impossible to identify the two species as one. CuBICOKIiHYNCHUS VALGUS Lea. Lea, Die Fauna Siidwest-Australiens (Curculionida?), p. 221. Hab. — W.A.: Bardoc, MuUewa, Ankertell, Onslow. CUBICORRHYNCHUS CALCARATUS Macleay. Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1865, p.294. C. sepi- dioides Macl., I.e., p.294; Lea, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1910, p.l67. (J. Size moderately large. Clothing dense, yellowish-brown; prothorax vittate towards sides with white, and with a few white spots on disc; elytra maculate with white. Head convex; forehead longitudinally impressed in the middle, with two small granules above; supraorbital crests prominent, acute. Rostrum shallowly concave above, lateral margin rather strongly convex in profile. Prothorax (4x5 mm.) strongly rounded on the sides; subapical impression conspicuous, median line impressed, with a fine carina along middle; set with small, discrete granules; sides granulate above. Elytra (9x6 mm.j suboval, somewhat flattened on disc ; strife moderately deep; interstices flattened basally, without evident granules in anterior BY E. W. FERGUSON. 437 portion; granules larger and more conspicuous on the posterior portions of the third and fourth interstices, on the fourth form- ing a moderately strong projection on either side of the elytra; fifth, sixth, and seventh interstices with rows of smaller but evident granules, on the fifth more conspicuous near shoulder. Undersurface depressed at base; with small, scattered punctures, the apical segments more coarsely punctate. Anterior coxk contij,'uous; anterior tibiai moderately strongly curved; posterior tibia; strongly curved at apex, with a strong projecting spine on undersurface, above apex. 9. More ovate; prothorax feebly dentate at, sides, with a small tooth anterior to subapical constriction; elytra without pro- minent granules on the fourth interstice; anterior tibiae very feebly curved, posterior straight, without spur. Binievsionx : ^. 15x6 mm. H. I have specimens of species with dark setse from several places in I»>'ew South Wales, including Culcairn, Mudgee, Bangaloie, and Quirindi. These present certain dift'erences, inler se, and may possibly represent more than one species. The Qu-irindi speci- mens approach nearest to the type of C. picensetosns, tlie principal difl'erence being the less strongly granulate elytra. ]n C. piceo- setosns, the lines of setigerous granules are more conspicuous than in any of the specimens before me. In the males of all the forms, the posterior tibiie are more or Itss stiojigly turvtd much as in C. maculatus, and it is possible that C. piceosfU stis should be regarded as a variety only of C. maculatus. Until a male from the type-locality (Yass) can be jimcured, I prefer to treat C. piceusetosus as a valid species, CUBICORRHYNCHUS SERRATIPES, H.Sp. ^. Size moderate. Ulack; densely clothed with light brown squamosity; prothorax trivittate with white, and with a few white spots; elytra albomaculate: wliite predominating on sides, sternal segments, and legs: setse lifrht. Head convex, somewhat depressed in front, separated from rostrum by a transverse, linear impression; with a few, small, scattered granules : crests moderately strong, rather obtuse. Rostrum short and wide; upper surface moderately concave. BY E. W. FERGUSOX. 441 Scape rather slender, moderately strongly incras&ate at apex. Prothorax (3 X 4 mm.) rotundate, evenly rounded on the sides: disc feebly convex, the subapical impression distinct at sides, less so in the middle: median line distinctly, but not deeply, im- pressed, with traces of a median carina: moderately closely set with small, discrete, rounded, nitid granules: sides gianulate above. Elytra (8x5 mm.) suboval, humeral angles rounded, base not emarginate ; disc flattened; stri« little impressed, punctures small; interstices not raised, granules small, liardly traceable in the middle, larger and more distinct towards the apex and sides. Lateral interstices without evident granules [Abdomen wanting]. Anterior coxae contiguous: anterior tibise almost straight, with rather coarse granules along uiidersurface: intermediate tibiw straight, granulate beneath; posterior ti])i8e rather short, practically straight, coarsely granulate beneath : with a conspicuous row of nitid granules aldng outer edge of undersurface. Dimensions : ^, 12x5 mm. Hab. — W.A.: Kookynie (C. French). Type in Coll. Ferguson. Although there is but a single specimen, with the abdomen missing, before me, I have described the species, as it is a thoroughly distinct one. The granules on the posterioi' tibiae are larger than in any other species I know; they appear to Ije arranged mainly in three rows, one in the centre, one along tlie outer, and one along the inner edge of the undersurface: the outer row is the most conspicuous, and can best be seen when viewed from behind. CUBICORKHYNCHUS SORDIDUS, n.Sp. (J. Moderately small. Black; [specimens almost completely abradedj: seta* yellowish-brown. Head convex, slightly flattened in front: longitudinally and obliquely strigose, with a few, small granules; separated from rostrum by a transverse impression; supraorbital crests small, very little prominent. Rostrum broad, very slightly depressed in centre; upper surface with a few, obsolete, transverse ridges; lateral margins not raised. Prothorax (25 x 35 mm.) broad. 442 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, V., strongly rounded on the sides : subapical constriction well marked, median line impressed, subcarinate at bottom of impres- sion; closely set with small, rounded granules; sides granulate above. Elytra (6 x 4mm.) subobovate, strongly rounded at humeral angles, base not emarginate; stripe moderately deep, punctures small, open, indefinite, extending as transverse wrinkles across interstices; interstices feebly granulate, the •granules somewhat more distinct towards the sides. Sides non- lacklj Hyhi>rrhy7ichnii aiirigena ]'>]ackburn. Trans. 11. Soc. S. Aust., 1899, p.89. Though referred by the author to J'ybori-hyiicli'ns, this species is certainly a Cubicorrhynchus, and allied to C. sjyiiiicoUis. From that species, it differs in being somewhat larger, with more parallel-sided elytra. The internal, oblique ridges on the rostrum are more evident, and the supraorbital crests are larger and more outwardly directed. The prothorax is rather bioader, with the lateral spines slightly larger. My onlv specimen is a female, which 1 received from Mr. H. W. Brown; a secoTid specimen was sent to the British Museum, and determined as this species by comparison with Blackburn's type. A recent visit to the British Museum has enabled me to ex- amine the type of C. aicriyena: it is probably a male, l)ut the abdomen is displaced: it differs from the specimen I have com- mented on abo\e in having the supraocular crests smaller: in other respects, it agrees well, antl I think the two specimens are conspecitic. Hab. — W.A.: Kalgoorlie, Cue, Beverley. 453 A REVISION OF THE GENERA WITH MICR0SCLERE8 TNCLUDEP, OR PROVISIONALLY INCLUDED, IN THE EAISIILY AXIXELLID.E ; WITH DESCRIP- TIONS OF SOME AUSTRALIAN SPECIES. Part i. (PoiUFERA.) By E. F. Hallmaxx, R.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of THE Society in ZooLora'. (Plates xxi.-xxix., figs.Ul'; also xxxix., figs. 6, 7: and Text-figs. 1-9.) Genus T H A c H Y c L A D u H Carter. Dffi/iiitiou. — Axinellida'(?) typically of arborescent haliit; with an axially condensed, reticulate skeleton of spiculo-spongin fibre. The megascleres are diactinal and of a single category, varying in form horn oxea to strongyla. The characteristic microscleres are spinispirul*, to which are usually added smooth microstrongyla. Type-species, 7\ laiviiijnrulifer Carter. Inclusive of those here added to it, Trachycladus comprises now se\en species (together with several \arieties), all of ^\hicll are from the southern and south-eastern coasts of Australia. Tlie hitherto-described species referable to the genus are four, nIz., T. la-visjjirulifar Carter (the type-species), and the thi'ee described by Lendenfeld, very im})ei'fectly, under the names Spirophora di'.s.5, (5. BY E. F. HALLMAXK. 457 treinities of the (radial) fibres, the terminal spicules of which show no tendency to spread penicillately. The outlines of the fibres, as seen in cross-section, are very irrei;ular (PI. xxvi., fi,>;.0). In the axial re,i,'ion of the skeleton, the fibre-spicules are less compactly and less regularly arranged than in tlie radial fibres, and the appearance of irregularity is much increased by the presence of many additional spicules lying between the fibres; outside the axial region, interstitial megascleres are exceedingly rare. The characteristic microscleres — the spinispirult« — are scattered always in great abundance throughout all parts of the interior, and at the surface occur closely crowded in a welldetined layer, which constitutes the dermal skeleton. The microstrongyla, when present, are confined to the extra-axial choanosome. The chief specific differences, in so far as structural features of the skeleton are concerned, are with respect to: — (i.) the dejisity of the axial fune; (ii.)the ratio between the diameter of the fune and that of the whole branch; (iii.) the stoutness of the skeletal fibres: (iv.) the amount of spongin entering into the composition of the fibres; [v.) the frequency of connection between the radial fibres by means of transverse fibres; and (\i.) the angle of in- clination oi the radial fibres, i.e., their direction relatively to the longitudinal axis of the branch. A further difi'ei'ence, ho\ve\er, is presented by T. pi(.'^ 1. — Trucln/cliKlus sca- stalk also, occasional anisoxea are /„.o.,„„, :^ieaascle'ies: a, from tJie stalk; h, from the branches. 462 REVISION OP THE AXINELLID^.^ i., met with, as in T. dlyitatus and T. pusfu/osiis; and the mega- scleres are there of nutablj' greater size than elsewhere. The strongyla are mostly not quite cylindrical in shape, but slightly fusiform; they are of lesser length, on the average, than the oxea, and, in tlie case of the shortest, are I'elatively much stouter. Although sti'ongyla are pi'esent in far greater number than styli, spicules iiitei-mediate in form between them and oxea are of less frequent occurrence than those intermediate between styli and oxea. The maximum size of the megascleres is not greater than 480 X 23//. in the bi^anches, and about 530 x 28/^ in the stalk; the oxea are very rarely less than 330/x in length, and propoi'- tionately slender, but the shortest strongyla (which may exceed 20/x in stoutness) fall below 200/x. MlcrusclpTfix. — The spirulaj are mostly of between 1 and 2 turns and from 2 to 3/x in stoutness; (J-shaped forms are rather scarce, and straight rc^ds rai'e. The microstrongyla are very scarce, seldom centrotylote, and from If) x 3 to 20 x 5/x in size. Trachycladus fastigatus, sp.nov. (PL xxi., fig.l; PI. xxiii., fig. 10.) Diagnosis. — Profusely branched. Branches elongated and tapering; anastomosing at points of contact. Surface smooth and glabrous. Oscula (?). Dermal layer strongly developed, dense, opaque; with ck)sely packed spirulie forming a layer 70- 140/i. tliick. Inhalant pores dispersed singly. Skeleton with a rather dense axial fune, of diameter generally less than the length of the radial fibres. Radial fibres directed at an angle of from 35° to 60° with the skeleton-axis; very rarely more than 20-25/a in stoutness; their spicules cemented by a scarcely perceptible amount of spongin. Extra-axial connecting fibres few, mostly unispicular. Megascleres almost exclusively diactinal, mostly more or less rounded ofi' at the ends, very commonly approximat- ing in form to strongyla, but nearly always more or less (slightly) fusiform; only slighter, if at all, of greater dimensions in the stalk than elsewhere; in maximum size very rarely exceeding 520 x 9/u, and at most 560 x 12/u. Microstrongyla abundant in some parts, scarce in others. BY E. F, KALLMANN. 463 Loc. — Great Australian Bight. External features. — The single specimen (PI. xxi., fig. 1) is of luxuriantly arborescent habit, and measures 360 mm. in total height, being thus the largest example of the genus yet obtained; the number of its ultimate branches exceeds one hundred and tifty. The branches are elongated and relativel}' slender, gradu- all}' tapered, distall)- nuich attenuated and flagelliform ; the stoutest are at most S nnn. in diameter at their base. They are richly ami, in places, intricateh' anastomosed, forming thus, as well as b}' their uudtitude, a dense and somewhat tangled mass. Unfortunately the specimen, although in alcohol, is not very perfectly preserved, owing to its having temporarily become par- tially dried (through breakage of the vessel containing it) \\hile in course of transit from tlie collecting ground. In consequence of this — mainly, if not solel}' — the branches are without exception much wrinkled longitudinally, presenting a shrivelled appear- ance: in life, apparently, their outline in cross-section was cir- cular. The dei-mal layer, notwithstanding, remains intact, and exhibits no outward indication of having been detrimentally affected : it has the form of a dense and tough, opaque membrane or skin, with an outward appearance and texture much resembling that of rubber; is composed almost entirely of closely crowded spirula? \ and is even now (after possible shrinkage) usually between 90 and 120//, and occasionally as much as 140/x, in thickness. Into the dermal membrane the skeletal fibres do not enter, nor do their extremities ever cause the surface to appear granular. Examined with the naked eye, a transverse section of a branch shows, superficially, a sharply delimited dense layer, 0*2 to 0*4 nnn. in width, the appearance of which is extremely suggestive of a cortex. Under the microscope, however, the seeming cortex is seen to consist in part of a layer belonging to the choanosome, which layer, unlike the I'emainder of the choanosome, is so densely- packed with parasitic algal rods as to assume a whitish-opaque appearance similar to that of the dermal layer itself. But, in all probability, this is not a constant feature. 464 REVISION' OF TITE AXINELLID/E, i., Preisumably owing to their having become closed — as a result of the contraction undergone by the specimen — oscula are not indicated; in life, tliey must, at any rate, have been of very small size. The dermal pores, for the most part, have also disappeared: but traces of them remain, sufficient to show that the}' are dis- tril)ut(Hl singly as in T. diyitatm^ and its ^■arieties. Skplpfon. — The prepared skeleton, viewed in the gross (PI. xxiii., fig. 10), is of a pale creamy-white colour, and shows a sharpl}'- circumscribed, dense core-region, of diameter rare! v less than one- third, and frequently exceeding one-half, the total diameter of the branches. The extra-axial skeleton presents somewhat the appeai'ance of fur, being composed apparently only of fine silky- lo(jking* onlivardly-directrd (i.fi., radial) fibres; under the micro- scope, however, the radial fibres are mostly found to be connected, though as a rule only at .very distant and irregular inter\als, by delicate transverse fibres, often in the form merely of single spicules unensheathed by spongin. Even the component spicules of the radial fibres are I'arely more than 4- or 5-serial, and the spongin cementing them, seldom sufficient to form a visible sheath, is usually so small in quantity as barely to be perceptible even in stained sections of the skeleton. The main fibres of the axial skeleton, save in the stalk and the basal portions of the older bi-anches, are, for the most part, almost equally deficient in spongin, Init the spicules composing them are less compact 1}- arranged than in the radial fibres, and are all mostly somewhat greater in number: they form, with the aid of numerous connect- ing fibres and spicules, as well as by interunion among themselves, a close and rather intricate meshwork, in whicli the course of individual main fibres cannot be easily traced. Megascleres. — The megascleres (which are approximately the same — though, on the average, perhaps not tjuite so slender — in the stalk as in the branches) comprise a goodly proportion of sharp-pointed oxea; but the great majority are intermediate forms showing every stage of transition between oxea and strongyla; moderately scarce styli also occur. The more sharply pointed spicules are very often irregularly ended, sometimes mucronate. r.Y E. F. HALT.MANN. 465 Their curvature, in proportion to tlieir lengtli, is sliglit, and often affects only a very limited portion of the central region of the spicule, the actines throughout nearly their whole length remaining straight: they are frequently, theiefore, more correctly to be described as sym- metrically bent, than as curved. Except in this respect, and in their much greater length, they most resemble, on the whole, the megascleres of T. diyitatm^ var. xtroii- Liyhifus ; the strongyla, however, differ from those of the latter, as^well as from those of the other two species in which they occur plentifully, in that they are ne\er quite cylindrical, but always taper slightly, with nearly uniform gradualness, from the middle to either end. Their diameter is rarely more than one-fiftieth of their length, which ranges from about 330 to 560 /x. Microschres. — The spiruUv are, without exception, of less than 2 complete turns, and a very considerable proportion (amounting to at least 25%) are of less than 1 turn — i.e., are more or less Q- shaped; they frequently attain to 2 "5 or 3 /J. in stoutness. Rod-shaped derivatives are common, but are very seldom more than 8 /i in length. The mici'ostrongyla — which in most parts of the sponge are fairly abundant — are, with rare exception, centrotylote and Text-fig. 2. rather slender, very seldom exceeding Trachycladns fu.itit/Kfns. 'I-Oixin diameter; but occasional stouter Megascleres : a, tiom " the stalk; /', tioni tlie ones without the dilatation also occur, bianches. 38 466 REVISIOX OF THE AXINELLin^^ i., which attain a diameter of 4 or 5/x; the length does not exceed 17/x. Malformed individuals, such as are of frequent occurrence in T. diyitatus and T. pusUdusus, are i-arely to be found. Trachycladus digitatus Lendenfeld, et varr. Gpucral diai/nosis. — Branches moderately short, cylindrical to clavate, occasionally (abruptly) pointed, but never, so far as known, gradually tapered. Surface even, smooth to faintly granular. Oscula scattered irregularly over the entire surface, or (in the var. clavatus) arranged, or tending to become arranged, in two longitudinal rows on opposite sides of the branches. Dermal membrane varying (in the different varieties) from 50 to 120/x in maximal thickness; with closely packed spirulae through- out its entire thickness (except in the var. sfronyyiatus, in which the spirula> are confined tt) a superficial layer). Dermal pores dispersed singly, at a distance apart from one another generally greater than their own diameter. Skeleton with moderately dense axial fune of diameter greater or less than the length of the radial fibres. Radial fibres directed at an angle of between 30° and 60° degrees to the axial direction; varying (in different varieties) from 50 to 90 /x in maximal stoutness; with spongin x'arely sufficient in quantity to form a distinct ensheath- ing layer external to the spicules. Megascleres — except in the var. stronyylatus (in which strongyla are the more numerous) — consisting chiefly or almost exclusively of sharp-pointed oxea; of considerably greater maximum size and generally of more fusi- form shape in the stalk of the sponge than in the branches; maximal size in the stalk varying (in diffei^ent varieties) fi'om not less than 350 x 10/i to 530 x 23 /x. Hab. — South-eastern coast of Australia. Trachycladus digitatus, typical form. (Pl.xxii., figs.l, 2; Pl.xxiii., fig.l; Pl.xxvi., fig.2; Pl.xxvii., fig.l.) 1887. Sjiirophm-a digitata; Lendenfeld(26), p.794. 1888. Spiroj)horel1a digitata; Lendenfeld(27), p. 236. 1914. Trachycladus digitatus; Hallmann(13), p. 429. Diaynosis. — Branches moderately slender (4 to 6 mm. in BY E. F. KALLMANN. 467 diameter); approximately of uniform diameter throughout their length, or slightly pointed terminally. Oscula scattered irregu- larly. Dermal membrane up to 80 or 90/* in thickness. Radial fibres of greater length than the diameter of the axial fune; rarely as much as 75/x in stoutness. Megascleres almost ex- clusivel\' more or less sharp-pointed oxea, varying in maximal size (in different specimens) from 300 x 9 to 3S0 x 11/' in the branches, and from 440 x 15 to 510 x 17-5/x in the branches. Loc. — Port Jackson. Introdihctory. — The following description is based on four specimens (all in the collection of the Australian Museum), two of which are labelled Spirophora diffifafa in Lendenfeld's hand- writing. Examination has also been made of a small piece of a Bi'itish Museum specimen labelled with the same name, and, so far as one can judge from its spiculation, — the fragment being insufficient to provide all the requisite information as regards other characters — this is of the same species. The specimens, nevertheless, are considerably at variance with Lendenfeld's de- scription of *S'. digitata, — according to which the digitate branches are much compressed (4 mm. broad and 2 mm. thick), the surface shows "ein feines Netz erhabener Leisten," and the megascleres are styli. The statement regarding the megascleres one may reasonably presume to be erroneous, inasmuch as st3di are other- wise unrecorded as occurring in the genus except sporadically as variants of oxea; but the other discrepancies are only explicable on the assumption either that the specimens (of both Museums) are mislabelled, or that the species is wrongly described in respect of its external characters. The view here taken is that the lattei- explanation is the true one.* As regards the evidence for the identification of SpirophorfUa digitata with the present species, the I'eader is referred to a previous paper (13, p. 429). * Certainly no implicit reliance can be placed un the description; fur it is beyond question that in "Die Chalineen ties austialischen Gebietes," as already has been proven to be the case in the "Catalogue of Sponges in the Australian Museum," some (if not many) of the descriptions confound two species (by ascribing to the one the external features of the other), 468 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, i., The specimens labelled by Lendenfeld are in a dried and shrivelled condition, and look as if beach-worn, the more exposed portions of the surface being more or less denuded of their dermal la3^er and appearing as a consequence (owing to the projecting ends of the skeletal fibres) hispid or slightly shaggy. Their appearance is thus considerably different frona that of the other two specimens, which are in alcohol and well preserved. As regards the latter, it is to be noted that in one of them, as in the two dried specimens, microstrongyla are present in great abundance, whereas in the other, microstrongyla are exti'emely scarce; but as both are exceedingly alike in other respects, and, moreover, were collected in the same haul, it is impossible t(j regard their differences as other than due to individual variation; and it was perhaps owing to Lendenfeld's having examined a specimen provided with only rare microstrongyla that no mention is made of such microsclei'es in his description of the species. External fpahires. — The external habit is sufficiently portrayed in the figures (PI. xxii., figs. 1, 2) illusti'ating the two better-pre- served specimens, the larger of which measures 125 mm. in height. The branches have a diameter of from 4 to 6 mm.; and the peduncle is of about the same stoutness. The surface is smooth, and glabrous or nearly so — the utmost effect occasioned bv the impingement of the skeletal fibres upon it being (in the case of the alcoholiq examples) a faintly granular appearance here and there; should the sponge be removed from alcohol, however, and allowed partially to dry, the surface assumes a minutely pustu- lated appearance, much resembling (on a small scale) that of the human tongue. The irregularly, and rather distantly scattered oscula are never much greater than -^ mm. or thereabouts in diameter. Some of the main exhalant canals, in the terminal and even the figures cannot alwaj's be trusted. In proof of the last asser- tion, one need onlj' compare, for example, the description with the figure in the cases of tlie following species: — Ce7'aocha/lna refephix (p.lSii; PL xix., fig. 17); EurliulmopMs miii'ima (p. 816; PI. xviii., fig.3); CJia/iuodeii- dron exii/itiim (p. 819; PI. xxvi., fig.Ho); CJtaUnodendron minimum (p. 820; PI. xxvi., fig.Tl); and Chalinorhaphi-< diyitata (p.82'2; PI. xxvi., fig.62). BY E. F. HALLMAXX. 469 part of their course, run for ;i short distance close below the dermal membrane, and, being visible through it, present an ap- pearance as of veins radiating to the oscula. The colour (in spirit) is a faintly yellowish pale grey witli the least possible tinge of olive-green; at the same time, the sponge has a slightly subtranslucent appearance, somewhat recalling that of wax. The consistency is rather fleshy, moderately soft, yet fairly tough and elastic; the branches stand firmly erect. The dermal pores are disposed in the manner shown in PI. xxvi., fig.2, and PI. xxvii., fig.l. They vary from 30 to S5//. in diameter, and number, on the average, between 60 and 70 per sq. mm. Skdetun. — The skeleton, as seen in its entirety (PL xxiii., fig.l), is of a hght greyish colour, tinted very faintly with brownish pale yellow in the condensed axial region and in its older por- tions. By reflected light alone, the axial condensation can barely be perceived, being obscured fi'om view by the extra-axial skeleton ; but with the opposite illumination, — as when the skeleton is held directly between the eye and the light — it is seen as a sharply delimited, apparently solid core, occupying about one-fourth the diameter of the branches. The extra-axial skeleton appears, at first sight, to consist solely of radially directed fibres — 2 to 3 nnu. in length — which are inclined to the forward direction of the axis at an angle varying from about 30" in the distal region of the branches to about 45" in tlie basal; but, on closer inspection, transverse fibres (very rare towards the periphery of the skeleton, but becoming fairly numerous as the axis is approached) connecting these can be made out. The extra-axial skeleton is rather scanty — itt efi'ectiveness in conceal- ing from view the axial condensation being due mainly to the very oblique inclination of the radial fibres. The radial fibres are from 30 to 70/x (rarely more) in stout- ness, and, speaking generally, consist almost entirely «f mega- scleres regularly arranged in close parallelism, — the spongin cementing the spicules seldom forming a very well defined sheath, and more usually being so small in cpiantit as to be 470 REVISION OF THE AXIXELLID^, i., barely discernible unless stained. The main fibres of the axial skeleton are mostly coarser — up to 90 or 100//, in stoutness — and much more sponginous, and the spicules composing them are less compactly arranged; they form by interunion among them- seh es, and with the aid of lunnerous short connecting fibres, a dense, lattice-like meslnvork, in which the course of the indi- vidual fibies is rather difficult to trace. The extra-axial con- necting fibies occur at irregular intervals, and are either single (spongin-ensheathed) spicules or, more usually, are composed of several (seldom more than five or six) disorderly-arranged spicules interunited by spongin. Meyasclere)<. — The megascleres are oxea and relatively few styli, the number of the latter being approximately somewhere between one-fifteenth and one-thirtieth that of the formei' ; among them, an occasional strongyle is also to be met with. They are almost invariably curved, — as a rule a little angulately; are (with the exception of the very stoutest) of uniform, or nearly unif<. in size. Abnormal forms of the microstrongyla, such as occur in the typical variety, were not observed. Thaciivcladus digitatus var. strongvlatus, var.nov. (PL xxii., fig. 5; PI. xxiii., fig. 4; i'l.xxvi., figs.:;,G; PI. x.xvii. tig. 4.) Dmiiiums. — Branches cylindrical, untapered, moderately slendei'. Oscula irregularly scattered. Dermal membrane with closely packed spiruhe confined to a superficial layer seldom as much as 25/ji in thickness. Radial fibres of lesser length than the diameter of the axial fune. Megascleres chiefly strongyla and ver}' blunt-pointed oxea, — those in the branches rarely ex ceeding 290 by 7/^ in size. i,oc.— Port Phillip. ^ This variety is represented by a single incomplete (but ex- cellently preserved) example (PI. xxii., fig. 5) — consisting only of a pair of united branches — the appearance (of the proximal part) of which suggests its having grown from a small broken-oli' piece of another specimen. As compared with the representatives of the preceding varieties, the specimen is distinguished chiefly by the more or less strongylote character of the majority of its megascleres — in which respect it rather resembles an example of T. rfte'porosiif;: this statement, however, is possibly true only as regards the megascleres of the branches, since a stalk is lacking. The branches are cylindrical and slender, 3-5 to 5mm. in diameter. 478 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID.j:^ i., The surface is minutely granular. The oscula are scattered irregularly, and \-ary in diameter from ()-8 to 0-75 mm. The colour superficially is pale brownish-grey. The dermal pores (PI. xxvi., figs. 3, 6; PI. xxvii., fig. 4) are for the most part scattered singly and irregularly, as in the variety davatus, but here and there, especially on some parts of the surface, they exhibit also a tendency to become arranged several together in incipiently sie\e- like groups; they range from 40 to 1 10/x in diameter. The dermal membrane is rarely, if ever, more than 50 or 60/v, in thickness; and the dermal spirula? are confined to a superficial layer which is at most 2f)jh in thickness. Examined in its entirety, the prepared skeleton (PL xxiii., fig.4) is of a pale golden- yellow colour, fine-textured, and of soft feel, and of denser appearance extra-axially than that of any other of the varieties or species owing to the greater numbei' and closer arrangement of the radial and coiuiecting fibres, which quite conceal the axial core from view; the core itself is less dense than that of the other varieties. The radial fibi-es, \\hich are of slightly lesser length than the diameter of the core, are mostly between 30 and 50 /x — i-arely as much as 60/x — in stoutness, and are seldom provided with j. spongiu suificient in quantity to form a dis- tinct ensheathing layer. The megascleres in the uppermost part of the branches consist almost entirely of strongyla and blunt-pointed oxea (the former somewhat the more numerous), and rarely if ever exceed 300 by 7-5/x in size; the length of the shortest spicules is less than 150/x, and individuals below 200 /x in length are common. At the Text-fig. *]Trachydadus diyitatns var. strongylatuH. ilegascleres. BY E. F. KALLMANN. 479 lowermost extremity of the (iiicumplete) specimen, the megascleres are still chiefly strongyla, but they comprise also a quite appre- ciable number of more or less sharp-pointed oxea, and range in size up to 350 by 10/x. The spinispirulse and their more or less rod-shaped derivatives (the latter of which are rather rare) are very seldom, if ever, more than 2/xin stoutness. Microstrongyla were not observed. Trachycladus reteporosus, sp.nov. (et vaiT. ?). General difu/nosii^. — Branches elongated and tapering. tSurface smooth to slightly granular. Oscula entirely, or for the most part, disposed in longitudinal series. Dermal membi*ane at most 50/x in thickness; with closely packed spirula^ occurring only in a thin superficial layer. Dermal pores arranged wholly or in part in subcii'cular sieve-like groups; in an}' case, the distance separ- ating adjoining pores is generally very much less than tlieir own diameter. Skeleton with a relatively very dense axial fune of diameter ecpial to or less than the radial fibres. Radial fibres directed at an angle varying from (rarely less than) 45° to nearly 90" to the skeletal axis; never more than about 50ju in stoutness; generally with a well-defined, though thin spongin-sheath. Mega- scleres chief!)' strongyda and very blunt-pointed oxea, the forniei- somewhat the more numerous; only occasionally slightly larger in the stalk than elsewhere; varying in maximum size (in difierent specimens) from 290 x 7 to rarely (in the stalk) 330 x 10/x. Zoc-.— Port PhiUip. The specimens which I ascribe to this sjiecies exhibit in certain respects considerable variability, so that it is impossible to be certain whether they are representative of several genetically distinct forms or owe their diiiei'ences merely to individual vari- ation. A second difficulty in connection with the species arises from the fact that, in certain of the specimens, the mode of dis- position of the dermal pores approaches somewhat closely to that characteristic of T. digitatus, and in others again, owing to their shrunken condition, the pores are not discernible: in the case of these specimens, accordingly, — since no appreciable difFex'ence 480 REVISION OF TTIE AXIKELLIJ)^, i., exists in spiculation between the present species and T. diyitatus var. strouyylatus, — the only definitely definable ehai'- acter justi£yin,(f their inclusion in the present species, rather than in T. diyitatns, is the elongate tapering habit of their branches. Among the remaining specimens, however, there is one which in various respects stands considerably apart from all the rest, and in these respects also is by far the must divergent fi-om 7'. dii/ifa- fufi. I therefore select this specimen to represent the typical form of the species, and the remainder I refer pi'ovisionally to an undesignated variety, leaving the problem of their correct alloca- tion to be determined in the future. T. RETEPOROSUS, typical form. (PI. xxi., fig.'2: PI. xxiii., fig.5; PI. xxiv., fig.3; PI. xxvi., figs. 1,4,7; PI. xxvii., fig.5. The single, excellently preserved specimen (PI. xxi., fig. 2), — whicli measui'es 340 nun. in total height — consists of a half-score of long, lax, straight, gi-adually tapered, main branches (160 to 250 mm. in length), arising dichotomously and sub-dichotomously within a comparatively short distance of the short stalk, and of about the same number of shorter (10 to 120)um. long), but other\\ise similar, sporadically occurring secondary branches. But for overlapping and occasional sliglit torsion, the branches would be disposed in a single plane, and the habit of the sponge tiabellate. The branches, in addition to tapering distally, are also more or less narrowed proxiinally (attaining their maxinuun stoutness usually at some considerable distance above their base), and, with the excep'tion of a few of the shorter ones, are gener- ally more or less compi'essed in the plane of branching; the stoutest measure at most 12 or 13 mm. in the major diameter of their cross-section, and 9 to 10 mm. in the direction at right angles thereto. Anastomosis between the branches does not occur. The oscula, which measure up to 075 mm. in diameter, are arranged almost exclusively, though not always very regu- larly, in two longitudinal series situated on opposite sides of the branches, or occasionally in a single longitudinal series. The surface is smooth and even, without the faintest trace of granu- BY E. F. HALLMANN. 481 lation; on close inspection, it presents a minutely reticulate ap- pearance due to tlie dermal pores (PI. xxvi., fig.4). The dermal membrane is thin and (owing to the multitude and close apposi- tion of the minute pores) of gauzy appearance,— permitting to be perceived through it, more or less distinctly, the subdermal pinhole-like openings which are the entrances of the incurrent canals. The consistency is rather fleshy, soft, and resilient, and the branches ai-e flexible and lax. The colour in alcohol is pale orange-yellow. 'I'he dermal pores are arranged in closely approximated, oval to circular groups or "pore-sieves" (PI. xxvi., figs. 4, 7; PI. xxvii., fig 5) containing each from 3 to 8 pores, and measuring up to 350/i in diameter; the pores themselves measure from 50 to about lOOji in diameter. Very commonly, the boundaries between the sieves are scarcely more pionounced or wider than those sepa- rating the pores, so that, in places, the lines of demarcation between the sieves become obscure and the pores appear almost to be uniformly distributed. Witliin the pore-sieves, the dermal membrane is extremely thin, and contains but very few spirulae sparsely scattered. Skeleton. The skeletal axis or core is much more sliarply de- fined and delimited tlian in any other of the species, and is equalled in density only liy that of T. fastiyatus; in comparison with the stoutness of the branches, it is rather slender, measur- ing in diameter generally not more than two-thirds of the length of the radial fibres. The radial fibres proceed outwards from the axis in a direction inclined to it at an angle of 60° and upwards, and arrive at the surface almost perpendicularly thereto. Con- necting fibres between the radial tibres are extremely few; con- sequently, in the prepared or macerated skeleton (PI xxiii. fig.5), the radial fibres are easily disarranged and thus usually present a somewhat dishevelled appearance. The colour of the skeleton is pearl-grey except axially, where it is brownish-grey. The i-adial fibres are rarely as much as oO/^t in stoutness, and are usually provided with a distinct layer of spongin external to the spicules. The connecting fibres consist frequently of only a single spicule, and .seldom of more than two, 39 ij L I s?J R A K 482 rtEVISIOX OF THE AXINELLID^, 1., Megascleres. — Contrary to what is the case in the other herein- described species, 'f . fastigatns excepted, the megascleres are but very larely, and then only very slightly, of larger size in the stalk than in the branches. They are chiefly strongyla and blunt-pointed oxea approximating more or less in form to strongyla; quite sharp-pointed oxea are comparatively scarce. The strongyla are usually cylin- drical or nearly so througljout their whole length, the oxea to within a short distance of their extremities. They attain a maximum size of 300 by 8-5/x. Individuals above 280 by 7/x are rare, and these for the most part are slightly fusiform oxea with more or less sharp- pointed exti'emities. The shortest spicules are less than 130//. in length, and almost invariably strongyla. Microscleres. — The spirulse are usually of less than 2 complete turns, rarely, if ever, of as much as 2|; they are somewhat slenderer than those of other species, their diameter very seldom slightly exceeding l"5/i. Rod-shaped derivatives of the spirulae, attaining a maximum size of about 17 by 1'7/Jt, are very scarce. Microstrongyla are apparently absent. T. RETEPOROSUS, var. (aut varr. ?). (PI. xxi., fig.3; PI. xxiii., figs.6-8; Pl.xxiv., figs.l, 2: PI. xxv., fig.l; PL xxviii., figs. 1-4; PI. xxix., fig.2.) The remaining specimens referable, or seemingly referable, to the present species (but distinguished in various respects from the above-described typical example) are eleven in number, — comprising ten of those recorded by Dendy(7) as T. Ictyispirulifer Text-fig. 8." * Trachycladuii reteporomis. the branches. Megascleres: a, from the stalk; h, from BY E. F. KALLMANN. 483 Carter, together with an incomplete specimen occurring in the collection of the Australian Museum: the register-numbers of the former are 297, 366, 426, 470 (two spms.), 983, 984, 1000 (two spms.), and 1061. So far as skeletal features are concerned, the specimens exhibit no marked differences (either among them- selves or from the typical example), except in certain details of their microspiculation; but the extra-axial skeleton is somewhat less sparse than in the type-specimen, — as may be observed from a comparison of the figures illustrating the appearance of the entii'e skeleton, — and the colour of the skeleton (in the denser portions thereof) is not brownish-grey, but varies from pale straw-yellow to light golden-yellow. The megascleres are, in all of them, of approximately the same forms and dimensions as in the typical specimen, the greatest deviation by far occurring in in the case of R.N. 426, in which the megascleres of the stalk attain a maximum size of 325 by 9'5/x, while those of the branches rarely exceed 290 by 7'5/x. All likewise agree with the type- specimen in possessing long and relatively rather slender branches, which attain their maximum stoutness at some distance above their base; and, with rare exceptions, the branches taper more or less distally. On the other hand, in a number of other ex- ternal features, and especially in the distribution of the dermal pores, considerable variability is displayed. Non-anastomosis between the branches is the rule. The colour, except in one instance, is some shade of pale yellowish-grey. Exact resemblance to the typical specimen, as regards the mode of disposition of the dermal pores, is shown only by the incomplete specimen which is in the collection of the Australian Museum. In this specimen, the surface is somewhat ruggedly uneven (PI. xxi., fig.3), the branches (with a maximum stoutness of only 8mm.) are not at all flattened, and thecolour is a slightly salmon-pinkish stone-grey. Microstrongyla are absent. (A photograph of the macerated skeleton is shown in PI. xxiii.,fig.6). R.N. 1061 approaches the typical specimen in general habit (PI. xxiv., fig.l), but the branches are much less tapered (occa- sionally of nearly uniform diameter throughout their length), the surface is faintly granular and somewhat uneven, and the oscula, 484 IJKVl.SION OF THE AXINELLID^^ i., are almost as frequently scattered as arranged serially; the con- sistency, also, is comparatively firm. Tlie branches vary from (rarely) cylindrical to much compiessed, and are usually some- what lenticular in cross-section. The pores are almost or quite as closely situated and numerous as in the typical specimen, but for the most part they are not arranged distinctly in gi-oups. The spirula? are peculiar in the fact that they are much less closely coiled than in any other example of the genus, the shape of most of them approaching more or less to that of a contort §; more or less Q- or (-shaped forms are also common, but straight or nearly straight rods are extremely rare. Scarce (though bj' no means rare) microstrongyla are present, vaiying from 9 to 16/i in length and from 2 to 4// in stoutness, and almost invari- ably centrotylote. (A photograph of the macerated skeleton is reproduced in PI. xxiii., fig.8). The two specimens R.N. 1000 are much alike in general habit, — which probabh' accounts for their being registered under the same number, — and differ from all the other specimens, with the exception of R.N.. 'Sii'2, 983, and 984, by the occasional coales- cence of their branches; the branches are slender (5 to 8 mm. in diameter), gradually tapered, and not at all compressed: and the surface is somewhat uneven and slightly granular. Neverthe- less, in one of the specimens the pores are arranged (PI. xxviii., fig.2) very nearly as in the typical specimen, while in the other they are distributed singly (PI. xxviii., fig. 1 ) almost in the same manner as in 7'. digitatus. In both, microstrongyla are exceed- ingly rare. In R.N. 983 and 984 the arrangement of the pores (PI. xxviii., figs. 3, 4) is intermediate between that obtaining in R.N. 1061 and that characteristic of T. diyitatus var. strongylatus. The former specimen consists solely of two long branches (one simple, the other with a partially coalescent secondary branch towards its upper extremity), measuring respectively 200 and 300 mm. in length, and both arising almost independently from a small common disc of attachment without the intervention of a stalk. The branches are only 4 mm. in diameter proximally and increase in stoutness upwards very gradually, the larger one attaining a BY E. F. HALLMANX. 485 maximum diameter of 12 mm. at a distance of aliout 50 mm. from its apex, and thence gradually tajiering to a point, the smaller one 8 nmi. in greatest stoutness and distally untapered. The other specimen, H.N. 984, consists only of a broken-ofi' pair of fused branches somewhat similar to those just described. R.N. 426 is in one respect unique : the surface is finely hispid, being rendered so by the extremities of the radial skeletal fibres, which everywhere project J to 1 mm. beyond it, presenting the appearance of delicate hairs. Furthermore, although the speci- men appears to be excellently preserved, the dermal pores have entirely disappeared, and even the oscula are completely closed. Since the skeletal fibres are altogether too slender and weak to be considered capable of withstanding the bending strain which a shrinkage of the sponge due to the action of the preservative fluid would exert, the peculiar condition of the specimen must almost certainly be the result of contraction while in the living condition. In general outward habit, as is evident from the figure (PI. xxiv., fig. 2), this specimen rather resembles the typical specimen. Scarce strongyla are present, similar to those of R.N. 1061. The two specimens R.N. 470 consist each of only a few de- tached brandies, which, apart from being non-hispid, are exactly similar in every way to those of the preceding specimen. In one of these specimens, no microstrongyla were observed; in the other (and in this alone of all the specimens) they are fairly abundant, resembling in form and size those of 1».N. 1061. (A photograph of the macerated skeleton is shown in PI. xxiii., fig. 7). In R.N. 297 and 366, — both of which are in a dried, much shrunken condition, and consequently afford no information regarding the pores, — the spirula3 are distinguished by being mostly of less than one complete turn and hence more or less Q-shaped; straight rods of all lengths from 3 to upwards of 15/x are also common, especially the shorter ones. R.N. 366 consists of a main stem or branch, about 200 mm. in length, attached by its base (which spreads to form a thin incrusting disc about 4 mm. in area) to the surface of a shell, and sending oft' on one side, at the distances of 50, 60, and bO mm. respectively from its 486 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, 1., base, three secondary branches which become coalescent with one another. R.N. 297 is unique in consisting solely of a long slender unbranched stem, 250 mm. in length. In both speci- mens the extremities are tapered. Jn neither were niicro- strongyla observed. Trachycladus pustulosus, sp.nov. (Pl.xxi.,fig.5; PI. xxvi., figs.5, 8; PI. xxvii. fig.6; PI. xxxix., figs.6, 7.) 1887. {1)Spirophora bacterium Lendenfeld(26), p.795. Diagnosis. — Branches quite short and distally expanded; sometimes so abbreviated as to be little more than mammifoim lobes. Surface closely studded with small pimple-like elevations, and exhibiting, on close inspection, a minute reticulate pattern due to the mode of arrangement of the dermal pores. Oscula situated only on the more distal parts of the branches. Dermal pores arranged in close-set, subcircular, sie\e-like groups, usually with from 3 to 7 pores in each group. Dermal layer loosely packed with spirulse usually throughout its entire thickness— which varies from 40 to 80/x. Skeleton in the upper, more ex- panded, parts of the branches not forming an axial fune. Fibres stout, and provided with much spongin. Megascleres in the upper parts of the branches consisting almost exclusively of strongyla and oxea in about equal numbers, and rarely attaining to 320 X 9/x in size; peduncular megascleres chiefly oxea (together with occasional styli and only rare strongyla), attaining a maximum size of 460 x 15/x. Microstrongyla extremely abund- ant, frequently assuming various abnormal shapes, and in part reduced to spheres. Loc. Port Phillip. This species, — of which two well-preserved specimens are at hand, one incomplete, consisting only of a few branches, — is characterised especially by its short stunted branches and very noticeably pimpled surface, and by the fact that the skeleton, except in the stalk and the lowermost part of the longer branches, is only slightly or not at all condensed axially (PI. xxxix., fig.6). Whilst these features sharply mark it off from all the other BY E. F. KALLMANN. 487 0 known species, it is still further distinguished by having the pores arranged in sieve-like groups (PI. xxvi., fig.5) — in which respect it is approached only by T. reteporosus — a.nd by the reduction of the microstrongyla in part to spheres. An adequate idea of the external habit will be obtained by reference to the figure (PI. xxi., fig.5) of the single complete example, which measures 60 mm. in total height : in the case of the other speci- men, the branches are somewhat longer, several of them attain- ing a length of 25 mm. The colour in alcohol is a minutely mottled, slightly brownish pale grey, and the consistency is firm, fairly tough, compressible and resilient. The surface-pimples, — which coincide in position with, and to some extent are the expression of, the points of impingement of the skeletal fibres upon the dermal membrane, — are fairly uniformly distributed over the whole surface at a distance apart approximating to their own breadth, which on the average is about 0-4 mm.; they are rounded or flattened above, not conule- like, and are conspicuous not so much by the amount of their projection — which at the most is but slight— as by their whitish colour and more opaque appearance compared with the inter- vening portions of the surface. At the locations of the small areas formed by these elevations, the dermal membrane is closely adherent and non-porous; but between them it overlies sub- dermal spaces, and is so perforated by numerous small pore- sieves as to appear minutely reticulate. The pore-sieves (PI. xxvi., tig. 7; PI. xxvii., fig. 6), are oval to circular in outline and generally between 40 and 120/a in distance apart, range from less than 100 up to about 200/x in diameter, and contain each, according to their size, from 2 to 8 pores of diameter varying from 20 to 60//. Skeleton. — Except in the stalk and the lower portions of some of the lower branches, the skeleton exhibits no well-marked axial condensation or core, but is rather of the dendritic type (PI. xxxix., fig.7) consisting chiefly of longitudinally-running and of gradually outward-trending, continually branching main fibres, which are not distinguishable as axial and radial respectively; transverse or connecting fibres are numerous between the main 488 KkVLSION of the AX1NELLIU.4:, i., fibres in the central region of the branches, but comparatively scarce and somewhat irregular in occurrence towards their surface The main fibres attain a stoutness occasionally of nearly 200/x in the axial region of the skeleton, but diminish in diameter periphei'ally to between 60 and 1 00/x; they are composed of somewhat looselvand irregularly pacUed spicules united by abundant spongin-cement. The connecting fibres are usually less than 50/i. in stoutness and are composed almost entirely of spongin. The spongin shrinks considerabl}' on drying, so that in the dried skeleton the stout- ness of the fibres is much less than stated above. The skeleton seen in its entirety (PI. xxxix., fig 6,> is of a golden-yellow colour. Jlegasc/ei-es. — The differences be- tween the megascleres of the stalk and of the branches are more mark- ed than in any other of the species herein described, the former con- sisting almost entirely of sharp- pointed oxea, ranging from seldom less than 250 up to 460/a in length and up to 16/x in stoutness, and very similar in form and size to those of 7'. digita/us var. strongy- latus, while the latter are strongyla and more or less blunt-pointed oxea — the strongyla being if anything Text-fig.9. — Tmchycladufi pnslu- somewhat the more numerous — /o.s7(.s. Megascleres : a, from the ranging in length from occasionally .stalk; h, from the branches. j^^^ ^j^^^ j^q^^ ^^^ ^^ ^j^^^^. 3^0 or 330//,, and seldom exceeding 8-5 or 9/x in stoutness. Occasional stvli are met with, which are most frequent among the pedun- cular megascleres; among the latter also anisoxea are not uncommon. BY E. P. KALLMANN. 489 Microscleres.'- The spirulse are of all forms between corkscrew- spirals of a little more than 2 turns and straight rods, the latter faii'ly common and mostly between 12 and 25/x in length and from 2 to 3-5//, in diameter. Tlie spirulse are less closely coiled than in any other of the species, and are also slightly larger (occasionally attaining to 18/i, in length). I'he microstrongyla are rarely less than 2 or more than 3-5//. in diameter, and of all lengths up to 18/i,; a notable proportion are reduced to spheruhe. They are mostly not centrotylote. Abnormal forms of various shapes are rather common. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXL-XXLX., figs. 1-2; XXXIX., figs.6-7. Plate xxi. Fig. 1. — Trachydadus J'usI iijni uf, .'^p.iiuv.; fioiii the (paitially dried) type- specimen; ( X g). Fig.2. — T. rtteporoms, sp.iiuv. ; fioin the type-specimen; ( x s). ■pig.3. — T. reteporosua, sp.nov. (var. ?); from an incomplete specimen with slightly rugose surface; ( x i). Of. also PI. xxiv., figs. 1-2. Fig. 4. — T. .-cahrosiis, sp.nov.; from the type-specimen; ( x g). Fig 5. — T. pustitlomi.'i, sp.nuv. ; from the type-specimen; ( x* nearly). Plate xxii. Figs. 1-2. — Tntrltycludna digifatxs Lendenfeld, typical furm; ( x f approx.). rig.3. — T. di(jitaim var. (jraci/is, var.nov. ; from the type-specimen; ( x f). Fig. 4. — T. diijUaitus var. r/andtis, var.nov.; from the type-specimen; {x^ nearly). l.'ig.5. — T. d'Kjitaliis var. ■■^troiKjylalus, var.nov.; fium the (incomplete?') - type-specimen; ( x {'^). Plate xxiii. Fig. 1. — Tntrhycladns d'Kjilaiiix Lendenfeld, typical form; skeleton; (nat. size). Fig.2. — T. di'jifatiis vav. ijracl/is, var.nov.; skeleton; (nat. size). Fig.3. — T. diyitafu-f yav. claratm, var.nov.; skeleton; (nat. size). li'ijr.4. — T. diyitatus yav. sfroiiify/alitfi, var.nov.; skeleton: (nat. size). Figs.o-6. — T. reteporosufi, sp.nov.; skeleton (of the type-.specimen and of the specimen illustrated in PI. xxi., fig.3, respectively); (nat. size). Figs.7-8. — 7'. rtttporomx, sp.nov., (var. ?); skeleton (of the specimens figured in Pl.'xxiv., figs. 1-2); (nat. size). Fig.9. — T. scahrosii!^, .sp.nov.; skeleton: (nat. size), Fig. 10. — T. J'astiyatus, sp.nov.; skeleton; (nat. .size). 490 REVISION OP THE AXINELLID^, i., Plate xxiv. Fi<^. 1. — Trachyclailuji rtteporoftus, sp.nov., (var. ''.); R.N. 1061; { x i). Fig.2. — T. reteporosu.s, sp.nov., (var. ?); R.N. 42(5 (a specimen in which the dermal pores could not lie seen); ( x i). Fig.3. — T. rtfeporom.s, sp.nov., typical form; one-half of a (desilicified) longitudinal median section of a branch of the type-specimen, show- ing the deiinal layer (in part torn away), subdermal spaces, excur- rent and incurrent canals, flagellated chambers, and (on the left) portion of the axial skeleton; ( x 18). Plate XXV. Fig. 1. — Trachpcladns reteporosus, sp.nov., (var. ?); longitudinal median section of the skeleton; ( x 10). Fig.'i. — T. di(/itat>is Lendenfeld, var. claratiis, var.nov. ; portion (slightly less than one-half) of a transverse section of a branch, showing the arrangement of the flagellated chambers, etc. ; ( x 18). Plate xxvi. Fig. 1. — Tfachycladw rtttporo/^ux, sp.nov., (typical form); longitudinal median section of the skeleton, showing the pattern of the axial fune; ( x 10). Fig.2. — T. digitatn-^ Lendenfeld, (typical form); portion of the surface (from part of which the dermal membrane has been pared off) showing the disposition of the dermal pores, and also of the main incurrent canals; ( x 6). Fig.3. — T. di(jit,atu>< var. HtrongylatiiK, var.nov.; portion of the surface, showing the arrangement of the dermal pores and the character of the oscula; ( x fi). Fig. 4. — T. ref eporo.in>i, up. nov.; portion of the surface, showing the arrange- ment of the dermal pores; ( x 6). Fig.o. — T. pasfn/ofiii.'^, sp.nov. ; portion of the surface, showing the arrange- ment of the dermal j^ores; ( x 6). Fig. 6. — T. diijitatHS \-AV. stron<, y&v. nor.; surface-section, showing the arrangement of the dermal pores; ( x 40). Fig.o. — T. reteparosm, sp.nov., (tj'pical f(jrin); surface-section, showing the arrangement of the dermal pores; ( x 40). Fig.o. — T. pHstido'fUft, sp.nov.; surface-section, showing the arrangement of the dermal pores; ( x 40). Plate xxviii. Fig.l. — Trac/ii/c/adiis rtteporosus, sp.nov., (var. ?); portion of the surface (of one (^f the specimens R.N. 1000) showing the arrangement of the dermal pores; ( x 40). Fig.2. — T. re(epo)-Ofiiis, sp.nov., (var. ?); surface-section (of R.N. 1061), showing the arrangement of the dermal pores; ( x 40). Figs. 3, 4. — T. refeporo»u», sp.nov., (var. '!); surface-sections (of the speci- mens R.N. 983, 984), showing the arrangement of the dermal pores; ( X 40). Fig.o. 7'. dl(/ifa/iis Lendenfeld, var. claratu.^, var.nov.: rather thin (unde- silicified) transverse section of a branch; ( x 15). Fig.6. — T. ■•ro.'ho7-a is intermediate between Echiuodathriii and 0])Mitaspon(/ia; whereas T, in my earlier remarks in reference to the genus(12), expressed the opinifjn that, provisionally at least, it should be placed in the Mycalinse, and suggested the possibility of its relationship with <'r(imhe( = TetrmitheUa). Since then, as I more recently have found occasion to remark(13), a second species possessing microstrongyla as microscleres in addition to sigmata and tricho- dragmata, has been described by Hentschel(15) under the name Tylode.ama 7nicrostrongyIa, which in spiculation accords so closely with Alhmtophora plicata as to leave no room foi' doubting the close genetic affinit}' of the two, yet the skeleton of which con- forms, or at any rate closely approximates, to a halichondroid type. Hence it seems to follow that the essential feature to be taken into account in deciding as to the proper systematic posi- tion of these species is not, in either case, the precise configura- tion of the skeleton, but rather the constitution thereof from the point of view of the spicular elements composing it, both mega- scleric and microscleric; and accordingly one is led to suspect the probability of their relationship with such species as Biemna raegalosiyma Heiitschel(15), and Biemna chileusis 'lhiele(42), the spiculation of wliich is essentially the same as theirs except only in this respect, namely, that instead of microstrongyla the micro- scleres include spherulse, — and in which, furthermore, the skeletal arrangement is of a somewhat intermediate type. In support of this, there now comes to light a third species with microstrongyla (and, significantly, with spherulse also), -described below as Allantophora victoriana, — which forms a definite and absolute connecting-link between A. plicata and SigmaxiaeUa rioca/yp- toides Dendy, it being even questionable, indeed, whether both it and the last-named should not be looked upon merely as BY E. P. KALLMANN. 497 varieties of A, plicata : and Siymaxinella ciocalyjdoides, in turn, is found to provide no feature definitely justifying its separation generically from the majority at least of the species at present included in Biemna. Accordingly it becomes necessary to decide upon what grounds, if any, the genera Tylodesma, AUantopJiora, and Sigmaxiiiella admit of being retained. The distinction between Tylodfsma (olim Biemna) and Biemna (olim Desmacella) deemed essential by Topsent(46), — to whom the separation of the species of Ridley and Dendy's group Des- macellinae into these two genera is due, — was with respect to the mode of conformation of the skeleton, a halichondroid type of skeleton being regarded by him as characteristic of the former genus, a disposition of the megascleres in definite fibres as char- acteristic of the latter : whether the megascleres were styli or tylostyli was looked upon as of minor importance The same distinction was emphasised by Lundbeck(30) in defining these genera, though at the same time he attached equal value to certain differences in their microscleric spiculation; other authors, however, — -as Thiele(41), Dendy(8), and Hentschel(15), — seem disposed, like Topsent, to regard it as fundamental. Neverthe- less, a critical survey of the species concerned renders it evident that the distinction is an arbitrary one, and incapable of being maintained; in proof of which one need only refer to the fact that in certain instances, as, for example, in the case of Biemna microxa Hentschel(14), and of the so-called Biemna humilis Thiele(41), the authors themselves show uncertainty as to the genus to which the species ought rather to be assigned. Tf, how- ever, the species with tylostyli or subtylostyli as megascleres (typical of Tylodesma) be compared with those in which tylo- stylote megascleres are absent (typical of Biemna), it is found in the case of the former that the microscleres present frequently comprise toxa in addition to sigmata, but never trichites or microxea, whereas in the case of the latter, with one highly questionable exception — viz., Desmacella frayilis Kieschnick(24), — trichites or microxea are invariably present, but never toxa. Accordingly there is excellent ground for the retention of the genus Tylodesma, but its definition requires amendment. 40 498 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, ii., The three species, for the reception of which Dendy(7) proposed the genus Sigmaxinella, agree in having both monactinal and diactinal megascleres and, as microscleres, signiata and tricho- dragmata, but in a number of other important respects they differ very considerably; and, as already indicated, one at least of them equally admits of inclusion in AUantophora or in Biemna as hitherto defined. However, the first-described of the three, S. aiistralia?ia, as well as several of the species which Kirk- patrick(20) and Whitelegge(60) have ascribed to SigmaxineUa, differ from all other known species possessing similar micro- scleres, firstly in being of ramose habit, and secondly in having an axially condensed skeleton. Consequently, with an amended diagnosis, the genus Sig^naxinella also admits of being retained. The third species assigned by Dendy to SigmaxineUa — S. JlabeUata — is (among the species having sigmata and tricho- dragmata as microscleres) quite unique, not only as regards skeletal structui'e, but also in the fact that the megascleres are of two distinct kinds, viz., styli composing the fibres, and elongated flexuous strongyla (and tornota) occurring inter- stitially, — the latter of which are strikingly analogous to the spicules of similar form characteristic of many species oiAxinella, Phakellia, Acanthella, and Tragosia. Were it not for the presence of sigmata, there would be no adequate reason, apart from the flexuous character of the interstitial megascleres, for excluding the species from the genus Z)ra^?nacit£o?i (g.n.), which in turn comprises species hitherto assigned to 2'hrinacophora; whilst, if both kinds of microscleres were absent, it would almost certainlv have to be included in the genus Phakellia && defined by Dendy{8). Being such as it is, however, the species undoubtedly deserves a new genus for its accommodation, and for this I propose the name Sigmaxia. The question whether AUantophora admits of separation from Biemna is a much more difficult one, and at present cannot be satisfactorily decided; for although there exists with respect to skeletal structure a profound difference between the typical species of the two genera, — as is very obvious from a comparison of Topsent's figure of B. peachi{5i; PI. iv., fig. 3) with mine of BY E. F. KALLMANN. 499 A. victoriana (PI. xxxi., figs.l, 2), — yet the descriptions of other species seem to indicate that intermediate (as well as additional) types of skeleton occur, while in not a few instances, furthermore, the requisite information relating to the skeleton is lacking. At the outset, a satisfactory line of division between the two genera seemed to me possibly securable by taking into account the fact that in most if not all of the indubitable species of Biemna the microscleres include commata, but neA'^er microstrongyla, whereas in the remaining species commata are absent; but the service- ableness of this as a means of distinction appears to be ruled out of court by the circumstance, recently announced by Topsent(54), that in B. peachi commata are apparently sometimes missing. A further difficulty is created by Topsent's discovery {loc. cit.) that "commata" are present in his Bievina Jistulosa, which have not the form of curved microstvli but "s'y montrent flexueux avec un bout renfle et I'autre un peu aminci," so that their form "rapelle un peu celle de sigmaspires deroulees": and it is possible that these microscleres are a connecting-link between the stvliform commata of B. peachi, etc., and the microstrongyla of typical AUantophora-s,Y>ec\GS,. Consequently, since one is unable so to define the genera as to render them mutually exclusive, there is no alternative for the time being but to combine them, and I have therefore formulated the diagnosis of Biemna accordingly. Inasmuch, however, as I am confident (hat the necessity for this is onl\' temporary, and that a fuller knowledge of the species concerned will furnish occasion for the rehabilitation of the genus AUantophora, I have refrained for the present from dis- carding the name in the designation of the species described below, to which it must necessarily apply if the genus be ulti- mately readopted. The amendment which I introduce in regard to the distinction to be drawn between the genera Biemna and Tylodesvia affects the position only of five species, namely, of Tylodesvia micro- strongyla Hentschel, and 2\ microxa Hentschel, which (as their spiculation consists of styli, sigmata, trichites, and, in the former, also of microstrongyla) must be included in Biemna; and of Biemna hnviilis Thiele(41), B. vulgaris Topsent(4i5), and 500 REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, ii., B.truncata Hentsche](i3), which (having a spiculation composed, in the case of the first, of subtylostyli, sigmata, and toxa, and in the others, of tylostyli and sigmata) must be transferred to Tylodesma. In order to frame a satisfactory definition of Biemna, which will serve effectually to distinguish it from Dragmacido7i and Rhaphoxya (gg. nn.), it is necessary to insist upon the presence of sigmata as an essential character of the genus : for this reason, if for no other, Topsent's Desmacella aherrmis (with trichodragmata alone as microsclei'es), which Lundbeck has I'eferred to Biemna, must be removed therefrom: and for its reception I propose a new genus, DragmateUa, which I provisionally regard as occupying a position between Dragma- cidon and Rhaphoxya. Lundbeck is inclined to refer also Schmidt's imperfectly known Desmacella vayabunda and D. pnmilio to Biemna. Of these two species I have not seen the descriptions; but judging from Schmidt's original diagnosis of Desmacella, quoted by Ridley and Dendy(83), the microscleres present are sigmata and (or) toxa, in which case the species cannot in my estimation be assigned to Biemna, but belong most probably to Tylodesma. As regards Kieschnick's Desmacella fragilis, referred to above, it is impossible, owing to the un- reliability of its description, to express any definite opinion. If it be true that its microscleres are sigmata, trichodragmata, and toxa, as stated, I think that this would render necessary the erection for it of a new genus; until rediscovered, however, the species must be regarded as incertce sedis. 'J'he only other species about which there can be said to exist any occasion for doubt is Desmacella cavernula Bowerbank(l), in which the microscleric spiculation is described as consisting solely of sigmata; but as the megascleres are styli (and not tylostyli), and, furthermore, as there is ground to suspect, owing to the dried condition of Bowerbank's single specimen, that the occurrence of tricho- dragmata therein was overlooked, the probability is that the species is correctly to be assigned to Biem,na. Nevertheless, the species is peculiar, regarded as a member of this genus, in the fact that the megasclei^es are distinguishable into two groups, the one kind composing the fibres, the other occurring inter- BY E. P. KALLMANN. - 501 stitially and also forming a dermal skeleton: and this peculiarity may possibly prove to be associated with other distinctive features of a character that would justify its exclusion from the genus. According to Thiele(40), a partial differentiation of the megascleres into several groups is exhibited in the case of B. korenii also, but) apparently this occurs without relation to the particular position which the spicules occupy, since he makes no mention of the fact; and Lundbeck(30) further notes that in H. capillifera there are present, in addition to the skeletal spicules proper, smaller styli which are found only in the part of the sponge nearest to the substratum, where they form a thin layer. In all the remaining species of iJiemwa, so far as I am aware, the megascleres are definitely of a single order (though occasionally comprising both monactinal and diactinal forms). Hentschel(15) has recently referred to Biemna (under the name B. aruensis) a species possessing neither sigmata nor tricho- dragmata, but having as flesh-spicules small slender curved tylostyli, which he terms " kommaformige Rhaphiden " and ap- parently regards as homologous with the commata of species like B. peachi. Inasmuch, however, as the remaining spicula- tion consists of megascleres (of two distinct kinds) in the form of (longer) subtylostyli and (very much shorter) tylostyli respect- ively, and as, furthermore, the sponge is regularly dome-shaped and prolongs itself upwards into a tubular process, it seems to me practically certain that the species is one requiring to be included in the family Polymastiidse. Unfortunately Hentschel has neglected to investigate the structure of the skeleton, and one therefore lacks the information necessary to decide whether the species requires a new genus for its reception, or permits of inclusion in the genus Polymastia itself. But, for the present, I would recommend that the species be known as PoIymastia(l) ariheiisis. Of species referable to Biemtta which have been assigned to genera other than Biemna, Desmacella, Tylodesma, or Allanto- phora, there is apparently only one, viz., Siymaxinella incrustans l\irkpatrick(20). A few fragments of a sponge have been recorded from Christ- 502 REVISION OP THE AXINELLID^, ii., mas Island by Kirkpatrick(21) as BesmaceUa sp., in which the megascleres are oxea, fewer styli, and rare strongyla, all of approximately the same dimensions (viz, 180 x 7/i, 150 x 9fi, and 126 X 6/x respectively), and the microscleres are very rare sigmata, rare toxa, and . rare trichites; but in which the skeleton is a unispicular renieroid meshwork, with triangular and quadran- gular meshes. Obviously, if the microscleres are really proper to it, this species should be assigned, provisionally at least, to the genus Gellius. The genus Biemna, as now defined, accordingly comprises the following species : — i. With commata - typical species of the genus. />'. i^eachi Bowerbank(l; 30). English Channel; Scotland; off Norway: off Iceland. B. capillifera Levinsen(28; 30). E. Canada; Iceland; Kara Sea. B. Aami/era Lundbeck (30). Off Iceland. /)'. groenlandica Fristedt(10; 30). E. Coast of Greenland. B. stellifera Fristedt(9). (With Sweden. asters?). B. fistulosa Topsent(48; 54). Amboina. B. sp. Thiele(41). Ternate. ii. Without commata (so far as known), and without micro- strongyla; but apparently otherwise conforming rather to the species with commata. B. Iwrenii Schmidt(35;40). Off Norway. B. variantia Bowerbank(l). Bristol Channel. {^.)B. {l)caveruula Bowerbank(l). Shetland Islands. B. trirhaphis Topsent(48; 41). Amboina; Ternate. {^.)B. fords Topsent(48). Amboina. iii. Without commata (so far as known), and without micro- strongyla; but apparently otherwise conforming rather to the species with microstrongyla. B. incrustans Kirkpatrick(20). Cape Colony. B. tubulata Dendy(8). Cevlon. B. macrorhaphis Hentschel(l6). Antarctic Ocean. BY E. F. HALLMANN. 503 B. microxa Hentschel(l4). Sharks Bay, W. Australia. B. sp. Hentschel(15). Arafura Sea. B. chilensis Thiele(42). (With Chili. spherulse). B. megalosigma Hentschel(15). Arafura Sea. (With spherulse). B. megalosigma var. liposphcera Arafura Sea. Hentschel(l5). B (AUantophora) ciocalyptoides Port Phillip, Victoria. Dendy. iv. With inicrostrongyla. B. {AUantophora) plicata White- New South Wales. legge. B. {AUantophora) victoriana, sp.n. Port Phillip, Victoria. B. {'^;AUantopho7-a) raicrostrongyla Arafura Sea. Hentschel(15). Allantophoka plicata Whitelegge. (PI. xxix., fig.4; PI. XXX., iigs.l, 2, 3.) I'^Q'l .AUantophora plicata Whitelegge(60),p.505,Pl.xlv., fig.28. Diagnosis. — Sponge consisting of a cluster of erect, proliferous lamellae, sometimes interunited more or less by anastomosis, and frequently tending to become more or less pointed above or to divide distally into digitate processes. Surface irregular, and provided with many slender tapering conuli. Dermal membrane moderately thick, without contained megascleres, and without pores visible to the naked eye. Skeleton an irregular reticula- tion, of fairly uniform density throughout, consisting of ascend- ing multispicular main fibres (mostly between 100 and 200/a in stoutness) and numerous slendei'er, for the most part pauci- spicular, connecting fibres. Spicules of the main fibres rather loosely (and often somewhat plumosely) arranged. Both main and connecting fibres provided with moderately numerous, more or less nearly perpendicularly-directed, echinating spicules similar in kind to the coring spicules. Spongin present only in moderate quantity. Megascleres: styli and (relatively few) oxea, 504 REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, U., ranging from less than 300 to upwards of 500/x (occasionally to upwards of 600/i) in length, and (in different specimens) varying from 16 to 22/x in maximum stoutness. Microscleres: (i.)numer- ous sigmata of two sizes, respectively 11 and 21/x in maximum length; (ii.) trichodragmata typically of two sizes, together with scattered trichites of similar length (viz., up to about 60/i,) to those composing the larger dragmata; and (iii.) numerous micro- strongyla, the largest measuring 20 by 8/x. Zoc— Off Crookhaven River, N.S.W. ("Thetis"). Introductory. — In addition to the single example originally described, there are now available three other complete speci- mens of the species, and a fragment of a fourth. Of these, only the last-mentioned is preserved in alcohol, the remainder (with the exception of the type-specimen, which has been di*ied — pro- bably after having been some time in alcohol — without complete removal of the sarcode) being washed-out and otherwise more or less damaged beach-specimens. External features. — In all four specimens, the general habit is the same. The sponge consists of an often more or less intricate cluster of erect lamellse, which are joined each to another along one lateral edge, — the other edge either remaining free or (less frequently) becoming connected by anastomosis Avith some portion of another lamella, — and which tend most fre- quently to become narrowed and more or less pointed a^ove, or sometimes to partially resolve distally into several pointed digiti- form processes. The iamellaj vary from 2 to 12 mm. in thick- ness: and the largest specimen measures 130 mm. in height. Usually, a main or primary lamella is to be distinguished, and from this secondary lamellse proceed, which in turn give rise in a similar way to others of higher order. The lamella? are not always directed perpendicularly to those from which they arise, but often more or less obliquely; and occasionally some of the larger ones may be vertically curved or folded. The sponge is sessile, and is sometimes attached only by a limited portion of the base of the primary lamella; but more usually the area of attachment is much more extensive, and is formed partly by the bases of other lamellse as well. The surface is rendered more or BY E. F. KALLMANN. 505 less uneven by irregular, longitudinally disposed ridges and furrows, and by numerous acuminate conuli. The former in- equalities are much more marked in dried and washed-out speci- mens (PL XXX., fig. 2) than in the perfect sponge (PI. xxx., fig.l), since in the case of the latter the depressions are largeh^ filled up with fleshy tissue and covered over by dermal membrane. In the washed-out condition of the sponge, numerous lesser inequalities also are in evidence, causing the surface to present a somewhat cellular or roughly pitted appearance, and giving rise here and there- more especially in the case of thinner lamellse to actual pei'forations : it is the depiessions producing this appearance that are somewhat misleadingly referred to in the original description as "pores." The conuli are conspicuous in the well-preserved sponge, but may be entirely missing in the case of beach-specimens owing to their fragility and the ease with which they become broken off when dry; they are narrow at the base and thread-like at the apex, are traversed axially by a single skeletal fibre, and vary in length from 2 to 5 mm. Oscula were not observed. The consistency of the sponge in alcohol is firm, fairly tough, compressible, and resilient; and the colour is yellowish-brown. Dry specimens vary considerably in their consistency and textural appearance according to the extent to which the sarcode has been removed. When thoroughly washed-out, the sponge is tough and elastic, and its texture (as compared with that, say, of an ordinary washing sponge) is loosely and coarsely fibrous : the fibres that terminate at the surface run towai'ds it in an obliquely ascending direction, and being free from one another (i.e., unconnected by transverse fibres) for some distance from their extremities, give to the surface a slightly shaggy appear- ance (PI. xxx., fig.3). On the other hand, if dried without (or with only partial) removal of the sarcode, the sponge (as in the case of the type-specimen) is inelastic and rather brittle, and of a texture that might be described roughly as pumiceous (Pl.xxx., fig. 2). In this latter condition of the sponge, the interstices of the skeleton are frequently tympanised by delic'ate parchment- like membranes (erroneously referred to in the original descrip- 506 REVISION OP THE AXINELLIDiE, ii., tion as being portions of the dermal membrane). The colour of dry specimens varies from light to brownish-grey. The dermal membrane is very distinct and fairly tough, and overlies numerous, usually not very extensive, subdermal spaces; it is not (to the naked eye) visibly porous. The dermal pores, over limited areas of the surface, are similar in their arrange- ment to those of A. victoriana {cf. Pl.xxxviii., figs. 1-4), except that the circular groups they form (which, in rare instances, attain a diameter of 130 to 150/ji) are relatively less closely apposed: but generally they occur only several together in much smaller groups -or, in rare cases, even singly — and the groups are separated by distances sometimes exceeding their own diameter. »S'^e^e^o?i. — N^ hilst in regard to spiculation no definite distinc- tion can be drawn between the present species and A. victoriana, the arrangement of the skeleton in the two differs very con- siderably This will be evident from a comparison of the figures of the skeleton (prepared by treatment with caustic potash) in the two cases, as seen in section,— especially PI. xxix., fig. 4, and PL xxxi., fig- 1, — the former of which is from a lamella (varying in thickness from less than I nun. at one edge to 8 mm. at the other) of the present species, and the latter from a thick vertical slice (from 6 to 10 mm. in thickness) of a massive specimen of A. victoriana. The chief points of difference are two. Firstly, there is an entire absence, in the present species, of any observ- able differentiation in the structure of the skeleton relative to a number of separate axes, and the pattern is accordingly every- where (including even the incipient processes into which the lamellae sometimes tend to resolve) much the same; and secondly — in necessary correlation with this— the main fibres are never transversely directed, but always run in a more or less ascending direction, with gradual trend surfacewards, branching (not very frequently) as they go. As in A. victoriana, the connecting fibres are numerous, and interunite with one another to form (along with the main fibres) a rather small -meshed reticulation; but the reticulation is here very irregular, and there is no marked tendency on the part of the connecting fibi'es to be confined (as BY E. P. KALLMANN. - 507 in A. victoriana) to vertical planes; in some parts, however, — more especially in the processes— a slight tendency towards such an arrangement is occasionally exhibited. A further notable point of difference is the frequency of occurrence, in the present species, of megascleres disposed more or less perpendicularly to the tibres, — with their bases implanted therein, — in the manner of echinating spicules. The main fibres are composed chiefly or (not seldom) almost entirely of spicules, an-anged usually in a loose, often in a more or less dishevelled or somewhat plumose fashion, and are usually between 100 and 200/x in stoutness: in the oldest portions of the sponge, however, they occasionally attain a diameter of from 300 to 400/^.. The amount of spongin cementing their spicules is rather variable, but is seldom suffi- cient to form a well-defined sheath; as seen in cross-section, the outline of the fibres is very irregular. The connecting fibres are uniserial to multiserial in spiculation, and are relatively more sponginous than the main fibres. But very few megascleres are scattered between the fibres. Sigmata (of two sizes) and micro- strongyla occur in great abundance throughout all parts of the interior, together with moderately numerous trichodragmata and singly scattered trichites; the last-mentioned, howe\er, are not very evident owing to their extreme tenuity. In the dermal membrane, sigmata are again very abundant, and single trichites almost equally so, but trichodragmata and microstrongyla are extremely rare, and megascleres are altogether absent. Spicules. — {{.) The megascleres are styli and relatively few oxea — the proportionate number of the latter variable, ranging from less than 1 in 100 (in the type-specimen), occasionally to as many as 1 in 10. Though somewhat scarce as echinating spicules, the oxea occur in all the same situations in the skeleton as the styli, and are undoubtedly only variants of them; never- theless, transitional forms between the two are extremely rare. The styli are slightly curved, with the curvatui-e most pronounced in, and usually confined to their basal moiety; are evenly rounded at the base, and of uniform or nearly uniform diameter thence to beyond the middle of their length; and taper gradually to a sharp point. The oxea — apart from their being diactinal — 508^ REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, 11., differ from the styli only in being curved symmetrically and more strongly, and also somewhat angulately. In different specimens, the megascleres vary from 520 to 670/x in maximum length and from 16 to 22/u. in maximum stoutness; and the shortest spicules in any specimen are between 200 and 300//, in length. The longest spicules are seldom much more than one-half (very rarely, if ever, as much as two-thirds) the maximum stoutness, the greatest diameter being at- tained by those of inter- mediate and lesser lengths, (ii.) The sigmata are, almost without exception, more or less contort, but seldom to such an extent as to appear J-shaped when viewed from the side. I hey are of two sizes, the larger 15 to 21/ji, the smaller 7 to 11/x, in length, and mea- sure respectively 1'5 and about 0'75/A in maximum stoutness. The latter are by far the less numerous, but are nevertheless by no means scarce. (iii.) The trichites are typically of two sizes; the longer ones immeasurably thin, 50 to 65/i. in length in some specimens, only 35 to 50/a in others, and occurring both in dragmata and scattered singly; the shorter ones relatively stouter and slightly fusiform in shape, Text-tig. lU. Allantophora pUcata. a, megascleres; li, c, larger and smaller sigmata; rl, e, miero- strongyla from each of two different specimens. BY E. F. HALLMANN. 509 15 to (rarely) 30/x in length, and apparently occurring only in dragniata. In two (dry) specimens, however, the shorter trichites were not observed. The dragniata fiequently take the form of dense roundish masses of trichites, sometimes exceeding 300/x in breadth, which refract the light in such a way as to appear blackish and opaque. (iv.)The microstrongyla are seldom less than 10/x in length and 2/x in diameter, but are usually much stouter, and have a maximum size of 20 by 8/x. They are nearly always- slightly curved and more or less distinctly centrotylote. Abnormal forms occur, in which the annular swelling is irregular in shape, excentric in position, or several times repeated, but thev are not very numerous and seldom depart from the normal shape to any considerable extent. Allantophora victoriana, n.sp. (Pl.xxx.,figs.4,5; Pl.xxxi.,figs.l-4; Pl.xxxii.,figs. 1-5; Pl.xxxviii., figs.l-4;Pl. xl.,figs.5, 6.) Diagnosis. — Sponge erect, either entirely massive or sub- dividing superiorly into separate tapering digitations. Surface slightly irregular, and provided with numerous, fairly uniformly distributed, more or less acuminate conuli. Dermal membrane very distinct; without contained megascleies: usually showing to the naked eye a minutely reticulate pattern due to the mode of arrangement of the dermal pores. Skeleton (in the body of the sponge) consisting of a congeries of similar components, each constructed on the same plan as the entire skeleton of a single digitation. In each component, the main fibres (except- ing, usually, one or a few longitudinally-directed primary fibres occupying its axis) are disposed more or less perpendicularly to the axial direction of the component, i.e., in a radial or pinnate fashion ; and these are joined together by connecting fibres which are almost exclusively confined to vertical planes. The main fibres are relatively very stout (up to over 300/i in diameter), and are composed chiefly of spicules arranged more or less compactly ; the connecting fibres are slender, mostly paucispicular, and composed chiefly of spongin. A few echinat- 510 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^E, ii., ingly-disposed spicules occur on the main fibres, but are rare or absent on the connecting fibres. The spiculation is almost identically the same as that of A. plicafa, the chief point of difference being that the microstrongyla are much more various in form and size, and frequently pass into spherulse. Zoc. —Port Phillip. Introductory. — The species is represented in the Australian Museum by two half-specimens from Port Phillip, and a com- plete spe^men (of somewhat different habit) the locality of which is uncertain; in addition, a third half-specimen is included among the original specimens described, by Dendy, as Sigmaxi- nella ciocalyptoides, — viz., the one referred to by him as R.N. 338. The last-mentioned, liowever, does not constitute a fouith ex- ample of the species, but is plainly only the other half of one of the Australian Museum specimens. All the specimens are well preserved in alcohol. External features. — The two Port Phillip examples are massive sponges, of erect, somewhat quadiangulately prismatic shape, slightly narrowed below to form a broad base of attachment, and with a very rugged, monticulate upper surface (PI. xxx., tigs. 4, 5) : the slightly larger is 115 mm. in height, and would measure, if complete, about 60 or 70 mm. in breadth and in thickness. The third specimen (PI. xxxi., fig.3), which is very much smaller, — measuring only 55 mm. in height,— is similarly massive in its lowermost portion, but divides above into many separate (or more or less incompletely separate) tapering digita- tions of various size, the largest measuring 25 mm. in length and 5 or 6 mm. in diameter at the base. The difference in habit in the two cases, however, is probably to be regarded only as one of degree, since the rugged character of the distal surface of the more massive specimens is such as might be due to incipient digitation. The whole surface, including that of the processes, is covered with conuli formed in the same manner as 'vi\ A. plicata; they are sometimes low and sharp, sometimes acuminate or even filiform, up to 2 or 3 mm. in length, and situated at an average distance apart varying from one to several millimetres. The BY E. P. KALLMANN. 511 surface is rendered uneven by low, irregular undulations and indistinct, longitudinal furrows. On the upper surface only of the more massive specimens, between the nionticular elevations, there are many oscula-like openings, the appearance of which (although they are plainly seen to be the orifices of main exhalant canals) suggests that they have been caused by laceration of the dermal membrane; and it is possible, therefore, that in the perfect sponge the dermal membrane is continuous across the debouchures of the exhalant canals, thus producing a condition of lipostomy. This may account for the fact that, in the smaller, digitate specimen, oscula were not observable. The main exhalant canals run longitudinally upwards through the sponge, increasing in diameter as they ascend; they attain a maximum diameter, in the largest specimen, of about 3 mm., but in the smallest specimen, only of about 1 mm. Many of the canals, especially in the upper part of their course, run for a considerable distance immediately below the surface, their outer wall consisting of scarcely more than the dermal membrane Immediately underlying the dermal membrane, also, there are, elsewhere, numerous and fairly extensive incurrent spaces. The consistency of the sponge in alcohol is firm, fairly tough, compressible, and resilient ; and the colour varies from pale cream to light yellowish-brown. The colour in life, as recorded in the case of a single specimen by Dendy, is "cinnamon, [with] the projections deep chrome." The skeletonised sponge is very loose-textured, and not of uniform density (PI. xxxi , fig.l): the coarseness of the fibres is about the same as in A. plicata, but, in the present species, the skeleton is of considerably smaller bulk relatively to the bulk of the entire sponge. The dermal membrane — owing partly to the many spaces im- mediately underlying it, and partly to its being of considerable thickness — is very distinct, and, except on the upper surface of the sponge (i.e., in the region of the oscula-like openings) pre- sents a minutely reticulate appearance due to the mode of arrangement of the dermal pores (PI. xxxviii., tigs. 1-4). The reticulate pattern is conspicuous, even to the naked eye, in the two massive specimens, but requires a lens for its detection in 512 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^., ii., the case of the digitate example. Where the reticulation is apparent, the dermal pores are arranged in closely situated, oval or rounded groups, or "pore-areas"_(P]. xl., figs.5, 6) measuring up to 0-5 mm. in diameter, the pores themselves varying in diameter from less than 20 to upwards of 80/*; within the pore- areas, the dermal membrane is reduced, owing to the presence of the pores, to a fine, lace like network. Where the dermal membrane is apparently non-reticulate, this is due to the fact that the pore-areas are much smaller and much more widely separated. Skeleton. — The structure of the skeleton is such as would result if the sponge had consisted, in the first place, of a number of independent, simple or branched, digitifoim upgrowths, each with its own separate skeleton, and if subsequently these indi- vidual upgrowths, by lateral expansion and coalescence, had grown together into a single mass,* and their skeletons become more or less interunited : or, in other words, the skeleton is resolvable into similarly constituted, simpler components, the arrangement of which conforms to that of a system of ascending, branched axes. In order to convey an idea of the general con- formation of the skeleton, therefore, it will be sufiicient to de- scribe the structure and mode of arrangement of the skeleton in a single such component (as shown to best advantage in a digitate process of the semi massive specimen), and to explain the manner in which interunion is efiected between the skeletal fibres of different components. In each simple digitation, the skeleton consists (PI. xxxi., fig.4; PI. xxxii , fig.l): (i.) of stout multispicular main fibres radiating outwards, almost invariably without branching, from the axis of the process in a direction perpendicular or nearly perpendicular thereto, and at a considerable distance (usually not less than 1 mm.) apart from one another; and (ii.) of very much slenderer connecting fibres, most abundant towards the axial region of the ■■' Tlie occurrence of pebbles and small patches of coarse sand liere and there in tlie interior of all these specimens, more especiallj' towards theii- base, lends colour to the view that the massive body of tiie sponge actuallj' has been formed by the coalescence of originally separate digitations. BY E. F. HALLMAXX. 513 diffitation, which reticulate amonjjr themselves to form a narrow- meshed network between the main fibres {of. PI. xxxii., figs. 3, 4, 5). The first-mentioned, or radially directed fibres appear usually to arise by the branching of one or a few axially situated fibres running lengthwise : but, in some instances, no such primary main fibres are observable, the radially-directed fibres each arising independently. In addition to the paucity or absence of longitudinal main fibres, the skeleton also presents two other characteristic and distinctive features : the radial fibres are arranged for the most part in a more or less ortho- stichous manner, and, almost without exception, the connecting fibres between them occur only between those belonging to the same orthostichies. Hence it follows that the connecting fibres are confined almost exclusively to vertical (or, as one might almost sav, to meridional) planes; and thus, in a transverse section of a digitation (PI. xxxii., fig.2), the main fibres appear to be without connections. The pattern of the reticulation formed by the connecting fibres is also characteristic, the meshes usually being elongated and narrow, with their long axis in the direction perpendicular to the main fibres. The main fibres vary in stout- ness from 120 to 350/a; tlie spicules composing them are fairly closely and regularly packed, seldom slightly plumose in their arrangement, and are cemented by a relatively small amount of spongin, seldom sufiicient in quantity to form a distinct sheath. The connecting fibres are peculiar in being thin and ribbon- shaped, and are mostly paucispicular and composed chiefly of spongin. Echinating spicules occur similarly as in A . pficafa; but they are here very rare upon the connecting fibres, and are scarce even upon the main fibres. Interstitially scattered megascleres are relatively very few. The microscleres have the same distri- bution, and are equally as abundant as in A. plicata. In the massive body of the sponge, as already stated, the skeleton consists of interunited components each constructed on the same plan as the above-described skeleton of a single digita- tion. The interconnection between the components is effected simply by the prolongation of the radial (main) fibres of one component, and their ultimate union with connecting fibres of 41 514 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^E, U., another; as a rule, the fibres only of one of any two connected components are thus prolonged. A feature not observed in the skeleton of a separate digitation is provided by the fact that the fibres proceeding surfacewards from some of the more peripheral components (more espe- cially from such as are situated not very close to the surface) run in a more or less upward direction (instead of perpendicularly out- wards), and may thus attain a considerable length, and may also several times branch (PI. xxxi., fig.2). Spicules. — The spiculation is almost identi- cally similar to that of A. plicata, not only as regards the forms, but also the sizes, both of the megascleres and microscleres,— the only noteworthy point of difference in the case of the present species being the much greater in-egularity in the forms of the microstrongyla and the frequency of occurrence among them of spherulse. In all three specimens, the mesascleres are of about the same dimen- .sions, ranging in length from about 230 or 240/x (rarely, however, less than about 300/x) up to 680/x, and having a maximum stoutness of 16 or 17/x; the sigmata, which appear not to be separable into two groups as regards size, vary in length from 8 to 20/x, and up to 1 -5fi in stoutness; the longer trichites attain a max- imum length of 70/x, while the shorter ones are rarely longer than 30/a: and the micro- strongyla vary in diameter from less than 1 up to 5 or 6/x, and in length up to 17 or 18/x. Allantophora ciocalyptoides Dendy, (et var.). 189&. Sigmaxinella ciocalyptoides Dendy(7), p.243. Diagnosis. - Sponge in the typical form of the species incrust- \J Text-%.11. Allantophora victwiana. a, megascleres; b, c, sigmata; d, microstrongyla. BY E. F. KALLMANN. 515 ing to lowly-massive, rising above into short, slender, digitiforrn processes; in the varietal form (so far as known) consisting of a compressed, plate-like, sessile basal portion soon completely dividing above into a single series of long, slender, tapering digitations. Surface acuteh^ conulose, the conuli usually not ver}' distinct except on the processes, where they are slender and acuminate. Surface minutely reticulate, though not always visibly so to the naked eye. Skeleton in the typical form of the species approaching in structure to that of A. victoriana; in the variety similar to that of A. plicata. Spiculation differing from that of the foregoing two species only in the absence of micro- strongyla. Loc. —Port Phillip (typical form). Off Botany Bay (variety). It is very probable that the two forms which I associate under this species, - one of which I distinguish as a variety, reducta, — have separately originated from, and should be regarded as no more than varieties of, A. plicaia and A. victoriana respectively. In the absence of more conclusive evidence than is furnished bj' the specimens available, however, it has seemed to me advisable to regard them as constituting a species distinct. Allantophora ciocalyptoides (typical form). (PI. XXX., figs. 6, 7.) Of this, there are four examples, — the three originally recorded by Dendy,* and an additional one in the collection of tlie Aus- tralian Museum Two of these (the last-mentioned and one of the originals) are almost identically similar (PI. xxx., fig. 7), each having the form of a comparatively thin crust which spreads extensively over the surface of a flattened water-worn stone, and from which arise, short, tapering, digitiform processes — in part occurring singly at wide and irregular intervals, and in part dis- posed closely in clusters (usually with some amount of coales- cence). The digitations are from 5 to 15 mm. in length and seldom more than 2 or 3 mm. in stoutness except near their base, and are provided with moderately numerous, filosely acuminate * In the original description, four specimens are referred to; but, as alreadj- mentioned, one of them (R.N. 388) is an example of A. rictoriana. 516 REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, ii., conuli, 1 to 2 mm. in length, which give to them a somewhat spinose aspect. The enci-ustiug base of the sponge attains a maximum thickness of about 10 mm. centrally, and thins out peripherally almost to a film; its upper surface is sliglitly irregular and uneven, and provided with usually inconspicuous jonuli. The thin and semitransparent dermal membrane is-- underlaiti, between the conuli, by extensive subdermal spaces, and is not of reticulate appearance. The other specimens (one of which is shown in PI. xxx., fig.6) are much less extended horizontally, and are relatively more elevated than the preceding two, and might be described as intermediate in form between them and the specimen of A. victoriana illustrated in PI. xxxi., fig.3. Otherwise, they exhibit no noteworthy point of difference, excepting that the dermal membrane is, for the most part, minutely reticulate. The colour in life has been described as " cinnamon, with the projections deep chrome." The consistency, especially of the encrusting specimens, is rather soft and lacking in toughness. The skeleton in the digitate processes is similarly constructs d as in the processes of A. victoriana. In the encrusting base of the sponge, it consists, in the thinnest portions thereof, simply of single, vertically-running, stout main fibres connected in a somewhat irregular fashion by inter-reticulating slender trans- verse fibres; but, in the thicker portions of the base, the main fibres, as they ascend, become irregularly branched and also interunite with one another by anastomosis. On approaching the surface, the main fibres (which vary from 150 to 300/a in stoutness) usually become slightly plumose. The spiculation differs in no way, except in the complete absence of microstron- gyla (and of spherulai), from that of the preceding species. Allantophor.\ ciocalyptoides(?), var. reducta. (PI. xxx., fig.8.) The single specimen (PI. xxx., fig.8) consists of a sessile erect plate, — 5 to 10 mm. in thickness, 110 mm. in length, and 35 to 45 mm. in height, — prolonged above, in a pectinate fashion, into 3, series of very gradually tapered, almost subuliform, digitate BY E. F. KALLMANN. 517 processes varying in length from 35 to 70 mm. The specimen is in a much macerated condition, the dermal membrane and most of the superficial fleshy substance having disappeared, leaving exposed the surface of the skeleton. The texture is coarsely tibrous and fairly dense, and the consistency is flexible and moderately tough. The exposed surface, both of the basal plate and of the processes, is irregularly and closely furrowed in the vertical direction. From the surface, at distances of from 1 to 2 mm. apart, there project single bristle-like fibres, which are most conspicuous on the processes, where they frequently attain a length of 1-5 to 2 mm.; these fibres no doubt represent the remnants of conuli. The skeleton is of the same structure as in J. plicata. In the processes (in which it is but very slightly condensed axially) it consists of numerous more or less longitudinally running, stout, multispicular main fibres, frequently branching and interuniting with one another, and connected by numerous, inter-reticulating, slender transverse fibres. The bristle-like fibres, which project from the surface, arise as branches from longitudinal fibres situated towards the axis, and run surfacewards in a direction obliquely upward and outward; at first they are comparatively slender and paucispicular, but increase in stoutness and become more densely spicular as they proceed, finally attaining a diameter of between 150 and 200//.. Without removal of the sarcode, the pattern of the skeleton is rather difticult to determine owing to very faint outlines of the almost colourless spongin, and to the numerous, mostly longitudinally-directed megascleres lying scattered between the fibres. Tylodesma Thiele. Dimjnosis. — Axinellida^C?) typically of massive (or rarely in- crusting) habit, the outward form irregular or somewhat com- pressed, occasionally more or less leaf-shaped. Skeleton consist- ing of a more or less irregular network of spicules, or of fibres that are most frequently not very well-marked and reach no great length, or finally, of well-developed spicular fibres. .Spongin present only in i-elatively small amount, or altogether wanting. 518 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, ii., Megascleres of a single order : tylostyli, subtylostyli, or tylo- strongyla, occasionally in part reduced to styli. Microscleres: sigmata and (or; toxa, the latter sometimes in dragmata. Type-species. — T. inornata Bowerbank. In proposing the name I'yJodesma, in lieu of Desmacella, for the genus wrongly designated Biemiia (misspelt Biemma) by Topsent(46), Thiele(41) omitted to indicate which species was to be considered the type : since, however, two species only (other than those described by him as new) were enumerated by Topsent as belonging to Bietnna, — viz., B. inornata Bowerbank, and B. corrugata Bowerbank, — it is one of those, no doubt, which should be preferred, and I select the former, both because it is that which was named first in order by Topsent and is the better known. The name Tylodesyna is adopted here in preference to Des))iacella, nut so much from conviction of the correctness of Thieles contention accepted by Wilson(61) and some other authors, but not by Dendy(8) — that the latter name is properly a svnonym of llamacantha, as owing to the fact that the original species of Desmacella described by Schmidt— viz., D vayahunda and D. p«mi/!to are imperfectly known, and may possibly prove not to belong to the present genus For reasons already stated above in my remarks on Biemnn, a slightly amended definition of Tylodenma is here proposed, necessitating the removal therefrom, to the former genus, of Hentschel's Tylodesma niicroslroiigyld and T. 7nic7'ocfa, and the addition thereto oi Bienina hu7nilis Thie\e, B. tvitncata Hentschel, and B. vulgaris Topsent. Leaving out of account Topsent's Biem-iia daufzeiibergi and B. chevreuxi, the former of which is stated by Lundbeck(30) to be identical with T. rosea Fristedt, and the latter by Topsent(53) himself to be identical with T. atinexa Schmidt, the species which 1 regard (provisionally) as belonging to Tylode ma are as follows : — T. inornata Bowerbank(l); (46); (53). Shetland Is.; Azores. T. corrugata Bowerbank(l); (46). British Is.; Azores. T. annexa Schmidt(36); (30). North Atlantic; widely distributed. BY E. F. KALLMANN. 519 T.{1) pnmifio Schmidt(35). Florida. T.{1) vagabunda Schmidt(35). Florida. 7\i')ifu7idibnli/ormisVosmaer{56);{Z0) Arctic Ocean. 7'. rosea Fristedt(9); (30); (53). E. Greenland; Azores. T. vulgaris Topsent(38). Banyuls. 2\ yrimaldli Topsent(44); (46); (53). Azores. T. humilis Thiele(41). Ternate. T.jania Verrill(55). Bermudas. T. alba Wilson(61). E. of Galapagos Is. ?'. vestibularis Wilson(61). E. of Galapagos Is. T. truncata Hentschel(15). Arafura Sea. T. informis Stephens.* W. Coast of Ireland. Under the name Desinacella areni fibrosa, Hentschel(14; has described, from Western Australia, a species which evidently cannot be referred with propriety eitlier to 7'ylodesma or to Biemna: for although the megascleres are styli and subtylostyli, and the microscleres toxa (of two .sizes, the longer measuring 303 to 340//. in length and much resembling rhaphides), the main skeleton consists of stout fibres formed chiefly of sand grains, without visible spongin-cement. The constitution of the skeleton and the rhaphide-like character of the longer toxa suggested to me that the species might belong to Dendy's Stylotrichojyh<)ra{Q\ established for a single species— *S'. rubra from Port Phillip, and defined thus : " The main skeleton is a network of horny fibre cored with foreign bodies. In addition to this, there are smooth monactinal megascleres (styli) and hair-like microscleres (rhaphides)." Examination of the type-specimens of S. rubra, which were kindh' forwarded to me by the Curator of the Mel- bourne National Museum, has shown that such really is the case : for in this species also, small toxa are present, and the long rhaphide-like megascleres are frequently curved more or less in the manner of toxa. The chief points of difference between the two species are their somewhat different external habit, and the fact that in S. rubra the megascleres are styli only, the fibres are provided with a well-defined spongin-sheath, and the * Stephens, J. — " Preliniinaiy Notice of some Iri.sh Sponges." Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xvii., 191(), p.234. 520 Rijvlsioisf of the axinellid^, ii., foreign skeletal elements are broken spicules. Sty loir ichoph ova was placed by Dendy in the family Haploscleridfe (Heteror- rhapliidte),in vicinity to Phoriospongia Marshall, and (J hond7-opsis Carter, but for reasons which I intend to publish in a subsequent paper, it appears to me rather that these genera are degraded Desraacidonidse, requiring at present to be included in the sub- family Mycalinie. SiGMAXiNELLA Dendy (emeiid.). Definition. — Axinellidte of ramose habit, with cylindrical or compressed branches, and witlioutconuli or otlierkind of surface- processes. Skeleton syminetrically arranged, consisting axially of a more or less condensed or core-like region formed bv a reticulation of spongin-ensheathed spicule fibres : extra axial skeleton consisting of paucispicular main fibres radiating out- wards to the surface, sometimes (when of considerable length) connected by frequent, typically aspiculous, transverse fibies, but more usually with relatively few, or altogether without, transverse connections. Megascleres typically of a single oider: styli, sometimes in part transformed into oxea or strongjla. Microscleres : sigmata and trichites (or microxea), the latter either in dragmata or scattered singly. Type, S. (lustraliana Dendy. As amended, the genus will include only three of the species which have formerly been assigned to it. Of the remaining four, S. ciocalyptoidett Dendy, and S. iiicruiytaits Kirkpatrick, are transferred to liiemiia; S. Jiabellata (Carter), redescribed below, is made the type of a new genus, Sigmaxio, while S. vianimillata \Vhitelegge(60), with its rhabdostylote megascleres (which are found to show traces of spination, and are accompanied by sigmata only), possesses a type of spiculation veiy similar to that of Carter's i/ic?06-io?ia intexta,— 'A species referred Avith liesita- tion by Topsent(53) to his genus Bhahderemia,- and requires for its reception a new genus, to be included in the Myxillina^, for which I propose the name lihahdostyma. On the other hand, two species are now added to the genus,— one new, the other long since described by Carter under the name Fhakellia ramosa. BY E. F. f^ALLMAXX. 521 Sigmaxinello accordingly comprises at present five species, as follows : - S. ausfraliana Dendy. S. arborea Kirkpatiick(20), S. ckndroides Whitelegge. S. viminalis, sp.n. S. ramosa Carter(4). Whether S. arborea strictly belongs to the genus as above defined is not quite certain, inasmuch as its megascleres are stated by Kirkpatrick to be of three kinds, (i.) basally attenuated styli, 800-1150 X 25-37/x; (ii.) strongyla, 700-800x25-30/^; and (iii.) "rhaphide-like" oxea (very rare), 700-870x12-5//. The probability is, however, that the strongyla are merely variants of the styli and connected with them by intermediate forms: while very possibly the oxea are of foreign origin. SlGMAXlNELLA AUSTRALIANA Dendy. (Pl.xxxiii., figs. 1-3; PI. xxxiv., fig.l.) 1896. Sigmaxinella australiana Dendy(7), p. 240. Diagnosis.- Ramose, erect, stipitate ; with cylindrical or slightly compressed, moderately slender, dichotomously dividing branches, usually of medium length and more or less arborescently outspread, but occasionally remaining much abbreviated and partially coherent together proximally. In outward appearance much resembling a Chalinine sponge. Surface even; non-hispid. Oscula in the form of shallow stelliform depressions, scatteied or serial along the branches. Dermal membrane thin and delicate, aspiculous. Skeleton fairly regularly reticulate, more or less condensed axially; formed of spicule-cored, non-plumose main fibres, and wholly sponginous connecting fibres. Mega- scleres : subcylindrical styli and oxea and forms intermediate between, often irregularly pointed, and rather variable in size in the same specimen; with a maximal size, in different speci mens, of from 360 to 4 50// by 7 to 17/a. Microscleres : slender sigmata of two sizes, respectively 16 to 20// and 45 to 50/<. in maximal length; and trichites, almost exclusively in dragmata, 20 to 45// in length. Xqc. — Port Phillip; Maroubra Bay, near Port Jackson. Introdxictory.—Oi this species, there have been examined, for 522 REVISION OF THE AXIXELLID.E, ii., the purpose of the present description, six specimens, four of which, well preserved in alcohol, are from the original locality, while the other two are washed-out beach-specimens obtained in the vicinity of Port Jackson; examination was also made of a mounted section of one of the type-specimens. As the possibility of a mistake regarding the identity of tlie species was out of the question, and, moreover, as the available specimens presented a greater range of variation than that recorded in the case of the original specimens, the latter were not sent for to be consulted. The two specimens from the northern locality differ slightly from the Port Phillip ones (more especially in certain details of spiculation), but not sufficiently, I think, to warrant their being regarded as constituting a distinct variety. In order briefly to distinguish the specimens, the former are referred to in the description as the P.J. specimens, the latter as the P.P. or typical specimens. External features . — The typical habit of the species, so far at least as regards the shape and mode of disposition of the branches, is that displayed by thespecimen illustrated in PI. xxxiii., fig. 1 — the largest and most profusely branched of those before me, measuring 180 mm. in total height —which may be very satis- factorily described, in the precise terms of the original descrip- tion, as "consisting of a bushy bunch of rather slendei', short, subcylindrical or somewhat compressed branches, sometimes anastomosing, and supported on a short stalk." But in two respects this specimen is perhaps exceptional : namely, in the great multitude and closely crowded arrangement of the branches (the number of which exceeds two hundred), and, secondly, in possessing oscula which in comparison with those of other speci- mens are conspicuously noticeable. In the four P.P. specimens available, the branches vary from 5 to 8 mm. in stoutness, and, except when somewhat compressed, are usually nearer to the latter figure than the former; but in the P.J. specimens, in tlie case of which also the stalk is comparatively long and narrow, they are slenderer, 3 to 5 mm. in diameter, and much more uniformly cylindrical (PI. xxxiii., fig.3). B)-anching takes .place chiefiy, if not entirely, by dichotomy, and successive dichotomien, 6Y E. F. KALLMANN. 523 as a rule, are in the same plane, the consequence being a well- marked tendency, most clearly expressed in sparsely-branched specimens, towards a tlabellate disposition of the branches; but with their multiplication in number and consequent dis- placement due to mutual interference, the branches gradually come to assume a more or less regularly arborescent arrangement. The maximum length attained by the branches rarely exceeds 80 mm., but is usually greater than 40 mm; occasionally, how- ever, as in the single case of one of the P.P. specimens (PI. xxxiii., fig.2), they remain quite short (even the longest not exceeding 25 mm.) and more or less colierent with one another proximally, thus forming, or tending to form, a cluster or "head" of (some- what palmately) lobed or digitate lamellaj. The oscula are characteristic, having the form of shallow stelliform depressions, 1 to 2 mm. in diameter, at the centre of each of which is a group of several (usually 3 or 4) minute exhalant orifices; their stellate shape is frequently enhanced by short, shallow grooves radiating from them. Most frequently, they are arranged along the branches more or less distinctly in two rows, but sometimes only one such row is apparent, and sometimes they are in part disposed in a scattered fashion; their arrangement appears generally to be the moie irregular in pro- portion as the branches are the more compressed. In most cases, the oscula are not conspicuous, and they are less evident in the desarcodised than in the perfect condition of the sponge; indeed, in the case of the two washed-out P J. specimens, they were altogether unobservable. In general appearance and in texture, the sponge is nearly similar to an ordinary Chaliiiine sponge. The consistency is fairly tough and elastic; moderately soft, but not Heshy; com- pressible and resilient. The colour in life is recorded in the original description as brownish-red or orange-rufous; in alcohol, it varies from pale greyish-yellow to light brown. The dermal membrane is extremely thin and delicate, and without spicules; it appears to be very easily destroyed, since, even in the specimens which otherwise are excellently preserved, only portions of it remain. The dermal pores are arranged in 524 Revision of the AXiNEiiLiD^, ii., small oval or circulai' groups, averaging about IdO/x in diameter but somewhat variable in size, scattered over the entire surface, and containing usually less than 10 pores each. Where the dermal membrane has disappeared, the surface is closely per- forated with minute pinhole-like apertures, which are the open- ings of the inhalant canals : the presence of these is discernible also where the dermal membrane is intact, but, as a rule, only faintly and indistinctly. Skeleton.— The skeleton which remains, after complete macera- tion of a specimen by means of caustic potash, preserves exactly the external form of the perfect sponge; it is composed of pale- coloured, highly sponginous fibres, and is fine-textured and of sufficient density to render it difficult for one to perceive from external inspection whether a condensed axial region is present or not. In section, under the microscope, the pattern is seen to be fairly regularly reticulate, the reticulation being formed by longitudinal and obliquely outward-trending main fibres pauci- serially cored with spicules, and by numerous short connecting fibres containing no spicules (PI. xxxiv., fig.l). The reticulation is condensed axially, though not in any very marked degi-ee except in the older, more basal parts of the branches, the con- densation being the result merely of a progressive increase of stoutness of the fibres, — most rapid in connection with the axially situated ones, and scarcely at all aft'ecting those situated near the periphery, — with increasing age. Within the axial region of the oldest part of the branches, the fibres may attain a stoutness of over 100//; but throughout the greater part of the skeleton, they are comparatively slender, even the main fibres seldom exceeding 40/ji, while the connecting fibres are of all degrees of lesser stoutness down to below 5/x. Irregularity in the pattern of the skeleton is due to the fact that the connecting fibres rarely pass singly and directly between the main fibres (in such manner as to produce a rectangular or scalarifoim reticula- tion), but to a greater or less extent, — depending on the distance apart of the main fibres, — interunite among tliemselves, thus giving rise to an irregularly- meshed, somewhat plexiform reticu- lation. The avei-age width of the meshes is less than 100/a, BY :■{• F. KALLMANN. f)25 while the average distance apart of the main fibres is not less than "-'OO/x. As the main fihi-es trend surfacewards, - with gradually increasing deflection from the longitudinal direction as they proceed, they increase in number, mainly by branching, but partly also (at least in proximity to the surface) through the formation of additional ones which take origin from connecting fibres; and they arrive at the surface almost at right angles. The spicules of the main fibres are seldom more than 4- or 5-serial in their arrangement, very rarely as many as 9- or 10-serial; as a rule they lie fairly closely together, forming a moderately compact core. The most superficially situated fibies of the skeleton, including the outermost of the connecting fibres, give support to relatively numerous outwardly-directed spicules, for the most part collected, or tending to be collected, into loose divergent tufts surrounding the extremities of the main fibres. In balsam-mounted sections of the perfect sponge {i.e., with the soft tissues intact), the above-described features of the skeleton are to a very considerable extent obscured or di.sguised. This is due partly to the very pale colouration of the spongin, — in consequence of which tlie outlines of the fibres are usually almost or quite indiscernible,— and partly to the fact that the bulk of the megascleres are located externally to the fibres. These extra-fibral megascleres for the most part are not scattered irregularly through the mesogloea, but are situated chiefiy in proximity to the main fibres, lying in approximate parallelism therewith. As a consequence, it is often diflicult. or even im- possible, to distinguish between spicules lying immediately adjacent to the fibres and others enclosed within them; and the skeleton may thus appear as if composed solely of spicules, for the most part directed parallelly to the directions of growth of the sponge, and more or less collected loosely into ill-defined sti'ands. Irregularly scattered megasclei'es also are present, as well as relatively few transversely-directed ones, the latter of w^ich always occur singly. Sigmata and trichodragmata are present in moderate number, but the former are not readily perceived owing to their slenderness ; rare singly-scattered trichites also occur. 526 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID.E, 11., Spicules. —The megascleres are slightly curved, subcylindrical to subconical styli, fewer oxea, and scarce strongyla, the three forms differing in general only with respect to the character of their extremities, and connected with one another by numerous intermediates. They are often irreau- larly ended and more or less blunt- pointed, and man)' of the oxea are markedly anisoactinate. Their size is very variable both as regards length and stoutness. In the P.P. speci- mens, they range in length from 120 or 130 to 360/x in some cases, up to over 400/x (rarely to 450/x) in others, and vary in diameter, irrespective of length, from 2 to 7 or (rarely) to 10//. In the P.J. specimens, they are gener- ally much stouter, attaining a max- imum diameter of from 15 to 17/x, and range in length from about lf)0 to 420/i. The styli are, on the average, stouter than the oxea, and the stout- est spicules are mostly those of inter- mediate and lesser lengths. In the case of the P.P. specimens, the shortest spicules, ^ — those of lesser length than, sa}', 200//, — are chiefly oxea, generally with abruptly, often mucronately pointed ends; but, in the P.J. specimens, the shortest spicules are nearly always styli. (ii.) The sigmata are extremely slender, — invariably less than 1/i.in diameter,— and of two kinds, the smaller (and less numer- ous) varying in length from 9 to 16/x, the larger from 25 to 45//, measured from bend to bend. Both kinds are mostly more or less contort, - the smaller, however, usually onl}?^ slightly so, the larger often to such an extent as to appear S-shaped; both kiiifls Text-fig. 12. * Sigma.rine/fa avMrariana. a, megascleres; b. c, larger and smaller sigmata. BY E. P. KALLMANN. 527 occur in dragraata, as well as scattered singly, but the shorter dragmata are rare. (iii.)The trichites, both forming the dragmata and scattered singly, are exceedingly slender microxea, varying in length from 20 to 4;V. SiGMAXINELLA DENDROIDES Whitelegge. (Phxxxiv., fig.2.) 1907. Sigmaxinella dendroides Whitelegge(60), p. 51 3, PI. xlvi., fig.42. Diagnosis. — Ramose, erect, stipitate; Avith cylindrical, tapered, dichotomously dividing, slender branches of moderate length. Surface even. Oscula presumably either very small or very shallow, at any rate not apparent in the skeletonised specimen. Dermal features unknown. Skeleton consisting (i.) of a con- densed axial reticulation, the fibres forming which are moder- ately rich in spongin, and (ii.) of fibres radiating therefi'om which are poor in spongin, are united only sparingly by (entirely sponginous) transverse fibres and by single spicules, and run (with occasional branching) in nearl}' parallel courses to the surface, becoming multispicular and somewhat plumose on near- ing it, and terminating each in a subpenicillate tuft. The spicules of the radial fibres are of greater average length than those of the axial x'eticulation. Megascleres : subcylindrical styli, usually tapering gradually to a sharp or slightly rounded point at the apex, and usually slightly curved, sometimes bent; frequently tending to become abruptly blunt-pointed at the base; occasionally passing into strongyla, very rarely into oxea; 300 to 640/x long by 10 to 26/x in diameter. Microscleres : slender sigmata of two sizes, respectively 20 to 40/i. in maximal length; and scarce trichites (microxea), 25 to 35/>i long, scattered singly. Loc. South of Port Hacking, N.S.W. ("Thetis"). External features, — The only known specimen— a figure of which has been furnished by Whitelegge — is a stipitate arbor- escent sponge, 180mm. in total height, with moderately elongated, cylindrical, distally tapered branches, 4 to 6 mm. in diameter, rising erectly from an equally slender stem, and occasionally 528 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, ii., anastornosing. The mode of branching is dichotomous, and successive dichotomies are visually in the some plane, but owing to irregularities, partly resulting through mutual interference, the branches come to be disposed in various planes : it is very probable, however, that specimens occur in which the branching- is confined entirely to the one plane. The division of the stem to form the first two branches takes place 25 mm. above the base, each of those again dichotomising at about the same dis- tance above their origin, and each of the resultant four branches also at about the same distance above theirs; the subsequent divisions for the most part occur at increasingly longer intervals, some of the terminal branches having an uninterrupted length of 70 mm. The specimen is imperfect, consisting only of the dried skeleton, — in which condition it appears to have been also when first described. Nothing can be said, therefore, in regard to the dermal features; but evidently the outer surface was even, with- out conuli or elevations of any kind. Oscula are not indicated. The skeletonised sponge being held between the eye and the light, the skeleton is plainly perceived to consist, in each branch, (i.) of a sharply circumscribed C3'lindrical core, of diameter generally less than one-fourth and (except in the lowermost parts of the sponge, up to about as far as the third dichotomy) not greater than one-half the diameter of the branch, and (ii.) of an outer region formed of slender radiating fibres, which are inclined to the longitudinal direction of the branch at an angle varying from 60° to nearly 90°, and present collectively an ap- pearance somewhat resembling that of fur. The colour is a faintly creamy-tinted pale grey or dirty white, its paleness being due to the extremely small amount of spongin entering into the composition of the radial fibres. In the original description, the consistency is described as " tough, resilient, and compres- sible," but this is not strictly correct : the axial region is fairly tough and slightly compressible (and the branches consequently are flexible), but the extra-axial layer is soft, and on compression remains partially crushed. Details of skeletal str%icture (PI. xxxiv., fig. 2).— Except towards BY E. F. IIALLMANN. 529 the extreme apices of the branches, the demarcation between the axial region of the skeleton and the extra-axial, as seen in longi- tudinal section, is very pronounced (more especially if the spongin has been stained) notwithstanding there is no discontinuity between the main fibies of the two regions (i.e., between the longitudinal fibres of the former and the " radial " fibres of the latter), such as might be inferred from the terms "primary" and "secondary" used in the original description to distinguish them. The contrast is partly due to the much greater density of the axial skeleton, and also partly (i.)to the rapidity with which the fibres change in direction fi'om longitudinal to almost perpen- dicularly transverse, and (ii.) to the sudden and very considerable diminution in the amount of their C(mstituent spongin,— as they pass from the one region to the other; but there are other differ- ences also. In the axial i-egion, the main or longitudinal fibres, which have a maximal stoutness of 80 or 90/x, usuall}' contain multi- serial spicules, for the most part not very conipacth* or regularly arranged; are rather closely juxtaposed, and frequently coalesce with each other for short distances; and are connected at close intervals by short, aspiculous, transverse fibres. Participating in the formation of the axial skeleton also are many spicules whose relation to the fibres is more or less indefinite, as well as many transversely and obliquely directed ones occurring singly. In the older portions of the skeleton, the meshes of the reticula- tion become much reduced in size, often to the point of oblitera- tion, through the continued growth in stoutness of the fibres. The more peripherally situated of the main fibres run, not longi- tudinally, but with a slight, and gradually increasing, trend outwards; ultimately they pass into the extra-axial region, and, curving surfacewards, immediately subdivide each several times in rapid succession to form the radial fibres. The radial fibres, throughout the greater part of their length, are only two or three spicules broad; the spongin cementing their spicules is usually so small in quantity as scarcely to be discernible unless stained; and the connecting fibres between them occur only at comparatively wide and irregular intervals. 42 530 REVISION OP THE AXIXRLLIP^., 11., They run with slight divergence (gradually becoming more nearly parallel to each other as they proceed), and with occa- sional branching, generally at a distance of from 200 to over 300/A apart, to meet the surface almost at right angles. As the surface is approached, their spicules increase in number and become dis- posed for the most part in a some what plumose manner, the fibre un dergoing a gradual change in char- acter culminating in the formation, at its extremity, of a corymbifoim, slightly divergent tuft consisting frequently of as many as 10 or 12 spicules. Elsewhere in the radial fibres the spicules lie mostly with their long axis in, or only very slightly inclined to, the direction of the fibre ; but obliquely directed spicules, disposed more or less in an echinating fashion, are by no means uncommon. Some of the latter become united at their apices, by means of spongin, with adjoining fibres, and thus assist in the task performed by the connecting fibres; occasionally such spicules are en- sheathed with spongin. Tlie con- necting fibres proper, of which men- tion has been made abv.ve, are formed entirely of spongin, like those of the axial region; they are very slender, varying in stoutness from less than o/i to at most 20 or 2r)/x, and occur at distances apart usually exceeding, say, 300/i; where occurring clo.sely together, they generally interunite among themselves. Text-fig. 13. Siymaxinella dendroides. a, megascleres; h, c, larger and smallei' signiata. BY K. F. HALr.MANX 531 The megascleres forming the radial fibres are notably longer, on the average, than those of the axial skeleton; while the longest spicules of all ai"e found in the surface-tufts. Sigmata are present in great number, and occur for the most part arranged uniserially along lines which probably coincide with the courses of the main canals; they are of two sizes, the larger being much the more numerous. Short, slender microxea (un- mentioned in the original description) are also present, but appear to be rare; apparently also, they occur only singly scattered, never in dragmata. Spicides. —(i.) The megascleres are almost exclusively styli, usually of slightly lesser diameter at the base than at some dis- tance therefrom, and tapering towards the apex; frequently more or less blunt-pointed apically, and occasionally passing into strongyla, those of the latter form being almost invariably of less than the average length; often abruptly somewhat blunt- pointed at the basal end, but very rarely becoming oxea; ranging in length from about 300 to 640/x, and in stoutness from rarely less than 10 to about 26/1. The shorter spicules are generally straight or nearly so, the longer are nearly always slightly curved, or sometimes bent, the flexure as a rule being mainly in the basal moiety of the spicule. (ii.)The two kinds of sigmata are scarcely different except with respect to size. The smaller vary in length from 12 to (rarely) 20/x, the larger from 25 to 40/u, measured from bend to bend; the maximal stoutness is in each case about 2)u.. Thev are, without exception, more or less contort,— often (especially in the case of the larger ones) to such an extent as to appear 3-shaped. (iii.) The microxea (trichites) are fusiform, 25 to 35/x in length, and at most l'5ju, in diameter. SiGMAXINELLA VIMINALIS, Sp.nOV. (PI. xxxiii., fig. 4; PI. xxxv., figs.l, 2; PI. xxxvi., fig.l.) Diagnosis. — Ramose, erect, stipitate; with elongated, slender, cylindrical, tapered branches, disposed irregularly. Surface hispid. Oscula, if present, small and inconspicuous. Dermal 532 KEVISIOX OF THE AXINELLID^. ii., membrane thin, without contained megascleres. Skeleton witli a central axis, in which the megascleres for the most part are so disposed as to produce a lattice-like pattern, and in which (except in the older portions of the sponge) spongin is only scantily developed. Extra axial skeleton consisting of numerous, short, pauciserial lines of (relatively very long) spicules, radiat- ing from the central axis to the surface, — the spicules composing which are more or less divergently directed, and are not united by visible spongin. Megascleres : slightly curved styli, 320 to 1525//, in length by 18/x in maximal stoutness. Microscleres : sigmataof two sizes, respectively 18/x and 50/x in maximal length, the larger ones in part occurring in dragmata; and fusiform trichites, 22 to iSfj. in length, occurring both in dragmata and scattered singly. Zoc — Great Australian Bight (exact localitj' unknown). External characters. — The single specimen (PI. xxxiii., fig. 4)^ — 280 mm. in total height — consists of about half-a-dozen more elongated or main branches, 130 to nearly 200 mm. in length, — one of which is a direct continuation upwards of the stalk and gives off the others at different levels,— and of a score or so shorter branches, ranging from 5 to over 100 mm in length, which arise from llie former at distant intervals, and nearly always proceed off from them at ver}' wide angles, often almost or quite perpendicularly. The mode of branching, therefore, is not dichotomous (as it usually is in the case of ramose sponges) but irregular. The l)ranches are at most 55 mm. in diameter proximally, and diminish in stoutness to slightly less than 2-5mm. at their extremities. Tlie stalk has a length of 55mm. measured from its base to the origin of the first branch, and terminates below in a tuft of branched rootlets. The species is very similar, in general habit, to Kaspailia tenuis Ridley and Dendy(^33). The specimen, although in alcohol, is not in a very good state of preservation, the superficial layer being much damaged and the dermal membrane almost completely destroyed through maceration. Whether there are oscula or not, is accordingly not evident; but, if present, they must be rather small and in- conspicuous. The surface is everywhere hispid with far project- bY E F. HALLMANi>r. 533 ing spicules. The branches are tiexibleand tough, with an outer layer of softer consistence; this layer has disappeared from the stalk, which is dense and tough tliroughout, and has a smooth and even surface. The colour in spirits is greyish-yellow. Skdet07i. — The formation of the skeleton differs from that of .S". dendioides, described above, mainly in two respects; and these differences are to some extent consequent upon the much greater length (up to 1-5 mm.) of the megascleres in the present species, and upon the relative narrowness of the external layer intervenino; between the central axis and the surface. In the central axis, there ai'e not to be distinguished, as in S. dendroides, definite longitudinal fibres joined by transverse ones in more or less ladder-like fashion, but the megascleres are disposed rather loosely in ill-defined tracts which cross one another at acute ano-les, thus tjivino- rise to a somewhat lattice-like arrangement. And, secondly, the extra-axial skeleton(Pl. xxxv., fig. 2) is entirely without transverse fibres, and consists simpl}' of numerous, short, pauciserial lines of spicules running outwards to the surface in a direction nearly perpendicular thereto, — these spicules being arranged more or less penicillately and united by, at most, an infinitesimal amount of spongin, and the terminal ones project- injf far bevond the surface. The axial skeleton clianges considerably in character with age, owing to gradual increase in the amount of spongin developed in connection tlierewith, and presents a very different appearance in the older and more basal parts fi'om that which it exhibits in the. uppermost portions of the branches. In the latter region, for a considerable distance (several centimetres at least) from the extremities of the branches, the amount of spongin present is so slight that its existence is apparent only in sections from which the fleshy tissue has been removed by maceration(Pl.xxxv., tig 1). In this portion of the skeleton also, the spongin appears difiused, and is without definite outlines. Proceeding towards the base of the sponge, the spongin gradually becomes more and more concentrated upon the sides of the lattice-like meshwork formed by the megascleres, which is thus converted into a reticu- lation of spiculo-spongin fibre. The elongated, narrow meshes of 634 REVISION OP THE AXINELLIDiE, ii., this reticulation ultimately (in the stalk of the sponge) become reduced in size slmost to the point of obliteration. In addition to a gradual increase of density, the central axis also undergoes with aire a gradual increase in diameter. This is effected by the con- tinued formation, and addition to it externally, of fresh tracts of megascleres, which later similarly become ensheathed in spongin. In this way, the axial skeleton eventually comes to include within it the lines of spicules which previously constituted the extra-axial skeleton (PI. xxxvi., fig.l). 'J'he extra-axial layer, however, maintains about the same width —viz., about 1 to TS mm.— throughout the whole length of the branches. .Sigmata of two sizes are scattered throughout all parts, the smaller in extreme abundance, more especially in the extra-axial layer; the larger ones, which are only moderately abundant, occur also in dragmata. Trichodragmata and singly scat- tered trichites are also moderately abundant, ex- cept in the axial region, where they are rare. Meyasd,eres. — These are slightly curved, occa- sionally slightly flexuous styli, almost without exception evenly rounded at the base, and of uniform diameter therefrom to beyond the middle of their length, whence they taper gradually to a sharp point; in very rare cases only, the basal ex- tremity also is more or less pointed, and the spicule may become an anisoxea. They range from 320 to 1525/x in length and up to 18/a in stoutness. Spicules much below 700// in length are relatively scarce. Microscleres. — (i.) The larger sigmata are always r L ^ "' more or less contort, though rarely to such a degi-ee V^jsV, > as to appear 3-shaped when seen from the side; the Text-tig. 14."' smaller are usually Q-shaped or but very slightly * Siijmaxmella rimmalis. Megascleres and sigmata. BY E. P. KALLMANN. 535 contort. The former vary in length from 27 to 50//, the latter from 12 to 18/*, measured from bend to bend; and their maximal stoutness is respectively I'S/x and 1/x. (ii.)The trichites or microxea, whether in dragmata or scattered singly, are all of the same kind. They are slightly fusiform, from 22 to 48/a in length, and from 05 to Owo/x in stoutness. SiGMAXiA, gen.nov. DeJiiiition.—AxineWidss typically of erect habit, stipitate, without conuli or other kind of surface-processes. Skeleton a reticulation of spiculo-spongin fibre; the main fibres more or less plumose, the connecting fibres typically few. Megascleres of two distinct kinds,— styli forming the fibres, and flexuous strongyla occurring interstitially. Microscleres : sigmata and trichites (or microxea), the latter in dragmata and scattered singly. Type, S.Jtabellata Carter; the only species. SiGMAXIA FLABELLATA Carter. (PI. xxxiii., fig.5; PI. xxxvi., figs. 2, 3.) 1885. Axinella Jlabellala Carter(3), p. 361. 1896. Signia.xinella flabeJlafa Dendy(2), p. 241. Diagnosis. — Sponge composed of one or several proliferous, thick lamellie, or of a single more or less flabelliform lamella, springing from a short stalk. Surface coarsely granular. Oscula minute, marginal (or scattered ?). Dermal membrane very thin; no dermal skeleton. Skeleton chiefly formed of loosely con- stituted, semi-plumose, stout main fibres, comparatively poor in spongin, running longitudinally side by side in moderately close apposition, and gradually curving towards the surface; connect- ing fibres few, arranged in-egularly, mostly paucispicular, some- times without contained spicules. Megascleres : styli, curved or slightly bent, and gradually sharp-pointed, occasionally passing into oxea, from 300 to 350/x in maximal length and up to 18/jt in stoutness; and slender, flexuous strongyla and (fewer) tornota, 200 to (rarely) 580/i in length, and at most 7/x in diameter. Microscleres : slender sigmata 15 to 20/ji. long; and trichites of 536 REVlSION^ OF THE AXINELLID^, ii., two sizes, respectively about 30 to 60/a in maximal length, the former occurring only in dragmata, the latter in part also scattered singly. />oc. — Port Phillip. The species is known now from six specimens, one of which forms the subject of the original description, wliile four in addition have been taken account of in the summary of specific characters furnished by Dendy. The present description, so far as it i-elates to the structure of the skeleton, is based almost entirely upon the sixth, the identity of which with the pieced- ing has been established by comparison of it with a mounted preparation of one of Dendy's specimens. External characters. — The sponge may be simply flal)ellifoim, consisting of a single, erect, stout lamella narrowed below and prolonged into a stalk, as, for example, in the case of the single immediately accessible specimen (PI. xxxiii., fig.5),- in which, however, the lamina is not of uniform thickness, but is rendered irregular by a number of rounded hummocks and several low, compressed ridge.s, the latter evidently of the nature of incipient secondary lamellse: this specimen, 65 mm. in total height, lias an orbicular lamina about 50 mm both in height and breadth and from 8 to over 20 mm. in thickness, and a cylindrical stalk, 7 mm. in diameter, expanded proximally into a broad disc of attachment. Of somewhat similar, but of less regular form, — and of larger size, measuring 88 mm. high by 112 by 37 mm. horizontally, — was also the original example, described by Cartel' thus: "compressed, expanded, thickish, lobate; margin irregular; stem short, angular, and thick." But more usually, it seems, the form assumed is one of less simplicity owing to the develop- ment of additional lamellae, perhaps both pi'imary and secondary: for the specimens upon which Dendy's account is based are described as composed of "proliferous lamellae about a quarter of an incli thick, springing from a short thick stalk." Oscula, unobserved by Carter, are stated to be present by Dendy, who describes them as minute, marginal or scattered; in the present specimen they are certainly absent from the lateral surfaces, and are not distinguishable on the margin,— but the BY E. F. HALLMAXK. 537 latter circunislance may be owing to ilie slightly damaged con- dition of the surface there. The dermal meminane is tJiin and delicate, and easily destroyed. The undamaged surface lias a finely to coarsely granular appearance, due to minute pimple-like elevations of the dermal membrane produced by the impingement upon it of the outer ends of the main skeletal fibres; where the membrane has disappeared, the projecting ends of the fibres render the surface slightly shaggy. The texture is tough, fiVjrous, resilient. The colour in spirit is pule brownish or yellowish-grey. The dermal pores are distributed singh', though often in rather close apposition; they are variable in size, "20 to oO/x in diameter. Three of the four specimens recorded by Dendy are noted by him as being beset with parasitic Authozoa. The present speci- men is likewise infested, no doubt with the same organism : it is a small, solitary anthozoan, only 1 to 2 mm. in height and diameter, occurring almost completely imbedded in the sponge. Skeleton. — The structure of the skeleton, as revealed in sec- tions of the completely desarcodised sponge, in which nothing remains but the spongin-cemented elements (or skeletal frame- work), is ver}' definite and uniform in character, and at first sight, more especially under the lowest powers of the microscope, appears as if more correctly to be described as dendritic than as reticulate (PI. xxxvi., figs.2, 3). It consists almost entirely of ascending, frequently branching, stout main fibres, running moderately closely side by side in subparallelism (at an average distance apart, say, of from 300 to 400/yi), gradually curving out wards, as they ascend, towards the surface. Connecting fibres, however, are by no means rare, but for the most part they are comparatively inconspicuous. The main fibres, which are seldom less than 100/x, and occasionally surpass 200// in stoutness, are formed chiefiy of spicules, for the most part rather loosely and confusedly arranged, a variable proportion (generally a .small minority) of which are dispcsed with their points directed more or less obliquely outwards. As the surface of the sponge is approached, however, the spicules composing the fibres become 538 REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, ii., gradually more and more divergingly disposed, as well as more loosely compacted, and the fibres finally assume, in consequence, a typically plumose aspect. The spongin cementing the spicules, — though necessarily fairly considerable in amount owing to their loose arrangement, — is, except in the stalk and oldest por- tions of the skeleton, usually of scarcely more than the minimal quantity required to hold them together, and seldom or never forms a distinct sheath: where the spicules lie more widely apart, it often becomes reduced to a mere film between them, and here and there even leaves small open spaces or fenestrse. Running upwards from the stalk, and continuing for some dis tance into the body of the sponge, gradually dissolving as they proceed, are a number of relatively stout strands of spicules, or funes, evidently formed each by the fusion of several originally separate fibres (PI. xxxvi., fig. 2). Connection between the main fibres, apart from occasional anastomosis or direct union between them by inosculation, is partly by means of relatively few, obliquely-running multispicular fibres, similar in character to the main fibres except in being usually of lesser stoutness, and partly by means of connecting fibres proper. The latter are mostly very slender, and usually contain few spicules or are composed of spongin alone; they occur at irregular intervals, sometimes singly, sometimes several together, and in the latter case usually interunite also among themselves In sections of the sponge with the soft tissues intact, the appearance of the skeleton is somewhat different. The presence of spongin is scarcely apparent; the main fibres have a much looser and more plumose aspect; and the connecting fibres are seldom definitely recognisable as such, owing to the difficulty of distinguishing between the megascleres actually constituting them and others that are merely scattered between the fibres. The more diftuse and plumose appearance of the main fibres is probably due to the fact that some proportion of the more ex- teriorly situated (and likewise more obliquely directed) spicules entering into their formation are not attached by spongin, and consequently are absent from the skeleton that remains after maceration. In the more peripheral parts of the skeleton, the bY E. F. HALLstANJi. - 53d niejrascleres scattered between the fibres are relati\elv fev, and consist of styli only, similar to those composing the fibies. But at some distance from the surface, — usually a somewhat con- siderable distance, megascleres of a second kind make their appearance,- Hexuous strongyla and tornota, — which increase in number towards the deeper portions of the sponge and eventu- ally become very abundant; indeed, it is almost as much to the increased multitude of the latter, as to augmentation in tlie quantity of the spongin, that the greater density of the skeleton in the stalk and other older portions of the sponge is due. A considerable proportion of the latter spicules are developed in close contiguity to the fibres, and ultimately, owing to tlie sul)- sequent formation of additional spongin, become completely united to them. The presence of these flexuous megascleres, owinir to their extreme rarity in, or total absence from, those portions of the sponge usually selected for examination, hitherto has escaped notice. Through all parts of the sponge there are scattered small sigmata singly in moderate abundance, trichodragmata of three kinds, and single trichites of similar size to those composing the larger trichodragmata. The trichodragmata of two kinds are in the form of neat sheaves of extremely slender trichites, and differ from each other onlv in length: the shorter of these are almost as numerous as the sigmata, while the longer are rela- tively scarce. The dragraata of the third kind are composed of trichites equal in length to those of the just-mentioned longer dragmata, but stouter and more fusiform, and occur for the most part in dense masses of irregular shape and size, which refract the light in such a way as to appear blackish and opaque, and are, therefore, very noticeable although comparatively scarce; some of the largest of these aggregations exceed 200/x in breadth. The singly scattered trichites, or microxea, are moder- ately scarce in the interior, but more plentiful near the surface. Megascleres. — (i.)The styli are invariably more or less curved, are usually evenly rounded at the base and of uniform or nearly uniform diameter therefrom to beyond the middle of their length, and almost invariably taper throughout the remainder 540 REVISION OP TliE AXINELMDiE, 11., of their length gradually (except frequently for slight irregu- larities near the apex) to a sharp point; a gradual slight narrow- ing of the spicule towards the basal end, however, is not uncom- mon. The curvature as a rule is restricted to the basal moiety of the spicule, and is usually well-pronounced, but varies much both in form and degree : frequently it is more or less angulate, the spicule ap- pearing slightly bent; and occasional spicules are bi- angulate. In odd cases of extreme curvature, the form of the spicule makes some approach to that of a rhabdostyle. Variability exists also in the shape of the spicule at its basal ex- tremity, which frequently shows a tendency to be- come abruptly more or less sharp-pointed, either has- tately or mucronately so; but sometimes the attenu- ation is more gradual, and the form assumed is that of an oxea. The propor- tion of oxeote forms is greatest amongst the slen- derer, presumably imma- ture spicules, which only occur scattered between tlie fibres, and are relatively few in number. The maximal size of the spicules in the case of Dendy's specimens is given as 290 x 166/x; in the present speci- men, the size attained is 350 x 15/x, but individuals much ex- ceeding 320/x in length are scarce; those composing the fibres are seldom less in stoutness than IO/7.. Developmental forms of all sizes down to less than 1 40 x l/x are to be met with. (In the Text fig. 15. — SI(/i)i(Lvla Jiabe/Zala. a, nie<^asclei'es of tiie fibres; //, intei- stitial niegascleres; f, signiata. BY E. F. HALLMANN. . 541 original description, tlie size of the spicules is given as 70 by 2-6000ths of an inch — i.e., 296 x 8"4/t, but this, I think, must be due either to an error of measurement or to a misprint;. (ii.) Tlie variously curved, usually more or less flexuous mega- scleres are mostly strongyla, but individuals with sharp-pointed ends are also numerous. They range from about 200 to 580/x in length and from 1 "5 to 7/x in diameter. The acutely-ended spicules, as a rule, are more or less abruptly-pointed, i.e., are tornota; but more or less oxea-like forms are not rare. Some of the shortest among the latter spicules are hai-dly to be distin- guished from the oxea that derive from the stylote megascleies. Microscleres. — {i.)The sigmata are invariably more or less contcu't, though seldom to such a degree as to appear 3-shaped when seen from the side; they are 15 to 20/x in length measured from bend to bend, and about 1/x in stoutness. (ii.) The trichites are of two sizes as regards length, the shorter measuring from 15 to 28/x, the longer from 37 to about 60/x. As already mentioned, the former occur onl\' in dragmata, the latter both in dragmata and scattered singly. Cehatopsis Thiele. Definition.— XyiiixeW'idm of erect, lamellar or ramose habit; t3'pically with an axially condensed skeleton deficient in spongin. Megascleres either of two distinct kinds — styli (sometimes in part secondarily diactinal) and elongated flexuous strongyla, — or the latter spicules are absent. Microscleres: smooth microxea only, typically occuri'ing most abundantly in the dermal layer. Type, C expansa Thiele. The genus was instituted by Thiele(38) for four species from Japan, differing from all previously known Axinellidaj by the presence of microscleres of a single kind in the form of smooth microxea, and further characterised according to the generic diagnosis —(i.) by the presence of smooth stylote megascleres "die ein festes Axenskelett bilden, von dem nach Peripherie radiare Style ausgehen", (ii.) by the very small amount of spongin present, and (iii.) by the almost complete restriction of the microscleres to the ectosome, where they constitute a dermal 542 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, ii., skeleton. The only additional information pi'ovided regarding the skeleton is to the effect that the " feste Axe" is similar in character to that of the genus Acmdhella-. whether the radially- directed styli are collected into fibres or not, or in what respects, if anv, the several species differ in skeletal structure, is not stated. Three of the species, — viz., C. expaiisa, C. erecta, and C. ramosa, — agree in their described characters verj' closely, and are undoubtedly congeneric; but the fourth, C. clavata, is dis- tinguished not only by its non lamellar (cauliforni) habit and conulose surface, but also by the fact that the megascleres are of two distinct kinds,- styli composing the main skeleton, and relatively few long flexuous strongyla (presumably occurring interstitially). Since it is not unlikel}' that C. clavata will be found to differ from the I'emaining three species in other import- ant respects also, its inclusion in the present genus must be looked upon as provisional. More recently Kirkpatrick(20) has described from Cape Colony, under the name PhakeUia microxephora, a fifth species with microxea, which it seems necessary al.so to include provision- ally in the genus Ceratopsis. This species agrees with C. clavata in the possession of elongated flexuous strongyla, but the accom- panying megascleres are relatively few, and chiefly oxeote, and the external habit of the sponge is lamellar as in the case of the typical species of the genus. Concerning the structural char- acters of the skeleton in this species, no information is available. By Thiele and Kirkpatrick, the oxeote microscleres were regarded as indicative of affinity with the genus lligyinsia. The evidence afforded by the spiculation of C. clavata and C. microxephora, however, much more strongly justifies the view that Ceratopsis is related to Siymaxia, and that it constitutes a connecting-link between the latter and such genera as Axinella, PhakeUia, and Acanthella. It is necessary to refer here to the species designated Axinella frondula by Whitelegge(60), the spiculation of which has been described as consisting of smooth styli of two sizes and of scarce small oxea 110 by 3-5/x in size, occurring "chiefly in or near the dermal portion of the sponge", — and which consequently BY E. F. KALLMANN. 543 might be thought to be related to Ceratopsis. I have re-ex- amined this species, and find that the oxea are merely variants of the smaller styli (differing from them neither in size nor in situation), and that the latter are differentiated into two kinds, one of which is distinguished by having the distal moiety vesti- gially spined, and by being very slighth' stouter and of more conical shape than tiie other. The species belongs, in fact, to the Myxillinje, and requires a new genus for its reception, for which I propose the name Echinaxia. The sponge is thinly lamellar, flabelliform; and the skeleton consists (i.) of a con- densed axial region formed mainh' of an irregular reticulation of the smaller smooth styli (which vary from 90 to 150// in length and up to 5/x in stoutness) and partly of fairly numerous, longitudinally directed, singly-occurring, long slender styli (varying in size from less than 200 by 2/li to upwards of 700 by 12/x), and (ii.) of short, fairly stout, echinated fibres radiating from the axial region towards the surface, composed both of smooth and spined short styli, and terminating in a compact bundle or tuft of long stout styli (apparently similar to the longer of those occurring in the axial region) the extremities of which project somewhat beyond the surface. I am inclined to think that the genus Echinaxia should be so defined as to include also the two species described by Thiele(38) as Haspailia folium and Raspailia hirsida. DRAfJMAXiA, gen.nov. Definition. — Axinellidfe of lamellar hal)it, typically Habellate or cup-shaped. Skeleton composed of dense spicule-axes x'amify- ing in the midplane of the lamina, and of plumose spicule-columns radiating therefrom, between which interconnection by means of transverse fibres is rare. Megascleres: styli only; either of a single sort, or more or less completely differentiated into two sorts, — one (of shorter length) forming the fibres, the other occurring interstitially. Microscleres : trichodragmata accom- panied or not by singly scattered trichites. Type, D. variabilis Whitelegge. The species for which I propose the genus was referred by its 544 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID.*:, ii., author to the genus Spongosnrites, under the erroneous impression that the inicroscleres present — which are exceptionally slender trichite-sheaves, peculiar in being often more or less fusiform in shape — were microxea. Even had the microscleres been as stated, however, it is not to Sponyosorites that the species would have required to be assigned, but probably to Cerafopsis. Hitherto, all species with a plumose or with an axially-condensed type of skeleton, and with trichodragmata only as microscleres, have been included in the single genus Thrinacophora, but I now propose to regard them as representative of several distinct genera. Dragmaxia variabilis Whitelegge. (PL xxxviii., figs.l, 2, 3.) 1907. SponyosoritPS variabUis Whitelegge(60), p. 5 13, PI. xlvi., fig. 45. Diaynosifi. — Thinly lamellar, varying from ilabelliform to caliculate. The lamina alternately denser and less dense along lines running towards the margin, and thus presenting an ap- pearance as of venation, with corresponding faint ridges and grooves on the surface. The surface otherwise even. Dermal membrane distinct, aspiculous. Oscula inconspicuous. Skeleton consisting of dense spicule-axes corresponding in position with the "veins," and of stout plumose fibres running outwards there- from to the surface. Spongin rather scanty. Megascleres: styli only, not quite perfectly differentiated into two kinds ; those forming the fibres are shorter, stouter, and more curved, attaining a maximum size of about 900 by 33/x; the others, which are relatively few and occur only interstitially, occasionally surpass 1 300 or 1 400/A in length and are not more than 1 8/x in diameter. The trichodragmata vary from about 100 to 200/x in length and up to 5/1 in stoutness; singly scattered trichites, similar to those forming the dragmata, also occur. Loc.—Ofi Crookhaven River, N.S.W. ("Thetis."). Externa/ features. — The original specimen was rudely cup- shaped or, rather, compi'essed funnel-shaped, with a few laterally BY E. F. KALLMANN. 545 arising' secondary laniellfn? disposod in vertical planes; and mea- sured, when complete, approximately 130 mm. in height l)v 120 and by SO nmi. i-espectively in the greatest and least diameters of tlie cup-orifice, and from 2 mm. (at the margin) to about onmi. in the thickness of the lamina or cup-wall.- it exists now in two pieces, one of which — figured bv Whitelegge — is in a dried but otherwise undamaged condition, wliile the other is well-preserved in alcohol. According to the original description, the latri'al lamella^ occur on both the inner and tlie outer surfaces of tlic cup, but this is really not the case; they are confined entii'clv to the interior side. J A second specimen (also obtained by the "Thetis" Expedition^ l)ut from an unknown locality) is now known, which is simply tlabelliform without sect)ndary outgrowths. This measm-es 90nnn. in height by only 2 to .3 mm. in thickness, and is in a (h'ied, completely washed-out condition. An exceedingly characteristic feature, — very clearly e^■id':"!lt wlicn the sponge is examined by transmitted light, — is the sti'uctural peculiarity of the lamina, whicli is alternately denser and less dense along slightly diverging, ever multiplying lines, or rather sti'ips, running in a direction from stalk to maigin: along the denser strips, the lamina is usually slightly thicker than it is between them, and the surface is accordingly marked witli radiating faint grooves and slight ridges. With respect to this structure, however, the two specimens exhibit a very appreciable dift'erence, which may prove to be varietally distinctive. In the smaller specimen, the strips (of greater density) are all directerl radially, increasing in number upwards by repeated branching, and are all similar in (character; they diminish in individual width from somewhat less than 2 mm. in proximity to the stalk to less than 0'5 mm. at the sponge-margin, and the width of the intervening strips of lesser density is about tlie same. In some portions of the type-specimen, the structure is veiy similar to this, except that the lines of greater density are generalh' much broader; but elsewhere there also occur a few relatively very powerful, dense, nervure-like thickenings of the lamina, ramify- 43 546 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID.E, ii., ing through it, upwards from the stalk, in the manner of the pahnate leaf, and from these the lesser lines of density, in part, branch ott' (at small angles of divergence) in piiniate fashion (PI. xxxvii., fig.3). As a result of maceration, the less dense portions of the lamina largely disappear, and the sponge becomes abundantly perforated by rounded holes arranged seriallj^ along radiating lines. The surface is somewhat uneven, owing to inequalities in the thickness of the lamina; it is also slightly granular, but not hispid. The dermal membrane is thin and translucent, but not very delicate; situated beneath it, more especially along the grooves marking the less dense portions of the lamina, are numerous small subdermal spaces. Dermal pores occur on l)otli surfaces, but are relatively few and for the most part are scattered singly and irregularly on the one surface (viz., the inner one, when the sponge is cup-shaped), verj^ numerous, and generally so closely arranged as to produce a net-like appearance of the dermal membrane, on the other. In most places where the pores are numerous, the dermal layer appears as if consisting of two incompletely separated membranes, the outer one of which is provided with many, smaller pores, the inner with fewer and much larger ones. On the surface which has the fewer pores, there are also many circular openings, from 02 to 0'5 mm. or slightly more in diameter, situated only along the su if ace-grooves and principally in the positions where the lamina becomes per- forated when the sponge is macerated; these openings appear to be oscula. The consistency of the sponge, when well-preserved in alcohol, is firm and tough, only slightly compressible, and resilient; and the colour is a pale yellowish-brown. Dried specimens are ligiit in weight and rather brittle, and of a pale greyish colour. Skeleton. — The skeleton is resolvable into (i.)a system of con- densed, multifibrous axes or "funes," which ramify clendritically in the midplane of the sponge-lamina, progressively decreasing in stoutness as they ascend, — and which form the midribs, as it were, of the denser strips of the lamina above referred to; and BY E. P. KALLMANN. 547 (ii.)of numerous, highly plumose, usually branched, short second- ary fibres, which proceed off from the former, apparently from all sides thereof, and run upwards and gradually outwards to the surface. Towards the margin of the sponge, the funes dissolve ultimately into similar plumose fibres (PI. xxxvii., fig.3), and the skeleton in this region accordingly is composed entirely of such (PI. xxxvii., figs.l, 2); these fibres are composed of a compact stout core (seldom less than 200/x and frequently surpassing 400//, in diameter) of longitudinally disposed spicules, cemented together b}" a relatively somewhat small amount of spongin, and of rather numerous, usually very obliquely (often nearly or quite perpendicularly) directed, outwardly-projecting or "echinating"' spicules of similar kind, the number of which is greatest towards the outer extremities of the fibres. The echinating spicules of immediately adjoining fibres usually intercross with one another, and very often, where two fibres lie sufficiently close together, tlie points of some of the spicules of each of them become embedded in the spongin of the other; occasionally, one or a few together of these connecting spicules become invested with a sheath of spongin, and a connecting fibre is thus formed, but such connections are comparatively rare. Megascleres scattered between the fibres are relatively few, and in part are much longer and slenderer than those forming the fibres. The funes are com- posed each of a dense, irregular plexus of stout, mostly non- plumose fibres with closely compacted spicules arranged usually in a more or less disorderly fashion, and cemented by a relatively small amount of spongin, which does not form an external sheath; the outermost-lying spicules of the fibres, indeed, ai-e usually almost or quite free from spongin. Towards the older parts of the sponge, the meshes of the plexus tend to become obliterated, and the skeleton has the appearance of consisting of a confused mass of spicules. The formation of the plexus ap- pears to be brought about by the continued addition of spicules to, and also in between, the plumose fibres of the original skeleton. Trichodragmata are scattered fairly plentifully through all 548 REVISION OP THE AXINELLID^, ii., parts of the sponge, including the dermal membrane, hut are nowhere extremely abundant: witliin the funes they ai-e, rather scarce. 8ingly scattered trichites in moderate number also occur, hut are difficult to perceive owing to their extreme tenuity. The dragmata are unusually slender, and are often notably longer than the individual trichites composing them. ]\fpya)idpres. — (i.) The styli composing the fibres are almost invariably more or less curved, anfl are, without exception, e\'enly roundetl at the hase and of uniform or nearly uniform diameter therefrom to be3'ond the middle of theii- length, whence they taper gradually to a sharp point. Their curvature, as a rule, is slight to moderate, and most frequently is confined to tlie basal moiety of the spicule, hut it varies in degree a ery consider- al)ly, and when most pronounced is usually somewhat angulate. Quite commonly in the case of the smaller specimen, nnich less f ret[uently in the larger, the basal part of the shaft, at a \ariable distance fi'om the extremity, is more or less sharply curved or l)ent to one side; occasionally such spicules have the form of rhabdostyli. In the latter, or typical specimen, a notable pro- portion (numbering between 25 and 50 per cent, of the spicules) exhibit a faint annular swelling close to the basal end, at a dis- tance therefrom varying from 15 to about SO/t, — the distance usually being greatest, and the annulation less distinct, in the case of the longest spicules; in some of the shorter spicules, the annular swelling is replaced by a slight basal inflation, the spicule becoming a subtylostyle. In the case of the smaller specimen, this peculiarity is exceedingly rare. In the typical specimen, also, the spicules increase in stoutness towards the base of the sponge, attaining in proximity to the stalk a maximum diameter of 45/^.; whereas in the uppermost regions thereof, and throughout all parts of the other specimen, their diameter is at most 33 or 34//.. Their length is aI)out the same in both speci- mens,— ranging from about 350/x (but seldom less tlian 400 or 450/x) to somewhat above 900/x. (ii.) The longer and slenderer styli, occurring only between the fibres, and relatively few, ai-e generally sti'aight or (in comparison BY E. F. HALlSIANN. 549 Text-tig. 10. — Vraijimi.fiii rariahi/i>'. '(. iiifgasult'i t-s ut tlie Hl)ies; /), iiitcistitial nicgasclercs. 550 REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, 11., with their length) but slightly curved, often somewhat flexuously; and with extremely rare exceptions are unprovided with a sub- basal annular inflation : otherwise, in shape, they are similar to the preceding, with which they form a continuous series. In the typical specimen, they range from somewhat less than 1000 to upwards of 1500/x (rarely to nearly 1600/x) in length, and up to IS/A in diameter, spicules between 900 and 1000/x in length being comparatively rare; in the other specimen, they are of equal stoutness, Init seldom surpass 1250/x, and veiy rarely if ever attain to more than 1400/a in length, while individuals between 900 and 1000/x long are comparatively frequent. Mkrosderes. — The trichites, both composing the dragmata and scattered singly, are very slender, always less than 0-5/x in diameter, and vary in length from 75 to 110/'.; they are very frequently curved or Hexuous. The dragmata are seldom as much as 5/x in diameter, and as a rule they are very compactly composed and somewhat fusiform in shape; they are often much longer than the trichites, occasionally attaining a length of 200/a. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Plate xxix., fig. 4. Eig.4. — AVanlopliora jjliaihi AVhitelegi,'c; .showing the skeleton (photo- graphed by tiansniitted light) of portion of a lamella of the tyjx-- specimen, the lamella varying in thickness from 1-8 mm.; (nat size). Plate XXX. Fig. 1. — A//(iiifojilinr<( j//iri(/(( \Vhitelegge; jjoilion of a spiriL-speeimen; Fig. "2. — A. ^/^?V'r^/r6* Whitelegge ; portion of a lamella i>i the partially maeeiated, dried type-specimen; (nat. size). Fig..'{. — A. plicata Whiteleggc; an entire lamella of a dry, wasiied-out specimen, showing the texture of the skeleton; (nat. size). Figs. 4, o. — A. rictoriaii't, sp.nov.; specimens of massive form (r;/'. Pi. xxxi., Hg.3);(^A). Fig.H. — A. ciocdlyptoides Dendj^ ; a subniassive, digitate .specimen, at- tached to a stone; ( x x\)- Fig. 7. — A. ciocalyptoide^' Dendy ; a semi -encrusting specimen, growing upon a stone; (/j). Fig. 8. — A. ciocaJyjdoklea, var. reducta, var.nov. ; ( x /j). BY E. F. HALLMANN. 551 Plate xxxi. AUantophora rictoriana, sp.nov. Fij,'. 1. — Skeleton (photographed by transmitted light) as it appears in a thiek vei-tieal slifc of an entire massive specimen; (nat. size). Fig/2. — Skeleton of a moderately thick vertical slice (jf the type-specimen: (nat. size). Fig. 3. — Skeleton (photographed l\y transmitted light) of portion of a digitate specimen, extending from the base upwards into two digiti- form processes; ( x 1-^). Fig. 4. — Digitate specimen; (nat. size). Plate xxxii. Allantophorn ricforiaiia, sp.nov. Fig. 1. — Petition of a longitudinal mesial section of tlie skeleton of a digiti- form process, showing the axial region, the radiating main filjres, and the connecting fibres; ( x 9). Fig. 2. — Portion of a transverse section of the skeleton of a digitation, showing the paucity of the connecting fibres in the transverse plane; (x9) ' Figs. 3, 4, 5. — Portions of the skeleton (of the two massive specimens), showing the pattern of the reticulatiiai formed by the connecting fibres. Plate xxxiii., figs. l-o. Figs. 1, 2. — Sii/DKLcine/la aii.stra/laiia Dendj'; ( x ^\). Fig.3. — S. amtmliana Dendy, (?var. ); ( x^%). Fig. 4. — »S\ rimindlis, s]i.nov. ; ( x ^"v). Fig.,'). — Siop/iora rirforkina, sp.nov. ; photograph of portions of the surface of different specimens, showing the mode of disposi- tion of the dermal poves. 553 TJiE (JAMETUPHYTE OF PSILUTUM: PKEJ.IMINAUY NOTES. Bv Thumas ^A'ihti<:leg(;e, Mkdalist ok thk Koval .SuriETv OF Np^w South Wales, 1899. (Vonnniinirafcd hji tJv^ Rrr. 11'. IT. Walls.) (Plate xlv.) These Notes are an atteini)t to elucidate tlie luysterx' ot the sexual reproduction of FsUotiivi, which has hitherto ehided all the researches of investigatoi's. As far back as 1899, at the request of Dr. J. P. Hill, late of Svdnev, now Professor oi Zoology in University College, London, I sowed spores of Fsilolinii Iriijiii'trniu, and these spores were subjected, by Dr. Hill and myself, to continuous observation for some time. The spores germinated, but as we failed to get any light upon the method of germination, the observatit)ns were discontinued. The spores, in this case, were sown on the dead, barren fronds of Platycerium alcicorne, and the aim of the ex- periment was to discover a visible prothallus. This search for a prothallus was evidently the reason of our failure, as it has pro- bably been the reason of the failure of other investigators. After a lapse of 15 years, I decided, in 1915, to try growing the spores upon a living plant, and, for this purpose, selected the aei'ial I'hizomes of Davallia pyxidata Cav., seeing that the two plants were of ten found gi'owing in proximity to one another. .Spores Were sown thickly, on prepared rhizomes, on November L'Oth, 1915; and the method adopted was as follows. A 5" pot was filled with soil to within an inch of the brim, the soil having Ijeeii sterilised by dry heat, and by soaking it in several changes of boiling water. When cool, the surface was covered with pieces of the rhizomes of D. pyxidatd. While the surface was fairly wet, Psilotum-spores were dusted o\ er it, after which a sheet of 554 THE GAMETOPHYTE OF PSILOTUM glass was placed on the tup of the pot, the inequalities of the lim providing sutlicient ventilation foi- the spores. The pot was placed on the window-sill in my room, and exposed to bright sunlight in the afternoon. Water was suppliefl by means of a saucer and by an occasional bath up to the soil-level, water on the top being, of course, avoided. It should be said that the i-hizomes used were soaked in water for a day or two, to get rid of spores, dirt, or insect-pests, which were removed with a soft brush. Decayed scales were also removed, and only healthy ones left. In this experiment, instead of waiting for the appearance of jnuthalli, T made a thorough examination of some (jf the sjDores as often as possible, both day and night. The examination was continued until nearly all the spores were exhausted. On December 20th, atlditional spores, freshly gathered, were sown on the same rhizomes, and these were continuously ex- amined up to the end of the year, but without any definite results. On New Year's Day, 1916, however, I was rewarded by seeing the male gametophyte attached to the »pore. There were at least foui', or more, antheridia visible, some of them already discharg- ing antherozoids, and others almost ready to do so. This discovery cleared vip what had been, to me, a mystery foi many weeks. I had frequently seen, and increasingly so towards the ^\\(\ of Decembei-, bodies that now proved to have been the antheridia of Fnilotnm discharging antherozoids. I had not dreamt, at the time, that these bodies were the sperm-cells of a vascular cryptogam; they seemed, to me, a phase of the life- history of some organism ipiite unknown to me: a surmise all the more probable seeing that every fresh collection of spores placed under the microscope was associated with many forms of life, including Tnfus(jria, Protozoa of various kinds, Tardigrades, Mites, and Worms. The ditHculty experienced in recognising these antheridia will be understood when it is stated that the first examples seen were solitary spherical cells of various sizes, some of them equal in BY T. WHITELEGGE. ' 555 diameter to the sniallei' diameter of the spore, and others of them about e«iiial to its nucleus. These cells were floating freely in water, anil seemed to have the j^ower of movement. These antheridial cells I will now try to describe, l^he cell-wall is thin, transparent, and devoid of structure, with the exception oi a bracket-like mark, which later becomes a slit, on some part of the wall. The contents of the cell consist of a large numl)er of extremely minute oval, or round, bodies; but a one-sixth object- ive reveals nothing definite, except semi-transparent dots and, when sharply focussed, a thin, dark line. When one of tliese cells is jjlticed in water, osmosis begins, and finally the cell-wall is ruptured at the bracket-like mark, enabling a small cloud of active bodies to escape, and swim rapidly away. When the I'upture takes place, the force is such that there is a kind of backward tlirust, which causes either rotation or chanire of position. The exit-slit appears now to close again, leaving the bulk of these bodies within the cell, where they continue to swim about, vigoi'ously endeavouring to escape. 8ome of them have so difficult an exit that their efforts often cause the cell to move. It takes an hour, and sometimes two hours, for all these bodies to emerge from the cell. There is no rest : they are active all the time; and, after escaping, they scatter rapidly. After these bodies had been identified as antherozoids, search \\ as made for some spore in a suitable condition to attract them, but without success. Further observation, however, showed that the ripe spores, taken from an open synangium and placed in water, underwent, in the course of a few hours, a series of changes, by way of cell-division, which revealed the existence of two well-marked kinds of spores, differing from one another, in shape slightly, and greatly in the density of their cellular con- tents: the first indication that the spores were difecious. And it may be said here, though I shall be anticipating a later part of my statement, that the male-producing spores are subreniform in shape, a little wider, or deeper, than the female-bearing spores, with the ends more rounded. Moreover, cell-division in the male spore is definite, and in the female indefinite; in the male, also, 556 THE GAMETOPHYTE OF PSILOTUM, the spore-contents assume the form of a large bubble-cell, which fills up the whole of the spore. This l)ubble-cell splits int(j two cells, whifh again subdiAide, until finally eight, or more, cells are formed. The whole of the protoplasm appears to be used up in the formation of these cells, which are unequal in size, free, and without a trace of any other cellular structure. When nearing uiaturity, some of these cells may be seen outside the sp(jre-case, while others remain inside, the relative inequality in size l)eing unaltered. All these cells produce antherozoids in abundance. There appears to be a thin deposit of gum binding the spoi-e-case and the cells to the sub- stratum on which the spore grows. These cells are usually spherical, easily separated, and often floating freely without any trace of their having been attached. So far as concerns the male gametophyte of Psilotum, there- fore, I may claim to have got positive results. The numerous specimens I have had under observati(ni warrant the conclusion that there is one kind of spore that produces the male gameto- phyte; that this gametophyte consists of a series of free anther, idia, and that each antheridial cell, irrespective of size, forms mother-cells and antherozoids. The seai-ch for the female gamctoph^^te has been a nuich more difiicult matter, and very disappointing. A careful look-out was kept for signs of the female throughout my investigations, and 1 have already indicated how I was enabled to conclude that the spores were dia'citnis. Curiously enough, the females were pre- sent all the time, and quite as plentifully as the males. The size, .shape, and colour of the peculiar structure, which ] have come to regard as the female gametophyte, required at least a one-sixth objecti\'e to distinguish it from small, malformed spores of the normal kind, and immature spores of various shapes and sizes. The presence of three or four testaceous amoebte, which resembled the gauietophyte in shape and colour, two species of Arcella, one Assulina, and one Euglypha, added to the confusion. Even after 1 had seen the female iu situ, both in its early stages and in what I regard as the adult form, it required pro- BY T. WHITELKGGE. 00/ longed examination to he certain of its identity. Tts minuteness aiul the fact that it was often so deeply stained that nothing in the way of structure could he seen, rendeiiMl the search extremely difficult. That I have found at least a stage of the female gametophyte, however, T have no douht; and the following ten- tative flescription of its structure' is submitted as being the nearest possible without a resort to sections. Tlie spore producing the female gametoph^'te is, as already intimated, narrower, with the ends less rounded than in the male. The spore-contents consist of nuinenms small cells. Usually, one thick- walled body is seen as an outgrowth from the spore, as development proceeds, and a number of irregularly-shaped cells appear, some of which project from the surface: the appearance presented l)eing as if the cells were imbedded in gum. The structure, when complete, is dome-shaped, with at least two small clusters of projecting cells near the summit on opposite sides; these projecting cells I regard as possibly, and even pro- bably, the archegonia. The base presents structural features wldch render the identification of the female gametophyte certain ill all stages. At the point of union with the spore, there is a very distinct ring, consisting of a series of cells which are in- variably stained brown, the colour being much darker than that of the rest of the cells. Similar brown cells sometimes project on other parts of the dome, and produce rhizoids. When this dome-like structure is detached from the spore, it is seen to be hollow, with the upper part thick-walled; and, in this thick wall, the aforesaid projecting cells are imbedded. Towards the base, the wall is thinner, and terminates in the ring previously mentioned, which surrounds tlie circular aper- ture leading into the interior. After this multicellular structure had been definitely identified, I felt (juite satisfied that it represented at least a stage in the development of the female gametoplwte. Whether it is the young, or tlie mature, structure is a cpiestion that is not likeh' to be answered without a resort to section-cutting, after imbedding the material in a suitable medium. 558 THE GAMETOPHYTE OF PSILOTUM, The re-examination of all the material at my disposal tended to support the opinion that the dome-shaped structure may be the fully-formed female gametophyre. During the re-examina- tion, upwards of 100 specimens of this dome-shaped structure, in all stages of development, were carefully studied. The most sti'iking features noted were the uniformity as to structure and dimensions; and the great variabilit}' in tlie colour of the dome- shaped structure, according to age. In the young form, it is fairly transpai-ent, but, M'hen it reaches maturity, it assumes a slightl}' brownish tint, with the exception of the projecting cells, which remain clear and are visible through the ringed aperture, with their bases imbedded in the wall of the upper part of the dome. tSome of these projecting cells appear to be flask-shaped, but they are too much imbedded for the details to be cleai-ly seen. T assume that these projecting cells are the archegonia. When the dome has attained a diameter of 0'05 mm., it ceases to increase in size, and gradually becomes darker in coloui', — the rusty-brown colour always developed in the unfertilised arclie- gonia of ferns. On one of the slides examined, there were several examples of these domes, measuring about 0*08 mm., and these were fairly ti'an.sparent, except the ring, which was deeply coloured, and stood out very distinctly. The hollow of the dome appeared to be filled up; and, in some cases, there was an appearance of bulging at the opening, — perhaps showing that fertilisation had taken place. The pavement-like character of the cell-structure (the cells being imbedded in gum) allows of expansion, within certain limits, to accommodate the growth of the embryo. The ring- may be regarded as a ready means of separation from the spore, the dome being left as a protecting cap on the broad end of the embryo, until further growth renders it unnecessary. On the slide referred to above, there wei^e several peculiar bodies which may be said to reach the climax of the puzzles connected with the study of the gametophyte of Psilotum. The first specimen seen was wedge-shaped, the broad end of the wedge BY T. WHITELEGGE. 559 capped by a series of cells resembling- greatly tlie cells on the dome; the narrow end consisted of a continuous cell-sbructure much like that of a prothallus, but smaller than any I have ever seen. There were other cellular structures present bearing the same kind of cells, but these having been l)roken in the mount- ing, the cells were visible only on the inside. These bodies appear to have been round. The outer surface presents a series of projecting cells, many of wliich bear rhizoids. The material from which the sUde was made was procured from the interior of a single synangium. After the rough draft of this jtapei' liafl bee'n prepared, the Rev. W. W. AVatts called my attention to a note in Spring's "Lj'copodiaceie" (1842 and 1849), which is of great interest in the light of the researches recorded in the present paper. The following is jNIr. Watts" translation of Spring's observation, under Psilotum, on p. 268 of his work: "If tlie spores are thrown into water, they execute very rapid movements (mouvements de tre- pidation) and speedily envelop themselves in a kind of cloud. According t(j [Sir] Robert BiT)wn's observations (Prodr., p. 164), this cloud is due to a fine powder, which escapes from the spores. Kaulfuss has observed, upon the middle of the internal margin of the spores, a black point, which was in touch (en rapport) with a little vesicule, and which vanished, at the same time as this last, in the water. Although I have not had the good fortune to see that kind of 'aile seminal,' I recall this fact to induce botanists, who have living plants of Psilotum at their disposal, to direct their investigations to this point." Robert Brown's description of the species of Psilotum, although brief, gives an accurate account of what happens when antheridia bearing spores are placed in water. The observation recorded by Kaulfuss may possibly refer to the deeply stained female gametophyte, which is just as easily detached from the spore as the male. After having studied Fxllofum, I turned to the closely allied Tnipxipteris. A>s I could not find spores in just the right stage for sowing, it struck me as possible that suitably developed 560 THK GAMETOPHYTE OF PSILOTUM, spores miglit be found in old synangia. The surmise proved to be correct. When old s\'nangia liad been carefully soaked in water, and dissected by means of a brush and needle, spores were found, as I had expected, and some of them had germinated within the synangium, a fact that may be regarded as an im- portant .discovery, inasmuch as it offers a possible field in which the whole life-histoiy of the sexual generation may be obtained fi'om the study of spores germinated in Nature's own woi'ksliop, and, therefore, almost entirely free from sucli complications as affect the work of the culturist. A careful examination of old fruits may be expected to furnish e\idence of the sexual developmeiit, and even provide some embryos. Possibly this is one of the means bv which tlie [)lant is propagated. The examinati(m of a large number of synangia will be necessary to success. Weather-conditions, at fruiting time, have an important bearing on the question, and the dryness, or otherwise, of the locality inhabited by tlie plant. After my examination of the synangia of Tmesij^tpvi^, I came to the conclusion that the sexual reproduction, when known, will not differ materi.ilh' fi-om that of Fsi/ofuDr, and I express this opinion after having seen both the male and the female gametophytes. Old synangia of Psilofum, accidentally found in the rhizome-culture, furnished better results than those obtained by cultivation. One example, having been dissected and mounted, provided ample material for study, both the male and the female gametophytes being present in considerable numbers, and in all stages of development, the males predominating and being too numei'ous to count without special appliances. In conclusion, believing th.at I have been able to point the way to the solution of the mysteiy of the sexual reprf)duction of Psi/otuni, I am desirous of placing the results of my observations on I'ecord, so that others, in command of better appliances and opportunities, may be able to carry the investigation to its final and successful issue. My thanks are flue to Mr. W. Graham, of the University, Sydney, for excellent microphotographs of the male gametophyte, BY T. WHITELEOOE. ' 561 and to Mr. Allan R. McCuUoch for the completed drawings which illustrate this paper; also to Mastei- Bert Deo,otardi for valuable aid in the search for plants of Tmesipteris and fruiting-speciniens of Psilotuni. Measur(Mnents of spores, and reproductive organs (jf Psi/o/m)/. Male spore. — Length, 0-00 to ()-08 mm. ; breadth, O-OM to 00^ 111111.; antheridial cells, O'OIS to 0"04 mm. Antherozoids as seen i/i .•^ifn, average diametei-, O'OO-'J mm. Female sjwre. — Length, O-Ofi to 0-OS mm. ; breadth, ()-027 to 0-03 mm. Unfertilised gametophyte, ()■i)'^ to 0-04 mm. in dia- meter. Fertilised gametophyte, 0'04 to 0*08 mm. in diameter. Additional Xotp. — Several months have elapsed since the pub- lished notice of the slides exhilnted at the Meeting of the Society in Ajiril last, and since the foregoing paper was completed. During the interval, much time has been devoted to a fiirther study of mounted slides, and examples preserved in formalin. The results have exceeded \n\ expectations. Many doubtful points have been cleared up, and some new phases of development observed. The male spore produces eight or more antheridia; as many as twelve, in one instance, have been seen. When near maturity, the antheridia emerge from the ventral slit, as pear- or comma- shaped bodies, the cell-wall being thin and plastic; before the antherozoids are mature, the wall becomes consolidated, and the cell assumes a globular form. Tn many cases, the last one or two cells do not completely emerge, but remain deeply imbedded in the spore. So far, no traces of any cell or cells have been found, which might be regarded as a prothallus, either rudimentary or otherwise. The female gametophyte emerges from the ventral slit as a small, thick- walled vesicle. It is situated in the centre of the nearly straight border, and is drop-like in outline. Structural details are difficult to see, until it has attained a diameter of about 0-015 mm. It is then seen to be a multicellular bjsdy, 44 L i J R A R Y 562 THE GAMETOPHYTE OF PSILOTUM, dome-like in shape, and of a slight brown tint. Very many examples have been seen, in sitx, in all stages of development. Each female spore produces one gametophyte; in no instance have two been observed. During my investigations, upwards of one hundred slides have been mounted in glycerine-jelly, and only about six show the gametophyte in situ. The evidence that this dome-shaped structure is the full-grown prothallus, is now definitely established. Within the last fort- night, fex-tilised archegonia, and embryos filling the cavity of the dome, have been found on many slides; and one, in particular, lias at least a dozen embryos, some visible through the wall of the dome, and also through the ringed aperture at the base. There are also some in which the wall of the dome has been broken away, and the outlines and cell-structure can be seen. In one instance, the embryo is quite free, and exhibits certain in- dications of the division into regions such as are exhibited in the early stages of Archegoniates generally. The female gametophyte appears to reach maturity when it lias attained to a diameter of about 0-035 or 0*04 mm. On opposite sides of the dome, near the summit, and in a line with the longer axis of the spore, two clusters of cells ma}^ be observed. These are transparent, and subtend the aperture in the neck of the archegonia. Each cluster appears to consist of four cells, two of which are more elevated than their fellows. The rest of the archegonium is imbedded in the wall of the dome. In two instances, archegonia have been observed only partly imbedded, more than half being visible. If fertihsation takes place, the whole structure rapidly increases in size generally, and some of the brown cells on the ring and on other parts of the dome become enlarged, and often develop into rhizoids. The inner, cellular portion of the dome appears to be absorbed to furnish nutrition foi- the growing embryo. The wall becomes thin, and, when fractured, Ineaks with an angular appearance like broken glass. As growth proceeds, the rhizoids increase in size, and it seems possible that they may be functional all the time, either as simple cells or when elongate. BY T. WHITELEGGE. , '563 EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLV. Fig. L — Spore, with inatiue antheiidiuni, before the discharge of the antherozoids. The curved line on the surface indicates the exit-slit by which escape is effected. Fig.2. — Spore, bearing female gametophyte, showing basal ring of cells, and the apical cells of a pair of archegonia near the summit. Fig.S. — (lametophyte, showing a fertilised archegonium projecting from the surface. Fig. 4. — (iametophj'te, showing contained embryo, and a numlier of de- veloping rhizoids at the base. All the figures are greatly enlarged, and more or less diagrammatic. 564 CONTRIBUTIONS TO A KNOWLEDGE OF AUSTRA- LIAN CVLICIDJL No. iii.- By Frank H. Taylor, F.E.S. (From the Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine, Toumsville.) The present paper contains descriptions of five new species, witli notes on synonymy, and additional records for previously known species. The male of Hteyomyia tasmaniensis Str., and the female of Danielsia ininuta Taylor, are described for the first time. The new species are distributed in the following genera : — Stegomyia (one), HuleGmteomyia (one), Culicada (one), Leucomyia (one), and Lopltoceratomyia (one). The type-specimens have been deposited in the Institute-Collection. Stegomyia tasmaniensis Strickland. Entomologist, xliv., No.578, p.249(1911). (J. Similar to $; palpi black; antennae pale, nodes and last two segments dark, plumes black; fore- and mid-ungues unequal, the larger stout, uniserrate, hind equal and simple. Length, 5 mm. Hab. — Tasmania: Devonport and St. Patrick's River, Spring- field, Bridport (F. M. Littler), New River Di.'-trict (W. H. Twelvetrees). Evidently a widely distributed species, as it has been found in scattei-ed localities, from Northern to Southern Tasmania. Mi'. Twelvetrees has found it, in fairly large numbers, in tlae New River District. This is the first occasion on which the male has been found. Co-type in Coll. F. M. Littler. * Continued from these Proceedings, 1915, p. 184. bY FhANK H. TAYLOR. 565 Stegomyia DALIENSLS, Sp.Il, llead pale-scaled. Thorax with dark hmwu scales. Legs unhanded. Ahdonien with hasal handing. J. Head entirely covered with pale scales, with hlack, upright- forked ones on the vertex; antenna^ dark hrown, basal lobes and base of second segment yellowish; palpi clothed with dark scales; proboscis black. Thorax brown, cti)thed with dark brown, narrow-cui\ ed scales, and numerous black bristles over the wing-roots ; scutelhnn brown, clothed with pale scales; posterior border-bristles black; pleune yellowish, clothed with pale scales and a few dark bristles. Abdomen clothed with black scales, first segment with numerous dark bristles in addition; segments two to four with pale basal bands, segments five and six with basal lateral pale spots, seventh and eighth without bands or spots; venter with pale scales. Legs : coxa' and trochanters pale, clothed with dark bristles; femora w ith l)asal half pale beneath, rest of the femora, the tibiiv, and tarsi dark brown; ungues all equal and simple. AVings with the scales on the costa, subcostal, and first long \ein dark brown, brown on remaining veins; first fork-cell loiiger and narrower than the second, base of the latter nearer the base of the wine:; stem of the first fork-cell more than two-thirds the lenjfth of the cell, stem of the second a little more than half the length of its cell; anterior basal cross- vein longer than, and about once and one-half its length from the anterior cross-vein; fringe light brown. Halteres with pale stems and dark knobs. Length, 4 nun. (vix). //r^/y.— Northern Territory: Daly River (G. F. Hill). MiMETEOMYiA ORNATA Taylor. Stcijiniiyia onuifa Taylor, Trans. Ent. 8oc. London, 1914, p. 1S9. A re-examination of the unique type of the above shows that it should, properly, be placed in the geinis Minn'tt'ontyia, on account of the very bristly and truncated apex of the jibdomen, and other points of agreement with the genus. 566 AUSTRALIAN CULtCIDjE, iii., There is an error in tlie description, the specimen being a female, and not a male. MlMETEOMYIA QUASIORNATA Taylor. Stecjomyia quaaiornata Taylor, these Proceedings, 1915, p. 177, PI. xxviii., fig. 2. This, like the above species, is placed in Mimeteomyia, as it is more closely related to this genus than to Stegoniyia. The $ sign in the first line of tlie description should be deleted, as ojily the 9 is known. MixMETEOMYiA HiLLi Taylor. Stegomyia hilli Taylor, these Proceedings, 1914, p.456, PI. XXXV., fig. 5. Mr. Edwards recently suggested tome in ////., that this species and *S'. qiiasioriuita would be more correctly placed in the genus MimeMomyia. A re-examination of the type proves tliat such is the case, on the same grounds as stated under ^f. oruafd Taylor. HULECCETEOMYIA MILSONI, Sp.n. Head with brown and white scales. Thorax clothed witli bronze and pale scales. Abdomen with white basal band in ROTHKKrs. (Conimunicatfd hij thp Rev. IT. IT. Watts.) 190. Campylopus denticuspes Broth., n.sp. DioicKs: gracilescens, cje-spitosus, cajspitibus densiusculis, viri- dibus, iiiferne iiigrescentibus, vix nitidiusculis; caulis ei-ectus, ad 3 cm. u.sque longus, parce radiculosus, inferne laxius, superne densiuscule foliosus, .simplex; folia horride patentia, canaliculato- concav'a, e basi oblonga lanceolato-subulata, obtusiu.scula vel aeutiuscula, marginibus superne subconniventibus, subintegris, nervo angusto, basi c. quintam partem folii latitudiuis occupante, cum apice evaiiido, dorso summo apice spinoso-dentato, cellulis stereideis dorsalibus et ventralibus instructo, cellulis lamiiiaribus anguste I'hombeis, valde incrassatis, lumine angustissimo flexu- osulo, marginalibus angustis, limbum angustissimum, hyalinum efformantibus, basilaribus iiiternis laxioribus, baud inci'assatis, alaribus numerosis, laxis, hyalinis. Castera ignota. New South Wales : Richmond River, Wardell, heath (Watts, n.5260). Var. lutescens Broth., n.var. Ctespites densi, lutescentes, nitidiuscuH; caulis vix ultra 1cm. longus; folia nervo tenuiore, superne raptim multo angustiora^ apice vix conspicuo, cellulis alaribus paucioribus et pauluni minoribus. N.S.W.: Richmond River., E. BaUina, heath (Watts, n. 4758), and swamp (Watts, n.l739). * The preceding Parts were published in Oefversigt af Finska Vet. Soe. Forh. 1890-19(J0. 576 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIAN, AND NKW ZEALAND MOSSES, •Species cum C. Kirkii Mitt., comparanda, sed foliis dnrsd summo apiee spinoso-dentato jam dignoscenda. 191. Fissidp:ns (Heterocau/o/t) bryoidioides Broth., n.sp. Diounia: gracilis, cjespitosus, cajspitibus laxis, lutescenti-vii'i- dibus, opacis; planfa sterilis erecta, c. 1 cm. longa, gracillima, simplex, foliis inter se remotis, multijugis, sub«qualibus, asyin- metricis ; planla fertilig adscendens, vix ultra 5 mm. longa, simplex, densius foliosa, foliis 5-10 jugis, infimis minutis, cteteris multo majoribus, erecto-patentibus ; folia oblongo-lanceolata, planta? fertilis c. 1'2 mm. longa et c. 0-2S mm. lata, lamina vera tantum plus minusve distincte limbata, nervo crassiusculo, bre- viter excedente, lamina vera lamina apicali longior, lamina dorsali breviter decurrente, cellulis rotundato-hexagonis, superi- oribus c. 0-007 mm., chlorophyllosis, livvissimis; spta c. 1 cm. alta, tenuissima, lutea ; fheca subhorizontalis, asymmetrica, ovalis, sicca deoperculata curvatula, sub ore constricta, pallida. Cfytera ignota. N.S.W.: Penshurst (Forsyth, n.676). Species habitu Jh-yoidii, sed lamina vera tantvim limbata. 192. Fissidens {Bryoidium) Forsythii Broth., n.sp. DioicHs: gracilis, csespitosus, cfespitibus densis, saturate viri- dibus, opacis; caulis adscendens, usque ad 1 cm. longus, infima basi fusco radiculosus, dense foliosus, simplex vel innovando ramosus; folia multijuga, falcata, sicca circinato-incurva, infima minuta, ciietera multo majora, ligulata vel ovato-ligulata, obtusa, apiculata, sunnno apice obsolete serrulata vel Integra, limbata, limbo angustissimo, hyalino, subcontinuo, nervo ad basin apiculi evanido, lamina vera lamina apicali longior, lamina dorsalis longe decurrens, cellulis minutissimis, rotundato-hexagonis, superioribus vix ultra O'OOo mm., chlorophyllosis, kevissimis; !/i«erecto- patentia, carinato-concava, inferiora niinuta, superiora niulto majora, spathulata, obtusiuscula vel late acuta, usque ad 1 9 mm. longa, superne usque ad 0'65 mm. lata, mai-ginibus erectis, in- tegris, nervo crassiusculo, plerumque in aristam brevem, strictam excedente, cellulis superioribus rotundato-hexagonis, 0 015-0020 mm., marginem versus minoribus, quadiatis, basilaribiis laxe et breviter rectangularibus, omnibus Ijevissimis; seta c. 3 mm. alta, tenuis, rubra; theca erecta, obovata, brevicollis, fusca, deoper- culata parum dilatata: miinilus longe persistens; peristomnim 0; sport 0*025-0030 mm., ochracei, papillosi ; operculxim oblique rostratum. Vic. : Melbourne, 8t. Kilda Roail, on t'tjotpath in garden "Avoiihurst" ( VV'atts, n.l53); Heyington, on ground (Watts, n.181, 216). — Tasmania: Port Esperance, on ground (Hodway). Species /''. physcomilrioidi C. Miill., ex Argentina, valdeaffinis. 204. ToRTULA (Syntrichia) kvanescens Brotb , n.sp. Dioica : robustiuscula, ctespitosa, ctespitibus densiusculis, mollibus, glauco-viridibus, setate fuscescentibus: caulis ei'ectus, vix ultra I cm. longus, inferne fusco-radiculosus, densiuscule foliosus, simplex; folia flacoida, faciliter decidua, erecto-patentia, carinato-concava, spatbulata, in acumen breve, lanceolatuni con- tracta, superiora c. 4 mm. longa, superne usque ad 13 mm. lata, marginibus erectis, iiitegris, nervo rufe.scente, sat longe infra apicem folii evanido, dorso k\jvi, cellulis laxis, rotundato-hexago- nis, leptodermibus, Isevissimis, chlorophyllosis, 0030-0-040 mm., marginem versus minoribus, basin versus quadratis, dein bre- viter rectangularibus, byalinis, ad marginem brevioribus. Ca?- tera ignota. N.8.W.: Green Gully, near Young, on ground( Watts, n.6914). i;y v. k. nno'i'irKiiUS. 583 Species valde peculiaris, foliis Haccidis, faciliter deciduis, iiervo sat louge infra apiceni folii evanido cellulisque laxis facilliine dignoscenda. •J05. Tayloria iDissodov) Maidenii Broth., n.sp. Autoica: gracilescens, caespitosa, cjvspitibus laxiusculis, pallide yiridibus, a?tate lutescenti-fuscescentibus, nitidiusculis; canUs erectus vel adscendens, vix ultra 1 cm. lougus, basi fusco-tomeii- tosus, dein midus, superne laxe foliosus, simplex vel furcatus: folia difticiliter emollita, carinato-concaviuscula, e basi erecta, breviter spathulata patula vel subhorizontalia, inferiora breviter, comatia elongate oblonga, breviter acuminata, plerumque apicu- lata, usque ad 1-1-2 mm. lata, marginibus erectis, integris, nervo sat tenui, infra apicem folii evanido, cellulis laxis, superioribus ovali-hexagonis, dein sensim longioribus, basilaribus oblongo- hexagonis, marginalibus angustioribus, limbum indistinctum. uniseriatum efformantibus; se^a 7-10 mm. alta, tenuis, strictius- cula, straminea, fetate fuscescenti-rubra, Isevissima; theca erecta, cum bypophysi sporangio breviore ejusdemque latitudinis ob- longa, c. 2 mm. longa, sicca baud mutata, castanea, cellulis spo- rangii incrassatis, irregularibus, oblongo- vel ovali-hexagonis, ad orificium in seriebus pluribus transversis, eisdem hypophysis rotundato-hexagonis, leptodermibus, stomatibus numerosis, sub immersis; peristomium 0; S2)07'i 0'025-0 030 mm., fusci, punctu- lati: opercuhim minutum, cupulatum ; calyptra mitrseformis, lutea, summo apice fuscidula, longirostris, in laciniis 5 brevibus divisa, laevissima. N.S.W. : Mt. Kosciusko, Merritt's Camp (Maiden et Forsyth, n.l84). Species distinctissima, thecse forma peristomioque deficiente facillime dignoscenda. 206. FuNAHiA (Entosthodon) perpusilla Broth., n.sp. Pusilla, gregarie crescens, fuscescenti-viridis; catilis brevissi- mus, basi fusco-radiculosus, superne dense foliosus, simplex; folia erecto-patentia, sicca vix mutata, concaviuscula, e basi ovata lanceolato-subulata, usque ad 1-5 mm. lunga et 0-5 mm. lata. o84 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIAN, AND NKW ZEALAND MOSSES, inargiuibus erectis, integris, elimbata, nervo rufescente, infra apicem folii evanido, cellulis laxis, oblongo-hexagonis, basilaribus lectaugularibus ; seta 3-4 mm., strictiuscula, lutescenti-nibra; theca erecta, minuta, cum collo sporangio lequilongo pyriformis, lutescenti-fuscidula. Isevis : annnlns 0; jjei-istomium 0; spori 002o-0030 mm., ferniginei, papillosi ; operculum com^exum ; calyptra vesiculoso-cucullata, integi-a. Victoria : Railwaj^ Station, Heyington, on ground (Watts, n.lP6, 201, 202a, 205). Species minutie omnium partium, foliis elimbatis, integris nee won peristomio nullo jam dignoscenda. 207. FuNARiA {Evtosthodon) bullata Broth., n.sp. Tenella, gregarie crescens, pallide viridis; caulis erectus, vix ultra 1 mm. longus, infima basi fusco-radiculosus, superne dense foliosus, simplex; folia erecta, sicca vix mutata, cochlearifornii- concava, e basi breviter et late spathulata obovata, fusco- mucronata vel apiculata, c. I'Smra. longa et usque ad I'lmm. lata, marginibus erectis, integris, elimbata, nervo rufescente, longe infra apicem folii evanido, cellulis laxis, superioribus rotundato-liexagonis, marginem versus minoribus, basilaribus elongate rectangularibus; seta 5-7 mm., strictiuscula, lutescenti- rubra; theca erecta cum collo sporangio sequilongo turgide pyri- formis, fuscidula, laevis; annulus 0: peristomium simplex, infi'a orificium oriundum; exostomii dentes erecti, lanceolati, rubri, longitudinaliter striati, papillosi: spori 0 030 mm., ferruginei, papillosi ; opercidum subplanum, rubromarginatum ; valyptra vesiculoso-cucullata, Integra. Vic: Railway Station, Heyington, on ground (Watts, n.l98, 208). Species F. gracili (Hook. fil. et Wils.) Broth., affinis, sed foliis cochleariformi-concavis oculo nudo jam dignoscenda. 208. Mielichhoferia { Etimielichhoferia) Foksythii Broth., n.sp. Paroica : gracilis, csespitosa, csespitibus densis, fusco-tomento- sis, Isete viridibus, opacis; caulis erectus, vix ultra 1 cm. longus, tiliformis, inferne remote, superne dense foliosus, innovando BY V. P. BROTHERUS. 585 raraosus; folia inferiora minuta, erecto-patentia, superiora multo raajora, erectiora, carinato-concava, ovato-lanceolata, acuta, marginibus erectis vel inferno anguste recurvis, superne seiru- latis, iiervo infra apicem folii evanido, cellulis anguste linearibus, infiinis laxioribus; hractere perichfetii foliis niulto minores, erectae, cseteruni eisdem similes; seta c. I'D cm. alta, tenuissima, ilexuo- sula, lutescenti-rubra ; theca erecta, regularis, oblonga, collo sporangiara breviore, leptodeimis, pallide fusca; annulus latus, I'evolubilis; perisioTniiim simplex, internum: memh^una basilaris exserta, hyalina, Isevis; p7'ocess2is filiformes, c 0010mm. lati, appendiculati, sordide lutei, minutissime papillosi; spori 0-015- 001 7 mm., lieves; operculum ignotum. N.S.W. : Tallewong Creek (Forsyth, n 641). 209. MiELlCHHOFEKiA (Jlielichhojeriopsis) turgkns Broth , n.sp. Paroica : robustiuscula, cjespitosa, cpespitibus densis, fusco- tomentosis, pallide viridibus, nitidis; caulia erectus, usque ad 1 -5 cm. longus, filiformis, accrescenti-foliosus itaque clavatus, innovando ramosus; /b/ia inferiora inter se remotiuscula, erecto- patentia, superiora sensim majora, densiora et erectiora, imbri- cata, ovato-lanceolata, acuta, marginibus fere ad apicem late revolutis, apice serrulatis, nervo infra apicem folii evanido, cellu- lis linearibus, basilaribus laxioribus, oblongo-hexagonis, inno- vationum latioribus, brevius acuminatis, marginibus anguste revolutis; b actem perichcetii foliis multo minores, erectse, anguste acuminata?, marginibus erectis, subintegris; sporogonia 1-3 ex eodem perichsetio; seta c. 5 mm. alta, tenuis, sicca ilexuosula, lutea; theca erecta vel inclinata, regularis, oblonga, collo sporan- gium subsequante, leptodermis, pallida; annulus latus, revolu- bilis; pertseta 1 cm. vel paulum ultra, e basi geniculata erecta, pallide rubra; theca nutans, cum coUo sporangio longiore clavato-pyriformis, asymmetrica, micro- stoma, cum collo c. 6 mm. longa et c. r75 mm. crassa, lutescens, ore aurantiaco; annuJus 0075 mm. latus; peristomium duplex, paulum infra orificium oriundum; exostomii denies lanoeolati, c. 0-28 mm. longi et c. 0075 mm. lati, ad medium aurantiaci, dein liyalini, laeves; endostomium aurantiacuni, Iseve, processus denti- bus longiores, lanceolato-subulati, angustissime rimosi, cilia 0; spori 0'030-0"045 mm., f usci, papillosi , operenlum minutum, aurantiacum, conicum, obtusum. New Zealand : Broken River. Species PI. Zierii (Dicks.) Lindb., valde affinis, sed foliorum forma dignoscenda. 211. Bryum {Pseudotriquetra) subventricosum Broth., n sp. Dioicum : robustiusculum, csespitosum, csespitibus densis, rigidis, fusco-tomentosis, lutescenti-viridibus, opacis ; caulis erectus, cum innovationibus usque ad 5 cm. longus, dense foli- osus, innovationibus erectis, elongatis, sequaliter foliosis; folia erecto-patentia, sicca adpressa, carinato-concava, caulina ovato- BY V. F. BROTH ERUS. 587 vel oblongo-lanceolata, late acuta, mucronata, niarginibus usque ad apicem late revolutis, integris, nervo crasso, fuscesceiite, in mucronem l)revissiraum excedente, cellulis ovali-hexagonis, basilaribus breviter rectangularibus, intiniis rubris, marginalibus angustis, limbum pluriseriatum, luteum efformantibus, innova" tionum eisdem caulinis siniiiia, sed minora, plerumque obtusi- uscula; seta usque ad 3*5 cm alta, fusca; theca nutans vel fcub- pendula, obovata, collo sporangio subsequante, sicca deoperculata sub ore baud constricta, pa<-hydermis, fusco-lutescens; autinlus 01 5 mm. latus ; peristomium duplex, paulum infra orificium oriunduin; exostomii denies lanceolato-subulati, c.O 66 mm. longi et c OlUmm. lati, fusco-lutei, minutissime papillosi, apice hyalini et distinctius papillosi, dense lamellati; etidt stominm flavescens, sublteve, membrana basilaris ad medium dentium producta, pro- cessus late fenestrati, cilia terna, bene evoluta, appendiculata; spori immaturi; opercuhim convexum, acute apiculatum, nitidi- usculum. N.S.W.: distr. Tumbarumba (Forsytb, n.725). 212. Bryum [Pseudotriquetra) austtjo-affine Broth., n.sp. Synoicum : robustiusculum, c^spitosum, csespitibus densis, fusco-tomentosis, fuscescenti-viridibus, opacis; c«w/is erectus, cum innovationibus usque ad 4 cm. longus, dense foliosus, innova- tionibus erectis, usque ad 1cm. longis, dense et sequaliter foliosis; fulia erecto-patentia, sicca adpressa, carinato-concava, caulina oblongo-lanceolata, breviter acuminata, longe aristata, niargini- bus recurvis, integris, nervo basi crassiusculo, rubro, dein sensim tenuiore, in aristam longam, plerumque reflexulam, rufescentem, integram vel minutissime serrulatam excedente, cellulis oblongo- hexagonis, basilaribus majoribus, infimis rubris, marginalibus elongatis, angustis, limbum lutescentem, pluriseriatum effor- mantibus, innovationum eisdem caulinis similia, sed minora, marginibus angustius recurvis, nervo brevius excedente; seta usque ad 4 cm., flexuosula, fusco-rubra: theca nutans, e collo sporangio breviore oblongo-ovalis, cum collo usque ad 4 mm. longa et 1-5 mm. crassa, sicca deoperculata sub ore plus minusve contracta, pachydermis, fusca; annuUis U'OlSmm. latus; peri- 588 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIAN, AND NEW ZKALAND MOSSKS, stomium duplex, pauluni infra orificium oriundum; exosfomii denies lineari-lanceolati, subulato-acuminati, c. 0*5 mm. longi et c. 0'085 mm. lati, sordide lutei, minutissime papillosi. apice hyalini, distinctius papillosi, dense lamellati ; eudostomium sordide luteum, minute papillosum, membrana basilaris ad medium dentiuin producta, processus late fenestrati, cilia tenia, bene evoluta, longe appendiculata; spori O'015-O 017 mm., lute- scenti-virides, Iseves; operculum convexum, acute apiculatum, nitidiusculum. N.S.W. : Yarrangobilly Caves (Forsytb, n. 1012, 1014); Kiandi-a(Forsytb, n.lOlO, 1011). 213. I^FJYUM {Ccespitibryum) laxirete Brotb., n.sp. Dioicuin : i-obustiu.sculum, csespitosum, cajspitibus densis, pallida vel lutescenti-viridibus, nitidiusculis; coulis erectus, cum innovationibus vix ultra 1 cm. longus, fusco-tomentosus, dense foliosus, innovationibus brevibus vel longioribus, erectis, superne dense foliosis; folia erecto-patentia, carinato-concava, sicca im- bricata, caulina late oblongo lanceolata, longe aristata, margini- bus revolutis, integris, limbata, nervo crassiusculo, superne multo tenuiore, in aristam elongatam, tenuem, lajvem excedente, cellulis lax is, teneris, ovali- vel oblongo-bexagonis, mai-ginalibus angustis, limbum pluriseriatum, lutescentem efformantibus, basi- laribus majoribus, infimis rubris, innovationura eisdeni caulinis similia ; seta 2-3'5 ram. alta, strictiuscula, fuscescenti-rubra; theca pendula, e collo sporangio breviore oblonga, cum collo c. 4 mm. longa et c. TS mm. crassa, sicca deoperculata sub ore paruin constricta, pachydermis, pallide fusca; anmdus 0-10 mm. latus; peristoviiiim duplex, infra orificium oriundum; exostomii denies lineari-lanceolati, subulato-acuminati, c. O'oomm. longi et c. 0"12mm. lati, lutei, minute papillosi, apice bj'alini, distinctius papillosi, anguste limbati, densissime lamellati, fundo rubro; endostomuiin sordide flavescens, papillosum, membrana basilaris ad medium dentium producta, processus dentibus breviores, lanceolati, late fenestrati, cilia terna, bene evoluta, longe appen- diculata; spori O'OlOmm., lutei, Iseves; operculum hemispheericum; acute apiculatum, nitidiusculum. BY V. F, BROTHERUS. 589 N.S.W.: Emu Plains (Forsytli, n.l019). Warrumbungle Ranges (Forsytli, ii.l022); Jenolan Caves ( Blakely, n. 970); Hill Top(Maiden, n.406); gullies near Barber's Creek (Forsyth, n.409). Species Br. ccespiticiu L., affinis, sed foliis laxius areolatis jam dignoscenda. 214. Bryum {Argyrobrynm) calodictyon Broth., n.sp. Dloicum: tenellum, csespitosum, csespitibus parvis, densis, lutescentibus, nitidis; caulis erectus, vix ultra 5 mm. longus, inferne dense fusco -radiculosus, dense et julaceo foliosus, inno- vationibus brevissirais, erectis; folia imbricata, concava, ovata, breviter acuminata, acuta, marginibus erectis, integris, nerve sat tenui, infra summum apicem folii evanido, cellulis anguste line- aribus, basilaribus laxioribus, alaribus numerosis, rectangulari- bus vel subquadratis. Csetera ignota. N.S.W. : Green Gully, near Young (Watts, n.7206), and damp bank, back of Cemetery, Young (n. 7244). Species ex affinitate Br. chrysel Mitt., sed foliis breviter acuminatis, nervo ante apicem folii evanido, cellulis augustiori- bus longe diversa. 215. Bkyum (Erythrocarpa) luteolimbatom Broth., n.sp. Dioicum : tenellum, cpespitosum, csespitibus densis, lutescenti- viridibus, nitidis; caulis vix ultra 5 mm. longus, basi fusco- radiculosus, dense foliosus, innovationibus paucis, erectis, brevi- bus; folia sicca imbricata, humida erecto-patentia, carinato-con- cava, marginibus erectis vel recurvis, apice minutissime serru- latis, limbata, nervo tenuiusculo, subcontinuo, cellulis oblongo- liexagonis, teneris, basin versus sensim longioribus, basilaribus rectangularibus, marginalibus elongatis, angustis, limbum luteum, triseriatum efformantibus; sela vix ultra 15 mm. alta, tenuis, rubra; theca nutans, cum collo sporangio subpequante clavato- pyriformis, c. 2 mm. longa, leptodermis, fuscidula ; annulus latus, revolubilis; pet'istojniuni duplex, infra orificum oriundum: exostomii c^en^eslineari-lanceolati, subulato-acuminati, lutei, apice hyalini, papillosi, limbati, dense lamellati; endoslomium sordide tlavidulum, papillosum, membrana basilaris ad medium dentium 590 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIAN, AND NEW ZEALAND MOSSES, producta, processus anguste lanceolati, anguste perforati, cilia ?; spori 0-015-0018mm., fusciduli, Iseves; operculum alte convexum, muticum. New Zealand : Auckland (Petrie, in Herb. Naylor Beckett). Species Br. chrysotiearoni C Miill., habitu similis, sed folii structura jam longe diversa. 216. Bryum (Apalodictyon) filarium Broth., n.sp. Dioicum : gracillimum, c?espitosuin, ca^spitibus compactis, superne Isete viridibus, setate fuscescentibus, inferne fusco-rubris; cauJis fragilis, erect us, usque ad 2-5cm. longus, fusco-tomentosus, dense foHosus, simplex vel innovando ramosus; foha erecto- patentia, sicca arete adpressa, carinato-concava, oblongo-lancto- lata, breviter acuminata, acuta, usque ad 1 mm. longa et 0'38mm. lata, marginibus erectis vel angustissime recurvis, integerrimis, nervo crasso, rufescente, continuo vel brevissime excedente, cellulis ovali- vel oblongo-hexagonis, teneribus, alaribus abbrevi- atis, maiginalibus angustioribus, limbnm indistinctum, unieeri- atum efformantibus. Cfetera ignota. N.S. W.: Richmond River, Skinner's Head, sea-cliff (Watts, n.4127). Species Br. pachypotnatulo Broth , atfinis, sed caule dense folioso, foliis brevioribus, nervo crassu digiioscenda. 217. Bryum {Alpiniformia) subcurvicollum Broth., n.sp. Dioicum: robustiusculum, csespitosum, cpespitibus compactis, riaidis, fuscescenti-viridibus, vix nitidiusculis; caulis erectus cum innovationibus usque ad 2 cm. longus, fusco-tomentosus, dense foliosus, innovationibus erectis, vix ultra 5 mm. longis, strictis; folia erecto-patentia, sicca imbricata, carinato concava, cauliiia anguste oblongo-lanceolata, breviter acuminata, aristata, marginibus anguste revolutis, integris, limbata, nervo crassius- culo, fuscescente, in aristam brevem, rigidam, Isevem producto, cellulis rhomboideohexagonis, marginalibus elongatis, angustis, limbum angustissimum, lutescentem efformantibus, basilaribus laxioribus, oblongo-hexagonis, innovationum eisdem caulinis similia, Integra vel apice indistincte serrulata; seta usque ad fiY V. F. BROTHERUS. 591 Scni.alta, tenuis, sicca flexuosula, inferne rubra, supenie lute- scentirubra; theca nutans, paulum asynimetrica, coUo sporangio oblongo-ovali subtequante, cum colloc. 4-5mm. longa et c. 1 -20301. crassa, pallide fusca, pachydermis, sicca deoperculata sub ore baud constricta; annulus c. 0-12 mm. latus; peristomium infra orificium oriundum; exostomii denies lineari-lanceolati, subulato- acuminati, c. 0-55 mm. longi et c. O'lO mm. lati, lutei, apice hyalini, inferne minutissime, apice distinctius papillosi, estriolati, dense lamellati; endoslomium sordide tiavidum, minute papillo- sum; membrana basilaris ad medium dentium producta; pro- cessus dentium longitudinis, late lanceolati, carinati, fenestrati; cilia terna, bene evoluta, nodulosa, parce appendiculata; spori 001o-0'OI8 mm., lutei, l?eves; G])erculnin convexum, acute apicu- latum. N.S.W. : Apsley Falls (Forsytb, n.749). Species Br. curvicoUo Mitt., affinis, sed statura multo robusti- ore foliisque nervo tenuiore jam dignoscenda. 218. BryUiM (Alpini/ormia) Cheelii Broth , n.sp. Dioicum : robustiusculum, csespitosum, csespitibus densis, in. feme pallidis, dein viridibus, apice purpureis, nitidiusculis ; caulis paulum ultra Icm.longus, inferne fusco-radiculosus, dense et sequaliter foliosus, simplex; Julia sicca imbricata, humida erecto-patentia, carinato-concava, oblongo-lanceolata, acuta, mucronata, marginibus recurvis, apice minutissime serrulatis, nervo crasso, superne sensim angustiore, brevissime excedente, cellulis laxe hexagono-rhombeis, marginibus multo angustioribus, basilaribus breviter rectangularibus; seta c. 2 cm. alta, fusees, centi-rubra; theca pendula cum collo sporangio aequante pyri- formis, c. 4 mm. longa, pachydermis, fusca; annulus latus, revo- lubilis; pei-istomiuni duplex, ad orificium oriundum; exostomii denies linear! lanceolati, subulato-acuminati, lutei, apice hyalini, papillosi, anguste limbati, dense lamellati; endosttmnim flaves- cens, papillosum, membrana basilaris ultra medium dentium pro- ducta, processus lanceolati, fenestrati, cilia terna, bene evoluta, longe appendiculata; siJori 0-012 mm., lutescenti-virides, sub- laeves; operculum alte convexum, mammillatum, nitidum. N.S.W. : Shellharbour (Cheel, n.407). 592 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIAN, ANt) NEW ZEALANt* MOSSES, Species Br. alpino Huds., habitu simillima, sed foliis nervo ciassiore, cellulis laxioribus jam dignoscenda. 219. Bkyum {Alpiniformia) KiAM^E Broth., n.sp. Dioicum : gracilescens, cjespitosum, csespitibus densiusculis, viridibus, opacis; caulis vix ultra 3 mm. longus, basi radiculosus, dense foliosus, innovationibus paucis, brevibus vel simplex; yb^ia subsequalia, sicca imbricata, humida erecto-patentia, carinato- concava, oblonga, acutiuscula, marginibus erectis, superne min- utissime serrulatis, nervo crassiusculo, continuo vel subcontinuo, cellulis laxe rhomboideo-hexagonis, marginem versus angustiori- bus, loasilaribus rectangularibus: seta vix ultra 1 cm. alta, tenuis, rubra; theca pendula, cum collo sporangio sequante pyriformis, c. 3 mm. longa, pachydermis, fusca ; annulus latus, revolubilis ; jyp.ristoinium duplex, paulum infra orificium oriundnm; exostornii denies lineari-lanceolati, subulato-acuminati, lutei, apice hyalini, papillosi, dense lamellati; endostomiuni sordide luteum, papillo- sum membrana basilaris vix ultra medium dentium producta, processus lanceolati, anguste perforati, cilia 1 ; spori 0018-0'020 mm., virides, sublteves; operculum alte convex urn, muticum. N.S.W. : Kiama (Forsyth, n. 381). Species Br. Sullivani C. Miill., valde affinis, sed thecjB forma dignoscenda. 220. Bryum {Rostdata) Forsythii Hroth., n.sp. Dioicum : robustiusculum, caespitosum, cfespitibus densis, sordide viridibus, opacis; caulis usque ad 2 cm. longus, fusco- radiculosus, dense et comoso foliosus; yb^ia comatia sicca erecta humida patentia, carinato-concava, e basi breviter spathulata, breviter oblonga vel ovalia, obtusiuscula, brevissime aristata, c. 3 mm. longa et usque ad 1"3 mm. lata, marginibus fere ad apicem revolutis, superne minute et ajqualiter serratis, limbata, nervo crassiusculo, brevissime excedente, cellulis ovali- vel rhombeo- hexagonis, marginalibus angustioribus et longioribus, limbum pauciseriatum, infra apicem folii desinentem efformantibus; seta c. 2 cm. alta, rubra; theca nutans, minuta, cum collo sporangio longiore obconica, fuscidula; oj)erculnm alte convexum, mam- millatum. 6Y V. F. BKOTHERUS. 593 N.sSv. : Kiania (Forsyth, n.384). Species Br. leptothccio Tayl., affinis, sed folii forma, limbo angusto, infra apicem folii evanido dignoscenda. 221. Papillakia { Enpapillaria) nitidiuscula Broth , n.sp. Dioica : mollis, gracilescens, Ipete viridis, nitidiuscula; caulis elongatus, per totam longitudinem cortici arborum affixus, laxi- uscule foliosus, dense et regulariter ramosus, ramis baud com- planatis, plerumque brevibuSj dense foliosis, curvatulis, simplici- bus, attenuati.s, rarius elongatis, pendulis, multo tenuioribus, pinnatim ramulosis: fulia ccmlhia patentia, ebasi breviter decur- rente late cordata, lanceolato-subulata, piliformiter attenuata, alis iutlexis, marginibus erectis, minutissime crenulatis, nervo tenui, ad medium folii evanido, cellulis elongatis, anguste lineari- rhomboideis, minutissime papillosis, basilaribus laxioribus, alari- bus subquadratis, byalinis, Isevibus; fo/ia ramea angustiora, lanceolato-acuminata. Cjetera ignota. N.S.W. : Richmond River, Alstonville Road (Watts, n.4032, 4043, 4062), E. Ballina (Watts, n.207, 3401, 4003, 4110, 4351), Tintenbar (Watts, n.43G3), Pimlico (Watts, n.4882), Uralba Road (Watts, n.3711, 3715), Pearce's Creek (Watts, n.441), Brooklet (Watts, n.4793), Teven Creek (Watts, n.4093, 4396, 4418), North Creek (Watts, n.4755); Brunswick River, Myocum (Watts, n.4337). Species a congeneribus australiensibus foliis nitidiusculis, mollibus jam dignoscenda. 222. Anacamptodon Wattsii Broth., n.sp. Autoicus : gracilis, ctespitosus, cpespitibus densiuscuiis, la?te viridibus; caulis elongatus, repens, laxiuscule foliosus, dense ramosus, ramis brevibus, adscendentibus, simplicibus; folia patula, concava, e basi ovata vel ovali sensira longe lanceolato- subulata, marginibus erectis, integris, nervo crassiusculo, con- tinuo, cellulis rhomboideo hexagonis, basin versus laxioribus, alaril>us numerosis quadratis; bractese perichsetii intern}* erecta?, sensim lanceolato-acuminatae, intcgrpe; sela c. 1 cm. alta, stricti- uscula, lutea, inferne rubra, aitate omnino rubra, Isevissima ; 594 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIAN, AND NEW ZEALAND MOSSES, theca erecta, ovalis, crassicollis, pachydermis, pallida, setate rubra: peristoniivm duplex, infra orificium oriunduni; exosfomii dentes incurvi, siccitate reflexi, late lanceolati, c. 037 mm. longi et c. 0085 mm. lati, fusciduli, papillosi; ]>rocessns filiformes, medium dentium attingentes, fusci, IseA'es; sjoo?-t 0-008-0-OlOmm., ochracei, Iseves; operculum e basi conica breviter et oblique rostratum. N.S.W.: Richmond River, Cooper's Creek (or Wilson's Creek), on burnt wood (Watts, n.5189). Species foliis longe subulatis, nervo continuo dignoscenda. 223. Amblystegium austro-hygrophilum Broth., n.sp. Autoicum: gracile, cjespitosum, csespitibus densiusculis, pallide viridibus; caulin elongatus, repens, hie illic fusco-radiculosus, laxe foliosus, irregulariter et remote subpinnatim ramosus, ramis patulis, usque ad To cm. longis, laxe foliosis, simplicibus; /o^ia squarroso-patula, concaviuscula, e basi longe decurrente, ovata sensim longe lanceolato-subulata, marginibus erectis, subula excepta minutissime denticulatis, nervo tenui, in subula evanido, cellulis elongate hexagunis, basin versus brevioribus, alaribus numerosis, laxis, oblongis; bracte, and is closely allied to C. leai SI. It differs from C. mucronahim Macl., (also from the other two species of the group) by eyts more prominent; prothorax with basal sinuosities stronger, basal lobe more de- veloped; elytra with apical mucrones developed into elongate horns. It also differs decidedly from C. mucronatuni by the depressed and slightly concave, discal area of the elytra, which is sharply defined by the fifth interstice becoming subcarinate. It differs from C. leai [from comparison with a specimen {^) in my possession from Onslow, W.A ] by prothorax with border wider, particularly near anterior angle, a flat depression near each anterior angle; elytra with flattened discal area quite black, apex with two long single sharp horn-like mucrones (not with short mucrones, above each of which is a strong obtuse tubercle). From the description of C longipenne SI., it differs by its wider and less elongate form; prothorax more transverse, with border wider, posterior angles evidently less rounded off; elytra more fey T. G. SLOAiJE. 625 depressed, the depressed area more sharply defined, apical mucrones more strongly developed. Carenidium pektenue, n.sp. Very long, parallel, cylindrical, disc of elytra depressed. Elytra impunctate, indexed margins very narrow. Head and under- surface black; prothorax black, with bluish-green margins; elytra violaceous, with viridescent reflections along sides. Head large, as long as broad (4"2 x 4*2 mm.), convex, lightly narrowed behind eyes; frontal sulci long, narrow, deep, diverging lightly backwards; mandibles stout, right with upper margin arcuate; labrum emarginate; intermediate angles of clypeus short, prominent, triangular; preocular sulcus wide, shallow; eyes deeply set in orbits, depressed; jostocular part of orbits as long as eye, not prominent, gently raised from neck; two supra- orbital punctures on each side. Prothorax not wider than head, longer than broad (4-6 x 4-15 mm.), not declivous to base; a wide lightly depressed marginal channel across base; sides parallel, widely rounded at posterior angles, shortly sinuate before base, apex truncate; border very narro.w, slightly advanced at anterior angles, thick on base; median line finely marked. Elytra more than twice as long as broad (11 x 4'3 mm.), parallel on sides, declivous to peduncle; apex obtusely pointed; border very nar- row, not dentate at shoulders; a few punctures on each side of base. Anterior tibiae 2-dentate. Length, 21; breadth, 4-3mm. Hab.—W.A. : Cue (Brown). Type in Coll. Sloane. This is proportionally the most slender Carenum known, being narrower in proportion to its length than any of the species of Teratidium. It is allitd to C. frenchi SI., from which it differs, apart from colour, by head longer, with eyes and orbits less pro- minent; prothorax longer, more parallel; elytra longer, more depressed on disc. Carenidium frenchi, n.sp. (J.Long, narrovv, cylindrical. Htad very large, mandibles very stout, right mandible with upper edge strongly raised into an obtuse prominence near base, labrum and clypeus (in middle) 626 NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OP CARABIDiE, liglitly eraarginate, narrowed to base; elytra elongate-oval, disc impunctate,* liumei'al angles not dentate, inflexed margins nar- row behind first ventral segment ; anterior tibiae 2-dentate. Head black, becoming green above, behind and below eyes and in posterior part of frontal sulci; prothorax black, pronotuni widely margined with green, the green margins confluent behind, but the basal margin of the lobe black; elytra (including inflexed margins) green, blackish in middle of disc; body, abdomen, legs, and antennae black. Head as wide as prothorax (4"3o mm. across eyes), convex, roundly declivous to anterior margin and above eyes, gentlv narrowed behind eyes; frontal sulci long, narrow, deep, diverg- ing lightly backwards; out-turned anterior part of their course obsolete; clypeus strongly declivous in iniddle, median part lightly emarginate, intermediate angles stiongly developed, pio- minent, triangular; preocular sulcus wide, shallow: eyes deeply set in orbits, not prominent; postocular part of orbits large, rising roundly and obliquely from head; thr^e supraorbital seta? on each side. Prothorax hardly broader than long (4'25 x 4-35 mm.), not declivous to base in middle; sides parallel, widely rounded at posterior angles, feebly sinuate on each side of base; anterior margin truncate; border narrow, prominent, but hardly advanced on anterior angles, thick on base, median line finely marked; a lightly marked wide depression on each side of base. Elytra narrow (9 '6 x 4-35 mm.), subparallel on sides, strongly declivous to peduncle, shortly and strongly declivous at apex, depi'essed on disc along suture; apical curve short; border nar- row, a little raised in a wide curve (but without any dentiform prominence) at shoulders; fouv or five punctures in a slight wide depression near each humeral angle; a marginal row of punctures on each elytron. A'entral segments 3-5 with two ambulatorial setie; apical segment with four setigerous punctures, and with a * This refers to the discal, setigerous punctures so frequently found on the elytra among the Carenides (e.g., Carenidium rirerinre Mad.). The specimen before me shows rows of distinct punctures on the elytra, and their surface is covered witii minute punctures; Imt the presence of all these punctures I consider a post mortem eti'ect caused 1)3' long immersion in alcohol. BY T. G. SLOANE. 627 punctiform fovea on upturned edge of segment, just above each posterior setigerous puncture. Anterior femora without a sub- apical seta on posterior face; posterior coxa with a setigerous puncture; posterior trochanters inipunctate. Length, 19-5; breadth, 435 nmi. Hab. — Northern Territory: Katherine River. Coll. French (unique). The type is now in the National Museum, Melbourne. Mr. F. P. Dodd afterwards sent me a specimen (9) from Port Darwin. In facies, this remarkable species resembles a species of Tera- tidium, but is at once distinguished from that genus by having the anterior tibise bidentate. It is allied to C. aberrans SI., from which it differs by ^ with head larger, less strongly nar- rowed l^ehind eyes, posterior parts of orbits and eyes less pro- minent, paragense much more developed, right mandible with upper side near base I'aised into a strong wide prominence, labrum and median part of clypeus emarginate; prothorax shorter, border narrower, less advanced at anterior angles, lateral marginal channel not forming a sulciform gutter and without any marginal setfe; elytra more widely rounded at apex, etc. TeuATIDIUM ROBUSTUiM, n.Sp. Elongate, convex, laivigate. Head as wide as prothorax, eyes protuberant, frontal sulci long, deep; prothorax as broad as long, widest before middle, rounded on sides; elytra elongate-oval, impunctate; anterior tibise unidentate at apex. Black, nitid. Head large (5 ram. across e3"es), convex, roundly declivous to anterior margin, strongly declivous to eyes; clypeus trisinuate behind labrum, intermediate angles short, obtus-e; three setiger- ous supraorbital punctures on each side placed very close together near posterior margin of eye; eyes deeply set in orbits, convex, prominent ; orbits narrow behind eyes, rising sharply but roundly from neck; submentum plurisetose on each side. Pro- thorax of same width as head with eyes (5 x 5 mm.), strongly angustate to base; disc subdepressed; sides lightly rounded; posterior angles not marked; basal curve strongly sinuate on each side; base forming a wide rounded lobe; anterior margin 628 NEW AUSTKAr.IA>f SPECIES OF CARABIDiE, truncate; anterior angles distant from neck, marked, obtuse; border narrow (narrowed at basal sinuosities), thickened at anterior angles; marginal channel narrow, 5-punctate; median line fine; basal area defined by a light transverse impression; a shallow wide impression on each side near basal sinuosities. Elytra a little wider than prothorax (11x5-3 mm.), convex, widest about middle, strongly declivous to sides and apex ; suture deeply impressed; base lightly emarginate, abruptly de- clivous, pluripunctate (9 punctures) on ench side in an irregular depression; border thick, rounded at humeral angles (not folded back or dentate). Ventral segments impunctate, except at apex. Anterior femora wide at union with coxse; intermediate coxae, posterior coxse, and ti'ochanters without setigerous punctures. Length, 21; breadth, 53 ram. Hab. — Queensland ; Kuranda (Dodd). Type in Coll. Sloane (unique). This is the species referred to as 7'. graiidiceps Chaud., in the table of species I have given in these Proceedings, 1905, p. 131; but having recently obtained a species ticketed "Queensland," which agrees closely with Chaudoir's description of his Mono- centrum (jrandiceps, I can see that my former identification was erroneous, and that the Kuranda species is undescribed. Note.—T. (jrandiceps Chaud., as now identified b}' me, differs from T. robuslum by its narrow, parallel form; less ampliate head, eyes mucli less prominent, the spaces on each side between the frontal sulci and eyes wider posteriorly and more abruptly declivous to eyes; prothorax narrower, longer, more cylindrical, parallel on sides, lateral border narrower, anterior angles less wide and prominent, two marginal setigerous punctures on each side; elytra narrower, not wider than prothorax, more parallel. Length, 205; head, 4-5 across eyes; prothorax, 5-3 x 45; elytra, 10 X 4'4 mm. Teratidium procekum, n.sp. Narrow, elongate, subcylindrical. Head as in T. laticeps SI., but clypeus decidedly trisinuate, intermediate angles more pro- minent, orbits less prominent, less strongly raised from head; BY T. G. SLOANE. 629 prothorax subdepressed on disc, liglitl\' angustate to the wide base; elytra long, depressed on disc, impunctate; anterior tibia? unidentate. Head, antennse, legs, and undersurface black; prothorax black, with a purplish tinge towards sides, viridescent in marginal channel; elytra viridescent, with violaceous reflec tions. Head large, convex (5 mm. across eyes), Isevigate; anterior angles rounded, almost as prominent as eyes ; frontal sulci obsolescent, only indicated and linear on each side of clypeus; clypeus quadridentate, outer teeth (at each side of labrum) pro- minent, sharply triangular, inner teeth similar, but less developed; orbits rather small, rising in a gentle curve from head and enclosing eyes at base; eyes deeply set in orbits, subprominent, not more prominent than orbits; two supraorbital punctures close together on each side. Prothorax as wide as head, longer than broad (6x5 mm.); disc a little depressed, not declivous to base in middle; apex truncate; anterior angles not prominent; sides parallel, gently narrowed to base; posterior angles obsolete; basal angles obtuse; border narrow, thicker at basal angles, lightly sinuate opposite transverse basal impression, this impres- sion well marked; marginal channel narrow, bearing two setiger- ous punctures as usual in the Carenides (posterior at place of posterior angle); median line lightly impressed; basal area well defined by a transverse impression. Elytra elongate (1 2-5 x 5-2 mm.), widest about middle, strongly declivous on sides and apex; disc a little depressed along suture; base rather strongly emar- ginate; a raised, rounded, oblique, basal ridge extending inwards from humeral angle for three-fourth the width of each elytron; a deep punctate furrow behind this basal ridge; apical curve of elytra wide, apex itself projecting beyond lateral border in a short triangular obtuse prominence; lateral border narrow towards base, very thick on apical third, strongly and widely upturned at shoulder. Ventral segments, posterior coxse, and posterior trochanters impunctate. Anterior femora narrow, ante- rior tibiae wide, unidentate at apex. Length, 23; breadth, 5-2mm. jy^ji. —Western Australia : Anketell (Brown). Type in Coll. Sloane, 630 NEW AUSTHALIAN SPECIES OF CARABIDiE. One of the most remarkable species found by Mr. H. W. Brown at Anketell, about 80 miles S.W. from Cue, and one of the richest localities known for Carenides. In the genus l^eratidium, it is thoroughly distinct; taking the table of the genus which I have given in these Proceedings (1905, p. 131), its position would be beside 7'. laticeps SI., (found by Mr. Brown at Cue) from which it differs decidedl}' (apart from colour) by size larger; clypeus quadridentate, orbits smaller in comparison with eyes and projecting much less sharply from head; prothorax more elongate, wider at base, far less strongly angustate to base; elytra with border more strongly upturned at humeral angles, basal ridges much more developed, basal furrows deeper, longer, etc. 631 ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. October 25th, 1910. Mr. A. G. Hamilton, President, in tlie Chair. The President announced that the Council was prepared to receive applications for four Linnean Macleay Fellowships, tenable for one year from April 1st, U)17, from qualified Candi- dates. Applications should be lodged with the Secretary, who. would afford all necessary information to intending Candidates, not later than 30th November, 1916. The President expressed the regret of Membei's on hearing of the accident to Major David while serving with the troops in France. A letter from Mr. G. H. Aurousseau, of Cremorne, was read, by request furnishing information about Lieutenant Marcel Aurousseau, a Member of the Society, who had been wounded in France, and who had been awarded the Military Cross. The President offered the cordial congratulations of Members to Mr. C. Hedley, F.L.S., on the award of the Syme Prize for 1916, by the University of Melbourne. The President, with regret, formally announced the decease of Mr. Edgar A. Smith, I.S.O., the Society's senior Corresponding Member, on July 22nd, 1916. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (27th September, 1916), amounting to 2 Vols., 69 Parts or Nos., 5 Bulletins, one Report, and 7 Pamphlets, received from 42 Societies, etc., and two private donors, wex^e laid upon the table, 632 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. A. H. S. Lucas showed evidence of Japanese botanical activity in the Caroline Islands. Mr. Turner said that he had recently seen three abnormal heads of flowers of the Waratah {TeJoj)ea speciosisshna R.Br.) on a plant growing in a garden at Chatswood, in which the involu- cral bracts and flowers were normal, but there was present an intermediate whorl of green leaf -like structures. He remarked also that he had collected T. oreades F.v.M., at Fitzroy Falls, and asked if this species was known from any locality still further to the north. Mr. A. S. Le Souef exhibited a broken tusk of a male elephant, fourteen years old, now in the Taronga Park Zoological Gardens. The tusks of this animal were abnormally long for their girth. The exhibit weighed 14 lbs. 'f5' Mr. Tillyard showed specimens representing five new species of Perlid(f, reared from larvte recently collected by him at Orange, N.S.W., and two from Stanwell Park. Also the larva of a Buffalo-gnat {Simulium, n.sp.) from the former locality. Mr. Cheel exhibited specimens of three species of " Evening Primrose". (1) Oenothera odorafaJa,e(\., a native of Chile, figured in Bot. Mag. tab. 2403, is very common throughout the State, but has evidently been mistaken for GJ. biennis L., hence the record in Moore and Betche's Handbook of the Flora of N. S. Wales, p.523. Specimens of (E. odorata have been collected by the exhibitor from Hill Top, Southern Line, and from Woy Woy, Northern Line. In the National Herbarium, there are also specimens from the Hawkesbury Agricultural College, Richmond; Emu Plains, Bega, Blackheath, Jenolan Caves, Orange, Wagga, Wallenbeen, Cootamundra, Bathurst, and Barber's Creek. Also from Claremont, W.A.; and Murray Bridge, S.A. It is inter- esting to note that it is listed in Mr. J. M. Black's Naturalised Flora of S.A. (1909), 63, but has not previously been recorded [Printed off' 5th December, 1916.] P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916. a. \: 1^' li. P.L.S.N.S.W. IBIS. hlcmna tAHaiiti.iiihora) cirtitriaiKi, ii.sii. (•.L.S.N.S.W 1019 BifiniM (Alluatoiihomj victoriaiia, ilsji. P.L.S.N.S.W. 1918. .Si|/imM um/Zh ; Sii/iiiU.i ill, ii.sj. ; /i'/ii(j//iim i/u, ii.,^-. P.L.S.H.S.W. 191Q 1. SKjnia.i iinl in tmst t-aUaim Deinl^v P.L.S.N.S.W. 19ie. 6i'jiiuuiui'll(i LimiiKtl is, 11. sp. P.L.S.N.S.W. lOlQ. PL. XXXVl. ], SiijmaxiiifUa rn/ti'/ta/i.s, ii.si*. .S() The "Frankfurt Rose" {R. turhinata Ait.), from Cook's River (A. A. Hamilton; Decem- ber, 1912), and Armidale (J. H. Maiden: May, 1916), two addi- tional localities to that recorded for this species in these Pro- ceedings for 1912, p. 137. —(f) Emilia sonchi/olia DC, [Com- posite] a native of Asia and Tropical Africa now naturalised in the neighbourhood of Tweed Heads. Mr. E. I. Bickford, F.L.S., communicated a Note on the economic resources of West Australia. 49 634 A REVISION OF THE GENERA WITH MICR0SCLERE8 INCLUDED, OR PROVISIONALLY INCLUDED, IN THE FAMILY AXINELLID.E ; WITH DESCRIP- TIONS OF SOME AUSTRALIAN SPECIES. Part iii. [porifera.] By E. F. Hallmann, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of THE Society in Zoology. (Plates xxix., figs.3, 5, 6; xxxiii., fig.6; xxxviii., figs.5-9; xxxix., figs.1-5; xL, figs.1-4, xli.-xliv.: and Text-figs. 17-20.) Genus Thrinacophora Ridley. Definition. — Axinellidjv typically of ramose habit, perhaps also sometimes encrusting or massive, with even or conulose surface, and a skeleton consisting (in the ramose forms) of a dense central axis from which paucispicular fibres (in some species reduced to single spicules) radiate to the surface. Megascleres of at least three kinds: (i.) comparatively short oxea, typically occurring chieriy or only in the central axis; (ii.)long, setaceous styli, composing the radial fibres; and (iii.) monactinal, sometimes apically pronged, dermal megascleres forming surface-tufts or lying in the dermal membrane tangentially, but not necessarily confined to the ectosomal layer exclusively. In addition, oxeote or strongylote modifications of one or both kinds of the mon- actinal megascleres are commonly present. Microscleres : tricho- dragmata, accompanied or not by singly scattered trichites. Type-species, T. funi/ormis Ridley ct Dendy. Originally founded by Ridley(32) to designate the peculiar T. funi/ormis, and conceived as being essentially characterised by the possession of dermal megascleres in the form of " clado- strongyla," the genus Thrinacopho7-a was next modified by Ridley BY E. F. HALLMAXN. 635 and Dendy(33) to receive also the species named by them T. cervicornis, and was defined by them tlius: "Sponge ramose, with a dense central axis of spiculo-fibre; megasclera styH and (or) oxea, and (in some species) cladostrong3'la. Microscleres present in the form of trichodragmata." More recently Dendy(8) has amplified the definition so as to embrace in the genus all Axi- nellidie in which the microscleres are trichodragmata and the skeleton is more or less plumose. A similar disposition to employ the genus in a wider sense than that in which it had been under- stood by Ridley and Dendy, had previously been shown by Topsent(46), when he assigned to it provisionally, under the name ThrinciCophoraiV) spissa, a species of massive habit and halichon- droid skeletal structure, with oxea alone as megascleres. This species was also admitted in the genus by Dendy; but as the result of a second investigation of it Topsent(53) has found that the microscleres include toxa (in addition to trichodragmata), thereby definitely establishing the correct position of the species to be in the genus Gellius as defined by Lundbeck(30). The known species that propei4y admit of inclusion in Thrinacojihora as defined by Dendy, are ten in number*, — comprising, in addi- tion to those already assigned to the genus, Axindla padina Topsent(47), Easpailia [Syringella) rhaphidophora Hentschel(15), and the species originally described by Whitelegge as Spongo- sorites variabilis. The great diversity of spiculation and skeletal structure exhibited by these species renders it obvious that they do not constitute a natural genus; and the only justification for their association together in a single genus would be the impos- sibility of separating them into simpler and apparently more homogeneous groups susceptible of precise and adequate defini- tion. It is easy, however, to subdivide them into at least four such groups, distinguished by differences sufficiently great to be regarded as generic. I px'oj^ose, therefore, to restrict the name I'hrinacopJiora to the species with special dermal megascleres, * Since this was written, I have discovered the existence of trichodrag- mata in Whitelegge's Ciocalypta incnf(, and their minimum length in any specimen is less than 200//.; individuals below 300/x long, howev^er, are scarce. The trichites are divisible into two groups, the shorter ones varying in length from about 50 to 220/.1, the longer from about 320 to 450/<. Genus Desmoxya, gen.nov. Definition. — AxinellidteC?) of massive form, typically more or less dome-shajDed, and provided with well-developed, papilliform processes. 8keleton consisting of an irregular, halichondroid reticulation traversed by ascending multispicular, non-plumose fibres. Spongin almost or quite absent. Megascleres of a single order, — oxea, strongyla and styli, differing only in the character of their extremities. Microscleres terminally-spined, arcuate or slightly sigmoidal microxea, and trichodragmata. Type-species, D. lunata Carter. The single species, for which this genus is proposed, has hitherto been referred to Hiyginsia. The number and importance of the chai'acters distinguishing it from the remaining species of the latter genus, however, render obvious the necessity of its removal therefrom. The structure of the skeleton is essentially the same as in Bhaphoxya, only the main fibres are far fewer, the connect- ing fibres are reduced to a sparse reticulation of spicules, and spongin is almost completely wanting. In the several specimens of B. lunata examined by me, the microxea are, without exception, simply bow-shaped, i.e., curved in one plane. In the Austx'alian Museum, however, there is a 50 650 mounted slide of the spicules of a Port Pliillip sponge in which (while otherwise closely agreeing in spiculation with D. lunata) the microxea for the most part are more or less curved in a dis- tinctly sigmoidal manner.* There is evidence for supposing, therefoi'e, that the microxea of Desmoxya are derivatives of sigmata. Desmoxya lunata Carter. (PI. xxix., fig.5; PL xxxviii., fig.5; PL xliv., fig.4.) 1885. Hiyginsia lunata Carter(5), p. 358. 1897. Hiyginda hmafa Dendy(7), p.244. Diagnosis. — Sponge massive, sessile, moi-e or less dome-shaped, rising above into short digitiform processes, and provided also with irregularly scattered small conuli. Dermal membrane minutely reticulate; with many dermal pores in each mesh of the reticulation. Skeleton feebly developed, consisting of irregu- larly ascending, slender, multispicular main fibres, between which thei'e extends a very sparse and irregular reticulation composed chiefly of single spicules. Megascleres slightly curved, cylindrical or nearly so; comprising oxea and styli in approximately equal numbers, and relatively few strongyla; maximum size about 800 by 12 to 15/x. Microxea crescent-shaped, minutely spinulous except in their central moiety, 30 to 45/x long and up to 3'5/x in stoutness. Tricliites separable into two groups as I'egards size, the shorter varying from 60 to 220/i. in length, the longer from 560 to 620//.; occurring in dragmata and scattered singly, the larger ones also forming short fibres. Xoc— Port Phillip. External features. — The sponge (which is known now from seven examples) appears always to be more or less dome-shaped (PL xxix., fig.5), — usually not far from (roughly) hemispherical, sometimes nearly as high as broad, occasionally, however, much depressed, almost flattened, — and is provided with moderately numerous mammiform, or short digitiform, processes; in addition, * In this presumable second species of Desmoxya, the microxea (if they may correctly so be termed) are very small, rarely attaining to more tlian 25u in length. BY E. F. KALLMANN. 651 the surface, including tliat of the processes, is covered witli small, usually blunt conuli. The largest specimen measures 95 mm. in length, 80 nun. in breadth, and 70 mm. in height; and the pro- cesses, which are generally slightly flattened and somewhat ap- pressed to the surface, avei-age about 4 mm. in diameter at the base, and vary in length up to about 10 mm. The dermal mem- brane is strongly developed and fairly easily separable, and usually presents to the naked eye a minutely reticulate pattern due to the mode of arrangement of the dermal pores (PI. xxxviii., fig. 5). Internally, the sponge is traversed vertically by rather numerous main efferent canals, measuring up to 3 mm. in diameter, which open into small, usually inconspicuous oscula situated on the upper parts of the surface. The oscula occur on and between the digitiform processes indifferently. The consistency in alcohol is soft and compressible, and lacking in toughness; the texture, however, is compact. The colour in life is some shade of brown, — usually a darkish or slaty-brown, sometimes with a greenish tinge; in alcohol, it is brownish-grey on the surface and pale grey within. The dermal reticulation (PL xxxviii., fig. 5) is formed of more ar less polygonal meshes of various size up to about 300 by 200/x, usually longer than broad, but varying in actual shape, in different parts of the surface, from subcircular to nearly oblong, and separated by usually narrow boundaries from 35 to (rarel}') 150/A in width. Within each of the meshes, the dermal mem- brane is perforated by numerous pores. In consequence, no doubt, of their having become closed through conti'action, the pores sometimes are apparently absent; and in one of the speci- mens examined, presumably owing to excessive contraction, even the dermal reticulation was indistinguishable. No megascleres are present in the dermal membi'ane, and only veiy few scattered trichites; but in the boundaries of the meshes of the reticulation, spined microxea occur more numerously than elsewhere in the sponge. Skeleton. — When a piece of the sponge is treated with caustic potash, it usually decomposes entirely, yielding nothing but a 652 REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, 111., flocculation (consisting mainly of separate spicules); occasionally, however, b}^ the exercise of especial care, one succeeds in obtain- ing, as pai't of the residue, small masses of coherent skeleton. From examination of these, the skeleton, which is extremely scanty, is seen to consist partly of slender, multispicular (main) fibres running irregularly through the sponge, branching and occasionally anastomosing as they go, and partly of a very sparse and irregular reticulation of single spicules and short pauci- spicular fibres extending between the main fibres and partly serving to connect them (PI. xliv., fig. 4); the structure is much less dense than would appear from the figure, inasmuch as in the mounted preparation, from which the photograph was taken, the skeleton has been compressed under the cover-glass to less than half its original thickness. The main fibres are rarely as much as 40// in stoutness, and are composed of fairl^T^ closely-packed spicules, directed longitudinally, and barely held together by an evanescently small amount of hyaline spongin, which becomes discernible only when stained. Outside the main fibres, spongin is generally wanting; but here and there, where several spicules cross one another at a point, a faint investment of cementing substance is sometimes detectable. In ordinary sections of the sponge (i.e., with the fieshy tissues intact) the precise pattern of the skeleton is usually not manifest: for, in thick sections, it is generally more or less obscured in consequence of an opacity due to great numbers of pigmented granules scattered everywhere through the tissues ; while, in thinner sections, owing to the sparseness and irregularity of the skeleton, the main fibres are usually more than once cut across, and thus appear not to be continuous, and the intermediate skeleton appears to consist merely of a few scattered spicules. Trichodragmata occur rather abundantly through all parts of the interior, but are not very noticeable owing to the obscuring effect of the pigment-granules and the extreme slenderness of the individual trichites. Singly scattered trichites are scarce. The spined microxea likewise occur in all parts of the .sponge, but are nowhere abundant ; they are most numerous in the dermal membrane. BY E. F. KALLMANN. 653 Spicules. — (i.) The megascleres are slightly curved cylindrical oxea, styli, strongyla and inter- mediate forms, differing from one another only in the charac- ter of their extremities, and the same in all parts of the sponge; the oxea and styli are present in about equal numbers, while the strongyla are notably fewer. They are of approximately the same dimensions in all the speci- mens examined, ranging in length from about 520/x to slightly above SOO/x, rarely to 850/ji, and varying in maximum stoutness (in different specimens) from 12 to 15/x. (ii.) The trichites are straight or nearly so, almost immeasur ably fine, and of all lengths be- tween 560 and 620//, and be- tween 60 and 220/;^; the shorter ones are again nearly separable into two groups, individuals be- tween 100 and 150/x in length being very scarce. (iii.) The acanthoxea are arcu- ately curved, crescentiform, often very slightly inflated centrally, 30 to 45/x in length by 2 to 4/x in stoutness, and densely covered with minute spinules for a dis- tance of from 10 to 15/x from their extremities, the remaining portion of theii- length being smooth Text-fig. The curv! ■* Desmoxya hiiiata. a, megascleres; b, extremities of the .same, more highly magnified; c, spined microxea. 654 REVISIOK of TttE AX1NELLID.E, iii., metrical, and rather variable in degree; when most considerable, it slightly exceeds that of two-fifths of the circumference of a circle. Genus Holoxea Topsent. Definition. — Axinellid{e(?) of massive or encrusting habit; with a more or less irregular, halichondroid, main skeleton, and with or without a dermal skeleton of horizontally-disposed megascleres. The megascleres are oxea of one or two kinds, and the charac- teristic microscleres are minute microxea, somewhat resembling sanidasters; in addition, trichodragmata ai-e typically present. Type-species, H. furtiva Topsent(45). The considerable agreement which exists between this genus and Desmoxya in the matter of spiculation appears to me to justify the supposition of a relationship between them. It is true that, in H. furtiva, the type-species, so Topsent informs us in his second description thereof(51), — the ectosome is charged with more or less horizontally-disposed oxeote megascleres (differing from those of the main skeleton only in size), and is differentiated to form a cortex "peu epaisse, mais assez resistante"; but the importance to be attached to this feature is minimised by the fact that the other two species which have been ascribed to the genus, — ^iz., //. collectrix and H. valida Thiele(39), — a specially characterised cortex is, apparently, wanting; moreover, it is to be noted that, in Desmoxya lunata, the dermal layer is particu- larly well-developed, and if provided with a megascleric skeleton would probably constitute what might be termed a cortex. Tlie information at our disposal regarding the structure of the main skeleton in the several species of Holoxea is extremely scanty: Topsent merely mentions, in the case of J/, furtiva, that when the sponge is confined to narrow crevices the megascleres are constrained, owing to their great length, "s'orienter dans un sens determinee, par faisceaux sur des longueurs variables", and that "il en resulte souvent un faux-semblant de charj^ente fibreuse"; while Thiele goes no farther than to state that the megascleres (of //. collectrix) "lassen keine bestimmte Anord- BY E. F. HALLMANN. 655 nung erkennen." So far as one can judge, it seems probable that the skeleton, on the whole, is arranged irregularly, in a moi-e or less halichondroid fashion ; and this is the type of skeleton-pattern which would result if, in Desmoxya hinata, the reticulum of interstitial and connecting spicules merely increased in degree of development and complexity at the expense of the connecting fibres. The spined microscleres of Holoxea furtiva are looked upon by Topsent as sanidasters, and he has accord- ingly referred the genus to his proposed family Streptasteridse; l)ut these microscleres, it seems to me, might with ecpial pro- priety be regarded as microxea, — and, indeed, in Topsent's original description of the species were so designated: furthermore, in //. furtiva and H. coUectrix, as in Desmoxya, the spined micro- scleres are accompanied by trichodragmata, which latter are unknown to occur in association with definitely astrose micro- scleres elsewhere in the Monaxonida. Whether certain genera with spined microxea, like Desmoxya and Higginsia, properly admit of inclusion in the family Axinellidai is open to question; but Holoxea certainly appears to resemble Desmoxya much more closely than it does any other genus, and on that account, per- haps, ought to be placed in proximity thereto. Genus Higginsia Higgin. Definition. — Axinellidte(l) of various external form; typically erect-lamellar, with entire or lobate margin, or sometimes tending to become palmo-digitate or f rondose; seldom ramose; occasionally massive, with or without digitate processes. Skeleton usually more or less condensed axially; typically consisting (extra-axially) partly of more or less plumose main fibres or spicule-colunins running to the surface, and partly of an irregular reticulation of spicules connecting the main fibres; either of these components, however, may be much reduced or absent. Or the extra-axial skeleton may consist (either throughout or only in its outer region) of bundles or bands of long styli radiating to the surface, and of sheaves of smaller and slenderer spicules surrounding these. Spongin present in small to moderate quantity. Mega- 656 REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, iii., scleres: styli and (or) oxea, usually of two or three kinds. Megascleres of a single kind, in the form of centrangulate spined microxea. Type-species, H. coralloides Higgin. The genus Iliyfjinsia is here defined so as to include also Ridley and Dendy's Deudropsis, with its two species D. bidenti /era and D. mixta, — the latter recently added to the genus by Hentscliel(15). The I'eason for this is not that the differences between liigyinsia coralloides and Dendropsis hidentifera, the respective type-species, are insufficient to warrant their generic separation, but that intermediate species exist between them, forming with them (in so far as skeletal characters are concerned) a gradational series incapable of subdivision into two groups except in an arbitrary way. This fact will be clear from the following synopsis of the chief distinguishing characters of the several species. Dendroj)sis bidentifera Ridley & Dendy(33). Uichotomously ramose, with slightly compressed branches disposed in one plane. Skeleton consisting (i.)of a dense axial core of interlacing, com- paratively short styli; (ii.) of bundles of much longer styli (up to 1100 by 44/x in size) radiating from the axis to the surface, beyond which the apices of many of them project; (iii.) of sheaves of slender oxeote spicules surrounding (ii.), which are peculiar in being double-pointed at one extremity, and also often project beyond the surface; and (iv.) of long slender styli (up to 1750 by 20/i. in size), occasionally passing into strongyla. Dendropsis mixta Hentschel(15). Thick, encrusting ; with short digitiform processes. Skeleton consisting (i.) interiorly of irregularly arranged stout oxea (up to 750 by 31/x in size); (ii.) of long slender styli (up to 2240 by SI/a in size) projecting beyond the surface; (iii.) of bundles of slender oxea (up to 1175 by 5/x in size), forming dermal tufts around (ii.) as in the genus Jiasjjailia, and also passing inwards towards the interior. Higginsia papillosa Thiele(42). Massive, ovoidal; with papil- lose surface. Skeleton consisting (i.) of stout fibres, formed of styli, radiating to the surface and ending in the surface-papillie, BY E. F. IIALLMANN. 657 — their terminal spicules (up to 1500 by 15/a in size) projecting beyond; (ii.) of shorter and relatively stouter styli, partly scattered irregularlj' between the main fibres, and partly forming lesser fibres running irregularly in various directions; and (iii.) of slender oxea (up to about 1000 by 6//. in size), which "pflegen in grosserer oder geringerer Anzahl die Style zu begleiten." Higginsia natalensis Carter(5). Flabelliform, stipitatc; with thin ridges on both surfaces, radiating from stalk to circumfer- ence. Skeleton-structure undescribed : megascleres of two kinds, viz., (i.) styli (up to about 1000 by -IS/x in size), presumably arranged in fibres; and (ii.) slender oxea (up to 700 by 7/v. in size) surrounding (i.) "in great numbers". Higginsia coralloidcs Higgin(17), et varr. More or less lamellar, varying from submassive {i.e., sessile and only slightly com- pressed) to stipitate-flabelliform, and then either entire or palm- ately subdivided; with longitudinal or radiating ridges on both sui'faces. Skeleton consisting of more or less plumose main fibres or columns with an irregular reticulation of spicules between. Megascleres almost exclusively oxea, or oxea alone; usually of two kinds. Higginsia thielei Topsent(53). Massive, with irregular surface. Skeleton consisting of "un reseau irregulier, tres solide, de styles robustes disposes par paquets epais et relies aux entrecroise- ments par un lien tres faible de spongine incolore." Megascleres styli, of a single kind. In all the species, the microscleres are of the same character- istic form, and occur irregularly scattered through the choano- some and usually also in the dermal layer: they are symmetri- cally and rather sharply bent {i.e., centrangulate or geniculate) acanthoxea with small spines scattered irregularly over their whole length, and are frequently provided with a bulbous dilata- tion situated slightly excentrally. The exact similarity which exists between the microscleres of the present genus and those of Halicnemia patera has already been pointed out by Topsent(49), who accordingly refers IlaJio- nem^a, along with Higginsia, to the Axinellidte. It seems to me 65S REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, iii., extremely probable, however, that the acanthoxea of these genei'a, like those undoubtedly of the recently described genus Acanthoxa Hentschel(l6), are homologous with the acanthoscleres of the Myxillina?, and that the correct place of Hiyyiiisia and Halic- iieniia is, therefore, in the family Desmacidonidse. The genus is represented on the Australian coast by two varieties of H. coraUoides, — viz., maxsa/is Carter and scnbra Whitelegge, — re-descriptions of which are given below. The other named varieties of this species (the typical form of which comes from the West Indies) are Higgin's(17) var. hberiensis from Cape Palmas and var. arcunta from Ireland; while the form recorded by Topsent(48) from Amboina as //. coraUoides var. massalis probably constitutes a fifth variety. Carter's H. coraU- oides var. natalens's, although possessing the external habit char- acteristic of //. coraUoides, is distinguished by having the skeletal fibi'cs composed of stylote instead of oxeote megascleres, and may, therefore, conveniently be regarded as specifically distinct. To supplement the brief diagnosis of //. coraUoides given above, and at the same time to indicate the main points of difi'er- ence distinguishing the varieties massalis and scnbra from the remaining forms of the species, the chief characters of the latter (excepting Topsent's var. massalix, the description of which I have not seen), may be summarised as follows: — //. mass(dis (typical form). .Stipitate, fiabelliform; "consisting of lobate compressed branches of irregular and luxuriant growth, united clathrously ur continuously; surface deeply furrowed in a vertical direction, the ridges between the furrows being narrow and, in the young growths, serrated witli tooth-like projections, passing in the older portions into rounded or tubercled pro- minences." The skeleton is "a spiculiferous network of lozenge- shaped reticulation," consisting (in part) of plumose fibres, the spicules of which are not enclosed in spongin, but merely cemented together by it where they touch or cross each other. The megascleres (oxea) appear to be of two kinds, — those of the fibres more or less curved and attaining a maximum size of 635 BY E. P. KALLMANN. 659 by 25/1, the others straight, \ery iiuicli slenderer (only 6/a in diameter), and relatively few in number. The spined microxea attain a size of 200 by 6/x. //. coralloides ^'ar. liberiensis Higgin. Similar in outward form to the preceding. Structure of the skeleton undescribed. Megascleres of two kinds: stout curved oxea up to 660 by 32/a in size, and longer, straight, "hair-like" oxea. Spined microxea measviring 75 by 6//.. //. coralloides var. arcnaUi Higgin. Only slightly compressed, submassive. Surface-features undesci'ibed. Skeleton consisting of main lines of spicules extending vertically from the base, and of secondary lines connecting these at various angles, both being "echinated" wiih spicules (i.e., more or less plumose). The megascleres (oxea) are not stated to be of two sizes; they are comparatively small, measuring only 300 by 6/x. The spined microxea measure 75 by 3*6/i. HiGGiNSiA CORALLOIDES Higgin, var. MASSALis Carter. (PL xxix., fig. 6; PI. xxxviii., figs. 6, 7; PL xxxix., figs.l, 2; PL xL, figs. 1-4.) 1885. Hlgglnsia coralloides Carter(5), p.357. 1885. llvjijinsia coralloides var. ynassalis Carter(5), p.357. 1896. Hiijijinsia coralloides var. massalis Dendy(7), p. 243. Diagnosis. — Sponge more or less compressed; varying in form from thickly flabellate and stipitate to submassive and sessile; the margin entire. Surface longitudinally ridged and furrowed; the ridges generally more or less discontinuous, appearing as a succession of crenations or knobs; distance apart of the ridges, 2 to 3mm. Oscula small, marginal. Dermal membrane distinct, finely porous. The "skeleton-sponge" consists of a series of transverse, thin lamelUe, each only about a millimetre in thick- ness, which are nearly quite separate from each other in their uppermost portions, but become more and more intimately united in the median plane of the sponge proceeding towards its base. The skeleton of each lamella is a dense and intricate reticulation of paucispicular main and connecting fibres and single spicules. (ifiO REVISION OF THE AXINELLID.E, iii., Spongin is present in relatively small quantity. The megascleres are imperfectly differentiated into three kinds: (i.) curved oxea forming the skeleton-reticulation, attaining a maximum size of from 560x14 to 700 x 18/x; (ii.) longer and slenderer, scarce styli, strongyla, and (very rare) oxea, occurring interstitially, ranging in length to upwards of 900/a; and (iii.) smaller inter- stitial and dermal oxea, connuonly between 250 and 350/a in length and 4 or 5/i. in diameter, but frequently slenderer, and connected by spicules of intermediate size apparently both with (i.) and (ii.). The acanthoxea are from 40 to 130/ji in length and up to 4 or 5ji. in diameter exclusive of the spines, and rather seldom exhibit a bulbous dilatation. ioc— Port Phillip. External characters. — The general shape and habit of growth of the sponge are sufficiently indicated in the diagnosis; and the characteristic rugose surface-af)pearance produced by crenated longitudinal ridges and intervening furrows is well shown by the figure (PI. xxix., fig. 6), — which also illustrates the most frequent form of the sponge, viz., one intermediate between flabellate and submassive. Apparently it is only in its younger stages that the sponge is massive, subsequent growth taking place chiefly in height and bi'eadth, with only slight increase in thickness; occasionally the plate thus formed, instead of remaining simply flabellate, becomes somewhat irregular through formation of perpendicular lateral outgrowths similar to itself. The largest specimen at my disposal measures about 75mm. in height, 1 10mm. in breadth, and 25 mm. in maximum thickness of the plate. The surface-ridges (and furrows) pass without discontinuity across the margin of the S23onge fi'om one side of it to the other, and, as necessarily follows, are oppositely situated on the two surfaces. The oscula are situated marginally, and are numerous and of small size, the largest seldom exceeding 1 nun. in diameter. The dermal membrane, which is well-developed, is most distinct within the surface-grooves, whei'e it is underlain by extensive subdermal s^oaces; it is closely perforated with minute pores, which in some places are sufficiently lai'ge to be discerned with BY E. F. KALLMANN. GCA the naked e3'e (PI. xxxviii., figs. 6, 7). Well-preserved spirit- specimens are of firm, compressible, and resilient consistency, and of compact texture, and vary in colour frt»m jtale greyish-yellow to light brown, occasionally with a faintly pinkish tinge. The colour in life, according to previous descriptions, varies from "hair-brown" to dull shades of purple. The dermal pores (PI. xl., figs. 3, 4) are distributed singly in very close order, are circular or oval in shape, and vary from about 100 to occasionally upwards of 300/i. in diameter. In the dermal membrane, spined microxea occur scattei'ed in great abundance. The "skeleton-sponge", — meaning by that the entire coherent skeleton which i-emains after complete removal of all the fleshy substance of a specimen by maceration with caustic potash, — is of very characteristic gross structure. Its general superficial contour is nearly similar to that of the original entire sponge; but the shallow sui'face-furrows of the latter are replaced by deep vertical fissures (PL xxxix., fig. 2) penetrating it (except its older portions) almost or quite to the mid-plane, and thus reducing it (since the furrows on the one side are situated exactly oppositely to those on the other) to a series of nearly separate, transverse lamellae. A single such lamella, photographed by transmitted light, is shown in PI. xxxix., fig. 1. The lamellse are each about 1 mm. in thickness, and their distance apart, at their periphery, varies from about 2 to 3 mm. ; their edges, which correspond to the discontinuous, crenated surface-ridges of the internal sponge, are irregularly lobed or toothed. Distally (i.e., in the upper parts of the skeleton-sponge) the lamellte are either quite separate from one another or are barely united together by- a thin septi- form connection in the mid-plane of the sponge; but proceeding towards the base of the sponge, this connection gradually in- creases in breadth, and in addition an increasing number of independent, synapticula-like connections arise between them, so that in places a honeycombed appearance sometimes results. The skeleton-sponge is fine-textured, and (being composed to a greater extent of spicules than of spongin) is, when dry, whitisli 662 REVISIOX OF THE AXINELLID^, iii., in colour and somewhat hai'sh to the feel, and remains slightly crushed when much compressed by squeezing. Shpleton. — In each constituent lamella tlie skeleton consists of numerous, closely arranged, pauciserial main lines of spicules running in the plane of the lamella upwards and outwards to its periphery, and of numei^ous short secondary lines and single spicules connecting the^e in irregular manner, the whole forming an exceedingly dense and intricate reticulation (PL xl., figs. 1, 2). The spicules of the fibres are arranged in a somewhat loose, irregular, and slightly plumose fashion, and are held together and more or less ensheathed by a rather small amount of spongin, which, being of a pale colour, is inconspicuous unless stained; the interfibral spicules, for the most part, are invested with spongin only at their extremities or lie quite free. The skeleton- reticulation is so dense, especially towards the central region of the lamella {i.e., towards the mid-plane of the sponge), that, in sections of the oi'dinary thickness for studying the skeleton- pattern, it appears as if consisting of a confused mass of spicules without definite arrangement. In the interlamellar regions of the sponge, except where junctions between the lamellae occui', the skeleton consists solely of spined microxea scattered in great profusion, and of very scarce scattered megascleres. The inter- lamellar regions are traversed by numerous main canals, the largest of which are about 1 mm. in diameter. The previous description of the skeleton, given by Dendy, which differs rather considerably from the above, was evidently based upon an insufficiently thin (and "undesarcodised") section cut across the thickness of the sponge obliquely to the mid-plane (and, therefore, intersecting several lamellje). The description is as follows: "The skeleton is very confused and ii'regular, without any definite fibre, composed of densely intermingled oxeote spicules, especially aggregated in wide tracts which trend towards the surface and end in the conuli. The presence of these ill- defined ti'acts of .spicules, with intervening spaces almost free from megascleres, gives a somewhat columnar chai'acter to the vertical sections. Internally, all the tx'acts unite into one dense, BY E. F. KALLMANN. 663 irregular agglomeration of spicules." It is obvious that the "tracts of spicules" cori-espond to vertical transections of the lamellse. Where the main skeleton abuts on the surface of the sponge (i.e., along the sur- face-ridges), the terminal spicules of the skeletal fibres project slightly be- yond the dermal membrane, and along with these pro- jecting fibral spicules are occasional small clusters of much shorter and slenderer diactinal spicules which are perhaps to be regarded as special dermal megascleres. Elsewhere (i.^., within the surface-grooves) the dei'mal membrane overlies exten- sive subdei'mal spaces, and is generally free from mega- scleres. Afegascleres. — (i.) The spicules of the skeleton- reticulation are somewhat angulately curved oxea(and occasional styli), which in some specimens are of nearly uniform diameter to within a comparatively short distance of their ex- ti'emities and generally are more or less irregularly pointed (often somewhat blunt-pointed, and occasionally approximating in form to strongyla), while in other specimens they taper very gradually to the extremities {i.e., are more or less fusiform) and with rare Text-fig. 20. — Higgin-na coralloides var. mctJiAalis. a, megascleres of the fibres; 1), interstitial megascleres ; c, dermal megascleres; d, spinecl mieroxea; e, im- mature microxea. 664 REVISION OF THE AXIXELLID^E, iii. exception are regularly sharp-pointed. The full-grown ones (comprising all those ensheathed in spongin as well as the vast majority of the remainder) vary in maximum size in different specimens from 560 x 14/^ to 700 x 18/a, and rarely fall helow 350/i in length or below S/i in diameter; interstitially-occurring immature individuals of all sizes down to about 250 x 2/x, how- ever, are to be met with. (ii.) Also occurring interstitially, but very scarce (in some specimens exceedingly i-are), are longer and generally less curved, mostly stylote spicules, very frequently more or less blunted or rounded off at the apex and not seldom passing into strongyla, and attaining a maximum size of about 900 x 9/x. Between these and the slenderer forms of the preceding, however, there appears to be a complete series of spicules of intermediate forms and sizes. (iii.) The short slender megascleres occurring in loose bundles and also scattered singly in the dermal layer, — which appear to be special dermal spicules, — are slightly curved oxea, frequently blunt-pointed and more or less resembling strongyla, and usually 4 or 5//. in diameter and between 250 and 350/x (but ranging from about 200 to upwards of 400/x) in length. They are not distinguishable either in form or size fi'om many of the inter- stitially occurring spicules which appear to be immature forms of (i.) and (ii.). Microscleres. — With the exception of a few, which are straight, the acanthoxea are invariably sharply bent at the centre, — the maximum angle of inclination of the actines (which are gradually tapered and sharp-pointed) being about 30°. About 5% of the spicules exhibit a peculiarity in the form of a small bulbous dilatation situated at a short distance (10/x or less) from their mid-point. They range fi'om about 40 to 130/x in length and up to 4 or (rarely) 5/x in diameter exclusive of the spines. The spines are perpendicularly-directed, conical, sharp-pointed, usually very numerous, and scattered irregularly over the whole length of the spicule, gradually decreasing in size towards its extremities; the largest of them are 2 5/x in length. The spicules in their BY E. F. KALLMANN. 665 earliest stage of development are quite smooth. As an occasional abnormality, one actine is prolonged beyond its point of union with the other, as shown in the text-figure; and very rarely both aetines are thus prolonged. HiGGiNSiA coRALLOiDES Carter, vai\ scabra Whitelegge. (PL xxxix., fig.3; PI. xH., figs.1-3.) ' 1907. Hiyijinsia scabra Whitelegge(60), p.511, PL xlvi., fig.44. Diagnosis. — Sponge erect, lamellar, perhaps sometimes simply flabelliform, but more usually subdivided into lobes or separate fronds. Surface closely covered with small conuli arranged somewhat indistinctly in longitudinal parallel series about 1mm. apart. Oscula small, marginal. Dermal membrane very dis- tinct. Internal structure and skeleton-pattern not essentially different from that of the preceding variety Megascleres: (i.) curved oxea in the main skeleton, 770 x 35// in maximum size; (ii.) exceedingly rare styli occurring interstitially, up to 1100 x 25/x in size. Special dermal megascleres apparently absent. Acanthoxea 60 to 130/a in length and up to 5/^ in diameter exclusive of the spines; very frequently exhibiting a bulbous dilatation. Loc. Off Port Jackson, N.S.W. This variety is so far known only from the two original speci- mens-obtained from the same locality — one of which (figured by Whitelegge) is in a dried condition, while the other (smaller and incomplete) is imperfecth^ preserved in alcohol. External characters. — Both specimens are erect, substipitate, lamellar, — the smaller one apparently flabellate, divided above into several lobes, the other consisting of much more completely separated (though in part secondarily coalescent) lobes or frond- like branches, from some of which, also, secondary sessile lobes or fronds arise laterally; in both, the thickness of the lamina is about the same, viz , from 6 to 10 mm. The larger specimen measures 110 mm. in height. In the dried condition of the sponge, with the dermal membrane shrunken closely in upon the underlying skeleton, the surface is densely and conspicuously conulose,— the conuli attaining in places a height of as much as 51 666 REVISION OF THK AXINE|:iLIDiE, iii., 2'5 mm., and exhibiting an indistinct arrangement in longi- tudinal rows; but in the case of the spirit-specimen, except where the dermal membrane has been destroyed, it is scarcely more then minutely pustulose. On complete removal of the sarcode by maceration, the skeleton-sponge is found to be com- posed, just as in the case of var. massalis, of conjoined, parallel, thin lamellse perpendicular in direction to the plane of tlie sponge; and it is to a serration of the edges of these lamellse that the surface-prominences are due. The only oscula observed svere marginally situated and of very small size, the largest not exceeding 05 mm. in diameter. The dermal membrane is well- developed and very distinct, and is underlain (between the surface-prominences) by extensive subdermal spaces; owing to its imperfect preservation in the present specimens, dermal pores were not observable. The unmacerated dried sponge is somewhat hard and with difficulty compressible, brittle rather than elastic, and pale greyish or almost whitish in colour. In alcohol, the consistency is dense and firm, moderately flexible, compressible and resilient; and the colour is yellowish pale grey. The structure of tlie "skeleton-sponge" is essentially the same as in the case of var. massalis; but the lamellse are much thinner (only about 05 mm. in thickness), more closely approximated (at most 1*75 mm. apart), and, in proportion to their width (i.e., in proportion to the thickness of the sponge-lamina), more com- pletely united with one another. In the present variety, ac- cordingly, the structure is notably denser, and the texture also is much more coarse. Skeleton.— In each lamella the skeleton consists, again as in the case of var. massalis, of a dense and intricate reticulation of paucispicular main and connecting fibres, and numerous con- necting spicules; but the fibres are here less clearly defined, the skeleton-pattern accordingly is somewhat more irregular, the megascleres are larger, and there is a relatively great scarcity of slenderer megascleres occurring interstitially and dermally. In other respects, apart from diiferences depending upon the greater thinness of the lamella? and the much lesser width of the inter- lamellar in the present case, the skeletal characters of the two BY E. F. KALLMANN. 667 varieties are practically the same. As seen in a vertical median section of the sponge, cut in a direction perpendicular to the lamellae, the skeleton appears as if consisting of parallell}'- arranged, stout plumose columns of spicules, which in the marginal region of the sponge aie nearly or quite separate from one another(Pl. xli., figs. 1,2); these columns represent, of course, transverse sections of the lamellse. The appearance of the skeleton (of a lamella) in a direction at right angles to the pre- ceding is shown in PI. xli., fig. 3. Mf^yascleres.— (i.) The oxea of the skeleton-reticulation are curved, fusiform, regularly sharp-pointed spicules, langing from 550 to 770/x in length and up to 35//, in stoutness; individuals less than 8/x in diameter are very rare, and those forming the fibres very seldom are much less than 20/ji. Occasional spicules are styli or substrongyla. (ii.) Long interstitial megascleres are exceedingly rare, and appear to be invariably styli. The few observed measured from 950 to 1100/x in length and from 15 to 25/ji in stoutness. (iii.) Megascleres corresponding to the slender deinial spicules of tlie preceding variety are apparently wanting. Microscleres. — The acanthoxea are exactly similar in form and size to those of the preceding variety, excepting that their minimal length is somewhat greater (about GO/x) and a consider- able proportion of them (amounting to al>out 50%) exhibit a bulbous dilatation. For Postscript, see p. 67 3. REFERENCE LIST OF LITERATURE. 1. BowERBANK, J. S. — "A Monograph of the Briti.sh Spongiada?. " Vols. 1-3; Vol. 4, edited, with additions, by the Rev. A. M. Norman. Ray Society, London, 1864, 1866, 1874, 1882. 2. Carter, H. J. — "Contributions to our Knowledge of the Spongida." Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (.">), iii., 1879, pp.284-.S(J4, 343-360. 3. "Report on Specimens dredged up from the (4ulf of Manaar. Part viii. Spongida." Op. cit., (5), vi., 1889, pp.3r)-61, 129-156. 4. "Contributions to our Knowledge of the Spongida." Op. cit., (5), xii., pp.308-.329. 668 REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, iii., 5. Carter, H. J. — "Descriptions of Sponges from the Neighhouvhood of Port Phillip Heads, South Australia." Op. at., (.5), xvi., pp. 277- 294, 347-368. 6. Dendy, a. — "Catalogue of the Non -Calcareous Sponges collected by J. Braceljridge, Esq., M.A., in the Neighljourhood of Port Phillip Heads." Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, (n.s.), vii., 1895, pp.232-259. 7. Ditto. Part iii. Op. cit., 1897, pp.230-259. 8. "Report on the Sponges collected by Prof . Herdman at Ceylon in 1902." Reports on the Pearl Oyster Fisheries in the Gulf of Manaar. Vol. iii., 1905, pp. 59-246. Royal Society, London. 9. Fristedt, K. — "Bidrag till Kannedomen om de vid Sveriges vestra kust lefvande Spongite." Kgl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., xxi., 6, 1885, pp. 1-56. 10. ■ — "Sponges fi'om the Atlantic and Arctic Oceans and the Behring Sea."" Vega P^xped. vetensk. lakttagelser, Stockholm, 1887, Vol. iv., pp. 403-471. 11. Gray, J. E. — "Notes on the Arrangement of Sponges, with the De- scriptions of some new Genera." Proc. Roj'. Soc. London, 1867, pp. 492-538. 12. Hallmann, E. F. — "Report on the Sponges obtained by the F.I.S. 'Endeavour' on the Coasts of New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia, Queensland, and Tasmania." Part i. Zoological Results of the Fishing Experiments carried out by the F.I.S. 'Endeavour,' 1909-1910. Sydney, 1912. 13. "A Revision of the Monaxouid Species described as new in Lendenfeld's 'Catalogue of the Sponges in the Australian Museum, Sydney'." Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1914, xxix., pp.263-315, 317-376, 398-446. 14. Hentschel, E. — " Tetraxonida. — Teil ii."' Die Fauna Siidwest-Aus- traliens, Bd. iii.. Lief. 10, 1911, pp.279-393. Jena. 15. "Kiesel- und Horn.schwamme der Aru- und Kei- Inseln." Abh. Senckenb. Naturf. Gesell., xxxiv., 1912, pp.295-448. 16. "Monaxone Kieselschwiimme der Deutsche Siidpolar- p:xpedition." Deutsche Siidpolar-Expedition 1901-1903, Bd. xv., Zool. vii., 1914, pp.37-141. 17. HifiGix, T. — "Description of some Sponges obtained during a Cruise of the Steam- Yacht 'Argo' in the Caribbean and neighbouring Seas." Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4), xix., 1877, pp.291-299. 18. Keller, C. — "Die Spongienfaunades Rothen Meeres." Parti. Zeit. f. wiss. Zool., xlviii., 1889, pp.31 1-405. 19. "Die Spongienfauna des Rothen Meeres." Part ii. Op. cit., Iii., 1891, pp. 294-368, BY B. F. ttALLMANJJ. 669 20. KiRKPATRiCK, R. — " Descriptions of South African Sponges." Marine Investigations in South Africa, Vol. ii., 1902-03. Cape Town. 21. "On the Sponj^es of Christmas Island." Proc. Zool. See. London, 11»(I0, pp. 127-140. 22. "The Tetraxonida of the National Antarctic Ex- pedition." National Antarctic Expedition, Natural History, Vol. iv., 1908, pp.l-o6. 23. KiESCHXiCK, 0. — "Silieispongia? von Ternate nach den Sammlungen von Herrn Prof.. Dr. W. Kukenthal." Zool. Anz., xix., 1896, pp. 526-534. 24. "Kieselschwamnie von Amboina." Semon's Zoolo- gische Forschungsreisen in Australien und dem Malayischen Archi- pel., Ed. v., Lief, v., Denk. (4es. Jena, Bd. viii., 1900, pp. 545-582. 25. Lebwohl, F. — "Japanese Tetraxonida." Journ. Coll. Science, Tokj^o, XXXV., Art. 2, 1914, pp. 1-1 16. 26. Lkndenfej>1), K. von. — "Die C'halineen des australischen (iebietes." Zool. Jahrb., Bd. ii., 1887, pp. 723-827. 27. "Descriptive Catalogue of the Sponges in the Australian Museum, Sydney." London, 1888. 28. Levixskn, (t. M. R. — "Kara-Havets Svampe." Dijmphna Togtets zool.-bot. Udbyttet, 1886, pp.339-372. 29. LoiSEL, (I. — "Contribution a I'histo-physiologie des Eponges — 1. Les fibres des Reniera." Journ. Anat. Physiol., xxxiv., 1898, pp. 1-43. 30. LrxDBEGK, W. — "Porifera, Pt. i. — Homorrhaphidce and Heterorrha- phida?." The Danish Ingolf-Expedition, 1902, Vol. vi., pp. 1-108. Copenhagen. 31. Maas, 0. — "Ueber Entstehung und Wachstum der Kieselbilde bei Spongien." SB. Ak. Miinchen, xxx., 3, 1901, pp. 553-569. 32. Ridley, S. 0. — In Narr. Chall. Exp., Vol. i., Pt. ii., p.572. 33. Ridley, S. 0., and A. Dendy. — "The Monaxonida." Reports on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. "Challenger," Zool. XX., 1887. 34. Row, R. W. H. — "Report on the Sponges collected by Mr.. Cyril Crossland in 1904-5. — Part ii. Non-Calcarea." Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxxi., 1911, pp.287-400. 35. Schmidt, 0. — "(4rundzuge einer Spongien-Fauna des Atlantischen Gebietes." Leipzic, 1874. 36. "Spongien." Jahresb. der Commission zur wissensch. Untersuchung der deutschen Meere, v., 1875, pp 115-120. 37. Sollas, W. J. — "The Tetractinellida." Reports on the Scientific Results of the Voyageof H.M.S. "Challenger," Zoology, Vol. xxv., 1888. 670 RfiVISIOl^ OP TtlE AilNELLIDiE, iii., 38. Thiele, J. — " Studien iiber pazifische Spongien." Zoologica, Heft 24, 1898. 39. " Kieselschwannne von Ternate — i." Ahh. Senckenb. Natuif. (^efiell., xxv., 19(;mJ, pp.l9-8U. 40. "Beschreibung einiger uiizureiehend bekannten Monaxonen Spongien." Arch. f. Naturg., 1903, pp. 37.5-398. 41. "Kieselschwanime von Teinate — ii."' Abh. (Senckenb. Natuif. GeselL, xxv., Heft iv., 1903, pp.933-9«8. 42. "Die Kiesel- und Hornschwamme der Samnilung Plate." Zool. Jahrb. Suppl., vi., 190.5, pp. 407-496. 43. TopSENT, E. — "Quelques Spongiaires du banc de Campeche et de la Pointe-a-Pitre." MiMn. .Soc. Zool. de Fiance, ii., 1889, pp.30-.52. 44. "Notice preliniinaiie siirles Spongiaires reciiillis durant les Canipagnes de IHirondelle." — ler Article. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, ii., 1890, pp.2.b20), Echiitaxia{p.Di3}, Stronyylamma{p.^i?>), and Parati'mea{p.%l b). Genus Halicneimia Bowerbank. Dejinition. — Axinellid{e(?) typically of encrusting habit, some- times disc-shaped, with a main skeleton consisting of smooth skeletal tylostyli disposed (in part, at least) vertically, with their heads based upon tlie substratum, and with dermal megascleres in the form of smooth, typically centrotylote tornota. The microscleres are centrangulate, spined microxea similar to those of the genus I/igginsia. Type-species, //. pate' a Bowerbank(l). Topsent(49) would include in this genus, in addition to //. patera, Bowerbank's Hymeraphia verticilhita, and the species originally described by him as Buharis constellata,— hoth of which agree with //. patera in the possession of skeletal tylostyli and centrotylote, diactinal dermal megascleres. The very de- cided differences between these three species in certain other respects, however, appear to me to render necessary the alloca- tion of each to a separate genus. In Hymeraphia verticillafa, the acanthoxea are of slightly curved form and verticillately spined, and the smooth, diactinal megascleres are tritid at both extremities; and, furthermoie, the species is sometimes of massive habit. To replace the (pre occupied) generic names Laothoe and Ncsnia ah'eady proposed by Gray(ll) for this species, I propose the name Laonteiiia. The third species referred to has euasters for microscleres, and, but for its possession of special dermal megascleres, would probably require to be referred to the genus 7'iniea. For its re- ception, I propose the new genus I'araiimea, which I would include in the family Spirastrellidae. 676 AN EFFLORESCENCE ON SOME NEW ZEALAND KELPS. By a. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc. In December, 1910, I received a parcel of Algse from Welling- ton, N.Z. After washing with fresh water and drying in the open air, I deposited specimens of some of the larger kelps, Lessonia vrwiegata J. Ag., Marginai-ia Boryana (Rich.) Mont., and M. Urvilleana Rich , in a large cardboard box, and thus pre- served them in a dry room. On looking over these specimens in June, 1915, I found them covered with a beautiful efflorescence of delicate needle-shaped cr3'stals, some of them nearly a centi- metre in length. They were singly colourless and flexible. The crystals had formed in such quantities that, by sliaking the alg?e, I was able to collect several grams of them. They were entirely soluble in water. I made a large number of preliminary tests with them in the laboratory of the Sydney Grammar School. The flame was as pure a potassium flame as I could obtain from crystals of potassium chloride taken from the laboratory stock. I could not obtain any evidence of the presence of any other metal. The abundant precipitate with silver nitrate indicated that the potassium was mainly present as chloride. I could find no trace of sulphates or any other inorganic salts. There were no signs at all of iodine or bromine. That organic substances were present was soon discovered; and, notably, the reduction of copper sulphate in the presence of sugars showed the presence of OH radicals. The solution behaved just as would a solution of a tartrate or a citrate, while Fehling's solution gave no evidence of sugars. I could not obtain, however, independent evidence of the presence of tartrates or citrates. BY A. H. S. H^CAS. 677 I then made an exact determination of the amount of KCl. The samples selected were free from sand. Jn one sample, the percentage of KCl was 6055, and in a second it was 61 '24. Speaking of the analysis to my friend, Mr. T. Steel, who has great laboratory experience in organic analyses, he evinced great interest in the matter, and offered to make a complete and ex- haustive analysis of the efflorescence. Mr. Steel's analysis gave: - KCl 58-20 CaSO^ Mannitol Sand Water trace 36-70 4-90 0-30 100-10 He estimated the potassium and the chlorine separately, and thus definitely proved the complete absence of sodium. If we deduct the sand, the percentage of KCl in the efflor- escence is 61 -3 and that of the matinitol 38-6. These percentages agree well with the foi-mula of an exact chemical compound, CfiHjj(OH)i;, 4 KCl, as was pointed out by my colleague, Mr. Carpenter. I then tried if this compound could be formed artificially in the laboratory. The chloride and mannitol were dissolved in the above proportions in a small quantity of water and evaporated down (1) rather quickly, and (2) very slowly in a desiccator. In the former case, the two substances crystallised out separately in their characteristically different crystalline forms. In the second case, crystals of one form only were obtained, needles ai-ranged in beautiful feathery gi-oups, crystals appai-ently identical with the crystals of the efflorescence. I tried mixtures of alkaline chlorides with mannitol corres- ponding to the formula CeHgfOH),,, 2KC1; C,;Hs(OH)fl, 4NaCl; C,;H„(()H)ii, 2NaCl. In all cases, the substances crystallised out independently. Ko compound was formed. The compound CRHg(OH)„, 4KC1 is unstable in the presence of water, which dissolves more of the mannitol, and of alcohol, 678 EFFLORESCENCE ON NEW ZEALAND KELPS whicli dissolves more of the chloride. On boiling with absolute alcohol, all the mannitol is precipitated. Similar compounds of the alkaline chlorides with some of the sugars are already known. It is, of course, well known that many of the kelps, or larger FucoideiH, contain abundance of KCl in their ash. Efflorescence of salts on the dry weed is a common phenomenon in hut, dry climates. Whilst most publislied accounts of such efflorescences mention large quantities of KCl, they do not in geneial give anything else except NaCl. On the other hand, so long ago as July 31, 1894, in the Journ. Soc. (hem. Industry, Vol.34, p.608, 0. Stanford writes, "Mannite is often seen on the frond of the Laminaria as an efflorescence, and is probably the result of fer- mentation.'" He does not mention the KCl. A great deal of attention has been paid in the last few yeais to the constituents of kelps by American woikers, and it is of interest to compare the results in the case of American kelps with those obtained from the New Zealand forms mentioned. Mr. Frank K. Cameron, in Report No. 100, United States De- partment of Agriculture, Washington, 1915, writes, p.'Jl, "The salts contained in kelp are mainly potassium and sodium chlorides. To a small extent, calcium and magnesium salts and iodides are present, and probably unimportant amounts of other salts. While the ratio of potassium chloride to sodium chloride varies more or less, for general argument it may be assumed as approx- imately 3 to 2." And on p. 27, "When kelp is dried slowly, there appears on the surface an efflorescence which can more or less readily be shaken off. This efflorescence is a mixture of potassium and sodium chlorides, the former predominating, togetlier with smaller and generally negligible quantities of other salts." It will be noticed that there is no mention of a pre- liminary washing in fresh water, and the question arises— Is the sodium chloride actually derived from the kelp itself, or is it simply due to the evaporation of the adherent sea-water ? No mention is made of the presence of mannitol in the efflorescence. Mr. D. R. Hongland, writing in the Journal of \Agricultural Research, U.S.A., Vol. iv., p.52, April, 1915, says, "The selective BY A. H. S. LUCAS. 679 action for potash is of course almost equally striking " [as that for iodine] "but the difference is of interest: much of the potassium chloride effloresces out as the plant dries, while no iodine is demonstrated in the effloresced salt." In view of the above, Mr. Steel's complete analysis of an efflorescence undoubtedly derived solelv from thealfja? themselves, is of great value. Mr. Hongland does not speak of mannitol, or of any other organic substance in the efflorescence, but, I.e., p. -1 7, speaking of tlie non-nitrogenous organic substances present in the kelp, he says, 'Ver\' little information isobtainable for these groups, and there are no satisfactory chemical methods available for their study. In general, complex mucilaginous polysaccharines aie characteristic of marine algjp, replacing the starch, cellulose, and simple sugars of most land-plants." I do not know whether mannitol has been found in the dried weed. Stanford regarded it as an after-product produced by fermentation!* In the case of the New Zealand plants, the efflorescence is still forming (May, 1916), quite a large fresh crop of crystals having appeared in tlie interval from June, I 9 ' 5. It seems improbable that a fermenta- tion could continue for five years and a lialf under dry condi- tions. I imagijie that the efflorescence is a purely physico- chemical phenomenon. It would be premature to discuss the bearing of the result of the analysis of this efflorescence upon the subject of the meta- bolism of kelps. 680 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. Part XIII. By C. Hedley, F.L.S. (Plates xlvi.-lii.) (Continued from Vol. xxxix., p.765.) Akca adamsiana Dunker. Area adamsiana Dunker, Novit. Conch. 1866, p. 88, PI. xxix., figs.4-6. Area siynata Dunker, op. ait., 1868, p. 112, PI. xxxviii., figs. 3-5: Id., Laniy, Journ. de Conch , Iv., 1907, p. 78, Pl.i., figs. 1,2. This species has not hitherto been recorded for Australia I dredged several specimens in ten fathoms in Port Curtis, Queens- land. Submitting these to Dr. Lamy, lie approved of my iden- tification of them as A. adamsiana, and added that they con- firmed him in considering that species identical with A. signata. For while the larger of my series corresponded well to A. signota, the smaller agreed exactly with A. adamsiana. » Akca botanica, sp.nov. (PI. li., figs.33, 34, 35.) Barbatia pusilla Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 931, not Byssoarca ]>usilla Sowerby. Shell small, very solid, pointed-oblong, inflated, flattened on the anterior-superior face, angled where this face meets the disk, constricted slightly abreast of the byssal gape, truncate pos- teriorly and attenuate anteriorly. Colour dull white or uniform clay-colour. Umbo at three-flfths of total length, enrolled, closely approaching. Area narrow-lanceolate, sunk under the high arched beaks. Sculpture: small, conical scales set in im- bricating flounces, the scales in about forty-four radials, the con- centric lines about forty. The radials on the anterior face of BY C. HEDLEY. 681 each valve are twelve. The scales are suppressed near the byssus- exit. Teeth eighteen, of which seven are posterior, increasing in size and inclination as they recede from the centre. Length, 15; height, 7; breadth of conjoined valves, 7 mm. This species is common under stones at low tide-level in the Hormosira-zone, all along the coast of New South Wales. It has hitherto lacked a name through misidentification with a Peruvian species. A member of the subgenus Acar, it nearest approaches the tropical A. plicafa Dillwyn (founded on Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., xi., PI. 204, fig.2008). From that, it is distinguishable by finer sculpture, especially by the smaller and more numerous radials of the antero-superior face, by shorter broader form, and by far smaller size. Compared with the Adelaidean Area lami- nata Angas,* it is smaller, more compac*', and delicately sculp- tured. Arca metella, sp.nov. (Plate li., figs.36, 37.) Shell small, rather thin, inflated, oblique, medially constricted, especially in the young, and in the left valve. Colour dull white. Anterior margin obliquely truncate, projecting past the hinge-line. Ventral margin insinuate, ascending posteriorly till it meets the hinge-line at a right angle. Umbo at one-third of the total length from the posterior end, low and slightly project- ing over the area. Fine, close, radial threads, about seventy in number, are crossed by similar threads about thirty in number, and develop a bead at the point of intersection. Ligamental area narrow-lanceolate, from the umbo a few oblique furrows cross the area anteriorly. The hinge has seven posterior and ten anterior teeth; those I'emote from the centre are inclined. Length, 10; height, 5-5; depth of single valve, 3 mm. Numerous separate valves, associated with Arca strabo, were dredged by myself in 100 fathoms off Wollongong, and in 80 fathoms off Narrabeen, N. S. Wales. * Barhatia laminata Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1865, p. 655. t^Arca irudina Lamarck, An. s. vert., vi., 1819, p.41; Lamy, Journ. de Conch., Iv., p. 80. 52 682 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii., As Dr. Lamy kindly points out to me, this shell has a general resemblance to Area nodidosa Miiller, from the North Atlantic. The Australian shell is, however, sharply cancellated, while the radial lines of A. nodidosa aie broken before reaching the con- centric. Our shells are also much smaller and rather more inflated. Chama FIBULA Reeve. Chama fibula Reeve, Conch. Icon., iv., 1846, PI. v., fig.27; Id., Melvill t Standen, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., xxvii., 1899, p.l93. Chama jukesii Reeve, Proc. Zool. 8oc., 1846 (1847), p.l20; Id., Conch. Icon., iv., 1847, Pi. vii., fig.39; Id., Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff., v., 1874, p.l72; Id., Smith, Chall. Rep. Zool., xiii., 1885, p. 172. Chama pellis-phocoi Reeve, Proc. Zool. 8oc., 1846 (1847), p.ll8; Id., Reeve, Conch. Icon., iv., 1847, PI. ix., fig. 54 ; Id., Melvill & Standen, op. cit., p. 193. C. bellisphoccB Clessin, Conch. Cab., 1889, p,37, PI. 17, tig. 1. Chama spinosa Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 925 (not Broderip). Chama reflexa Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871, p.lOO (not Reeve). A small Cliatna is not uncommon on stones between tide- marks in the sheltered parts of Sydney Harbour. It is firmly attached by the greater part of the left valve, the opercular valve usually pitched at a high inclination to the base; it is orbicular, with a sculpture of small, crowded, erect, subtubular scales, and attains a diameter of 45 mm. I have di'edged this species also in Port Curtis and off Cape York, Queensland. No other species of this genus comes as far south as Sydney. The first mention of Chama from this State is Lamarck's note that the variety (b) of C. ruderalis comes from Port Jackson. Both Delessert and Chenu* illustrate C. ruderalis as attached by the apex of the right valve. In size and general appearance, it is conformable to the Sydney shell. In South and West Aus- tralia, there is a species which is usually sinistral, and exception- ally dextral, and may, therefore, be Lamarck's species. If Chenu's tigs. 2b, 2c represent Lamarck's var. (b), then the locality ascribed to it is erroneous. * Delessert, Recueil, 1841, PI. xiii., figs.5, a, b. Chenu, Illustr. Conch., 1846, Pi. 5, figs. 2, 2a, 2b, 2c. BY C. HEDLEY. 683 The next records of Chama were by Angas, who, in his cata- logue of Port Jackson shells, included C. spinosa Broderip, in 1867, and C. reflexa Reeve, in 1871. C. spinosa was described from Lord Hood's Island, or Marutea, in the Paumotus, and its appearance here is improbable. It seems to be based on a shell too young to display specific characters. C. reflexa is from Darnley Island or Erub, Torres Strait. The figure of it does not well agree with the Sydney shell. From Cape York, Smith identified C. jukesii as taken by the " Challenger," and unites to these, as synonyms, C. fibula Reeve, and C. pellis-phoccB Reeve. The two latter are again recorded from this area by Melvill &, Standen. Of these three, C. fibula was published in December, 1846, and must, therefoi^e, take precedence over C. jitkesii and C. pellis-yhoccE. "Preliminary" descriptions of the two latter were issued 27th January, 1847, in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society, but perhaps subsequent to their appearance in the Iconica in January, 1847. In the case of another Queensland species, Chama pulcheJla, Reeve seems to have intruded not only on the prior C. lohata Broderip, and the Lamarckian C . damcecornis, but on the original Linnean Chama lazarus. There is yet another species described by Reeve as C . nivalis, which Jukes procured in Queensland, and which seems to me likely to be preoccupied by Lamarck's Chama limhula.* Such items as these support Cooke's contention that, in Chama, " Reeve has made fifty-five species out of material probably better represented by ten."t LUCINIDA HILAIIU, Sp.nOV. (Plate li., figs.38, 39.) Shell rather thin, inflated, truncate-circular. Colour dull white. The lunule-side is straight, cutting off a segment from the circle which the margin of the valve otherwise describes. * Lamarck, An. s. vert., vi., 1819, p. 9-5; Chenu, Illustr. Conch., 1846, PI. 7, figs. 5, oa. 5b. t Cooke, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5), xviii., 188G, p.90. 684 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii., Umbo small, incurved. Lunule rather broad, margined by a shallow groove, beyond which is a low broad fold. Sculpture : irregular, weak, concentric growth-lines, across which runs a series of delicate and superficial radial scratches. Edge of valve smooth and thin. Height, 18; length, 19; depth of single valve, 6 mm. Hab.— Off Montagu Island, 7-10 fathoms, February, 1916, (type), self. Also separate valves from the ocean-beaches round Sydney. In general appearance, L. hilaira is like Lucina perohUqiia Tate, but that is larger, more solid, more inflated, with more regular, concentric sculpture. SOLECARDIA CRYPTOZOICA, n.Sp. (Plate xlvi., fig.l; PI. li., fig.40.) Scintilla anomala Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867 (1868), p. 928; not S. anomala Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1855(1856), p. 181; nor S. anomala Deshayes, Explan. PI. xlix., figs. 13-15, Anim. s. vert. Bassin de Paris, i., 1860. Shell thin, translucent, of a milky colour, subequilateral, oblong in outline when young but becoming ovate when aged. When in contact ventrally, the valves are slightly apart dorsally. Ventral margins slightly curved, anterior end rounded, posterior produced. In the centre, the valve is tumid, but, dorsally, the margins are compressed and elevated in an arched crest on either side of the umbo, which projects prominently. Surface glossy, under the lens a few faint concentric threads appear, and the dorsal margins are slight!}^ vermiculate. Length, 11; height, 8 mm. The animal is of a milky translucency, in pale examples tipped with lemon, in darker specimens the mantle-margin and the longer tentacles are orange, sometimes the most prominent tentacles are tipped with scarlet. The foot is long and narrow, and is thrust far out, thus enabling the animal to progress rapidly. A thin transparent membrane, an outgrowth of the mantle, is spread over most, if not all, of the shell. On it are numerous papilla? which, round the margin, develop into tentacles. At each BY C. HEDLEY. 685 dorsal angle is a particularly long, slender horn. Similar pro- cesses on the mantle are shown in a sketch of Scintilla chilkaensis Preston.* Posteriorly, the mantle develops into two voluminous flaps. This gregarious species shelters under stones at low water in the mud-zone in Middle Harbour, Sydney, in companies of a dozen or so. Following the identification of G. F. Angas, this species has locally been received as Scintilla anomala. But it does not agree with the figure of that species in the Thesaurus; and Mr. H. B. Preston, who compared the type in the British Museum with Sydney specimens, assures me that they are distinct. Cardium rackettii Donovan. Cardium rackettii Donovan, Naturalist's Repository, iv., 1826, PL 124. Cardium radiatum Reeve, and Cardium pallidiim Reeve, Conch. Icon., ii., 1845, PI. xviii., figs.89, 92. Cardium tenuicostatum of authors, but not of Lamarck and Delessert. No mention is made of Cardiiim rackettii in any of the mono- graphs or catalogues dealing with the genus Cardium. Yet it was excellently figured, described, and localised, as being the size of the ordinary European Cardium echinatum, having 47 ribs, and obtained by Humphrey in New South Wales. It is obviously a species common round Sydney, a particularly fine example of which befoi-e me, from the Harbour, is 48 mm. in height and in breadth, and has 49 ribs. By Forbes, it was reported from Sydney as C. radiatum, and, by both Angas and Smith, as C. tenuicustatum.J But Cardium tenuicostatum was described by Lamarck from Timor and New Holland as a shell 56 mm. in diameter, with 48 ribs. The figure which Delessert gave (PI. xi., fig.6) from a Lamarckian specimen exhibits a shell of a quite different contour from C. rackettii, and disagrees with the figures which Sowerby, Hanley, Ueeve, and Roemer have produced as of C. tenuicostatum. It is now suggested that the real C. temiicostatum has been lost * Anuandale and Kemp, Mem. Indian Museum, v., lUlU, p.3.51. t Forbes, Voy. Rattlesnake, ii., 1852, p. 366. Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p.925. Smith, Chall. Rep. Zuol., xii., 1885, p.l59. 686 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii., to view, and that the later Australian references to it should be transferred to C. rackettii Donovan. Cardium cygnorum Deshayes. (Plate lii., fig.41.) Cardium cygnorum Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854 (May, 1855), p.331; Id., Angas, op. cit., 1865, p. 651; Id., Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., vii., 1872, iSuppl., p. 261; Id., Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy Soc. Tasm., 1877, p.53; Id., Tate, Trans. Roy. t:>oc. S.A., ix., 1887, p.95; Id., Tate &, May, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxvi., 1901, p.430; Id., Pritchard *t Gatliff, Proc. Boy. Soc. Vict., xvi., 1903, p.l35. Though this species has been frequently cited in literature, it has not yet been figured. A specimen 50 mm. high and 42 mm. long, from St. Vincent's Gulf, S. Australia, identified by Mr. E. A. Smith, is, therefore, here illustrated. The range of this species is now announced to extend into New South Wales. I have dredged a living specimen, 26 x 28 mm., in 7-10 fathoms, on sandy ground, under Montagu Island. Tridacna gigantea Perry. Chama gigas Linne (in part only) Syst. Nat., x., 1758, p. 691 Cfide Hanley, Ips. Linn. Conch., 1855, p. 85); Id., P»orn, Test. Mus. Cfes., 1780, p.80; Id., Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., vii., 1784, p. Ill, PI. 49, 'figs. 492-4. "Zrti^at^'itVe,"Cubieres, Histoire Abrege des Coquillages de Mer, 1798, p.l48. Chania gigantea Perry, Concholog}'^, 1811, p.2. Chama gigas Flinders, Voy. Terr. Austr., ii., 1814, p. 114. Tridacna gigas Lamarck, An. s. vert., vi., 1819, p. 105; Id., Ten. -Woods, these Proceedings, v., 1880, p. 125; Id., Kobelt, Nachr. deut. Malak. Gesell., xv., 1883, p. 189; Id., Kent, Great Barrier Heef, 1893, p. 44, PL xxix.; Id., Smith, Proc. Malac. Soc. iii., 1898, p.ll2; Id., Hedley, Nautilus, xv., 1902, p.98; Id., Banfield, "Confessions of a Beachcomber," 1908, p. 138. Tridacna lamarcki Hidalgo, Mem. Real Acad. Cienc. Madrid, xxi., 1903, p.385. Under the name of Chania gigas, the Father of Natural His- tory seems to have embraced the whole of the modern genus BY c. Medley. 687 Triiiacna. For the name gi'jas, as restricted to a single species, the candidates are the shell subsequently named squamosa by Lamarck, and a huge species whose valves, in the Ulrica Museum, together weighed 498 lbs. After careful examination, Hanley decided that the furbe- lowed clam, such as Reeve has figured (Conch Icon., xiv., 1862, Tridacna, Pi. iii.) for T. squamosa, ought rightly to bear the name oigigas. He based his verdict on the ground that the actual shell owned by Linne as representing gigas, is the Lamarckian squamosa, and that to this apply most of the literary references. Linnean contemporaries, such as Born, Regenfuss, and Chemnitz, while making casual reference to the giant, all agree in figuring and describing squamosa as the Linnean gigas. Discriminating in 1819 between the species his predecessors had confused, Lamarck unlawfully used tlie name gigas for the largest form, while for the Linnean giyas he proposed squamosa. Attentive to the remarks of Hanley, Hidalgo, in 190.'^, renamed the biggest species T. lamarcki. \^\xt in 1811, Perry had already used the name Chama gigantea for " The largest shell at present known a Bivalve about three feet in length, one foot and a half in breadth, the shell itself being four or five inches thick." As the young of the giant has not yet been traced to the adult, it is still possible that squamosa is a juvenile deeper-water form of the large intertidal and abraded gigantea. The size to which this species ultimately attains is, as Kent and Banfield remark, a favourite subject for romance among travellers. After some inquiries. Smith concluded that the largest authentic record was that by Dillwynof a Sumatran pair which weighed 507 lbs., and of which the largest valve was four feet six inches long, two feet five and a half inches high, and one foot deep. The heaviest known are a pair weighing ooOlbs., which, Cubieres and Lamarck relate, were presented by the Venetian Republic to Francis I. These still exist, their edges bound with brass, as holy-water basins in the cathedral of St. Sulpice, in Paris. The photographs of Saville Kent show the giant clams in their natural position on the Great Barrier Reef, where they occur 688 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, Xlii., free and exposed at low tide, standing on their umbones, and showing their brightly coloured mantle and so-called eyes* as they gape. They were reported by Capt. Cook as " cockles of so enormous a size that one of them was more than two men could eat."t Kobelt has noticed that Javan specimens were infested by Pinnotheres, a commensal crustacean. Flinders described how the valves of this giant cockle were used as tanks on Half-way Island or Parima, a waterless cay in Torres Strait. To each shell, the rain-water was led from Pan- danus trees by guttei's, long slips of bark, so that a shower would pour two or three pints into each for the use of native canoe- voyagers. DosiNiA CROCKA Deshayes. Dosinia crocea Deshayes, Brit. Mus. Cat., 1853, p.8 ; Id., Roemer, Monogr., 1862,p.7l,Pl. xiii., fig.4: Id., Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., ix., 1887, p.94; Id., Pritchard & Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xvi., 1903, p. 133; Id., May, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasni., 1915, p.80. This species is now added to the fauna of New South Wales on the strength of specimens I dredged in 7-10 fathoms under Montagu Island. Gafrarium quoyi Hanley. Cytherea scripta var. quoyi Hanley, Recent Shells, 1844, p. 11 bis, PI. XV., fig. 25. Circe quoyi Sowerby, Thes. Conch., ii., 1853, p. 758. Circe lenticularis Deshayes, Cat. Conchif. Brit. Mus., June, 1853, p.85; Id., Proc. Zool. Soc, 1853 (June 27, 1854), p.7; Id., Reeve, Conch. Icon., xiv., 1863, PI. ii., fig.7; Id., Roemer, Monog. Venus, 1869, p.200, PI. Iv., fig.l; Id., von Martens, Zool. Forsch. Semon, 1894, p. 94. Circe trigona Reeve, Conch. Icon., xiv., 1863, Pi. iii., fig. 12. Circe riv2i/aris Sowerhy, Thes. Conch., ii., 1853, p.652, PI. 139, figs.46-48; Id., Hanley, * Brock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), i., 1888, p. 430. t Cook's First Voyage, iii., 1783, p.o66. BY C. HEDLEV. 689 Recent Shells, 1856, p. 355; Id., Reeve, Conch. Icon., xiv., 1864, PI. i., fig. 3 (not Venus rivularia Born, Index Mus. Ctes. Vind., 1778, p.59. and Test, ect., 1780, p.72, PL v., fig.7). Circe tmdalina Angas, Pi'oc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 922 (? Venus U7idalina Lamarck, An. s. vert., v., 1818, p.575; 1 Reeve, Conch. Icon., xiv., 1864, PL L, fig.lc). Circe pe7-sonata Reeve, Conch. Icon., xiv., 1864, PL2, fig.6; Id., Roemer, Monog. Venus, 1869, PL liv., tigs. la, lb, not Ic; Id., Schmeltz, Cat. Godeff. Mus., v., 1875, p. 169 (not C. per sonata Desh., Cat. Conch. Brit. Mus., 1853, p.8 4). Circe sugillata Jieeve, Conch. Icon., xiv., 1864, PL iii., fig. 11. Circe scripta Ohenu, Illustr. Conch., 184 7, PL xi., figs. 8, 8a, 8b only; /c?., Smith, Chall. Exped. ZooL, xiii., 1885, p. 140; Id., Roth, N. Qld. Ethn. Bull., iii., 1901, p 18; Id, Hedley, these Proceedings, xxxL, 1906, p. 466 (not Venus scripta Linne, Syst. Nat., x., 1758, p.680). The "Challenger" Expedition reported Circe scripta Linn., as taken in 4-18 fathoms in Port Jackson. It is difficult to decide what shell ought to bear this name. For none of the figures cited by Linne in the original account of 1758 harmonise with any shell known in modern times as Circe sc7'ipta. He quoted first the Chama litterata rotunda of Rumphius,* which is a rounder, smoother shell than a Circe, and might pass as well for Lioconcha fastigiata. Hanley statedf that a specimen in the Linnean cabinet corresponds to Sowerby's illustration of C. scripta, Thes. Conch., ii., 1844, PL 139, fig.38. This iovm{ = alhida Deshayes) occurs, I believe, in Queensland; it difiers from the Sydney shell in shape and colour. Thus, whether C. scripta is to be identified from the figures to which Linne referred, or whether the shell owned by Linne, and noted by Hanley, is to be taken for the foundation of the species, we must equally exclude C . scripta from the local fauna. Having arrived at the conclusion that "this shell (usually termed the Scripta of Australia) is completely distinct from the true scripta of Linnaeus," Hanley suggested for it "the name of Quoyi, in * Runiphius, Ambom. Rariteitkamer, 1741, p. 139. t Hanley, Ips. Linn. Coiioh., 1855, p. 78. 690 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii., honour of the naturalist wlio has so successfully investigated the invertebrata of that portion of the globe." But he again described this species on p. 355 under the name of Cylherea rivularis Born. The Sydney shell, which has a smooth ventral margin, and so belongs to the section Circe, as restricted by Jukes Brovi'ne,* appears to have been figured by Sowerby and Reeve as Circe rivularis Born. But Brauerf has determined Born's type of rivularis to be Circe crocea Gray, as figured by Roemer, PI. Ivi., fig ^c. This is different from C. quoyi, being more inflated, with coarser, umbonal, oblique folds. Schmeltz has identified the >Sydney shell as C. personata Deshayes, 1853, but that was founded on a Nicobar species figured by Chemnitz (Vol. vii., figs. 420-426), and was already named Circe violacea by Schumacher in 1817. This, and not scriptd Linn., was the type of the genus Circe. Perhaps the figures of personata supplied by later authors were derived from Australian shells. Angas referred the Sydney shell to Cytherea undatina Lamk. This may be correct, and, if so, would take precedence over quoyi or other names. But the literary history of this is too meagre and contradictory for adoption. For Roemer's figure of it agrees neither with Lamarck's description of the colour-pattern, nor with Deshaj'es' determination of it as scripta. Possibly Lamarck's species might be the neglected Venus Wauaria Gmelin, 1791. Adams has figured J C. quoyi as the host of Myochama stulchburyi. As the best expression of typical New South Wales G. quoyi, Roemer's fig.l, Plate liv., may be selected. A variety from N. W. Australia is shown by Reeve's PI. i., fig. 3a. A well marked related form is C. triyona Reeve, 1863, not yet reported as Aus- tralian, but here noted as from Stradbroke and Facing Islands, Queensland. It is shown by Roemer's PI. 53, fig. 2, as Circe plicatina. * Jukes Browne, Proc. Mai. See, xi., 1914, p. 66. tBrauer, S. B. Akad. Wien, Ixxvii., 1878, p. 132. t Adams, Proc. Zool, Hoc, 1852, PI. xv., fig. 4. BY C. HEDLEY. fi91 Marcia nitida Quoy & Gaimard. (Plate xlvi., figs.2, 3 ) Chione nitida Hedley, these Proceedings, xxix., 1904, p. 1 94. This species attains a larger size than is usually recognised. One specimen T gathered is 56 mm. long, and 37 high, the con- joined valves being 27 mm. deep. It occurs alive at low tide in sand on the margin of a Zostera-flat by the Middle Harbour Sand-Spit. The animal has a long, tongue-shaped, orange-coloured foot. The siphons are buff streaked and spotted with black; they are of equal length and deeply divided, their apertures fringed with digitate papillae. The exhalant has, besides, a lobe which acts as a lid. The mantle-margin is finely fringed with papillje. In his review of the family, this species was, under the synonym oi ficniigata, included in Marcia by Jukes Browne.* Tellina astula, sp.nov. (Plate lii., figs. 42, 43.) Tellina nitida Perry, Conchology, 1811, Pl.lv., fig. 1. Not Tellina nitida Poli, 1791. Tellina perna Brazier,(not Spengler), these Proceedings, ii., 1877 (1878), p.l42; Id., Whitelegge, Proc. Roy. Soc, N. S. Wales, xxiii., 1889, p.238. Shell oblong acuminate, polished, convex, rose-pink, with broad radiating bands of cream, smooth except on the rostrum. Dorsal margin straight, anterior end semicircular, ventral margin arcuate. Rostrum tongue-shaped, concave above, protuberant posteriorly, end truncate, lower margin straight, horizontal, sharply bent to continue the ventral margin. The valves differ by the rostrum being bent to the right and having, in the right valve, a fold at its base, absent in the left. From the umbo to the extremity runs a shallow furrow. Spaced and sharply engraved concentric grooves extend in the right valve over the whole rostral area past the fold and notch, but, on the left, only from the radial furrow to the edge. The anterior side is rather longer than the posterior. Length, 155; height, 25; depth, 11 mm. Hab. — Sow and Pigs lleef, Sydney (Brazier), Broken Bay (Hargraves), and Trial Bay (C. Laseron), N.S.VN'. * J. Browne, Proc. Malac. Soc, viii., 1909, p.233; and xi., 1914, p.87. 692 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii., This has a general likeness to T. penia, for which it has been mistaken, but T. astula has a much narrower rostrum, and an abrupt notch where the rostrum leaves the body. T. pharaonis has the rostrum grooved, but both the rostrum and the rest of the valve are longer and narrower than in 2\ astula. T. con- saiiguinea Sowerby,* is more compressed, and the rostrum has a more upward direction. Spisula trigonella Lamarck. Mactra trigonella Lamarck, An. s. vert., v., 1818, p. 479; Id., Lamy, Bull Mus. Hist. Nat., 1914, p. 245. Gnathodon parvum Petit, Journ. de Conch., iv., 1853, p. 358, PI. xiii., figs. 9, 10. Spisula parva Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xvii., 1894, p. 106 ; Id., Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, xxvi., 1902, p 707, PI. xxxiv., figs. 2, 3 (hinge); Id., Smith, Proc. Malac. Soc, xi., 1914, p.l46. Mactra trigonella was gathered by Peron at Shark's Bay, W.A., and was named by Lamarck. For nearly a century, his unfigured type has lain unobserved in the Paris Museum. Dr. Lamy has lately disinterred it, and declares it identical with Spisula parva, which younger name must now be superseded. Amphidesma angusta Reeve. (Plate xlvi., fig.4.) Mesodesma angiista Pteeve, Conch. Icon., viii., July 1854, PI. i., fig.S; Id., Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854 (May, 1855), p.338; Id., Tate, Trans. Hoy. Soc. S.A., xxi., 1897, p. 46; Id., Lamy, Journ. de Conch., Ixii., 1914, pp.37, 38, fig.2. Mesodesma elongata Reeve, Conch. Icon., viii., 1854, PI. i., tig. 5; Id., Des- hayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854 (1855), p. 337; Id., Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., ix., 1887, p. 85; Id., Tate k May, these Proceed- ings, xxvi., 1901, p.424; Id., Pritchard & Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xvi., 1903, p. 110. Donacilla elongata Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1865, p.647, and 1867, p. 220; Id., Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., iv., Suppl., 1868, p.l26; Id., Ten.-Woods, Proc Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1877, p.50. Sowerby, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), xii., 1903, p.500. BY C. HEDLEY. G93 It has already been reported by Prof. Tate that M. angusta and M. elongata are synonyms, an observation which, from ex- amination of their respective types, [ can confirm. As the notices in the Conchologica Iconica were published a year before those in the Zoological Proceedings, it follows that avgusta must be ci'edited to Reeve, and must also take precedence over elongata. To the list of Tasmanian species wrongly credited to Raine Island {antea, xxxviii., p. 268), A. elongata can now be added. This species is common round Sydne}'. Its habit is to lie in the sand in the wash of the sea. When the drag of the waves uncovers it, there is a sparkle of yellow, a scramble, two or three quick stabs of the foot, and the bivalve is again buried. The foot protrudes to a length equal to that of the shell; it is flat, cordate-acuminate, buff with a pink tinge. The exhalant siphon seems to be always exserted further than its fellow; the orifice is beset with a few, small, digitate papillse. The inhalant siphon issues at the angle of the shell; as far as I could observe it in captivity, it extends only a third of the length of the other siphon, and has the expanded orifice fringed with fine, pinnatifid processes. Mr. T. Dick sends me a specimen of A. angusta from Port Macquarie, which he found in process of being bored by Polinices incei. Amphidesma cuneata Lamarck. Crassatella cuneata Lamarck, An. s. vert., v., 1818, p. 483; Id., Lamy, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., 1912, p.248, text-fig. (not of Sowerby, Reeve, Hanley, or Tate). Amphides7na glabrella Lamarck, op. cit., p. 493; Id., Lamy, op. cit , p. 253; Id., Lamy, Journ. de Conch., Ixi., 1913, p.322; Id., Blainville, Man. de Malac, 1827, PI. 78, fig.6; Id., Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., xxi., 1897, p. 46. Mesodesma gaijmardi T)esha.yes, Encycl. Meth., vers, ii., 1835, p.4:i4:(Jide Lamy). Mesodesma prcecisa Reeve, Conch. Icon., vii., 1854, P1.4, fig. 31; Id., Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854 (May, 1855), p. 338. Mesodesma obtusa Crosse & Fischer, Journ. de Conch., xii., 1864, p.350, and xiii., 1865, p.428, PI. xi., fig.4; Id., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc , 1867, p.920. 694 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii., This is another case in which Australian conchologists have benefited by the examination of Lamarck's types by Dr. Ed. Lani}', of Paris. This southern species is dwarfed, and scarce in this latitude, which makes it improbable that Melvill &, Standen were correct in identifying J/, prcecisa from Albany Pass. The first record of this from our State was a note by Angas that he had found Donacilla ohtnsa at The Spit, Middle Harbour. Tate ascertained that this name was a synonym of M. prchcisa and M. glabrella. The unfigured C. cnneata had been generally ascribed, as in Reeve's Iconica, to AnapeUn cydadea{ = Spistda adelaidce Angas), but the figure of the type, lately published by Dr. Lamy, has corrected this error. This species varies a good deal in outline. LiNGULA ROSTRUM Shaw. Mytilus rostrum Shaw, Nat. Miscell., ix., 1797, P1.315, two upper figures. Pharetra monoculoides Bolten, Mus. Bolt., (2), 1798, p. 159, for Chemn. Conch. Cab., x., 1788, p 360, PI. 172, figs. 1675-77. Lig^da unguis Cuvier, Tab. Elem., 1798, p. 435. Lingida analina Lamarck, Syst. An. s. vert., 1801, p. 141, for Lingula sp. Bruguiere, Encycl. Meth. vers, 1797, PI. 250, fig. 1, a, b, c; Id., Davidson, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool , iv., 1888, p. 206, PI. xxix., figs. 1-8; Id., von Martens, Forsch. Gazelle, iii., 1889, p. 263. Lingida hians Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 935; Id., White- legge, Proc Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxiii., 1889, p.294. The type of the brachiopod genus Lingula is usually known by Lamarck's name of anatina. There are,'liowever, other names whose claims deserve consideration. Linne included, under ^'■Patella unguis," references both to a Scutus and to a Lingula. According to Hanley,* it is the former, based on a figure of Rumphius, which should carry the Linnean name. From the Museum Gerversianum, there is cited by Dillwyn for this species Anatijera luzona of Meuschen. A Philippine form was well figured and legitimately named Mytilus rostrum by Shaw in 1797, a name which, though left for * Hanley, Ips. Linn. Conch., 1854, p. 425. BY C. HEDLEY. 695 a century in obscurity, appears the rightful heir to the title. In the following year, Bolten proposed a binomial for some excellent figures published polynoraially by Chemnitz. The generally accepted name by Lamarck was not advanced till 1801. The genus-name Lingida appeared rather irregularly as a heading for a single species on a plate in the Encyclopedic Methodique. If this is ruled out, then we shall have to fall back on Bolten's Pharetra. The species have been discriminated usually from dry and probably distorted material. Little attention has been given to change in appearance in dilferent stages of growth. It may be, therefore, still a matter for investigation whether the names assigned to Australian forms, L. tumidula Reeve, L murphiana Reeve, L. exusta Reeve, and L. hirundo Reeve, represent distinct species, geographical races, or growth-forms of a single species. L. anatina was recognised from Moreton Bay by Dr. E. von Martens. Some fifty years ago, Angas gathered, in Middle Harbour, a species of Lingida which he determined as L hians. Brazier has noted, in Whitelegge's List, additional localities for this. A Revision of Australasian Tugalia. Of Tugalia, there are two species in New Zealand, and two others in Australia. Confusion has enveloped this small group; for under the name of T. parmophoidea, or its various renderings, each of the other species has in turn been included. 'J'he identity of the genotype has thus been obscured. Monographs in the Thesaurus and Conchologica Iconica, by transfer of names to wrong genera, species, and localities, by omission, and dis- union, constructed a labyrinth of error which has entangled conchologists for half a century. 1 hus, in 1867, Emargimda ossea Gould, from Fiji, was substituted for the totally different T. parmophoidea from Sydney by Angas. In 1883, Brazier re-distributed the names of three species incorrectly. As late as 1903, Pritchard & Gatliff reflected current opinion by pre- senting, under the head of T. parmophoidea, a tangled, hetero- genous mass of intermedia, elegans, tasmnnica, and australi$. 696 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii., It is hoped that the figures of the four species concerned, now placed side by side for comparison, will relieve the misunder- standing that has hitherto prevailed. TUGALIA INTERMEDIA Reeve. (Plate lii., fig.44.) Parmophorus infermedius Reeve, Conch. Syst., ii. 1842, p. 22, PL cxxxix., figs. 5, 6; Id., Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1842, p. 50; Id., Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ix., 1884, p.371. Sub- emargiynila intermedia Suter, Man. N.Z. Moll., 1913, p. 102, PI. 8, fig. 6. Tngalia cinerea Sowerby, Thes. Conch., iii., 1863, p. 221, PI. 249, fig. 15. Tugalia pannophoridea Sowerby, Thes. Conch., iii., 1863, p. 221, PI. 249, fig. 16; Id., Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xvii., 1870,Pl.i.,fig.4a,not4b; M, Hutton, Man.N.Z. Moll., 1880, p.l06. Subemarginula parmophoidea Harris, Cat. Pert. Moll. Brit. Mus., i., 1897, p. 290. Tttgali elegans Gray, in Diefienbaoh, Travels in N.Z., ii., 1843, p.240; Id., Revue Zool., 1844, p.355; M, von Martens, Crit. List N.Z. Mollusca, 1873, p. 35. N ot Parmophorus elegansGra,j, Annals of Philos., ix., 1825, p.l40( = Scutus unguis Linn.). Hitherto, this species has not been clearly differentiated from T. par7nophoidea. 1"he New Zealand foi'm is readily distinguish- able by having the apex considerably nearer to the margin than has the Australian shell. In T. intermedia, the sculpture is finer, the shell is not so tall, and has a more marked sinus at the anterior margin. Otherwise the two are much alike in size, shape, and general appearance. The pair represent one another on each side of the Tasman Sea, which neither crosses. In T. elegans, the concentric sculpture is described as forming arched ribs across the radial striae, a point which, supported by an exact locality. Great Barrier Island, fixes the identity of the species. On the Banner Island shell, Gray founded a new genus, which he spelt Tugali, apparently a misprint later corrected by himself to Ihigalia.* * Gray, Guide to the Systematic Distribution of Mollusca in the British Museum, Part i., 1857, p. 163. BY C. HEDLEY. G97 By A. Adams,* T. elegans was wrongly referred to North Africa, and subsequent authors have mostly lost sight of the name. The specimen figured is 29 mm, long, and was collected by Mr. H. Hill, at Wellington, New Zealand. TuGALiA PARMOPHOiDEA Quoy & Caimard. (Plate lii., fig.45.) Emargimila parmophoidea Q. & G., Zool. Astrolabe, iii., 1835, p. 325, P1.68,figs.l5, 16. Clypidina parmophoroidea Chenu, Man. Conch., i., 1859, p. 373, figs. 2798-99. Tugalia pai-mophoridea Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xvii., 1871, PI. i., fig.4b, not 4a. Emar- g inula p)armophoidea Watson, Cliall. Rep. Zool., xv., 1886, p. 35. Tugalia parmophoidea (in part) Pritchard & Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., XV., 1903, p. 190. Stibemarg inula parmophoroides Shirley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Q'land, xxiii., 1911, p. 96. Ihigalia ossea Sowerby, Thes. Conch., iii., 1863, p.221, P1.249, fig.18; Id., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 2 19. T'ugalia australis Ten.- Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1876 (1877), p.44; Id., Hardy, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1915, p. 63. Tugalia intermedia Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Whales, viii., 1883, p.227. This shell was, by Quoy & Gaimard, reported from New Holland. Their account suits a species from New South Wales, with which their name has been generally associated. But the name has also been applied to other members of the genus. Angas misidentified the Sydney Tugalia as T. ossea Gould, a species of another genus. Detecting this error, and probably associating ?'. parTUophoidea with the New Zealand form, Tenison- Woods proceeded to rename the Sydney shell as T. australis. T. parmophoidea inhabits the coast of South Queensland and New South Wales, but fails, so Mr. W. L. May tells me, to reach Tasmania. A statement by Angas, that it occurs in South Aus- tralia, seems to need confirmation. The specimen figured is 27 mm. long, and was collected by myself at Cape Byron, N. S. Wales. A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (.3), vi., 1860, p.11'2. 53 698 TuGALiA ciCATRicosA A. Adams. (Plate Hi., fig.46.) Tugali cicatricosa A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1851 (1852)p.89; Id., Angas, op. cit., 1865, p. 185. 7'ugalia cicatrosa Sowerby, Thes. Conch., iii., 1863, p.222, P1.249, fig.l4; Id., Conch. Icon., xvii., 1870, PI i., fig. 7. Tugalia tasmanica Ten. -Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1876 (1877), p.l56. Like T. intermedia, this species was first erroneously ascribed to the Philippine Islands. Angas recognised it from Port Lincoln. I have seen it from Ulverstone, Tasmania; ISeptune Islands, South Australia; and Geographe Bay, West Australia. This distribution suggests that it will prove to be the Adelaidean representative of the Peronian T. parmophoidea. Compared with that, T. cicatricosa is more depressed, with the sides more parallel; the apex nearer to the margin, is more notched ante- riorly, and has a much coarser sculpture. A scar on the summit, which suggested the name, was an individual and accidental feature of the type-shell. It is by chance x'epeated in a specimen before me, and was probably caused by adherence of a Caprdus or some such associate. The specimen figured is 18 mm*. long, and was collected in North Tasmania, by Miss M. Lodder. Tugalia bascauda, sp.tiov. (Plate Hi., fig.47.) Shell small, solid, oblong. Colour milk-white. Surface glossy. Sculpture : about 50 radial cords are crossed by 25 similar con- centric cords, beaded at the points of intersection, and enclosing deep, square pits as meshes. From the apex, a radial of double breadth and height runs anteriorly along the median line. The edge of the aperture is crenulated by the radials. Length, 12 breadth, 8; height, 3 mm. The specimen drawn (type) was collected by the late Mr, R. Helms, under stones, near Wellington, New Zealand. I have also seen specimens from the Chatham Islands, labelled Tugalia elegans by Capt. F. W. Hutton. It is apparently the species cited by Mr. Suter in the Manual of New Zealand Mollusca as BY C. HEDLEY. 699 Subemarginufa parmophoidea, now shown to be a different Aus- tralian species. Hemitoma aspera Gould. (Plate xlvi., fig.6.) In the last Part of these Studies {aiitea, xxxix, p.707), it was stated that, though in ordinary use, Subemarg inula was unten- able Relying on a defective entry in Scudder, Montfortia was selected to replace it. Messrs. W. C. Clapp and T. Iredale have kindly written to say that the name Rafinesque proposed was not Hemitoma, as Scudder quotes, but Hemiloma. Therefore the Hemitoma of Swainson, not Montfortia of Recluz, must take the place of Suhemarginula. For the group of H. rvgosa, Mr. Iredale has introduced Montfortula* H. aspera inhabits the crevices among the compacted tubes of Galeolaria,-\ where it is common near Sydney. When warned, it can clino^ tenaciously to its foothold. Its movements are de- liberate; both head and tail can be protruded beyond the shell. Such parts as are exposed, the back of the head, tentacles, siphonal pipe, and upper surface of hind foot, are black; the rest is buff, which, on the mouth and muzzle, brightens to lemon- yellow. The muzzle is rather long, with broadly expanding lip, notched beneath. The tentacles are long and tapering; they search actively in various directions; at the outer base of each is a short, digitate, ocular tentacle with a large, black eye. On the right side of this, there is, in the male, a curved, cephalic appendage. Along the epipodial line, but interrupted between the tentacles, runs a series of small, short filaments. When the animal leans forward, the ctenidia are exposed; these are worn folded, the edges doubled together on the inside and the stem outside. Beyond the gill-tips, the mantle is slit, its edges coalescing in a short tube external to the shell. The thickened fringe of the mantle-margin is -produced into an inner and an outer series of tufts of compound papillae, the outer ones lying in the crenulations of the shell-rim. » Iredale, Trans. N.Z, Inst., xlvii., 1915, p.433. t Hedley, Journ. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xlix., 1915, p.66, P1.5. 700 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii., Clanculus aloysii Tenison-Woods. Clancuhis aloysii Ten. -Woods, Proc. Ro}'. Soc. Tasm., 1875 (1876), p. 155; Id., Hardy, op. cit., 1915, p.62; Id, Pilsbiy, Man. Conch., xi., 1889, p.59, PI. xiv., figs.20-23; Id., Tate 6l May, these Proceedings, xxvi., 1901, p.400; Id., Pi"itchard & Gatliflf", Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiv., 1902, p. 121; Id., Chapman & Gabriel, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxvi., 1914, p. 316. This 'I'asmanian species is now found to extend north into New South Wales. I dredged specimens in 7-10 fathoms near Montagu Island. Also unrecorded for the State is Clanculus plebeiiis Philippi, which I have collected in Twofold Bay. MoNODONTA OBTUSA Dillwyn. (Plate xlvii., fig. 12.) Trochus ohtusus Dillwyn, Descrip. Cat., ii., 1817, p. 809, for Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., xi., 1795, p.l67, P1.196, figs.1894, 1895. Monodonta zebra Menke, Verch. Conch. Malsb., 1829, p. 17; Id, Morch, Malak. Blatt., xviii., 1871, p. 125; Id., Maplestone, Month. Micros. Journ., viii., 1872, p.50, PI. xxvi., fig. 2; /(/., Troschel, Gebiss Schnecken, ii., 1879, p,232, PI. xxiii., fig.7; Id., Smith, Zool. Coll. Alert, 1884, p.74; Id., Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xi., 1889, p.91,P].20,fig.20; Id., Shirley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Q'land, xxiii., 1911, p. 96. Trochus tceniatus Quoy & Gaimard, Zool. Astrolabe, iii., 1834, p.249, P1.63, figs.15-17; Id., Angas, Proc. Zool Soc, 1867, p.216; Id., Ten.-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1877, p.43; Id., Ten.-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. ^\ S. Wales, 1888, p.ll9. Trocho- cochlea multicarinata Chenu, Man. Conch., i., 1859, p.360, fig. 2676; Id., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p.216. Labia porcatus A. Adams, Proc Zool. Soc, 1851 (1853), p. 177; Id., A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.>(2), xii., 1853, p.207: Id., Angas, Proc Zool. Soc, 1867, p.216. Troclms extenuatus Fischer, Coq. Viv., 1878, p.330, P1.103, fig.l. The above summary of literature shows how superfluous names may accumulate round a well known species. As one of the most common and conspicuous shells on the Sydney beach, this was naturally among the first to be sent to Europe, and described. Yet, for more than a century, the coloured figures given by bV c. hedley. 701 Chemnitz remained unrecognised. Lamarck seems not to have distinguished between this and its Tasmanian representative, which he called Monodonta constricta. Under his influence, Quoy &, Gaimard figured for constricta in the zoology of the Astrolabe, both the Sydney "zebra" (Plate 63, figs.23-24), and the Hobart "trochlea" (figs.26, 27). This error had a long existence, for these two were still united in 1902 by Pritchard & Gatliff. But Quoy & Gaimai-d, in partial recognition of their mistake, submitted Trochus treniatus as a name for the Port Jackson species. This name is not to be confused with Turbo tceniatus Sowerby (Tankerv. Cat., 1825, Append., p.xiii.). Chenu twenty-five years afterwards, added another name, Trochocochlea multicarinata. Morch then pointed out that the names of these Parisian conchologists were anticipated by Monodonta zebra of Menke: a name not to be confused with Trochus zebra Wood (Index Test., 1828, Suppl., PI. v., fig.l8). For this already over- burdened species, Arthur Adams proposed Labio porcatus, and Fischer, to avoid clashing with Trochus porcatus Philippi, (Zeit f . Malak., 1849, p. 187) gave the final name of Trochus extenuatus. Guided by a suggestion in Pilsbry's Monograph, I forwarded a series from this coast, and requested Dr. H. Lynge to compare them with the type of T. obtusits still preserved in the Zoological Museum of Copenhagen. That conchologist kindly replied (30/4/16) that the worn and injured shell, which Chemnitz figured in 1795, is absolutely identical with the specimens I sent from Montagu Island. The species has a great range in colour, development of spiral keels, form and size. Typical M. obtusa is a rather depressed form, with 30-40 close, narrow lines; this intergrades with a more abundant, broadly-banded form, ce6rrt, with about ten stripes, and with a dwarfed variety from the border of the mangrove-swamps which can be called porcata. The species ranges from Moreton Bay to Twofold Bay; its southern limit is not known to me. Another Monodonta occurring in this State is M. concamerata Wood, 1828( = Trochus striolatus Quoy tiisa Dillwyn. Plate xlviii. Fig. 13. — Xerita meJanotragns Smith. Fig. 14. — Operculum of same. Fig. 15. — Mitra rhodia Reeve. Fig. 16. — Radula of same. Fjtr. 17. — Phenacolepas cinnamomea Gould. pji,_18. — Intromittent organ of same individual. Fig. 19. — Head of female P. cinnamomea, the lip expanded above the pedal mucous gland. Plate xlix. Pig. 20. — Arcularia partkeps Hedley. Fig. 21. — Xymeiie hanleyi Angas. Fig. 22. — Operculum of young A'. Iinnkyi, the muscle-scars visible through its substance. Fig. 23. — Cluster of ova of A', hanhyi. Fig. 24. — A single egg-capsule further enlarged. Fig. 25. — Dolahrifera hrazieri Sowerby, also detail sketch of tubercle and exserted filament. BY C. HEDLEY. 719 Plate 1. Fig. 26. — Phytia ornata Ft^russac. Fig. 27. — The same from below. Fig. 28. — Macnlotriton austral is Pease. Fig. 29. — Operculum of same. Fig. 30. — Radula of same. Fig. 31. — MargineUa mustelina Angas. Fig. 32. — Siphonaria scahra Reeve. Plate li. Figs. 33, 34, 35. — Area hotanica HedleJ^ Figs. 36, 37. — Area metella Hedley. Figs. 38, 39. — Lucimla hilalra Hedley. Fig. 40. — Sohcardia cri/pfozoica Hedley. Plate lii. Fig.41. — Cardium cyijiiornin Deshayes. Figs. 42, A'i. — Tellina astida Hedley. Fig. 44. — Tuyalia intermedia Reeve. Fig.4o. — Tiiyafia parmophoidea Quo}^ & txaimard. Fig. 46. — TiKja/ia cicatricosa A. Adams. Fig. 47. — Tuyalia bascanda Hedley. 720 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA. Part xii. By Arthur M. Lea, F.E.S. Family CURCULIONID^. Rhinoscapha* darnleyensis, n.sp. ^. Black. Clothed with scales mostly more or less bluish; the elytra with conspicuous markings. Head with minute punctures; interocular fovea rather deep and marking the end of the median groove of rostrum Rostrum about as long as prothorax; with rather large, irregularly dis- tributed punctures. Antenna? rather thin ; second joint of funicle slightly longer than first, the others all distinctly longer than wide. Prothorax apparently slightly longer than wide, but (by measurement) really slightly transverse; with rather small scattered punctures, the sides with numerous small irregular elevations, a small medio-apical impression. Elytra not much wider than prothorax at base, sides slightly dilated to beyond the middle, with regular rows of large, sharply defined punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly. Xe^s long and thin. Length(^9), 15-19 mm. 5. Differs in being larger, prothorax somewhat shorter, elytra conspicuously wider, abdomen more convex, and legs shorter. Hah. — Darnley Island (H. Elgner). The discovery of a species on Darnley Island brings this fine genus into the Australian region, although it has yet to be recorded from the mainland;! it is structurally close to R. biundulata, R. tricolor, R. egregria, and R. consueta, but readily distinguished by the blue scales; these are rather sparse on the * Montr., Ann. Soc. Agr. Lyon, 1857, vii., p.47. 1 1 have had for many years a specimen (probably of an undescribed species) supposed to be from Queensland, but have been unable to get the locality confirmed. BY A. M. LHA. 721 head and mixed with setse; on the prothorax, they form four wide but feeble longitudinal vittse; on the legs, tliey are dense- on paits of the undersurface they are dense, but vary to green and to a bluisli-white. The elytra, to the naked eye, appear to have most of the derm glabrous, but really have very fine setae; the markings on each consist of an irregular patch near the scutellum of more or less rusty-red scales, becoming whitish or bluish at the edges, and connected with a smaller patch on the side; an irregular, postmedian fascia, with a short extension (on the fourth interstice) from same to near the basal patch, the scales whitish-green and purple, with a few rusty ones; and a small pale spot on the fifth interstice midway between the post- median fascia and the apex; the suture on the apical slope and the side (except near base) are rather densely clothed with bluish or greenish scales. Catasarcus spinipennis Fhs.C?), var. insignis, n.var. C spinipeiuiis is such a variable species, that it does not appear to be desirable to describe, as more than a variety of it, two specimens (from Shark's Bay) that differ from the ordinary forms in being much larger (12-15 mm.), spines at summit of apical slope much longer than usual (about as long as the pro- thorax is wide), and with very diff"erent clothing. The prothorax has, within a narrow median groove, a conspicuous stripe of pale metallic-green, opalescent scales, continued to apex of elytra along suture; on each elytron there are also several conspicuous patches of similar scales; a small one immediately in front of each of the discal tubercles, a conspicuous oblique patch behind the two, and another oblique patch between the median tubercle and base; at the corner of each puncture in the first six rows, from base to tubercles, there are four conspicuous granules (ex- cept at the green patches, where the punctures are smaller and granules absent); on the pronotum there are numerous small tubercles, and the eyes are more conspicuous than usual; the inner side of the hind femora are armed with numerous minute conical granules (but these are present also on the typical form, and on several other species). 55 722 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLKOPTERA, xii., A specimen (without locality-label) in the British Museum, differs in having the conspicuous patches and stripe of scales more of a golden-green, and the large tubercles somewhat smaller. Leptops fumatus, n.sp. Black. Very densely clothed with scales varying from almost snowy-white to smoky-brown; in addition with numerous long setfe. nostrum moderately long; median carina distinct but densely clothed throughout; sublateral sulci rather narrow and closed at both ends; scrobes not very deep, slightly directed upwards pos- teriorly. Antennae not very long but rather thin; none of the joints of funicle transverse. Prothorax rather strongly trans- verse, with rough vermiculate elevations, leaving a rather wide irregular median excavation; near apex with a conspicuous, im- pressed, irregular line, not quite meeting on upper surface, but meeting on lower surface. Sciitellum round and distinct. Elytra not much longer than wide, strongly convex, sides strongly rounded and at widest fully twice the width of prothorax; with numerous tubercles, mostly acutely conical and of moderate size; sutui'e with seven pairs of tubercles, the largest acutel}' conical and near summit of apical slope, the others mostly rounded; third, fifth, and seventh interstices with acute tubercles; ninth with a Catasarcus-\ike posthumeral tubercle. Prostei^num. un- armed. Legs rather long; tibiae very feebly denticulate. Length, Hi mm. //a6.-New South Wales: Broken Hill (Dr. Pulleine). In the 1906 table of the genus, would be placed in C, /; it is about the size of L. niveus , but the spines are much more acute, the clothing is very different, prothoracic excavation larger and of different shape, rostrum stouter and very differently sculp- tured; the other species of C,j are all very different; L. spiniger is more acutely spined, and has the rostrum longer and otherwise different. The scales are small and round, and so dense as to almost everywhere conceal the derm; on the rostrum, antennae, and legs they are nearly all white, but on the prothorax and BY A. M. r,EA. 723 elytra the}' have a cui'ious rusty-brown appearance as of having been irregularly smoked, the colour being nioi-e intense about the base of elvtra than elsewhere, but on the scutellum the scales are almost white. The sette are denser on the tibiae, tarsi, muzzle, and apex of abdomen than elsewhere, but they ai-e nowhere sparse; those on the upper surface are more or less golden. The only sign of tlie interocular fovea is a slight de- pression in the scales at its position. Seen directly from in front, the base of the elytra appears to be conspicuously margined by six strong tubercles; these are almost the largest, but the most acute ones are those on and about the summit of the apical slope. Leptops mucidus, n.sp. Black. Densely clothed with small, soft scales, varying from ashen-white to pale muddy-brown; in addition with numerous stiif setse, becoming denser and thinner on tibia^, tarsi, and abdomen. Head flat between eyes, interocular fovea scarcely traceable. Rostrum moderately long; median carina distinct in middle, but not traceable to interocular fovea or apical plate; sublateral sulci long, narrow, and deep, but almost open posteriorly; scrobes very shallow posteriorly. Antennae not very stout; two basal joints of funicle comparatively long, none of the others trans- verse. Prolhorax almost as long as wide, sides rather strongly rounded; with numerous small tubercles or large granules; with a small medio-apical impression. Elytra elliptic-ovate, at widest fully twice the width of prothorax, with numerous small tubercles or nodes, mostly rounded, but a few subconical; with fairly regular punctures about sides, but the derm elsewhere mostly vermiculate-rugose. Frostermhm, unarmed. Leys rather long; tibite feebly denticulate. Length, 17-1 8 mm. Hah. — Western Australia : Killerberrin (H. J. Carter), Swan River (British Museum). The two specimens before me are probably feujales; in the 1906 table of the genus, they would be referred to C, j, but their general appearance is very different from those of any species of that group, and at a glance they seem near L. cucozelus, fi'om 724 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, XU., which, however, they differ in many details. The scales are of almost even density throughout; on the elytra, the sette are more numerous on the tubercles and the apical slope than else- where; on the pronotum, many of the granules are supplied with two or more setae; the granules themselves are seldom con- joined, so that the surface does not appear to be vermiculate; on the elytra, the suture has two irn^gular rows of small tubercles, of which the largest (but still small) are a conjoined pair near summit of apical slope; there are fairly numerous tubercles on the third, fifth, and seventh interstices, but the intervening ones are also supplied with a few, and there is an obtuse Catasarcus- like posthumeral tubercle on the ninth; altogether there are about thirty tubercles on each elytron. Leptops graniventris, n.sp. Black. Densely clothed with small, round, muddy-brown or chocolate-brown scales; in addition, with numerous short, dark setse. Head with interocular fovea distinct. Rostrum not very long, sides rather strongly incurved to middle. Antennse com- paratively short and stout, but no joint of funicle transverse. Frothorax strongly transverse, sides irregularly rounded, base gently incurved at middle; sui'face vermiculate. Scute! him small and subtriangular. Elytra subovate, much wider than prothorax; with rows of large punctures; each elytron with three con- spicuously elevated lines, of which one commences on the shoulder as a distinct tubercle. Abdomen with numerous small, shining, setiferous granules on all segments; a few also on meta- sternum. Legs not very long, tibia? not visibly denticulate. Length, 8^-ll|mm. Hab. — Queensland: Cunnamulla (H. Hardca.stle). On account of the humeral tubercles, the elytra cannot be regarded as non-tuberculate; consequently, in the 1906 table, the species would be associated with those referred to L, from all of which it is very different On the elytra, the setae are rather dense on the suture and on the elevated interstices, but sparse in between; on the tibiae, they are considerably denser BY A. M. LEA. 725 than elsewhere, but not particularly long. The clothing is so dense on the rostrum as to partially conceal its sculpture; the median carina is distinct in the middle, but does not appear to extend to theinterocular fovea or the apical plate; the sublateral sulci appear to be short and rather shallow; the scrobes are dilated and shallowed posteriorly, and appear to touch the lower half of the eyes. The head, on each side near the eye, appears to have a feeble, oblique ridge, but this is perhaps due more to a line of stiff setae than to any actual elevation of the derm; there are certainly no distinct tubercles present as on L. bai/eyi and some other species, although the species is obviously allied to L. frontalis. There is a shallow medio-apical impression on the prothorax. The elytral punctures are large, but not in geminate rows, and a few are transversely confluent; about the base and apex the rows are constricted and irregular, but across the middle there are. on the female, between the suture and the first elevated line, three rows; between the first and second, four or five rows; between the second and third, four or five rows; and between the third and margin, five or six rows; on the male, the rows are three, three, three, and five in number. The female differs from the male also in Ijeing larger and wider, elytra fully twice the width of prothorax (as against about once and one-half in the male), and the legs are somewhat shorter. Leptops intricatus, n.sp. Black. Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales; with stout setfe, rather numerous but somewhat iri'egularly distributed on upper surface, but becoming denser and longer on muzzle, abdo- men, and legs. Eostrnm moderately long, sculpture partially concealed. Antennfe moderately long and thin; second joint of funicle longer than first. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides irregu- larly rounded; coarsely vermiculate, with an irregular medio- frontal depression. Elytra suddenly wider than prothorax, not much wider at middle than across shoulders; surface very irregular. Legs moderately long; tibise not visibly denticulate. Length, 11-13^ mm. 726 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, xii., Hab. — Queensland : CunnamuUa (H. Hardcastle). Tn the 1906 table of the genus, would be referred to KK, from all the species of which its elytral sculpture will readily dis- tinguish it. At first glance, it appears close to L. glohicollis, but the scape is considerably longer than in that syiecies, and the prothorax and elytra are really very differently sculptured. In some respects, it is close to the preceding species, but the rostrum is longer and differently sculptured, the antennte thinner, elytra differently sculptured, and abdomen without granules. The median carina of the rostrum is hardly more than traceable on the smallest specimen, but on the others it appears to start from a small interocular fovea, and to terminate before the apical plate; the sublateral sulci are narrow and apparently open pos- teriorly; the scrobes become so shallow posteriorly as to practi- cally vanish. The sculpture of the elytra is very peculiar, and appears to consist of irregularly elevated interstices connected with others by short nodes, giving the general surface a some- what roughly vermiculate appearance; thus, although the suture has no distinct ly elevated tubercles, it appears to be connected with the second interstice by about eight small nodes, each being placed at the distance of about three punctures: the third and fifth interstices have many such transverse nodes, the seventh has a few, but a few distinctly elevated tubercles as well; in consequence, there appear to be numerous narrow, suboblong depressions of undulating depths, between irregular transverse and longitudinal elevations, the punctures themselves are large but mostly shallow, but they become deep and regular on the sides and on part of the apical slope. Leptops murinus, n.sp. Black. Densely covered with smoky or mouse-coloured scales, in places lightl}' mixed with white; in addition, with numerous stout, more or less decumbent, whitish setse. Head somewhat flattened between eyes; interocular fovea con- cealed. Rostrum stout, sides dilated from base to near apex, median carina distinct. Scape short, rather strongly increasing in width to apex; second joint of funicle longer than first, some ftY A M. t.EA. I2l of the following ones liglitly transverse. Prothorax lightly transverse, sides rather strongly and evenly rounded, median line narrow and distinct, towards sides somewhat vermiculate. Sculelhim very small. Elytra not very much wider tlian pro- thorax, sides almost parallel from behind slioulders (which are oblique) to beyond the middle; with geminate rows of large, but not closely adjacent, punctures; third, fifth, and seventh inter- stices lightly elevated, and in places obtusely tuberculate. Legs rather stout; front tibiae rather strongly curved and moderately denticulate. Length, 10 mm. 7/«6.— Queensland : Dalby (Mrs. F. H. Hobler). The type being unique and in perfect condition, it has not been abraded. In the 1906 table of the genus, it would be referred to L. From L. globicollis, it differs in the elytra not much wider than the prothorax at its widest, alternate inter- stices much less conspicuously elevated, prothorax smaller, with sides less strongly rounded, and rostrum shorter and differently sculptured; L. corrugaliis and L. aryiUaceus have very different elytra. The setae are mostly depressed, but on account of their colour being paler than the scales, they are rather conspicuous; on the tibiae, they are denser than elsewhere, not very long on the upper surface of same, but decidedly longer on their under- surface, where they are almost as long as on the muzzle. The sublateral sulci and the scrobes are greatly obscured by the clothing, but the former appear to be subtriangular, and to be open posteriorly; the latter appear to be very shallow posteriorly and to be directed below the lower edge of the eyes. There is a fairly distinct, but obtuse, tubercle on each shoulder, and another on the fifth interstice near summit of apical slope, but the elytra miyht almost fairlv be regarded as non-tuberculate. Leptops scaber, n.sp. Black. Densely clothed with dark brown scales; with short, stout setae, not vei'y dense on prothorax and elytra, but becoming denser on rostrum and femora, and much denser and longer on tibiae. Head with a fairly large interocular fovea. Rostrum long, 728 NEW SPECIES OP AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, xii., parallel-sided to near apex, and then rather strongly inflated; median carina distinct, except near base and apex; sublateral sulci narrow, at base suddenly directed inwards so as almost to touch the interocular fovea; scrobes deep, directed on to lower surface, where they almost meet. Antennae modeiately stout; scape not quite touching the eye; two basal joints of funicle of equal length, but second apparently the longer (from above), some of the following ones feebly transverse. Prcthorax not much wider than long, sides irregularly rounded, with an irregu- lar medio-frontal excavation; with numerous rounded tubercles or large granules, a few of which are irregularly conjoined. Elytra subelliptic, at base scarcely wider than prothorax, but much wider across middle; with irregular rows of large punc- tures, becoming regular on sides; third, fifth, and seventh inter- stices tuberculate. Legs rather stout; tibiae not visibly denticu- late. Length, 15mm. Hab. — Queensland: Coen (J. A. Anderson); unique. In the 1906 table of the genus, would be associated with L. superciliaris, whieh is a much smaller and otherwise very different species. The combination, in fact, of sublateral sulci almost meeting on the upper surface, and scrobes almost meeting on the undersurface, is without parallel in the genus. It is a rough- looking species, at first glance like some females of L. multi- nodosus and L. cicatricosus. A few of the scales have a faint golden lustre; each of the femora has an obscure dark ring. The elvtral tubercles are mostly obtuse, although a few are sub- conical; the largest is on the third interstice at summit of apical slope, the next largest is on the fifth; on the seventh, they are few in number and small. Leptops concinnus, n.sp. Black. Very densely clothed with glistening white scales, with a silvery or rosy gloss; setae mostly confined to rostrum, legs, and undersurface. /lead somewhat flattened between eyes; interocular fovea not traceable. Rostrum moderately long; median carina apparently absent, intermediate ones obtuse; sublateral sulci rather deep. BY A. M. LEA. 729 subcrescentic in shape, and closed at both ends; scrobes deep, directed below lower edge of eyes. Antennse comparatively long and thin; second joint of fiinicle distinctly longer than first. Prothurax moderately transverse, sides irregularly rounded and widest slightly in advance of the middle; surface vermiculate- tuberculate, with a rather small medio-frontal impression. Elytra separately rounded at base and increasing in width to beyond the middle; with rows of fairly large, conspicuously black punctures; third interstice with a large tubercle at summit of apical slope, and numerous shining black nodes between same and base, fifth with a somewhat smaller tubercle and less numerous nodes, se^enth with somewhat larger nodes and an obtuse humeral tubercle. Legs rather long; tibiae not visibly denticulate. Length, 17 mm. Hab. — Queensland : Coen (J. A. Anderson;; unique. AVith the general shape of L. iliarus, L. nodicollis, and L. maleficus, but with very peculiar clothing; the curious satiny lustre of the scales is almost the same (although varying in shades) throughout, but on the rostrum and legs the lustre is interrupted by the setae. The setag on the elytra are almost confined to the suture and apical slope, elsewhei'e being either absent or traceable with difhculty; from the prothorax at first they appear to be entirely absent, but a few small ones may be traced by their slightly darker colour than the scales; between the ej'es, on the rostrum and legs, they are dense, stiff, and brownish; on the undersurface of the tibiae, and on the abdomen, they are pale. The deep, black punctures and the conspicuously shining black nodes give the elytra a rather curious appearance. The rostrum appears to be non-carinate along the middle, but the type was not abraded to make certain of this. Leptops minor, n.sp Black, some parts obscurely diluted with red. Densely clothed with fawn-coloured scales, mixed with stout sette. Head with interocular fovea narrow. Eyes rather convex, scarcely once and one-half as deep as wide. Rostrum rather long; median and intermediate carinas very distinct through 730 NEW SPECIES OP AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, xii., clothing; suhlateral sulci narrow; scrolies deep only in front, directed towards middle of eyes. Antennae comparatively long and thin. Prothorax almost as Ion" as wide, sides evenly rounded; with numerous small tubercular elevations, and with a small medio-frontal impression. tScutelhim absent. Elytra strongly convex, elliptic-ovate, across base no wider than pro- thorax, l)ut almost twice as wide across middle, with rows of large, partially concealed punctures; third interstice with an obtuse tubercle at summit of apical slope, and a still more obtuse one near base, fifth with two obtuse ones slightly closer together than those on third. Legs moderately long but rather stout- tibiae feebly denticulate. Length, 7-8 mm. Hab. —Queensland : Brisbane (H. W. Cox). The absence of a scutellum associates this species with L. tetrajjhysodes, but the tubercles are differently placed; on that species, the four nearer the suture are placed, as it were, at the corners of a square; on the present species, the two iieai*er the base are fully twice as distant as those from summit of the apical slope, as the two on the third interstice on the left elytron are to their fellows on the right; the punctures and clothing are also different On the elytra, the sette are fairly dense on the suture and elevated parts, but rather sparse elsewhere; on the prothorax, they are fairly numerous, and, on the front margin, are condensed into two feeble fascicles. Onesokus hoplocnemus, n.sp. Black, appendages in parts obscurely diluted with red. Moderately densely clothed with greyish-white scales. Head wide and gently convex between eyes, these vei-y pro- minent, llostrum short, wide, and rather flat, median carina very feeble; sublateral sulci apparently absent. Scape about as long as four following joints combined; first joint of funicle slightly shorter than second, the four apical ones subglobular. Prothorax almost twice as wide as the median length; with large, irregular punctures, and subreticulate elevations. Scu- tellum small. Elytra rather briefly ovate, sides strongly rounded; with rows of large, deep punctures, close together, but partially BY A. M. LEA. 731 concealed by scales; no interstices conspicuously elevated. H ind tibia'- with a few conspicuous teeth; claw-joint elongate, the claws separated throughout. Length, 6| mm. Hab. — N.W. Australia: Wyndham (Inspector Stephens). In some respects close to 0. ocularis but smaller, eyes not suban^ulate, and no elvtral interstices elevated. There aie a few granules on the two basal segments of abdomen. The clothing is of an almost uniform dingy-white throughout, and nowhere condensed into markings, but the type appears to be somewhat abraded. Amisallus tubercumfkons, n.sp. Black, antenna; and tarsi feebly diluted with red. Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales, interspersed with setse. Head with two large, obtuse tubercles between eyes; these very narrow. Rostrum moderately long, dilated towards apex, median carina traceable through clothing; apical triangle con- spicuously elevated and shining. Scape rather lightly curved, rather rapidly increasing in width to apex; two basal joints of funicle moderately long, second slightly longer than first, all the others transverse. Prothorax moderately transverse, rather widely depressed along middle, each side of depression con- spicuously bituberculate towards apex, with numerous small tubercles or nodes elsewhere. Elytra briefly subovate, strongly convex, much wider than prothorax; with rows of very large punctures, regular only on sides; with numerous round, con- spicuous tubercles. Length, 7-8 mm. Hab. — N.S.W.: Sydney (A. J. Coates), Kurrajong (Macleay Museum) In general appearance like A. nodosus, but elytra without small tubercles on suture at summit of apical slope, and median channel of prothorax deeper, with the tubercles at its sides con- siderably larger; seen directly from in front, the apex of the prothorax is very conspicuously bituberculate. There are a few- inconspicuous tubercles at the extreme base of elytra, but the larger ones are in two rows on each elytron, and so placed that the end ones, whilst distinctly belonging to the inner row, might 732 TfEW SPECIES OP AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, XU., also be regarded as the end ones of the outer row; the inner row consists of a large one, then two smaller ones, then a large one at summit of apical slope, and then some smaller ones on the slope itself; the outer row commences with the largest tubercle on the elytron, and is followed by three others gradually de- creasing in size; there are also a few granules on the V)asal half of the suture Amisallus basipennis, n sp. Black, appendages in places diluted with red. Densely clothed with muddy-brown, slightly variegated scales, inter- spersed with setae. Head with two fairly large but very obtuse tubercles between eyes. Rostrum moderately long, somewhat dilated towards apex. >cape with basal half thin, then suddenly and strongly dilated to apex; funicle thin, two basal joints elongate, the others subglobular. Prothorax strongly transverse, widely excavated along middle, strongly impressed each side in front, the sides somewhat rough. Elytra much wider than prothorax; with rows of large, partially concealed punctures, regular only on sides; each with two rows of conspicuous tubercles, and a few small ones on suture and towards sides. Claw-joint unusually long. Length, 4-4^ mm. Ilab. Victoria: Mallee (C. French). The inner row of tubercles on each elytron is composed of six or seven, and the outer of tive or six; the basal tubercle of each row is large, elongate, oblique, and rapidly slopes downwards, with its base slightly overhanging the base of the prothorax. It is the smallest of the genus, and readily distinguished from all others by the four, large, basal tubercles of elytra; the groove on the prothorax is deeper than usual, and the walls by which it is bounded are roughly elevated rather than tuberculate: the rostrum is so densely clothed that the median carina, if present, is entirely concealed. I am acquainted with two other small species of Amisallus^ one of which has a remarkably stout scape; but the specimens are so heavily encrusted with mud (that could not be removed BV A. M. LEA. 733 without much of the clothing as well) that it is inadvisable to describe them. POLYPHRADES APICALIS, n.Sp. Black, tarsi reddish, other parts of appendages very obscurely diluted witli red. Densely clothed with light brown scales, with a few spots of darker scales, but becoming ashen on undersurface and legs; with rather dense, more or less depressed setae. Rostrum short and wide, on an almost even plane with head, with a narrow median line continued on to head; inter-antennary space wide; apical plate triangular and densely punctate. Scape curved, stout at apex; first joint of funicle as long as second and third combined, fourth to seventh lightly transverse. Prothorax (at widest) almost twice as wide as long, sides rather strongly and evenly rounded ; with dense, round granules, traceable before abrasion. Elytra subovate, sides i-ather strongly rounded, base no wider than base of prothorax; with regular rows of large punctures, appearing much smaller before abrasion. Claws almost equal and distinctly separated only at tip. Length, 6 mm. ^«6.— Queensland (Henry Hacker's No. 952). The second and third strife (from the suture) near the apex are deflected, at right angles, to become the first and second lateral ones, without interruption of any sort; on most species of the genus, there is a costate elevation there (as on P. longipentds) or at least the continuation of an interstice interposed, as it were, between the sutural and lateral striie, and by this character alone (although there are others) it may be distinguished from all the other species from Queensland. The head and rostrum, from behind, appear to be on an even plane, but, from the side, there is seen to be a slight depression at their junction; the rostrum is scarcely longer than in P. brevirostris (a species it has little in common with), but the inter-antennary space is less conspicuously dilated posteriorly. Although not a strikingly distinct species, I know of no really closely allied one. The darker markings on the prothorax are mostly basal; on the elytra, they are mostly feeble spots starting from punctures in the strije. 734 NEW SPECIKS OF AUSTKALIAN COLEOPTERA, xii., POLYPHRADES CORDATUS, ll.sp. Black, appendages more or less reddish. Densely clothed with muddy-brown mottled with ashen scales, becoming almost entirely ashen on undersurface; elytra with sparse setae, distinct only on sides and on apical slope. Rostrum not very long, sides almost parallel, transversely im- pressed on each side of base; inter-aiitennarv space almost parallel, not conspicuously tricarinate: apical triangle distinct. Antennte not vei-y stout; first joint of funicle as long as second and third combined, second as long as third and fourth combined, third to seventh transverse. Prothorax strongly transverse, sides rather strongly rounded, derm concealed. Elytra con- spicuously cordate, each separately rounded at base, sides strongly rounded; with regular rows of large punctures, appearing much smaller and in narrow strise before abrasion. Claws short and feebly cleft. Length, 3 mm. /fa6.— N.S.W.: Forest Reefs (A. M. Lea). A very small species, with the elytra more perfectly heart- shaped than in any other species (even including P. cordipennis) before me. Prom the many small species of the genus, readily distinguished by the combination of heart-shaped and incon- spicuously setose elytra, short rostrum (notched on each side of base), and short scape. In general appearance, it comes fairly close to P. marmoratus before abrasion, but the elytra are some- what different at the base, the prothorax and rostrum are nar- rower, and the colour of the derm is different; P. inconspicuus has distinctly longer elytra, rostrum, and antennae. In some lights, a row of setse may be traced on each elytral interstice. No granules are traceable on the prothorax before abrasion; and where the disc has been partly aljraded, a few fairly large punc- tures are in evidence, but no granules. The type appears to be a female. POLYPHRADES SUBTERRANEUS, n.Sp. (J. Blackish, some parts obscurely diluted with red, append- ages usually entirely reddish. Densely clothed with somewhat variegated scales; mixed with numerous stout, more or less erect seta^;. BY A. M. LEA. 735 Eyes not very large, and almost circular. Rostrum rather short, apparently non-carinate ; apical plate subtriangular. Scape moderatelv long and lightly curved, thickened toM'ards apex; first joint of funicle rather stout, as long as second and third combined, the following ones transverse. Prothorax rather strongly transverse, sides strongU' rounded : with numerous, small, round granules, and fairly large punctures, but all more or less concealed before abrasion. Elytra briefly elliptic-ovate, each separately rounded at base, sides rather strongly and evenly rounded; with regular rows of rather large punctures, appearing very small through clothing. Length, 2-2^ mm. 5. Differs in having somewhat larger elytra, basal segments of abdomen more convex, and legs somewhat shorter. Hab. — Tasmania: Hobart; abundant at roots of beach-growing plants in July (A. M. Lea). A small M midalotus-\\\LQ form, but without free claws; these at first appear to be single, but on very elo.se examination are seen to be cleft at the tip; consequently the species is referable to Polyphr tides. The clothing is very variable, but is mostly of a muddy-brown, more or less conspicuously variegated with ashen (sometimes almost white); and, in certain lights, many of the paler scales frequently have a golden gloss; each side of the prothorax is usually clothed with a conspicuous pale patch; on the elytra, the pale spots and patches vary from scarcely traceable and of but slight extent, to very conspicuous and occupying fully one-third of the surface; the sculpture of the upper surface of the rostrum is entirely concealed by the scales. The derm itself is often reddish in parts, especially on the elytra and undersurface; the legs are usually conspicuously reddish, but the femora and tibiae are sometimes deeply infuscated. Manda LOTUS MiCROSCOPicus, n.sp. Of a dingy reddish-brown, antennae and tarsi paler. Densely clothed with muddy-brown, feebly variegated scales, interspersed with stout setae. Rostrum rather short, sculpture of upper surface entirely con. cealed. Scape not very long, somewhat dilated to apex; first 736 NEW SPECIES OP AUSTRALIAN COLEOP'I'ERA, xii., joint of funicle stouter and longer than second, the others all transverse. Prothorax almost as long as wide, sides rather strongly rounded. Elytra elongate-subovate, at widest about middle. Two basal segments of abdomen flat in middle. Legs rather short and stout; front coxfe lightly but distinctly separated. Length, '2 mm. /^„6.— N.S.W. : Muswellbrook (Dr. K. W. Ferguson). A minute and rather narrow species, of which two specimens, probably males, are before me; its size alone will readily dis- tinguish the species from all those referred to K, in the 1914 table of the genus. One specimen has the derm considerably paler than the other, its undersurface being no darker than the legs. The setse on the upper surface are of two colours, stra- mineous and dark brown, the paler ones being stouter and more conspicuous than the others. On abrasion, the pronotum is seen to be without granules, but with rather dense punctures; on the elytra, the punctures, although fairly large, are entirely concealed, their places being marked by light striation of the clothing. Mandalotus magnicollis, n.sp. (J. Blackish, some parts obscurely diluted with red; antennje castaneous. Densely clothed with ashen-grey scales, on the elytra mottled with brown; with numerous sette. Rostrum moderately long, median carina narrow and distinct throughout. Antennae rather long and thin; second joint, of funicle distinctly longer than first. Prothorax almost as long as wide; sides evenly rounded, with a narrowly impressed median line, and a deeper transverse one at base; with numerous rounded granules, readily traceable through clothing. Elytra slightly narrower than prothorax, and not twice as long, base truncate, sides parallel to beyond the middle; with regular rows of large, partially concealed punctures ; alternate interstices feebly ele- vated, with a few indistinct scattered granules, but some fairly distinct ones on suture. Metasternuvi and abdomen with a large excavation common to both; basal segment of the latter with a feeble carina in middle of apex, second segment with a rather BY A. M. LEA. l6i conspicuous curved carina near apex. Front cox(f- rather widely separated; femora stout: tibise granulate, the front pair rather strongly denticulate on lower surface. Length, 5h nun. Z^ai.— N.S.W. : Taralga (Dr. E. W. Ferguson). In the latest talkie of the genus,* would be associated with M. granulatus and M.faligiiieus, but readily distinguished from these by the abdomen. In general appearance, it is something Mke JJ. piliventris, M. caviventris, and some specimens of M. ventralis, but with the abdomen carinate: the only other de- scribed species having the abdomen ti-ansversely bicarinate is il/. bicarinatus, but, on that species, the carina on the first .seg- ment is much more distinct than on the second, the front coxje are much closer together, and the size is very much less. The excavation on the undersurface is very conspicuous, but less so than on M. fovedtus. On the prothorax, there is a depressed seta on each granule; on the elytra, the sette are in single rows on the interstices, but the four lateral ones, except at the tip, are non-setose. A few inconspicuous gi-anules are present on the elytra. Family CERAMBYCTD^. UrACANTHUS GLABRILINEATUS, n.Sp. (J. Dark piceous-brown, becoming black in places; elytra with apical two-thirds light castaneous. Densely but somewhat irregularly clothed with stramineous pubescence, very dense along undersurface of middle femora. Head with median line deep and narrow, base rather densely punctate. Antennte almost extending to tip of elytra, fourth to tenth joints dilated on one side of apex, eleventh about one- third longer than tenth, slightly notched on lower side near apex. I'rothorax much longer than wide, base about one-fourth wider than apex, sides bisinuate: transversely corrugate through- out, and with two small nodes in middle. Elytra moderately narrowed from shoulders to basal third, thence parallel-sided almost to apex, each strongly emarginate and acutely bispinose * Trans. R03'. Soe. S. Au.st., 1914, p.299. 56 738 NEW SPKCIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLKOPTERA, xii., at apex, the sutural spine longer and more acute than the other; basal third with dense punctures of moderate size, the inter- spaces witli small, dense ones, elsewhere with very small punc- tures. Length, 25 mm. Hab.— Western Australia : Mullewa (Miss J. F. May). In some respects close to i/. simulans, but tips of elytra bidentate, subhumeral markings partially clothed, and each elytron with five glabrous lines. Each elytron, to the naked eye, has a large dark sulihumeral patch, on which the clothing is sparse in places, but the space between the patches is quite as dark as the patches themselves; although, being densely clothed, its colour is normally concealed; from each of the subglabrous patches, three glabrous lines extend almost to the apex; the suture and the mai^gin are also narrowly glabrous. On the pro- thorax, the clothing has a somewhat loose appearance, but is condensed into two fairly conspicuous oblique lines. Uracanthus inkrmis, n.sp. $. Reddish-castaneous. Densely but irregularly clothed with pale pubescence, four hind femora conspicuously clothed along middle of undersurface. Head with median line narrow and abruptly terminated before base, the latter densely granulate-punctate ; clypeus densely punctate, suture deep and semicircular. Antennae terminated a short distance before apex of elytra, most of the joints very feebly produced on one side at apex, eleventh about one-third longer than tenth. Prothorax distinctly longer than wide, base very little wider than apex, sides feebly dilated at middle; strongly transversely corrugated, but the corrugations more or less interrupted before middle, each side of middle with a small, round nodule. Elytia very little (except near base not at all) wider than prothorax, sides feebly diminishing in width to basal fourth, thence parallel-sided to apex, where each is evenly rounded; with several scarcely visible longitudinal elevations; punctures very minute. Length ((J2), 22-26 mm. 9 Differs in having somewhat shorter antennae, wider abdo- men, and femora not densely clothed along undersurface. BY A. M. LteA. 739 //a6. — Queensland : Cairns (E. Allen), Endeavour River (C. French). In general appearance, strikingly close to U. bivittatiis, Vjut with tips of elytra (juite strongly rounded, without the least traces of notches or spines. The prothorax has four conspicuous lines of subochreous pubescence, with the intervening spaces highly polished and almost glabrous; but just outside of the sub- median line, there are two small spots of clothing; the median subglabrous space is unusually wide. On each elytron, a fairly wide glabrous line commences on each shoulder, and is traceable almost to apex; but, from about the middle, it is distinctly narrowed and lightly clothed. The false suture of the eleventh joint of antennfe is quite distinct on two of the specimens before me, and traceable on the other. The corrugations of the pro- thorax are strong, but, along the middle, the surface (except at base and apex) is smooth and shining. Uracanthus maleficus, n.sp. (J. Piceo-castaneous, elytra and parts of appendages somewhat paler. Densely clothed with short stramineous pubescence, becoming almost golden on head and prothorax, on the latter condensed into conspicuous vittse, leaving three polished and almost glabrous spaces; sterna with almost golden pubescence, somewhat longer and darker than on abdomen. Head with median line very narrow; clypeus with moderately dense, partially concealed punctures, suture deep and .semicircular. Antennae long and thin, fully two joints passing elytra, most of the joints rather acutely produced on one side at apex, eleventh about one fourth longer than tenth. Prothorax about twice as long as the apical width, but this much less than that of the base, sides somewhat dilated in middle, surface gently undulating and smooth. Elytra considerably wider than prothorax, each at ape.x semicircularly emargina.te and strongly bispinose, each with two feeble elevations and remnants of a third; basal third with dense and fairly coarse punctures, becoming much smaller to middle, thence with very small ones only. Length {$^), 25-32 mm. 740 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, xii. 9. Differs in having antennae terminated before apex of elytra, with their serrations less pronounced, elytra longer and wider, with smaller punctures about base, abdomen larger, and legs somewhat shorter, with thinner tarsi. llah. — Tasmania: Sprent (A. M. Lea). Uracauthus mafejicus, n.sp. The widely glabrous, median portion of pronotum, without transverse or irregular corrugations, and wide, immaculate elytra, each conspicuously bispinose at apex, readily distinguish this from all previously described species. The elytra are uniformly clothed throughout, except that, on each side of the scutellum, the pubescence is slightly longer and more brightly coloured than elsewhere; the glabrous median space on the pronotum is about twice the width of the lateral ones; there is a cluster of coarse punctures on each side of the clypeus, but they are normally almost concealed. The clothing of the undersurface of the four hind femora of the male is rather denser than on the female, but is not conspicuously different as on so many species of the genus. BY A. M. LEA. 741 A hazelnut-hedge at Sprent was practically destroyed by larvae of this species, and the specimens described were reared from sections of the attected trees. UrACANTHUS VENTRALIS, n.sp. (J. Reddish-castaneous. Rather densely clothed with whitish pubescence; four hind femora along middle of undersurface with dense subochreous clothing; three basal segments of abdomen each with a conspicuous round medio-apical spot, on which the clothing is somewhat darker and longer than on the adjacent parts. Head with median line deep and narrow; clypeus with dense irregular punctures, suture partially concealed. Antenna:^ dis- tinctly passing elytra, third joint lightly, fourth to tenth trian- gularly produced on one side at apex, eleventh about one-fourth longer than tenth. Frothorax much longer than wide, base not much wider than apex, sides strongly and almost evenly rounded in middle, strongly transversely corrugated, but across middle irregular. Elytra distinctly wider than prothorax, tips evenly rounded but suture strongly spinose ; each with two feebly elevated lines and renniants of two others; basal third with dense and coarse punctures, rapidly becoming smaller to middle, and dense and small posteriorly. Length, 17 mm. Hab. — Western Australia: Mullewa (Miss J. F. May). In general appearance, fairly close to U. striijusus and U. albatufi, and with somewhat similar abdominal clothing to the males of those species, but each elytron unispinose instead of bispinose, prothorax with more uniform clothing, the lateral node more obtuse and more distant from the base, antenna? consider- ably longer, etc. It is allied to U. snturalis, but is paler, pro- thorax with sides more evenly rounded, each with four lines of pale clothing, with the interspaces sparsely clothed (on U. (iiUuralis the lines of clothing are more lunnerous, and the inter- spaces are glabrous), but in particular by the curious abdominal clothing. 742 NEW SPEClKS OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTKHA, xii.. Uracanthus corrugicollis, n.sp. ^. Piceous-bruwn, elytra and parts of appendages paler. Moder- ately densely clothed with ashen pubescence, somewhat shorter and sparser on elyti-a than elsewhere; middle femora densely clothed along middle of undersurface. Head with median line deep and nai'r(jw; clypeus with dense, irregular punctures, suture deep and triangular. Antenna? ex- tending to tip of elytra, fifth to tenth joints ti'iangularly pro- duced on one side at aj^ex, eleventh about one-fourth longer than tenth. Frotho7-ax moderately long, base distinctly wider than apex, sides subangular about middle; strongly transversely corru- gated, but irregular and with a few small nodes across middle. Elytra distinctly wider than prothorax, moderately decreasing in width to basal fourth, each moderately notched at apex, with the suture spinose; densely and minutely punctate. Length, 26 mm. ffab. — Western Australia : Mullewa (Miss J. F. May). A rather dark species of moderate size, with elytra lightly but uniformly clothed, and without distinctly elevated lines; each is vinispinose only, as the outer portion of the apical notch is quite evenly rounded; the prothoracic corrugations are unusually strong. Uracanthus atkr, n.sp. (J. Deep black, part of elytra very obscurely diluted with red. Moderately clothed with ashen pubescence, four hind femora along middle of undersurface with dense, conspicuous clothing. f/ead with median line very narrow; clypeus with a few large punctures, its suture semicircular. Antennje slightly passing- elytra, fifth to tenth joints triangularly produced on one side at apex, eleventh one-third longer than tenth. Fruthorax not much longer than basal width, which is somewhat greatei- than that of apex, sides angulate in middle; strongly and irregularly corru- gated, with some small nodes across middle. Elytra not much wider than prothora.x, parallel-sided from about basal third, each rounded at apex, but slightly notched near suture, with the BY A. M. LEA. 743 suture briefly spinose; densely and rather finely punctate, and with very feeble elevated lines. Length, 21 mm. Hah. — Central Australia (H. Hacker). Structurally close to the preceding species, but much darker, elytra witli rather coarser (although not large) punctures, pro- thoracic corrugations more iri'egular, and hind femora, as well as the middle pair, \\ ith dense, masculine clothing. The pubescence on the head is dense, on ^he prothorax it is longer and sparser, on the elytra it is rather short and sparse (the type evidently has the base of the eh'tra somewhat abraded), on the stei'na it is very dense. Earinus bimaculatus, n.sp. ^. Head, antenni\?, and legs black, with a more or less brassy- green gloss; eh'tra, mesosternum, metasternum, basal and apical segments of abdomen, and tips of the others metallic bluish-green; prothorax (two large spots excepted) and most of the three median segments of abdomen flavous. Clothed with long, straggling, black and ashen hairs, third and fourth segments of abdomen each with a rounded, medio-apical space with very dense, sooty pubescence. Head with very dense and rather coarse punctures, but becom- ing sparse in front. Four basal joints of antenna? shining and with distinct punctures, third as long as first and much longer than fourth, eleventh slightly longer than tenth. Prothorax very little wider at base than at apex, from about middle sti'ongly dilated towards base, but abruptly narrowed before same; with sparsely and irregularly distributed punctures, mostly of moderate size. Elytra very little wider than widest part of prothorax, rather strongly narrowed to beyond the middle, each somewhat acute at apex : with dense and rather coarse punctures, but shoulders and extreme base with sparse and small ones. Leys moderately long and thin, and with distinct punctures. Length, 14 mm. Bab. — Tasuiania : Huon River (A. M. Lea), unique. 744 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, xii., The genus is now first recoi^ded from Tasmania; the species is alHed to E. mimulus, but the elytra are non-fasciate and pro- thorax himaculate. The spots on the prothorax are large, blackish-brown, slightly nearer the base than apex, and slightl}- nearer the sides than middle^ the long hairs on the antenna^ do not extend beyond the sixth joint, on the elytra the clothing is sparser and paler than on the prothorax. The elytral punctures are not in regular series; although with an irregular lineate arrangement in i^laces, they are coarsest at about one-fifth from the base; at about one-fifth from tlie apex, there is a feebly elevated (somewhat purplish) irregular transverse elevation, im mediately beyond which the punctures deci'ease in size. Earinus humeralis, n.sp. Flavous; head between eyes, clypeus, a large spot on each side of middle of prothorax, scutellum, shoulders, apex and a post- median fascia on elytra, mesosternum, most of metasternum, legs (base of femora and parts of coxje excepted) and antennte (base of third, fourth, and fifth joints excepted) black or blackish. Clothed with long, straggling, blackish and ashen hairs; elytra, in addition, with short, pale, aiid rather sparse pubescence. Head with verj' dense and rather coarse punctures, but becom- ing sparser and smaller on clypeus; median line narrow and deep. Antennae moderately thin, four basal joints shining and with distinct punctures, third joint slightly longer than first and much longer than fourth, fifth distinctly longer than fourth and sixth, eleventh longer than tenth. Prothorax with basal and apical fourths comparatively narrow and parallel-sided, the intervening space strongly dilated towards base, but abruptly narrowed before same; with punctures varying from sparse and small to moderately dense and coarse. Elytra very little wider than widest part of prothorax, moderately narrowed to basal third; with dense and rather coarse punctures, becoming smaller pos- teriorly, and much sparser on shoulders and about extreme base. Legs moderately long, and with distinct punctures. Length, 10 mm. BY A. M. LRA. 745 //o7>.— Queensland: Townsville (H. H. D. Griffith). Allied to E. pictiis, but prothorax with two disconnected spots (rounded in front and angular behind), each shoulder with a black, isolated patch, and basal half of third, fourth, and fifth joints of antenna? pale. The postmedian fascia on the elytra is slightly longer than the fiavous portion between it and the apex. The long hairs on the antennae do not extend beyond the fifth joint. The abdomen is missing from the type. Two specimens of this species in Mr. Griffith's collection ai'e in perfect condition; on each of them the abdomen is of a bright red with a large black spot on the side of each segment, except of the posterior one, which is black throughout, except for a narrow medio-basal portion; the four basal segments have each a conspicuous patch of golden hairs on each side posterior to the black spots. They are probably males. Ol 746 AUSTRALIAN TABANID.E[Divtv.rx]. No. ii.* . By Frank H. Taylor, F.E.S. (From the Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine, ToivnsviUe.) The present paper contains the descriptions of a new genus and twelve new species, a change in the names of two species, with notes and additional localities for previously known forms. The egg mass of Silvius australis Ricardo, is also described. The new species are distributed in the following genera : — Diatominenra (one), Corizoneura [one), Elaphrom'yia{g. et sp.n.), Silvius (two), and Taba^ius (seven). The type-specimens have been deposited in the Institute collection. Subfamily Pangonin.e. Erephopsis guttata Donovan. Genei\ Illustr. Ent., i., Hym. et Dipt. (1805); Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xvi., p.26 (1915). I/ab. — Eidsvold, Queensland (Dr. Bancroft). For synonymy, see Ricardo. Erephopsis bancrofti Austen. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), ix., p.2 (1912). Ilab. — Eidsvold, Queensland (Dr. Bancroft). Erephopsis aureohirta Ricardo. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), v., p.ll6, PI. i., fig.lO (1900); op. cit., (8), xvi., p.23(1915). Hab. — Kuranda, Queensland (F. P. Dodd). * Continued from Vol. xl., p.806, 1915(1916). v^ BY FRANK H. TAYLOR. 747 DiATOMINEURA CROCEA, sp.ll. Length, ^, 8-9; 9, 8-8-5 : width of head, ^, 3-3-5; 9, 3: leno-th of wmg, (J, 7-8; 9,8: width of front at vertex, 0-5; length of proboscis, 2-5 mm. (J. Head orange-butt', beard similar; first two segments of antennae dull golden; the first swollen, about twice the length of second, and clothed with fairly long, orange-buff" hairs; second about two-thirds the width of the first, and clothed with fairly long, black haii's; third orange, annuli black; palpi pale orange, slendei', tapering to a point, clothed with fairly long, orange hairs, with a few black ones at the apex, about one-third the length of the proboscis, tlie latter black; eyes black, pubescence black. Thorax densely clothed with fairly long, orange-buff" and black hairs; scutellum and pleuroe densely covered with orange-buff" hairs. Abdomen darker than thorax, clothed with short, orange-buff" and black hairs, with a median, fairly br(.)ad, orange-coloured stripe extending the full length of the abdomen, apex blackish, with a few black hairs; venter bright orange-butt". Winys with the inner two-thirds almost hyaline, rest smoky: veins brown, costa black; stigma dark brown, elongate, conspi- cuous, squamae clear. Halteres with pale stems and dark knobs. Legs : fore- and mid-femora, and tibia? orange-buff"; first tarsals brownish, with black aj^ices; rest black, with narrow, pale, basal rings; hind tibia? and basal half of the first tarsals brown, femora clothed with orange-coloured hairs, apical half of the first tarsals and tarsi two to five black; spurs on mid- and hind-tibiae black, prominent. 9. Similar to ^, but not so brightly coloured. Front orange- buff, with numerous, erect, black hairs; no frontal callus; ocellar triangle darker than front, ocelli prominent; abdomen chocolate- brown, clothed with black hairs, with a dull, median, orange-buff" stripe the full length of the abdomen; venter paler than in the J". Nab. — Queensland : Kuranda (F. P. Dodd), Cairns (F. H. Taylor). 57 748 AUSTRALIAN TABANID^, ii., A very handsome and distinct little species, unlike any other with which I am acquainted. DiATOMINEURA BREVIROSTRIS Macquart. Dipt. Exot., Suppl. iv., p.326 (1842) [Pan(/omrt] ; Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi., p.28(1915). Hah. — Queensland: Montville (Dr. Turner), Kuranda (F. P. Dodd and F. H. Taylor). I am indebted to Mr. Austen for the identification of this species, which is apparently a common one at Kuranda. DiATOMINEURA VIOLACEA Macquart. Dipt. Exot., Suppl. iv., p.326, PI. xi., %.3 {\U^)[Pangonia\; Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi., p.30(1915). Ilah. — Q. : Mount Tambourine (W. W. Froggatt), Barron Falls (F. H. Taylor). The specimens from Mount Tambourine agree perfectly with those from Kuranda, a district where it is a fairly common species. CORIZONEURA KURANDiE, sp.n. 9. Length, 13-15; width of head, 4-5; width of front at vertex, 0"4-0-6; length of wing, 11-5-13 mm. Head: face, cheeks, and front grey, face and cheeks with short, white hairs, beard white ; frontal callus black, spear-shaped, gradually tapering to a fine point, reaching the ocellar triangle; the latter dark, with a golden tinge, ocelli prominent; subcallus grey; antennjy and palpi black, first and second segments ot the former densely clothed with black hairs, third with the base tri- angular, palpi about two-thirds the length of the proboscis, the latter short, black; eyes black, inner margins parallel. Thorax grey, with three, well-defined, black stripes, clothed with semi-erect, grey hairs; scutellum dusky-brown, with a narrow, posterior, grey margin, clothed with grey hairs, posterior fringe grey, fairly long; pleurtB black, with grey tomentum, and fairly long, grey hair. BY FRANK H. TAYLOR. 749 Abdomen mahogany red, becoming darker toward the apex, clotlied with black hairs; first segment dark, first six segments with median, triangular, white, apical flecks: second segment with a border of black round the white fleck; all the segments with lateral, gr-eyish- white spots, those on the first and second largest; in addition, there are narrow, apical, grey bands to all the segments; venter black, first three segments pale, tinged with black, second to the apex all with grey-white, apical banding. Wings smoke-coloured, except the discoidal and inferior basal cells, which are clear; veins dark brown; stigma brown, elongate, inconspicuous; squamte clear. Halteres dark brown; no appendix to upper branch of third long vein. Lfi(js black, femora densely covered with short, grey hairs; tibise similarly covered with black ones; spurs on mid- and hind- tibia; black, conspicuous. Hab.—Q. : Kuranda (F. P. Dodd), Cairns (F. H. Taylor). A striking species owing to the general resemblance to species of the genus Tabamis, being not unlike some of the northern forms of that genus. Elaphromyia, gen.nov. Ocelli, and spurs on hind-tibifi* present. Antenna; with six divisions to the third joint, with the last two divisions indistinct, which is broad and Tabanus-Mka at the base, the first segment almost bell-shaped, about half as wide again, laterally, at the apex, second segment about one-third the length of the first. Palpi very small, cylindrical, about one-fourth the length of the proboscis, the latter comparatively long. Wings with all pos- terior cells open; no appendix. Tyi)e, E. carterl Taylor. 9 unknown. Elaphromyia oarteri, sp.n. ^. Length, 21; width of head, 5; length of wiiig, IG; length of abdomen, 14; greatest width of thorax, 4*5 mm. Head: subcallus yellow, clothed with yellow tomentum and scattered golden hairs; face and cheeks orange, the former pro- 750 AUSTRALIAN TABANID^, ii., duced into a laige, blunt tubercle between the antennas and palpi, cheeks and undersurface of head densely clothed with fairly long, orange-coloured hairs; antennae testaceous, first and second seg- ments densely clothed with fairly long, mixed, black and orange hairs; base of third segment broadly triangular, with scattered, short, black and golden hairs ; j^alpi very short, two-jointed, cylindrical, densely clothed with long, black hairs; apical segment testaceous; eyes black, shining, facets small, nude; proboscis dark brown, apex and upper basal two-thirds testaceous. Thonu; with three, fairly bi'oad, black stripes, yellowish on each side of the median one, and orange laterally, clothed with golden hairs; pleurtt black, clothed with golden tomentum, and scattered, golden hairs; scutellum similar to thorax. Abdomeri as wide as thorax, becoming narrower toward the apex; first five segments pale, the first and second with fairly large, median, black spots as broad as the segments, and black, lateral patches also; third to fifth segments with broad, black, basal banding, expanding lateiully, and clothed with short, golden hairs; venter with first segment pale, second with two, basal and apical, pale spots; third to fifth black, with pale, apical ones; sixth with a narrow, black band, rest of segment and remaining ones testaceous; all segments with a lateral fringe of orange- coloured hairs. //'';/.s testaceous, spurs on the mid-tibite stout, black, those on hind-tibiai testaceous and slenderer ; the claws black, sickle- shaped, fairly large. Wiiuja orange-yellow; veins bi'own, except the subcostal, which is reddish; the apex and inner margin to the base of the marginal cells dusky, pale on the axillary cell; a pale spot in the middle of the cubital cell, the discoidal and inferior basal pale, also the basal half of the anal cell. Halteres orange. Hah.—Q.: Kuranda (F. P. Dodd). Described from a single specimen. A second specimen was submitted to Mr. Austen, who informed me that it belonged to a new genus and species allied to Osca (subgenus Corioiieura). It is an easily recognised species on account of its abdominal BY FRANK H. TAYLOR. 751 markings, and extreme length in proportion to the width of the thorax. It affords me great pleasure to associate the name of ray friend, Mr. H. J. Carter, with this striking species. SiLVIUS ATER, sp.n. 9. Length, 13-1-1-; width of head, 4; width of front at vertex, 0'5; length of wing, 12-1.3 mm. Head: front ashen-grey; frontal callus spear-shaped, dull black, tumid, with a fairly deep, median groove on its apical half, about two-thirds the width of front at its base; ocellar triangle dark brown, prominent, ocelli black; face ashen-grey; antennae pitch black; first two segments clothed with black hairs, base of the third broadly triangular, forming an obtuse angle on its upper edge; palpi black, nearly as long as proboscis, the latter black; eyes black, nude, their inner margins parallel. Thurax black, denuded, with traces of black and yellowish liairs on the sides: scutellutn denuded; pleune black. Abdomen black, clothed with short, black hairs; first segment broadly marked with grey at the apex and on the sides, second segment with the grey not so prominent on the sides, remaining segments with narrow, more or less distinct, apical bands; venter black, segments two to four with narrow, white, apical bands, five to apex with pale, narrow, apical bands. Wings black, a semitransparent streak in the cubital cell along part of the third long vein, the apical, first to fourth posterior, the discal and inferior basal cells with semitransparent spots; no appendix to upper branch of the third long vein. Legs black, spurs on mid- and hind-tibiie conspicuous. Hah. — Northern Territory: Brock's Creek and Mary River (G. r. Hill). An easily recognised species, and very different ivom other Australian forms on account of its general black colour, and abdominal markings. Co-type in Coll. Hill. 752 AUSTRALIAN TABANIDiE, ii., SiLVIUS SUBLURIDUS, sp.n. 9. Length, 12; width of head, 5; width of front at vertex, 0-75, length of wing, 10 mm. Head: front brown, black when denuded; frontal callus a small plug, black, shining, tumid, about three-fourths as wide as the front, base a short distance from the subcallus, apex ending in a blunt point ; subcallus shining black, protuberant ; first and second segments of antennie yellowish, clothed witli numerous black hairs, markedly so on their doi-sal apices, first cui)-shaped, second very small, third reddish, its ])ase fairly large and broad; }>alpi pale reddish, nearly the length of the proboscis, the latter black; eyes bare, inner margins slightly converging toward their bases. Thorax slate coloured, denuded, with traces of short, golden hairs; scutellum similar; pleunc slate-coloured, with scattered, grey hairs. Abdomeii yellowish-brown, the two apical segments darker; basal segments of venter paler than dorsum, penultimate and apical segments blackish. Leyn: basal half of femora slate-coloured, the remainder and tibi;e reddish, the former clothed with grey hairs, the latter w ith short, black ones; fore-tarsi black; mid and hind dusky; spurs on mid-tibite black, conspicuous; hind ones pale, inconspicuous. Winys clear, veins dark except the subcostal, which is yellowish; stigma yellowish; all posterior cells widely open; no appendix. //«6.— Northern Ten-itory: Darwin (G. F. Hill). A specimen closely resembling S. Inridus Walker, from Port Stephens, N.S.W., but differing in the antemue, legs, etc. De- scribed from a single specimen, sent by Mr. Hill, labelled "taken on horse, eyes brown." SiLvius DODDi Ricardo. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi., p.261 (1915). Hab.—Q. : Kuranda (F. P. Dodd). BY PRANK H. TAYLOR. 753 SiLvius FRONTALIS Ricai'do. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xxl, p.262(1915). Hah.—lSi. Territory: Darwin and :34-Mile Siding (G. F. Hill). This appears to be rather a cunnnon species. SiLVius INDISTINCTUS Ricardo. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi., p.26-2 (1915). Ilab.-^Q.: Ching Du (F. H. Taylor), Bowen. This would appear to be a widely distributed species, as it was described from the Adelaide River, and Palnierston, Northern Territory. SiLVius AUSTRALis Ricardo. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi., p.263(1915). The eggmass of this species is very long and narrow, measuring 29 mm., by an average of 1 "5 mm., and contains a very large number of eggs, which are a light amber-brown, cylindrical, and pointed like a cigar at the apex, and measure 1"3 x 0'2mm.(vix). They were found on a blade of grass overhanging a small, sandy creek in Townsville, just as the Hy had finished laying them. It is a common species at Ching Do and Kuranda. JJab.—Q. : Eidsvold (Dr. Bancroft), Townsville, Ching Do (F. H. Taylor), Kuranda (F. P. Dodd). Subfamily T A B A N i N .E. Group iv. Forehead with no callus. Tabanus griseohirtus, sp.n. $. Length, 11-5-13-75; width of head, 4-4-5; width of front at vertex, 0"5-0'75; length of wing, 9"5-ll mm. Head: face and cheeks grey, beard white; front creamy, with numerous black hairs ; frcjntal callus absent ; subcallus grey ; antennBC reddish-yellow, first two segments paler, clothed with pale hairs and a few black ones on their dorsal apices, third broad at the base with an obtuse angle; palpi pale creamy, with white hairs, about one-half the length of the proboscis, the latter brown; eyes bare, inner margins converging toward the apex. 754 AUSTRALIAN' TABANID.E, ii., Thorax grey, clothed with mixed black and golden, appressed hairs, the latter predominating: scutellum similar to thoi'ax; pleurae grey, with scattered white hairs. Abdomen black, entirely covered with gi'ey tomentmn, clothed with mixed, pale yellowish and black hairs, the black ones fairly long on the posterior margin of the apical segment; all segments \\ itli narrow, apical, yellowish banding; venter similar to thorax, clothed with short, whitish hairs. Leys: femora and tibia? yellowish, the former clothed with black pubescence. Winys clear, veins yellowish-brown ; stigma pale ; anterior branch of the third long vein with an appendix. /y«6. —Northern Territory: Melville Island (G.F. Hill, No.75). Allied to T. nemopunctatus Ricardo, but differing in not having the inner margins of the eyes parallel, and the general colour being grey, besides other points of difference. The appendix on the anterior branch of the third long vein (jf the wing is variable in length, being longer in some than in others. Co-type in Coll. Hill. Tabanus NEMOPUNCTATUS Ricardo. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xiv., p.;^88 (1911). This species, originally described from Dunk Island, Queens- land, has been forwarded frcjm the Northern Territory by Mr. Hill. These specimens show slight variation in the size of the tooth on the base of the third joint of the antenna?, and also have the ti}) black instead of ferruginous, but, in all other resjDects, they are typical. Hah. — N. Tei'ritoiy: L)ar\vin, tStajjleton, and Batchelor. Group \ii. Abdomen with one or more stripes, usually continuous. Tabanus mastersi, nom.nov. Tahatius yreyarius Taylor, nee Erichson. Rep. Aust. Inst. Trop. Med., 1911, p.63(1913); Austen, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xiii., p.265(19U). BY FEAXK H. TAyLOR. 755 (J. Length, 13-15-5; width of head, 5-5-7; length of wing, 11- 12-75 mm. Similar to 9, hut the dorsum of thorax and abdomen darker. Eyes with the large facets copper-coloured, and occupying about two-thirds of the surface, reaching about the middle of the fr(jntal triangle, leaving a narrow border of small, bkie-black facets, which extend to the vertex. This species appears to be ^•ery %ariable in size, judging from the specimens before me — a $ measuring 17-5nnn. in length, whilst the smallest specimen, a ^, measures only 13 mm. I have much pleasure in dedicating this handsome species to the memory of the late Mr. George Masters, for many years the Curator of the Macleay Museum, Sydney. Hab. — N. Territory: Darwin (G.F.Hill). — Queensland: Bowen, ]\Iackay, Cardington, and Townsville (F. H. Taylor). It is closely related to 7\ Sfratiymani Ricardo, but differs in the antenn;f and legs. The extension on the frontal callus also differs in being extended to the ocellar triangle. '» Tabanus duplonotatus Ricardo. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xiv., p.3DG (1914). Specimens received from the Northern Territ(jry differ fiom the description of the specimens from S. Queensland only in having the venter dark, femora reddish, and the veins of the wing brown. Hab.—^. Territory: Darwin (G. F. Hill, No. 65). Grou}j ix. Species with paler bands, and sometimes spots on the abdomen. Tabanus trypherus, sp.n. 9. Length, 7"25-8; width of head, 2-75-3; width of front at vertex, 0-25; length of wing, 6-75-7 mm. Head: face grey, with scanty grey hairs; beard white, scanty; front black, covered with dull golden tomentum, about one-third narrower posteriorly; frontal callus black, almost square, with a short, thick extension, tumid, shining, nearly the width of the 756 AUSTRALIAN TABANID^, ii., front at base, and about one-half the length of front, no lineal extension; subcallus chestnut, with pale yellowish tomentuni; palpi pale creamy-white, about two-thirds the length of the pro- boscis, pubescence black, with some fairly long, white hairs basally, first two segments of antennae creamy-yellow, with black pubescence, third with the base reddish-yellow, forming an obtuse angle; tooth small, with some black pubescence, annuli dark. Thorax denuded, ash-coloured, with lateral and i)osterior margins paler; scutellum paler; pleurpe grey, pubescence grey. Abduynen chocolate-brown, with fairly broad, grey bands ; pubescence black; venter black, witli grey tomentum. Wimjs clear, veins brown; stigma yellow-brown, elongate, con- spicuous; anterior branch of third long vein with a long appendix. Le._N. Territory: Stapleton (G. F. Hill). A specimen of the above was submitterl to Mr. Austen, who informed me that it was close to K. uu/rimanus Walker, from which it may be distinguished, infn- alia, by the colour of the antennae and legs. Tabanus doddi, nom.nov. Tahanus abstersus Taylor, 7iec Walker, Rept. Aust. Tnst. Trop. Med., 1911, p.60(1913); Austen, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xiii., p.264(1914). A change of name becomes necessary for this species, due to a misidentification of Walker's s-pecies, as pointed out by Austen; and also because, as far as I am able to judge from all the de- scriptions of Australian Tabani, it remains unnamed. It is a very distinct and easily recognised species, owing to the white-haired fieck on the hind margin of each of the first five segments, the black ground-colour of the dorsum of the abdomen, and the angle on the expanded portion of the third joint of the antenna;, which is produced into a long, thumb-like process. All the specimens before me (19) show the annuli of the third joint of the antennfe with a marked, upward curve. JIah.—H. Queensland (H. Tryon).— Q.: Kuranda (F. P. Dodd), Mourilyan (F. H. Taylor). Group X. Species with the abdomen unicolorous, or almost so, sometimes darker at apex. Tabanus darwinensis, sp.n. 9. Length, 10-5; width of head, 3-8; width of front at vertex, 0-5; length of wing, 9-5 mm. BY FRANK H. TAYLOR. 759 Head: front dull golden, covered with numerous, black, erect hairs; frontal callus black, pear-shaped, tiiniid; subcallus dull golden, light chestnut when denuded, rest of head grey, beard grey-white; first two segments of antennfe golden-yellow, clothed with numerous, fairly long, black hairs ; base of third joint reddish-brown, covered with minute, pale hairs, an obtuse angle on the upper margin, annuli black; palpi ci-eamy, clothed with fairly long, black and short, pale hairs, about one-half the length of proboscis; eyes black, the inner margins converging toward the vertex. Thorax grey-black, clothed with mixed, pale and black haii's; scutellum similar t«) thorax; pleune slate-coloured, clothed with grey hairs. Abdomen grey-black, clothed with numerous, mixed, black and pale bail's, venter similar, posterior margins of segments w ith a narrow band. Wuigs clear, veins black; stigma yellowish-brown, elongate; anterior branch of the third long vein with an appendix. Lfic/s: basal third of the fore- and mid-femora slate-cok)ured, the rest reddish-bi'own, hind slate-coloured, apical third reddish- brown, tibiae reddish-brown, fore-tibia^ darker on the apical third, tarsi black, femora clothed with mixed, black and pale hairs, tibipe and tarsi clothed with black ones. //«&.— N. Territory: Darwin (G. F. Hill, No. 107). Described from two specimens. It is related to 7\ finiphris Macq., but difters, hiter alia, in having the wings clear. T. funebris is described as being entirely black, and having the veins shaded brown. Co-type in Coll. Hill. Gi'oiip xi. Species with pubescence on the eyes (^Thpvioplecfps). Tabanus antecedkns Walker. List Dipt., i., p.l78(1848); Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi., p.279(1915). Melbourne specimens differ from Ricardo's description in having the anteiime black, the first segment with fairly long, 760 AUSTRALIAN TABANID^, ii., mixed, black and golden hairs; and the bi'oad, basal portion of the third segment lacking a distinct angle, the tooth being very small. In other respects, they conform to a specimen determined as T. nntpcpclpus Walker, by Mr. Austen, for the writer. Hab. — Victoria : Melbourne (Dr. Cumpston). Tabanus milsoni, sp.n. 9. Length, 10: width of head, 4; width of front at vertex, 0-75; length of wing 9 mm. Head: face ashen-grey, pubescence grey; beard gre}-; front almost parallel, grey with traces of dark yellow, pubescence pale; ocellar triangle brown; frontal callus square, resting on the sub- callus, black, tumid, shining, as wide as front, with a short, stout extension; subcallus chestnut, with gi^ey tomentum; first two segments of antennae black, with grey tomentum, and long, black pubescence; third joint reddish-yellow, annuli black, basal portion broad, with an obtuse angle, tooth small, with a few black hairs; palpi dull red-brown, about two-thirds the length of proboscis, tomentum grey, pubescence mixed pale and black; eyes with very scanty, pale pubescence. T'horax chocolate-brown, tomentum grey, with three, well- defined, dark stripes, pubescence grey and black, long on the lateral margins; scutellum chocolate-brown, pubescence similar to thorax, pleurae grey, pubescence grey. Abdomen dark chocolate-brown, all segments from the second with grey bands expanding laterally, the second with an addi- tional one, which does not meet in the middle; segments two to five with median, grey, triangular spots, pubescence black, long on the apical segments, grey on the bands and spots, long on the lateral, grey expansions; venter chocolate-brown, gi'ey banding prominent, pubescence dense, mixed grey and black. Wings clear, veins dark brown; stigma yellowish-brown; ante- rior branch of the third long vein with a small appendix. Leys black, coxae and trochanters with long, grey pubescence, basal half of the fore-tibiae yellowish-brown, mid- and hind-tibiae BY FRANK H. TAYLOR. 761 yellowish, femoral pubescence grey, tibial and tarsal pubescence 1)1 ack, veiy dense. //«/>.— N.S.W.: Milson Island, Hawkesbury River(Dr. Cleland). Closely resembling T. impprfectiLs Walker, but differs in ha\ing the base of the third joint of tlie antennsi? reddish-yellow, tlie frontal callus shorter, with a lineal extension; and the thorax with three, well-defined, dark stripes. There are also well- defined, grey, median spots on the second to fifth segments; whilst, in T. iraperfectus Walker, these are present only on the second to fourth segments. Tabanus spadix, sp.n. 9. Length, 9; width of head 4; width of front at vertex, 0-5; length of wing, 8*5 mm. Head: face pale creamy; beard pale creamy; front golden, dis- tinctly narrower at vertex; pubescence black; frontal callus pear-shaped, tumid, shining, dark chestnut-brown, about one-half the width of the front; subcallus chestnut, tonientum golden; first two joints of antennjB yellow, pubescence black, third joint reddish-yellow, annuli darker, tootl> small; palpi yellowish, stout, apical third thin, tapering to a fine point; pubescence on eyes pale, scanty. Thorax ashen-grey, with five, dark chocolate-brown stripes, the median one very narrow, the two submedian ones short, extend- ing to the middle of the thorax, pubescence mixed pale and black, latei-al hairs long; scutellum black, tomentum grey, pubescence long, pale; pleurae grey, pubescence long, grey. Abdomen: first three segments light brown, fourth to the apex dark brown, segments two to the apex with pale bands, expand- ing laterally, the second segment basally pale also, the second to sixth segments also with indistinct, median, pale, triangular spots, pubescence black, pale on the segmentations; venter creamy, pubescence pale, penultimate and apical segments dark. Legs: coxse and trochanters with long, grey pubescence, fore- legs black, basal two-thirds of tibiae yellowish, apical two-thirds of mid-femora and tibiae yellowish, apex of hind femora and the 58 762 AUSTRALIAN TABANIDiE, 11. tibiiv yellowish, rest of mid-and hind-legs blackish, pubescence black. Witiys clear, veins dark brown; stigma dark yellowish-brown; anterior branch of the third long vein with a short appendix. Hab.—^.S.W.: Sydney (Dr. Cleland). Both this and 7'. milsoni mihi, known from single specimens only, are close I3' related. T. spadi.r may be distinguished, inffr alia, by its broader front, differently shaped, frontal callus, the thf)rax having five stripes; and the paler abdomen. Tabanus vetustus Walker. List Dipt., i., p.l79(1848); Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi., p.277(1915); White, Pap. and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1915, p.l5. Hab. — Tasmania: Launceston (Simson, Coll. W. W. Froggatt). This specimen has the third joint of the antennae black, and, in addition, the abdomen is entirely clothed with thick, grey pul)escence, except for two, small, median patches of yellowish pul)escence on the first and second segments. 763 SOME N0TE8 ON THE BIONOMICS OF THE BUFFALO- FLY {LYFEROSIA EXIGUA de Meijere). By Gerald F. Hill, F.E.S., Government Entomologist, Northern Territory of Australia. (Plate liii.) The Buffalo-fly, under which name it is best known to stock- owners in the Northern Territory, is well-known as an important pest, owing to the annoyance and suffering it causes to cattle and horses, and to the loss in condition so (jften observed in stock grazing upon fly-infested country. The greater number of individuals of this species and the longer period of their seasonal occurrence make Lyperosia a more formidable pest than the largei- and more voracious blood- sucking flies of the genera Tabanus and Silvius, both of which are well represented in this country. During the early part of the wet season (November and De- cember) certain species of Tabanus, notably T. n'ujritarsis Taylor, are responsible for perhaps more annoyance to horses than is caused by Buflalo-flies during these months. The actual loss of blood due to these larger Tabanids is, no doubt, considerable, and this, combined with the fact that horses, in particular, are kept in a constant state of motion from before sunrise until ofter nightfall, accounts in a large measure for the poverty of stock in certain localities at a season when pasturage is most abundant. But Tabanidaj do not attack abraded surfaces, sores, or the sites of recent bites, as Lyperosia does; hence, after a momentary flinch or a kick as the skin is pierced, little notice is generally taken of the fly by the host. The species which dash at their victim with most noise are more dreaded than the more sluggish species. 764 BIONOMICS OF THE BUFFALO-FLY, Tlie wduiuls caused by even the largest Tabanida^ heal without fshowiiig signs of intlanimation, but the bluod, which frequently runs fi\)ni the puncture after the withdrawal of the proboscis, attracts Stomoxys, Lyperosia, Musca, and other flies to the wound, which may thus develop into a characteristic "fly-sore." On the other hand, Lyperosias chister in great numbers on a small area of skin, and, by repeated bites, produce what must be l)ractically a constant state of irritation. This irritation causes the host to rub the part against some convenient object — a fence- post, stump, or branch — until a i-aw surface is exposed to further attacks by Lyperosia exiyua, Stomuxys calcitraus, Musca, Pycno- soma, and other Diptera. The size and duration of the resulting sores are largely determined by the species and temperament of the host, its ability to find protection in mud, water, or under- growth, by the prevalence of flies, and by the use or neglect (in the case of stabled or yarded domes; ic animals) of medicaments and re})ellant preparations. As may be supposed, horses sufi'er more in this respect than do cattle, and it is no uncommon oc- currence to find, on the brisket, a luw surface of from 3-5 iiaches in diameter. ( )ld, pooi'-conditioned, and sickly stock (horses and cattle) are noticeal)ly suljject to annoyance. The colour of the hair makes no appreciable difference, although individuals maybe seen which are practically unmolested; while others, in the same mob, are habitually infested. Goats are rarely molested, while dogs, pigs, sheep, and kangaroos appear to enjoy immunity from attack. Horses are generally attacked (jn the belly, brisket, underparts of the neck, flanks, about the eyes and withers, the characteristic lesions generally showing on the first three positions. Cattle are generally attacked on the belly, brisket, lower surface of the neck, the inner corners of the eyes, and on the flanks. The lesions are usually noticed on the neck, and in the corners of the eyes (Plate liii.), those in the latter position often presenting a veiy painful and inflamed appearance, due to the part being rubbed against the knees or scraped with the hind-hoofs. Buffaloes, both domestic and those roaming wild in the country BY GERALD F. HILL. 765 to the East and South-East of Darwin, are habitually infested, and show the characteristic sores as found on domestic cattle and wild Brahmin cattle, but to a lesser degree, owing, no doubt, to the thickness of the skin, and the protection afforded by the submersion of the body and neck in mud or water for long periods throughout the day, and often to a protective coat of adhesive mud. The habit of attacking man is exceptional in this species, although one is occasionally bitten while riding Hy-infested horses. As has been stated above, wild buffaloes are habitually infested. While hunting these animals, it has been noticed that Lyperosias do not feed or rest upon a freshly skinned beast, but transfer themselves to the hunters' horses. In these circum- stances, those engaged in skinning are not infrequently bitten, especially if the })art is blood-stained or moist with sweat. Several species of Tabanidse, not usually prone to bite man, will do so under similar circumstances. Intruduction info Australia and Local Distrihutioti. It is reasonable to suppose that the first importations of Lyperosia were made with some of the early shipments of stock (buffaloes, cattle, and ponies) fi-um the East Indies, since 1824. That these flies can be transported by sea, a short distance at any rate, has been proved by the writer, who recently travelled from Port Darwin to the Daly River (90 miles by sea) in a small vessel, which carried two young bulls for the settlement situated about 60 miles up the river. A score or more flies were carried on these beasts for three days, and were dislodged only when their hosts were lowered into the river to swim ashore. The distribution of the Buffalo-fly appears to coincide fairly well with the spread of the introduced buffaloes, which now roam wild over a large area of country roughly bounded by the Daly River on the south-west, the Roper River on the south, the Liverpool or perhaps the Goyder River on the west, and the littoral on the north. Although stray buffaloes have been found beyond these natural boundaries, the fly does not appear to have 766 BIONOMICS OF THE BUFFALO-FLY, made much headway south of the Roper River, or west of the Daly River. Melville Island, on which Iniffaloes have run since 1824, is said to be badly infested; while the adjacent Bathurst Island, which is stocked with goats only, is free. Description of Early Stages, Life-History, and Habits. The eggs, which are pale reddish-brown in colour, 1 mm. in length, curved on one side and flattened on the other, aie laid singly on their sides on the wet surface of fresh dung, occasion- ally in crevices in dung or in fouled mud an inch or more away from it, and occasionally in fouled mud around buffalo-wallows. Oviposition takes from 2-4 minutes, during which time from 12- 20 eggs are laid. The young larva? descend into the dung, where they attain a length of 7*25 mm., and change in colour from nearly white to dirty-white. Under natural conditions, pupation sometimes takes place in the soil under the dung, but usually in the dung itself. In breeding-jars, pupation invariably tt)ok place in the latter situation, whether the dung rested on clean sand or on loamy soil. On two occasions, these flies have been observed depositing eggs on the hair of sweating horses, but it is most improbable that the i-esulting larvfe would i-each maturity. In the full-grown larvae, the posterior stigmatic plates, which are situate on the hind margin of the anal segment, are large, blackish, rounded on the outer sides and nearly straight on the adjacent inner margins, with three, irregular, paler spots, and a central opening in each. On the ventral surface of the anal seg- ment, there ai-e several paired tubercles of varying size, surrounded by coarsely granulated skin. The puparium is of the usual Muscid type, 3 mm. in length by l'30mm. in width, barrel- shaped, and reddish-brown in colour. Three reared under laboratory-conditions, in March, gave an average of 169 hours for the completion of the life-cycle (192, 195, 120 hours). The weather during the shortest period was warm and sultr\', while a good deal of cool weather and rain were experienced during the longer periods. A later rearing (in June), when the weather was often chilly, took 208 hours to BY GERALD F. HILL. 767 complete the cycle. The periods occupied by the different stages were not accurately noted in any of the above rearings, but, from other observations under varying conditions, it was found to be as follows — egg-stage, 18-20 hours ; larval stage, from liatching of egg to the formation of the puparium, 72-96 hours^ pupal stage, 72-120 hours. Courting takes place on the host, but the process of mating has not been observed, either upon the host or elsewhere. The position of the Hy while resting or feeding upon the host is usually that with the body vertical and the head downward. During courtship, this position is maintained by one sex, the othei- occupying a vertical position with the head directed upwards. The wings of both are kept in constant vibration until the pair leave the host, presumably to couple. During the heat of the day and at night, the majority of the Hies rest upon the flanks and withers of horses, and about the horns of cattle. Xahiral Enemips. — Few indigenous birds gather their food in dung; it is improbable, therefore, that dung-breeding flies and other insects ai-e preyed upon in their earlier stages by these agents. The imagines of Lyperosia, like those of other flies, are preyed upon to some extent by Fantails [Bhipidura bicolor), which follow and rest upon the backs of stock. In.sect-predators play a more important part in the control of of this pest, but it is not believed to be considerable. The recently deposited eggs are gathered by certain species of ants for food, amongst which the following species may be mentioned — Solenopsis germinata F., var. rufa Snd., Iridomyrmex detectiis Smith, and Odontomachus ruficeps Sm., var. acufidens Forel. A more important enemy is a small Hymenopteron (Sericophoriis rducens Sm.) which captures the flies while feeding or at rest. Methods of Control. — The flies are naturally bush-insects, breeding, for the most part, in the fresh droppings of cattle and buffaloes. Accumulations of stable-manure and litter do not attract them, noi' do they breed up in numbers if fly-infested 768 BIONOMICS OF THE BUFFALO-FLY. horses are brought in from the bush, and kept in the stable or stable-yards. Tt has been observed frequently that, under such circumstances, the flies decrease and finally disappear. On the other hand, milking-pens and cow-yards in regular use do serve as breeding-places and sources of infestation. The frequent removal of manure from such places would do much to reduce the number of Lyperosia, as well as Stomoxys and non-blood- sucking Muscids in the vicinity, but to control their numbers on* the immense and thinly-populated grazing-areas would be obviously impracticable. Lyperosia exiyna and disease. — None of the pathological con- ditions of stock in the Northern Territor}?^ are known to be trans- mitted by these flies, nor have the results of numerous micro- scopical examinations suggested their probable connection with the spread of disease. EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIII. Head of calf, showing earlj' stage of lesion caused by Lyptrosla exigua. 769 ORDII^ARY MONTHLY MEETING. November 29th, 1916. Mr. C. Hedley, Vice-President, in the Chair. A letter from Mrs. T. W. E. David, returning thanks for sym- pathy, was communicated by the Chairman. Candidates for Fellowships, 1917-18, were reminded that the 30th inst. was the last day for the receipt of applications. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (25th October, 1916), amounting to 14 Vols., 82 Parts or Nos., 10 Bulletins, 4 Reports, and 7 Pamphlets, I'eceived from 58 Societies, etc., were laid upon the table. EXHIBIT. Mr. Fred Turner exhibited a specimen of Dampiera erioce])hala De Vriese, var. alba Turner, which was collected by Mrs. A. E. Stephens, Jindarra, West Australia, who forwarded it to the exhibitor for botanical determination. During Mrs. Stephens' long residence in, and extensive travels over, the western State, she has found only two specimens of this very rai'e and interest- ing plant. 59 770 DESCRTPTTON OF APHANTOPHRYNE, A NEW BATRACHIAN GENUS FROM NEW GUINEA; With Comparative Notes on the Pectoral Musculature. By Dene B. Fry, Australian Museum, Sydney. (Plates liv.-lv.) The material on which the present paper is based consists of a collection of six small frogs belonging to a single species. They were collected in 1896 by the late A. Giulianetti, at an altitude of 12,200 feet on Mount Scratchley, in the Owen Stanley' Range, British New Guinea. While they undoubtedly belong to the family Brevicipitidte* (Engystomatidse auct.), I cannot find a definition of any genus with which they agree even approximately. Therefore, a new genus has been characterised, for which the name Aphmitophryne is proposed. The most interesting feature about this new form is the apparent absence of a sternal plate. At first, thinking that my dissection of a small, pooi^ly preserved specimen was at fault, I regarded the absence of this important element with reserve. However, after a careful examination of three specimens, I have failed to find it, and, as will be seen later, the modification of the pectoral musculature certainly points to its total reduction. There are twenty-six genera of Brevicipitidse recognised from India, Malay, East Indies, Papuasia, and Australia, sixteen of which have a highly specialised sternal apparatus, modified by the loss of the procoracoid cartilage and clavicles. As Aphan- topkryne also lacks these elements, its affinities must be sought amongst this group of genera. *I have followed Stejneger (Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., xxiii., 1910, p. 165), who shows that, as the name of the type-genus of the family Engystoma- tida?, namely Enatrachns P. & D »0 c T3 X bo — ■o !^ £ •a 0/ O O Is a 1 '-5 c c a. ^ it It 1 ^ d a cj >1 cc o s o O o X — X X T . X X X I X X X X 1 j i ' X X X 1 X , X X 1 1 X X X 2 X •• X X l&T ix , X 1 X X X X 1 i X X X 0 . X X X T X • • <> • V X X X 9 4/ r. X * See Fry, Mem. Q'land Mus., ii., 1913, p. 48. tWandoUeck, Abh. v. Ber. d. k. Zool. u. Anthr.-Eth. Mus. zu Dres- den, xiii., 1910, p. 11. J Stejneger, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., xxiii., 1910, p. 16.5. It is here shown that rTa.<, but, for the following reasons, we cannot regard them as homologous. There is no reason to doubt that the tape-like band of the latter is a true cartilaginous procoracoid of a degen- erate nature, but, in Aphaufophi-yue, it is a tough, translucent, fascia-like band, which, from a macroscopical examination, I have no hesitation in pronouncing a true ligament. Then, too, in some species of Sphfuophrytw, the reduced procoracoid has lost its connection with the scapula, but its free distal end is joined to the shoulder by a true, ligamentous band. This would appear to be the homologue of the ligament in question. In fact, if we imagine the final reduction of the procoracoid to take place along this line, we should then have a decreasing cartilage, with an increasing band of ligament, which, in the end, would BY DENE B. PRY. "775 connect with the symphysis. Such a band would have an analagous position to the hgament anterior to the coracoid in Aphanfophri/ue, and it is reasonable to presume that it was along such lines that the remarkable ligament of this new genus evolved. Notes on the Pectoral Myology of Aphantophryne pansa COiMPARED with THAT OF LiMNODYNASTES DORSALIS AND Kaloula PULCHRA. The interesting nature of the pectoral muscles of Aphantophryne pansa, revealed by the dissection to examine the sternal apparatus of the type-specimen, has led me to prepare the following notes. It wuuld have been more satisfactory' to have reserved any anatomical investigation till more suitably preserved material came to hand, but the variation of the breast-muscles is of such an unusual nature, and is so directly related to the most interest- ing taxonomic feature of this new form, namely, the absence of a sternal plate, that any notice, however superficial, will, I think, be of present interest. It is hoped that the poor condition of my material has led to but few serious errors. The pectoral musculature of several members of the family Brevicipitida? (Engystomatidye auct.) has been dealt with by Dr. F. E. Beddard, in a series of papers published in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London. T must acknowledge the great assistance I have received from these fine papers, and have gleaned from them the main points of accord and discord, and intercalated them briefly below. For comparative purposes, two hitherto unfigured frogs are illustrated, and briefly described. One, Limnodynastes dorsalis var. dunierilii Peters,* belonging to the family Cystignathidae, has a complete arciferous pectoral girdle. The other, Kaloula p^dchra Gray,t belonging to the same family as Aphantophryup, and systematically not far removed from it, has a firraisternal girdle with no clavicles or omosternum, but difl:ers from it in *Fry, Rec. Austr. Mus., x., 1913, p.26, PI. iii., fig.2. tBoulenger, Cat. Batr. Brit. Mus., 1882, p. 167, figs. 776 DESCRIPTION OF APHANTOPHRYNE, possessing a large, sternal plate. Although the first of these two frogs is much more widely separated from Ajihantophryne than are a number of Brevicipitid frogs available for dissection, it is of interest, comparatively, since it shows more clearly the modification of the muscles correlated with the reduction of the pectoral girdle. This is the primary object of these notes. In addition to the muscular variations due to the widely different sterna of the three species under discussion, a consider- able divergence is noticed between them as regards the compara- tive development, and respective size of the muscles. This is mainly due to the greater or lesser development of the fore-limbs which are largest in L. dorsalis. One of the most striking differences between L. dorsalis and A. pansa, indeed, between the latter and any other Batrachian that I know of, lies in the condition of the rectus abdomiiialis muscle. In Limnodynastes dorsalis (Plate Iv., fig. 3, r«.), it is essentially the same as in Rana escidenta* but differs somewhat from that of Kaloula pulchra (Plate Iv., fig.l, o-a.) owing to the absence of a linea alba in the latter. On removing the ventral skin of these frogs, it is plainly visible covering the large space between the inner edges of the pectorales abdominis. In A. pansa, however, the rectus abdominalis is not visible without the aid of further dissection. When the abdominal portion of the pectoral and the two obliques (to be described later) have been removed, the remark- able, paired condition of the rectus is revealed (Plate Iv., fig.2,ra.)- Posteriorly, they are fairly broad, and in contact in the middle line; but, anteriorly, they are naiTOw and quite separate medially. There is, of course, no trace of a linea alba, and, as far as I can be sure, there is only one, very obscure inscriptio tendinea, situ- ated at about the point where the pectorales abdominis meet medially. Beneath the coracoids (as viewed from the ventral side) they unite with the muscle which I take to be the sterno- hyoideus of each side. Towards the hinder part of the body, * Hoffmann, Bronn's Klass. Thier-Reichs, Bd. vi., Abth., 2, 1873-78, Taf. xvii., pt. BY DENE B. PRY. 777 they lie immediately beneath the obliquus muscles; but, anteriorly, they are more deeply situated Tn Rana temporaria,* there are five poststernal inscriptiones tendinem; while in L.dorsalis{V\aiie Iv., fig.3, it.) and Rhinoderma danvini,j there are only four; Megalophrys nasuta,\ Xenophrys monticola,% and Kaloula pidchra have three; and Hemisus (juttatum\\ but two; while, in Breviceps,^ there is, as I suppose in Aphantophryne, only one. The whole, superficial, abdominal surface of ^. ^a?isa is covered by two muscles. As before mentioned, the rectus abdominalis is completely hidden by these. By far the greater extent is overlain by the two, large pectorales abdominis, but a V-shaped area remains between the anterior borders and the posterior edges of the pectorales sternales. This is covered by an ex- tremely fine, transparent muscle, whose fibres run almost parallel to those of the pectorales sternales, at an angle of about 70° to the longitudinal axis. This muscle, which is obvious on the sides of the body as well, is no doubt a true obliqtms externus. In the median venti'al line, the muscles of each side are separated, although the tough fascia appears to bridge the gap, through which may distinctly be seen the heart and conus (Plate Iv., fig. 2, c. and v.). Bordering this median gap, the obliquus ex- ternus is replaced by a band of longitudinal fibres (Plate Iv., fig. 2, oel.) which I had at first thought to be a distinct muscle, but which I have been quite unable to separate from it. These fibres seem to be wrapped in the same fascia as the obliquus, and to connect anteriorly with the expanded, symphysial portion of the coracoids. The different angle of the fibres is (.-ertainly conducive to regarding them as a distinct muscle, but, till better preserved material is available, this point cannot be settled. Beneath the external oblique muscle is a layer of even more obscure fibres, which are so delicate and transparent that they •Beddard, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1907, p.338. tBeddard, he. ciL, 1908, p.683. JBeddard. loc. cit.., 1907, p.338. §Beddard, loc. cit., 1907, p. 882. llBeddard, loc. cit., 1908, p.903. HBeddard, loc. cit., 1908, p. 083. 778 DESCRIPTION OF APHANTOPHRYNE, can only be seen by carefully angled lighting. These fibres, representing the obliquus wiferwws (Plate 1 v., fig. 2, oi.), run almost at right angles to those of the more superficial muscle; that is, they run outwards and backwards from the middle line of the ventral surface. They are so extremely thin that I cannot trace their boundaries or attachments, but they appear to underlie those of the more superficial muscle in toto. The pectortdes abdominis of A. pansa (Plate Iv., fig.2, pa.) are very large, and in other respects unusual. From their origin at the posterior extremity of the body, they run forward, covering superficially almost the whole abdominal surface. For the greater part of their length, they are in contact medially, but, a short distance behind the symphysis of the coracoids, they diverge, and, narrowing rapidly, enter their insertion beneath the deltoid muscle. In L. dorsalia (Plate Iv., fig.3, pa.) and K. pulchra (Plate Iv., fig. I, pa.) their insertion is alsooverlain by the deltoid; while, in Hemisus guttatum* and Xenophrys mo7iticola,j they disappear beneath the pars sternalis of the pectoral. The fibres of the pectoralis abdominis run obliquely in the anterior portion of the muscle, but posteriorly are almost longitudinal. The muscle is characteristically thin, and separates readily from the underlying obliquus externus. In L. dorsalis and in A', pulchra, the pectoralis abdominalis presents some peculiarities worthy of notice. In both these species, a remarkable modification of much the same nature occurs, which, as well as being exceptional in itself, is all the more noteworthy because of its presence in two such widely separated frogs. Thus, we find the muscle in each case divided into two distinct portions, which I have here called the portio internus (Plate Iv., figs. 1 and 3, pai.) and the portio externus ipae.) relative to their respective positions. The portio internus of the pectoralis abdotninis (Plate Iv., fig.3, pai.) in L. dorsalis is fan-shaped, the fibres radiating from the narrow insertion to the line of origin on the first two poststernal segments of the rectus abdominalis. The line of origin is oblique *Beddard, Proc. Zool. See, 1908, p. 899, fig. 176. tBeddard, loc. ciL, 1907, p.882, fig.231. BY DENE 6. FRY. 779 and nearly straight. Starting from the posterior margin of the sternal plate some little distance from the linea alba, it runs out- wards and backwards at an angle of about 45', crossing the first and anterior two-thirds of the second segment of the rectus. The portio externus (pae.) of the muscle is long and strap-like, and lies just external to, and touching the edge of the portio internus along its whole length. It extends along the length of the abdomen, is of equal width throughout, and enters its inseition beneath the deltoid together with the inner portion. It appears to V)e bound in the same fascia as the portio internus, from which, however, it is easily separated. In K. pulchra, the portio interitus (Plate Iv., fig. 1, j^ai.) is also fan-shaped, but with this, the similarity between the pectorales of the two forms ends Two peculiarities of the inner portion are of a most unusual nature. Firstly, the most anterior fibres, i.e., those nearest tlie pars sternalis, overlap that muscle, and to a great extent hide it from view, finding attachment on the median line of the sternal plate, inside the origin of the fibres of the pars sternalis, -which do not meet those of the muscle of the opposite side. Secondly, the portion of the pectoralis abdominis, which attaches to the sternum, is in contact with its fellow along the middle line of the breast-plate. This peculiar arrangement is made clear by the figure in Plate Iv., in which the greater part of the right pectoralis is shown dissected away. The abdo- minal line of origin of the pectoralis abdominis is curved, and terminates postero-laterally on the first inscriptio tendinea. The portio externus {^\site Iv., fig.l, pae.), although quite distinct from the inner portion, is connected to it and to the integument by multitudinous fibres, which seem to arise from the fascia invest- ing the muscle. It is triangular in shape, thus differing from the condition in L. dorsalis, and is somewhat longer than the inner portion. The inner edge of the portio externus overlaps the outer edge of the inner portion to a considerable extent, as the pins in the figure indicate (Plate Iv., fig.l). When seen from the ventral aspect, the triangular nature of the outer por- tion is not evident, as only the innermost edge is visible, the greater portion of the muscle lying on the side of the body. 780 DESCRIPTIO>f OF APHANTOPttRYNE, The division into pars stemalis and pars epicoracoidalis of the pectoralis is very obscure in A. pansa. Along the line of origin on the symphysis, there is no trace whatever of any differentia- tion of the fiVjres; but, distally, as they approach their insertion beneath the detoid and pars abdominalis, a slight separation into a small anterior and a larger posterior moiety is noticeable. The anterior portion, representing the pars epico7-acoida/is (Plate Iv., fig. 2, pe.) of other frogs, Hnds attachment on the anterior portion of the epicoracoid cartilage and the median expansion of the ligament (Plate liv,, fig.lg, lig.) which lies in the position of an omosternum. The posterior moiety, or the pais stem alis [Plate Iv., fig. 2, /^s;:).) arises wholly from the epicoracoid and its weak posterior extension. It will be evident that these fibres, desig- nated as the pars sternalis, in all probability represent the portio anterior of that muscle, as found in other frogs. This seems to exclude whatever room for doubt there exists as to whether the sternal plate will be found in Aphantdphryne as a separate element. In those frogs which possess a distinct sternum, we find the pars sternalis invariably attaching to it. If the sternum is cartilaginous, as in L. dorsalis, then the muscular attachment is of a lesser extent than in the case of such frogs as Ratia and Megalophrys, in which the sternum has a strong, calcified style. In Aphantophryne, however, we find the most posterior fibres of the pectoralis sternalis attaching to the weak, posterior extension of the epicoracoid cartilage, making the necessity of provision for further attachment, in the foim of a sternal plate, seem quite superfluous. In L, dorsalis, in which there is a complete pectoral girdle, with omosternum and sternal plate, and much more powerful limbs, the arrangement is naturally very different. It shows three distinct divisions lying one in front of the other. The anterior or pars epicoracoidalis (Plate Iv., fig.3, joe.) is very like that of Rana esculenta* Its fibres do not attach to the omo- sternum. The median portion represents the portio aiitei-ior of * Hoffmann, Bronn's Klass. Thier-Reichs, Band iv., 1873-78, p. 134, Taf. xvii., pe. BY DENE B. FRY. 781 the pectoralis sternalis (psa.), and arises from the epicoracoidal arc, but is separated from its fellow in the middle line. The portio posterior (psp.) arises on the anterior half of the sternum and from the ligament binding the overlapping epicoracoids. It hides from view the coraco-brachialis brevis interior, and the coraco-brachialis longus, as the pars epicoracoidalis also hides the coraco-radialis. Tn K. j)ulchra, the arrangement is much the same as in L. dorsalis, with the exception of a few details of origin, insertion, and relative position The pars epicoracoidalis (Plate Iv., fig.l, pfi.) is hardly distinguishable from the pars sternalis. The median division, or po tio anterior m. pectoralis stertialis (Plate Iv., fig. l,;;sa.) is even less distijict than in L. dorsalis. The most posterior fibres of this muscle attach to the sternum, but the others arise along the epicoracoid, as also do those of the pars epi- coracoidalis. The portio posterior (psp.) is relatively weak, and its fibres originate wholly from the sternum. As before mentioned, it is almost hidden from view by the portio internus m. pecto- ralis abdominalis Its fibres arise a little to one side of the middle line, showing those of the pectoralis abdominalis of each side to be in contact along their line of origin. I have been unable to find a coraco-radialis, like that of Rana esculetita, in A. pansa. In L. dorsalis, there is a muscle, which I take to be the coraco-radialis proprins of Hoffmann* (Plate Iv., fig. 3, pr.). It underlies the pars epicoracoidalis and portio anterior of the pectoralis sternalis, and, by those muscles, is hidden completely from view, as is mentioned by Dr. Beddardf in the case of Megalophi'ys nasuta. It arises on the epicoracoid arc, and its fibres havt^ much the same angle as those of the more superficial pectoralis. In K. pulchra, there is an obscure band of muscle (Plate Iv., fig.l, pn.) which is analogous to the coraco- radialis of L. dorsalis. As in that species, it is hidden from view by the pars epicoracoidalis, and partly also by the anterior portion of the pars sternalis. In Metopostira ocellata, a frog * Hoffinann, loc. cit., p. 135, Taf. xvii., crp. tBeddard, lot: cit., 1907, p. 337. 782 DESCRIPTION OF APHANTOPHRYNE, which possesses undoubted affinities to A.pansa, Professor von ATehely* has figured the coraco-radialis as plainly discernible in front of the pars epicoracoidalis. The pectoralis cuiaveus is absent in all three frogs under dis- cussion. In K. pulchra, as in Hemisus yuttat^im, Xenophrys moiiticola, and Megalophrys nasuta, the septum dividing the thoracic and abdominal lymph-spaces is distinct, but is not invaded by muscle-fibres. In L. dorsalis, there is a well-developed coracobrachialis lovyus (Plate Iv., fig.3, cbL). In front of this is a coraco-brachi- alis brevis internns (ebb.) which, although not so large as the Hrst-ment,ioned muscle, is nevertheless stronger than the same muscle in R. escnlenta.] Both these muscles are hidden by the pectoralis sternalis. I am doubtful whether the muscle horaologised with the coraco-humeralis in A. pansasind K. pulchrais correctly so called. In the former, its fibres border the distal half of the coracoid posteriorly, attaching to that edge of the bone; in the latter, however, the muscle arises from the whole length of the coracoid, and a few fibres seem to originate on the sternal plate. This last condition is almost the same as in R. esculenta, and althouah A.pansa differs somewhat from it, K. pulchra seems to exhibit no features which supply grounds for doubting its identity. In this last species also, a slight indication of a separation of the fibres into a more anterior band is noticeable; these probably represent a coraco-brachialis brevis internus. However, my material is so poorly preserved, that I am unable to come to anv definite conclusion at present. The deltoid (Plate Iv., fig.2, dl.) of A. pansa is weak and tape- like. A pars episternalis is wanting. The same muscle in K. pulchra (Plate Iv., fig.l, dl.) is much stronger and broader, but is otherwise identical. In L. dorsalis, there is a distinct pars episternalis (Plate Iv., fig.3, die.) the fibres of which originate on the omosternum. The portio scapularis is overlain by the mylohyoideus. * V. Mehely, Termt^s. Fiizetek.. xxiv., 1901. vii., fig.6, rr. t Hortinann, /oc, cit., Taf, xvii., tigs.b-S, cbhi. BY DENE B. FRY. 783 The most important features of the pectoral myolog)^ of the three frogs may be briefly referred to as follows : — Aphantophryne pansa Fry. (1). The pectorales abdominis are very large, and, meeting in the middle line a short distance behind the pectoral girdle, they obscure nearly all the other ventral muscles from view. They originate at the posterior extremit}' of the body. (2). 'I'he obliquus externus is separated on the median, ventral line, and is on a more superficial plane than the rectus abdominis. A band of medially-placed fibres, which run parallel to the longi- tudinal axis of the body, may or may not be part of this muscle. (3). The pectoralis sternalis is much reduced, and the division into pars epicoracoidalis and pars sternalis is obscure. (4). A coraco-radialis, like that in Eana esculenta, is absent. (5). A pectoralis cutaneus is absent. (6). A coracohumeralis (coraco-brachialis longns 1) seems to be present, although some doubt exists as to whether this muscle is correctly identified (see text). (7). A coraco-brachudis brevis iiiternus is not present as a separate muscle. (8). 'I'he deltoid is weak and strap-like. There is no fars epi- sternalis, and the pars scapularis is rendered rather prominent by the reduction in size of the pectoralis. (9). The rectus abdominis is hidden from view by the large pectorales abdominis. On dissection, it is seen to be in two separate bands, which are widely separated in the middle line anteriorly. There is no linea alba, and only one('?) poststernal inscriptio tendinea. Kaloula pulchra Gray. (1.) The pectoralis abdominis is divided into two portions. The portio internus is fan-shaped, and arises from the first post- sternal segment of the rectus; its anterior fibres are in contact with those of the other side, and attach to the sternal plate. The portio externus is quite distinct from the inner portion, and is triangular in shape; its inner edge overlaps the outer edge of the latter. There ai-e numerous fibrous connections with the integument. 784 DESCRIPTION OF APHANTOPHRYNE, (1). 'I'he obliquus muscles, internus and externus, show nothing extraordinary. (3). The pecloralis sfernalis is well-developed. The pars epi- coracoidalis is normal; the pars sternalis is divisible into two portions, an anterior and a posterior. The portio posterior does not meet its fellow, being separated in the median line by the attachment of the portio internus of the pectoralis abdominis. Its fibres originate wholly from the sternum. (4). A coraco-radialis is present. (5). A pecloralis cutaneus is absent, but the septum dividing the pectoral and abdominal lymph-spaces is well-marked, though not invaded by fibres. (6). A coraco-humeralis (coraco-brachialis lonyusV) is present. (7). A coraco-brachialis brevis internus is perhaps represented, as the fibres of the last-mentioned muscle! 6) show an indication of a division into an anterior bundle. (8). The deltoid is strong, and has no pars episternalis. (9). The rectus abdominis is well-developed, and resembles that of Megalophrys nasuta and Xenophrys monticola in having only three, poststernal inscrip'iones tendinece. There is no linea alba present. LiMNODYNASTES DORSALIS var. DUMEKILII Ptrs. (1). The pectondis abdominis is divided into two portions, the portio internus which is fan-shaped, and the portio externus which is long and strap-like. The first arises on the two, anterior, poststernal segments of tlie rectus; and the latter from the posterior extremity of the ventral surface. The two pec- torales are separated in the median line, and the rectus is plainly visible. (2). The obliquus externus and internus are normal. (3). The pectoralis sternalis is strongly developed. It is plainly divisible into a pars epicoracoidalis, and a para sternalis; the latter is in two divisions, an anterior medially situated, and a posterior, whose fibres arise from both the sternal plate and the ligament binding the overlapping epicoracoids. (4). A coraco-radialis is well developed. (5), The pectoralis ciUaneus is absent. BY DENE B. FRY. 785 (6). A coraco-hrachialis longus is normally developed. (7). A coraco-brachiaiis brevis internas is rather strongly de- veloped. (8). The deltoid is strong, and a pars episternalis connects with the oinosternuni. 'I'he portiu ficaptdaria is overlain by tlie mylohyoideus. (9). The rectus abdominis is normal. A linea alba is present, and there are four poststernal ijiscrijitiones tetidinecf. PLXPLANATION OF PLATES LIV.-LV. Plate liv. Aphantophryne pansa Fry. Fig. 1. — Dorsal view of the tj^pe-specimen. Fig. la. — Side-view of head. Fig. 1'). — View of palate. Fig. lo. — Dor.sal view of terminal phalanx of fourth toe. Fig. V;. — Lateral view of terminal phalanx of fourth toe. Fig. le. — Ventral view of hand. Fig.]/. — Ventral view of foot. Fig. If/. — Sternal apparatus of type-specimen; Uy., ligament. Fig. 2. — Ventral view of a very stout specimen. (All the figures enlarged. ) Plate Iv. Fig. 1. — Ka/oii!a pii/rhra Gray; ventral view of breast, the skin and pectoral muscles of the right side dissected away. Fig. 2. — Aphantophryne pansa Fry; ventral view of breast, the skin and pectoral muscles of the right side dissected away. Fig..S. — Limnodynastes dorsal is Gr&y, var. diimerUii Peters; ventral view of body, the skin and pectoral muscles of the right side dissected away. REFERENCES. c, conus arteriosus of the heart — chh., coraeo-brachialis brevis internus — chl., coraco-brachiaiis longus — ch., coraco-humeralis — cL, clavicle — cor., coracoid — dL, deltoid — die., pars episternalis deltoidei — ec, epicoracoid cartilage — it., inscriptio tendinea (first poststernal) — la., linea alba — /(/., ligament — mh., mylohyoideus — oe., obliquus externus — oeh, median longi- tudinal fibres connected with obliquus externus — oi., obliquus internus — OS., omosternum — pa., pectoralis abdominalis — pae., portio externus m. pectoralis abdominalis — pai., portio internus m. pectoralis abdominalis — pe., pars epicoracoidalis m. pectoralis — pr., coraco-radialis (or sterno- radialis) — psa., portio anterior m. pectoralis sternalis — psp., portio pos- terior m. pectoralis .sternalis (Fig. 3) — psp., pectoralis sternalis (Fig.2) — ra., rectus abdominalis — ah., sternohyoideus — »t., sternum — v., ventricle of heart. 60 786 THE CHANGE OF COMPOSTTION OF ALVEOLAR AIR AFTER THE STOPPAGE OF NORMAL BREATHING. By H. S. Halcro Wardlaw, D.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Physiology. (With two Text-figs.) Introduction. The tensic)!! of carbon dioxide in the alveolar air of man is maintained, under conditions of rest and normal breathing, at a definite value in each individual, from which it deviates only slightly. The constant values for different individuals vary over a wider ranf^e. These facts were first established bv Haldane and Priestly (1905), and by FitzGerald and Haldane (1905). Campbell, Douglas, and Hobson (1914) have recently shown that an increase of 2 nira.Hg in the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide is sufficient to double the amount of ventilation of the lungs. Under ordinary conditions of rest, then, the amount of air breathed in a given time is so adjusted as to keep the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide practically constant. Haldane and Priestly also showed that the alveolar tensions of oxygen may be varied widely by breathing atmospheres containing different percentages of oxygen, without sensibly affecting the amount of ventilation of the lungs. Within wide limits, therefore, the ventilation of the lungs is regulated solely by the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide, and is independent of the alveolar tension of oxygen. When, however, the normal ventilation of the lungs is stopped l)y holding the breath, or by rebreathing the same air, thecaibon dioxide given off by the blood will accumulate in the lungs, while the oxygen present will tend to disappear. The first investiga- tion of the change of composition of the air in the lungs, when the breath is held, seems to be that of Becher (1S55), who held the breath for various periods ranging up to 100 seconds, after BY H. S. IIALC'HO WAHnLAAV. 787 taking a deep inspiration. He found that the percentage of carbon dioxide in the expired air rose at a continually decreasing rate, and, towards the end of the period of holding the breath, seemed almost to have reached a constant value. By shutting off one lobe of the lung of an animal from the exchange of gases with the inspired air, and drawing off samples of the contents througli a catheter, Wolffberg (1871) attempted to measure the final tension of carbon dioxide in this portion of the lung after a state of equilibrium with the venous blood had been reached. Loewy and von Schrotter (1905) carried out similar experi- ments upon human beings. They found that the alveolar ten- sions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen eventually reached con- stant values, the former gas sooner than the latter. These values they regarded as the venous tensions of the gases. Hill and Flack (1908) observed the length of time for which the breath could be held, under normal conditions, after breath- ing oxygen, and after muscular exercise. They measured the tensions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen in the alveolar air when the breaking-point was reached. They also measured the final alveolar percentages after breathing as long as possible from an anaesthetic bag, tilled, in one case, with expired air, in another case, with oxygen. In each case, the time of holding the breath was longer, and the final tensions of carbon dioxide were higher than when similar gaseous mixtures were simply held in the luno-s. The final tensions of carbon dioxide reached were also higher when oxygen was present in excess. These investigators made experiments to determine the alveolar percentages of carbon dioxide and of oxygen after holding the breath for various periods, and found that the percentage of oxygen fell more rapidly than that of carbon dioxide. They concluded that it was the alveolar percentage of oxygen, and not that of carbon dioxide, which determined the period for which the breath could be held. From their experiments on rebreathing the same air from a bag, they concluded that holding the breath obstiucted the circulation and so hindered the exchange of gases between^__.^^ the alveolar air and the blood, /vN^ ^^/\ luIlibrary ^ 788 CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVROLAR AIR, Leimdorfer (1909) determined the composition of alveolar air after inspirations of ordinary air, and of gaseous mixtures con- taining different percentages of carbon dioxide and oxygen, had been held in the lungs as long as possible. He, too, found that excess of oxygen raised the final percentage of carbon dioxide attained, and concluded that the time for which the breath could be held was determined by the percentage of oxygen in the alveolar air. Du Bois-Reymond (1910) connected one lobe of the lung of an animal with a space filled with nitrogen, and observed the I'ate at which carbon dioxide was given off into this space. He found that the percentage of carbon dioxide rose at a logarith- mically decreasing rate, and approached a certain final value. Christiansen, Douglas, and Haldane (1914) carried out ex- periments to determine the composition of alveolar air after holding in the lungs mixtures of air containing various percent- ages of carbon dioxide. The lungs, in fact, were used as an a«rotonometer. When the percentage of carbon dioxide in the inspired mixture was below a certain value, the percentage in the alveolar air was greater after holding the breath than that present in the original mixture. When, however, the percentage of carbon dioxide in the mixture was greater than this value, the alveolar percentage, after holding the breath, was less than that in the original mixture; that is, carbon dioxide had been absorbed by the blood. These investigators concluded that the percentage of carbon dioxide in the inspired air above which carbon dioxide was absorbed by the blood, and below which carbon dioxide was given off by the blood, was the percentage in the alveolar air with which the venous blood was in equi- librium in the lungs, and from which the venous tension of carbon dioxide in the lungs could be calculated. These workers also measured the percentages of carbon dioxide in the alveolar air after holding the breath for various periods. They found that the alveolar percentage of carbon dioxide continued to rise during the whole period for which the breath was held, and con- cluded that the venous tension of carbon dioxide could not be determined by observations of this kind. BY H. S. HALCRO WARDLAW. 789 Recently, Boothbv and Sandiford (J 916) have also used the above aerotonoraetric method for the determination of the venous tension of carbon dioxide, and have obtained results similar to those of Christiansen, Douf,das, and Haldane {loc. cit.). In the present investigation, the rate at which the cotnposition of alveolar air changes, when the admission of fresh air to the lungs is discontinued, has been examined in greater detail. The rate of alteration of the composition of the alveolar air has been studied under two different sets of conditions. In the first series of experiments, the breath was simply held for measured periods after the completion of a normal inspiration, before taking a sample of alveolar air. In the second series of experi- ments, after the completion of a normal inspiration, breathing was continued into and out of an empty rubber bag, samples of alveolar air being collected from time to time. It was found that the rise in the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide and the fall in the tension of oxygen were considerably more rapid in the second series of experiments than the first. Experiments have also been carried out to examine more closely the difference between the two sets of results. It was found that movement of the same air into and out of the lungs, altera- tion of pressure in the closed chest, or the maintenance of nega- tive pressure in the chest, caused a marked increase in the rate of increase of the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide. The main- tenance of positive pressure in the chest, however, slightly de- creased the rate of change of composition of the alveolar air after the cessation of normal respiration. Methods. The experiments described in this paper were made upon one subject (H.S.H.W.). Before commencing to collect samples of alveolar air, the subject seated himself comfortably and rested for ten minutes in order to allow the respiration to become as steady as possible. The subject remained seated during the whole course of an experiment. The only work done by him was the opening of taps for the collection of samples of alveolar air, the starting and stopping of a kymograph, and the making 790 CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AlR, of the deep expirations from wliich the samples were obtained. A complete rest of five minutes was taken after the collection of each sample. The experiments in each series in the Tables given below are recorded in the order in which they were made. Two preliminary series of experiments, in which about two hundred analyses were performed, were carried out on two diflferent subjects. In these experiments, attention was not paid to the necessity of allowing the subject to rest completely before taking a sample of alveolar air. The variations among individual experiments were, consequently, too great to allow precise conclusions to be drawn. The average results of each series, however, showed the same features as the experiments recorded here. The samples of alveolar air were collected over mercury in exhausted gas-burettes. The deep expirations from the last por tions of which the samples were obtained (Haldane and Priestly, loc. cit.) were made through a brass mouth-piece, 20 cm. long, into a rubber-lined anajsthetic-bag. The mouth-piece was pro- vided with ten side-tubes of capillary bore; to these tubes, burettes were attached. In this way, a number of samples of alveolar air could be collected without other manipulation than the opening of spring-clips. The instant at which an expiration was made was recorded on the drum of a kymograph by means of a manometer con- nected witli one of the side-tubes of the mouth-piece. The instant at which respiration was stopped and the holding of the breath commenced, was recorded on the kymograph by pinching the tube leading to the manometer. A Jaquet clock was arranged to make a time-tracing, showing seconds, immediately below the tracing of the manometer. The periods elapsing between the commencement of holding the breath and the making of the expiration from which the sample of alveolar air was obtained, were determined by measurement of the graphic records. In the cases in which the subject breathed into and out of a closed bag, the intervals of time between the successive expirations were measured in the same way. Time could be measured on the tracings with an error of about 0*5 second. BY H. S. MALCRO WARDLAW. 791 Periods of holding tlie breath, or, between expirations into a bajr, are "iven in the Tables to the nearest second. The analyses of the samples of alveolar air were carried out in a small Haldane-apparatus. About 20 cc. of alveolar air were collected for each sample, about 9 cc. being used for an analysis. Duplicate analyses were performed only in those cases in which there was doubt as to the reliability of a result. The results of duplicate analyses showed divergences ranging up to 2%. The deviation from the mean is only half this figure. The results given in the Tables, therefore, have an error of less than 2%; that is to say, the percentages of carbon dioxide and of oxygen are correct to less than one-tenth of one per cent. The amounts of carbon dioxide and of oxygen in the alveolar air are expressed as percentages by volume of tlie dry gas. The partial tensions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen, in millimetres of mercury, are also given. The tensions were calculated from the percentage composition of the dry gas, the barometric pressure at the time of the experiment, and the tension of aqueous vapour in the lungs [43 mm. Hg, Loewy and Gerhartz(1913), Osborne (1913)]. The tensions have an error of less than 1 mm.Hg. Effect of holding the Breath. In the following Table are shown the percentages and tensions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen in alveolar air after holding the breath for various pei'iods. In the last portion of the Table, the averages of the values obtained in the individual experiments are given. Tablk i. Composition of alreolar air after lioldiiiy breath for rariouK jjeriods. Carbon dioxide. Oxygen. Number. Time. Per cent. Mm.Hg. Per cent. Mm.Hg. 1 0 5-26 38-4 2 5 o-7o 42 0 3 10 5-97 43-6 4 16 6-19 45-1 5 20 6 -20 45-6 6 27 6-56 47-8 7 31 6-50 47-5 792 CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR, Table i. — continued. Time. Carbon dioxide. Oxygen. Number. Per cent. Mm.Hg. Per cent. Mm.Hg. 8 0 5-53 40 4 9 5 5-90 43 0 10 11 6 01 43 9 11 16 6-42 46-9 12 20 6-58 48-0 13 27 6-57 48-0 14 30 6-67 487 15 37 6-91 50-5 16 0 .V20 37-6 1600 115-8 17 6 579 41-9 1475 106 8 18 12 6-21 , 45-0 13-68 99 0 19 16 6-18 44-8 13-81 100-0 20 21 (5-49 47 0 12-76 92-3 21 26 6-33 45-8 12-74 92-2 22 31 6 "55 47-4 11-93 86-4 23 36 6-75 48-8 1 1 -20 81-1 24 0 511 36-9 16-48 118-8 25 7 5-87 42 4 14-98 1081 26 11 fi-06 43-8 14-43 104-2 27 16 6-37 46-0 13-65 98-5 28 20 6-51 47-0 12-95 93-5 29 26 6-57 47-4 12-39 89-4 30 30 670 48-3 11-89 85-8 31 35 6-65 48-0 12-10 87-4 32 0 510 36-8 16-21 1170 33 6 5-89 42-5 14-83 107 0 34 10 6-28 45-3 14-04 101-4 35 16 6-29 45-4 13-70 98-9 36 21 6-49 46-8 12-85 92-8 37 25 6-52 47-1 12-46 89-9 38 30 678 49-0 11-64 84-1 39 35 677 48-9 11-13 80-4 40 0 5-34 37-9 16-40 116-5 41 5 5-89 41-8 14-21 101-0 42 11 5-99 42-5 14-04 99-9 43 17 6-43 451 12-69 901 44 21 6 "57 467 1213 86-2 45 26 677 48-1 11-83 84-1 46 31 678 481 11-31 80-5 47 36 6-98 49-6 10-42 71-1 BY H. S. HALrRO WARHLAW. 793 Table i. — confinuerl. Carbon dioxide. Oxygen. Number. Time. Per cent. Mm.Hg. Per cent. Mm.Hg. Average. 0 .•>-26 38-0 16-00 118-3 6 o-8o 42-6 14-69 106-1 11 6-09 44-0 14-05 101-5 16 6-31 45-6 13-46 97-3 21 6-45 46-6 12-67 91-6 25 6-55 47-4 12-36 89-3 31 6 -66 48-1 1 1-69 84-4 36 6-82 49-3 1 1 -21 8 10 The manner in which the composition of alveolar air changes when the breath is held, as expressed by the above figures, is more clearly shown by the accompanying diagram ('J'ext-fig.l). In the diagram, times are plotted as abscissae, the corresponding tensions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen as ordinates. The points shown in the diagram represent the average values given in the Table. Diagram i. Curve A in the diagram represents the variation of the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide with the period of holding the breath. This curve shows that, as the breath is held, the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide rises at a continually decreas- ing rate for about 30 seconds. During the first 5 seconds of holding the breath, the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide rises from 38-0 to 41-6, 3-3 mm.Hg. Between the 2oth and 30th seconds, the tension rises from 47*5 to 48-0, 0-5 mm.Hg, that is, at only about one-seventh of the initial rate. After the 30th second, the rate of increase of the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide ceases to fall, and begins to rise again. This increase in steepness continues to the 35th second, beyond which the subject was unable to hold the breath and still retain the power of making the forced expiration necessary to obtain a sample of alveolar air. The increase in the rate at which the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide rises, after holding the breath for about 30 seconds, is due to the fact that the subject then begins to make involuntary movements of the diaphragm and of the muscles of the chest, which grow in intensity as the holding 794 CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR, of the breath is continued. These movements, as will be shown later, markedly hasten the passage of carbon dioxide into the alveolar air. The total rise of the tension of carbon dioxide, on holding the breath for 35 seconds, is ll-5inm.Hg. 60 » so ^v ^ c ^0 y "a 30 y^ s \\ X5 20 \ o\ P\ //o /GO 90 so 70 Tfiye 10 20 30 ^o Text-fig. 1. — Variation of alveolar tensions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen with period of holding the breath (A, B), and with period of re- breathing expired air (C, D). Times (abscissie) in seconds, tensions (ordinates) in mm.Hg. Curve B, in the above diagram, shows how the alveolar tension of oxygen changes as the breath is held. It will be seen that BY H. S. HALCRO WAHDLAW. 795 the rate, at which the tension of oxygen falls, is very much greater than the rate at which the tension of carbon dioxide rises. In 35 seconds, the tension of oxygen falls from 116-5 to 81 "0, 35-5 mm. Hg, or more than three times as much as the tension of carbon dioxide rises. It will be noticed also that, although the rate of change of the alveolar tension of oxygen slows down with time, this slowing down is much less marked than in the case of the tension of carbon dioxide. During the first 5 seconds of the experiment, the tension falls 7*5 mm Hg; during the last 5 seconds, 3-5mm.Hg or at about one-half the initial rate. The tremors of the respiratory muscles, which make their appearance towards the end of the experiment, apparently do not become of sufficient intensity to afiect notice- ably the rate of absorption of oxygen in the lungs. When the breath is held for a long enough period, therefore, the tension of carbon dioxide gives indications of attaining a certain fixed value The alveolar tension of oxygen, on the other hand, falls rapidly during the whole period for which the breath can be held. Effect of rebkeathinc, the same Air. In the following Table are given the alveolar tensions and percentages of carbon dioxide and of oxygen after the air in the lungs at the end of a normal inspiration, instead of being held there for a certain period, is breathed into and out of a closed, empty bag. Under these circumstances, the air of the lungs does not remain stagnant, but is mixed together by the movements of breathing. The contents of the lungs are also mixed with the air in the mouth-piece, and in the bag, which cannot be emptied completely. The volume of this air is not more than 100 cc. The average volume of the deepest expira- tion which the present subject can make, after taking a normal inspiration, is 2200 cc. As the volume of the residual air may be taken as 800-1000 cc, the total volume of the air in the lungs, at the end of a normal inspiration, amounts to approximately 3000 cc. The contents of the lungs are mixed, therefore, with about 3% of their volume of air by breathing into and out of the 796 CMAXGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR, bag. If the rate at which the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide rises, and that at which the alveolar tension of oxygen falls, be the same, when the contents of the lungs are breathed in this way as when the breath is held, the changes in the tensions of the gases will be about 3% less in the former case than in the latter. The figures given in the following Table, however, show that, on the contrar\', the changes in the tensions of the gases are con- siderably greater in the former case. Table ii. — Composition of alveolar air after hreafliiii;/ into and out of dosed hay for narious periods. Time. Carbon dioxide. Oxygen. Number. Per cent. Mm.Hg. 36-5 Per cent. Mm.Hg. 48 0 5 07 15-70 112-8 49 7 5 91 42 5 14 •13 101 5 50 15 6 52 46 9 12 44 89 5 51 22 6 73 48 9 11 •22 80 7 52 29 7 07 50 8 10 03 72 2 63 34 7 03 50 5 9 35 67 2 54 41 7 29 52 4 8 74 62 8 55 46 7 30 52 5 8 23 59 1 56 0 5 03 35 7 15 92 113 2 57 7 5 77 41 0 14 93 106 1 58 16 6 33 45 0 13 53 96 2 59 23 6 74 47 9 12 •13 86 2 60 31 6 96 49 5 11 32 80 5 61 38 7 20 51 2 10 14 72 1 62 44 7 34 52 1 9 35 66 5 63 51 7 37 52 4 8 65 61 5 64 0 5 35 38 4 15 •84 113 8 65 8 6 09 43 3 14 51 104 >> 66 14 6 60 47 4 13 36 95 9 67 20 6 94 49 8 11 95 85 8 68 27 7 24 49 8 10 ■87 78 0 69 33 7 47 53 6 9 91 71 2 70 38 7 59 54 5 8 70 62 4 71 44 7 77 55 7 7 97 57 2 72 0 5 30 38 6 16 ■20 lis 0 73 7 5 99 43 6 15 •25 110 3 74 13 6 63 47 8 13 88 100 3 75 19 7 09 51 2 12 88 93 1 76 25 7 25 52 4 11 80 85 4 77 31 7 45 53 8 11 00 79 6 78 36 7 61 55 0 9 94 71 8 79 42 7-78 56-2 9 08 65-6 BY H. S. HALCRO WARDLAW. 797 Table ii. — rontiiintil. Time. Carbon dioxide. Oxygen. Number. Per cent. Mm.Hg. 38-0 Per cent. 161 Mm.Hy. Average 0 5-25 116-4 0 5-70 41 0 15 1 1091 10 6 15 44 5 141 101 9 15 6-5 47 0 132 95-5 20 6-8 49-2 • 12-3 89 0 25 7 05 51 0 114 82-5 ;^o 7-25 52-4 10-7 77-2 ;^5 7 35 531 9-8 70-9 40 7 45 53 9 9-2 66-5 1 lie intei'vals of time between the taking of each sample of alveolar air and that of the next in the above series of experi- ments, are not considered to be uniform enough to allow average values to be calculated from them arithmetically. The average figures given in the last portion of the Table, therefore, have been determined graphically by plotting the individual experiments on squared paper, drawing a curve through the points represent- ing each series of results, and, from the curves, detei'mining the tensions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen for corresponding times. From the figures got thus, the average values have been calcu- lated in the ordinar}^ way. These values are represented in the diagram by the points on the curves C and D. The curve C represents the manner in which the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide rises when the contents of the lungs are breathed into and out of a closed, empty bag. It will be seen that the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide rises at a continually decreasing rate. During the first 5 seconds of the experiment, the tension of carbon dioxide rises 3"5 mm.Hg, or by practically the same amount as when the breath is held in the lungs. Between the 2oth and 30th seconds, however, the rise is 1-4 mm. Hg, or about thrice as great as when the breath is held. The total rise in the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide in 35 seconds is from 380 to 53*0, 15"0 mm.Hg, or nearly 40% greater than the rise occurring in the same period when the breath is simply held. Curve D shows the rate at which the alveolar tension of oxygen falls when the contents of the lungs are breathed into 798 CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVKOLAR AIR, and out of a closed bag. This rate decreases very slowly with time. The fall in the alveolar tension of oxygen during the first 5 seconds of tlie experiment is 7-5 mm.Hg, the same as when the breath is held. Between the 25th and 30th seconds, the fall is 6 mm.Hg, or nearly twice as great as when the breath is held. The total fall in the alveolar tension of oxygen, after breathing into and out of the bag for 35 seconds, is from 116-4 to 70-9, 45-5 mm.Hg, or nearly 30% greater than when the breath is simply held. Thus, when the same air is rebreathed, not only is there an increase of the rate at which the composition of the alveolar air changes, but tht^ amount of the change itself is also greater than when an equal quantity of air is held in the lungs for an equal period. Although the increase in the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide and thedecrea.se in the alveolar tension of oxygen are so much greater, when the air in the lungs is breathed to and from a bag for a given time, than when the breath is held for the same length of time, the period which elapses before the subject begins to feel acutely the need of fresh air is considerably extended in the former case. Tn the present subject, the feeling of distress is as pronounced after holding the breath for 35 seconds as it is after breathing to and from the bag for about 50 seconds. Discussion of Results. The curves in the above diagram show the rates of change of the alveolar tensions of carbon dioxide and oxygen at different times after the stoppage of normal respiration. Tliey depict the rates of movement of these gases to and from the alveolar air. Carbon dioxide and oxygen can move only to and from the alveolar out of or into the pulmonary tissues and the blood, on the one hand, and the air of the dead space, on the other hand. At the end of a normal inspiration, the dead space amounts to about 5% of the total volume of the lungs. Even when the dead space is increased by the addition of the mouthpiece and bag, the alveolar air of the lungs still accounts for more than 90% of the air with which the blood can exchange gases. Exchano^es of gases between the alveoli and the dead space, therefore, will affect but slightly the alveolar tensions, and the above curves BY H. S. HALCRO WARDLAW. 799 may be taken as exhibiting the exchange of carbon dioxide and of oxygen between the blood and pulmonary tissues, and the alveolar air under the conditions of the experiments. If diffusion play a part in this exchange of gases between the alveolar air and the blood, the variations in the rates of exchange are likely to be expressed by an equation of the form d(P-p);dt= -n(P-p) (1) where P is the effective, not necessarily the actual, tension of the gas in the venous blood entering the lungs, p the tension in the alveolar air at the moment, and n a constant. The work of Mosso (1904), of Haldaneand his collaborators (/oc.cti!., and Christiansen and Haldane, 1914),of Krogh and Krogh( 1910), and of others, has shown that the tensions of the carbon dioxide in the arterial blood leaviny the lungs must be very close to the alveolar tension With regard to the tension of oxygen in tlie arterial blood, opinion is not so unanimous. Barcroft and Cooke (1913) found arterial blood (human) to be 94% saturated with oxygen. Twort and Hill (1915) showed, however, that, during rest and shallow respiration, the degree of saturation may be considerably lower. According to the above equation, if the tensions of the gases in the venous blood entering the lungs, after the stoppage of the exchange with the air occurring in normal respiration, remain constant for a period long enough, the alveolar tensions will approach very closely to the venous, and the blood will pass through the lungs practically unchanged. Equation (1) is converted by integration into the form log(P-p) = loga-nt (2) where a is another constant If the figures for p given in the above tables vary with the times of stoppage of normal respiration in the manner described by this equation, then, if instead of plotting the tensions against times, the logarithms of the differences of these tensions from certain constant tensions, P, be plotted, the curves obtained will be straight lines. The values of the constant tensions, P, towards which the tensions, p, approach, may be calculated by converting equation (2) into the form P-p = a/10"* (3) 800 CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR, by eliminating the logarithms. If the values of p and t be inserted into the equation for pairs of equidistant values of t, equations containing only P and p may be obtained, and, from these, the values of P may be determined In this way, it may be calculated that, when the breath is held, the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide (curve A) rises from the initial value of 38-0 mra.Hg towards a final value of 50-0 mm. Hg. When the air in the lungs is breathed into and out of a closed bag, the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide (curve C) rises from the same initial value towards the value of 59-Omm.Hg. The value towards which the alveolar tension of oxygen sinks when the breath is held (curve B) is found by a similar calculation to be .05 mni.Hg, the initial value being 1164 mm.Hg. 'J'he curvature of curve B is much less than that of the two preceding curves, and the accu- racy with which the value of P can be calculated is correspond- ingly less. In the case of curve D, representing the variation of the alveolar tension of oxygen when the air of the lungs is breathed into and out of a bag, the curvature is so small, that the value of the tension which would be reached eventually, if the tension continued to fall in the same manner, cannot be determined with any precision by the above calculation. This is due to the fact that, in the calculation, the differences of observed values appear. These differences become smaller as the curvature decreases, and as the whole experimental error falls on the differences, the uncertainty of their values soon becomes so great as to render them useless for calculation. The value given for P for each of the curves A, B, and C, is the mean of six values calculated from six different sets of points on the curve. The values of these final tensions can be determined graphically with more precision by assuming certain values for P, and plotting the graphs of the corresponding equation (2). It is found that the curve so obtained is a straight line, t.e., is de- scribed by equation (2), only when the value chosen for P lies between certain limits. In the following Table are given the values of log (P - p) when the values assumed for the final tension, P, are 485 mm.Hg for BY H. S. HALCRO VVARDLAW. 801 curve A, 60-5 mm Hg for curve C, 550 mm.Hg for curve B, and 00 mm.Hg for curve D. Table iii. — LofGE OP COMPOSITION' OF ALVEOLAR AIR, Positive pressures. — In the following Table are given the per- centages of carbon dioxide found in the alveolar air after holding the breath under various pressures in excess of that of the atmosphere. The corresponding percentages of carbon dioxide reached, when the breath is held under normal pressure, are given for comparison. When the breath is held under pressures differing from that of the atmosphere, it is found to be rather difficult to note the time to within a second. The subject is obliged to watch the manometer as well as to observe the time. The figures in the accompanying Tables show that variations of several seconds occur in the periods of holding the breath, as determined from the graphic records. The percentages of alveolar carbon dioxide found, therefore, cannot be compared directly with one another, and it has been necessary to reduce the results to a common period. In the last column of the Tables, the alveolar percent- ages of carbon dioxide are given, reduced to a period of holding the breath of 20 seconds. In the case of Table vi., this reduc- tion has been made from the data given in the average figures in Table i. From these figures it will be seen that, between the 21st and 26th seconds of holding the breath, the alveolar carbon dioxide rises at the rate of 0-025% per second. During a period of this length, the rise is very nearly uniform, as is shown by curve A (Text-fig.l). For each second for which the breath was held longer than 20 seconds, 0025 has been subtracted, therefore, from the percentage of carbon dioxide found. BY H. S. HALrRO WARDLAW. 80^ Table vi. Effect of uiereofted pressure on. a/reofar perceiifaye of carbon dioxide after holding tht breath for JO neconds. Expt. Piessure. Period. CO J found. CO, at 20 sec. 11 Omm.Hg 20 sec. 6-24% 6-24% 10 23 6-09 6-01 20 25 6-29 6-16 30 26 6-34 6-19 12 0 20 6-18 6-18 10 22 5-98 ' 5 -93 20 21 6-06 6 03 30 23 5-94 5-86 Mean 0 20 6-21 Positive 20 Increase 6 03 ... -0-18 These figures show, that holding the breath under increased pressure certainly does not increase the gaseous exchange in the lungs. Indeed, the average alveolar percentage of carbon dioxide reached in 20 seconds, when the pressure in the lungs is greater than atmospheric pressure, is lower than that reached when the breath is held under normal conditions. The average deviation of the above results from the mean, calculated as described by Krogh (1916), is iO'lo. This numl)er is not much smaller than the amount bv which the alveolar percentage of carbon dioxide, after holding the breath under normal pressure, exceeds that found after holding the breath for the same period under positive pressure. The results, therefore, only show definitely that holding the breath under increased pressure does not accelerate the gaseous exchange. The differences observed are too small to allow any more precise conclusions to be drawn from them. Negative pressures. — In Table vii., are given the alveolar per- centages of carbon dioxide found after holding the breath for definite periods, under pressures lower than that of the atmos- phere. The control-determinations for normal pressure are given also. In the last column of the Table, the figures are 810 CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR, reduced to a common period of holding tlie breath of 20 seconds, in the manner explained above. Tablk vii. Effect of decreu.sed pres.wre on afreofar perreiifayef of carlton dioxide after holding (he breath for JU »tcond». Expt. Pressure. Period. CO 5 found. C0„ at 20 sec. 13 0 mni.Hg 20 sees. 6-34% 6-34% -2 22 6 41 6-31 -6 22 6 63 6 53 -10 23 6-95 6-80 -14 23 7-22 7-07 -18 23 7 -OS 6 93 -22 25 7-19 6-94 -26 24 7-28 7-08 14 0 20 6 47 6 47 -2 21 6-58 6 53 -6 23 6-72 6 57 -10 25 6-80 6-55 -14 27 7-22 6-87 -18 23 6-94 6-79 -22 26 711 6-81 -26 25 7-21 6-96 15 0 21 6 35 6 -30 -2 22 6-40 6-30 -6 24 6-83 6 63 -10 27 7-23 K-88 -14 25 7-05 6-80 -18 26 7-19 6-89 -22 27 7-29 6 94 -26 25 7-29 7 04 Mean 0 20 6 37 -2-6 20 6-48 - 10-30 20 Increase . . . 6-88 ... 051 These figures show at once that holding the breath under pressures less than that of the atmospliere increases the gaseous exchange in the lungs. As the percentage of carbon dioxide is rising, in this case at, a rate about equal to that at which it rises when the contents of the lungs are breathed to and from a bag, the data given in Table ii. have been used for the calculation of the percentages of carbon dioxide after holding the breath for 20 BY H. S. HALCRO WARDLAW. 81 1 seconds. The figures in Table ii. show that, between the 20th and 25th seconds of breathing into the bag, the alveolar carbon dioxide is rising at the rate of 005% per second. Curve C, in Fig.l, shows that, during tliis period, the rise is practically uni- form. From the percentages of carbon dioxide found, therefore, 005 has been subtracted for each second for which the bi'eath was held longer than 20 seconds. The above results may be divided into two groups, (1) those obtained when the breath is held under pressures numerically less than - 10 mm.Hg, (2) those obtained under pressures numer- ically greater than -10 mm.Hg. The alveolar percentages of carbon dioxide shown in the first group of results vary with the pressure under which the breath is held The lower the negative pressure is, the higher the percentage of carbon dioxide is. In the second group of results, however, the percentages of carbon dioxide found are, with one exception, practically constant and independent of variations of the pressure under which the breath is held. The mean alveolar percentage of carbon dioxide reached, when the breath is held for 20 seconds under negative pressures numerically greater than - 10 mm.Hg, is 051 higher than that readied in an equal period under normal pressure. The average deviation of these results from the mean is j:0-12. Practically the same increase of the rate of gaseous exchange is produced, therefore, by holding the breath under pressures more than 10 mm.Hg below that of the atmosphere, as by performing the movements of breathing into a closed bag. This fact is additional evidence that the increased respiratory exchange, caused by the movements of breathing, is not brought about by a quickening of the circulation. The respiratory exchange is increased during breathing owing to the existence of negative pressure in the chest during the act of inspiration. The figures indicate that the pressure in the lungs, during inspiration, must fall at least as low as - 10 mm.Hg. In these experiments, the alveolar percentages of oxygen have not been estimated, as a knowledge of the variations in the per- centages of carbon dioxide alone is sufficient to lead to the recosr nition of differences in the rates of gaseous exchange. The 812 CHANOE OF (OMPOSITiON OF ALVEOLAR AIR, accompanying figures, however, give the results of experiments in whicli the alveolar percentages of oxygen, as well as of carbon dioxide, were determined aftei- holding the breath for about 20 seconds under various pressures below that of the atmosphere. Table viii. Efftct of negative pressure on respiriilc y exchange in hmgs. Expt. Pressure. CO, 0, 16 Onim.Hg 6-32% 13-60% -10 7 01 11-48 -20 7 09 11-90 -30 7-06 1 1 -62 17 0 6-58 12-70 -^5 6-87 11-60 -10 (J-83 11-62 -15 6-81 1 1 -62 These figures show that higher percentages of carbon dioxide are accompanied by lower percentages of oxygen in the same way, when the breath is held under negative pressures, as when the air of the lungs is rebreathed from a bag. The results of these experiments indicate that the move- ments of In-eathing, or the negative variations of the intra- pulmonary pressure which accompany them, accelerate, under certain conditions, the respiratory exchange of gases in the lungs. This acceleration is brought about not only by increase of the rates at which the alveolar tensions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen tend toward certain final (venous) tensions, but by a seeming alteration of these final tensions themselves. Negative intrapulmonary pressures increase the eff"ective gradient of ten- sion between the gases of the alveolar air and those of the venous blood entering the lungs. It is unlikely that the movements of breathing, or negative pressures in the chest, have any actual effect on the tensions of the gases of the venous blood. 'J'hese factors also can have unly a very slight effect on the partial tensions of the gases of the alveolar air. It seems, therefore, that, in the lungs, some mechanism must exist by which the BY H. S. HALCRO WARDLAW. 813 effective difference of tension between the gases of the alveolar air and the gases of the venous blood may be altered. Summary. 1. When the normal ventilation of the lungs is discontinued bv holding the breath, the alveolar tensions of carbon dioxide and oxygen may be expressed as exponential functions of the period for which the breath is held. 2. When the normal ventilation of the lungs is discontinued by breathing into and out of an empty bag, the alveolar tensions of carbon dioxide and oxygen may l)e expressed as exponential functions of the period for which the contents of the lungs are lebreathed. 3. The rate of the gaseous exchange in the alveolar air is about twice as great when the movements of breathing are per- formed, as when the breath is held under normal pressure. 4. The rate of gaseous exchange in the lungs is also increased to the same extent when the breath is held under pressures less than that of the atmosphere by a certain amount. 5. Holding the breath under pressures greater than that of the atmosphere slightly decreases the rate of respiratory exchange. 6. The rate of the gaseous exchange, when the renewal of the air in the lungs is prevented, is not afiected by the depth or frequency of the respiratory movements during the period of these experiments. In conclusion, I wish to express my thanks to Professor Sir Thomas Anderson Stuart, in whose laboratory this work was done, to Dr. H. G. Chapman, whose advice and criticism were of the greatest value, and to Miss K. C. Pinkerton, B.Sc, who assisted in the preliminary experiments. REFERENCES. Becher, Die Kohlensaurespannung ini Blute. Zurich, 1855. From Henle and Meissner's Ber. iiber d. Fortschr. d. Anat. u. Physiol, im Jahre 1856, 249, 1857. du Bois-Revmond, Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol., physiol. Abt., 257, 1910. 814 CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR. BooTHBY, Amer. Journ. of Physiol., .37, 383, 1915. and Sandiford, ibid., 40, o47, 1916. Campbell, DoiTfjLAS, and Hobson, Journ. of Physiol., 48, .S03, 1914. Christiansen, Douolas, and Haldane. ibid., 48, 244, 1914. and Hai.dane, ibid., 48, 272, 1914. Cooke and B.^rcroft, Journ. of Physiol., Proc, 47, xxxv., 1913. DoGiEi. and Kowalewskv, Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., 3, 489, 1870. Ebert, Arch f. exp. Path. u. Pharm., 7o, 391, 1914. FitzGerai.d and Haldane, Journ. of Physiol., 32, 486, 190/5. Haldane and Priestly, ibid., 32, 225, 1905. Hii.i, and Flack, ibid., 37, 77, 1908. Krooh, a., The Respiratory Exchange of Animals and Man. London, 1916. Krogh. a., and M. Krogh, skand. Arch. f. Phj'.siol., 23, 179, 1910. Leimdoerfer, biochem. Zeitschr., 22, 45, 1909. LoEWY and Gerhartz, Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., 155, 231, 1913. and von Schroetter, Untersuehungen iiber die Blutzirkulation beim Menschen. Berlin, 1905. Cited by Loewy in Oppenheinier's Handb. der Biochem., 4(1), 118 and 122, Jena. 1911. Mosso, Arch. ital. de Biol., 41, 418, 1904. Osborne, Journ. of Physiol., Proc, 47, xii., 1913. T\vort and Hill, Proc. Roy. Soc. B, 88, 548, 1915. WoLFFBERO, Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., 4, 465, 187K 815 THE CHEMICAL INVESTIGATION OF SOME POISON- OUS PLANTS IN THE N.O. SOLANACE^. Part iii. The Occurrence of Nor-Hvoscyamine in solaydra longiplora. By James M. Petrie, D.Sc, F.I.C, Linnean Macleay Fellow OF THE Society in Biochemistry. (From the Physiological Laboratory of the Univerfiity of Sydripy.) In 1907, an investigation of the constituents of Solaiidra Iceins Hook., (syn. S. longiflora Tussac), a plant belonging to the N.O. Solanaceie, was carried out by the author,* when a new member of the group of midriatic alkaloids was discovered and isolated. The properties of this alkaloid were examined, and shown to differ from those of the solanaceous alkaloids previously known. It was accordingly named, from its source, " solandrine." In 1912, Carr and Reynolds! published an account of their investigations of the alkaloids of another plant of the Order Solanaceaj, Scopolia japonica: and although it has been well known for the last thirty years, that this plant contained hyo- scyamine, atropine, and scopolamine, these authors discovered a fourth alkaloid, which they isolated by means of a long and tedious process of fractional crystallisation. Carr and Reynolds named this new alkaloid nor-hyoscyamine, after determining its constitution and its relation to the other alkaloids. In addition, they proved the identity of their nor-hyoscyamine with the pseudo-hyoscyamine, which Merck in 1892 found in Duhoisia myoporoides, which Hesse in 1901 found in Mandragora offici- narum, but which neither of these eminent authorities was able to obtain in a pure state. *" Solandrine, a new Midriatic Alkaloid." Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1907, xxxii., 789. t Journ. Chem. Soc, ei., 1912, 946. 816 SOME POISONOUS PLANTS IN N.O. SOLANACE.K, iii., In the description of this norhyoscyamine base and its com- pounds, the autlior recognised a close resemblance to the pro- perties of his "Solandrine," which he discovered five years earlier. With interest thus renewed, a larger supply of material was obtained, and its alkaloids subjected to a more complete chemical investigation, the results of which have proved the identity of solandrine with Carr and Reynolds' norhyoscyamine. Norhyoscyamine is the next lower homologue of hyoscyamine. In constitution it is a secondary base, and on the nitrogen bridge across the tropine radicle it contains the group :NH in place of the tertiary group iN-CHg in hyoscyamine. Only the hfvo- rotatory forms of these occur in nature, and just as hyoscj'amine may readily be racemised to inactive atropine, so the new- alkaloid is converted into nor-atropine, the two pairs of isomers differing from one another in constitution only by a methyl group. It is this small difference, however, which constitutes the point of remarkable interest in this compound, since nearly all the known alkaloids are tertiary bases of the type \< .^ ; IS Among the numerous chemical reactions in the metabolism of plants, one of the commonest, according to Pictet, is the methyl- ation of amino groups by formaldehyde, R:lm + CH,0 = RiNCHa + O These amino groups are numerous in the plant. Not only are they the products of katabolic processes, including the break down of protein and chlorophyll, but they are also products of chemo-synthesis. Formaldehyde is formed by photo-synthesis in the leaves. Further, it is well established that these methylated com- pounds can be made to undergo intramolecular change, whereby the methyl group is taken into the ring as an internal link in their chains of carbon atoms, and in this way such rings are enlarged, for example:— pyrrole methyl pyrrole pyridine Pictet* has isolated some of these simple substances from the ' *Ber. derdeut. chem. Ges., 40, 1907, 3771. BY J. M. PETRIE. 817 leaves of a number of different plants, and he terms them proto- alkaloids. He believes the latter may form nearly all the complex alkaloids by methylation, condensation, and ring enlargement, as explained above. The norhyoscyamine molecule contains a reduced pyrrole and a pyridine ring united togetlier; but the methylation of its nitrogen atom, which is found to have taken place in almost all the alkaloids, seems here to have been prevented. Only one other such case is known— the alkaloids of the hemlock, coniine and methylconiine— where there exist together, in the same plant, two alkaloids differing from one another only as secondary and tertiary bases, i.e., with the amino group and its methyl derivative. Since, however, norhyoscyamine is always accom- panied in plants by hyoscyamine, tlie methylation has been arrested only partially,— to a small extent in the case of nor- hyoscyamine, and to a very much larger amount in coniine. OCCUKKENCE OF NORHYOSCYAMINE. Norhyoscyamine has been disco\ered in five distinct members of the Solanacese. Carr and Reynolds, by working on very large quantities of material (over 100 kilos.), have isolated this new base from the first four plants tabulated below. The D^tboisia myoporoides was collected in the Philippine Islands, which is probably the northern limit of this Eastern- Australian tree. The Mandragora was investigated by Hesse.* Scopolia Datura Datura Dnhoisia Mandragora japonica. mete/. meteloides. myoporoidea. officinaniin. Nor-hyoscyamine 0-03% o-oi% 0-02% 0-15% 0-01% L-hyoscyamine... 015 0 04 rio ■ 0-36 Atropine 0-03 Scopolamine o-io 0-10 0-04 Meteloidine . . . 0-o.j Mandragorine ... ... air-dried_ rhizome. root, stem, leaf. stem and leaf. small amt. root. * Hesse, Journ. f. prakt. Ohem., 64, 1901, 274. 62 818 SOME POISONOUS PLANTS IN N.O. SOLANACEiE, iii., Solandra longiflora. This plant was first described by Tussac in the Flora Antill- arum, 1818 (ii., 49, t.l 2). The name is synonymous with S. Icfrns of Hooker, which is described and figured in the Bot. Mas 1848 (t.4345). Although the material for the first investigation was collected under the name of S. Icevis Hook., the latter is now replaced by longiffora, since this has priority by thirty years. S. longiflora is a beautiful evergreen shrub, grown in many gardens for its magnificent trumpet-flowers. It was originally introduced from the West Indies. The material for this investigation consisted of the autumn prunings from a number of shrubs cultivated in the Botanic Gardens of Sydney; and the author takes this opportunity to express his appreciation of the kindness of the Director, Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.R.S., in providing the material in the quantity required, and in confirming the species. Experimental. Extraction of the alkaloid. — The air-dried leaves were o-round to a fine powder, and exhausted with 70% alcohol by successive extractions during four weeks The sixth extract contained a trace only of alkaloid These alcoholic solutions, measurino' about 40 litres, were distilled under diminished pressure, at a temperature not exceeding 40°C., till the residue was of the consistency of a thick syrup, and was free from alcohol. This dark brown mass was dissolved in hot water slightly acidulated, and filtered. The fluid thus obtained was still dark brown in colour, quite opaque, and contained chlorophyll and fatty oils. All attempts to remove these by shaking out with petroleum spirit or ether were in vain, on account of the formation of emulsions. The aqueous extract was decolourised by agitation with a solution of gelatin, which was then removed by precipitation with alcohol. This yielded a clear yellow fluid from which the colour could not be removed with ether. The solution was next treated with basic lead acetate, and after filtering from the precipitate which formed, and taking out the lead, the alkaloids were separated by BY J. M. PETRI E. 819 precipitation with Wagner's solution. From this precipitate the alkaloids were recovered in a clear water-white solution. This solution was extracted with ether until the latter ceased to dissolve any more impurities. By making the solution alkaline with ammonia, the alkaloids appeared as a white precipitate, and were dissolved out with chloroform. The chloroform solution was carefully dried with anhydrous sodium sulphate, and dis- tilled under diminished pressure. A pale yellow viscous residue of alkaloids remained. This residue possessed a peculiar odour like pyridine, a characteristic which was also noted by Dunstan and others at the same stage in the isolation of their solanaceous alkaloids. Fommtion of the Atirichlorides — The viscous residue was now dissolved in dilute hydrochloric acid, the solution filtered, and pure gold chloride added to it. The yellow precipitate, which first formed, was redissolved by addition of sufficient water, and by warming, then set aside to slowly crystallise. The sponta- neous evaporation of the solution was continued so long as the bright yellow crystals formed, but towards the end, there separated viscous particles of a yellowish-brown colour, which readily melted on warming the liquid, and were completely soluble in alcohol. This uncrystallisable portion was decomposed and the gold removed, shaken out from alkaline solution with chloroform, and again treated with hydrochloric acid and gold chloride. In this way another small quantity of crystals was obtained, but the greater part still separated as viscous particles. By repeated attempts this could not be induced to crystallise further. Fractional Crystallisation of the Aurichlorides. — The whole of the yellow crystals was brought into solution in one per cent, hydi-ochloric acid, and set aside to recrystallise slowly. The superfluid was decanted each day from its small crop of crystals. The melting-point of each crop was determined, and those por- tions having the same melting-points were combined. Each fraction was dissolved and crystallised many times, and by gradually bringing together similar fractions, each of these finall}^ possessed a constant melting-point. 820 SOME POISONOUS PLANTS IN N.O. SOLANACE/E, iii., Hesults. ^'Extva.ct (a) from 4 kgins. of dried leaves examined in 1911, yielded 2-63gnis. of aurichloride crystals, which were separated into the following fractions : — (1) l-32gms. with melting-point 176°C.-178°C. (2) 0'72gm. with melting-point \C)b°C. (3) 0-59 gm. with melting-point 1 ST'C-IST'C, Extract (b) from H l^, postice late-rotundat*; lateribus leviter arcuatis. Membrana crassa. Cytoplasma dilute viride, minute granulatum, chloroplastidibus nuUis distinctis nee pyrenoidibus. Nucleus in media cellula globo cavo chloi-ophyll- aceo circumcinctus. Flagella 4. Cell. long. 30, lat. 17; glob, chlorophyll, diam. 8/x. Lismore (263). The nearest published species to this form would seem to be C. ohtusa Dill, which is described by Chodat (Alg. vertes, p. 13S) as "Cellules ellipsoides chromatophore en cloche allongee dimensions 25-30/x." I have not seen Dill's type-figure, but France (Algengatt. Cm-teria T. iii., f. 16-18) gives figures of typical specimens, which do not at all agree with our form, either in outline or in the arrangement of the cell-contents. The cyto- plasm is finely granular, without any distinct arrangement, pyre- noid absent. The nucleus occupies the centre of the cell, sur- rounded by a hollow sphere of darker-coloured chlorophyll. From all sides, the appearance is the same. Yar. ovata, n.var. (PL Ivi., f. 10). Cellulse ovatse, fronte obtusse, postice late-rotundatse; ceteris ut in f. typica. Cell. long. 24, lat. ISyu. Lismore (263). Compare Carteria Fritschii Takeda, Ann. Bot. xxx., 1916, p. 370. 63 826 AUSTRALIAN FRESHWATER PLANKTON, Genus C h l a m y d o m o n a s Ehr. ChLAMYDOMONAS GLfEOCYSTIFORMIS Dill. Cell. long. 20-21, lat. 17-21; corp. long-. 13-16, lat. 8-10/x. Botanic Gardens (125). (PI. Ivi., f.ll). Cell. long. 14-18, lat. 12-15; corp. long. 8-10, lat. 7-8/x. Lismore(263). (PL Ivi., f. 12). Cf. Dill, Gatt. Chlamyd., p. 18, T. v., f.37, .38; Wille, Gatt. Chlaniyd., Alg. Not. xi., p. 143, T. iv., f.l7; Bernard, Protococc. et Desm., p. 163, f.307, 308. The last-named gives, membrane, 20-25 X 17-20; inner cell, 16-17 x 12-13/x. Our Lismore speci- mens are considerably smaller. Chl. pisiformis var. cylindracea Playf. Cell. long. 21-26, lat. 12-15/x. Rookwood. Var. attenuata, n.var. (PI. Ivi., f.l3). Cellulse a tergo attenuatse; long. 20, lat. 1 2/i. Rookwood. Cum priori. Vai\ glceocystiformis, n.var. (PI. Ivi., f.l4). Cellula? cylindraceae, angustpe ; apicibus rotundatis ; bina? in coenobio mucoso involutse. Cflenob. (2 cell.) diam. 50; cell. long. 20, lat. 8/i,. Botany. A family of 4 ccenobia, in a vegetative Gloeocystis-condition, npted. The mucus was somewhat laminated. There were two cells in each coenobium, the chloroplasts showing the chai-ac- teristic arrangement of Chlamydomonas. The cells were placed head to tail, and were narrower and more strictly cylindrical than usual. This form is another point in favour of my con- tention that Gheocystis and Sphcerocystis are vegetative states of Chlamydomonas. Chlamyd. globulosa var. pertusa, n.var. Cellulie sphjerica?, fronte levissime deplanata?. Chloroplastis angusto linear! furamine supra pyrenoidem instructa. Cell. long. 18, lat. 20; foramin. long. 6/*. BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 827 Lismore (263). (PI. Ivi., f.l5). Plentiful in gathering No 263. The cell is slightly but dis- tinctly flattened in front, the membrane incrassate; and there is a narrow, linear aperture in the chloroplast just above the pyrenoid. Chlamyd. monadina var. ovalis, n.var. Cellulaj exacte ovales. Long. 22-24, lat. 17-20; pyren. long. 10, lat. 2/x. Lismore (263). (PI. Ivi., f.l6). Instead of the spherical shape of the type, this form is a perfect oval. The pyrenoid, as usual, is strap-shaped, and 10 x 2/x in dimensions. Chlamydomonas globosa Snow. (PI. Ivi., f. 17). Cell. diam. 8-12/ji. Auburn; Lismore (263). Cf. Julia W. Snow, Plankt. of L. Erie, Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm., 1902. The specimens from Lake Erie were 5-8/x in diameter. In ours, the chloroplasts were not fully formed, being gathered towards the hinder part of the cell. Stigma distinct. Chlamydomonas Lismorensis, n.sp. (PI. Ivi., f. 18). Cellulse minutae, oblonga?; lateribus levissime arcuatis piene pai'allelis; apicibus rotundatis; stigmate bacilliformi. Cell. long. 8-lOi, lat. 3-5/x. Auburn; Lismore (263, 299). In the warm waters of tropical and subtropical countries, there is a tendency for flagellates to become motile at a very early stage of their development. This is a very small form, oblong, almost cylindrical with rounded ends ; the usual bell-shaped chloroplast very shallow behind, no pyrenoid, as a rule. Var. OVATA, n.var. (PL Ivi., f.l9, 20). Cellulai elongata?, ovataj, postice late-rotundatte, fronte attenu- ate; apicibus acuminatis. Cell. long. 10, lat. 3-5/i,. Lismore (298). Elongate elliptical-ovate in shape, broadly rounded behind, 828 AUSTRALIAN PRKSHWATER PLANKTON, gradually attenuate towards the apex, which is more or less acuminate. Both this foi-m and the type are very active. Distinct central nucleus, very rarely a pyrenoid, stigma wick- shaped, orange or red, in the anterior third of the cell. It is possible that this form is identical with Cld. mucicola Schm.,* Alg. d. Schwarzw. u. d. Oberrli., p. 17, T. ii., f.4-S, which it very much resembles. The latter, however, has a central pyrenoid, and the n'}icle,ns jiosferior to it in the end of the cell ("In der Korperinitte ist ein . . . pyrenoid und hinter demselben der sehr kleine Zellkern") and no stigma. Genus Phacotus Perty. Phacotus bullatus, n.sp. (PI. Ivi., f.21, 22). Celluhe, a fronte visa?, circulatje vel subcirculatif, margine inajquali; a latere subhexagon^, infra apices constrictaj, apicibus rotundatis, lateribus planis vel pauUulo retusis; a vertice cru- ciatjie, late-lineares bullis magnis singulis utrinque in medio in- structis; membrana aspera dilutissime rufescente. Cell. long. 13-14, lat. 13, crass. 9/x. Lismore (263). Found in quantity in company with Pteromonas cruciat.a, infra. The cells, in front view, are generally subcircular; a broad ridge runs down front and back, beginning and ending a little within the apices. In lateral view, these show as produced ridges on either side. End-view cruciform, the ridges appearing as large, central, capitate bosses. Membrane very minutely rough, and very faintly coloured. Var. coNicus, n.var. (PI. Ivi., f.23). Cellulse conic*, fronte truncata?, a tergo acuminatse; lateribus arcuatis. Cell. long. 16, lat. 13/i. Lismore (263). * Ghl. mnsdcola Schiii., in Wille, Alg. Notizen ix.-xiv., p. 1.S6, by a slip of the pen, for Sclimidle saj's, p. 18, "Sie lebt in der Gallerte des Frosch- laiches" (frogspawn). BY G. 1. PLAYPAIR. 829 Genus P t e R o m o n a s Seligo. Pteromonas cruciata, n.sp (PI. Ivi., f.24, 25). Cellulfe ovales alis geiiiinatis binis cruciatim dispositis in- structte; a froiite visjv (alis inclusis) ovat;i?, postice acuminat;t», inai'gine inaequali aspero; a latere insequalitei' quadratse (alis inclusis) anterioi-e angustatse fronte truncatse, lateribus planis, postice levissime arcuatae, apice in bulla conica projiciente; a vertice cruciformes, corpora I'homboideo, angulis prodlictis. Meinbrana hyalina. Cell. long. s. alis 16-20, lat. 10-12; c. alis long. 24, lat. 18//. Lismore (263). The body is oval, with contents as in (Jhl(irnydonii)itafi, save that the red spot is placed towards the hinder end. The cell is furnished with two pairs of wings lying in planes which intersect at right angles, making the end-view cruciform. Var. PULCHRA, n.var. (PI. Ivi., f.26). Cellulte a latere angulis alarum inferioribus truncatis et pro- tractis, lateribus paullo retusis; ceteris ut in f. typica. Cell. c. alis long. 24, lat. fronte 12, postice 18/x. Alse long. 20/x. Lismore (263). The lower angles of one pair uf wings are truncate and pro- duced, the sides somewhat retuse. A pyrenoid present, as a rule, in both type and variation. Genus VoLVULiNA Playf . VoLV. .Steinii var. lenticularis Playf., forma. Coenob. diam. 32-50; cell. diam. 10, inter se dist. 1/x, alt. in sect. optical. 5-1 2/x. Lismore (263, 293). A new locality for Vohndiua. Tlie coenobium gives the im- pression that the cells are the result of fragmentation of a parietal chloroplast. From above, the cells are generally quadrate or polyhedral, fitting into one another, the edges not more than 1/x apart; sometimes, however, they are circular. The cells are certainly lenticular in optical section. There are 16 in tlie ccenobium, arranged more or less in three layers, 4 -t- 1, 6, 4 -f- 1. 830 AUSTRALIAN FRESHWATER PLANKTON, HYDRODICTYACE^. Genus P E D I A s T R u M Meyen. Pedi. tetras var. fluviatile, n.var. (PI. Ivii., f. 1). Cellulae sinu rectangulo, in bievem angustam fenestiaiii iiitror- sum producto, miiiime incisje; angulis exterioribus apiculo minuto instructis. Coenob. (4 cell.) long. 18, lat. 18//.. Lisiiiore(188). Instead of being deeply incised, the cells merely have the outer angle excised by a more or less rectangular sinus, the point of which is produced inwardly into a short loop. The free angles are minutely apiculate. The markings in the cells are not pyrenoids, but vacuoles in the cytoplasm; under a low magnifica- tion, they appear so plainly as to be easily mistaken for a part of the sinus. Cf. P. rotnla Kiltz., in Nageli, Gatt. einz. Alg., T.vB, fig. 3c. Var. apicul\tum, n.var. (PI. Ivii., f.2). Cellulte extrorsum sinu amplo leviter exciste, vel alte emargin- atae; angulis rotundatis, minuto hyalino apiculo instructis. Camob. (8 cell.) diam. 1^2; cell. diam. 7/i. Botanic Gardens (125). Syn., P. tHras var. intcf/ram (Nag.) Playf., Biol. Richm. R., p. 110, PI. iii., f.26. P. intfSc. denticu- latus. The cells ai-e linear and very slender, with parallel sides, ccenobia generally 4-celled. Var. oPOLiENSis (Richter) mihi. Ccenob. (2 cell.) s.sp. long. 8-12, lat. 12-15; sp.long. 6-10/t. Botany (50, 108); Parramatta (136); Enoggera. Syn., Sc. oj)oliensis Richter, Phycotheca universalis, No.686; Sc. ({iiadricnudo, var. opolieiisii< (Richter) W. & G. 8. West, Frw. Alg. Ceylon, p. 197, PL 17, f.l6, 17. The apical denticulations stamp this form as a variation of Sc. denticulatus. Tlie presence of the long, terminal spines in us niodice ineurvis. Cell. long, (chorda) 26, ci-ass. 2, alt. 20ju. Botany (92). A very pretty species, both from its graceful cinvatiu'e and from the disposition of the cell-contents. The cell has the regularl)' arched form of a C/ostfrlnm, very slender and gradu- ally narrowing to the ver\^ acute tips. The latter are not di'awn out into seta?, and are not incurved. The homogeneous chloro- plast is generally confined to the body of the cell, leaving the tips clear; it is also often interrupted in the centre, or there is a locellus at the centre, placed to one side. Very often, an elajo- plast is situated at each end of the chloroplast, sometimes also one in the middle. In var. cingulum, the curvature extends over three parts of a circle, the ends being somewhat incurved. Ankistrodesmus Braunii (Nag.), forma. (PI. Ivii., f.22). Cell. long. 40, lat. 3//. Lismore (196). The figure shows four cells, produced by longitudinal division, and still connected by the membrane of the mother-cell, which has become twisted into a stipes. Var. MINUTUS, n.var. (PI. Ivii., f. 23-25). Cellulfe parvse, longitudine usque ad formae t3'pic8e dimidium. Cell. long. 10-20, lat. 2-3 (rarius 5) /x. Lismore (182, 191, 196). Cells only half as long as those of the type (or less), and gen- erally a little more lunate, sessile on })ieces of flocculent matter, water-plants, etc. Genus A c T I N A s T R u M Lagerh. AcTiNASTRUM Hantzschii Lag. (PI. Ivii., f.26, 27). Coenob. (2 cell.) diam. 54, cell. 25 x 4; (4 cell.) diam. 28-50, cell. 16-25 X 2-4; (8 cell.) diam. 40-50, cell. 20-30 x 2-3/x. Parramatta(136); Botany(50); Lismore (258); Grafton, Nym- boidia River(269). 838 AUSTRALIAN FHESHWATKR PLANKTON, Lagerheim, Pedi. Protococc. o. Palm., p.70, T. iii., f.25, 26. Cells somewhat fusiform, outer ends acute, inner ends blunt. In all forms of Act. Ilanfzschii, the cell-contents are indifferently hyaline, pale blue or pale green. Tlie chk)roplast, when distinct, is generally somewhat retracted from the apex, and an elieoplast is often present. ACTINASTRUM BACILLARE, n.sp. (PI. Ivii., f.28, 29). CelluliB bacilliformes, gracillimse. Ccenob. (8 cell.)diam. 16.35, cell. 8-20 X 1 1-2/x. Parramatta Pai^k (136); Lismore (274). The cells, instead of being fusiform, are narrow and linear, Bometimes very short. ACTINASTRUM ACICULARE, n.Sp. (PI. Ivii., f.30). Cellulse subulata;, modice arcuatse, basi intlatte, apice acuta;. Ctenob. (8 cell.) diam. 35, cell. 22 x 3/x. Lismore (274). The cells are somewhat awl-shaped, slightly curved, inllated at the base, and acute at the tip. Contents pale blue, an elieoplast present. ACTINASTRUM GUTTULA, n.Sp. (PI. Ivii., f.31). Cellulje in modo guttuUe conformatte, introrsum acutissimse. Ccenob. (2 cell.) diam. 40, cell. 20 x 4/x. Parramatta Park (136). A 2-celled coinobium noted with drop-shaped cells, the acute end inwards. Genus Kirchneriella Schm. KiRCHNERIELLA ELEGANS, n.Sp. (PI. Ivii., f.32). Cellulse graciles; lateribus parallelis; apicibus obtusis in modo solese equi circumflectic. Cell. diam. 6, crass. 2fi. Sydney Water (63). The cells in this form are very slender, with parallel sides and blunt ends, bent round into the shape of a horseshoe. A four- celled coenobium noted with cells disposed as figured. BY G. I. PLAVFAIR. 839 KiRCHN. LUNARis var. ACUTA, n.var. (PI. Ivii., £.33). Cellular lunatie; apicibus protractis acutissimis, longo intervallo inter se distantibus. Cell. diam. S, alt. 7, crass. 3/x. Botanic Gardens (150). The apices of the cell, \\'liieli are wide apart, are drawn out to a very acute point. Genus O o c Y s T I s Nag. O. CRASSA var. Ostenpeldii Playf., forma. (PI. Iviii., f.l). C'hloroplastides S, pyrenoidibns instructse. Cell. long. 20, lat. 13 fi. Lismore (285). Cf. ''Oocystis and Fremosphcera," p.l24, P1.7, f.l8, 19. This variation generally has 2-4: chloroplasts; here we have it with eight. Var. ELONGATA, n.var. (PI. Iviii., f.2, 3). Cellulje longe-ovales; apicibus acute-rotundatis; chloroplastidi- bus 8. Cell. long. 25-27, lat. 15/x. Lismore (285, 286). The cells are more elliptic than in either the type or var. Ostenfeldii; the apices more or less pointed, not incrassate or apiculate. There is a parietal chloroplast, obviously fi-agmented into eight parts, with pyrenoids. Var. GRANULOSA, n.var. (PI. Iviii., f.4). Cellulifi late elliptico-lanceolatje, lateribus tequaliter arcuatis, apicibus acuminatis. Membrana ad apices introrsum incrassata. Chloroplastides nullaj distinctaj, chlorophyllo difi'uso, cytoplasmate granuloso. Cell. long. 27, lat. 1 ^fx. Lismore (298). The nearest to the type that I have noticed, the shape broadly elliptic-lanceolate, with pointed, inwardly incrassate apices. Thei-e are, however, no distinct chloroplasts, nor yet a parietaj lamina; but the contents are granular, and the chlorophyll ap- parently diffused. The nucleus was visible in the centre. 840 AUSTRALIAN PRESHWATKR PLANKTON, O. APICULATA var. MAJOR Playf.* (PI. Iviii., f.5). Cellulse ellipticje, duplo inajores qiiam in f. typica, apicibus minute apiculatis. Cell. long. 38, lat. 20//. Lismore (286). There are two forms of the type, an oblong and an elliptic. This is a larger form of the latter, as var. >i. CoPRiNUS sp.(l). — Resembles C. radiafiis, but the spores are larger; and there are scattered hairs on the cap and stem. When young, it is the size of a large pin's head, conical, pale brown, apex darker, slightly striate, later expanded. Stem white, h inch long. Stem and cap with scattered, minute hairs. Spores 10-4-12 X 7/i. On horse-dung, Manly, April 4th, 1915. (Herb. J. B. Cleland. Formalin-specimen, No 90). CoPRiNUS sp.(2).— Small, conical, then convex, finall}' more expanded. Woolly-white, then greyish. Slightly ribbed, very thin. Stem up to 1 inch. Spores oval, 8-5-9 x5/jt. On cow- dung, Adelaide, September 22, 1913. Covered with white down. On cow dung at Neutral Bay, July 27, 1913. Spores black, 8 X 3-5/x. Thelephorack^. Craterellus cornucopioides L. — Recorded by us as new for New South Wales, in Journ. Proc. Hoy. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1913, p. XV. Lachnocladium congestdm Berk. — Cooke records this species (as Thelephora conyesta) for Victoria, Queensland, and New South Wales. Lloyd has kindly identified specimens for us, which, he says, agree exactly with his photograph of the type. He adds : "I made the spores of the type 'smooth, globose, 8-10 micr., pale-coloured.' These spores I make 'pale-coloured,' not 'purplish- brown,' and almost smooth." The plant is common in the neighbourhood of Sydney, on bare, damp ground, such as foot- paths. We have collected it at Neutral Bay, and at Waterfall, in April; and also at Milson Island, Hawkesbury River. The Neutral Bay plants, which Lloyd has seen, are gregarious, and 860 RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN FUNGI^, i., consist of numerous, separate individuals, each with a slender stem, and several branches; whilst the Waterfall specimens, also identified by him, form plants up to finch in diameter, showing a thick, short, stem-like base, which expands into numerous dendritic branches. The spores of the former were 8'5 x r)-2-7/v., slightly irregular ; of the latter, pale brown microscopically, 10 X 7/ji, somewhat irregular and oval. Anothei" collection, resembling the Neutral Bay specimens, showed shed spores purplish, oval, knobby and spicular, 8-5 x V/x - the bases of these plants were purplish, and the tips silvery-white; whilst, on squashing specimens, there was a seminal smell. Thelephora dkntosa Berk.— Specimens of this species, grow- ing under native shrubs and trees {Angophora Janceolata) at Neutral Bay, have been identified by Lloyd, who states that the species was originally described from Cuba; and he points out that it is subincrusting, and sends up free pilei. which is peculiar among the Thelephoras. The spores are vinous, irregular, 8-f; X Ifx. The[.ephora terrestris Ehrenb., {T. laciniata Pers.).— We have met with this species, of which Lloyd has examined speci- mens for us, on several occasions, and always iinder or close to species of Pinus. It is unquestionably an introduced species, and seems unable to exist apart from the introduced Pines. Lloyd informs us that T. ladniata is a synonym. The plant is recorded, under both names, by Cooke, for Victoria. We now add New South Wales; we have seen specimens under Pinus at Adelaide. The plants often occupy an area of several inches in extent on the ground, or may encrust sticks or the bases of stumps. Pine-needles are often incorporated in the growth. The spores are very irregular, microscopically brownish, with a large, oval, central " nucleus," 8-5 x 7/a. Richmond, N.S.W., (August, 1912); Willoughby, Sydney (August, 1915); Randwick (W. F. Blakely; January, 1911); Cheltenham (A. A. Hamilton; February, 1911). Stereum caperatum l^erk. et M. — Specimens of this species were recorded for the Tweed River by Berkeley (Journ. Linn. BY J. B. CLELAND AND E. CSEEL. 86 1 Soc, Bot., xviii., p. 385, 1880), and for Daintree Hiver (Giwillea, xi , p. 29, 1882). In addition to the above localities, Massee (Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot., xxvii, p. 1 61, 1890) records it for the Clarence River. See also Grant, in l^eports Botanic Gardens, Sydney, (1902) 1903, p.9; and Uheel, (1909) 1910, p.lO. In the National Herbarium, there are several very fine specimens, the largest from Mount Cooroy, Queensland, measuring, when quite fresh, 17| inches across; and another fi'oni Gosford, N.S.W., measuring 13 inches across, and 11 inches high, from the pad of the foot-stalk to the surface of the pileus. The foot-stalk of the various specimens is variable in length, some being almost sessile, whilst others have it up to 2^ inches long. The tomentuiri on the foot-stalk, as well as on the upper surface of the pileus, is also very variable, being sometimes thickly matted, and, in other cases, very thin; the hymenium varies considerably in being more or less plicate. The following is a list of the locali- ties and collectors : — Manning River (J. L. Boorman; October, 1902); Coff's Harbour (Forest Guard; April, 1909); Ourimbah (J. Staer; December, 1910); Wamberal (E. Cheel; April, 1911); Lilyvale (A. A Hamilton; June, 1910). From Warburton, Victoria, there are some deformed specimens, collected in April, 1907; and the Mount Cooroy, Queensland, specimens, mentioned above, were collected by J. Staer, in March, 1910. Specimens collected by one of us (J. B.C.) in June, 1916, at Lisarow, had fusiform, thick-walled cystidia, 42-50 x 12-13'8/x. Otliers, ob- tained at Bulli Pass in April, 1914, had shed spores, 8'5-8'8 x 3"0-5/x in size. In many of the last two collections, the stem is nearly lateral. Stekeum elegans Fr. — In connection with this species, Lloyd states (Synopsis of the Stipitate Stereums, p. 24, 1913) that it is very common in Australia. The only specimens we have seen in this State are from Gladesville (Miss Fiockton: April, 1911), and Mount Kenibla and Mount Jellore (E. Cheel; April, 1912). There are also some specimens from (;!rose Vale (Miss Campbell, No.21; September, 1912) in the National Herbarium, which seem to belong to this species, but unfortunately they are partly destroyed by the larvse of some insects. 862 RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN FUNGI, i., Stereum nitidulum Berk. — We have a collection obtained at Terrigal, in June, 1914, which Lloyd thinks is this species. The pileus was fawn-coloured when fresh, with darker zones and pale tips. The hymenium was paler. Spores pear-shaped, oblique, 5-2 x 3-4/x. Growing on the ground.. Stereum pergamaneum Berk. — Specimens, identified as pro- bably this species by Lloyd, were obtained at Pittwater, in April, 1914, attached to wood at the base of an old stump. The spores were pear-shaped, white, 5 x 3"5yx, with a large, central "nucleus." Stereum hirsutum Fries. — This species was recorded for New England by Berkeley (in Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot., xiii., p. 168, 1873), and for Pennant Hills, Parramatta {Lc, xvi., p. 40, 1878). It has also been recorded for this State by Lloyd (Letter No. 19, 1908, and Letter No. 60). We have numerous specimens in our collections, and have also examined those in the National Her- barium. The spores measure 5"5-7 x 2*2-2'5/x. The following localities are represented : — Penshurst (E. Cheel: July, 1907); Bowral (E.G.; September, 1907); Narrabeen (E. C; May, 1908); Colo Vale (E.G.; August, 1908); East Hills (E. G.; September, 1908); Chatswood (A. A. Hamilton; August, 1908); Wiseman's Ferry (J. L Boorman; March, 1908); Gronulla Beach (A. A. Hamilton; March, 1909); Bowral (W. Greenwood; June, 1909); Pittwater (A. Maclellan; September, 1909): Lane Gove on living plant of Casuarina (A. A. Hamilton; August, 1909;; Upper George's River (J. Staer; January, 1910); Rookwood (Miss A. Spencer; July, 1910); St. Mary's (A. A. Hamilton; August, 1910); Springwood and Leura ( A. A. Hamilton; March, 1910); Lilyvale (A. A. Hamilton; June, 1910); Erina (J. Staer; May, 1910); Milson Island (J. B. Gleland; June, 1912); Kurrajong Heights; (J. B. Gleland; August, 1912); Grose Vale (Miss Campbell: Sep- tember, 1912); Galston (E. Cheel; June, 1913); Hill Top (E. Cheel; April, 1914); Orange (J. B. Gleland; October, 1914); Mosman (J. B. Gleland; April, 1915); Blue Mountains (May); Mount Macedon, Victoria (E. Cheel; February, 1908). BY J. B. CLELAND AND E. CHEEL. 863 Stereum membranaceum Fries, (syn., S. papyrinum Mont. — Lloyd). — In identifying specimens of this species for us, Lloyd says : — " It does not seem to be in Cooke's compilation, but it is a very common and wide-spread, tropical species. The hyme- nium is densely covered with pale (almost hyaline) setse." This purple-brown, usually mostly resupinate, species is very common in the Sydney district, on fallen logs and old stumps. The pileus, often ill-developed, is hairy, obscurely zoned, and greyish-bi'own ; the hymenium rather tuberculose, and dark purplish to light purplish-brown. 'J'he cystidia are brownish, acuminate to somewhat clavate, rough, 5L120 x 8"5-10'4jU. Spores colourless, 7-8'5 x 3-5/x. On dead shrub, Long Bay, Sydney (J. B. Cleland; September, 1913); Sydney (J.B.C ; various collec- tions); Kew, North Coast (J.B.C; October, 1915); Botanic Gardens, Sydney, on fence-rails (E Cheel; June, 1907); Pens- hurst, on Melaleuca linariifolia (E. Cheel; June, 1907); Leura (A. A. Hamilton; January, 1912); Drouin, Gippsland (C. U. Brittlebank: October, 1916). Stereum illudens Berk., (syn., S. spiniyerum — Lloyd, Letter No.5], Note 155).— The type-specimens were collected by Drum- mond (No. 158), probably in Western Australia (Hooker's London Journ. Bot., iv., p. 59, 1845). It has since been recorded for Sealer's Cove, Wangaratta, Fifth Creek, and Port Darwin (Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot., xiii., p. 168, 1873). Specimens, collected in this State, have also been identified by Lloyd (Letter No.60, Note 346), who states that i, 8-5 X 7/i. North Bridge, Sydney (April and June, 1916); near shady rock, Hawkesbury River (May, 1916). Specimens collected at Milson Island, in June and July, 1912, with thick- walled, colourless spores 9-11x7-7-5//., appear to be the same species. Previously recorded for Wentworth Falls, by R. T. Baker (These Proceedings, 1906, 720;. Clavaria muscoides Linn. (1).— The following, beautiful little species agrees with the description of C. muscoides, save that the spores are smaller. Barely 1 inch high, furcate three or four times, usually unequally, ultimate segments short and blunt to subulate and blunt, orange-yellow, spores colourless, spherical, 2 8 3-5/x. Amongst moss, under Kunzea bushes, on clay soil, Lane Cove River, June, 1916 (D.I.C., Watercolour, No.68). Clavaria cinerea Bull. — Baker (These Proceedings, 1906, 719); Cheel [Report But. Gardens, Sydney, 1910 (1911), 11]. At Neutral Bay and Mosman, Sydney, a grey Clavaria has been frequently met with. Apart from the cinereous colour, the most constant feature is the size of the spores, which are spherical to subspherical, and 9x7 5//., 8-5-10-4/x, etc. Some specimens are simple, swollen, rugose clubs, several growing close together, in appearance rather resembling C. iii(equ(dis ; others are more slender, with a few branches near the tip like a stag's horn; still others, from a short, thick trunk, exhibit large, blunt, rugose and swollen branches; whilst still others resemble the plate in Massee's " P>ritish Fungi and Lichens," though the colour is more dingy. The colour, locality, and spore-measurements, together with gradations between specimens, all indicate that one species comprises all our specimens. Massee, in his work last quoted, supports this view when he states, that the species is very variable, and that the spores are 7-9/x in diameter. In his " British Fungus Flora," the spores are given as 5-6 x o/x, whilst Cooke gives them as 8-10 x 5-6/x. Our specimens are some- times hollow. Neutral Bay and Mosman (April, June, Novem- BY J. B. CLELAND AND E. CHEEL. 869. ber); Gladesville (Miss Flockton; April, 1910); Leura (T. Steel; November, 1911): Rookwood (Miss Spencer; July, 1910); Cook's River (A. A. Hamilton; May, 1915). Clavaria stricta Pers.('?) — A very graceful specimen found by Mr. Darnell-Smith, growing on wood, near Gosford, in August, 1915, may be this species. Pale ochraceous spores were not seen. The plant was orange-brownish, and showed a short stem, from which numerous, ascending, slender, subulate branches arose, which, at first, bifurcately branched several times, the ultimate branches being about an inch long. The species is recorded by Cooke for Victoria and New South Wales. Clavaria crispula Fries.- Pale orange plants, gathered on a fallen trunk, at Mt. Irvine, in June, 1915, agree with the de- scription given by Cooke (Handbook of Aust. Fungi, No. 1115) of this species. The spores are colourless, 7 x 4*2/x. Clavaria in^equalis Miill. — Australian plants, which we have met with on several different occasions, though approaching most closely to C. incexpialis, also resemble in some points C. fusiformis. They approach the former in being gregarious, and only rarely subcsespitose, and in being a rich orange; and the latter, in being hollow, and in having spherical, smooth spores, Massee laying considerable stress on the ivarty spores of C incequalis. Specimens collected under moist rocks, on the Hawkesbury Ptiver, in November. 1914, and again in August, 1916, may be described as follows :—Clavate, up to 2i inches high, by \ inch thick, rich salmon-orange, the salmon tint becoming more evident in drying; hollow, the inside pallid salmony- whitish, the outer layer darker; sometimes bursting irregularly at the top, with yellowish tips, leaving an irregular, trumpet-like open- ing; spores smooth, spherical, 4-5-8/x in size; basidia with four, occasionally two, sterigmata. A faint apricot-smell. Numerous, fine specimens were collected also at Narrabeen, under moist rocks, on January 1st, 1915. There are also specimens in the National Herbarium, Sydney, collected at Berowra by Mr. A. H. S. Lucas, in July, 1914, which were of a rich salmon pink colour at first, changing to rich cream. 870 RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN FUNGI, i. Clavaria rosea Fries. — At Mosman, Sydney, in June, 1915, and at Neutral Bay, in June, 1916, we came upon many speci- mens of a salmon-pink Clavaria. These agree with the descrip- tion of C. rosea, save that the spores, instead of being 2 or 3/x in size, are 6 x 3'6/jt. The following is the description of our speci- mens : — Up to 2\ inches high, slender, somewhat flexuous, attenuated both ways from the middle, sometimes rather broad- ened or ribbon-like, coral-red or rosy-pink, often pruinose above, when buried amongst leaves with a whitish base, solid, flesh bright coral-red, gregarious amongst leaves under shrubs. There are also specimens in the National Herbarium from Penshurst (E. Cheel; May, 1901); Mount Victoria (A. G. Hamilton: March, 1910); Botanic Gardens, Sydney (E. Bennett; January, 1901). Clavaria aurantia Cooke & Massee.— Specimens collected under rocks, at Neutral Bay, in June, 1916, may be described as follows: — Clavate, 1| inches high, occasionally slightly forked at the tip, often with one or two furrows longitudinally, usually a little twisted, bright clear egg-yellow, apricot-smell when crushed [spores not seen]. We have also collected it in the same situations and place, in June, 1912, and June, 1913. Calocera guepinioides Berk. — This species seems common on rotten wood. We have specimens from the Hawkesbury River, and from Mt. Lofty, near Adelaide. Spores 8'3-12 x 3-5- 5-5/A. Calocera cornea Fries. — Terrigal, June, 1914. Spores 8-5x3 5/A. Calocera stricta Fries. — Gosford (Darnell-Smith; August, 1915). 871 FURTHER RESEARCHES UPON THE PROBLEMS OF THE RADIAL AND ZYGOPTERID SECTORS IN THE WINGS OF ODONATA, AND UPON THE FORMATION OF BRIDGES. By R. J. TiLLYARD, M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S., F.E.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow op the Society in Zoology. (Six Text-figures.) My previous studies upon the problem of Dragonfly wing- venation (2, 3) have conclusively shown that the sub-Order Zygoptera diifers from the Anisoptera in possessing no sector to the radial trachea. The latter is straight and unbranched in the Zygoptera. The place occupied by Rs in the Anisoptera, viz., between M„ and M^, is filled in the Zygoptera by an addi- tional trachea branching off from M. This I have termed the Zygopterid sector, Ms. As the imaginal wing-venation has to be interpreted by means of the precedent tracheation of the larval wing-sheath, I have logically applied the same terms to the venation. Now, in a former paper (2), I indicated one genus, Neosticta, which might possibly prove an exception to the above rule. In the wings taken from a larva of this genus, I thought that I could distinguish a true trachea Rs. The pigmentation of the wing-sheath, however, was so dense, and the specimen so far advanced towards metamorphosis, that the decision had to be held in suspense, pending the discovery of more material. Since that time, I have carefully examined a large number of larval wings of genera belonging to all three Zygopterid families {Calopterygidce, Lestidce, and Agrionidce) without discovering a single exception to the rule stated above, viz., that R is un- branched in Zygoptera. Thus it became more than ever im- 872 RADIAL AND ZYGOPTERID SECTORS, ikc, portant that tlie doubt concerning Neosticta should be cleared up. Unfortunately, Neosticta is a rare genus, the larvse being onlv obtainable from one locality, Heathcote, twentv-one miles soutli of Sydney. These larva; are rock-dwellers, somewhat reseml)linf those of Diphlehia, but much smaller, and possessing two jointed caudal gills. They live in the deep pools of clear cold water in Heathcote Ci'eek and the Woronora River, and are only to lie got by hauling rocks out of these recesses. Thanks to the kindness and energy of Mr. F. W. Carpenter M.A., Science Master at Sydney Grammar School, I was enabled to obtain, in August last, five well-grown larvae of Neosticta canesceris from Heathcote. Four of these were in excellent con- dition for study, having only recently entered the last larval instar. The fifth was more advanced, being, in point of fact, at almost exactly the same stage as the one previously examined. A preliminary examination of one of the cut-off wings of this last larva showed that it closely resembled the one studied and figured in my previous paper (2, PI. xiii., fig. 4). The pigmenta- tion was very dense, and there was the same appearance of Rs descending from R as before. However, when this condition was studied under strong transmitted light, it was at once seen to be due to the cuticularisation of tfie wing-sheath, already noticed by me in the case of Diphlebia(z, p. 227). There was no sign of the presence of a trachea Rs at all. Turning then to the less advanced larva?, it was an agreeable surprise to find that the dissected-off wir)gs were moderately transparent, so that the tracheation could be easily followed out in detail. All four wings of each of the four larvae were care- fully studied. Of the sixteen, fourteen agreed exactly with the results obtained for all other Agrionidxe, viz., R is simple and unbranched, and Ms ari.ses fiom the main stem of M between M2 and M.j. The other two wings (one being a right foi'ewing, the other a right hindwing) showed a peculiar aberration, the origin of M3 having become shifted on to Ms near its base. This peculiarity at once struck me as being of the utmost importance as evidence of the t.i"ue nature of bridges and oblique veins, and BY R. J. TILLYARD. 873 will be dealt with fully later on in this paper. The normal tracheation is shown in Text fig.l, the aberration in Text-fig. 4. Having thus satisfied ourselves that Neosticta is in line with all other Zygoptera in possessing an unbranched radius and a Zygopterid sector, Ms, arising from M or one of its branches, let us now review the whole question at issue. This is a very fundamental one, and may be put as follows : — Is the Zygopterid sector, Ms, homologoics with the Radial Sector, h's, of Anisoptera, or merely analogous with it ? In a previous paper (3), I contended that the two were not homolosous. No rebuttal of the evidence there adduced has appeared in print; but I have received numerous ciiticisms. Text-fig. 1. Normal tracheation of larval wing of Xeosficta caiiewens Tillyard. ranging from a complete acceptance of my views (Dr. F. Ris), down to an absolute unwillingness to agree with them, in spite of the evidence I have selected Dr. P. P. Calvert's criticism as a very fair statement of the case in favour of the homology between Rs and Ms. He writes as follows: — "If Ml, M.,, Mg, and M^ are homologous in Zygoptera and Anisoptera, as you say on p. 224 (3), is there not something more than the analogy between the Anisopteran Rs and the Zygopteran Ms which you recognise on the same page"? If Zygoptera and Anisoptera had a common origin, must not Ms and Rs have come from one and the same primitive trachea 1 If this be the case, then the distinction between Ms and Rs is really not such a fundamental one after all. If, on the other hand, Anisoptera and Zygoptera had not a common ancestry, then the apparent 66 874 RADIAL AND ZYGOPTERID SECTORS, &C., homologies of the other trachese are only the result of con- vergence (a position I can't admit), and Es and Ms are really quite different things. I should be glad to have your explana- tion of these difficulties (as they seem to me).'"' Now this is a very lucid statement of the case, and one with which I must confess great sympathy. Like Dr. Calvert, I could not for a moment admit that Anisoptera and Zvgoptera had no common ancestry, though I would hold, perhaps, that the cleavage between them is greater, and that the common ancestiy lies further back in geological time, than Dr. Calvert may be pre- pared to grant. For this reason, I felt that the researches which I had carried out could not be left in their present state. Having satisfied myself (hat Neosticta (the only doubtful genus) falls into line with all the rest, I was spurred on, by Dr. Calvert's very reasonable statement of the case, to investigate the whole problem as fully as possible, so as to review the whole evidence, and to come to some definite conclusion. In order to delimit the problem, let me state clearly at the start that, as far as I can see it, we have actually two cognate problems to deal with. The first of these concerns the relation- ship between trachea'Rs, and trachea Ms, the second that between vein Rs and vein Ms. As we shall see in the sequel, these two problems may very well lead to different results. Leaving aside altogether the question of palteontological evi- dence, which cannot be admitted into this problem satisfactorily, owing to the complete absence of the tracheational interpretation of fossil vein-formations, I have classed the available evidence under three main headings :— (1) 2'he structural evidence. By this I mean the evidence obtained from a study of the wing-tracheation of the last larval instar, and the interpretation of the corresponding imaginal wing-venation. (2) 7'Ae ontogenetic evideiice. This is the evidence obtained from the tracheation of the wings of the developing larva, from the earliest examinable stage up to the last instar. (3) The evidence from Bridges and Oblique Veins. The con- nection of these structures with the problem in hand is not, per- BY R. J. TILLYARD. 875 haps, at first evident. Actually, they assume a position of immense importance, and must be fully dealt with if the problem is to be solved. I propose now to take these three kinds of evidence in full, and to draw definite conclusions from them. 1. The Structural Evidence. (Text-figs. 1, 3). We may best marshall this by gathering together all the results of wing-tracheational studies by different students of the Order, and arranging them in tabular form. I have before me the published results of Professor Needhani(l) and myself (2, 3), together with the beautiful series of photographs taken by Dr. Ris from the larvae of lAhellula, Calopteryx (Z, Plate xxxiv.), and Ischiiura. No doubt other students have examined othergenera; but, as their statements have not been published, they cannot be here included. The point to notice is that the evidence is, ivifhout a sinyle exception, in favour of the view that trachea Rs in Anisoptera is not homoloyous with trachea 2/s in Zyyopiera. It follows also that, if the veins Rs and Ms in the imaginal wing are laid down in their entirety upon the previously existing trachete Rs and Ms respectively, then vei7i Jis in Anisoptera is not homoloyous with vein Ms in Zyyoptera. This second conclusion must not, however, be accepted without a fuller examination of the inter- play of tracheational and venational developmental forces, which are discussed later on, on p. 879. 876 RADIAL AND ZYGOPTEKID SECTORS, »tc., The followins: table exhibits the results obtained : — Table of Genera examined for Wing-Tracheation. (N = Needham, R = Ris, T = Tillyard.) ZV(i01'TERA. Anisoptera. R simple and unbranehed. R once branched, the branch being An extra trachea, the Zygopterid the ; Radial Sector Rs, which crosses Sector Ms, developed from M be- M and M2, so as to come to lie tween M^ and Mg. between M„ and M3. Families Calopteryoid^, and Family .^^]schnida:. Ai;rionid^. *Gom2jhHs(K) Ms aiises from the main stem of M. Lanthua (N) *Diphhhia (T) Austroyomphw* (T) *Calopttryx (R) He-miyomplius (T) NeoMictu (T) CordultyaMer (N) Isofiticta (T) Dendrocfschna (T) "Aryiohstes (T) *^Esc]ma (T) *Ischnura (R and T) Anax (N and T) *CuHa;gested phylojfeny of the Od(jiiate wing in the region of radius, media, and branches, a, archaic ancestor of Zj'goptera and Anisoptera; h^-d^, phylogenj' of Zygoptera; /(j, reduction of Rs; t'l, h)ss of T\s — M eyapodagrio7iine stage; d^, capture of Ms ^er ■sa/tiDu by M„ = Lesfid stage (original course of A-ein Ms preserved as the bridge Br in the iniaginal venation); ''o-e„, phj'logeny of An- isoptera; l>2, Rs crosses Mj (cf. Text-fig. 2/;); c„, Rs crosses Mj and M.J ; d„, Rs captures Ms per m//nm (cf. Text-fig. 5); e„ , Ms sup- pressed (the original course of vein Ms preserved as the bridge Br in iniaginal venation). Ms both present, and that, in the last larval instar, the latter trachea becomes hitched on to Rs, just as M.. became hitched on to Ms in the Neostiota aberi'ation. In that case, the whole 884 RADIAL AND ZYGOPTEKID SECTORS, (feC, bridge, from its origin basal ]y on M up to the second oblique vein O^,, represents, in the venation, the original Zygopterid sector Ms, with the oblique vein O, standing upon it to mark the point where trachea Ms has been captured by trachea Rs. Tlie vein continuing the bridge is the true Rs, of which also O2 must be an essential part. The above explanation, as it seems to me, offers the only solu- tion possible in favour of a partial homology between veins Ms and Rs, as now present in the wings of Odonata. Text-fig. 6 would show, on this supposition, the two lines of development leading to Zygoptera and Anisoptera respectively. For the common ancestor, we should have to postulate a form possessing both a true lis and a true Ms (Text-fig. 6, «). From this, the Zygoptera would be derived by reduction, Rs being entirely eliminated.* The Anisoptera, on the other hand, would be derived from the ancestral form via the Petalura-Gordulegaster stage, trachea Ms being first of all captured by Rs, as in these forms, and then entirely eliminated; while, in the imagines, the short Anisopterid bridge would remain as the tme vein Ms, and therefore homo/ogoits with the long bridge of Lestidff, and also with the basal part of Ms in the Calopteryyidre and AgrionidcB. This might be exhibited as follows : — Trachea ZYtiOPTERA. Anisopteka. Vein. Calopf.erygidlkhtr I.e., xl.. Part -2. Utl.!, pp.212-230, PL xxxii.-xxxiv. i. n — 1916. — "Studies on Australian Xeuroptera. No. i. The Wing- Venation of the Mz/nnKhonidit." L.c, xl.. Part 4, 1915, pp. 734-750, PI. Iviii. 888 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. Received during the period November 25th, 1915, to November 29th, 191G. (From the respective Societies, etc., unless otherwise mentioned. J Adelaide. Australasian Antarctic Expedition, 1911-14 — Scientific Reports. Series C. : Zoology and Botany. Vol. iii., Part 1 (Fishes: 4to., June, 1916). Department of Chemistry op South Australia — Bulletin, No.l(1916). Department of Mines: Geological Survey of S.Australia — Annual Report of the Government Geologist for 1914(1915). Bulletin, No.5(1916). Metallurgical Report No.l(1916). Report No.3(l916). Review of Mining Operations in the State of Soutli Aus- tralia during the Half-years ended December 31st, 1915, and June 30th, 1916, Nos. 23-24(1916). Public Library, Museum, etc., of South Australia — Report of the Board of Governors for 1914-15(1915). Royal Society of South Australia — Transactions and Proceedings, and Beport. xxxix.(1916). Woods and Forests Department of South Australia — Annual Progress Report upon State Forest Administration for the year 1914-15(1915). By W. Gill, F.L.S., F.R.H.S., Conservator of Forests. Albany, N.Y. New York State Library — Sixty-seventh Annual Report of the New York State Museum, 1913(1915). DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES 889 Auckland. Auckland Institute and Museum — Annual Report for 1915-16(1916). Baltimore. Johns Hopkins University — Hospital Bulletin, xxvi., 297-298; xxvii., 299-308(1915-16). University Circulars. 1915,6-10(1915). Barcelona. Junta de Ciencies Naturals de Barcelona — Anuari, 1916(1916). Basle. Naturfokschende Gesellschaft in Basel — Verhandlungen. xxvi.(1915). Berkeley, Cal. University of California — Publications.— /?o^a7iy, v., 9; vi., 7-12; vii., 1-2(1915-16).— Entomology, i., 3-6(191 6). — G'eo/o^y : Bulletin, i.x., 3-18; X., 1-4, and 7(1915-16). Pa//io%i/, ii., 18-19(1916)- Physiology, v., 2(1916). -Zoo%y, xii., 13-17; xiii., 11-12; XV., Introduction; xvi., 2-17; xvii., 1-5(1915-16). Four Separates: {a-h) "Studies on American Sporotrichosis, ii.-iii.," by K. F. Meyer [Amer. Journ. Trop. Diseases, itc, iii.. No. 3(1915); Journ. Amer. Med. Assocn., lxv.(1915)]. — (c) "The Contribution of Medical Science to Medical Art as shown in the Study of Typhoid Fever," by Dr. F. P. Gay [Univ. Calif. Chronicle, xviii., No.2(1916)].- (c?) "Testicular Infusion-Agar," ikc, by J. C. Hall [Journ. of Bact., i , No.3(1916)]. Berne Naturfokschende Gesellschaft in Bekn — Mitteilungen aus den Jahren, 1913, 1914, 1915(1914-16). SociETK Helvetique des Sciencks Naturellks — Actes, 97'"'Session, 1915(2 vols.: n916;. Birmingham. Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society - List, 1916, and Annual Report, 1915(1916). Proceedings, xiv., 1(1916). 67 890 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. Brisbane. Botanic Gardkns, Brisbane — Botany Bulletin, No. xviii.(1916). Department of Agriculture and Stock — Queensland Agricultural Journal, N.8. iv., 6; v., 1-6; vi., 1-5 (1915-16). Geological Survey of Queensland - Publication.s. Nos.240, 252-254(1915-16). Queensland Museum — Memoirs, iv-v.(19 15-1 6). Royal Socikty of Queensland — Proceedings, xxvii., 1-2(1915). Brooklyn. Brooklyn Institutk of Arts and Sciencks — Brooklyn Museum Science Bulletin, ii., 5; iii., 1(1915-16). Cold Spring Harbour Monographs. viii.('191 5). Buenos Aires. MusEO Nacional dk Historia Natural — ■ Anales. xxvi.(1915). Indices. T. i.-xx., 1864-191 1( 1 91 4). Buffalo. Buffalo Society of Natural History — Bulletin, xi., 1-2(1914-15). Calcutta. Geological Survey of India — Memoirs, xxxv., 4, T.p. ifec; xxxvi, 3, T.p. to- gamic Notes from. 377. P.otaiiy. taxouonnc. in relation to leaf moi'phobjgy, 152. liower-bird, Regent, exliibited. 493. ISraih !i<-hiti>ii i)(>i>i(]iic<>-itcerifolluH : the Ci'imson-tlowered Kurra- .jong. INO. j'.ridges in Odonate wings, 871. P.i-(»therus, \'. F.. Descriptions of some new Si)ecies of .\ustralian. Tasmanian. and New Zealand Mosses, vi.. 575. i'.utralo-fly, bionimiics of the, 763. P>uftalo-gnat. exhil)ited. 632. CiilIi.stcniiDi. flowers jind dr.-i wings of. exhibited, 219. Cambage. R. 11. . re-elected to the Council, 35 — aS'cc Exhibits. Camiibell. .7. If., Hon. 'i'reasiirer's Financial Statement and Bal- ance Sheet, 35. 36 — Re-elected to the Council. 35 — Ke-elected Hon. Treasurer, 101. ('(iKihidfP from tlie Upper Williams liiver, 196 — l)escriiiri<»ns of new S))ecies of, 597, 11. INDEX. farter, H. J.. Descriptions of a new Cienns. and three new Species of Anstralian 'I'cnchrio- nk1a> from Barrington Tops, N.S.W., 209. Casemotli, ixiltbed. exhibited. 494. f'aterpillars. ■'\'ei;etal)le," exhi- bited, 268. Chapman, H. G., re-elected to the Council, ,'55 — Note on a froix dis- tended with tluid. 106. Cheel. E.. sec Exhil)its. and J. 15. Cleland, Ivecords of Australian Funici. Xo. i., 853 — Sec Exhibits. CJi rysop'uhc wing-venation of, 221. Cleland, .1. r... re-elected to the Council, 35. and \\. Cheel. Kecords of Australian I'un.i,'!. No. i.. 853 — Sec Exhibits. Coleoptera. descriptions of new species, 720. Collins. j\Iiss M. 1.. elected a Member, 387. ('omin)sition of alveolar air. 786. Contributions to a knowled.w of Australian Culicido', No. iii., 564. Cowrie-shell from the South Coast, exhiltited. 192. Cryptogamic Xotes from the Botanic Gardens, 377. CuJ'icidce, Australian, contribu- tions to a knowledge of, 564. Dampicra, white-flowered, exhi- bited, 769. David, T. W. K.. news of. on mili- tary service abroad, 6:51. Deer, Miss ]\1., elected a JSlember. 101. Descriptions of new Australian, etc.. Mosses, 575 — Of new Aus- tralian Coleoptera, 720. De Vis, C. W.. obituarv notice of. 6. Dixson, H., see Exliibits. , T. S., re-elected to the Council, 35. Donations and Exchanges, 40, 101, 190, 217, 267. 387. 494. 6:;i, 769. 888. Dragonfly-larvre. emergence of, from the egg, 388. Dun, W.S.. elected a Vice-Presi- dent, 101— '/// /- Ua), 633. Cheel, E., and Cleland. .T. 15.. fungi from the Noi-th Coast district, 104. Cleland. .T. P.., seedling of Hakea. 103 — Webbing of gossamer- spiders. 191. and Cheel, E. (supra). Dixson, H., see Cheel, E., 267. Dun. W. S., stalacite and calci- fied INl.vriapod. 191. Fletcher. .1. .T.. ])ortrait of the late Sir K. Owen, 220. INDEX. 111. Exhibits :— Fro^jratt, J. L., an imdescriltefl. parasitic, chakid wasp, -194. , W. W.. various ento- mological specimens, 191 — Specimens illnstrating the life- history of the Kiiibed Case- Moth destructive to Sugar- Gums, 494. TTamilton, A. A., teratological or variable plants. 193. 21 S, 267, 492, , A. (i., "vegetable caterpillars," 268 — Drawing of an undetermined Orchid. 493. liuU. A. F. ]',.. a Fluttei-ing Fetrel, 103. Lo Souef, A. S., abnornml ele- ])hant"s tusk. 632. McCulloch. A. Ti.. lantern-slides of the Mangrove-fauna, 49.!. ]\iaiden. .7. 11.. Crimscm-flowered Kurragong, and bylirid l'"u(a- lypt, 192. North. A. .1.. White Xutmeg or Torres Strait i'igcon. 1(I3 — Australian Finches. 19.1 — lie- gent liower-liird. 219 — Superl) Fruit IHgeon. 493. Steel. '!'.. reunited, fractured feuuir of an ox. 21 7. 'riilyard, IJ. .T.. larvie of rare ant-lio]is; hylirid Sweet-])ea. 194 — Xew I'erlidie reared from larva^; larva of a new i'.uffa- lo-gnat, 632. 'I'urner, F., various plants, 101, 190 — Grasses from (Queens- land. 217 — Fruits of Yellow (^uandimg. 492 — Abnormal ajiple, 494 — White-flowered variety of Datupiera, 769. Whitelegge, T.. slides illustrat- ing the sexual generation of I'silotum, 102. Fellows. Linnean Macleay, sum- maries of year's work, 10-12. Fellowshi])s : announcements. 631 — Appointments to, 12. Ferg\ison, E. ^Y.. Revision of the Amycterides. \'.. Mohicht iis and CiihiiorrUijiic)! IIS, 422, Finches, Australian. exhibited. 195. Fletcher. J. J., .sec Exhibits. French P>ean. seeds of. (>\hibil('d. 192. Froggatt. .7. Jj.. sec Exhibits. , W. W.. elected a Vice- Fresideut, 101— .SV'C Exhibits. Fry. 1). y,.. Description of Apluin- tophriiiK. a new Batrachian genus from New Guinea : with comparative notes on the pec- toral musculature, 770. Fungi, l\ecords of Australian, i.. 853— From the North Coast dis- trict, exhibited. 104. Fungus, abnormal, exhibited, lO.l. Galls. Ivhododendron, on Asalen, exhibited. 492. (iametophyte of Pxilotum, .5.53 — I^lxliibit of. 102. Gneissic and granitic rocks of W. A.. 261. Granitic and mieissic rocks of W. A.. 261. firasses. Queensland, exhibited. 217. Uakea. seedling, exhibited. 191. llallmann. E. F.. Linnean Macleay 7'ellow in Zoology: summary of year's work. 11 — l\e-appointed. 1916-17. 12. . Revision of the Genera with ^licroscleres includ- ed, or iirovisionally included, in the Family A.riui'U'itlcr ; with Descrii)tions of some An.stralian species [PorikkraJ. Part i.. 45.): Ft. ii.. 495: Ft. iii.. 634. TTamilton. \. A.. The Instability of Leaf-morphology in its rela- tion to Taxonomic F>otany, 152 — (S'ce Exhibits. . A. G.. l^residential Ad- dress. 1 — Re-elected I'resident. 3.5— .S-cc Exhibits. Uiirdcnhrrgia. remarks on a white- flowered, 105. ITedley. ('.. elected a Vice-Presi- dent. 101 — Congratulations to. on award of the Syme Prize. 6.". 1, IV. INDEX. Iledley, C, Studies on Austrjiliaii ^FcC'ullocli. A. R., sec Exhibits. !Mollusoa. xiii.. 680. .\l;ii(leii. J. H. On lirachyvMton Hf''merobii(h( , cliaracters, etc., of ixipidiico-uccrifolunn F.v.Af., the the, 269. Crimsuu-flowered Kurra.loug, 180. ITerdman, AV. A., portrait of re- . On a P^ncal.vpt Hybrid ferred to, i;}. {F. ralophi/llo x E. firifnlid). Hill, (i. F., Some Notes on the is.")- See J<]xhibits. Bionomics of the Buffalo- l"'ly, .Man.i;rove-fauna. lantern-illustra- 763. tions i)t sliown. 493 — Sections Hinder, Miss Iv M., elected a Mem- of leaves, wood, anl lantern- ber. 267. illustrations of Mangroves Ilindniarsh. :\liss K. M.. elected a shown. 492, 493. Member, 267. M icrolcpidojjtcrd, studies in Aus- Hull. A. F. B., re-elected to the tralian, ;io3. Council, 35 — See Exhibits. M.iol)ero;, E., Results of tlic Swed- llybrhl Encalyitt, IS.'i, 192 — Kur- i.sh Scientific Expeditions to rajong. 180, 192 — Sweet Pea, ex- Australia, 18. hibited, 194. Mollnsca. studies on Auslialian, xiii., 6S0. Insects, exhibited, 191, 194, 494, Mos.ses, new. from Anstr.-ilia, Tas- 631. niauia. and Xew Zealand. '}7'>. Tnvestifitation. Chemical, of poi- -Muscul.-ilure, Pectoral of P.atra- sonons plants. 148, Sb). <-hia, 770. Jfli(n)i(la\ cliaracters, etc.. of, 269. Myri:ii)od in slalactlfe, exhiliited. 191. .Tarvis, E., Note on a Scale-insect M i/niiclrt/nt'nhi . d('scri])tions ol affecting Su.uar-Cane. 21(i. new. 41. Kelps, an efflorescence on. 676. Xeuroptera. .studies in Australian. Kennedyas, \\ . A., in flower ex- ii., -ti • iii. 221 ; iv. 269. hibited. 267. y,,^^.' (j'^iueji^ j^ew ' Scale-insect Kurra.Kmg (rimson-flowered (iiy- ^ 215 — New Batrachian bvid), 180, 192. f,^^^_ 770. • ^, ,, , ^ , . New Zealand. efHorescence on Laseron. CI-., welcome to. on his j.^^ ^^.^^^ 676— Mosses, new. return from military service from 575 abroad, 494. \icoti(i)}(i snaveolens, alkaloid of. Lea, A. M.. Descri])tions of new ^^ Specie.s of Australian Coleop- x<,i..iivoscy.-.nilne in Sohtndnt. 81.1. tera, xu., /20. North. A. J., .-«cc Exhibits. Leaf-morpholo;,'y. instabilit.y of. ni ^^^^.^^^ ^^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^„^ ^^.^^j,^ ..xhibit- relation to taxonomic botany. ^^ jq^ ^ ^•^^- ^ ^„ „ , _,_ Xotes from the Botanic (lardens. Lepidoptera of l-.bor Scrub. 249. Svdnev. 377, 417— Petrological, Le Souef, A. S., .^fr Exlnhits. ^^o. ii., 261— And Exhibits. KH. Lucas, A. H. S.. elected a \ice-rre- ^^^^ ^^^^ ^g^ ^^^ ^9^_ ^.^^ -,,,, dent, 101. . Notes from the Botanic Gardens, Sydney: I'ar- Odonata. sectors and bridges in thenogenesis in A(|uatic riiane- wings of, 871. rogams, 417. Oor//.s'//,s- and Eie!mosphaia, 107. An Efflorescence Orchid, drawing of uudertermiued. on some New Zealand l\eli)s. exhibited, 493. fi7fi ().t)iiyli(ln. in ivlation to tlie l•artla>no,^a>llesis in A.iuatic I'lia- emergeiu-e of dragoiifiy-larvie, nerogam.s, 417. 388 2V';7ir/a', specimens of new, exln1)it- JU'vision of the Anii/clcrUlcfi, v., ed. 632. 422— Of the A.rinrUidcr M-ith IVtrel. Fluttering, exhiliited. Ki:'.. mieroscleres. 4o;5, 49G. 634 — Of I'etrie. .7. M., Linnean Maeleay the Strativmyida'. of Australia, Fellow in Bioehemistry : sum- 71. mary of year's work. 10 — He- JJoseI)y. ^Sliss ,M.. elected a Mem- appointed. 191(1-17. 12. licr. 267. . Tlie Chemical In- Koses. naturalised. <'.\lnl)iled. ()'■>'.'>. vestigation of some poisonous Kutherford, A.. A new Scale-insect I'liints in the N.O. Sohniacra', aifecting hugar-cane in New l^art ii. Nicofidiia suavcolena (luinea. 215. and the Identilication of its .\1- k;iloi(h 148 — i'art iii. Tlie Oc- Scale-iusect aff'e'"-"'^'"- -597. Plants exhibited, 101. 190-I'oi- ^''''^^'' \:^- (/'n-esponduig Mem- ,, T^T ^. r, , ber. notice ot his decease. ().il. sonous, in the N.O. Solaiiacca, ,, ,,,.,, m ^. 1. <- • 148, 815— TeratoloiTh-al or vari- 7^: }\ (-leig, ^Maeleay Hacteri- able exhibited. ]9;i.' 218. 267. 492. ^'IV-^'^^t to tlie Society: smnmary I'layfair. <;. 1.. Ooc/xtu and Err- "^ year s work 10 m.osph„ra [Az.u^, 10? ~^7^7~' ^'!wr ' ' '' , Australian Fresh- , ^^l^i'^^^i'- 1^»"- water Fhytoplankton ( /Vo^oroc- ■^"'''"'"•'''.' , <'liciiii<;,l nivcNstigation • J -, co-1 *'t lioisonous iilants in Ihe I'ollinatiou by birds, J(). l^rimrose. Evening, naturiiUsed. exhibited. 632. ^ . • , , , . I, . • , r i- 1 i Spiders. i,'ossaiiier. wclibnig ot I rntiiciiccoKlcd' ol ircsluAater ,.i.ji w 1 mi X.O.. ii.. 148; iii.. S1.5. Kidiiiidnt. occurrence of iior-hyo- scviimiiK? ill. SI .1. ]>laiikton. 823 I'sUotinn, the gaineloph.xte of. 553 exhil>ited. J91, Sleel, 'r.. .scr lO.xhiliils. -Microsc<.pic preparations of, ^"l'^'^ '" :).!'r^™'''ll' ■^li'-i"lnn- exhibited, 102. doiiicra, ^.i-i—Molliixni. 080— Xciiroptcra, ii.. 41 ; iii., 221 ; iv., 269. (^uandoug, fruits of Yellow, ex- Sugar-cane, scale-insect affecting, hibited. 492. 215. VI. INDEX. iSweet-i'ea, liylirid. exhibited. U»4. Tahanidce, Australian, No. ii., 746. 'Pasinania, IMosses from. 575. Taylor, F. H.. C'ontril)ntious to a knowledge of Australian Ciilici- (hv, iii., 564 — Tahaiiidn, ii., 746. Tcin'hrionidfv from Barrington Tops, N.S.W.. 2(19. 'I'illey. C. E.. elected a Member. 267. Tillyard, \l. J.. Linnean Maeleay Fellow in Zoology : summary ot year's work. 12 — lie-appointed. 1916-17, 12. . Studies in Austra- lian Neuruijtcra. No. ii.. De- scriptions or' new (ienera and Si)ecies of the Families Oniiiij- liddi, Myrmelconfidd', and .l.sro- lajdudcr., 41— No. iii. The ^Ving- venation of tlic (Ihrysop^div, 221 — No. iv. The Families Ifhnni- d(r, Hem<'rd(t)t(it(i. and niioii the Kor- nnition of I'.ridges, 871 — Hcc lOxhibits. Triclmvuifidir, characters, etc., of the. 269. Turner, A. J., Third Contribution to a Knowledge of the Lepitlop- terous Fauna of Ebor Scrub. X.S.W., 249— Studies in Austra- lian Microlcpidoptcra, o3.";. , F., remarks i)lius. 422. 423, 428. 450. 451 iJiackburiii 423 r.rhnius 430 gi-anidatus 423 ( Vjiuaxiuius 423 simplex 423 AcaiitJiorhyncbus sji. .. 26. 27, 31 Acaiitlioxa 658 Acar 681 Acliras arnhcmica 101 Acidalia lialmtea 251 Acidalianti^ 249, 251, 252 Ainiiva patellavccta 708 Acrolricbc ag.irrc; (livaricata . . Actii'oiiida' . . . . Actiua costata . . . . iiicisnralis . . ;ata Page. .. ..169 .. .. 169 .. .. 717 . . 73, 77 .... 77 .. 77, 78 Actiiiastriuu 8."57 aciculaiv 838, 851 bacillarc 838, 851 guttiila 838, 851 Mautzscbii . . . . S37. 838, 861 ActiiK.tvis jlcliaiitbi 168 Adcnaiitlios cmieala 31 .Kdeoinyia ♦^■Jitasticla .. 573, 574 \ eunstipes 573, 574 -Eschiia 876 .FiSclinid«L\ 876 Acscuhis jiarviilora 20 Agave s[i 17 Aghuidcs 340 cliiouoiiia •. . . . . 340 Agonochila 208 biuotata 198 corticalis 208 fciiestrata 198 guttata 198 uiacleayi 198 phigiata 198. 207. 208 rnficollis 198 Agriouidic. . .. s7\. 872, 876, 884 AllaiitcHa 675 Allautopboni. 495. 496, 497, 498, 499, 501, 639, 674 ciocalyptoides, 503, 514, 515, 550 r. reducta . . 515. 516. 550 luicrostrougyla 503 plicata. 496. 497, 503, 508, 510, 511, 513. 514. 515. 517, 550 victoria iia. 469, 499, 503, 506, 507, 509. 514, 515, 516, 550, 551, 552. Alloforiiiicah'oii .. ..42, 47, 62 austral is 63 byaliuus .. 43, 62. 63, 64, 70 waterhousei 43, 63, 70 Allognosta 74 -Vmaryllidea- 174 Vlll. INDEX. PagI'. Aiiililyst(>t:iuiu austro-li.vj^ru- ])liilum ;')94 Aiiililytelus curtus 197 miiuitus 197 Ainisallus l)asii)eniiis 732 iiodosus 731 spp 732 tubei'culifroiis 7-'ll Ami»liidesuia an.ij;usta. i)92, (i9.!. 71 s funeata 693 (llaWvUa 693 Auii)hithora 2.10 Auiiihitberiiia' 250 Auiycteridos +22 Amj/ctcriin iiioroxii.s .. .. 429, 430 Aiiafamptodoii Wattsii .. .. -lOo Aiiacantliella 78. So spleiideiis so. 99 Aiutl>cUil ciiclddiU 694 Anatifcra liizoiia 694 Anax S76 liaijueu.^is. 3SS. 3S9. 391. ;!92. 395, 39S, 40;:, 406. 407. 110. 412. AiK-illa editha' 709 Aiidropo.uon criaiitlioidcs .. 217 interuiedius 217 sericeus 217 Augopliora cordifolia .. 166. 21 s intermedia ISS laueeolata S60 melaiioxyloii ]fW subvelutina ]i)6 Auigozantlios hmnilis 31 Maiif^lesii 3.1 Anisoptera. S71. 873. S74. ST.l. S76, 878, 879, 880, 882. 883,. 8S4. SS6. 887. Aiikistrodesmu.s 836 Braunii s;^7, sril /•. minutus 837. S51 dulcls 836, 851 V. cini^ulnui . . . . 837, 851 falcatns r. coiilortns. 836. S5 1 /■. miraliilis . . . . 836, S51 r. setiiierus 83(1 Aiitlustiria ciliata 217 .\ulliOfercis Eadesii 194 Antlioriiis melaiiura 22 Antissa 78.81 cuprea 81 Autissella 78. 81 parvideutata 81, 99 Page. AntissiiKi' .. .. 72. 78. 81. 97, 99 Aphaiitopliryne, 770, 771, 772, 773, 774. 775. 776, 777, 780, 781, 782 pausa, 772, 775, 776, 777. 778, 780, 783, 785 Aphide.< 24S Apioiiiorplia Hetcheri 191 Apoclirysidse.. 222, 242, 243, 244. 272 Araucaria Cuuniushamii. . .. 305 Area adamsiana 6so hotanica 680, 719 irudina 681 lamina ta fiSl metella 681, 719 nodnlusa (i82 plicata 681 xifjudta 6SI) strabo 681 Antiadic 249 Arcularia particcps .. .. 712, 7ls Art,da 41 1 Ar,i;i(>lestes 876 Artannis leuc(>i>.\.iria lis .. .. is l)ers<>natus is sniKTciliosus 18 Arlbrodesnins 846 Ascalapbida-.. 41, 42, 43, 67, 269, 272 278 Ascalapliides '282 Aspbabis 210 Asjiidiea' ;i77. 378, 379 Asr)idinm 377, 379 acniniuatnin 382,383 Slieplienli 383 Aspidojilossa 598, 600 Assemania 714 Astrolonia di^'aricata 31 Atalaya benii.i,'lanca 158 Atbyriuin Imniilc 380. 386 Atriliasta 348 fulvifusa 348 Aidacaspi.s 216 ma.ior 215, 216 ltenta,i,^>na 216 rosea 216 Aiisfroagrion 876 Austroct)rdulia 876 Anstrogomphus 876 Anstrolestes 876 leda 389, 410, 411 Antanepsia 252 Autosporaceae 110 INDEX. IX. Page. Page. Avicciiiiin olliciiialis 4:9ii r.jitliildii (•l;ii-t'sasi.L;raii)iiia 341 iiioriHitd 518 lifvochi-oa 342 koreiiii 50 1. 502 chioi-eis 341 iiKK-roj-haiiliis 50l> consiKiiatella 340 iiiej,'alosi.t,'uia 496, 503 eiicapuodes 340, 34.3 rar. li|iusplia-i-a .. .. .503 eusciasta 344 iincriixIroiimiJii.. .. 499, 503 h.vlodroiua 343 iiii( ruxa 197, 499, 503 leiicocepliala 341 peadii. 195. I9S. l!i!i. .lo], ,502 Jiyuiitliica 259, 34:; pltcnfd 503 paiiarcha 341 sp .102, 503 l)asl('odt>s 259 stellifera 502 psolotcraimiia 345 trirhaplii.>< 502 l).vr()ra 341 triincatd 500, 518 .subviridella 341, 343 tubulata 502 X. INDEX. Page. Jlieiiuia \iiri;intiii uUli victoria iia 503 nilyurix 41(9, 518 lU^'uoiiia radicaiis 17 veuusta 17 J >i.iru()iiia('eii> 171 Blaiifoa canescens ;il l'>(iarniiau;e :i5(), ^-li' IJoriomyia 2(S() Borkenhau.sia gypsupleuia . . 38 s hemileuca 336 nuuTo])tera 33S iiephelella 33(i jiauropliyUa 337 sphievoides 3.'!(i tetraplia-a '.. 3.; 7 tliolopa 3;!(i Duronia aiiemmiifolia 157 florilmiida x .sei-nilata . . 158 ledifolia 15.S polyualifolia r. robusta.. 157 I5ossi;ea lieterdpliylla 162 Brac-hyc-hitoii 180, 183 acerifoliiis, 180. 181, 182. 183. 184 tircrifoHutn 181 diversifolius Is;; poimliico-aeerifolius. 180. 181. 182. 183. 1!»2 liotJtilnvttni 181 poimluous. 180. 181. 182. 183. 184 r.racliycouu' divorsifolia. . .. 1(>>^ sti-icta 16.S r.raconidfe 13, 88 liranchioiroiiui .sjjtuKjilhi ^ •• 313 l!rpvice]ts 771. 777 Breviciintidii' . . . . 770. 771, 775 Brynm aii>iniiiii 5i)2 austro-atiiiu' 587 ca^spiticuim 58!» calodictyou 58!) Cheelii 591 • •liryseiim 5S!» (lirysoiKMirone 590 • 'urvicolhini 591 tilariuui 590 l'^)rsytliii 592 Kiama^ 592 laxirctc 588 lei)to1heciiiin 593 luteolimbatuiu 589 I'Alih. Biyuiu iiachyiiuiualuluin. . .. 590 subcurvicolhim 590 .siibveutric-osum 586 SuUivaiii 592 Biibarls 637 couistellata 675 Bulla acuminata 715, 716 Bjiiisoui-cd iJiisiUa 680 Caledouiella routusiforniis .. 714 Callagrion 876 Callisteuion cocciiiciix .. .. 219 lanceolatus 219 r. lilacina 219 ru^ulosus 219 C'allitbauma 365 basilica 365 i^lycera 365 leptodoma 366 pyrites 365, 367 C'allulops 771 Calfx-era 86() cornea 870 guepinoides 870 stricta 870 Calopterygida". . 871. 876. 884, 8.S7 Calojiteryx 875, 87() maculata 411 (alotlianuius sanguiucus .. '6i C"ampyl(ii»us deuticuspes .. '575 r. lutescens 575 Kirkii 576 Cantliarellus folidliuii .. .. 105 Capua cryp.'-ierytlua 254 eiizona 254 hedynia 250 paraloxa 250 sp 254 tliiopasta 250 ( apulus s|> 698 ('ai-abi(l;r 196. 5!»7. 598 C'ardiotliorax a-ripennis .. .. 212 asperatus 213 ogerius 214 liaagi 213 iiitcrstitialis 21 1, 212 niiuuis 214 undulalus 214 Cardiuni 685 cygnoruni 6S6. 719 echinatuni 685 pallidum 685 racket tii 685, 686 INDEX. XI. Page. , ( anlinm r;Mli;iI>"i Careuides 02(5. Q'M) ( iirenidium 620 aberraus 627 atnim 622 hifurcum 623 frenchi 62U. 62", leai 623, 624 loiiicipeiine 624 mnt-ronatum 624 Iterteune 625 i-iveriiiiP 626 ( arcmuu .. 613, 616, 619. 620, 621 aii.iiiistiitemie 610 blackburui 610 brevicoUe 609 browni 612 dii^^lesi .. 615, 616. 617. 61.S itir. tropiciim 619 dispar 610 emar^iiiatum .. 611, 613. 614 /•. :v(jiialis 613. 614 t>xiiuium 619. 621 interiore 611 leai 609 lepidum 60s loiiijculuin 617, 619 / . at i'(i\ iridis 619 niacleayi 609, 610 uioutaiiuia 61 (i nitidljH's 614 (|iiadriiiiiiHtatinu .. (!15. 61(i sinai'ii^idiiluiii . . . . Oil. 612 sph'iididuni 621 liiictillatuin 617, 621 traiisversicdllc 609 viresceus 611. 612 /•. viridivt'iitris 611 C'arobiiis. . 274. 2S7. 290. 29;;. 311. 330 ausu.stus .. .. 311. ;!12. 330 imlchellns. 274. 293. ;;12. 330. .332 subfasrialiis .. 274. ;!12. 332 Carteria 824 australis 825. 850 r. ovata 825. S50 I'^ritschii 825 nuiltitilis . . . . 824. 825, 850 t)btusa 825 scrobifiilata . . 824. 850. 852 r. ovalis 825, 850 Page. Cassia ert'iuopbylla 16i Cassiiiia ar!lis-iihi,nt .. .. 682", 683 piilcbella . . • 683 refle.ra . 682, 683 nideralis 682 ■'iii<).'<(t 682, 683 (ballerina . 773 Cbaraf'iuu) 120 Cbionaspis 216 cJiioHc iiitiflii 691 Cbirouiyza 73 Cblam.vdomonas 826, 829 globosji 827, 850 globiilosa r. pertusa, 826, 850 gloeocystiformis . . .. 826, 850 Xll. Clilauiydoinom's r. ovata . INDEX. i'AGE. l>isin<)rousis. S-i. 850 . . 827, 850 ovalis.. 827. 850 uumaaina r. ovaiis.. o-,. o.- mncifola niiixcicold ^' ( . atteimata l»isifornu^^ 828 826. 850 r e'vlimlnvfea. . ■• • • - f " r. gicvocystifonuis. 820. ^^^^ ( hloris (livaricata -1 ChlonM-occinii (lUl(i>^ J -J,. C'lilovopliyot^it' ^^.,^ Cli.Mlatella ^''- ^ " 141 ciliata Kchidna ( homlropsis Villi cri Page. . . 700 . . 700 . . 8«0 .. 87lt .. 8()7 . . 8(56 . . 868 86!l . '.'. 867 .. 860 868, ^^'-^ . . . 868 ( hryso.-lilova .. •• ' ' ^^ ^^ ^ 141 520 64:^ S4 100 ... 47 .."94, 95, 100 .. 94, 95, ItH) 229. 241. 242. Ou-jixoihroiiKi (hrysoleuu • • • • • (lirysouotomyia . • Chrvsonotus .. •• (•hrysoi.a. 221. 22^^^ _^^^ _^^^_ ^^^^ 226. 240 z-.y. 225, 226 224. 2:'.0, ClaiK-ulus aloysu jiU'lH'iiis. . .. Clavai-ia aurautia a urea - . . . botrytes . . • (•iiu'i-i'a . . • • crisimla . . • • formosa. . • • fvisiformis . iiiaMlualis . . luuscditU's rosea rusosa • • stricta ( lavarieie • ■• ■■ Chiytouia australasica .- (leiuatis aristata . . ■ • ■ • clvciuoi"iii'-^'^'^ -..j-.,-^ .-,-'1 72. S2..S4. SO. 90, 99 .87(1 867 , 869 , 866 . 157 . 15(i ;. 156 . 17 243. 244. 223. 225. A r. siiziiata . . 228. 229 24 L 248 ( Urvs()i»ula> .. 231 232. 239. 242 oVi;". 24S. 272. 278 •J87. 288. 289. 317 Chrysoimles • •• Cinatlusiiia cyaiieoleuca Ciiinyrida' Cinrilhiptd ill<-ni.-^ L'irc-e 248 228 225. 226. 227. 231. 232. :4i). 221. 222 '?22. 243,. 2S4. 521. 223. 244, 285, :;24. «ll'i'l=i •• ,;• ■• ,.,„ crocea Itrrxoii'itii plicatnia . (luojii • ■ . . riridori>^ ■ ■ scriitta . . • siKjiUdlil iS9. (•)SS. 230, 245, 286, 282 103 18 . 639 . 690 689 ) 68S 69(1 69(1 69(1 600 (Umacia Clitellariua'. . - ( livina. 597. 598. .599. (JOO. 603, 604 abliri'viata . • anstralica .. 1)() villa- . . • • brevistcrua . l)rnmn<<'l<'r. . coi-oiiata cribrifrinis (;s<.), (iSS, 689. 690 . . 689 688, 690 689 (lamineri • • (birwini . . . • (>l(':j;aiis . . . • oxilis femora lis . • ferniL^inea . . frou'iiiatti •• • iiiconspii-ua . . korsliawi nana iiyctosyloides ()i)li(iuata .. (ibliiinirollis lanH-tatireps riveriuu- . . var sella ta.. •■ tnuiidipes . . 606 .. 602 . . 602 (iiiii. 607 . . 600 . .. 602 (i(»2. 603 . . . 60 1 . .. 604 . . . 605 ... 602 . . 603 . . . 6(14 (idl. 605 . . . . 603 . . . . 605 . . (>03. 6(17 6(H) ()06 (iOl (iOl 600 604 604 599 (■.()(., (i(l(l, (i(i(i. (;(_i3. (Uvinides '^^^ 697 uudatina ^^^^ C'losterinm violacea gg^^ clypidinii iKiniKnihoroUUa Cladoumiou yalleiis INDEX. XUl. Page. Cnephasia tlii()!)asta 25(i Coeeidse 191 (•(lelastruui . . . 883 creuatuui S3:! r. cubicuiii S33. Sol) cnbicnm 833, 834 V. olit iisinn 831 nu*-r(i|i()iiiiii . . 833 nlitnsinii . . .... . . 834, 851 Itrubu.si'idcimi 8.34 psendo-cubicum 834 lndvhriiiN 83.") s|jla:i'riiiiiii . . _ _ 83."! (opribitla' IS Ccesyra l)ii.><)li(a 2.")8 bathropbu'a 2o0 synei-lics , _ 2.")0 'oln.s lilriidiiiosiis 10.") '()miieiinis(tji;i 87 Omixisita' U58. 169 'iii()I»ter.v,ii'id;t' 272, 288 oaioptprytiidos 282 '<)ii(is]Kn-unim ciicifolimu. 17.'!, 174 taxifolium 173, 174 ('(iiins ahhrcriiit lis 710 sni(>i)tt'i-y,iriii;r 255 Cotyh^don .sp 17 Crainbe . .. .. 496 Cni.s.salilld i-iiiiriitii . . .. 693. 694 CraferiMlus (•onm(()|)i(>des .. 859 (i-eajiri.s 47 ('rnss()[)honi miiiuh-Ua .. .. 336 (rotalaria ('uiiiiiiii.:bauiii .. 31 Cnicifcra' 157 Cnicitxeuia 830 australis 831 cordala. . . 832 llor.-ilis 831 (piadrara 832 V. secta 832, 850 i-cctaumdaris . . . . . . . . 832 tctraitedia *. .. .. 831 /•. oniata 831. 850 Iriaii^'idaris .. 831. 832, 850 CryplolKM-ls 72. 73, 98 lu'bcsccns 73. 74. 98 (ryi>t()dus 209 ('riiitioJcihiii iiJuilii iicUn. 373, 374 !li 430. 433 Villous .... 430. 431. 434. 436 Cuh'x saihnii 570 sagax •"570 sitieiis n70. .'571 somer.seti •")71 r'lilicada lnipcnuarycnsis . . . . .")(!8 deniansis -"569 h.vbrida r,64, 568 tasmauiensis 568. 569 Cnlicelsa alxloiiiinalis 570 Cnlicidiv 564 Cui-culionida' 720 Cvlindrocvstis 136. 137 ovalis .. .. 117. 136. 137. 142 C'.vperacefp 175 r'vi)riea 705 vitellus.. 192 r.vstisnathida' 775 ("vtliciva ririihiri'i 690 Cytheiva scriptii v. nndatina . . . IfllDI/l Page. .. 688 . . 690 Dampiera eriocepliala /•. alba 769 Danielsia minuta . . . . 564. 567 Darwinia fasciculjiris .. .. 31 taxifolia l(i(i, 493 Dasycerca apoci-yplia 250 Datura metel 817 meteloides 817 Davallia ])yxidata .. .. 102, .553 Davifsia acicularis 161 cor.vmbosa 161 geni.stifolia 161 latifolia 161 . nliciiia 161 Dcndi'ojescbiia 876 1 )('iidroliiiiiii SI) 493 striohitum 1 74 teretifoliuiu 174 teti'airoimiii 49."! DendroU'oii 47. 49, 52 duiiii,L;aiii 43, 53. 70 lambda 43. 52, 70 lou.iiipeniiis 54 DeiidiolcdiitliKi'. 42. 45. 46. 47, 48. 291 Dendroleoiitini. 43. 47. 4s. 50, 194 Deiidropsis 656 bidentifei-a 656 mixta 656 l>rv.\. 654, 655, 671, 67.'! sp 650 Desmoxyina* 675 Diaplioromt'rus edwardsi . . 206 r. virescens . . . . 198, 206 Diatoiniiieiii-a 746 INDEX. XV. Page. Dintdniiiieuni hi-cvirostris . . 74.S crocea 747 violacoa 748 nic-jFidfe IS nift.vosi)lii(M-l(>;r .S4.S ])i(lyiii()])s .S7(') Dilaridii-. i'71. '27(i. 27s. 2S4. 2S,S. 289 Dilariiia 28:1 T)ilai-iiKc 2.S4 itilh'ulafeii' l.Ki Dillw.vnia fM-icifolin 161 Dii.hlel)ia 872. 87(i Diplacodes 87() I)iltl(ictena pantrpa 24i) Distoleon 4S. 49. (il. ()4 iiisrosignafiis . . 4.'{. 40. (i4. 7n Distoleoiitini . . . . 4:1. 47. 48. .17 Dirottii/ia 573 licf/dim n7."i Dodonu'a triquetra ir)9 Dolabrifera bra/.icii .. 717. 71s jackfionicnsi.s .. .. 717. 71S Ddiiiicilld clniH/iitd ()92 ohtiisa (i94 Dosinia crocea 688 Dra.iimacidon. 49s. ."iOO. H.Ui. 639. (i40. 674 a.sjaricifoniiis 639 clatlirifdniiis 639 (lurisslina 6.39. 640 Draiimatella .loO, 640. (i74 aberraiis 640 Dragmatyle 637. 674 lictor 637 Draiiuiaxia. . .. .i43, 636. 638. 674 variabilis.. o43, 544, 549, 552 Dropanacra, 273. 290. 291, 292. 293. 294, 295, 296, 297, 299. 301, 303, 306, 308. binocnla . . 273, 293, 298, 301 froKSatti . . 273, 298, 302, 331 hardyl, 273, 298, 301, 302, 331 linmilis, 273. 292. 293. 294. 296. 297, 298. 300, 331. V. longitndiualis . . . . 300 V. tasmauice 300 instabilis. 273, 293, 298, 300, 302, 3:{0. 331 r. ]>allida 301 V. rnbrinervis ;',oi Page. Dreiianoittpryx. 273, 277. 285, 286, 2SS. 290. 291. 292, 293, 294, 295, 297, 330. hhiociild 330 hum ilia 273. 330 pliala'iioidcs . . 273, 292. 296. 297. T)i'c|iaiiidida' li Dit'paiiis ]»a(iticji DreiKUioiniiia. 273. 290. 291, 292. 303. 293. 331 , 21 22 292. 302 33 1 162 giblxtsa . . 273. Droser.-i aiiriiT]l:ita peltata 162 Droseracea- 154. 162 Dryaiidra 30, 32 larduacca 31 tloribuiida 3! Dryoptt'ridcir 377, 379 Dryopteris 377, 378, 379 aeuminata . . . . 380. 382. 383 /■. crisf.-tt.-i 383 albovillosa 380 P.aileyaiia 380 decoiuposita . . ;>S0. ;!82, 38.'! dissecta 380 glabella ;;80. 38;; lanciloba 380 teiiera 380 velutina 380 Duboisi.-i iny(i]t(>r()i(lps .. 815, 817 nyscliirius 59s Dystricliotlioi-ax sloanei .. .. 197 vitti])ennis 197 54.' ICariims biiiiaciilalus. hnmeralis mimuhis pictns Echeveria Echiiiaxia Efluiioclathria Klieonoma aci-opha-a lathnea Elai)hr()iuyia 746, carteri I'^lateridie ElatiiiacetF I'^latine 41S, 419. 420, americaiia 420, r. anstralis gratioloides minima 743 744 744 745 17 675 496 349 349 749 749 191 417 421 421 420 420 420 XVI. INDEX. Page. Elatine triandra . . 417, 420. 421 Elissoma 82. 86. 99 lauta 87. 99 Emarffiiiiihi o.s-.srY/ (595 Ijarjuofthoidra (i97 Emilia soiuhifolia H3;^ Eiifhoptila ididpis 250 K))iifiKt<>ina 770. 771 E)iffi/st()»i4() Eiiacridefe 169 [^pjii-ris crassil'olia 169 obtusifolia 170 recliiiata 1 70 Eiilnpiiium S;! (lll)it(USi!< S'.\ Ei)illi.vmema ;!50 disparile .")50 EreuaosiihtHi-a. . 107. los. 109. 111. 112. ]^•^. 114. 115. 116. 1. ■'.(). \:\{]. 1.S8, 140. 148, 144, 146. viridls. 108. Ill, 112. ll.*.. 114. 115. 116. 117. i;!0. i;!4. i;!5. i;!6, 143. 144. 147. r. aciiniliiata. 1I.">, 144. 145. 147 r. CUodati 146 r. doliformis, l;'>4, 145, 147 r. nodosa .. 115. 14(). 147 V. ovalis, 108, ]]■.',. 145, 146. 147 Erej)liopsis aiireohirta . . . . 746 han«rt)fti 746 .guttata 746 Eriochloa i)Uiictata 217 Ei'idsteuioii hisi>i(lnhis .. .. 15S salicifolius 158 l''.r.vthrina lifrbacoa 20 iiidica 26 sp 18. 27 l^^torleptoniyia 573 oleijans 573 Eiii-alvptn.^.. 2(;. ;M. 33. 155. 163. 164. 165. 177 hicolor 191 calophvlla. 31. 185. 18(). 187. 188. 189 r. alba 196 r. rosea 187. 188 calophvlla x fioifoUa. 185. 188. 192 Page. Eiu'alyptu.s c'merea 164 eoriacea.. 163. 164. 197. 207. 208 (•oryiiocal.vx 494 dcxtropiiiea 165 dumosa 165 flcifolia. 185. 186. 187. 188. 189 V. (iuilfoylei .. . . 187. 188 hi'vopinea 165 ma(rofari)a 31 melaiiopliloi;i 164 obllcpia 165 oleosa 165 imlveruleiita 164 reduiica 31 Kisdoiil 164 sp 300 stricta 165 lereliconiis 26 viridls 165 I'lidiaiiiiopsls iiiiiiiuia .. .. 46S l':udryopleris 378, 379 I'hiueuia 167. 177 IOiilaclm;i .\aiitliospila .. .. 257 F.iihiJid 90, 99 i;iile( liria 372 apliauospila 35.'! iirhitra 341 atmospila 360 axiei'asta 357 baryjitera. 350 batbro^M-auinia 359 liathroplKP.M .351 camelaca 374 f-andida 351 catharistis 3(!1 eh ry seres 351 cirrliopepla 354 concolor 351,35;> convietella 36;i corsota 361 curvilinea 350 decolor 352, 353 delosi)ila 363 diai)liaiies 351 diploclethra 358 einboloKrauinia 258 eiiclilora 350 eucr.vpta 363 enry.i^rainma 359 eutheta 357 exaiiiiiiis 361, 362 exisxna 259 INDEX. XVll. Page. Eulechria galactina 362 homochroa 361 leptoehorda 3.54 leufostephaiia 356 melaiiosramma 364 mosoehra 364 modica 352 iiililioi^ramma 354 jiacifera .')5(i ])allidella 361 l)la,i;Iosticha 355 l»sai'(ii)liaiies 352 l).vc'iu)grar)ha 355 pi/rora 341 semantu'a 358 sieoella 363 silvicola 351 stij^matdphora 350 strameiitiiria 258 synohroa 3o.; tephrocliroa 362 tt'traploa 350 thetica 362 threnodes 360 variegata 356 vicina 356 xil)lieres 351 ICulo-hriadt's '.>'.'>'.'> I'lul.vpe k'uc()plira.iima . . . . 249 Kuuephrodium 379 Enpl>eij;opteris 379 Ihipliorbia jiepliis 10 Euporisraus 42, 43 alhatrox 42, 44, 70 Knryl.vcliuus cylindric-ns, 197, 199 dysc'liirioides 197 regxilaris 199 Entonia eurygramma 250 Exaireta 78 Exobasidiniu rhododendri .. 492 SI) 492 Fjxnclioatomn 90. 99 Fagiis Moorei .. 196, 197, 209, 211 Ficoideif 167 Fifus ruhiginosa 865 Fissideus aristatus 578 liryoides 579 bryoidioides 576 T)ietriehi:e 577 l'\)rsytliii 57(! luunills 384. 3S6 ineurvus 579 Page. 1-^issidens integerriiiuis . . . . 385 h/jtorJadiis 57s peraiigustus 577 pva'mollis 57S rigidin senilis 577 rar. leptocladus .. .. 57s sordidevirens o7'.i Flindersia 15S Formicaleou 42, 47. 62 I'ormlcidrt' 13 Erogattisi-a 47, 61 Fuchsia 22 C'olensoi 23 excortieata 2.'i procumbens 2'.', Fufoldeie 67 S Funaria bullata 584 gracilis 584 jierpusilla 583 Fnsanus acuminatus /-. chry- sofarpns 492 (Jafrai-iuni (pioyi 688, 690 (ialeolaria sp (391) rjastrophryne 771 (IchchUi hif/crcJJd .334 nil)i<-iniiJ( 11(1 ;;:;;; Cielliin;e (J74 Cieliius ariilcatiis 674 sp 502 spissns (51^5 Ciena 704 ni{/ra 70;; .strigosa 703, 718 deometridie 249. 251 Geometriuie 250 (lvomryni< 94, 95, 100 Geranopns . . . . 82. 84, 85, 87, 99 pnri»nratns, 84. 85, 86, 88, 99 CUbbnla magus 702 pietnrata 702 Gladiolns 17, 22 (ilancocystis oingnlata . . . . 140 Gleichenia ,'!S3 microphi/Ua .383 phifi/zotna 383 Glenoleon .. 42. 46. 47. 49, 55, 61. annnlicornis 57 aurora 43. '^6, 57, 70 l)erthoudi 43, 55, 70 pulchellus 194 roseipeiniis 43, 57 iiJii 111(1 psfi ii'iii})l(i 84!) XVlll. INDEX. p 4 p p Gloeooystis, 112. IT. 3. 826, 841. 849 ampin 849 anstralis 849, 852 r. ampla 850, 852 gigas 849, 852 vesiculosa 849. 852 GloRsostigina Drnmmondii . . 419 elatiuoides 419 spathulatum 418.419 Glyciphila spp ."^^l (inapbaliimi .jaiioiilcnm .. .. 169 Cnatliaphanus nii'Iaiiarius .. 198 pulf'her . . 198 Clnntliodo)) pnrriim 692 finatliophr.viic 771 (iomplius 876, 877, 878 (iouiopterls ,'579 Daiiesiaiia .380 PTillii .T80 ])oeci]oplilpI)ia .SSO pro] if era ,'?8() urophylla ."^SO Goodenia dimorplia 154 hederacea 1 69 heterophylla 169 ovata 1 69 Goodeniaeeop 154, 1 69 Grevillea aeanthifolia .. ..172 fhrysodeiidroii 27 diflPusa 1 93 Gandichandii 172 lanrifolia 172 linearis 172 oleoides 172 phylicoides 1 72 robiTSta IS. 29 sericea 172. 193, 194 r. difFusa 193 sp 28, 30 sphacelata 172 Tlielemanniana 30 Gymnoenemia 47. 57, 59 maculata 43,57,70 nngeniotcrmes 245 Hakea dact.vloides . . . . 172. 194 leueoptera 103, 104 mierocarpa 1 72 nodosa 30 pugioniformis . . . . 1 72. 1 73 sp 28. 30, 32, 1 04 Halichondria clathriformis . . 639 Page. Halic-nemia . . 637, 657, 658, 670, 673, 675 patera 657, 675 Halorageai 163 Haloragis ceratophylla .. ..163 heterophylla 163 Hamacautha .718 Hampeella Kurzii 386 pallens 385, 386 Haploselerida> 520 Hardenbergia monophylla r. all>a 105 Heliclirysum apiculatum.. .. 169 rosmarinifolinm r. thyr- soideimi 1 68 semipaitposiim 168 Helicidfe 715 Helipternm ineannin 169 Helix ei/rlnstowata 713 flclcsscrtidiia 712 Durvillii 713 pomum 713 strangnlata 713 sti-ini(/iil(it(i 713 iorrcaimui 713 ITemerohiidiP.. 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 276, 277, 278, 282. 283, 284, 285, 287, 288. 289, 290, 291, 292, 294, 308, 312. 313, 321, 329. liemerobiides 282, 283 Hemerobiiiia 283 Hemerol»iiiiiP 284, 330 llemeroltiiis . . 270, 285, 286. 290. 292, 330 australis 307 hnmuli 285 tasmcniKv 330 Hemieordulia 876, 878 Hemigomplnis 876 Hemiloma 699 Hemisns 771 guttatum . . . . 777, 778, 782 Hemiterina 411 Heterorba]thid;T» 520 Hililiertia linearis 156 ol)tusifolla 156 INDEX. XIX. Page. Hihiscus spp 17 incropola 367 jiiriindclJa 367 Hi^Siiisia. 542, 64i), 6.")5, 656. 657, 658, 673, 675 foralloides. 656, 657. 65S, 659 r. arcuata 658, 659 r. lilierieiisis . . . . 658. 659 r. massalis. . 658. 659. (W?<, 666, 671, 672 r. natalensis 658 r. sea lira .... 658. 663, 672 JiiiKifd 642, 650 massalis 658 nataleusis 657 papillo.sa 656 Hnthra 665 tliielei 657 Hinit'ola aiiricula-.juda' . . . . 865 polytricha 865 TToloxea 654, 655, 673 (■(•Uectrix 654, 655 furtiva 654, 655 valida 654 Haplitica 367. 373 (ifrii)ii}icttit(llii 370 (■(illuDithca 365 (■oJoniaii 374 co.rantha 370 Iniccryihra 369 uiiltopsard 370 porphjiraHiyia 374 ppritcs 365 pprrhclla 367 riiffmaciilrUa 369 Hoplomorplia 373 abalienella 374 camela^a 374 faminodes 375 epicosma 374 porphyraspis 374 Hoi)l()phanes (?) lithoeoUeta 255. 256 Hnleonpteoniyia 564 inilsoni 566 Hj/dlhiii iinistcJiua 709 Hyalotheca hians 140 II i/hurrfniiichiis (iiirintm . . 117, 119, 120. 142 Hydrodiet.vacejR 830 Page. Ilyla aurea 106 llyl()l)h()rlnis. . 771. 772. 773, 774 Il.vmeiiochiete 8()3 viUoxa 864 Ilymenophyllum peltatum, 381, 382 ranim 382 1unbri(l,i,'eiise 381, 382 uiiilattM-ale 381, 382 Wilsoiil 381, 382 Hymerapliia verticillata . . . . 675 viridis 637 II iipcrcitUUi ifinifcrclhi .. .. 346 ]|yiiliai-pax aiistralis 198 Icer.va 191 Ichneumonida^ 13 luipatleiis fnlva 20 loiiiduim filiforiiwi? 157 IpoiUH'a IVs-Capne 170 Iride;e 174 li-idoniyrnx'x detectiis .. .. 767 Ischmira 875, 876 Isocliorista helota 253 Isopo.^'ou aiieuioiiifoliiis .. .. 172 aiiethifoliiis 173 Isosceliiitcron . . 315. ;il(i. 317. 330 Isosticta 876 Ithouo .. 270. 273. 275. 276, 2<8, 281. 282, 284, 287, 289 fnlva .... 273. 279. 280, 331 fusca, 273, 278, 279, 280, 330, 331 rthmudiH, 269. 270. 271, 272, 273, 274. 276, 278, 284. 286. 288, 289 Jasmine.'p 268 JuiifacejT' 175 Kah.nla 771, 774 liuli-hra.. 775, 776, 777, 778, 779. 781, 782, 783, 785 Kah/don 712 Keiinedya iiisrifans 267 Stirliii^'ii 267 Kirclmeriella 838 ele.wiis 838, 851 lunaris r. acuta . . 839, 851 Kni.iihtia excelsa 25 Kni.iihtophylUim 32 Kuii/.ea capltata 194 liarviHoi-a 194 sp 868 XX. INDEX. Page. Labiatre 171 Lahio 7(12 fiiUffincd 701 porratiis 700, 701 Laccoscaithiis cyaneus . . . . 608 (lai'winii'iisis 60S (lodfli 607 huineralis 608 lofulosns 608 macleayi 608 spencori 60S Lafhnocladium roujiestum . . 859 Lacdi-dairia amjustata .. .. 205 l>lackl>uriii 206 cychroides 198. 20(i Laserheimia. 117. 141. 846. 847, 848 acuminata 847 choddti 847 ciliata 141 V. ac'iimiiKita 847 i\ amphitriclia .. .. 141 V. com 0^(1 847 V. rnroiKttd 847 V. cristtitd 847 V. gencrruKiH 847 V. glohom 847 V. firdfiliH 847 V. infl(itia 847 comosa 847 coronata 847 r. iuflata 847 r. striolata 847 cristata 847 Echidna 141 genevensis 847 V. gracilis 847 globosa 847 snbsalsa 847 Wratislarcnuis 847 Lamlwrtia formosa 218 Lamcllaria uiUoni 714 Laminaria sp 678 Lanthus 876 Laoiuviiia 67.'5, 675 LaotJioc 675 Larentiana^ 249 Lastrma 378, 379, 382 (iciiminata 383 Lecaiiinni l)accatiiiu 29 LecaiKmioms maior 198 Lccogastor 78, 79. 99 Page. Lecogaster cprulea.. .. 79. 80, 99 cyanea 79. 80. 99 Leguminosjp 151. 174 Lcmincriiiaiinia emarginata .. 831 Lcpi"l'>i)tcra ..46. 273 Lcpidospilum australe .. .. 385 r.epldozancla .'575 zatreplies ;176 Lepiota cristata 105 dolidiaula 104 folina 105 licmopliora 105 si)p ] 05 snhcly])e()laria 105 L!ir47 Liucunclia fasti.i;iata 6S!i Lissapteru.s pelorides 21 i Lobelia cardinalis 2ti Lobeliacene 21 Louiatia lons^ifolia 174 silaifolia 173 Loufhepister 96, 97, 100 armata 97, 100 LoplMKi'ratomyia 564 aiiiiulata 571 fraudatrix 07;! ta-niata 573 Lopliopepla 346 astiu'opa 347 iiinifert'lla 346 triselena 346 LoranthaeeiH 102 Jjoranthus celastroidcs . . . . 102 colensoi 24 lino]ih.vlius 31 loufriflorus 102 IKMidulus 102 SI. 22 Lut-aiiiiK'lla i)i;,'i'lta .. .. i iii(Ml(>i-atc"lla 3()9 oclirophaues 371 pliirnopis 3vl zelota . . 370 Mafrobatlira allocrana .. .. 336 bi.;;ei'ella 334 callispila 334 cltloru-soniii 333 cJirii.soltaijJic.s 3.');i elirysospila 333 criimnlva 334 exteta 335 honoratella 333 niyriophtlialnia 334 puncticulata 333 rhytbmodes 335 rosea 333 rublcundella 333 xutbocoma 334 Macroncniurus 47, 59 diirii'iiii 59 Madid frii/onclla G92 .Maculotriton australis .. 711. 719 Mandalotus liicarinatus .. .. 737 cavivontris 7J7 fovratus 7;J7 fuli.iiineus 7.'!7 i^ranulatus 737 niai^nicollis 7;;o niicr()scoi)i<'us 735 ]iiliv(Mit ris 737 \(Mit rails 737 Mandrat^'ora olticinarum. S15, 817 Mantispida- 272, 278 ^Iaiifis])ides 282 Mdiitophri/iic 771 Marcia . (;{)] fiimhjutu . 091 nitida o9l .Mar,ij;iiiaria Boryana 676 Urvilleana 676 Marj^inella fasciata 709 mustelina 709, 719 ^larseniopsis 714 xxu. INDEX. Page. Marseuiopsis uutan-tica .. .. 714 couicji 714 mollis 714 murrayi 714 pacifit-i 714 wilsoiii . . 714 Mecoytera 46 Mecyclothorax aiulii.mms .. UI7 :Megalomiua . . 273. 2S.3, 2«6, 290, 293. 303. 304, 30.5, 306, 329 acuminata. 273. 293, 304, 307. 330 :Me,iial(imns 277. 286, 290 ]\Iej;alo])lirys 780 iiasuta .... 777. 781. 782, 784 Me.i;aiie\ini 276 j\lfj,'ai)o(lagri((niii;»-' 88-5 Melaleuca 167. 368 linai'iifulia 863 Meliaceaj 158 Melii)lia,i,'i(l:i- 18.21.29,33 Meneristes yroximus 214 tibialLs 214 ]\lenistium 379 tripliylluui 380 Meoiiis 201 amplicollis 201 angusticoUis 2U(). 201 ater 201 convexus 201 miuor 197. 200. 201 uiger 201 semistriatus .. 197, 199, 200, 201 Mesembryanthemum jequila- laterale 1.54. 167 edule 154, 167 ]\leso(.'hi-ysupa . . . . 245, 247. 248 zitteli 245, 246 MesoelirysopiiUe 245, 272 Mvnodesma angusta 692 donga to 692 (jaymunJi 693 (jlahrvUn 694 obtusa 693 prcecisa 693. 694 Metoponia . . . . 72. 73. 74, 75, 98 australLs 75, 98 rubriceps 75, 98 Metopostira 771, 772, 773 ocellata 781 ]\[etrosicleros hypericifolia . . 24 lucida 24 Page. Micrubatraclius 774 .MicnK-ioua fa.seispiculifera . . 637 intexta 520 Alicrocolona ceUeuospila . . . . 255 Microhyla 771 Micromu.s, 273, 286. 290, 293. 307, 330 australis 308 australis 307, 330 froggatti 308, 329 tasmanite . . . . 273. 283, 307 variegatus .... 273, 293, 307 viuaceus 307, 308 .Micromyrtus 165 JMicropterygicUi:' 272 Mielichhoferia For.sytliii .. .. 584 turgens 585 Mimeteomyia 565, 566 hilli 566 ornata 56~). 566 (juasioniata 566 Mitra rhudia 711. 718 Moloehtus 422. 423, 428 gagates .. 422. 423. 424, 425 herc'Ules 424, 426. 427 rotundicollis 424, 426 tibialis 424. 425 Mouoceutrum grandiceps . . 628 Me ]7U ^lyrsiiie variabilis 170 -Myrtaceu' Uio. 105. 177 Myrtus 167 MystroiKtmus sulx-ostaus .. 197 Mi/tilii.s rostnini 694 Myxilliiiif 520. 543 ywnia 675 Narycia iiemorivaga 260 polystoua 251 Xectarinia chalybea 22 »W -^ Negritomyia 82, S3. 99 albitar.si.s 82. 83. 99 Xemoleon 60 Xomoiiterida- 272 Nemoiitt'rides 282 Xeot-areiuim aiignstatuin . . 622 dingo 621 eloiigatum 622 nigiiloisuiu 622 Neoexaireta 73. 75. 78, 99 scrrillcl 99 spiiiigera 76. 78. 99 Aeustifta, 871. 872. 873, 874, 876. 880. 882. 883. 886 caiiesceiis .... S72. S73. 881 A(.'liliriiiiyl(»k's 380 parasiticiim 380 pteroides 380 truiK-atum 380 Kiiituin ' 380 Xeplirolepis bisei'rata 382 Nerita 707 melauotra.mis . . . . 706, 718 A'esopterosticlius 202 guf riiii 202 Nt'stor lueridioualis 24 Xeiu-optera .. 41. 46. 221. 269, 887 Xicotiaiia suaveoleiis . . 148, 151 >»'otelcea li.iiustrina 170 linearis 170 longifoliu 170 Page. .Nolrhra luicrocariia 170 ovata 170. 268 lauictata 170 Xotlioclirysa sp 223, 224 Xotiolilella. 273. 287. 290. 293. 309, 310, 330 extrema 309, 330 Hiultifiu-cata . . 273. 310, 332 obliqua 309. 310, 330 pretiosa 309, 330 stigmatica 309, 330 milta, 273. 293. 309. 310, 330 viridis 273, 332 Notououjus amabilis 198 augustibasis 197 australis 198, 205 (.'Olossus 205 rxcisiiieniiis 203 fergiisoni 204 froiitevireus 198, 204 hedleyi 197, 203 johnstoni 197, 203 margiuatus 204 r. sydueyensis 204 tniucatiis 197, 203 >.\)touoi)lies 430 cidilodes 430 ^'uytsia 30 Xymithida' 272, 284, 288 Nymithina 283 Ocystola oxytdun 257 synibleta 250 Odouiita .. 41. S71. 877. 879, 880, 881. 884. 886. 887 ()(l()nt(»nia(luis rutit-eps c. acutidens 767 Odontoniyia. 89. 90. 91. 92, 93. 99. loo iunyi'is 90. 91. 92. 99 aniuilipes 90, 92, 100 rariiKita 90. 91. 99 cariiiifaries . . . . 91. 94, 100 llavipalpis 89, 90 liiiiiU ri 90. 91. 92. 99 idlcniiis 90. 91. 92, 99 lateremaculata . . 91, 94, 100 inargiiu'lla 91. 93, 99 ..pertaiiea 91, 93, 99 pii-ca 90, loo regis-georgii 90, 100 nififacivs 90, 91, 99 seutellata 91. 99 XXIV. INDEX. Page. Odoutomyiii stricla . . . . 90, lOli titjihiid 90, 91, 99 subdeiitata. . . . 90, 91, 92, 99 Odostomia krcffti .. .. 716, 717 pascoei 716, 718 Uccophora hemilcuva . . . . 336 honoratclla 333 sphrrroulcs 336 Oeroyliorides 333 Oecophorimc . . 249, 250, 257, 333, 365 Oedosmylus 44 tEnocliroa .i-'iiopliodes 348 ochn)si>i]ia 348 G'Jnothera l>unaiis .... 632, 633 Lamart-kiana 633 kiu^'itltn'a 633 odorata 632 simiata 20 Oleacea^ 170 Olearia floriluuida 168 lepidopliylla 168 myrsiiioidos 168 ramiilosa 168 Oliarces 290 Oligoclirysa 244 .iirucilis 243 Oiiesorus ocularis 731 hoplooiiemus 7."!0 Oocystclla 117 natans . . J 1 7, 125, 126, 143 up 117 Oocystis. 107. los. lii'.i. Ill, 113, 114. 115, 117, 119. 130, 133, 134, 136, 138. 140. 839. apiculata. 108, 109, 110. IMO, 132. 133. 134. 143. 147 r. asymetrica.. .. 131. 142 r. major.. .. ]](). 840, "Sol V. obesa, 110, 131, 132, 147, 840 V. slmplifior. 109, 132, 147 r. splpiidida. 131, 147, 840 usjimvtrica. . .. ]32, 133, 142 australieiisLs.. 108, 110, 114, 130, 132, 135, 147 brumiea .. .. 117, 139, 140 Chodati .. 108, 114. 120. 130, 134. 135, 147 ciliata 117, 141 V. radkiHs 141 t-rassa, 108, 109. 110, 124, 125. 127, 132, 142, 143 Page. Ooc-ystis crassa /■. eloiiyata. 839, 851 f. .liraiiulusa . . . . 839, 851 V. O.stenfeldii, 124, 125, 146, 839, 851 Echidna 117, 141 clliptica .. 110, 114, 118, 119. 121, 142 V. Africana .. 120, 122, 143 f/cininata 117, 138 gigas .... 118, 119, 138, 143 V. Borgei 142 V. incrassata 139 (lice (j/sri form is • ■ . . 131, 14;! hexagoua 110 lacustris.. 108. 109, Jlu, j It), 126, 127, 185, 147 V. nataus .. 126, 143. 147 r. pahidens .. 126, 137, 147 JticKstri.'i 125 mamuiillata 117. 140 Marssonii 124, 142 mi)wr ]38 Xaegelii. 108. 110. 112. 114. 117. 118, 119. 120. 121. 122. 123, 127. 133, 134, 141. 142, 143, 146. V. Afrit-ana, 120, 123, 143 V. Borgei 1 42 r. curta 121, 146 V. macrosponi .. 120. J42 V. iiiinutisnima . . 122, 143 r. olH'sa 121. 14(1 uodulosa.. 108, 109, 127, 139. 143 i:. australis . . . . 127, 147 Nord.stedtiana. los. i;{;!. i;;4, 141, 143. 147 V. rotunda 134. 141 Nova:' Semlite. . 108. 110. 12ii. 121, 122, 129, 143. 146 V. australiea, 122, 123, 124. 125. 146 V. maxima .. 122, 123, i24 oralis. 108. 110. 114. 115, 116. 126, 136, 142, 147 i\ cylindracea . . 137. 147 r. subtruiicata. 137. 142. 147 panduriformis, 108, 134, 135, 136, 147 f. paehyderma 136 parva, 108. 110. 126, 127, 139. 146 pelagica 118, 119, 143 INDEX. XXV. Page. Ocicvstis inisilla 13!' 'rotula .... lUS. lU. IMO. 147 n.tuiKlM 133. 141 nipestris .. .. 118. 120, 141 .set if/cm 117. i41 st)cialis 141 solitaria.. U)S. 110. 118. 127. 12S. 131. 134. 147. 840 /•. maxima . . . . 110, 128 r. uotabile .. 110. 128, 129 .solitaria 134 SI) 143 spiurrira 120, 142 sul>hexa,i;(ma .. J 08. \:V2. 147 sulumirimi. 108, 110. 129. 147 .•oth.spluerica ■■ 108, 130, 147 Ophicanleln.s oniatus 714 ()l.lU(.(U"sma 82. 88. 90. 99 ilavii>ali)is 88. 89. 99 OplilitasiKm.iciH 496, 674 arbuscula 674 hori-ida 674 iiiditicata 674 (ipxcot/i/iiniii.s 90, 99 Orcliu'U'a' 174 OiMlictnim 876 Os.a 750 Osmvliihr. 41, 42, 43, 243, 269, 272, 277, 278, 284, 287, 288, 289, 312, 313, 321. Osmyliiiu 283 Osmvlina- 284. 330 Owhit'lla. 273. 288, 290, 293, 305 l.ridwolli . . -273, 293, 305, 331 rachvijastt'i- 86, 96. 100 s)) 97. 100 I'ach.v.uastrimr 72. 96. 100 ralivococcus SI) 191 i'aket)(h'U7 pradieri J 97, 21 I I'aiia-ohis ovaliis 105 I'aiH/oiiia 748 Paiiuoiiina' 746 rauii'um decompositniu .. .. 217 divai-icatissimum 217 iiavidum 217 leufoi)luinim 217 trafhyrliachis 217 Page. i'aiioriilda- 282 ra])ili()iia(o;i' . . . 31 ra]>il'Mi"iii iiitidiusrula .. .. 593 Pappophorum nigricans .. ..217 raratimea 675 l'ai-m()i)liorus australis .. 704, 705 (iH'^fraUs 7u4 vonvexus 704 elcfjans 696 elongatiis 704 clonnutiis 704 iiitcniicditis 696 tidniduH 704 I'assiflora iucaniata 20 Patella ambi^L^iia 704. 705 aiiihi(/ii(t 704, 705 cinuamomca 707 iiif/ro!iiiIcata 70S unguis 694 Palclloida nlt,'n)sulcala .. .. 708 IVdias'trum 830, 848 integrum 830 rotula 830 simplex 848 tetras r. apiculatum. 830, 8:!2. 850 V. australc 831 /•. fluviatile . . . . 830, 850 V. integrum . . . . 830, 832 V. quadratiiin 831 V. trtraprdia 8;;i V. triaiigidarc 831 r. unicellulare 830 Peniopliora 864 einerea 864. 865 crustosa 865 Pentstenion sp 17 Pi'riclystus 47.50 aureolatus 43, 50, 70 circuiter 52 laceratus 52 JVrlidH' 632 IVrotis rara 217 Persicula fasciata 7(i9 I'ersoouia cornifolia 173 media 173 pinifolia 173 salicina 173 J'etalnra 884 Petalurliue 882, 884 I'etrolobus fortnuuii 191 I'eti-ophila i)eduuculata .. .. 173 pulcliella 173 sessilis 1 73 Pliacotus 825, 828 XXVI. INDEX. Page. I'hucutus biilUitus . . . . 8:iS, S.jU r. (■ouicus 828, 850 I'liJikellia 45G, 498, 542 mit-roxepliora 542 ramosii . . 52U J'liaietra 695 inoiiofiiloides 694 I'liaseolus vnlj^aris 192 riu'balium s(iuamul<)sum .. 158 I'lu'^ioplerideie 378 i'heyoi»teris . . . . . . . . d78. 379 oruata 380 ininctata .■>80 (lueenslaiidifa 380 nifesfeiis 38o soti«era 380 wurunurau 380 I'heiiaiolcpas 707 alburadiata 708 calva 708 ciiuianKiiuca . . 707. 7(r8, 718 civimlata 708 galathea 708 lingua -vivernu 708 reticulata 708 seuta 708 I'liilohota al.vpa 250 anarnnta 258 isoiuura 258 uioiiolitlia 351 ■riithcrca 351 l'liil()l)()tidt>s 333 I'liilolochnia cchi'iiocliroa .. 250 I'liilopldd'us lucuk'utus .. .. 198 olitusus 198 I'hiirnpnhl ^59, 340 Ik I xti/ rain ma 341 chlorris 341 (■iiciipiKnlcn 340 ciiprcix.s 340 hiic()C('iifi(!l(t 341 iiKiaiio-spild 340 IHtnurcha 341 puri/iniotii 340 xiihiindcllii 341 I riim/d 340 J'liolidia gibltifolia 171 liomoplastica 171 l'lii>ri()SiK)iifj;ia 520 I'lioiniium teuax 24 mirynella 771 Phrynixahis 771 riu-yuoniantis 771 Pliylloptianes 349 Page. rhyll()i)lianes dy.scurehi .. .. 349 J'liytlu'lieie 84(J riiytia (»ruata 714, 719 I'liytolacca octaudra 190 rilopreiK's aristocratica . . .. 339 .Wlidella 340 .iLilaucaspis 340 h)l)h()i)tcnt 339 Liivaan 340 Pilostibes 256 trachi/iJtcra 256 I'imelea glauca 174 linifolia 174 I'iiuiothere.s sp 688 I'inus sp 860 Pistil laria 866 Placosma phaeiua 348 P]a.i,'i(»l)ryiini A\)va> Seelaiidiaj 586 Zierii 586 Pla.ijiotliecium lamprostacliys 595 Xovie Seelaudia" 594 Xova^ ValesicP 595 Plauisiiira (i/clostomata. . ,. 713 stianj^ulata 713 torresiaua 713 Plauolocha autoptis 250 Platycerium alcicoriie .. .. 553 Platyldbiuni formosum .. .. 162 I'latyzoma 383 microphylUmi 383 PU'siotliyivus 707 l'U)f(uni)tis 704 Podocarpus si)inul(>sa 174 Poepliila arniitiaiia 195 j^ouldia- 195 mi ra bills 195 Poliuices incei 693 Pdlyedriuni hastatum 845 uiiiiiiuum 841, 842 piuacidlum 842 tctracdricuui 842, 843 tt'trayouuiii 842 trijjfonum 842, 843 /■. crassum 845 /•. papillitVi-iun . . . . 843 P()ly.i,M>nuni orientals /■. pilo- sum 102, 190 piloHUtn 102, 190 Polymastia 501 aru(Misis 501 Polymastiida' 501, 674 Pulyplirades 735 apicalis 733 brevirostris 733 INDEX. XXVll. Page. i'olyitlirades ((irdtitus. . ■• 7.'i-l (•(irdiiK'iiiiis 7o4 iucoiispk-iuis 734 loiigii tenuis 733 mariuoratiis 734 suliterraueiis 734 r()lyi)o(Uace;p 377, 378 rolypoilieu' 377 J'olypudium aspidioides . . . . 380 r. troiiiea 380 rolysaccum insoearpium v. crassipes 106 I'cdystoechotes 284 rolysttjeeliotidif 284 I'diiiatops 771 J'orismus 43,44 strigatus 4o I'oi-tliesia eutliysaiia 251 roi-tuhu-ca- 157 I'ottia iihyscouilt roidt's .. .. 582 subiihyscouutrdides .. .. 582 rrasinocyiua lychuopasta . . 250 rrolienun-obiidie 272. 277 rroniernits cafer 22 ri-()S(i|i(),iniuis chalyplH'iiHMiiiis 198 rrustaiitlRMa diMitk-nlata .. 171 iiicisa 171 Siel)evi 171 viulacea 171 i'rotascjilaphiiia' 43, 07 I'rotea cordata 22 iiranditlora 22 iiicoiupta 22 l('l»i«l«'(ariia 22 loii.irifolia 22 moUifera 22 scolymus 22 I'rottmcea-, 28. 31. 171. 172. 17:;. 174 I'rott'oides 32 I'rotocixTactnf 8.30 J'l-otococcoidea:' 82.") I'rotooovciis yi(j(i>< 84ii I'l-otomacha leiu-dphara .. .. 250 rrotoiilct'triid 52. 46. 48 i'rotoiilectrou 47, 48. 4!) t'l-emia- 42. 49. 50. 7(i loiigitudiuale .. 42. 48, 65, 7ii vemistum 50 I'rolotypa 2.51 dryiiia 252 J'salidura 428 I'salliotii rampestris 10.) i( )d< )formis 105 sp 105 Paue. /'.■icUUIotii.s 90, 99 I'stMidofornncak'ou 47 r.s(inI()hoii'uriliiiii lincalifi 571 Pseudostigmatiiia' 414 I'silotum, 102. 103. .553. .5.54, 558, 559, 560, 561 tri(iuetrmii. . .. 103, 553, 563 Psyrhobiella . . 273. 290, 293, 306, 309, 330 fusca .. . . 273, 306. 307. 331 sordida .... 273, 293, 306. 330 I'syehopsula' . . 271, 272, 277, 287, 288,. 289 l'sycln)psiuie 284 r.syehopsis .. ..44. 243. 271. 284 illidgei 297 I'sylla eiu-alypti 300 Pteromouas 829 fruciata 828, 829, 850 r. pulchra 829. 850 I'tero.stk-hini 202 I'teniUi 866 Ptilopus supm-bns 493 Ptilotis aurk-omis 29 sp 26 PulteiKi'a Hexilis 864 I'ycuosoma sp ^ 764 Pyralida- 250 Pyramidellkla- 717 llaiia ._ 780 t'.sc-uk'iita . . 776. 780. 781. 782, 783 <)railia 636, 656 folium 543 hirsuta 543 rh(ip]ihli>i)]ntrit 635 tenuis .532 Uesliacea' 175 b'hahdoerenna 520 IMiabdosignia 520, 675 IJliabdotlnuunus Solandri .. 24 h'hiil>]ii(liiiin 836 Ijolilinorphiiiii v. inirabile 836 Phaphidurus setttsus 674 Phaphisia 642 nnonijma 642 pallida 641, 642, 646 XXVlll. INDEX. Page. J>'litii>hi.si(i raniotiii (iiii i;ii:ii)li(».\ya. 5UU, 640. 641. 649. 674 ( Vjpallida. 641. 642. 643. 646. 648, 671. 672, 673 typk-a. 641. 642. 643. 645. 646. 648. 649. 671. 672. 673 lUiiuoderiua darwini 777 liliiiioscaplia binndulata . . . . 72(i eoiisueta . . . . , 720 dariileyeiisLs 720 egregria . . . .' 720 tru-olor ^ 720 iUiipidura bifolor 767 Kliizaxinella 674 elavigera 674 l)i/rifcni 674 Khizoi'us 715, 716 adelaidis 71.5, 716 Klutdostoina 714 Kliixlostrophia 252 Khysoi-ara 597 cras.sa 598 Kichteriella 846 botryoides 846, 852 Kosa kevigata 633 sillied 633 tiu-biiiata 633 Jliilms molucfaims 492 Iviitaeeiv 157 Saliuator 714 Salvia siileutlt'iis 20 Sapiiidacwi- 158, 173 Sargiiiic .. .. 72. S2. 84. 94, 100 Hai-gus 94, 95, 100 iueridi(»iialis 95, 100 Sarotlirocrcpis (((rticalis, 20(i. 207 r. iiif\isi-ata . . . . 19s, 206 si'tulosa 207 suavis i9.^ Saxifragoii- 162 Scievola luicnx ariJa . . .. 169. 175 suaveolens Hj[), 175 Scaritiui 597 Scenodi'smus 834 bi.jugiis 835 deuticulatus 8o.j r. auslralis .. .. 835. 851 r. gracilis 835, 851 r. opolieiisis 835 ec-ornis 835 bystrix r. armatus .. .. 83.5 opolicHsis 835 Page. Scc'iR'dt'suius (luadric-auda .. 835 V. incurvus 834. 851 V. inermis 835, 851 V. ojjolirnsis 835 securiformis 835, 851 Scliedoiionis littoralis .. .. 175 Schiz<»pliy]lum commuiR' . . . . 105 Schroderia 836 sctigcra 836 Scintilla anoiiialu 684 anomalu 684, 685 chilkaeusis 685 Scleroriims 428 morosus 429 Scopolia japoiiica .. .. 815, 817 Scrophulariacete 418 fScutcllina ciimamoiiKU .. .. 707 ferrugiiua 707 Scutus 694. 704, 705 (tuatiitiiff 704. 705 antipodes . . . . 704. 705, 718 astrolabeus 704, 705 brevicnln.s 704, 705 unguis (i96 Seisniosarca hydropbora . . . . 866 Selenastrum 834 gracile 8*34 r. minutnm . . . . 834, 851 Senecio lautus 152 Scricopliorus rebiceiis . . . . 767 Serifulus meliniis 219 Solaria glaiica 217 Siagoii.vx anii)lipeniiis .. .. 206 aiKjimtata 205 blackburni .. .. 198, 205, 206 Sialidu' 275. 282, 330 Sideroxyloii anibeniicuni .. 101 Siebfra llillardieri 167 Stejibeiisoni 219 Sigmaxia, 498, 520. 535. 542. 636, 674 flabellata, 498, 535. 540, 551, 552 Sigmaxiuella. . 49<. 498, 520, 521, 636, 674 arboro« 521 austra liana, 498, 520. 521. 526, 551 viocul!ii)l<)id( )i. . 496, 497, 510, 514, 520 dendroides, 521, o2i. 530, 533, 551 flahrUatd 498. 520, 534 incnistuitu 501, 520 INDEX. XXIX. Page. Sismaxinella indnimillata . . 520 ramosa 521 viniiualis .. 52V, 531. 534, 551 Siiciiiaxinyssa 674 Sil])li()iuor;>lia discoidalis ., 198 ova lis IflS Silvius 746, 76;; ater 751 aiistralis 746, 75.''> ^15, 818, 822 loii.uaflora.! 815, 818 Solaiiuiii aviculare 171 stellij^emm 171 vescnm 171 Solecardia cryptozoica, 684, 718,719 Sdlcnopsis ,i;enniiiata r. nifa 767 SoplK.i-a tetra]>tt'ra 23, 24 Ki)arassis 866 SiMM-iii()i)h()roHa. 270, 274. 286, 315, 316, 317, 321, 32;! dlssciiiliiata . '. 274, 316, 318, 320, 323, 332 niaculatlssima . . 274, 316, 318. 322, 332 SplKPi-ocystis .. 826, 841. 848. 849 Schroeteri .... 848, 849, 852 r. tetraedrica . . . . 849. 852 Sphonophryne 774 Spiimlaria si>innlaria 674 8pirasigma 674 Spirastrella ( V ) dilatata .. .. 454 spiiiispirulifera 454 SpirastrellidiF . . . . 454. 637, 675 t^piriti>h(ira hadcruitn . . 453, 486 difjitatn 453, 466, 467 ^pirophonlht ilii/itatd.. 453. 466, 467 Page. Spisnla adolaida^ 694 parni 692 trigonella 692 S])<»ngos()rites 544 rariabilix 544. 635 Sixn'ohoiiis virgiiiicus .. 154. 175 Sin-t'ugt'lia incaniata .. 169, 492 ixmeeletia 169 Sfaganoi)leura gntfat.-i ., ,. 195 xauth()i>y.i;ia 195 StanrastnuH 843,846,848 Sl((/n<)(/i(uinii(i 379 Stegdinyia dalieiisis 565 hilli ')tM) ornutd ~)(\7) ijiKisionKtitt 566 tasinauieiisis 564 Stenobiella. . .. 274. 325, 326, 327 Sallardi 274. 328, 329 hirstitissiiiia . , 274, ;!25, 327. 328, 329, 332 Slciioleoii 43, 47, 60 fieldi 4;'.. 60, 70 Rt('l>liaiuh(runi 864 xpadicciim 864 ■spinipcriitn 8(i;! xtrkiotanu ,S64 tahaciuum 864 Stilltopteryx 67 ••••stalls 69, 70 dromedaria . . 43, 67, 69, 7U Stomoxys cak-itraiis 704 sp 764, 7(i» Stratiomyidtp .. ,. 71, 72, 77. 98 Slrariomyiiia\ 72. S2. 87, 89, 90, 94, 99 Stratittmys hadins 90, 100 Srroiigylauima 64;!, 675 Stylotrichopliora 519, 620 rubra 519 Styi)li(>lia 25 iei"fectns 761 mastei-si 754 iiiilsoui 760. 762 iieni()l)Uiiftatns 754 iiiiirimanns 758 niurifarsis 763 s].. 763 spadix 761. 762 Straiiginanni 755 tryi»henis 755 vetustus 762 Tachys enrticollis 198 Talanvinus 428 ^rarsipes ^29 Tayloria Maidenii 583 Toronia australis 171 (•a])ensis 17 'I'cdauia 647 'redaniiiiic 641. 642. 643 Tellina astula .... 691. 692, 719 eonsaiiirninea 692 )iifid(i 691 prnxi 691. 692 pliaraonis 692 Tolopea oreades •_• 632 spefinsisinia . . . . 26. 27. 1 74 Page. Templetonia retusa 31 Tenebi-iouidte 209,210 Teratidium 625, 630 grandioeps 628 laticeps 628. 630 procernm 628 1-obn.stum 627. 628 Tetilla australiensis 674 TetillidtTP 674 Tetracoccus 848 botrvoides 848, 852 'IVtraedron 841, 843 iicutum 844, 851 r. i-ectillneare . . 845, 851 (Tuciforme 845,851 -igas 844 liastatum 845 r. elegans 845, 851 horteusc 844, 851 niiniuuim .. .. 841. 842, 851 r. anstrale .. .. 841, 851 ■V. morsuin 842. 851 V. pinacidiuin. . .. 842. 851 r. rectllinean' . . 842, 851 platvisthiniinn 841 regiilare 842, 843, 851 r. iiKM'ine 843. 852 r. papillifeniin .. 843. .S51 spinnlosiuu 844, 851 r. excavatnm.. .. 844. 851 striatum 84(i. 852 trigonum 843 V. crassum 845 V. mammillatum . . 845, 851 tumiduluni 844 Wasteney.sii 846, 852 Tetrallantds 841 Lagerbeimii. 841. 851 Tetrantbella 496 Tctrapcdid niorsn 842 'leti-astrum 832 elegans 832. 850 T. dentatum .... 833, 850 staurogeniieforme . . . . 8;>2 'niallarcba (M-otis 249 Tbelepliorac-ea' 859 Thclepliora cnngcsta 859 dentosa 860 laciniata 860 terrestris 860 Tlierioplet-tes 759 Tliriuacoithora . . .. 498, 544, 634. 635, 636, 637, 674 agnriciformifi 640 INDEX. XXXI. Page. Tl)rinacoi>hora cervicornis . . 63-"). (liirifttiima 639 funiformis .... 634. 636. 637 incrustans 636 rhaphidophora 636 spinosa 6;'.() xpixt^a (^'.\^) Thymelea^ 174 'rh.vi'irosns. . 455. 457, 459, 461, 473, 489, 491 Traebysellins 674 Page. Traehypepla 346 atrispersa 347 hieiualea 347 poliochroa 347 Trachi/tedania arhorra .. .. 674 Trajrosia 498 'Ircnu'lla fiisiformis 866 niesenterioa 866 Tremellinete 865, 86(i 'ri'ibnhis teiTestrls 267 Trichoma 274, 325. 328 gracilipenne. . .. 274,325,332 'rrU'honunu'H pcltatiim .. .. 382 'PrichomatidiP.. 269. 270, 272, 274, 324 Trichoi)tera 46 'I'ricbostermis 202 anstralicns. 197. 198, 201, 202 cyaneus 197 f/iuriiii 202 vig(»rsi 197 'rricliostoiiiuiu aristatnhim .. 581 brachydontiiim 581 Tridacna 687 gigaiitea 686, 6S7 (/iffas 686, 687 Jainarclci 686 sit)i(inic(i 695, 69S Tuvbo tiPiiiatus 701 Tvlodesuia, 496, 497. 499, 500, 501, 517, 518, 519, 673, 674 alba 519 anuexa 518 c-orrugata 518 srimaldii 519 ininiilis 499. 518, 519 iiifdnnis 519 iiifundiltulilorniis 519 inoriiata 517, 518 .iania 519 inicnistroin/i/la. 496. 499, 518 micro.rd 499, 518 inimilio 519 rosea 518, 519 trniicata 499. 518, 519 vjiijahunda 519 vestiludaris 519 vul-aris 499. 518. 519 'ryi)hnla 866 Umbelliferte Uracautluis alliatus ater hivittatns . , . . corrngicollis .i;la1>rilineatus iiiermis maleticns . . . . siniulans strigosns . . . . snturalis ventralis 739. 167 741 742 739 742 737 738 740 V38 741 741 741 Venns rivularis 689 scripta 689 undatuia 689 Wanaria 690 Vesi<-nlari:i i»innat\ila 596 rivalis 595 Page. ViolariefP 157 Viseum articnlatum 102 Vitex luceiis 24 ^'oJ|■ari)la nihrifftHcuila .. .. 709 Volvocacea" 824 ^■|)lrllhl 715. 716 rofitrdtd 716 xiilcdtd 716 trdfuild 716 VohiiJelld 716 Volvulina 829 Steiiiii r. lenticnlaris . . 829 Vitlviilus 716 WMtelcgged 385 dK.Hrdlia 385 Xiiiitholieris 73. 75 silacea 75, 76 Xantlioleoi) 4.".. 47 helinsi 43. 61. 70, Xaiitlionielon dui-villii . . . . X.-iiitlioplui'a ferniiriiiea .. .. .Liraiidis Xanthorrhcpa hastilis I'reissii Xaiithosia i)il()sa Xeiiobatradms Xenoniorphd dii-stnilis-. 73. 74 Xenoplirvs m(ii>ti<(ila .. 777. 782, Xenorhina Xyloiuelum pyrifonne ., .. Xylomimetes scliolastis ti'achyptera Xyloryctinte Xymene hanleyi 712, Xyris complaiiata gracilis Xj/Htnatodond poliixfond . . . . /ieria involucrata .. .. 157, Smithii /■. iuacr(»]tliylbi Zosterops Gouldi sp 29, 30 Zoysia piuigens 154. Zvgophvlleie Zvgoptera. 871. 873, 874, 875, 878, 883, 884. , 98 , 98 . 61 319 713 198 198 33 30 30 168 771 , 75 778. 784 771 174 256 256 257 256 712 718 174 174 251 175 157 31 , 31 175 267 876. SS7 [Printed off, April .Srd, 1917.] P.L.S.N.S.W. 1910. 1-4. Ui'Hiiiinki, 5-. :s. R. {/) yaUtihi Deiidy. 4, DfSmoxya lunata Carl. P.L.S.N.S.W. 1918 (j.iiiii'ti.iiil] vtcs (uiale, leiiiiile) A:c of PiiUotiiiii (iii/iu'diii/i P.L.S.N.S.W. 1913. Austialiau Mollusca. P.L.S N.S.W. 1913. PL. XLVII. .^a^ C rf^2^^ ^ Australiau Mollusou. P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916. 15 I ^ \,lmmm/mmm/m C ^edceu. ^t/. Australian Mollusca. P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916. C, ^/"^Co^i^ CP(^. Australian MoUusca. P.L.S.N.S.W. 191S. ^.'^f^^V ^^^ Austnilian Mollusca. P.L.S.N.S.W. 19ia 38 \ 40 >*/■?■■---■ - " 39 37 -^f^M^ Y 6/a..a2. ■*^'^ 36 ■--•ri'. 33 -^'a«v^^^,i#^- V Australian Mollusca. P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916. •^--^ ^*0*Mi^ ..^•::- ■w •w ■■■'■^w "ySA^.ii; f^ (St^'^^ ^' 42 43 A ustraliau MoUusca. P.L.S.N.S.W. 19l9. PL. LIV. D.B.F. del. AphuntophniDe paiisa, g.et sp.ii. P.L.S N.S.W. 1918. P.B.F. del. 1. Kaloula pidchra. 2. Aphantophrijne pansa, u.sp. 3. Liiiitwdijnastes dorsalis v. dmnerilii. P.L.S.N.S.W. 1918. Australian Freshwater Phytoplankton (Protovoccoidea') P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916. Australian Freshwater Phytoplaiiltton [Protococcoidex) P.L.S.N.S.W. I9lft. 7 'mT^'^' i Australian Freshwater I'bytoplauktini (Piotuooccoiid-a:) P.L.S.N-S-W. 1916. Australiau Freshwater Pbyioplanktou {ProtococcniiU-.i-} Issued nth June, 1916. Vol XLI. ^^^ ^!^ Wi\ Part 1. No. 161 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LinriEnri Society OF New South Wales FOR THE YEAR 1916 PART I. (pp. 1-192) Containing Papers read in MARCH- APRIL, WITH NINE PLATES (Plates i. -ix. ) SYDNE^-Y: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY BY VV. A. PRPPERDAY i' CO., 119a PITT STREET AND SOLD BV THE SOCIETY PRICE - 10/- AOENT IN EUROPE: Messis. Dui.au & Co., .^7 Solio Square, London, VV. ■^ NOTICE. With the exception of Volumes I. -VI. of the Proceedings — of which the Society's .stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S. W. may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Boad, Elizabeth Bay, Sydney, or from Dulau & Co., 3-7 Soho Square, London, W., at the following prices : — First Series. Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 7s. Od. ; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 5s. ; Part 4, 10s. Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, .10s. ; Part 2, os. ; Part 3, 7s. J Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, £1 OS. ; Part 4, £1 5s. Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 15s. ; Part 4, '17s. 6d. Second Series. Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, 13s. ; Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s. ; Part 4, £1 7s. Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part-1, 15s.; Part 2, £1 4s.; Part 3, £1; Part 4, 18s. Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, lis. ; Part 2, 16s. ; Part 3, 19s. ; Part 4, lis. Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 9s. ; Part 4, 93 Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d. ; Part 3, 17s. ; Part 4, 7s. 6d. Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d. ; Part 2, 4s. 6d. ; Part 3, 8s. ; Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 6s. ; Part 4, 9s. Proceedings for 1894.— Vol. IX.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, 13s. ; Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 1895, Vol. V.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 10s., Supplement, Is. 6d. ; Part 4, 12s. Proceedings for 1896. — Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d. ; Part 2, 6s. 6d. ; Part 3, 7s. 6d. ; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d. Proceedings for 1897.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. ; art 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1898.— Part 1, 3s. ; Part 2, 6s. ; Part 3, Us. ; Part 4, Us. Proceedings for 1899.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 10s. 6d. Proceedings for 1900.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d. Proceedings for 1901.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 5s. ; Part 4; 17s. 6d. Proceedings for 1902.— Part 1, 7s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 78. 6d., Supplement, 3s. ; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1903.— Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part 3, 14s. ; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1904.- Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. ; Part 4, 10s. Proceedings for 1905.— Part 1, with Supplement, 7s.; Part 2, 10s. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d. Proceedings for 1906.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, 15?. Proceedings for 1907.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 15s. Part 4, 18s. Proceedings for 1908.— Part 1, 7s. ; Part 2, 98. ; Part 3, 14s. Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1909.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 17s. ; Part 3, 148. Part 4, 16s. 6d. Proceedings for 1910.— Part 1, lis. ; Part 2, lis. ; Part 3, 7s. Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1911— Part 1, 9s. 6d. ; Part 2. 9s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. 6d.; Part 4, 10s. Proceedings for 1912--Part i, 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s. Od.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1913 -Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 13s. Proceedings for 1914— Part 1, 13s.; "Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 25s.; Part 4, 19s. Proceedings for 1915— Part 1,17s.; Part 2, 12s.6d.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, lls^ Proceedings for 1916— Part 1, 10s. Tlie Macleay Memorial Volume [issued October 13th, 1893]. Royal 4to., li. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3. Descriptive Catalogue op Australian Fishes. By William Macleay, F.L.S. [1881], A few copies only. Price £1, net. The Transactions of the Entomological Society of New South Wales, 2 vols., 8vo [Vol. i. five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. 11. five Parts, 1869-73; all published], price £2, net, are also obtain- able, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately. PROCEEDINGS, 1916, PART 1. CONTENTS. PAGES Presidential Adiliess delivered at the Forfey^flrstAninial Meeting. March 21)th, 19_1«. 1).v Aj.ex. (i^. Hamilton l-3o Studies in Australian XiMvopttra. N(j. ii. Descriptions of new Geneici and .Species "of the Families Osmylidoi, .Myt'^mdeon- tkhi , and Af. MA Y-A UG UST ( in part). WITH TEN PLATES [Plates x.-xix. , and one Transparency (x./)/*).] (Plate XX. will be issued with Part iii.) SYDNEY: J'RINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY BV W. A. PEPPERDAY k CO., 119a PITT STREET AND SOLD HV THE SOCIETY PRICE - 12/- NOTICE. With the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Procebdings — 6f whicli the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabetli Bay, Sydney, or from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., at the following prices : — First Series. Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 7s. 6d. ; Part 2, 10s. ; Part 3, 58. ; Part 4, 10s. Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s.: Part 2, os. ; Part 3, 7s. ; Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s. : Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, £1 5s.; Part 4, £1 5s. Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 15s. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d. Seco>jd Series. Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s. ; Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s. ; Part 4, £1 7s. Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s. ; Part 2, £1 4s. ; Par^. 3, £1 ; Part 4, 18s. Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s. ; Part 4, lis. Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 9s. ; Part 4, 9s. Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 9s. 6d. Part 3, 17s. ; Part 4, 7s. 6d. Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d. ; Part 2, 4s. 6d. Part 3, 8s. ; Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis. Part 3, 6s. ; Part 4, Qs. Proceedings for 1894.— Vol. IX.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, 13s. ; Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 1895, Vol. V.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 10s., Supplement, Is. 6d. ; Part 4, 12s. Proceedings for 1896. — Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d. ; Part 2, 6s. 6d. ; Part 3, 7s. 6d. ; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d. Proceedings for 1897.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, Qs. ; Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1898.— Part 1, Ss. ; Part 2, Bs. ; Part 3, 128. j Part 4, Us. Proceedings for 1899.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2,12s.; Part 3, lOs.; Part 4, 10s. 6d. Proceedings for 1900.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d. Proceedings for 1901.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 5s.; Part 4, 17s. 6d. Proceedings for 1902.— Part 1, 7s. ; Part 2, 7b. 6d. ; Part 3, 78. 6d., Supplement, 3s. ; Part 4, 158. Proceedings for 1903.— Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 128. 6d. ; Part 3, 14s. ; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1904.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. ; Part 4, 10s. Proceedings for 1905. — Part 1, with Supplement, 7s.; Part 2, 10s. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d. Proceedings for 1906.--Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, 15p. Proceedings for 1907.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 158. Part 4, 18s. Proceedings for 1908.— Part 1, 78. ; Part 2, 98. ; Part 3, 148. Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1909.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 17s. ; Part 3, 148. Part 4, 16s. 6d. Proceedings for 1910.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 7s. Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1911— Part 1, 9s. 6d. ; Part 2. 9s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. 6d.; Part 4, 10s. Proceedings for 1912- Part 1, 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s. Od.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1913 -Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part' 3, 6s , Part 4, 13s. Proceedings for 1914— Part 1, 13s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 25s.; Part 4, 19s. Proceedings for 191 5 -Part 1, 17s.: Part 2, 12s.6d.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, lis. Proceediitgs for 1916— Part 1, lO.s.; Part 2, 12s- The Maclkay iVlEMOKiAf. Volume [issued October 13th, 1893]. Uoyal 4to,, Ll. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3. Descriptivk Catalogue op Austkalian Fishes. By William Macleay, F.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1, net. The Transactions of thk Entomological Society of New South Wales, 2 vols., Bvo [Vol. i. live Parts, 1863-66; Vol. ii. five Parts, 1869-73; all publisiied], price £2, net, are also obtain- able, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately. PROCEEDINGS, 1916, PART 2. CONTENTS. PAGES C-'am/>irff>' [Colboptkha] from the Upper Williams River, N.S.W. By Thomas (i. Sloane 196-208 Descriptions of a new Genus, and thi'ee new Species of Australian Temhrionida- [ColRoptera] from Barrington Tops, N.S.W. By H. J. C.VRTER, B.A., F.E.S. (With three Text-ligs. ) .. -ioy-iU A new Scale-Insect [Coccju.??] att'ecting Suj/«(■ [Coleoptera]. By Thomas G. Sloane 597-630 Elections and Announcements ... ... ... ... ...494,631 Notes and Exhibits 492-493,494,632 Issued 4(h April, 1017. No. 164 ^ THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LirinEAN Society OF New South Wales FOR THE YEAR 1916 PART TV. (pp. 633-905, i.-xxxU.) Containing Papers read in 0 CTO BEB-J^ 0 VEMBER, WITH NINETEEN PLATES [Plates xl.-xliv., xlvi. -lix.] SYDNEY : PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCTETV BV W. A. PEPPERDx'W k CO., 119a PITT STREET AND SOLD BY THE SOCIETY 1916--I7. PRICE - 19/- '15.'^ AQENT IN EUROPE: Messrs. Dulau & Co., 37 Solio Square, London, VV m NOTICE With the exception «f Volumes I. -VI. of the Proceedings — of which the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire— the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be .obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, Sydney, or from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., at the following prices : — First Series. Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 7s. Gd. ; Part 2, 10s. ; Part 3, 5s. ; Part 4, 10s. Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 5s. ; Part 3, 7s. ; Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, £1 5s. ; Part 4, £1 5s. Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 15s. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d. 5SECo:srr) Series. Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, 13s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s. ; Part 4, £1 7s. Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s. ; Part 2, £1 4s. ; Part 3, £1 ; Part 4, 18s. Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s. ; Part 4, lis. Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 9s. ; Part 4, 9s Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 9s. 6d. ; Part 3, 17s. ; Part 4, 7s. 6d. Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d. ; Part 2, 4s. 6d. ; Part 3, 8s. ; Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 6s. ; Part 4, 9s. Proceedings for 1894.— Vol. IX.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, 13s. ; Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 1895, Vol. V.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; r>art 3, 10s., Supplement, Is. 6d. ; Part 4, 12s. Proceedings for 1896.— Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d. ; Part 2, 6s. 6d. ; Part 3, 7s. 6d. ; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d. Proceedings for 1897.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. ; Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1898.— Part 1, 3s.; Part 2, Gs. ; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 148. Proceedings for 1899.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, lOs. 6d. Proceedings for 1900.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s.6d.; Part 3, lOs. 6d. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d. Proceedings for 1901.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 5s.; Part 4, 17s. 6d. Proceedings for 1902,— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d. , Part 3, 7s. 6d., Supplement, 3s.; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1903.— Part 1, 9s. ; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part 3, 14s. ; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1904. —Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 98. , Part 4, 10s. Proceedings for 1905. — Part 1, witii Supplement, 7s.; Part 2. 10s. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d. Proceedings for 1906.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15p, Proceedings for 1907.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 15s. ; Part 4, 18s. Proceedings for 1908.— Part 1, 7s. ; Part 2, 9s. ; Part 3, 14s. ; Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1909.— Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 16s. 6d. Proceedings for 1910.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 7s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1911— Part 1, 9s. 6d. ; Part 2. 9s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. 6d.; Part 4, 10s. Proceedings for 1912— Part 1, 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s. Od.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1913 -Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 6s ,. Part 4, 13s. Proceedings for 1914— Part 1, 13s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 25s.; Part 4, 19s. Proceedings for 191 5— Part 1,1 7s.; Part 2, 12s.6d.; Part 3, IDs,; Part 4, lis. Proceedings for 1916— Parti, 10s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 19s. The Macleay Memorial Volume [issued October 13th, 1893]. Royal 4to., LI. and 308 pages, witli Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3. Descriptive Catalogue op Austhai.ian Fishes. By William Macleay, F,L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1, net. The Transactions op the Entomological Society of New South Walks, 2 vols., Svo [Vol i. five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. ii. five Parts, 1869-73; all published], price £2, net, are also obtain- able, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately. PROCEEDINGS, 1916, PART 4. CONTENTS. A Revision of the Geue.a ^v•lth Mioroscleies u.cluded, or pro- '''''''' visionally included ,n the Family Axinellid.o; with Desorip- v"""!- x/"""" ^"''*'''^*''^" Species [Pokifeka]. Part iii Bv t^- .^: Hallmann, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society n. Zoology. (Plates xxix., figs.3, S.'b^-.xxxiii. fi^ 6; ^x^klf!^' ™.,ligs.l...l.,fi,,.,.4; .H.,1-, tnd An Eftlorescence on some New Zealand Kelps. Ev A H S Lucas, M.A., B.Sc. y a. n. .5. .Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part xiii. By C. Hedley, . t.L.h. (Plates .xlvi. -In.),.. DescnptK>ns of new 8p<«,ies of Australian Coleoptera. Part xii. oy A. m. l^EA, a.tj.h. ... 720-745 Australian Tahanida: [DwrKnAl No. ii. By Fka.nk H. Tayi^ok,' 034-675 676-07!) 080-719 746-762 Some Notes on the Biononucs of the Buffalo-Fly [Lyperosia exiyua de Meijere]. % Gerald F. Hill, F.E.S., Government Entomologist, Northeni territory of- Australia. (Plate liii.) 703-70,S Description of Ajjhantophnjne, a new Batrachian Genus from Ne^v , Guinea: with Comparative Notes on tlie Pectoral Muscula- ture. By Dene B. Fry. (Plates llv.-lv.) ... ... . 770-7.S5 Tlie Change of Composition of Alveolar Air after the Stoppage of Normal Breathing By H. «. Halcro Wardlaw D Sc, Linnean Macleay I ellow of tlie Society in Physiology. [With two lext-hgures] ' -^/ ...780-814 :ilie Clieinical Investigation of some Poisonous Piants in the N O .Sokmacete, Pj^rt iii. The Occurrence of I^or-Hyoscyamin; m tiolaudra loiujijiom. By James M. Petrie, D Sc F I C Linnean Macleay Fellow of the yociety in Biochemistry '7.. 815-822 Australian Freshwater Phytoplankton \_ProiococcoidcfH\ By G I ^ Playfair, Science Research Scholar of the University of Sydney... (Plates Ivi.-lix.) ... ^ 823-85''' Records_ of Australian Fungi. No. i. By J. Burton Cleland, M.D and Edwin Ciieel, Botanical Assistant, Botanic (wardens, Sydney ^-3^^^ Further Researches upon the ProJ>lems of the Radial and Zygop- ^ tend Sectors in the Wings of Odonata, and upon the Fomia- T^" °^ Bridges. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S Mi^^ir' .^'aV'^*" ^lacleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology (With six Text-figures) _ ^^ 871-887 Announcements ... „,.,. /Ol) Donations and Exchanges, 1915-10 888-905 Notes and Exhibits ... Title-page Contents Corrigenda List of new Generic Names. List of Plates Index ... 033, 709 i. iii. vii. viii. viii. i.-xxxii. %millS^'., '-'BRAKV WH lADn ^